Deprecated: iconv_set_encoding(): Use of iconv.internal_encoding is deprecated in /home/omeka/oelawhk/application/libraries/Zend/Validate/Hostname.php on line 538

Deprecated: iconv_set_encoding(): Use of iconv.internal_encoding is deprecated in /home/omeka/oelawhk/application/libraries/Zend/Validate/Hostname.php on line 634
<![CDATA[Historical Laws of Hong Kong Online]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/browse/page/16?output=rss2 Sun, 07 Jun 2026 21:08:27 +0800 webadmin@lib.hku.hk (Historical Laws of Hong Kong Online) Zend_Feed http://blogs.law.harvard.edu/tech/rss <![CDATA[JUDICIAL PROCEEDINGS (REGULATION OF REPORTS) ORDINANCE]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3117

Title

JUDICIAL PROCEEDINGS (REGULATION OF REPORTS) ORDINANCE

Description






LAWS OF HONG KONG

JUDICIAL PROCEEDINGS (REGULATION OF REPORTS)

ORDINANCE

CHAPTER 287

REVISED EDITION 1973

PRINTED AND PUBLISHED BY THE GOVERNMENT PRINTER
HONG KONG







CHAPTER 287

JUDICIAL PROCEEDINGS (REGULATION OF REPORTS)

To amend the law relating to contempt of court and to regulate the
publication of reports of judicial proceedings in such manner as to
prevent injury to public morals. (Amended, 14 of1973, s.2)

[15th April, 1955.]

1. This Ordinance may be cited as the Judicial Proceedings
(Regulation of Reports) Ordinance.

2. In this Ordinance, unless the context otherwise requires-

$&court' means any court, tribunal or person having by law power to
hear, receive and examine evidence on oath;

'court sitting in private' means any court sitting in camera or in
chambers;

'judicial proceedings' and 'proceedings' mean proceedings before any
court.

(Added, 14 of 1973, s. 2)

3. (1) It shall not be lawful to print or publish, or cause or procure to
be printed or published

(a)in relation to any judicial proceedings any indecent matter or
any medical, surgical or physiological details being matter or
details which are of a revolting or offensive nature or the
publication of which would be calculated to injure public
morals;

(b)in relation to any judicial proceedings for dissolution of
marriage, for nullity of marriage, or for judicial separation, or for
restitution of conjugal rights, any particulars other than the
following, that is to say

(i) the names, addresses and occupations of the parties and
witnesses;

(ii) a concise statement of the charges, defences and
counter-charges in support of which evidence has been
given;

(iii) submissions on any point of law arising in the course of
the proceedings, and the decision of the court thereon;

(iv) the summing-up of the judge and the finding of the jury
(if any) and the judgment of the court and observations made
by the judge in giving judgment:

Provided that nothing in paragraph (b) shall be held to permit the
publication of anything contrary to the provisions of paragraph (a).





(2) Any person who contravenes the provisions of subsection
(1) shall be guilty of an offence and shall be liable to a fine of
eight thousand dollars and to imprisonment for four months:

Provided that no person, other than a proprietor, editor,
master printer or publisher, shall be liable to be convicted under
this section.

(3) A prosecution under this section shall not be instituted
except by or with the consent of the Attorney General.

(4) Nothing in this section shall apply to the printing of any
pleading, transcript of evidence or other document for use in
connexion with any judicial proceedings or the communication
thereof to persons concemed in the proceedings, or to the printing
or publishing of any notice or report in pursuance of the directions
of the court; or to the printing or publishing of any matter in any
separate volume or part of any bona fide series of law reports
which does not form part of any other publication and consists
solely of reports of proceedings in courts of law, or in any publica-
tion of a technical character bona fide intended for circulation
among members of the legal or medical profession.
(Amended, 14 of 1973, s. 2)

4. (1) A person shall not be guilty of contempt of court on
the ground that he has published any matter calculated to interfere
with the course of justice in connexion with any proceedings
pending or imminent at the time of publication if at that time,
having taken all reasonable care, he did not know and had no
reason to suspect that the proceedings were pending, or that such
proceedings were imminent, as the case may be.

(2) A person shall not be guilty of contempt of court on the
ground that he has distributed a publication containing such
matter as is mentioned in subsection (1) if at the time of distribu-
tion, having taken all reasonable care, he did not know that it
contained any such matter as aforesaid and had no reason to suspect
that it was likely to do so.

(3) The proof of any fact tending to establish a defence
afforded by this section to any person in proceedings for contempt
of court shall lie upon that person.

(Added, 14 of 1973, s. 2)

5. (1) The publication of information relating to proceed-
ings before any court sitting in private shall not of itself be contempt
of court except in the following cases, that is to say-
(a)where the proceedings relate to the wardship or adoption
of an infant or wholly or mainly to the guardianship,
custody, maintenance or upbringing of an infant, or rights
of access to an infant;





(b)where the proceedings are brought under Part II IV of the
Mental Health Ordinance;

(c)where the court sits in private for reasons of national security
during that part of the proceedings about which the
information in question is published;

(d)where the information relates to a secret process, discovery or
invention which is in issue in the proceedings;

(e)where the court, having power to do so, expressly prohibits
the publication of all information relating to the proceedings or
of information of the description which is published.

(2) Without prejudice to subsection (1), the publication of the text
or a summary of the whole or part of an order made by a court sitting in
private shall not of itself be contempt of court except where the court,
having power to do so, expressly prohibits the publication.

(3) Nothing in this section shall be construed as implying that any
publication is punishable as contempt of court which would not be so
punishable apart from this section.

(Added, 14 of 1973, s. 2)
Originally 12 of 1955. 14 of 1973. Short title. Interpretation. [cf. 1960 c. 65, s. 12(3).] Restriction on publication of reports of judicial proceedings. Innocent publicatoin and distribution. 1960 c. 65, s. 11. Publication of information relating to proceedings in private. [cf. 1960 c. 65, s. 112.] (Cap. 136.)

Abstract

Originally 12 of 1955. 14 of 1973. Short title. Interpretation. [cf. 1960 c. 65, s. 12(3).] Restriction on publication of reports of judicial proceedings. Innocent publicatoin and distribution. 1960 c. 65, s. 11. Publication of information relating to proceedings in private. [cf. 1960 c. 65, s. 112.] (Cap. 136.)

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3117

Edition

1964

Volume

v19

Subsequent Cap No.

287

Number of Pages

4
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:30:39 +0800
<![CDATA[ARMY AND ROYAL AIR FORCE LEGAL SERVICES ORDINANCE]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3116

Title

ARMY AND ROYAL AIR FORCE LEGAL SERVICES ORDINANCE

Description






LAWS OF HONG KONG

ARMY AND ROYAL AIR FORCE LEGAL SERVICES

ORDINANCE

CHAPTER 286





CHAPTER 286

ARMY AND ROYAL AIR FORCE LEGAL SERVICES

To enable officers of the Army Legal Services and of the Royal Air
Force Legal Services to practise as solicitors of the Supreme
Court in certain cases and subject to certain conditions.
(Amended, 21 of 1971, s. 2, and 77 of 1976, s. 2)

[19th November, 1954.]

1. This Ordinance may be cited as the Army and Royal Air Force
Legal Services Ordinance.

(Amended, 77 of 1976, s. 3)

2. (1) Notwithstanding anything contained in the Legal
Practitioners Ordinance, any commissioned officer of the Army Legal
Services or of the Royal Air Force Legal Services may act as solicitor for
a person having a relevant association with Her Majesty's forces in
criminal proceedings against such person if

(a)the officer has filed with the Registrar of the Supreme Court a
certificate, signed by the Commander, British Forces, that the
officer is an officer of the Army Legal Services or of the Royal
Air Force Legal Services, as the case may be, and an affidavit
of identity in such form as may be approved by the Chief
Justice; and

(b)the officer has satisfied the Chief Justice that he is a member
of the Bar or a solicitor in England or Northern Ireland or an
advocate or solicitor in Scotland. (Replaced, 77 of 1976,s.4)

(IA) In subsection (1) 'a person having a relevant association with
Her Majesty's forces' means a person of one or other of the following
descriptions, that is to say

(a)a member of Her Majesty's forces or a member of a civilian
component of any of those forces;

(b)a person who is a dependant of any such member. (Added, 77
of 1976, s. 4)

(2) A certificate purporting to be signed by the Commander, British
Forces, may be accepted by the Registrar without proof of the signature.

(3) Any officer who has fulfilled the requirements of subsection (1)
shall be entitled to a certificate from the Registrar stating that such
person is entitled to practise by virtue of this Ordinance. (Amended, 21
of 1971, s. 3)

(4) Any officer practising as a solicitor by virtue of the authority in
that behalf conferred by subsection (1) shall be deemed to





have been approved, admitted and enrolled as a solicitor of the
Supreme Court and shall be subject to the provisions of the Legal
Practitioners Ordinance, but he shall not be liable to pay any of
the fees mentioned in items 1, 2 and 6 of the First Schedule and
items 1, 2, 4, 5 and 6 of the Third Schedule to the Legal Practitioners
(Fees) Rules and he shall not be entitled to claim or receive any fee
or reward for his services. (Amended, 21 of 1971, s. 3)
Originally 43 of 1954. 21 of 1971. 77 of 1976. Short title. Officers of Army and of Royal Air Force Legal Services authorized to act as solicitors in certain cases. (Cap. 159.) (Cap. 159, sub. leg. )

Abstract

Originally 43 of 1954. 21 of 1971. 77 of 1976. Short title. Officers of Army and of Royal Air Force Legal Services authorized to act as solicitors in certain cases. (Cap. 159.) (Cap. 159, sub. leg. )

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3116

Edition

1964

Volume

v19

Subsequent Cap No.

286

Number of Pages

3
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:30:39 +0800
<![CDATA[MINING (DECLARATION OF CLOSED AREA) (CONSOLIDATION) NOTICE]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3115

Title

MINING (DECLARATION OF CLOSED AREA) (CONSOLIDATION) NOTICE

Description






MINING (DECLARATION OF CLOSED AREA)
(CONSOLIDATION) NOTICE

(Cap. 285, section 11)

[27 November
1970.]

1. This notice may be cited as the Mining (Declaration of Closed Area)
(Consolidation) Notice.

2. The following areas are declared closed to prospecting or mining,
namely

(a)the area of land comprising 172,800 square metres or
thereabouts at Needle Hill near the Jubilee Reservoir New
Territories as is shown coloured red on a plan deposited at the Land
Office;

(b) the whole of Sha Chau Island in the New Territories;

(e)those areas at Wong Chuk Yeung, Sha Tin, New Territories which
are delineated and coloured pink on Plan No. STM 5339A
deposited in the District Office Sha Tin.
G.N. 2468/70. L.N. 78/79. L.N. 221/79. L.N. 87/86. Citation. Areas closed to prospecting or mining. G.N. 2468/70. L.N. 87/86. L.N. 78/79. L.N. 221/79.

Abstract

G.N. 2468/70. L.N. 78/79. L.N. 221/79. L.N. 87/86. Citation. Areas closed to prospecting or mining. G.N. 2468/70. L.N. 87/86. L.N. 78/79. L.N. 221/79.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3115

Edition

1964

Volume

v19

Subsequent Cap No.

285

Number of Pages

1
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:30:38 +0800
<![CDATA[MINES (SAFETY) REGULATIONS]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3114

Title

MINES (SAFETY) REGULATIONS

Description






(SAFETY) REGULATIONS

AR ARRANGEMENT OF
REGULATIONS

LA PART 1

Regulation

1 .
2.

3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.

10.
11.
12.
13.
14.

15. - Inspection of electrical installations

16.

18.
19.

PRELIMINA
RY

Citation ... ...
Interpretation ...

PART II

MACHINER
Y

Report of bringing plant into use ... Duty to have competent engineer in
charge Prohibition against removal or rendering useless any fencing, etc.
Inspection of plant ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... .. Power of mines officers to give
directions ... ... ... ... .. Duty to keep boilers, etc. in good condition and repair
... ... Duty to fence off dangerous machinery. Prohibition against repairing,
etc. when risk of personal injury exists ... ... ... ...

Prohibition against use of loose clothing ... ... ...

Friction clutches ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ...
Air compressors ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ...
Safety valves ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ...
Duty to fence off dangerous places. Duty to post notices ...

PART 111

ELECTRICIT
Y

PART IV







EXPLOSIVES

Power of Superintendent with regard to blasting ...

17....................Power to sell and buy explosives ... ...

Prohibition against storing explosives in closed-down mine

Prohibition against storing explosives underground in excess of estimated
requirements ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ...

-20. - Prohibition against using explosives other than those supplied by employer

21........................Method of carrying and cutting explosives ... ... ...

22. Mine blasting certificate, and matters ancillary thereto ...

Subsidiary

Page

B5
B 5

B6
B6
B6
B6
B6
B6

B7

B8
B 8
B8

B8
B9
B9
B9







Regulation Page
23. Duty of manager to retain certificate ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 11
24. Person entitled to blast, and his responsibility ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 11
25. Loose ground to be removed before drilling. Working faces to be examined B 11
26. Duty of gang foreman to be the first to enter place of operations ... ... ... B 11
27. Action to be taken when blasting takes place within 10 metres of each other B 11
28. Resumption of work after blasting ... ... ... ... . ... ... ... B 11
29. Validity of existing certificates ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 12
30. Prohibition against carbide, and exceptions ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 12

PART V

MINING: OPENCAST AND
ALLUVIAL

31...........Angle of slope .................. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 12

32...................................Duty to station a safety man, and not to deposit spoil near edge ... ... B 12

33.........................................Power of Superintendent to require stepped benches to be cut into mine face B 12

PART VI

MINING: PROTECTION OF
SURFACE

34.
35.
36.
37.
38.
39.

40.

41.
42.
43.
44.
45.
46.
47.
48.
49.

Duty to protect surface where subsidence or cavities occur ... ...
Power to give directions, and duty to comply with them ... ...
Duty to fill in illegal excavations ... ... ... ... ... Duty in respect
of prospecting trenches and pits ... ... Duty to protect disused
shafts and mining entrances, etc. Responsibility for old
excavations ...

PART VII

MINING: UNDERGROUND

Prohibition against use of inflammable material, and duty in respect of naked
lights ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ...

Duty to provide satisfactory ladders and ways of exit ... ...

Duty to provide ladders in single shaft ... ... ...

Duty to fence off underground entrance to abandoned workings







Ladders ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ...

Prohibition against carrying tools, etc., in ladder way ... ...

Duty to fence off entrances to shafts and winzes ... ...

Prohibition against loose material near unprotected edges ... ... ...

Necessity to provide guides for bucket, cage or skip ... ... ... ...

Provision for workmen passing from one compartment to another ...

B 13
B 13
B 13
B 13
B 14
B 14

B 14
B 14
B 14
B 14
B 14
B 15
B 15
B 15
B 15
B 15





B 22 1
Regulation Page

50. Prohibition against entering winding compartment ... ... ... ... ... ... B 15

51. Sinking shafts ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 16

52. Duty to provide ladder ways in sinking shafts ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 16

53. Protection of persons in sinking shafts ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 16

54. Precautions to be taken in using windlasses, etc . ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 16

55. Necessity to provide signalling apparatus in shafts ... ... ... ... ... ... B 16

56. Exemption in respect of prospecting shafts ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 17

57. Duty to fence underground entrances ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 17

58. Duty to provide protection against falling materials. Duty to report danger B 17

59. Duty to secure unsafe workings, and to keep reserve of timber ... ... ... ... B 17

60. Duty to provide safety pillars. Power of Superintendent in respect of pillars B 17

61. Duty to examine disused workings before reopening ... ... ... ... ... ... B 18

62. Ventilation requirement ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... . ... ... B 18

63. Duty to take air measurement ... ... .... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 18

64. Ventilation doors... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 18

65. Percussive drills ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 18

66. Duty to provide stationary lights ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 18

67. Duty to light places containing unfenced machinery ... ... ... ... ... ... B 18

68. Prohibition against movement without lights ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 18

69. Duty to provide manholes... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 18

70. Duty to keep clear space between rails ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 19

71. Prohibition against riding on tubs ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 19

72. Duty as regards haulage appliances... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 19

73. Duty to provide runaway switches in certain cases ... ... ... ... ... ... B 19

74. Duty in respect of haulage signals ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 19

PART VIII

WORKMEN

75.
76.
77.
78.
79.
80.

81.






82.
83.
84.

Duty to keep record of employees ... ...

Duty to wear miners' hats of approved pattern ...

Requirements as to first aid equipment ... ... ...

Requirement as to persons with first aid certificates

Prohibition against sleeping in a mine ... ... . .

Prohibition against intoxication. Power to arrest inebriates. Limitation in
respect of intoxicating liquor ... ... ... ... ...

Prohibition against unauthorized persons ...

Requirement as to underground sanitation ...

Prohibition against passing danger signals ...

Prohibition against negligent behaviour ... ...

B 19.
B 20
B 20
B 20
B 21

B 21
B 21
B 22
B 22
B 22





Regulation

PART IX

Page

SAFE DISPOSAL OF WASTE
85...............................Duty to fence off, and to warn against injurious solutions ... ... ... ... B 22

86........................Maximum cyanide content of sand filling ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 22

87..................Power as to disposal of slime ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 22

PART X

RESPONSIBILI
TY

88.
89.
90.
91,
92.
93.
94.
95.
96.

97.
98.
99.
100.
101.
102.

Duties of responsible persons ... ...
Responsibility for working ... ...
General responsibility ...
Manager's responsibility in relation to dangerous work
Responsibility of manager for safety and discipline ...
Duty of manager to comply with orders
Sanitation ... .
Duty to enforce provisions regarding storage and supplies of explosives,
etc.
Duty to ensure adequate supply of materials and appliances

PART XI

PLANS NECESSARY FOR
SAFETY

Duty to keep plans ... Duty to deposit copies with the Mines Division,
Labour Department ... Power of Superintendent to require transverse
sections of shafts Power of Superintendent in respect of plans ... Duty
not to make plans public ... ... Duty regarding abandonment of mine ...

PART XII

GENERAL

103. Obligation to remedy any dangerous practice
104. Dangerous occurrences
105. Offences and penalties

First Schedule. Form 1: Application for a Mine Blasting Certificate






Form II: Mine Blasting Certificate ...

Second Schedule. Dangerous Occurrences

Third Schedule. Fees in respect of Mine Blasting Certificates

B 22
B 23
B 23
B23
B 23
B 23
B23
B 23
B 24

B 24
B25
B25
B 25
B 25
B 26

B 26
B 26
B 27

B 27
B 28

B 29

B 30





MINES (SAFETY) REGULATIONS

(Cap. 285, section 67)

PART 1

PRELIMINARY

[15 October 1954.]

1. These regulations may be cited as the Mines (Safety)
Regulations.

requires-

2. In these regulations, unless the context otherwise

11 agent' is a person holding a power of attorney in accordance with
section 7 of the Ordinance;

'gang foreman' means the labourer or miner in charge of a gang or, if
doubt exists whether a particular labourer or miner in the gang is in
charge, the responsibility of the gang foreman shall devolve upon
the manager;

'kilowatt power' in relation to steam, internal combustion or ignition
compression engines means the output kilowatt power declared in
the maker's specifications;

'machinery book' means a book so inscribed upon the cover and
retained in the manager's possession and in which shall be entered
the matters required by these regulations;

'manager' means the person notified, from time to time under regulation
88(4), to the Superintendent of Mines as being responsible for the
safety, welfare, health and housing conditions of persons
employed in prospecting or mining operations, and when no
person has been so notified, it means the holder of a prospecting
or mining licence or the lessee of a mining lease or the agent of any
of them;

,,opencast' means a working in which excavation is performed from the
surface or which is exposed to open air;

'shot-firer' means the holder of a valid mine blasting certificate issued
in accordance with these regulations;

',steeply inclined' means, in connexion with shafts or other
underground excavations, an inclination to the horizontal of
fortyfive degrees or more.





officer.

PART 11

MACHINERY

3. (1) At least 14 days before bringing into use for the first
time any steam, oil or gas engine, or any hydraulic plant for the
generation of power, the manager shall give to the Superintendent
of Mines written notice of his intention so to do together with a
statement of the nature and kilowatt power of the plant and the
purpose for which it is to be used.
(2) Where any such plant as aforesaid has been out of use for a
period of 12 consecutive months or more, a notice similar to that
mentioned in paragraph (1) shall be given before such plant is again
brought into use.

4. Any plant, the power of which is more than 9 kilowatts,
shall be directly under the charge of a competent person:
Provided that this regulation shall not be deemed to exonerate
the manager from responsibility for seeing that any plant of 9
kilowatts or less is used only under proper supervision.

5. No person, not properly authorized on that behalf, shall
remove or render useless any fencing, means of signalling, signal
chain, flange, brake, indicator, ladder, platform, steam-gauge,
water-gauge, safety-valve, or anything in any mine provided for the
safety of any person.

6. (1) A mines officer may at any time require a manager to
prepare an engine or other plant for inspection and shall give not less
than 1 week's notice in writing of the date on which the inspection
will be held.

(2) The machinery book shall always be accessible to a mines

7. In case of objection to any instruction or decision given by
a mines officer regarding any thing or any practice in connexion with
machinery or any part thereof not provided for by any provisions of
these regulations, the manager may within 21 days lodge a written
appeal with the Superintendent of Mines.

8. All engines, ladders, windlasses, brakes, ropes, winding
gear and other mechanical appliances shall be kept in good condi-
tion and repair to the satisfaction of a mines officer.

9. (1) All exposed machinery, which when in motion may be
dangerous to persons, must be securely fenced off so that no person
can inadvertently come into contact with or be injured by reason of
the same.

(2) Efficient safety guards shall be provided to the satisfaction
of a mines officer to such parts of machinery as may in his opinion be
a source of possible danger to persons.





(3) The repairing, adjusting, cleaning or lubricating of machinery
in motion shall not be undertaken where there is a risk of personal
injury.

10. Persons engaged in close proximity to moving machinery shall
not be allowed to wear loose outer clothing.

11. (1) Belt-driven machinery which it is necessary to stop and
start without interfering with the speed of the prime mover shall be
permanently fitted with a satisfactory mechanical appliance for the
purpose.

(2) Shipping or unshipping driving belts whilst the machinery is in
motion is forbidden, with the exception of the customary shifting of
light belts on the pulleys of machine tools for the purpose of alterations
in the working speed.

12. (1) The supply of air for air compressors shall be drawn from
the purest and coolest source possible.

(2) Receivers, inter-coolers and their connexions to air cylinders
shall be kept clean and free from carbonized oil or other material liable to
ignition and shall be opened for inspection at least once every 3 months
in which they may be in use and a written record made of their
condition.

13. All cylinders and receivers for air and gas of a higher pressure
than the atmosphere shall be fitted with satisfactory apparatus for
showing the pressure of air or gas within such cylinder or receiver while
in use and also with relief or safety valve or other apparatus capable of
preventing any undue accumulation of pressure above the maximum
permissible working pressure of the container.

14. (1) Dangerous places such as elevated platforms, pits and trap-
holes, shall be fenced off so as to safeguard effectively persons in the
vicinity.

(2) Unauthorized entrances into any place where machinery or
steam boilers are erected are prohibited; notice to this effect shall be
posted up at all entrances.

PART 111

ELECTRICITY

15. (1) In a mine, the Superintendent of Mines or any authorized
mines officer may examine any electrical installation at any reasonable
time.

(2) If any matter appears to be defective, the Superintendent of
Mines shall report thereon to the manager who shall take steps to carry
out the necessary repairs within 24 hours of receiving the report.





PART IV

EXPLOSIVES

16. It shall be lawful for the Superintendent of Mines to
prescribe in writing-

(a)the precautions to be taken in respect of the blasting of any
stone, earth or other material in a mine; and

(b) the hours during which blasts may be fired off therein.

d 17. The manager may sell, and a contractor working in a mine
may buy from him, explosives solely for use in connexion with any
contract in or about the mine so long as such explosives are not sold
for profit and remain under the sole control of the mine manage-
ment.

18. (1) When a mine is closed down notice shall be given to
the Commissioner of any explosives remaining thereon or therein,
and such explosives shall be removed or disposed of in such manner
as he may direct in writing.

(2) No other explosives may be stored at or in any such
closed-down mine or other works without the permission in writing
of the Commissioner and in accordance with the provisions of the
Dangerous Goods Ordinance.

19. (1) Explosives in excess of the estimated requirements for
24 hours shall not be stored underground in a mine and such
explosives shall only be stored in underground storage boxes. In
no case shall detonators and capped fuses be stored in the same
box with other explosives.

(2) The following conditions shall apply to all underground
storage-
(a)

storage boxes shall be kept at a safe distance from working
faces in dry and secluded places and at least 2 metres away
from each other;

(b)the boxes shall be stoutly built of wood sufficiently water-
proof, and shall be kept in good repair and securely locked.
The shot-firer shall keep the keys and only unlock them for
the purpose of placing or removing explosives;

(c)on the cover of the box the word 'EXPLOSIVES' shall be
painted and maintained in distinctly legible letters;

(d)no box shall contain more than 10 kilograms of explosives
or 100 detonators or capped fuses;

(e)no other materials, implements or tools shall be placed in a
box in which there are explosives.





20. Shot-firers shall not use at their working places any explo-
sives other than those supplied to them by their employers.

21. (1) All explosives issuing from a magazine shall be placed,
kept and carried in wooden boxes until required for use.

(2) Only bone or wooden knives shall be used to cut up sticks
of explosives.

22. (1) Save as provided in regulation 24, no person unless
he is the holder of a mine blasting certificate issued under these
regulations shall prepare or fire any charges, charge any hole with
explosives or conduct any blasting operations in a mine.

(2) Application for a mine blasting certificate shall be, in
duplicate, in Form 1 in the First Schedule and shall be made to the
Superintendent of Mines.

(3) Mine blasting certificates may be issued free of charge to
persons who are in the employment of Government:

Provided that such certificates shall be endorsed 'FOR USE
ON GOVERNMENT SERVICE ONLY' and shall be valid only
whilst the holder remains in the service.

(4)(a) Mine blasting certificates in Form 11 in the First
Schedule may be issued by the Superintendent of Mines,
on payment of the fee specified in the Third Schedule, to
such persons as shall prove to his satisfaction that they are
competent to take charge of blasting operations in a mine.

(b)The Superintendent of Mines may require the applicant to
be in possession of a copy of these regulations before he
issues a certificate.

(c)Such a certificate may authorize the holder to conduct
blasting operations in accordance with any of the follow-
ing categories as may be endorsed on the certificate by the
Superintendent of Mines-
(i) on surface or in opencast workings only;
(ii) in addition, in underground operations:

Provided that no holder of a mine blasting certificate
shall use electricity for shot-firing when blasting unless his
certificate has been endorsed by the Superintendent of
Mines to permit its use.

(a) Every mine blasting certificate shall be valid for a
period of 3 years from the date of issue but may be renewed
on payment of the fee specified in the Third Schedule for
successive periods of 3 years each.





(b)An applicant for renewal shall if so required by the
Superintendent of Mines submit himself for re-examination as
to his capabilities to conduct blasting operations and upon
being satisfied as to the applicant's capabilities to conduct
the operations the Superintendent of Mines may renew the
certificate for a further period of 3 years by endorsing upon it
the date and place of renewal and his signature.

(c)When a certificate is worn or defaced, the Superintendent of
Mines may, on payment of the fee specified in the Third
Schedule, issue a fresh certificate marked 'RENEWAL' with
reference thereon to the worn certificate and shall impound
and destroy the worn or defaced certificate.

(6)(a) The holder of a mine blasting certificate may at any time
apply to the Superintendent of Mines to vary his certificate.

(b)If the Superintendent of Mines is satisfied that the applicant
is competent to conduct the blasting operations in respect of
which he wishes his certificate varied he shall, on payment of
the fee specified in the Third Schedule, endorse the certificate
accordingly and sign and date such endorsement.

(7) Save as provided in paragraph (6), no person other than the
Superintendent of Mines shall make any endorsement on, alteration of
or erasure from any mine blasting certificate issued under these
regulations. Any certificate containing any unauthorized endorsement,
alteration or erasure shall be invalid.

(8) Every person to whom a mine blasting certificate is issued shall,
immediately upon receipt, endorse thereon his usual signature in the
space provided or, if illiterate, record his thumbprint.

(9) No person shall obtain or attempt to obtain the issue of a mine
blasting certificate by means of any false or fraudulent representation or
statement or wilfully or recklessly give false information as to any of the
matters in respect of which information is or may be required in
connexion with his application for a mine blasting certificate.

(10) A holder of a mine blasting certificate whose certificate has
been lost may apply to the Superintendent of Mines for the issue of a
new certificate who, if satisfied as to the identity of the applicant and
the loss of the certificate, may issue a new certificate, which shall bear
the endorsement 'DUPLICATE' in replacement thereof, upon payment
of the fee specified in the Third Schedule.

(11) A mine blasting certificate issued under these regulations may
be suspended or revoked by the order of a mines officer for good and
sufficient reasons:

Provided that any order shall, at the request of the person
aggrieved, be referred to the Superintendent of Mines whose decision
shall be final.





23. Every, manager upon engaging a shot-firer shall examine
his mine blasting certificate, and shall satisfy himself that the holder
is the person whose signature or mark is recorded thereon in
accordance with these regulations. The manager shall retain the
mine blasting certificate until the determination of the holder's
engagement.

24. (1) The preparation and firing of charges shall be by a
shot-firer.

(2) In the preparation of charges and the firing of such charges
a shot-firer may be assisted by reliable persons, who are not
shot-firers, when acting under his direct supervision but he shall
be personally responsible for any accident occurring through such
person's ignorance, inexperience, or carelessness and in no case shall
any person except a shot-firer actually prepare a detonator or charge
any hole.

(3) There shall be no simultaneous firing with electric detona-
tors except in the case of shaft sinking, opencast workings or mine
workings.

shall-

25. Before beginning drilling operations the gang foreman

(a)satisfy himself that all overhanging and loose or loosened
debris has been removed from the face and immediate
vicinity of the place of operations;

(b)see that working faces which are to be drilled are thor-
oughly scraped and examined for sockets or butts of holes
and for charges which may have misfired.

26. (1) Before commencing work either at the beginning of a
shift or after blasting, the gang foreman in charge of the shift shall be
the first to enter the place of operations and, until he considers it
safe, he shall not allow any person to enter therein except those
required by him to make and place safe.

(2) In shaft sinking the gang foreman in charge accompanied,
if necessary, by not more than 2 other persons shall carefully
examine the shaft from top to bottom after blasting and shall
remove all loose debris which may have settled on the shaft timbers
or fittings.

27. When the distance between approaching workings in either
of which blasting is being done is reduced to 10 metres, the workmen
shall be withdrawn from both faces whilst blasting operations are
taking place at either face.

28. No person shall return to any working place until such
place is free from the dust, smoke and fumes caused by blasting and
every gang foreman in charge of workmen shall be responsible for





ensuring that the workmen in his charge comply with this regulation. He
shall forthwith report to his immediate superior any case of gassing
however slight.

29. (1) Mine blasting certificates in force at the date of coming into
operation of these regulations shall remain valid, unless otherwise
cancelled, for a period of 1 year from that date.

(2) Any such certificates may be exchanged free of cost for a mine
blasting certificate issued under these regulations if surrendered to the
Superintendent of Mines within the aforesaid period of 1 year.

30. (1) No person shall carry or cause or permit to be carried any
calcium carbide underground except

(a)in lamps of a type approved by the Superintendent of Mines;
or

(b)in a watertight receptable of a type. approved by the
Superintendent of Mines.

(2) No person shall store or leave calcium carbide underground on
coming off a shift.

PART V

MINING: OPENCAST AND
ALLUVIAL

31. The Superintendent of Mines may determine from time to time
the angle to be maintained on any mine workings to ensure the safety
thereof, and in that event shall give notice in writing to the manager of
the angle to be maintained. It shall be the duty of the manager to ensure
that the angle is maintained at all times to the satisfaction of the
Superintendent of Mines.

32. In the case of any excavation which exceeds 1.8 metres in
vertical height and 1.2 metres in breadth and is made by hand labour
and not wholly by hydraulic or mechanical means

(a)there shall be a safety man for every gang exceeding 20 men
and he shall be stationed on the top of the bank for the
purpose of watching for surface cracks and barring down all
loose and overhanging ground; and

(b)no spoil shall be deposited within 1 metre of the edge of the
top of the vertical or sloped face.

33. When the Superintendent of Mines considers that the face of a
mine should be stepped in benches in order to ensure the safety
thereof, he shall by notice in writing addressed to the manager require
such stepped benches to be cut as he may direct.





PART VI

MINING: PROTECTION OF
SURFACE

34. Where mining operations have caused subsidence or cavities
on the surface, or where they are likely to occur, such places shall be
securely fenced in and conspicuous notice boards inscribed
'WARNING' shall be erected and maintained thereabouts as long as
the danger exists.

35. (1) For the protection of ground and any surface objects which
it is necessary to protect in the interests of personal safety or public
traffic, and the removal of which may be inexpedient, the veins, beds or
other mineral deposits shall be left intact not only vertically below
them, but also for such a distance beyond as a mines officer may
consider necessary. An appeal shall lie from the direction of the officer
to the Superintendent of Mines.

(2) Permission for the entire or partial excavation of the ground
beneath such surface objects may be obtained from the Superintendent
of Mines to the extent and under such precautions and conditions as
he may prescribe in each separate case.

(3) The driving of tunnels not exceeding 1.8 metres in width
through the safety pillars for the purpose of connecting 2 separate
mines or parts of a mine may be allowed with the written permission of
the Superintendent of Mines and upon due observance of the safety
precautions prescribed by him.

36. All excavations made contrary to the provisions of regulations
34 and 35 shall be immediately filled up with loose rock debris or earth
by the person or persons responsible for such excavations, failing
which they shall be filled up by Government at the expense of the
licensee or lessee of the mine.

37. (1) In digging prospecting trenches the ground shall be thrown
out so as to form approximately equal ridges on each side, and in
sinking prospecting pits the ground shall be thrown out so as to
surround the pit and all necessary precautions shall be taken, either by
filling up or fencing them, to prevent persons inadvertently falling into
or entering such trenches or pits:

Provided that nothing in this regulation shall prevent the removal
of excavated ground for sampling purpose.

(2) If in the opinion of the Superintendent of Mines disused
prospecting or mining excavations are dangerous to life, or likely to
endanger public traffic, he may order them to be filled in to the level of
the surface or securely fenced in by the prospector, holder or lessee.

(3) Any person who contravenes the provisions of paragraphs (1)
and (2) hereof shall be guilty of an offence, and Government shall in
any event have the right to fill up or otherwise protect such trenches or
other excavations at the expense of such person.





38. The mouth of every shaft or entrance to a mine which for the
time being is out of use or used only as an air way, and the approach of
every open working not being ordinary prospecting pits or trenches,
and all elevated and exposed platforms and gangways shall be kept
securely fenced or otherwise protected.

39. Every holder of a prospecting licence, a mining licence or a
mining lease over ground on which there are old prospecting or mining
excavations either open to the surface or underground, shall be
responsible for preventing access thereto or for rendering safe such
excavations as are left accessible.

PART *VII

MINING:
UNDERGROUND

40. (1) No inflammable roofing material such as thatch or wood
shall be used as roof covering on shelters erected over mouths of
shafts or other deep workings.

(2) No inflammable debris or refuse shall be stored, dumped or
allowed to accumulate underground in any mine.

(3) No naked lights shall be so placed that there is any risk of their
igniting any wood, timber or other material underground in a mine.

41. (1) The manager shall provide and maintain to the satisfaction
of a mines officer such ladders or other ways as will furnish effectual
means of exit or ascent of persons from any underground workings
without the assistance of winding machinery.

(2) Where in any working served by only one shaft it appears to a
mines officer that a second outlet has become necessary either for the
safety of the workmen employed or for proper ventilation, the manager
shall on being required to do so provide such second outlet.

42. At every mine where any single shaft is allowed to form the
only means of ingress and egress to the persons employed
underground, such shaft shall be provided with a proper ladder way
and a mines officer may order the provision of a proper ladder way in
more than one shaft in any mine.

43. All underground entrances to shafts or other dangerous places
which are temporarily or permanently abandoned shall be securely
fenced across the whole width of the entrances so that no person can
unintentionally enter them.

44. Where ladders are used-

(a)no ladder shall incline outwards from its base from the face;





(b)ladders shall not be vertical without the written consent of a
mines officer;

(c)in ladder ways exceeding 18 metres in depth and having an
inclination of more than seventy degrees from the horizontal,
platforms shall be provided at intervals of not more than 9
metres measured vertically;

(d)no 2 consecutive manholes in such platforms shall be in a
vertical line unless the ladders have sufficient inclination to
cover the manholes;

(e)all ladders used in mines shall be strongly constructed and be
securely fastened to the timbering or sides of the shaft and
maintained in proper repair. Rungs must not be more than 230
millimetres apart and must be inserted or notched into the
sides of the ladder as well as fastened by clinched nails or
other adequate means; and

(f)the ladders shall project at least 1 metre above the mouth of
the shaft and every resting place therein, and strong
handrails shall be fixed at such places.

45. No person shall carry or be permitted to carry any drill, tool or
any loose material on a ladder way in a vertical or steeply inclined shaft
or winze except, so far as may be necessary, in executing repairs or
other work.

46. The top of every vertical or steeply inclined shaft, winze, sump
and shute or sliding hole and all entrances thereto below the top, shall
be kept properly fenced off by means of a barrier or gate, but the
temporary removal of the barrier or gate for the purpose of repairs or
other operations is permissible if proper precautions to prevent danger
to persons are taken.

47. No excavated material, tools, wood or loose articles of any kind
shall be allowed to lie near the unprotected edge of any excavation.

48. Vertical shafts exceeding 30 metres in depth shall be provided
with guides for every bucket, cage or skip.

49. At every shaft station where it is necessary for workmen to
pass from one side of the shaft to another, provision shall be made for
them to do so without entering or crossing a winding compartment. All
passages shall be securely fenced.

50. Except to ascend or descend and for purposes of repairs,
entering or crossing a winding compartment of a shaft is prohibited:

Provided that this regulation shall not apply to persons employed
in timbering or lining vertical shafts whilst sinking operations are being
carried out.





51. (1) In sinking shafts the bucket, cage or skip shall not be filled
above the level of the brim.

(2) Before the bucket, cage or skip leaves the top or bottom of the
shaft it shall be steadied under the supervision of the gang foreman in
charge.

(3) In no event shall any bucket, cage or skip be directly lowered to
the bottom of a shaft when men are working there, but shall be stopped
at least 4.5 metres above the bottom until the signal to lower it further
has been given by the signalman thereat:

Provided that this paragraph shall not apply to shafts in Which the
miners are not more than 15 metres from the winch or windlass
controller.

52. Ladder ways shall be provided in all shafts in the course of
sinking to within such distance of the bottom as will secure them from
damage in blasting, and from the ends of such ladder ways chain
ladders shall be extended to the bottom of the shaft:

Provided that chains may be substituted for chain ladders in an
inclined shaft.

53. (1) When a shaft has no separate ladder way under which those
engaged in sinking may find shelter, during the winding of rock
materials or water, sufficient protection shall be provided by a suitable
covering.

(2) When a working shaft is being sunk deeper while ordinary
winding is going on the men employed at the bottom of such shaft shall
be securely protected by overhead cover.

54. All hoisting appliances in use at shafts and winzes shall be
provided with a stopper, pawl or some other reliable holder, and care
must be taken that the hooking on and off of buckets or other
receptacles is done without danger to the workmen.

55. (1) Every winding shaft which exceeds 15 metres in depth shall
be provided with efficient means of interchanging distinct and
definitive signals between

(a) the winding engine,

(b) the top of the shaft,

(c) the lowest point from which winding is carried on, and

(d) the various intermediate stations for the time being in use,

but this paragraph shall not apply to signalling apparatus used during
sinking operations.

(2) A mines officer may in writing exempt any shaft from the whole
or part of the requirements of paragraph (1) and any exemption may be
varied or revoked by a mines officer at 7 day's notice. An appeal shall
lie from any such variation or revocation to the Superintendent of
Mines.





(3) Where more than 1 winding engine is in use at a shaft, a
separate set of signals, as required in paragraph (1) shall be provided
for each winding engine in use.

56. Prospecting shafts where winding is done by manual or animal
power may be exempted by a mines officer from the provisions of
regulations 48, 52, 53 and 55.

57. All underground entrances to shafts or other dangerous places
which are temporarily or permanently abandoned shall be securely
fenced across the whole width of the entrances so that no person can
unintentionally enter them.

58. (1) Where the underground entrances referred to in regulation
57 or steeply inclined stopes lead directly into a main drive, it and any
working situate on its lower or 'dip' side, shall be securely fenced off in
order to ensure that persons working therein shall not receive injury
from falling materials.

(2) Any gang foreman who has reason to believe that any part of
the hanging wall or any other part of a mine is in a dangerous condition
shall inform

(a)his superior forthwith who shall take all necessary steps to
remove the danger; and

(b) the foreman of any gang which may relieve his gang.

59. (1) Where the ground is not naturally safe, every working or
pumping shaft, travelling road, airway, working, adit, level, cross-cut,
stope and underground. passage, shall be securely timbered, walled up,
or otherwise made secure, and kept in a safe condition as long as they
are in actual use. No person, unless .appointed for the purpose of
making explorations or repairs, shall travel or work therein until they are
properly secured.

(2) Where the ground is not naturally safe in any working, there
shall, in addition to the requirements in paragraph (1), be a sufficient
reserve of suitable timber conveniently placed for the immediate use of
the workmen employed therein.

60. (1) On the inside of the boundary lines of every mine there shall
be safety pillars of the width, measured at right angles from the
boundary lines, of

(a) in stratified deposits, not less than 15 metres; and

(b) in non-stratified deposits, not less than 10 metres.

(2) On the joint application of the licensees or lessees of adjoining
mines, the Superintendent of Mines may give written permission to
either party to weaken, cut through or work their respective pillars
between the mines. In the absence of a joint application he may give
written permission for the partial working, weakening or cutting through
of the pillars.





61. Underground workings, in particular shafts, sumps and winzes,
which have been in disuse, shall be examined before being again used
for the purpose of ascertaining whether foul air or other dangerous
gases have accumulated therein. Only such workmen as may be
necessary to make the examination shall be allowed to proceed therein
until they are fit for use.

62. All parts of every underground working shall be properly and
sufficiently ventilated to the satisfaction of a mines officer.

63. In every mine the quantity of air in circulation shall be
measured, at least once per month, and entered in a book kept for the
purpose at the mine.

64. All ventilation doors shall be self-closing.

65. Unless written exemption has been obtained from the
Superintendent of Mines, percussive drills shall have a central water
feed.

66. Adequate stationary lights shall be provided-

(a) during working hours-

(i) at all stations in vertical and inclined shafts; and

(ii) at all stopping places in levels where winding or hauling
is effected by means of machinery; and

(b) at night, at all workings on the surface.

67. All places which contain winding, driving, pumping or other
machinery in proximity to persons working and moving about and
which are not fenced off in such a way as to render it impossible for
anyone to come inadvertently in contact with, the machinery shall be so
lighted whilst in operation that the moving parts thereof shall be clearly
distinguishable.

. 68. No person shall move about in any unilluminated part of a mine
without showing a light.

69. (1). Every underground haulage road or tramway on which the
haulage is worked by gravity or mechanical power shall be provided
with sufficient manholes or places of refuge at intervals of not more
than 18 metres:

Provided that manholes shall be unnecessary where the gradient
does not exceed 1 in 20 and there exists between the trams and one side
of the road or between the 2 lines of trams a clear space of at least 600
millimetres.

(2) Every manhole shall be-

(a)as near as may be 1 metre in width and not less than 1.2
metres in depth;





(b)not less than the height of the road at that point, or 1.8
metres, whichever is the lesser;

(c) kept whitewashed so as to be readily visible;

(d) kept clear and unobstructed.

(3) No person shall place in or near a manhole anything which may
prevent free access thereto.

70. The space between the tracks of rail in every haulage road or
tramway shall at all times be kept clear of obstructions.

71. No persons below ground shall ride on sets or trains of tubs or
in any other conveyance except

(a)persons being conveyed with the written permission of the
manager to or from their work at the beginning or end of their
shift;

(b) the driver of an underground locomotive.

72. (1) Every rope used for haulage, which is capped, shall be
recapped at intervals of not more than 6 months.

(2) Sufficient and suitable wedges, sprags, lockers or drags shall be
provided and used for the purpose of holding a tub or set of tubs

(a)at the top of every incline where the haulage is worked by
gravity; and

(b) at all places where tubs are coupled or uncoupled.

73. Runaway switches shall be provided on every road-

(a)where mechanical haulage, other than endless rope haulage,
is used; and

(b) where the gradient exceeds 1 in 12.

74. (1) There shall be provided on every haulage road, which
exceeds 30 metres in length and where the haulage is worked by gravity
or mechanical power, proper means of communicating distinct signals
between all places on the haulage and the engine driver.

(2) The manager shall-

(a) prescribe the signals to be used at a station; and

(b) post up in the engine house and at all signalling stations a
list of all signals to be used at any particular haulage.

PART VIII

WORKMEN

75. A sufficient record of all persons employed in or about a mine
shall be kept in the office at every mine.





76. 6 months after these regulations come into operation, all
persons working underground shall wear a miner's hard hat. of a pattern
approved by a mines officer.

77. The holder of every prospecting licence, mining licence or
mining lease shall keep and maintain in the area operating under such
licence or lease such stock of fitted first aid boxes, dressings, splints,
stretchers and other materials and appliances as the Superintendent of
Mines, by writing under his hand, may from time to time require.

78. (1) Subject to any suspension or reduction granted under
paragraph (4), the licensee of every mining licence and the lessee of
every mining lease shall, at all times after the expiry of the period
provided in paragraph (5) for compliance with this paragraph, ensure
that there is in the area operating under his mining licence or mining
lease, as the case may be, not less than the following number of persons
in possession of certificates of competency to render first aid to the
injured, that is to say

(a)where less than 40 persons are employed in the area, such
number as the Superintendent of Mines may, by writing under
his hand, specify:

Provided that in no case shall the Superintendent of
Mines specify a number greater than 3;

(b)where 40 or more persons but less than 300 are so employed,
3 persons;

(c)where 300 or more persons but less than 700 are so employed,
5 persons;

(d) where 700 or more are so employed, 8 persons.

(2) The licensee or lessee, as the case may be, shall be responsible
for the making of all arrangements for persons employed by him to
undergo such training as may be required in order to obtain a certificate
of competency to render first aid to the injured.

(3) The licensee or lessee, as the case may be, shall notify the
Superintendent of Mines of the name of each person employed by him
in the area operating under his licence or lease who is in possession of
a certificate of competency to render first aid to the injured, the date of
the granting of such certificate and the body granting the same, and
any change in any of the aforesaid particulars.

(4) Upon application in that behalf and for good cause shown, the
Superintendent of Mines may, by writing under his hand and for such
periods not exceeding 3 months at any one time as may be specified
therein, either suspend altogether the obligation imposed upon the
holder of a mining licence or mining lease by paragraph (1) or reduce the
minimum number of persons in possession of certificates of
competency to render first aid to the injured that such holder is required
under that paragraph to ensure is in the area operating under his mining
licence or mining lease.





(5) For the purposes of this regulation-
(a)a certificate of competency to render first aid to the injured
shall be a certificate issued by any body recognized for the
purpose by the Superintendent of Mines;
(b)in no case shall any certificate of competency to render first
aid to the injured be valid for more than 3 years from the
date thereof,

(c)the period for compliance with paragraph (1) is, in the case
of a mining licence or mining lease in force on the date of
the commencement of the Mines (Safety) (Amendment)
Regulations 1963, 12 months from such date, and, in the
case of any other mining licence or mining lease, 6 months
from the commencement of operations thereunder.

79. No person shall sleep in a mine.

80. (1) No person in a state of intoxication or in any other
condition which may render or be likely to render him incapable of
taking care of himself or of persons under his charge shall be-
(a) allowed to enter a mine; or

(b)
(c)

near to any working on the surface; or
near to any machinery in motion within any mining
property.
(2) Any person who has entered a mine or is found in any
working or below ground in an unfit state for work owing to
intoxication or other like reason may be arrested by the manager or
some person duly authorized by him and handed over, without
delay, to the nearest police officer or police station.
(3) Except with the special permission of the manager, no
intoxicating liquor shall be taken by any person into any mine or to
any place or work at a mine, and no workman shall otherwise have
intoxicating liquor in his possession whilst at work or at a place of
work.

81. Subject to any directions which may be given by any
official of the mine-
(a)no workman shall, except in so far as may be necessary for
the purpose of getting to and from his work, or in case of
emergency or other justifiable cause necessarily connected
with his employment-
(i) go into any part of any mine other than that part in
which he works; or
(ii) travel to or from his work by any road other than
the proper travelling road; and
(b)no person other than a mines officer, workman or official
of the mine shall enter the mine except with the permission
of the manager.





82. (1) There shall be provided underground sufficient and
suitable accommodation in the way of sanitary convenience.
(2) Wood shall not be used in the construction of under-
ground sanitary conveniences.

83. No person shall, without authority, pass beyond any fence
or danger signal, or open any locked door.

84. (1) No person employed in or about a mine shall negli-
gently or wilfully-

(a)do anything which is likely to endanger life in a mine or the
safety of a mine; or

(b)omit to do anything necessary for the safety of a mine or of
the person employed therein.

(2) No person shall fight or behave in a violent manner in or
about a mine.

PART IX

SAFE DISPOSAL OF WASTE

85. Water containing poisonous or injurious chemical solu-
tions used in the treatment of ores or for other purposes shall be
effectively fenced off to prevent inadvertently access to it. Notice
boards shall be placed in suitable places to warn persons from
making use thereof.

86. When sand is used for filling worked-out underground
areas, the moisture content in such sand and the liquid draining
therefrom shall not have a higher cyanide content than 0.005 per
cent expressed as cyanide of potassium.

87. (1) A mines officer may serve on any manager a written
order as to the safe disposal of slime or other waste.

(2) The provisions of regulation 103 shall apply to an order
made under paragraph (1).

PART X

RESPONSIBILITY

88. (1) Unless exempted by the Superintendent of Mines-
(a)the person responsible for the work under a prospecting
licence, shall dwell in the area to which the licence relates
or within 8 kilometres thereof; and

(b)the person responsible for the work under a mining licence
or a mining lease shall dwell in the area to which the licence
or lease relates or within 8 kilometres thereof.





(2) The manager shall be responsible for-

(a)all work done under a prospecting licence, a mining licence or
a mining lease; and

(b)the enforcement of all regulations governing the use, storage
and supply of explosives unless he has, in writing, appointed
some competent person to be in charge of a specified area. A
copy of the written appointment shall be sent to the
Superintendent of Mines.

(3) The manager may delegate his responsibility in respect of
welfare, health and housing conditions to a person approved by the
Superintendent of Mines.

(4) The holder of a prospecting or mining licence or the lessee of a
mining lease or the agent of any of them who is not managing his own
prospecting or mining operations shall without delay notify the
Superintendent of Mines in writing of the name of the person appointed
so to do.

(5) Every manager shall have in his possession a copy of the
Mining Ordinance and of these regulations and of any amendments to
either of them.

89. The working of a mine shall be carried on under the control
and responsibility of the manager.

90. Where under these regulations responsibility is not specifically
fixed on any particular person it shall attach to the manager.

91. The manager shall ensure that incompetent or inexperienced
workmen are not employed on dangerous work.

92. The manager shall be responsible for the safety and proper
discipline of the men employed above and below ground. He shall
appoint such persons as may be necessary to assist him to carry out
any of the provisions of these regulations.

93. The manager shall be responsible for ensuring compliance
with any order made under section 44(b) of the Ordinance.

94. The manager of a mine shall be responsible for sanitary
conditions underground.

95. Every manager shall carry out and enforce all the provisions of
these regulations and of any other enactment governing the use,
storage and supply of explosives. The manager shall also appoint, in
writing, to be officials of a mine such persons as are necessary to assist
him to carry out the provisions and in order to ensure the thorough
supervision of all operations in or about a mine.





96. (1) Every manager shall ensure that, at all times, a sufficient
supply of timber, proper materials and appliances for the purpose of
carrying out the provisions of these regulations and ensuring the safety
of a mine and the persons employed therein is always provided.

(2) Every manager shall specify the manner in which supports are
to be set and advanced and the maximum intervals to be observed on
roadways between the supports, and at the face

(a) between each row of props;

(b) between adjacent props in the same row;

(c) between the front row of props and the face;

(d) between any holing props or sprags;

(e) between chocks.

PART XI

PLANS NECESSARY FOR
SAFETY

1

97. (1) The following plans of the property appertaining to the mine
to which they relate, on which both true and magnetic meridian shall be
shown, shall be kept and brought up to date at least every 6 months

(a)Surface plan on a scale of 1:5,000,1:2,000, 1:1,000 or 1:500 at
the discretion of a mines officer showing

(i) the boundaries and registered numbers of prospecting
licences, mining licences, and mining leases;

(ii) the outcrops and dip of the lode or lodes or other
mineral or alluvial deposits;

(iii) all open surface workings, shafts openings, boreholes,
tailing and other dumps;

(iv) buildings, watercourses, reservoirs, roads, railways,
permanent tramways, electric power lines, public telegraph
and telephone lines, cableways, main pipe lines, fences and
all surface objects which require protection against
undermining.

(b) Underground plan on a scale of 1:500 showing

(i) all mine workings whether abandoned or in use. Portions
of the mine which have been worked out shall be shown
shaded or hatched;

(ii) underground dams;

(iii) faults, dykes and important changes in the dip of the
lode or mineral bed, and where the average dip of the lode or
deposit is less than forty-five degrees than the horizontal
projection shall also be shown on the plan, and if the average
dip is forty-five degrees or more the vertical projection as well
shall be included.





(e)Ventilation plan indicating the intake airways by blue arrows
and the return airways by red arrows, on a scale of 1:2,000,
showing the system of ventilation in the mine, in particular the
general direction of the air currents, the points where the
quantity of air is measured and all devices for the regulation
and distribution of the air. All ventilation doors, toppings, air
crossings, fire dams or seals, and regulators and all
telephones and ambulance stations shall be shown in
accordance with the symbols approved by the Superintendent
of Mines.

(d)If required by the Superintendent of Mines, an electrical
installation plan showing on a scale of 1:2,000 the position of
all fixed electrical appliances in the mine other than telephones
and haulage signalling apparatus. The system of cables for
distribution of current is not required to be shown unless so
ordered.

(2) Where, prior to the coming into operation of these regulations,
plans of mines, as required by paragraph (1) were kept on different
scales to those stipulated therein, the mines in question may continue
to use the scales for parts of the mine as may be approved, if a mines
officer is satisfied that they are satisfactory for all working
requirements.

98. Two copies of the underground plan as required by regulation
97(1) duly certified as correct by the manager of a mine shall be
deposited at the office of the Mines Division, Labour Department and
shall be brought up to date at the end of each year.

99. The Superintendent of Mines may require that transverse
sections of the principal shafts in use in a mine shall be made.

100. (1) If in respect of any mine the plans required by regulation
97 are not made, or are not kept as required, the Superintendent of
Mines may have such plans or necessary additions thereto made at the
expense of the manager.

(2) If copies of the underground plan are not deposited as required
by regulation 98 or if copies sent are not made according to the
regulations, the Superintendent of Mines may have copies or any
necessary additions thereto made at the expense of the manager.

101. Copies of the plans referred to in regulations 97 to 100 or any
information concerning them shall not be given by any public servant
to any unauthorized person; nor shall they be inspected by any
unauthorized person without the written permission of the manager:

Provided that nothing in this regulation shall prevent officers of
the Mines Division, Labour Department showing or supplying to the
public maps showing boundaries of titles and topography.





102. Before a mine or any part of a mine is abandoned or closed
down or rendered inaccessible, all underground plans shall be brought
up to date, and copies thereof shall be deposited at the office of the
Mines Division, Labour Department.

PART XII

GENERAL

103. (1) Where in exercise of the powers conferred by section 44 of
the Ordinance, a mines officer considers any mine or any matter, thing
or practice in or connected with a mine to be dangerous or defective so
as, in his opinion, to threaten or tend to the bodily injury of any person,
he may give notice in writing thereof to the manager with a copy to the
holder of the licence or lessee or his agent and shall state in such notice
the particulars in which he considers such mine, matter, thing or
practice to be dangerous or defective, and shall require the same to be
remedied, either forthwith or within such time as he may specify, and
may order work to be suspended until the danger is removed to his
satisfaction.

(2) On receipt of the notice issued under paragraph (1), the
manager shall comply therewith, or, if he intends to object thereto, he
shall cease to use the said mine, or part thereof or thing or practice, as
to which notice has been given, and shall forthwith withdraw all men
from the danger indicated in such notice until such time as the matter is
determined by the Superintendent of Mines:

Provided that if, in the opinion of the officer who made the order,
there is no immediate danger, he may allow work to proceed during such
period, under such restrictions and upon such conditions as he may
specify in writing in order to ensure the safety of the workmen.

(3)(a) When the manager is aggrieved by the provisions of .any
notice given under paragraphs (1) and (2), he may within 7
days after the receipt thereof, state his objection in writing to
the Superintendent of Mines and thereupon the matter shall
be determined by the Superintendent of Mines or by such
officer as he may appoint on that behalf.

(b)The Superintendent of Mines, or such officer, when
considering the objection may take cognizance of any reports
bearing on the mine, thing or practice considered dangerous
or defective and the degree of skill of those to be employed in
the mine.

(4) Any manager aggrieved by a decision made under the
provisions of paragraph (3) may, within 15 days of the notification to
him of that decision, appeal to the Commissioner.

104. For the purposes of Part VIII of the Ordinance, a dangerous
occurrence means any occurrence specified in the Second Schedule.





105. Any person who contravenes the provisions of regulation 3,
4, 5, 8 to 14, 15(2), 17 to 21, 22(1), 22(7), 22(8), 22(9), 23 to 28, 30, 31, 32,
34, 35(1), 36, 37(1) or (2), 38 to 54, 55(1) or (3), 57, 58, 59, 60(1), 61 to 79,
80(1) or (3), 81 to 86, 88(1), 91, 93, 96, 97(1), 98, 102, or 103(2) shall be
guilty of an offence and liable to a fine of $1,000 and to imprisonment
for 6 months.

FIRST SCHEDULE

HONG KONG

FORM I
-

MINES (SAFETY) REGULATIONS


Application for a Mine Blasting Certificate



[reg. 22.]

(This form to be submitted to the Superintendent of Mines. In the case of a ( 91
Government employee the fee is
waived under regulation 22(3)


(1) Full name of applicant

(2) address

(3) Year ot birth


(4) Nationality

(5) IDentity Card No.

(6)
(a) Have you previously made application in Hong Kong for the issue of a


blasting certificate under the Buildings Ordinance, Chapter 123, or a

Mine Blasting Certificate under these regulations?

If so, when?

(b) If the application was granted state the number, year and reason for

now acquiring another ..........................................................................


(7) Have you ever held a blasting certificate or a Mine Blasting

Certificate which has at any time been suspended or revoked?

give particulars ..............................................................


.....................

(8) Are you in possession of detonator crimpers?
..............................................







(9) For which of the following do you require a Mine Blasting Certificate to

be issued

(a) For surface or opencast workings ........................................................
(b) Mining operations underground ...........................................................


(10) Are you going to use electrical shot-firing when blasting
...........................

I hereby certify that this is a true statement of-the particulars herein set
forth.

Date ........19


HONG KONG
FORM II


MINES (SAFETY) REGULATIONS


Mine Blasting Certificate


Original to grantee.

Duplicate to Superintendent of Mines.

This is to certify that-

(2) Address .....................................................................................................


(3) Age ...........................................................................................................


(4) Nationality
...................................................................................



(5) Identity Card No . .....................................................................................

is qualified to use explosives for blasting in prospecting or mining operations-

(a) Surface and opencast workings.

(b) Mining operations underground.

(c) Qualified to use electrical shot-firing equipment.
..................





(The issuing officer must cross out the words not
required.)


Issued this day of


Photograph.

Signature ......
(Signature o7 holder) ..........



SECOND SCHEDULE [reg. 104.]

DANGEROUS
OCCURRENCES

(1) Collapse of working.
(2) Collapse of buildings.
(3) Failure or defect of any appliance used for hoisting purposes.
(4) Any damage to tunnel, shaft or winze timbering, or other form of
support, tending materially to increase the hazards of mining.

(5) All cases of fire above or below ground.

(6)All cases of ignition of gas or dust below ground, or of the existence of
gas below ground.

(7) All cases of inrush of water, causing flooding.

(8)Electrical short circuits or failure of machinery, plant or apparatus,
involving stoppage or disuse.

(9)Explosion of a receiver or container used for the storage at a pressure
greater than atmospheric pressure of any gas or gases (including air) or
any liquid or solid resulting from compression of gases.


(10) Any premature or unexpected explosion or ignition of
explosives.

(11) Any case of asphyxiation affecting a partial or total loss of physical
control.

(12) Bursting of a revolving vessel, wheel, grindstone or grinding wheel
moved by mechanical power.





THIRD SCHEDULE

FEES IN RESPECT OF MINE BLASTING Fees
CERTIFICATES

Issue of mine blasting certificate under regulation 22(4)(a)
........ 305

2. Renewal of mine blasting certificate under regulation 22(5)(a). 245
3. Replacement of worn or defaced mine blasting certificate under

regulation 22(5)(c)
...................................................................... 55

4. Endorsement of mine blasting certificate under regulation

22(6)(b)
.......................................................................................245

(5) Replacement of lost mine blasting certificate under regulation 22(10) 55


G.N.A. 125/54. L.N. 156/63. L.N. 15/71. L.N. 146/76. L.N. 214/77. L.N. 285/85. L.N. 87/86. Citation. Interpretation. L.N. 87/86. Report of bringing plant into use. L.N. 87/86. Duty to have competent engineer in charge. L.N. 87/86. Prohibition against removal or rendering useless any fencing, etc. Inspection of plant. L.N. 156/63. Power of mines officers to give directions. L.N. 156/63. Duty to keep boilers, etc. in good condition and repair. L.N. 156/63. Duty to fence off dangerous machinery. Prohibition against repairing, etc. when risk of personal injury exists. Prohibition against use of loose clothing. Friction clutches. Air compressors. Safety valves. L.N. 156/63. Duty to fence off dangerous places. Duty to post notices. Inspection of electrical installations. Power of Superintendent with regard to blasting. Power to sell and buy explosives. Prohibition against storing explosives in closed-down mine. L.N. 156/63.. (Cap. 295.) Prohibition against storing explosives underground in excess of estimated requirements. L.N. 87/86. L.N. 87/86. Prohibition against using explosives other than those supplied by employer. Method of carrying and cutting explosives. Mine blasting certificate, and matters ancillary thereto L.N. 156/63. L.N. 146/76. Form I, First Schedule. L.N .146/76. Form II, First Schedule. Third Schedule. L.N. 156/63. L.N. 146/76. L.N. 146/76. L.N. 146/76. L.N. 156/63. L.N. 146/76. Duty of manager to retain certificate. Person entitled to blast, and his responsibility. Loose ground to be removed before drilling. Working faces to be examined. Duty of gang foreman to be the first to enter place of operations. Action to be taken when blasting takes place within 10 metres of each other. L.N .87/86. Resumption of work after blasting. Validity of existing certificates. Prohibition against carbide, and exceptions. Angle of slope. Duty to station a safety man, and not to deposit spoil near edge. L.N. 87/86. Power of Superintendent to require stepped benches to be cut into mine face. Duty to protect surface where subsidence or cavities occur. Power to give directions, and duty to comply with them. L.N. 87/86. Duty to fill in illegal excavations. Duty in respect of prospecting trenches and pits. Duty to protect disused shafts and mining entrances, etc. Responsibility for old excvations. Prohibition against use of inflammable material, and duty in respect of naked lights. Duty to provide satisfactory ladders and ways of exit. Duty to provide ladders in single shaft. Duty to fence off underground entrance to abandoned workings. Ladders. L.N. 87/86. Prohibition against carrying tools, etc., in ladder way. Duty to fence off entrances to shafts and winzes. Prohibition against loose material near unprotected edges. Necessity to provide guides for bucket, cage or skip. L.N. 87/86. Provision for workmen passing from one compartment to another. Prohibition against entering winding compartment. Sinking shafts. L.N. 87/86. Duty to provide ladder ways in sinking shafts. Protection of persons in sinking shafts. Precautions to be taken in using windlasses, etc. Necessity to provide signalling apparatus in shafts. L.N. 87/86. Exemption in respect of prospecting shafts. Duty to fence underground entrances. Duty to provide protection against falling materials. Duty to report danger. Duty to secure unsafe workings, and to keep reserve of timber. Duty to provide safety pillars. Power of Superintendent in respect of pillars. L.N. 87/86. Duty to examine disused workings before reopening. Ventilation requirement. Duty to take air measurement. Ventilation doors. Percussive drills. Duty to provide stationary lights. Duty to light places containing unfenced machinery. Prohibition against movement without lights. Duty to provide manholes. L.N. 87/86. Duty to keep clear space between rails. Prohibition against riding on tubs. Duty as regards haulage appliances. Duty to provide runaway switches in certain cases. Duty in respect of haulage signals. L.N. 87/86. Duty to keep record of employees. Duty to wear miners' hats of approved pattern. Requirements as to first aid equipment. L.N. 156/63. Requirement as to persons with first aid certificates. L.N. 156/63. (L.N. 156/63.) Prohibition against sleeping in a mine. Prohibition against intoxication. Power to arrest inebriates. Limitation in respect of intoxicating liquor. Prohibition against unauthorized persons. Requirement as to underground sanitation. Prohibition against passing danger signals. Prohibition against negligent behaviour. Duty to fence off, and to warn against injurious solutions. Maximum cyanide content of sand filling. Power as to disposal of slime. Duties of responsible persons. L.N. 87/86. (Cap. 285.) Responsibility for working. General responsibility. Manager's responsibility in relation to dangerous work. Responsibility of manager for safety and discipline. Duty of manager to comply with orders. Sanitation. Duty to enforce provisions regarding storage and supplies of explosive, etc. Duty to ensure adequate supply of materials and appliances. Duty to keep plans. L.N. 87/86. Duty to deposit copies with the Mines Division, Labour Department. L.N. 214/77. Power of Superintendent to require transverse sections of shafts. Power of Superintendent in respect of plans. Duty not to make plans public. L.N. 214/77. Duty regarding abandonment of mine. L.N. 214/77. Obligation to remedy any dangerous practice. Dangerous occurrences. L.N. 156/63. Second Schedule. Offences and penalties. L.N. 15/71. L.N. 146/76. L.N. 156/63. L.N. 146/76. L.N. 285/85.

Abstract

G.N.A. 125/54. L.N. 156/63. L.N. 15/71. L.N. 146/76. L.N. 214/77. L.N. 285/85. L.N. 87/86. Citation. Interpretation. L.N. 87/86. Report of bringing plant into use. L.N. 87/86. Duty to have competent engineer in charge. L.N. 87/86. Prohibition against removal or rendering useless any fencing, etc. Inspection of plant. L.N. 156/63. Power of mines officers to give directions. L.N. 156/63. Duty to keep boilers, etc. in good condition and repair. L.N. 156/63. Duty to fence off dangerous machinery. Prohibition against repairing, etc. when risk of personal injury exists. Prohibition against use of loose clothing. Friction clutches. Air compressors. Safety valves. L.N. 156/63. Duty to fence off dangerous places. Duty to post notices. Inspection of electrical installations. Power of Superintendent with regard to blasting. Power to sell and buy explosives. Prohibition against storing explosives in closed-down mine. L.N. 156/63.. (Cap. 295.) Prohibition against storing explosives underground in excess of estimated requirements. L.N. 87/86. L.N. 87/86. Prohibition against using explosives other than those supplied by employer. Method of carrying and cutting explosives. Mine blasting certificate, and matters ancillary thereto L.N. 156/63. L.N. 146/76. Form I, First Schedule. L.N .146/76. Form II, First Schedule. Third Schedule. L.N. 156/63. L.N. 146/76. L.N. 146/76. L.N. 146/76. L.N. 156/63. L.N. 146/76. Duty of manager to retain certificate. Person entitled to blast, and his responsibility. Loose ground to be removed before drilling. Working faces to be examined. Duty of gang foreman to be the first to enter place of operations. Action to be taken when blasting takes place within 10 metres of each other. L.N .87/86. Resumption of work after blasting. Validity of existing certificates. Prohibition against carbide, and exceptions. Angle of slope. Duty to station a safety man, and not to deposit spoil near edge. L.N. 87/86. Power of Superintendent to require stepped benches to be cut into mine face. Duty to protect surface where subsidence or cavities occur. Power to give directions, and duty to comply with them. L.N. 87/86. Duty to fill in illegal excavations. Duty in respect of prospecting trenches and pits. Duty to protect disused shafts and mining entrances, etc. Responsibility for old excvations. Prohibition against use of inflammable material, and duty in respect of naked lights. Duty to provide satisfactory ladders and ways of exit. Duty to provide ladders in single shaft. Duty to fence off underground entrance to abandoned workings. Ladders. L.N. 87/86. Prohibition against carrying tools, etc., in ladder way. Duty to fence off entrances to shafts and winzes. Prohibition against loose material near unprotected edges. Necessity to provide guides for bucket, cage or skip. L.N. 87/86. Provision for workmen passing from one compartment to another. Prohibition against entering winding compartment. Sinking shafts. L.N. 87/86. Duty to provide ladder ways in sinking shafts. Protection of persons in sinking shafts. Precautions to be taken in using windlasses, etc. Necessity to provide signalling apparatus in shafts. L.N. 87/86. Exemption in respect of prospecting shafts. Duty to fence underground entrances. Duty to provide protection against falling materials. Duty to report danger. Duty to secure unsafe workings, and to keep reserve of timber. Duty to provide safety pillars. Power of Superintendent in respect of pillars. L.N. 87/86. Duty to examine disused workings before reopening. Ventilation requirement. Duty to take air measurement. Ventilation doors. Percussive drills. Duty to provide stationary lights. Duty to light places containing unfenced machinery. Prohibition against movement without lights. Duty to provide manholes. L.N. 87/86. Duty to keep clear space between rails. Prohibition against riding on tubs. Duty as regards haulage appliances. Duty to provide runaway switches in certain cases. Duty in respect of haulage signals. L.N. 87/86. Duty to keep record of employees. Duty to wear miners' hats of approved pattern. Requirements as to first aid equipment. L.N. 156/63. Requirement as to persons with first aid certificates. L.N. 156/63. (L.N. 156/63.) Prohibition against sleeping in a mine. Prohibition against intoxication. Power to arrest inebriates. Limitation in respect of intoxicating liquor. Prohibition against unauthorized persons. Requirement as to underground sanitation. Prohibition against passing danger signals. Prohibition against negligent behaviour. Duty to fence off, and to warn against injurious solutions. Maximum cyanide content of sand filling. Power as to disposal of slime. Duties of responsible persons. L.N. 87/86. (Cap. 285.) Responsibility for working. General responsibility. Manager's responsibility in relation to dangerous work. Responsibility of manager for safety and discipline. Duty of manager to comply with orders. Sanitation. Duty to enforce provisions regarding storage and supplies of explosive, etc. Duty to ensure adequate supply of materials and appliances. Duty to keep plans. L.N. 87/86. Duty to deposit copies with the Mines Division, Labour Department. L.N. 214/77. Power of Superintendent to require transverse sections of shafts. Power of Superintendent in respect of plans. Duty not to make plans public. L.N. 214/77. Duty regarding abandonment of mine. L.N. 214/77. Obligation to remedy any dangerous practice. Dangerous occurrences. L.N. 156/63. Second Schedule. Offences and penalties. L.N. 15/71. L.N. 146/76. L.N. 156/63. L.N. 146/76. L.N. 285/85.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3114

Edition

1964

Volume

v19

Subsequent Cap No.

285

Number of Pages

30
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:30:37 +0800
<![CDATA[MINING (GENERAL) REGULATIONS]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3113

Title

MINING (GENERAL) REGULATIONS

Description






Regulation.

(GENERAL) REGULATION

ARRANGEMENT OF
REGULATION

2. Interpretation

PART I.

PRELIMINARY
.

[Subsidiary

Page.

PART II.

APPLICATION
S.

3..................................Manner and forms of applications and amendments thereof ... ...

4. Applicants to give notice to owners, etc. of land within area applied for A 4

5....................Marking and inspection of land ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 4

6..................Withdrawal of application ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 4

7. Refusal of application on failure to furnish financial security or for want of

working capital ...

8..............Fees and payments ..... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ...

9. Maintenance of boundary markers

PART III.

PROSPECTING
LICENCES.

10. Prospecting licence
11. Application to dispose of or retain minerals
12. Duty to fill in excavations

13......Survey ... ...

17. Mining licence

18....................Duty to submit prospecting plan ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 6

19.............................Power to substitute mining lease for mining licence ... ... ... ... A 6

20..................Renewal of mining licences ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 6
21.

...
..
A 4

...
..






A 4
...
..
A 4

.......................................A 5
.......................................A 5
.......................................A 5
14......................Minimum expenditure on prospecting ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 5

15.............................Suspension or reduction of minimum expenditure ... ... ... ... A 5

16...........................Renewal or surrender of prospecting licences ... ... ... ... ... A 6

PART IV.
MINING.

A 6

Grant of mining lease within prospecting licence or mining licence

boundaries........................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ...

22. Obligations in respect of labour and Superintendent's power of modification
tion. Acceptance of horse-power equivalent in substitution ... ...

A6

A6













Regulation.

22A. Interpretation ......................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A7

23. 'Application to Commissioner for Authorized Buyer's Licence ... ... A 7

24. Requirement of Mineral Removal Permit ... ... ... ... ... ... A 7

25. Requirement relating to removal of specified minerals by authorized buyers A 7

PART V.

POSSESSION AND PURCHASE OF SPECIFIED
MINERALS.

Page.

PART VA.

DISPOSAL OF MINERALS OTHER THAN THOSE SPECIFIED
IN
MINING LICENCE OR LEASE.

or lease ...

26. Deposit of tailings

27.

PART VI.

TAILINGS AND Dumps.

....
..A8

......................................A 8
Prohibition of dumps without approval ... ... ... ... ... ... A 8

PART VII.

RENTS, PREMIUMS AND FEES.
28.Duty to pay rents, and in advance. Power of Governor in Council to reduce
or remit rents. Application of rents payable prior to enactment of

regulations ... ... ... ...

29. Duty to pay premiums and fees

PART VIII.

ROYALTIES.

30. Royalty
31. Provision of certain advance information

PART M

ACCOUNTS, PLANS Am
32. Duty to keep records, plans and accounts
33.
34.
35.







Revision of plans ... ...
Duty to render returns ...
Authentication of certificates

36. Method of renewal ...
37. Offences and penalties

First Schedule. Forms
Second Schedule. Rents
Third Schedule. Premiums and Fees

A8 A
9

PART X.

MISCELLANEOUS
.

A9

A10

A10
All
All A
13

* 13
* 13

A 13
A 22
A 23











MINING (GENERAL) REGULATIONS.

(Cap. 285, section 67).

PART I

PRELIMINARY.

[15th October, 1954]

1. These regulations may be cited as the Mining (General)
Regulations.

2. In these regulations, unless the context otherwise requires

'temporary marker- means a concrete post not less than three
inches in diameter projecting in an upright position not less than^
two feet above the surface of the ground:

Provided that where cement is not available, timber may be
used.

PART II.

APPLICATIONS.

3. (1) Any person who desires to obtain a prospecting licence, a
mining licence or a mining lease, shall apply to the Superintendent of
Mines in duplicate on the appropriate form prescribed in the First
Schedule.

(2) A plan, in duplicate, of the area applied for, drawn to

the scale of 1:25,000, shall accompany every such application and
shall show-

(a)all important local objects, landmarks, streams and buildings
within the area applied for; and

(b) the topographical features, including the courses and
names, if any, of streams wit adjacent to the area
applied for, as shown on the 1:25,000
topographical sheet
in the map series L 882 covering the district in which the
area lies.

(3) When no question of priority of application arises, the
Superintendent of Mines may permit amendment of any application in
the case of clerical or minor errors in the plan, and the date of any
application so amended shall remain the original date of its first
acceptance, which shall have been endorsed thereon at the time of
acceptance.





4. Not less than four weeks and not more than six weeks after the
making of any application pursuant to the provisions of regulation 3, the
applicant shall, unless his application has been refused, give written
notice of the particulars of such application to the owner and any lawful
occupier of any private land situated within the area to which such
application relates, and shall give or send by registered post to the
Superintendent of Mines a copy of each such notice.

5. At any time after the expiration of fourteen days from the date on
which the notice or, where more than one such notice is required, the
last of such notices was given pursuant to regulation 4, the
Superintendent of Mines, subject to notice having been given to the
owner or occupier, if any, of any private land in question, may inspect,
or cause to be inspected, the area to which the application relates, and
for the purposes of any such inspection may require the applicant,
subject to the consent of such owner or occupier, to erect temporary
markers indicating on the ground the boundaries of the area to which the
application relates.

6. (1) Any applicant who withdraws his application for a
prospecting licence, a mining licence or a mining lease shall pay to the
Treasury the appropriate prescribed fee.

(2) An application for a prospecting licence shall not be withdrawn
after the applicant has marked out within the prospecting area an area in
respect of which a mining licence or a mining lease has been applied for.

7. (1) An application shall be refused if the applicant fails to furnish
any financial security which may be required of him for any purposes for
which security is required under the Ordinance or these regulations.

(2) Notwithstanding that no financial security is required of an
applicant as aforesaid, the Commissioner may refuse to grant an
application for a prospecting licence or a mining licence unless he is
satisfied that the applicant commands sufficient working capital to
ensure adequate prospecting of, or, as the case may be, proper working
of, the area applied for.

8. The applicant shall within fourteen days after demand pay to the
Treasury any payments which may have been demanded, and in the
event of the applicant failing so to do the Commissioner may refuse his
application.

9. All markers indicating the area in respect of which a prospecting
licence, a mining licence or a mining lease has been issued shall at all
times be kept in good condition and repair by the licensee or lessee.





PART III.

PROSPECTING LICENCES.

10. A prospecting licence shall be in the form prescribed in the
First Schedule.

11. (1) Every holder of a prospecting licence who desires to dispose
of or retain any minerals obtained in the course of prospecting shall
apply in writing to the Commissioner, and shall

(a)state the kind and quantity of minerals in respect of which the
application is made; and

(b)state the location from which each mineral was obtained; and

(c)furnish such other information as the Commissioner may
require; and

(d) pay the prescribed fee.

(2) The consent of the Commissioner to the disposal of or retention
of any mineral by the holder of a prospecting licence shall be in writing
and shall specify the kind and quantity of the minerals which may be
disposed of or retained.

12. The holder of a prospecting licence shall fill in or otherwise
render secure, to the satisfaction of the Superintendent of Mines, all
unproductive shafts, excavations or trenches made by him in the course
of prospecting.

13. In the case of a prospecting licence, the Superintendent of
Mines or a mines officer authorized by him shall make a survey in
respect of the whole or part of the boundaries or may postpone such
survey for such time as he may think fit.

14. The expenditure by the holder of a prospecting licence

for prospecting alone shall be at the average rate of not less than

ten dollars per acre per month over each period of six months
during which the licence is in force, the first such period com-
mencing on the date of the licence and, where the licence is
renewed, the second and any subsequent period as aforesaid com-
mencing forthwith upon the expiration of the period immediately
preceding it.

15. On the application of the holder of a prospecting licence and on
payment of the appropriate prescribed fee, the Commissioner, for good
cause shown, may by writing under his hand either suspend the
obligation imposed on the holder of the licence by regulation 14, or
reduce the average minimum rate of expenditure imposed upon the
holder of the licence by the said regulation to such rate, in either case
for a period of six months at any





one time (being a period referred to in regulation 14), as he may deem
proper, and such power may be exercised by the Commissioner
notwithstanding that the period for which suspension of the obligation
or reduction of the average minimum rate of expenditure, as the case may
be, is granted, has commenced to run.

16. Application for the renewal or surrender of a prospecting
licence shall be made through the Superintendent of Mines.

PART IV.

MINING.

17. A mining licence shall be in the form prescribed in the First
Schedule.

18. In addition to the plan furnished in accordance with the
provisions of regulation 3, the applicant shall submit to the
Superintendent of Mines for retention a further plan on a scale not
smaller than 1:25,000 showing all prospecting done on the area in respect
of which the application for a mining licence is made together with the
minerals found and a statement of the ore reserves as calculated from
such prospecting.

19. Where there is reason to believe that the mineral deposit is such
as to justify the grant of a mining lease, such a lease may be granted in
substitution for a mining licence provided that the applicant complies
with the provisions of the Ordinance and of these regulations in respect
thereof.

20. Application for renewal of a mining licence shall be made
through the Superintendent of Mines.

21. (1) The holder of a prospecting licence or mining licence may
apply for a mining lease on the prescribed form.

(2) Where there is reason to believe that the mineral deposit is not
such as to justify the grant of a mining lease, a mining licence may be
granted to the holder of a prospecting licence provided that the
applicant complies with the provisions of the Ordinance and of these
regulations in respect of mining licences.

22. (1) The holder of a mining licence or mining lease shall keep
continuously employed in mining operations on the area to which the
licence or lease relates at least five persons for every
ten acres or part thereof.

(2) Labour-saving apparatus calculated at the rate of
one horse power to five persons may be accepted in sub-

stitution, pro rata, for the number of persons specified in
paragraph (1).





(b) For the purpose of this regulation, the horse-power Of
all internal combustion ignition compression and steam
engines shall be the brake horse power
declared the
manufacturer's specifications.

(3) If it is shown to the satisfaction of the Commissioner that
circumstances have arisen in connexion with any mining licence or
mining lease or the holder thereof which render it necessary for him so
to do, he may, by writing under his hand and on such conditions and for
such time as he may specify, either suspend the obligations of the
licensee or lessee imposed by this regulation or reduce the minimum
number of persons required to be employed for every ten acres to such
number as he may specify.

PART V.

POSSESSION AND PURCHASE OF SPECIFIED
MINERALS.

22A. In this Part, the expression 'specified minerals' means any
minerals, in their unmanufactured state, to which the Governor may by
order apply Part VI of the Ordinance.

23. (1) Any person who desires to obtain an Authorized Buyer's
Licence shall apply in writing to the Commissioner declaring

(a)the class or classes of specified minerals he desires to
purchase;

(b)the address of the godown or other place at which he
proposes to store any specified mineral; and

(c) an address where notices may be served.

(2) The Commissioner may reject any application or may grant the
applicant a licence in the form prescribed in the First Schedule.

24. All specified minerals removed from any mining area shall be
accompanied by a Mineral Removal Permit issued by the Commissioner
in the form prescribed in the First Schedule.

25. All specified minerals removed from an Authorized Buyer's
godown or other place of storage shall be accompanied by an
Authorized Buyer's Removal Permit issued by the Commissioner in the
form prescribed in the First Schedule.





PART VA.

DISPOSAL -OF MINERALS OTHER THAN THOSE
SPECIFIED IN
MINING LICENCE OR LEASE.

25A. The Commissioner may, on payment of the prescribed fee,
grant permission to the holder of a mining licence or mining lease to
dispose of minerals other than those specified in the licence or lease.

PART W-

TAILINGS AND Dumps.

26. The holder of a mining licence or a mining lease, if the area
covered by his licence or lease gives access to a natural watercourse,
may, within such area deposit in the watercourse tailings not in excess
of eight hundred grains per gallon.

Provided that the Superintendent of Mines may by order in writing
prohibit the deposit of tailings in any watercourse, or any part thereof, or
may limit the extent of the deposit in such manner as he may think fit,
and in such event may prescribe the method of deposit.

27. No dumps for overburden, low grade ore or debris may be
started without the approval in writing of the Superintendent of Mines.

PART VII.

RENTS, PREMIUMS AND FEES.

28. (1) The rents set out in the Second Schedule shall be paid by the
persons named therein but the Governor in Council may, in his
discretion, reduce or remit either temporarily or for the remainder of the
term the amount of any rents so payable.

(2) Rents in force at the time of coming into operation of these
regulations shall continue to apply to leases granted prior to that date
but rent for any period of renewal shall be the rent prescribed at the time
of renewal.

(3)(a) Rents shall be payable in advance to the Treasury, and
shall be in addition to any royalties.

(b)Rents which have become payable and are not paid within
thirty days of the date of demand shall be increased by the
addition of a surcharge equal to five per cent of the unpaid
rents and the surcharge and unpaid rents shall become
payable forthwith.





29. The premiums and fees set out in the Third Schedule shall be
paid in respect of the matters mentioned therein but the Governor in
Council may, in his discretion, reduce or remit the amount of any
premium or fee so payable.

PART VIII.

ROYALTIES.

30. (1) When any minerals which have been won by the holder of
any prospecting or mining licence or mining lease, whether or not by
virtue of the licence or lease, are sold or otherwise disposed of by him or
on his behalf, there shall become due and payable to the Crown by such
holder a royalty of five per cent of the value of such minerals.

(2) The value of minerals for the purpose of determining the
amount of royalty payable in respect thereof shall be their value in the
condition in which they were when they were sold or otherwise
disposed of by or on behalf of the person by whom they were won, less
any deductions made under the provisions of paragraph (3).

(3) In determining the amount of royalty payable in respect of any
minerals, the Commissioner may, in respect of any process necessary to
put the minerals in the condition in which they were when they were
sold or otherwise disposed of or in any other respect, make such
deductions as he thinks fit from the value of the minerals as determined
in accordance with the provisions of paragraph (2).

(4) For the purpose of enabling him to determine the amount of
royalty payable in respect of any minerals, the Commissioner may
require the licensee or lessee by whom the minerals were won to
produce to him such accounts, books, records or documents as he may
specify.

(4A) (a) Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (1), where by
reason of the fact that the holder of a prospecting or mining
licence or mining lease manufactures goods from minerals that
he has won under his licence or lease the Commissioner is
satisfied that there is no means of assessing the value of such
minerals in accordance with _p

ton
paragraph

which (2), the Commissioner may specify a rate per which
royalty shall be payable in respect of such minerals and the
period for which it shall be payable and royalty at that rate
shall become due and payable to the Crown by such holder.

(b)The holder of a prospecting or mining licence or mining g
lease who is aggrieved by a decision of the Commissioner,
under sub-paragraph (a), as to the rate per ton at which
royalty shall be payable in respect of any minerals may appeal
by way of petition to the Governor in Council.





(c)On any such appeal, the Governor in Council may confirm or
vary the decision of the Commissioner.

(a) Where any royalty has become due and payable to the
Crown and for any reason it is not possible immediately to
determine with sufficient accuracy the value of the minerals in
respect of which such royalty has become so due and payable,
the Commissioner may require the licensee or lessee by whom
such minerals were won to pay to the Crown, by way of
provisional payment of such royalty, such reasonable sum as
he thinks fit having regard to the likely value of such minerals.

(b)If, when the value of such minerals has been duly determined,
the sum paid in accordance with a requirement of the
Commissioner under the provisions of subparagraph (a)
exceeds the amount of royalty actually due and payable in
respect of such minerals, the Commissioner shall forthwith
refund to the licensee or lessee the amount by which such sum
exceeds the amount of royalty so due and payable, and the
balance of such sum shall be regarded as having been paid in
payment of such royalty.

(c)Save as provided in sub-paragraph (b), the sum so paid shall,
when the value of such minerals has been duly determined, be
regarded as having been paid in payment or part payment,
according to the value of the minerals when so determined, of
the royalty so due and payable.

(6) For the purposes of this regulation, the expression
'Commissioner' includes the Superintendent.

31. The Superintendent of Mines, by writing under his hand, may,
at any time and in respect of such period as he may specify, require the
holder of any mining licence or any mining lease to provide him, in
advance of shipment, local sale or other disposal, with information as to
the weight, grade and value of minerals mined under such licence or
lease.

PART M

ACCOUNTS, PLANS AND RETURNS.

32. The holder of a prospecting licence, mining licence or mining
lease shall keep-

(a) accurate and regular accounts;

(b)full particulars of all minerals obtained and the manner of their
disposal;

(c)records of miners and surface workers in connexion with
prospecting or mining operations in such manner as to





enable the rendering of satisfactory returns required by
regulation 34;

(d)the plans required by subsection (1) of section 8 of the
Ordinance and by Part XI of the Mines (Safety) Regulations.

33. (1) The plans required to be kept by subsection (1) of section 8
of the Ordinance shall be revised at least once in every three months
and shall

(a)show all sample points and the assayed value in respect of
each mineral taken by way of a sample from each such point;

(b)show the position of all sample pits and boreholes, the depth to
bedrock in the case of each and the overall value in respect of
each mineral;

(c)show all natural watercourses and prominent topographical
features;

(d) be to a scale of 1:2,500, 1:1,000 or 1:500, which scale
shall be delineated on the plan.

(2) Plans submitted in respect of a mining lease shall, in addition
show

(a) all watercourses, dams and reservoirs;

(b) all buildings;

(c) railways and excavations;

(d) intersection of underground workings; and shall be to a scale of
1: 500 in the case of underground plans and sections.

(3) The scales prescribed in this regulation may be varied in writing
in any particular case by the Superintendent of Mines.

(4) The Superintendent of Mines may require copies of plans
supplied in accordance with subsection (1) of section 8 of the
Ordinance to be certified in accordance with regulation 35.

34. (1) On or before the seventh day of each month, the holder of a
prospecting licence, mining licence or mining lease shall send to the
Superintendent of Mines a written statement setting forth

(a) in the case of a prospecting licence

(i) the month in respect of which the return is being made;

(ii) the name and address of the holder or attorney;

(iii) the number and area of the prospecting licence;

(iv) the mineral or minerals sought;





(v) the average number of miners employed on prospecting
on the area and wages paid;

(vi) any other particulars which the Superintendent of Mines
may require; and

(b) in the case of a mining licence or mining lease

(i) the month in respect of which the return is being made;

(ii) the name and address of the holder or attorney;

(iii) the location of the mining area of the lease;

(iv) the number of the mining licence or the lot;

(v) particulars of the labour employed and the manpower
equivalent calculated in accordance with paragraph (2) of
regulation 22;

(vi) particulars of the wages paid;

(vii) the horse power used for power drilling and monetary
equivalent;

(viii) the number of feet pitting and drilling re-
spectively and subic yards of other excavations during
the month;

(ix) the precise nature of any prospecting
undertaken
during the month and the footage thereof,

(x) the amount of minerals on hand at. the end of the
preceding month;

(xi) the amount of minerals won during the month;

(xii) the amount of minerals dispatched during the month;

(xiii) the amount of minerals on hand at the end of the
month;

(xiv) any other particulars which the Superintendent of
Mines may require.

(2) On or before the 15th day of February in each year, every holder
of a mining licence or mining lease shall send to the Superintendent of
Mines a written statement setting forth his prospecting and mining
operations as a whole during the year ended the previous 31st day of
December including



(a) the average gross cost per foot of shaft digging;

(b)the average gross cost per foot of drilling with manual labour;

(c). the average gross cost per foot with drills-

(d)the average gross cost per cubic yard of other excavations;





(e).the estimated average profit in respect of each ton or other
appropriate unit for each mineral delivered to the buyer but
calculated before allowing for amortization of capital;

in relation to any method of mining with regard to which the
Superintendent of Mines requires the information, the cost of
mining a cubic yard or a ton or other appropriate unit as the
case may be; and

(g)the estimated disbursements in the Colony in respect of local
purchases and such other items as the Superintendent of
Mines may reasonably require.

35. The certificate required by paragraph (4) of regulation 33 shall
be signed and certified to be correct

(a)in the case of an individual licensee or lessee resident in the
Colony, by the licensee or lessee or his attorney;

(b)in the case of an individual licensee or lessee not so resident,
or in the case of a partnership or company having its head
office out of the Colony, by the resident attorney of the
licensee, lessee, partnership or company;

(c)in the case of a partnership having its head office in the
Colony, by all the partners or by the attorney of the partners;
and

(d)in the case of a company incorporated in the Colony, by the
manager or secretary of the company.

PART X.

MISCELLANEOUS.

36. The renewal of a prospecting licence or mining licence may be
made by endorsement on the licence.

37. Any person who contravenes the provisions of regulation 9, 12,
14, 18, 22(1), 24, 25, 26, 27, 31, 32, 33 or 34 shall be guilty of an ofrence
and liable to a fine of one thousand dollars and to imprisonment for six
months.

FIRST SCHEDULE.

FORM 1.


To the Superintendent of Mines.



Number of application


(GENERAL) REGULATIONS.

Application for a Prospecting Licence.


[reg. 3.]


..............







(To be filled in by Mines Department).









1 Name of applicant.



2. Nationality of applicant.



3. Number of identity card.



4. Address at which notices may be served.


5.Whether the applicant intends to
prospect on his own account or as an
employee of any other person.


6. (1)If he is in the employ of any other
person, state the name, nationality
and address of such person.

(2)If the application is made by an
employee evidence of the
employer's consent to the
application.

7.Whether the applicant has previously
made an application for a prospecting
licence, and, if so, whether any such
application was refused.


8. A plan of the area he intends to prospect.

9. The minerals he intends to prospect for.

Dated the day of 19


....................

(Signature fo Applicant.)




To the Superintendent of Mines.

application for a Mining Licence.

FORM II.


MINING (GENERAL)
REGULATIONS

Application for a Mining Licence.

.....................

(To be filled in by Mines Department).



[reg. 3.]

1. Name of applicant.

2. Nationality of applicant.


Number of identity card.



4. Address at which notices may be served.


5.Number of applicant's prospecting licence
(if any).





6.Name of the company, firm or person (if
any) which the applicant represents.

Position or appointment held by
applicant in relation to, or under, such
company, firm or person.

8.Whether the area included is within the
area of a prospecting licence.

9.Whether the area has been prospected by
the applicant and if so, for what period
and with what results.

10. The mineral or minerals to be mined.


application for a mining licence.





memorandum and articles of association
must be lodged with the Superintendent of
Mines, giving the following details

(a) Name of company (if any).

(b)Name, nationality and description
of members or directors (if any).

(c)Amount of nominal capital
subscribed and cash working
capital.

(d)Address at which notices may be
served.


Dated the day of

To the Superintendent of Mines.


Number of application ...................................................

(To be filled In by Mines Department).



FORM III.

(GENERAL) REGULATIONS.


Application for a Mining Lease.


(Signature of Applicant).


(reg. 3.]

1. Name of applicant.


2. Nationality of applicant.


3. Number of identity card.

4. Address at which notices may be served. -


5. The number of applicant's prospecting
licence or mining licence (if any).











6. Name of company, firm or person (if
any) which the applicant represents.

7.Position or appointment held by
applicant in relation to, or under, such
company, firm or person.

8. Plan and description of area.

9. The mineral or minerals to be mined.

A

10. Length of term desired.



Dated the day of

FORM IV.


MINING (GENERAL) REGULATION
REGULATIONS.


Prospecting Licence.


(Signature of Applicant ).


Serial No . ...........................


LICENCE is hereby granted to (1) ............................................................


(hereinafter called the licensee(s) ) to prospect for (2)

within the following area (hereinafter called the prospecting area)

(3)

as delineated approximately on the plan attached hereto and edged red.

[reg. 10.]




2. This licence shall remain in force for six months from the date

hereof, unless previously cancelled under the provisions of the Ordinance,

but unless so cancelled may be renewed by the Commissioner for further terms

of six months each:





Provided that the total period of the original licence together with all


renewals thereof shall not exceed five years.


3. This licence is subject to the fees prescribed by regulations for the


in force under the Mining Ordinance.


4. This licence entitles the licensee(s) to enter upon and prospect

on-
(a) any Crown within, the prospecting area; and

(b) with the prior consent m writing of the owner and any lawful

occupier, any private land(5) within the said area.

5. This licence is not transferable and any right or interest conferred

by this licence is not assignable except with the prior consent in writing of the

Commissioner of Mines.


This licence is subject to the provisions of the Mining Ordinance



and of any regulations made thereunder for the time being in force, and further


is subject to the following terms and conditions3M


Dated the day of


19

..............

Commissioner of Mines.


Notes:


(1) Insert name. address and description of
licensee(s).


(2) Insert class of mineral.


(3) Insert description of boundaries of am.

(4) 'Crown land' is defined by section 2 of the Ordinance to mean all land other
than
private land.
(5) 'Private land' is defined by section 2 of the Ordinance to mean land held
under lease, agreement for lease, tenancy agreement, licence, permit, deed of
appropriation, or other valid title from the Crown, and also land occupied
by Her Majesty's Forces
under lease, licence, permit. requisition or other permanent or temporary
title.







FORM V.


MINING (General) REGULATIONS.

Mining Licence.


Serial No . ...........................


[reg. 17.]


LICENCE is hereby granted to (1)

(hereinafter called the licensee(s) ) to mine for (2)

within the following area (hereinafter called the mining area) (3)
.........as delineated approximately



on the plan attached hereto and edged red.

2. This licence shall remain in force for six months from the date



hereof, unless previously cancelled under the provisions of the Ordinance, but

unless so cancelled may be
renewed by the Commissioner of Mines for further

terms of six
months each:

Provided that the total period of the original licence together with all

renewals thereof shall not,
save with the consent of the Governor, exceed five years.


3. This licence is subject to such rentals, fees, royalties, premiums and


other payments as may be prescribed from time to time by regulations made


under the Mining Ordinance.




4. This licence confers on the licensee(s) the following rights-


to carry out mining operations below the surface of the mining area;

to enter upon, use and carry out mining operations on the surface
of any Crown land(4) within
the said area;
(C) with the prior consent in writing of the owner and any lawful


occupier of any private land(5) within the said area, to enter upon,

use and carry out mining operations on the surface thereof.





5. This licence is not transferable and any right or interest conferred

by this licence is not assignable except with the prior consent of the Commissioner



of Mines.


6. This licence is subject to the provisions of the Mining Ordinance

and of any regulations made thereunder for the time being in force, and further


is subject to the following terms and conditions-



Dated the day of



19

.... Commissioner . missioner
of Mines. ...



Notes:

(1) Insert name. address and description of licensee(s).

(2) Insert class of mineral.


(3) Insert description of boundaries of area.

(4)'Crown land' is defined by ~on 2 of the Ordinance to mean all land other than private
land.


(5)'Private land- is defined by section 2 of the Ordinance to mean land held under lease
agreement for lease tenancy agreement, licence, permit, deed of appropriation, or
other valid title from the Crowm, and also land occupied by Her Majesty's Forces under

under lease, licence, permit, requisition or other permanent or temporary title.



FORM VI.







MINING (GENERAL)
REGULATIONS.

Mineral Removal Permit.


Serial NO . ...........................


[reg. 24.]


Mining Licence/Lot No. No . ........................................................................

Permission is hereby granted to ...............................................................

on behalf of .......................................................................................





to remove (a) ......of (b) .............(a) Quantity.





from ...................................(b) Mineral.



to ........


Signed ...................................................

Date of issue ...19



This permit is valid only for twenty-four hours from date of
issue.

FORM VIII.


MINING (GENERAL)
REGULATIONS.


Authorized Buyer's Removal Permit.


Serial No.

Authorized Buyer's Licence No.

Permission is hereby granted to

on behalf of .......................................................................................



[reg. 25.]


to remove (a) .......of (b) ............(a) Quantity.


(b)




from ................................................................................................

to ................................................................................................... a A ~~

Signed ...................................................






Date of issue ......19


This permit is valid only for twenty-four hours from date of
issue.








Licence is hereby granted to (a) ................................


of (b) .


FORM VIII.

MINING (GENERAL) REGULATIONS.


Authorized Buyer's Licence.

Serial No . ...........................


[reg. 23.]


to purchase (c)

for a period of one year from





CONDITIONS.

Business under this licence shall be transacted by the authorized buyer at

the following addresses

Dated this day of


Fee $500.00 paid by Demand Note No . .......................................

Treasury Receipt No . ................................................



This licence is not transferable.

SECOND SCHEDULE. [reg. 28.]

RENTS.

(1) Per acre, by the holder of a mining licence

(2)

19

................

Commissioner of Mines.


















Premiums.

THIRD SCHEDULE.

PREMIUMS AND FEES

[reg. 29.]

(1) Premium per acre on lease not exceeding twenty-one
years
$100.00
.......................................

(2) Premium per acre for each year of renewal of the lease $5.00

(3) Premium per acre on mining licence $5.00

Fees.

(4) For the preparation of a prospecting licence or mining

licence ..................*

$ 250.00

(5) For the preparation of a mining lease $150.00
(6) On each renewal of a prospecting licence or mining
licence ........................ $100.00

(7) Per acre, upon issue or renewal of prospecting licence
(8) On renewal of a mining lease ....$500.00
(9) For sanction to assign a mining lease or a mining i
licence or a prospecting licence or any right or interest
thereunder ......................$150.00
(10) For the Commissioner's consent, referred to in section
18(c) or 21(c) of the Ordinance, wholly or substantially
to discontinue prospecting or mining operations under
a prospecting or mining licence, or referred to in sec-
tion 31(1)(c) of the Ordinance, wholly or substantially
to discontinue mining operations under a mining lease
during a continuous period of six months $ 10.00
(11) For permission to the holder of a prospecting licence

to remove, retain or dispose of minerals $50.00
(12) For permission to dispose of minerals other than those
specified in the mining licence or lease by licensee or
$100.00

(13) For suspension under regulation 15 of the obligation
imposed by regulation 14 on the holder of a prospecting
licence or reduction under regulation 15 of the average

minimum rate of expenditure for prospecting $ 10.00
(14) For suspension of a licensee's or lessee's obligation, or
reduction of the minimum number of persons required

to be employed, under regulation 22 $10.00
(15) For a licence to purchase specified minerals for a period
of twelve months ...............$500.00
(16) The fees payable upon withdrawal of an application
shall be-
(a) Upon withdrawal of an application after the grant
of a temporary title in respect thereof---

(i) if for a mining licence .$ 500.00
(ii) if for a mining lease ..$1,000.00
(b) In any other case upon withdrawal of an applica-
tion for a prospecting licence, mining licence or
mining lease (except upon good cause shown to the
satisfaction of the Superintendent of Mines) $ 150.00


G.N.A. 124/54. G.N.A.130/55. 29 OF 1958. G.N.A. 84/60. G.N.A. 54/61. L.N. 155/63. L.N. 23/66. L.N. 15/71. L.N. 92/71. Citation. Interpretation. Manner and forms of applications and amendments thereof. L.N. 155/63. First Schedule. L.N. 92/71. Applicants to give notice to owners, etc. of land within area applied for. L.N. 155/63. Marking and inspection of land. L.N. 155/63. Withdrawal of application. Refusal of application on failure to furnish financial security or for want of working capital. L.N. 155/63. Fees and payments. Maintenance of boundary markers. Prospecting licence. First Schedule, Form IV. Application to dispose of or retain minerals. L.N. 155/63. Duty to fill in excavations. Survey. Minimum expenditure on prospecting. L.N. 155/63. Suspension or reduction of minimum expenditure. L.N. 155/63. Renewal or surrender of prospecting licences. Mining licence. First Schedule, Form V. Duty to submit prospecting plan. L.N. 155/63. Power to substitute mining lease for mining licence. L.N. 155/63. Renewal of mining licences. L.N. 155/63. Grant of mining lease within prospecting licence or mining licence boundaries. L.N. 155/63. Obligations in respect of labour and Superintendent's power of modification. Acceptance of horse-power equivalent in substitution. L.N. 155/63. L.N. 23/66. Interpretation. L.N. 23/66. Application to Commissioner for Authorized Buyer's Licence. L.N. 155/63. L.N. 23/66. L.N. 23/66. First Schedule, Form VIII. Requirement of Mineral Removal Permit. L.N. 23/66. First Schedule, Form VI. Requirement relating to removal of specified minerals by authorized buyers. L.N. 23/66. First Schedule, Form VII. Permission to dispose of minerals other than those specified in mining licence or lease. L.N. 23/66. Deposit of tailings. Prohibition of dumps without approval. Duty to pay rents, and in advance. Power of Governor in council to reduce or remit rents. Application of rents payable prior to enactment of regulations. Second Schedule. Duty to pay premiums and fees. Third Schedule. Royalty. G.N. A. 54/61. L.N. 23/66. L.N. 23/66. Provision of certain advance information. L.N. 155/63. Duty to keep records, plans and accounts. (Cap. 285, sub. leg.) Revision of plans. L.N. 155/63. Duty to render returns. L.N. 155/63. L.N. 155/63. Authentication of certificates. Method of renewal. Offences and penalties. L.N. 15/71. (a) Quantity. (b) Mineral. (a) Quality. (b) Mineral. (a) Name. (b) Address. (c) Mineral. L.N. 155/63. L.N. 92/71. L.N. 23/66. L.N. 155/63.

Abstract

G.N.A. 124/54. G.N.A.130/55. 29 OF 1958. G.N.A. 84/60. G.N.A. 54/61. L.N. 155/63. L.N. 23/66. L.N. 15/71. L.N. 92/71. Citation. Interpretation. Manner and forms of applications and amendments thereof. L.N. 155/63. First Schedule. L.N. 92/71. Applicants to give notice to owners, etc. of land within area applied for. L.N. 155/63. Marking and inspection of land. L.N. 155/63. Withdrawal of application. Refusal of application on failure to furnish financial security or for want of working capital. L.N. 155/63. Fees and payments. Maintenance of boundary markers. Prospecting licence. First Schedule, Form IV. Application to dispose of or retain minerals. L.N. 155/63. Duty to fill in excavations. Survey. Minimum expenditure on prospecting. L.N. 155/63. Suspension or reduction of minimum expenditure. L.N. 155/63. Renewal or surrender of prospecting licences. Mining licence. First Schedule, Form V. Duty to submit prospecting plan. L.N. 155/63. Power to substitute mining lease for mining licence. L.N. 155/63. Renewal of mining licences. L.N. 155/63. Grant of mining lease within prospecting licence or mining licence boundaries. L.N. 155/63. Obligations in respect of labour and Superintendent's power of modification. Acceptance of horse-power equivalent in substitution. L.N. 155/63. L.N. 23/66. Interpretation. L.N. 23/66. Application to Commissioner for Authorized Buyer's Licence. L.N. 155/63. L.N. 23/66. L.N. 23/66. First Schedule, Form VIII. Requirement of Mineral Removal Permit. L.N. 23/66. First Schedule, Form VI. Requirement relating to removal of specified minerals by authorized buyers. L.N. 23/66. First Schedule, Form VII. Permission to dispose of minerals other than those specified in mining licence or lease. L.N. 23/66. Deposit of tailings. Prohibition of dumps without approval. Duty to pay rents, and in advance. Power of Governor in council to reduce or remit rents. Application of rents payable prior to enactment of regulations. Second Schedule. Duty to pay premiums and fees. Third Schedule. Royalty. G.N. A. 54/61. L.N. 23/66. L.N. 23/66. Provision of certain advance information. L.N. 155/63. Duty to keep records, plans and accounts. (Cap. 285, sub. leg.) Revision of plans. L.N. 155/63. Duty to render returns. L.N. 155/63. L.N. 155/63. Authentication of certificates. Method of renewal. Offences and penalties. L.N. 15/71. (a) Quantity. (b) Mineral. (a) Quality. (b) Mineral. (a) Name. (b) Address. (c) Mineral. L.N. 155/63. L.N. 92/71. L.N. 23/66. L.N. 155/63.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3113

Edition

1964

Volume

v19

Subsequent Cap No.

285

Number of Pages

23
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:30:36 +0800
<![CDATA[MINING ORDINANCE]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3112

Title

MINING ORDINANCE

Description






LAWS OF HONG KONG

MIMING ORDINANCE

CHAPTER 285





CHAPTER 285.

MINING ORDINANCE.

ARRANGEMENT OF SECTIONS.

Section.

PART I.

PRELIMINARY
PROVISIONS.

1. Short title

2. Interpretation

PART H.

GENERAL
PROVISIONS.

3. Property in and control of minerals declared to be vested in the Crown

4.....................Prospecting and mining restricted ... ... ... ... ... ... ...
5.....................Ordinance not to apply to mineral oils ... ... ...

6...................................Saving of sacred areas, trees and other objects of veneration ...

7. Holder of mining title not resident in Hong Kong to appoint attorney

resident in Hong Kong ... ... ... ... ... ...

8............................Plans of prospecting and mining operations ...
9............................Lands excluded from prospecting and mining ...

10.
11.
12.

Royalties ...
Governor may close ar~ to prospecting or mining
Compensation where action is taken under section 11

PART III.

PROSPECTING.

13. Prospecting licences .
14. Rights of the holder .
15. Duties of the holder

16.
17.
18.

Ownership and disposal of minerals
Further prospecting licences for same area
Cancellation of prospecting licence

PART IV.
MINING.

19.
20. Mining licences






21. Cancellation of mining licence

Page.

4
4

6
6
6
7
7

7

........ ... ...

8
8
9
9
10
10

10
10
11








Section.
22. 23.
24. 25.
26. 27.
28. 29.
30.

Mining leases

Requirements as to capital

Duration and renewal of mining lease ...

Rights under a mining licence or mining lease ... ...

Assignment, etc. . rights ... ... ..

Diversion or pollution of waters prohibited ...

Purification of water ... ... ... ...

Power of Commissioner to close mine ... ...

Acceptance of rent not to operate as a waiver of right of re-entry

forfeiture ... ...

31. Power of Land Officer to revoke a mining lease

PART V.

COMPENSATION.

Page.
11
12
12
13
13
13
13
14

14
14

32...................Mining Compensation Board ... ... ... ... ..

33.................................Compensation for disturbance of surface rights, etc . ... ... ... 15

PART VI.
POSSESSION AND PURCHASE OF SPECIFIED
MINERALS.

34. Meaning of specified minerals for purposes of this Part
35. Possession of specified minerals
36. Purchase of specified minerals
37.
38.

Licence to purchase specified minerals ...

Duty of seller of specified minerals to satisfy ~If that purchaser is

licensed to...buy................... ..... ... ... ... ... ... ... ...







39. Holder of licence to satisfy himself that the seller is authorized to
possess and dispose of specified minerals

40..............Duty of licensee ... ... ... ...

41. Cancellation of Authorized Buyer's Licence

PART VII.

APPOINTMENT Am FUNCTIONS OF MINES
OFFICERS.

42. Appointment of mines officers
43. Functions of the Superintendent of Mines
44. Powers of mines officers

is

16
16
17
17

17

17
17
17

18
18
18









Section.

45. Power to enter upon land and inspect, etc.
46. Public officers may be authorized to discharge functions of mines officer

PART VIII.

INQUIRIES INTO ACCIDENTS,
EM.

47................Accidents to be reported ...

48. Commissioner of Mines to decide if in~ by Superintendent shall be
held in certain cases

49. Procedure if inquiry conducted by Commissioner

50. Saying

51.....................Unlawful prospecting and mining ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 21

52.................................Penalty for contraventions of section 8, 15, 27 or 28 ... ... ... 21

53. Offences and penalties in relation to possession and purchase of minerals 21

54...................................Fraud by applicant for prospecting licence or mining licence ... ... 21

55. Wilfully or recklessly giving false information or withholding informa-

tion, and contravention of section 66(8) ... ...

56. Interfering with mining, prospecting or the exercise of any right con-
ferred by this Ordinance

57. Sal~
58.
59.

PART IX.

OFFENCES AND
PENALTIES.

page.
19
19

19

20
20
20

Liability of employer for offences committed by his employees ...

Forfeiture ............................ ... ... ... ... ... ... ...

PART X.
MISCELLANEOUS
PROVISIONS.

60. Service of documents
61. Right of the Governor to take materials
62.
63.






64.
65.
66.

Crown servants prohibited from acquiring rights

Officers empowered to conduct prosecutions ...

Lateral limits ... ... ... ... ... ...

Resumption of land required for public purposes ...

Power of Land Officer and Commissioner to require giving of se and
provisions in connexion therewith ... ... ... ...

67. Power of Governor in Council to make regulations
68. Saving

........ ... ... ...

21

22
22
22
22

23
23
23
23
24
24

24
26
28








CHAPTER 285.



To make better provision with regard to prospecting for minerals

and mining, and for purposes connected therewith.


PART I.

PRELIMINARY
PROVISIONS.

[15th October. 1954.]

1. This Ordinance may be cited as the Mining Ordinance.

2. In this Ordinance, unless the context otherwise requires--

'Commissionee' means the Commissioner of Mines appointed under
the provisions of section 42 and also the Deputy Commissioner of
Mines appointed under that section;

'Crown land' means all land other than private land;

'functions' includes powers and duties;

'mine' includes any place. excavation or working whereon. wherein or
whereby an operation in connexion with mining is carried on;

'to mine' means intentionally to win minerals and includes any
operation necessary for the purpose;

'mines officer' means any officer appointed under the provisions of
section 42;

'mineral'

does not include mineral oils but include&-

a) metalliferous ores and other substances in their natural

state which are obtainable only by mining or in the course
of prospecting operations;
(b) metalliferous ores and other substances m their natural
state mined or obtained in the course of prospecting

operations; ;

(C) the valuable parts of such ores or other substances
when
unmanufactured ; and

(d) the product of treating or dressing such ores or other

substances for marketing or export,



but save in section 3 and save for the purposes of Part VIII
of this Ordinance and of any regulations made under this
Ordinance relating to safety in mines shall not include clay
other than kaolin or murram, sand, limestone. granite.
porphyry or chalk, or any stone or common mineral substances as
the Governor may by notice in the Gazette declare





not to, be minerals for the purpose of this Ordinance;

(Replaced, 33 of 960, s. 2)

'mineral oil' includes pitch, asphalt and natural gas;

'owner' in its application to land, means the person entitled to the land
under Crown Lease or agreement for lease or other form of valid
title from the Crown;

'pollute' includes any contamination contamination with any chemical
or any
other substance in such a quantity as to be injurious to human,
animal or vegetable life;

'private land' means land held under lease. agreement for lease,
tenancy agreement. licence, permit deed of appropriation. or other
valid title from the Crown. and also land occupied by Her
Majesty's forces under lease, licence, permit, requisition or other
permanent or temporary title;

49 prospect' and 'prospecting' mean to search for minerals and also
such working as is reasonably necessary to enable the prospector
to test the mineral-bearing qualities of the land., (Amended, 33 of
1960, s. 2)

miner
als

16 regulations' means any regulations for the time being in force, made
under the provisions of this Ordinance;

'Superintendent' means the Superintendent of Mines appointed under
the provisions of section 42;

'tailings' means all gravel, sand, slime or other substance which is the
residue of mining operations.

PART H.

GENERAL
PROVISIONS.

3. It is hereby declared that the entire property in and control of all
minerals and mineral oils in, under or upon any lands or under any
waters within the Colony is vested in the Crown, save in so far as such
property and control may be limited by any express grant by the Crown.

4. Save as provided in this Ordinance, no person shall prospect or
mine in,. under or upon any lands or under any waters within the
Colony.

5. Nothing in this Ordinance shall be construed so as to confer any
right to prospect for or to win any mineral oil.

6. (1) Nothing in this Ordinance shall be construed so as to
sanction prospecting or mining in, under or upon any area held to be
sacred or to sanction the injury or destruction of any tree or other thing
which is the object of veneration.

(2) If any question arises under this section as to whether any area
is held to be sacred or whether any tree or other thing





is the object of veneration, such question shall be referred
where the area or the tree or other thing is situate in the New Territories, to the
District Commissioner, and in any otehr case, to the Secretary
for Chinese Affairs; and the decision of the District Commissioner or
Secretary for Chinese Affairs, as the case may be, shall be final.


7. (1) When not resident in the Colony every holder of a
prospecting or mining licence and every lessee of a mining lease shall at
all times have a duly authorized attorney, approved by the Land Officer,
resident in the Colony, with full power to represent the holder or lessee
in all matters relating to his licence or lease- and shall, within one month
after appointing such attorney or making any change in such
appointment, produce to the Land Officer the original of the power of
attorney or of the document whereby such power of attorney is altered,
and supply a copy thereof for his retention.

(2) If the holder of a prospecting or mining licence or the lessee of a
mining lease fails to comply with any of the provisions of subsection
(1), the Land Officer may, by a notice published in the Gazette, prohibit
the continuance of operations in the area the subject of the licence or
lease.

(3) If any such default continues for three months after the
publication of the notice mentioned in subsection (2), the Land Officer
may. by a further notice published in the Gazette, revoke the licence or
lease.

8. (1) Every holder of a prospecting or mining licence and every lessee
of a mining lease shall, at all times. keep correct plans of all prospecting
or mining done, and correct records of all minerals found and ore
reserves calculated on the area the subject of his licence or lease, and
shall supply to the Commissioner. on request. copies of such plans and
records. (Amended, 33 of 1960, s. 26)

(2) The plans required to be kept by subsection (1) shall be on the
prescribed scale.

9. No prospecting licence. mining licence or mining lease granted
under this Ordinance shall be deemed to authorize prospecting or
mining on or in. or the occupation of, any of the following lands--

(a) land set apart for. or used for or appropriated or dedicated to,
any public purpose (other than mining), except with the prior
consent in writing of the Director of Public Works and
subject to such conditions as he may impose,

(b) land appropriated for any railway or situate within
one hundred
yards of any railway, except with the prior

consent in writing of the Manager and Chief Engineer.





Kowloon-Canton Railway and subject to such conditions as
he may impose; (See, G.N. 67/60)

(c) land which is the site of. or is within one
hundred yards of, any Government or public building, the limits of any
reservoir or catchment area, or any road in use by
vehicular traffic, or any land which is the site of or forms
part of any thoroughfare. except with the prior consent in
writing of the Director of Public works and subject to such
conditions as he may impose;

(d)land actually under cultivation. except with the prior consent
in writing of the owner and any lawful occupier of the land;

(e) land which is the site of, or is within 'e =d hundred yards
of, any building. except with the prior consent in writing
of all persons having any estate or interest in such land
or building.

10. There shall be paid in respect of all minerals obtained in the
course of prospecting or mining operations such royalties as may be
prescribed:

Provided that no royalty shall be payable on any mineral sample
certified by the Commissioner as being required solely for the purpose
of assay or experiment or as a scientific specimen and not being of a
greater quantity than in his opinion is necessary for such purpose.
(Amended, 33 ot 1960, s. 26)

11. (1) The Governor may. by notice in the Gazette, declare any area
to be closed to prospecting Or mining either generally or for any
specified mineral and for such period as may be specified in such notice
or without period assigned. and thereupon a prospecting licence.
mining licence or mining lease. whether granted before or after
publication of such notice, shall not be taken to authorize the holder or
lessee to prospect or mine, as the case may be. in contravention of the
terms of such notice.

(2) The Governor may grant authority on such terms as he may
think fit to any person (including the holder of any existing licence or
lease) to prospect or mine in, under or upon any land which has been
declared to be closed to prospecting or mining.

12. (1) Where any area has been closed to prospecting or mining
under section 11 compensation shall be paid by the Governor out of the
general revenue to the holder of a prospecting or mining licence or the
lessee of a mining lease who is adversely affected by such closure.
(Replaced, 33 of 1960, s. 4)

(2) Compensation shall be payable in the case of a prospecting
licence in respect of disturbance and for the expenses incurred in
prospecting the area and in the case of a mining licence or





lease in respect of disturbance and for the loss of reasonable
expectation of profits from proved minerals in, under or upon any land
within the area in respect of which the mining licence or lease is held.
(Replaced, 33 of 1960, s. 4)

(3) Any dispute as to what are proved minerals in, under or upon
any land to which this section relates, and any dispute as to whether
any compensation is payable or as to the amount of such compensation,
shall, in default of agreement, be determined by arbitration in accordance
with the provisions of the Arbitration Ordinance.

(Amended, 33 of 1960, s. 4)

PART UI.

PROSPECTING
.

13. (1) The Commissioner may grant to any person applying
therefor m the prescribed manner and on payment of the prescribed fee
a prospecting licence.

(2) A prospecting licence shall be in the prescribed form and shall
be subject to such terms and conditions as the Commissioner may
determine.

(3) A prospecting licence shall not be transferable and any right or
interest conferred, thereby shall not be assignable except with the prior
consent in writing of the Commissioner.

(4) A prospecting licence shall remain in force for six months ft= the
date thereof, unless previously cancelled under the provisions of this
Ordinance, but a licence not so cancelled may be renewed by the
Commissioner for further terms of six months each:

Provided that the total period of the original licence together with
all renewals thereof shall not exceed five years. (Amended, 65 of 1955, s.
2, and 33 ot 1960, s. 5)

14. (1) The holder of a prospecting licence shall have the
right to enter upon and prospect on any Crown land within the
area the subject of the licence and. subject to the provisions of
subsection (2), on any private land within such area. and may,
whilst engage engaged in bona fide prospecting, make bore holes. dig
trenches, sink shafts and generally make the necessary excavations.
subject to the terms and conditions of the licence. (Amended, 33
of 1960, s. 6)

(2) The holder of a prospecting licence shall have no right to enter
upon or prospect on private land unless he obtains the prior consent in
writing of the owner and any lawful occupier thereof.





(3) The holder of a prospecting licence shall not take any steps
which may have the object or direct result of minerals being won in
quantities in excess of those required to prove the mineralbearing
qualities and quantities of the area the subject of the licence. (Added,
33 of 1960, s. 6)

15. The holder of a prospecting licence shall
(a)carry on all prospecting in a safe and workmanlike manner in
accordance with the regulations;

(b)keep such registers and books and make such returns as may
be prescribed;

(c)permit at all reasonable times any mines officer to inspect
any prospecting and to inspect and take copies of any
register and any book of account in the possession or under
the control of the holder and kept in connexion with the
prospecting;

(d)not divert water from any river. stream, spring, reservoir, filter-
bed, well or watercourse without the prior consent in writing
of the Commissioner; (Amended, 33 of 1960, s. 26)

(e)if not personally residing within the area the subject of his
licence or sufficiently near thereto as to give continuous
supervision to the prospecting on such lands. at all times
have a responsible agent supervising the prospecting.

16. (1) Minerals obtained in the course of prospecting under a
prospecting licence shall be the property of the Crown and shall not be
removed from the land or disposed of except with the prior consent in
writing of. and upon such terms and conditions as may be imposed by,
the Commissioner; but nothing herein contained shall be construed to
prohibit any such holder from removing, from time to time. samples of
such minerals sufficient in quantity to enable them to be tested or
analysed or experiments to be made for the purpose of ascertaining the
content and the commercial value thereof. (Amended, 33 of 1960, s. 26)

(2) The Commissioner may authorize the removal of minerals from
the land from which they have been obtained to any place approved by
him for safe custody. subject to such conditions as he may impose.
(Amended, 33 of 1960, s. 26)

(3) If the holder of a prospecting licence desires to retain or
dispose of any minerals obtained in the course of prospecting, he shall
make application to the Commissioner in the prescribed manner and, if
the Commissioner is satisfied that such holder has been conducting
such operations only as are reasonably necessary to enable him to test
the mining potentialities of the land, he may authorize the applicant to
retain and dispose of the





minerals in respect of which application is made on payment of the
prescribed royalty. (Amended, 33 of 1960, s. 26)

17. Where any area is the subject of a prospecting licence, the
Governor in Council may authorize the grant of a further prospecting
licence in respect of the same area for a difrerent mineral if he is satisfied
that by so doing the rights or interests of the holder of any existing
prospecting licence will not be prejudicially affected.

18. The Commissioner may, by notice in writing, cancel a
prospecting licence

(a)if the holder thereof or any attorney, partner. agent or servant
of such holder is convicted of any offence against this
Ordinance or the regulations made thereunder; (Replaced, 33
of 1960, s. 8)

(b)if the holder commits any breach of the provisions of this
Ordinance, or of the regulations made thereunder, or of the
terms or conditions whether express or implied of his licence,
not amounting to an offence against this Ordinance or the
regulations made thereunder, and if, on being called upon by
the Commissioner to show cause within a time specified why
his licence should not be revoked, he fails to comply with
such order or if the cause shown is in the opinion of the
Commissioner inadequate; (Replaced, 33 of 1960, s. 8)

(c)if, without the consent in writing of the Commissioner, the
holder wholly or substantially discontinues prospecting.
(Amended, 33 of 1960, s. 8)

(Amended, 33 of 1960, s. 8)

PART IV.

~G.

19. Mining shall only be lawful under a mining licence or mining
lease.

(A Added, 33 of 1960, s. 9)

20. (1) The Commissioner may grant to any person applying
therefor in the prescribed manner and on payment of the prescribed fee
a mining licence: (Amended, 33 of 1960, s. 10)

Provided that the person, if any, who is carrying on under licence
adequate prospecting operations on the area shall be preferred. (Added,
33 of 1960, s. 10)

(2) A mining licence shall be in the prescribed form, shall specify
the area and the minerals in respect of which it is granted, and shall be
subject to such rentals, fees, royalties, premiums and





other payments as may be prescribed and to such terms and conditions
as the Commissioner may determine.

(3) A mining licence shall not be transferable and any right or
interest conferred thereby shall not be assignable except with the prior
consent in writing of the Commissioner.

(4) A mining licence shall remain in force for six months from the
date thereof. unless previously cancelled under the provisions of this
Ordinance, but a licence not so cancelled may be renewed by the
Commissioner for further terms of six months each:

Provided that the total period of the original licence together with
all renewals thereof shall not save with the consent of the Governor.
exceed five years. (Replaced, 33 of 1960, s. 10)

21. The Commissioner may. by notice in writing, cancel a mining
licence

(a)if the holder thereof or any attorney. partner. agent or servant
of such holder is convicted of any offence against this
Ordinance or the. regulations made thereunder; (Replaced, 33
of 1960. s. 11)

(b)if the holder commits any broach of the provisions of this
Ordinance, or of the regulations made thereunder, or of the
terms or conditions whether express or implied of his licence.
not amounting to an ofrence against this Ordinance or the
regulations made thereunder. and if, on being called upon by
the Commissioner to show cause within a time specified why
his licence should not be revoked. he fails to comply with
such order or if the cause shown is in the opinion of the
Commissioner inadequate; (Replaced, 33 of 1939, s. 11)

(c)if. without the consent in writing of the Commissioner, the
holder wholly or substantially discontinues g operations.
(Amended, 33 of 1960, s. 11)

(Amended, 33 of 1960, s. 11)

22. (1) The Land Officer may grant a mining lease to any person
applying therefor in the prescribed manner, if the Commissioner is
satisfied that the mineral-bearing qualities and quantities of the land in
the area applied for are such as to justify the grant of a mining lease:
(Amended, 33 of 1960, s. 12)

Provided that

(a)the person, if any, who is carrying on or has carried on under
licence adequate prospecting or mining operations on tha area
shall be preferred; and

(b)if a person having a prior claim to a mining lease is unable to
obtain the same on the ground that he does





thereof-

not command sufficient working capital to ensure the proper
development and working of the area applied for, the person
who obtains a mining lease in respect of the area, if he has not
himself adequately prospected or mined the same under
licence. shall compensate such other person in such an
amount as shall be determined by the Land Officer.

(2) Any amount so determined may be recovered by the person
entitled thereto by civil action, and in such action a certificate under the
hand of the Land Officer specifying the amount of compensation so
determined shall, without further proof. be received as conclusive
evidence of the amount thereof.

(3) A mining lease shall specify the area and the minerals in respect
of which it is granted, and shall be subject to such rentals, fees,
royalties, premiums and other payments as may be prescribed, and shall
contain such covenants and conditions and shall be in such form, as the
Land Officer may determine.

23. (1) An applicant for a mining lease shall satisfy the Land Officer
that he commands sufficient working capital to ensure the proper
development and working of the area applied for, and the Land Officer
may require the applicant to furnish a guarantee of a bank or person
approved by the Land Officer, for such amount and in such form as he
may determine.

(2) In the event of the applicant failing to satisfy him as aforesaid
or. when so required. to furnish a guarantee to the satisfaction of the
Land Officer, the Land Officer may refuse the application. but the
applicant may make a fresh application at any time.

24. (1) A mining lease may be granted for such term not being more
than twenty-one years as the Land Officer may determine. (Amended, 33
of 1960. s. 13)

(2) If. during the term originally granted or any renewal

(a)the lessee has carried on work in a normal and businesslike
manner;

(b)the lessee has in all respects performed and observed all the
terms and conditions of the lease; and

(c)the lessee has given to the Land Officer not less than six
months' prior notice in writing of his desire to obtain renewal
of the lease,

the lessee may be granted, on payment of the prescribed fee and subject
to the provisions of this section, a renewal of the lease for such term as
may be approved by the Land Officer, not exceeding twenty-one years,
upon the conditions and subject to such rentals,





fees, royalties, premiums and other payments as are then applicable to
new leases and subject to such covenants and conditions as the Land
Officer may determine.

(3) The Governor in Council may authorize the grant or renewal of a
mining lease for a term of more than twenty-one years. (Added, 33 of
1960, s. 13)

25. A mining licence or mining lease shall be deemed to confer on
the holder or lessee the following rights--

(a)to carry out mining operations below the surface of the area in
respect of which the licence or lease is granted.,

(b)to enter upon. use and carry out mining operations on the
surface of any Crown land within the said area; and

not-

(c)with the prior consent in writing of the owner and any lawful
occupier of any private land within the said area, to enter
upon. use and carry out mining operations on the surface
thereof.

26. The lessee of a mining lease shall not assign, mortgage, charge.
underlet or otherwise alienate or dispose of any of his rights under the
lease, or enter into any agreement so to do, without the prior consent in
writing of the Land Officer.

27. (1) The holder of a mining licence or mining lease shall

(a)divert the waters of any river. steam. spring, reservoir, filter-
bed. well or watercourse, without the prior consent in writing
of the Commissioner; or (Amended, 33 of 1960, s. 26)

(b)pollute, or permit to become polluted, any water, or in any
way render such water unfit for the purpose for which it is
being used.

(2) Any holder of a mining licence or mining lease who contravenes
any of the provisions of subsection (1) may, without prejudice to any
other remedy therefor, be required by the Commissioner to take such
action as may be directed to prevent a continuance or recurrence of
such contravention and within such time as may be specified.
(Amended, 33 of 1960, s. 26)

28. Every person who uses water in connexion with mining
operations, whether for the generation of power or for the removal of
mineral substances or for concentrating, milling or otherwise, shall make
such provision as will ensure that all water so used shall not contain
any injurious substance in quantities likely to prove detrimental to
human, animal or vegetable life when it leaves the mining area in which it
has been so used.








29. If at any time it is shown to the satisfaction of the
Commissioner that a mine is in such condition as to render mining
dangerous to the safety or health of persons employed in or about such
mine, the Commissioner may order either that such mine be closed, and
a notice to that effect be published in the Gazette, or that such works be
executed as will enable mining to be carried out with due regard to the
safety or health of persons employed in or about such mine.

30. The acceptance by or on behalf of the Crown of any rent shall
not operate as a waiver by the Crown of any right of re-entry accruing
or of any forfeiture incurred by reason of the breach of any of the
provisions of this Ordinance or the regulations or of any covenant or
condition, express or implied, in any lease granted under this Ordinance.

31. (1) Subject to the provisions of subsections (2), (3), (4) and (5),
the Land Officer may, by notice in writing, revoke any mining lease in
any of the following cases. that is to say(Amended, 33 of 1960, s. 14)

(a)if the lessee or any attorney, partner, agent or servant of such
lessee is convicted of any offence against this Ordinance or
the regulations made thereunder; (Replaced, 33 of 1960, s.
14)

(b)if the lessee commits any breach of the provisions of this
Ordinance. or of the regulations made thereunder, or of the
terms or conditions whether express or implied of his lease,
not amounting to an offence against this Ordinance or the
regulations made thereunder, and, on being given an
opportunity to show cause as required by subsection (2). fails
to show cause within a reasonable time or shows cause which
is in the opinion of the Commissioner inadequate; (Replaced,
33 of 1960, s. 14)

(c) if. without the consent in writing of the Commissioner,

the lessee wholly or substantially discontinues mining
operations during a continuous period of six months; or
(Amended, 33 of 1960, s. 14)

(d)if the lease has been granted in error. whether such error
relates to the area or to the boundaries or to any other matter
whatsoever.

(Amended, 33 of 1960, s. 14)

(2) The lessee or his attorney shall be given an opportunity to
show cause why the lease should not be revoked.

(3) Before a lease is revoked under the provisions of sub-

section (1), the Land Officer shall give notice in writing of his intention
to the lessee or his attorney. specifying the reasons for the proposed
revocation, and the lessee or his attorney may, within one month after
receipt of such notice. appeal by way of petition to the Governor in
Council against the proposed revocation.





(4) A petition to the Governor in Council under the provi-
sions of subsection (3) shall be lodged with the Clerk of Councils.

(5) On consideration of the petition, the Governor in Coun-
cil may make such order as he thinks proper and such order shall
be final.

PART V.

COMPENSATION.

32. (1) For the purpose of hearing appeals under section 33,
a Mining Compensation Board (hereinafter referred to as the
Board) shall be established, and shall consist of a Chairman and
two other members appointed by the Governor.

(2) The members of the Board shall retain their membership
during the Governor's pleasure and, subject thereto, for such
period as may be specified in their instruments of appointment.

(3) The procedure of the Board on the hearing of an appeal
shall. subject to any regulations made in that behalf under section
67, be of an informal character, but shall be such as to allow
each of the parties an adequate opportunity to present his case.

(4) The Governor shall appoint a Secretary to the Board,
and may determine his remuneration, if any.

33. (1) Reasonable compensation for-

(a)the use of the surface of any private land within the area
of a prospecting or mining licence or of a mining lease
and any disturbance of the surface rights in such land;
and

(b)any damage to any land wherever situate or to anything
built, planted, grown or standing thereon caused by pros-
pecting or mining operations,

shall be paid by the person prospecting or mining to the owner
of the land and any lawful occupier thereof. (Replaced, 33 of
1960, s. 15)

(2) Any dispute as to whether any compensation is payable
under subsection (1), or as to the amount of any compensation so
payable, may, in default of agreement, be referred to, and deter-
mined by, the Commissioner, who shall notify the parties of his
decision.

(3) If any of the parties is dissatisfied with the decision of
the Commissioner, such party may, within fifteen days of such
notification, appeal to the Board, whose decision thereon shall be
final and conclusive and shall be notified to the parties.





(4) Notice in writing of intention to appeal from a decision of the
Commissioner shall be given by the person wishing to appeal to the
Secretary to the Board and to any other person interested in the subject
matter of the appeal.

(5) The amount of compensation awarded by the Commissioner or,
in the event of an appeal, by the Board shall be paid to the Treasury for
the account of the person entitled thereto, within fifteen days of the
date on which the amount is notified to the person liable to pay such
compensation.

(6) If the amount so awarded is not paid within the time specified in
subsection (5), such amount may be recovered by the person entitled
thereto by civil action.

(7). In any proceedings in court under subsection (6), a certificate
under the hand of the Commissioner or of the Secretary to the Board, as
the case may be, specifying the amount of compensation awarded shall,
without further proof, be received as conclusive evidence of the amount
of compensation payable.

(8) Upon the determination of an appeal under this section, the
Board may direct that the unsuccessful party pay to the successful
party the expenses reasonably incurred by the successful party in
connexion with the appeal, or such portion thereof as the Board may
think reasonable having regard to all the circumstances (including the
conduct of the appeal, the issues raised thereon and the determination
of those issues), and in default of agreement between the parties as to
the amount of such expenses, the Board shall determine the same.

(9) Any expenses which the Board direct to be paid under
subsection (8) may be recovered by the person entitled thereto by civil
action, and the provisions of subsection (7) shall apply as if the
reference therein to compensation were a reference to expenses.

(10) Nothing in this section shall prevent an owner or occupier of
private land from pursuing any other remedies he may have by law.

PART VI.

POSSESSION AND PURCHASE OF SPECIFIED MINERALS.

(Amended, 33 of 1960, s. 17)

34. For the purposes of this Part, the term 'specified minerals'
means any minerals, in their unmanufactured state, to which the
Governor may. by order, apply this Part

(Replaced, 33 of 1960, s. 18)

35. No person shall possess any specified minerals unless he is the
lessee of a mining lease or the holder of a prospecting or mining licence,
or the holder of a licence granted under section 37





or is the duly authorized employee of such a lessee or holder.
(Amended, 33 of 1960, s. 19)

36. No person shall purchase any specified minerals unless he
is the holder of a licence granted under section 37.
(Amended, 33 of 1960, s. 19)

37. (1) The Commissioner may, on payment of the pre-
scribed fee, issue an Authorized Buyer's Licence in the prescribed
form authorizing the person named therein to purchase specified
minerals, and may attach to the licence such conditions as he may
think fit. (Amended, 33 of 1960, ss. 19 and 26)

(2) Every such licence shall continue in force for one year
from the date thereof, unless previously cancelled, and shall not
be transferable.

38. No person shall sell any specified minerals to a purchaser
within the Colony, unless he has first satisfied himself that the
purchaser is the holder of an Authorized Buyer's Licence authoriz-
ing him to purchase such specified minerals.
(Amended, 33 of 1960, s. 19)

39. The holder of an Authorized Buyer's Licence shall not
purchase any specified minerals unless he has first satisfied himself
that the vendor is authorized to be in possession of such specified
minerals and to dispose of the same.
(Amended, 33 of 1960, s. 19)

40. The holder of an Authorized Buyer's Licence shall-

(a) keep proper books showing-
(i) all purchases made by him and the nature and
weight of the specified minerals purchased;
(ii) the date of each purchase,
(iii) the name of the seller and his title or authority to
be in possession and to dispose of the specified minerals;
(iv) details of disposal of the specified minerals after
purchase by him; and (Amended, 33 of 1960, s. 19)

(b)produce such books for the inspection of any mines or
police officer or member of the Preventive Service estab-
lished by the Preventive Service Ordinance whenever
required to do so.

41. (1) In the event of any contravention by the holder of
an Authorized Buyer's Licence of any of the provisions of section
39 or 40 or of any of the conditions of his licence, the Com-
missioner may cancel the licence and such cancellation shall be
in addition to any other penalty. (Amended, 33 of 1960, s. 26)





(2) An appeal shall lie by way of petition to the Governor
in Council from any cancellation imposed by virtue of subsection
(1), and such petition shall be lodged with the Clerk of Councils
within one month after such cancellation.

(3) On consideration of the petition, the Governor in Coun-
cil may make such order as he thinks proper and such order shall
be final.

PART VII.

APPOINTMENT AND FUNCTIONS OF MINES OFFICERS.

42. The Governor may. from time to time, appoint a Com-
missioner of Mines, a Deputy Commissioner of Mines. a Superin-
tendent of Mines. Mining Engineers, Mines Inspectors and such
other officers as he may consider necessary for carrying out the
purposes of this Ordinance.

43. In addition to any other functions prescribed by this
Ordinance, the Superintendent shall-

(a)subject to the control and directions of the Commissioner,
exercise general supervision over all mining and pros-
pecting operations;

(b)prepare and render such records, reports and returns as
may be prescribed by the regulations or as may be
required by the Commissioner or the Governor; and

(c)take into his custody any minerals declared by any court
to be forfeited to the Crown, and dispose of such
minerals by sale, and after such sale. pay the proceeds
to the Treasury.

44. Any mines officer may-

(a)by notice in writing, require the holder of a prospecting
or mining licence or the lessee under a mining lease or
any person employed by such holder or lessee to appear
before him at any reasonable time and place and give
such information regarding prospecting or mining opera-
tions in or about the area the subject of the prospecting
or mining licence or mining lease as he may possess, and
every such holder or lessee or person shall comply with
such notice and give such information;

(b)by order in writing, suspend work in the area, or any
part thereof, the subject of any prospecting or mining
licence or mining lease, until such arrangements have
been made as are, in his opinion, necessary to prevent
danger to life or property;

(c) cancel or vary the terms of any such notice or order; and





(d)exercise all the powers conferred upon labour inspectors by
the Factories and Industrial Undertakings Ordinance in so far
as they are applicable to prospecting or mining operations.
(Replaced, 34 of 1955, s. 15)

45. A mines officer may-

(a)enter upon any land on which prospecting or mining is being
carried out or in respect of which a prospecting or

. . licence or a mining lease exists, and inspect such land
and any works thereon;

(b), inspect and take copies of any registers. books, documents
and plans connected with such prospecting or mining;

(c)take samples, make surveys and do any other act or thing
necessary for the purpose of discharging his functions under
this Ordinance or the regulations.

46. The Commissioner may, by writing under his hand, authorize
any public officer to discharge all or any of the functions of a mines
officer under this Ordinance and the regulations, and where the
authority is not general, it shall specify the functions which the public
officer may discharge.

PART VIII.

INQUIRIES WO ACCIDENTS, ETC.

47. (1) If in any mine, or in connexion with mining or prospecting
operations. any accident causing loss of life occurs, the lessee or the
holder of the licence shall within twenty-four hours of its occurrence
report the accident to a mines officer and to the nearest police station.

(2) Any other accident occurring within the area of the lease or
licence and resulting in disablement of any employee of the lessee or
the holder of the licence so as to cause him to be incapable of
performing his ordinary work for one day or more shall be reported to a
mines officer by the lessee or the holder of the licence within forty-eight
hours of its occurrence.

(3) If. in any mine, or in connexion with mining or prospecting
operations. any dangerous occurrence, as specified in the regulations
made under the Ordinance, takes place, whether any personal injury has
been caused or not, the lessee or the holder of the licence shall within
twenty-four hours report such occurrence to a mines officer, and in the
case of such an occurrence in the New Territories to the appropriate
District Officer.

(4) If any accident causing disablement is reported under
subsection (2) and the person disabled subsequently dies as a result of
the accident, notice in writing of the death shall be given- within





twenty-four hours thereof to a mines officer and to the police station
nearest to the place where the accident occurred.

(5) Every report made under subsection (1) or (2) shall state the
names of every person suffering death or disablement, the nature and
extent of the injuries to every such person, and the circumstances in
which the accident occurred, and may be made by telephone, orally or in
writing.

(6) Every report made under subsection (3) shall be in writing. and
in addition to any report required under subsection (1) or (2). and shall
include particulars of the time of the occurrence of the accident, any
damage to the building in which the accident occurred or to the
machinery or plant therein. and the circumstances in which the accident
occurred.

(Replaced, 33 of 1960, s. 20)

48. If after receiving a report of the happening of an accident or of
any dangerous occurrence and after such investigation, if any, as he
may think necessary, the Commissioner is of the opinion that an inquiry
into the cause of the accident or dangerous occurrence should be held,
he shall instruct the Superintendent to hold such inquiry.

49. (1) If, upon the holding of any inquiry by the Superintendent.
the proceedings are frustrated or delayed owing to the unwillingness of
any witness to attend before the Superintendent or to produce books or
records or to answer any question. or if such frustration or delay is
brought about by any other cause. the Superintendent shall remit the
inquiry to the Commissioner, who for the purposes of making further
inquiry shall have all the powers of a magistrate to summon witnesses.
to call for the production of books and documents and examine
witnesses and parties concemed on oath.

(2) Any person summoned to attend before the Commissioner or to
produce books or documents as aforesaid who fails to do so. or who
refuses to answer any question put to him by or with the concurrence of
the Commissioner, shall be guilty of an offence and shall be liable to a
fine of one thousand dollars:

Provided that no person shall be bound to incriminate himself, and
every witness shall, in respect of any evidence given by him at such
inquiry. be entitled to the same privileges as those to which he would
have been entitled if giving evidence before a court.

50. Any inquiry held by virtue of the provisions of this Part
shall not derogate in any way from the powers or jurisdiction
exercisable by magistsrates under the Magistrates (Coroners
Powers) Ordinance.





PART IX

OFFENCES AND
PENALTIES.

51. Any person who-

(a)prospects. save under the authority of. and in accordance
with the terms and conditions of, a valid prospecting licence;

(b)mines, save under the authority of, and in accordance with the
terms and conditions of, a valid mining licence or mining
lease;

(c)prospects or mines on any of the lands mentioned in section
9 without the requisite authority;

(d)prospects or mines in contravention of a declaration by the
Governor under section 11. or (Amended, 33 of 1960, s. 21)

(e)fails to comply with any order of the Commissioner under
section 29,

shall be guilty of an offence and shall be liable to a fine of five thousand
dollars and to imprisonment for two years.

52. Any person who contravenes the provisions of section 8, 15, 27
or 28 shall be guilty of an offence and shall be liable to a fine of two
thousand dollars and to imprisonment for twelve months.

53. Any person who contravenes the provisions of section 35. 36,
38, 39 or 40 shall be guilty of an offence and shall be liable to a fine of
four thousand dollars and to imprisonment for twelve months.

54. (1) Any person who falsely represents that he has obtained the
grant of a prospecting or mining licence or mining 9 lease, and thereby
induces or attempts to induce any person to invest capital in connexion
therewith before he has obtained the grant of such prospecting or
mining licence or mining lease, shall be liable to forfeit any claim to the
grant of such prospecting or mining licence or mining lease.

(2) Nothing in this section shall relieve any person from liability to
civil action or criminal prosecution in respect of the said representation.

55. Any person who-

(a)wilfully or recklessly gives false information, or who
withholds information. as to any of the matters in respect of
which information is required to be given under this
Ordinance or the regulations made thereunder; or

(b) contravenes the. provisions of subsection (8) of section 66,





shall be guilty of an offence and shall be liable to a fine of one thousand
dollars and to imprisonment for six months.

(Replaced, 33 of 1960, s. 22)

56. Any person who-

(a)interferes with any mining or prospecting operations
authorized by or under this Ordinance;

(b)obstructs any person in the exercise of any right conferred by
or under this Ordinance;

(c)interferes with any machinery, plant, works or property
established on, in. under or over any land in exercise of a right
conferred by or under this Ordinance,

shall be guilty of an offence and shall be liable to a fine of two thousand
dollars and to imprisonment for twelve months.

57. Any person who places or deposits. or is an accessory to the
placing or depositing of, any metal, ore or mineral in any place with
intent to mislead any person as to the nature, quality or quantity of the
mineral naturally occurring at such place, or who mingles or causes to be
mingled with any sample of metal. mineral or ore, any valuable metal or
any substance whatsoever which will increase or decrease the value or
in any way change the nature of the said metal, mineral or ore. with
intent to defraud any person. shall be guilty of a misdemeanour and shall
be liable to a fine of ten thousand dollars and to imprisonment for five
years.

58. Whenever it is proved to the satisfaction of any court having
jurisdiction that an offence against this Ordinance or the regulations has
been committed by any employee of the holder of any licence or lease
granted under this Ordinance, the employer shall be held to be liable for
such offence and to the penalty provided therefor. unless he proves to
the satisfaction of such court that the offence was committed without
his knowledge or consent and that he had exercised all due diligence to
prevent the commission of the offence

Provided that nothing in this section shall be deemed to exempt the
employee from the penalties provided for the offence committed by him.

59. (1) It shall be lawful for a magistrate to order to be forfeited to
the Crown any minerals with respect to which any offence against
section 35. 36. 38, 39 or 51 has been committed, whether any person has
been convicted of such offence or not. and upon the making of such
order for forfeiture the said minerals shall be deemed to be the property
of the Crown free from all

rights of any person. (Amended, 33 of 1960. s. 23)





(2) Before making any such order. the magistrate shall give to any
person claiming or appearing to the magistrate to be the owner of or
otherwise interested in such minerals an opportunity of being heard.

(3) It shall be lawful for the Governor in his absolute discretion to
give effect to any claim for relief from such forfeiture where such claim is
established to his satisfaction on equitable. moral or other grounds.

PART X.

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS.

60. Save as is otherwise expressly provided. any notice or other
document required or authorized to be served under this Ordinance or
the regulations may be served either

(a)by delivering it to the person on whom it is to be served; or

(b)by leaving it at the usual or last known place of abode or
business of that person; or

(c)by sending it in a prepaid registered letter addressed to that
person at his usual or last known place of abode or business.
or

(d)in the case of an incorporated company. by delivering it to the
secretary of the company at its registered or principal office or
sending it in a prepaid registered letter addressed to the
secretary of the company at that office.

61. The grant of any licence or lease under this Ordinance shall not
limit the power of the Governor to take from the land the subject of the
licence or lease any materials required for the construction of railways.
roads, buildings or other public works, and such other materials as are
not included in the licence or lease, but so that such taking shall not
interfere with or hinder any mining operations carried on under such
licence or lease.

62. No person while in the service of the Crown shall, directly or
indirectly, acquire or hold for his own benefit any right or interest under
any prospecting or mining licence or mining lease, and any licence or
lease or other document or transaction purporting to confer any such
right or interest on any such person shall be null and void.

63. Notwithstanding the provisions of any other enactment, any
mines officer authorized in writing by the Commissioner, either generally
or in any particular case. may conduct the prosecution of any offence
against this Ordinance or the regulations.





64. The lateral limits of the area in respect of which a prospecting
or mining licence or mining lease is granted, shall be vertical planes
passing through the surface boundaries of such area.

65. (1) Whenever the Governor in Council decides that the
resumption of any Crown land within the area of a mining lease is
required for a public purpose, the Governor may call upon the lessee
thereof to surrender his rights and interests in such land under his lease,
and the lessee shall, within two months after the date upon which such
decision is communicated to him, execute an instrument of surrender
thereof in such form as may be approved by the Land Officer.

(2) In this section, the expression 'resumption for a public purpose'
has the meaning ascribed to that expression by section 2 of the Crown
Lands Resumption Ordinance. but otherwise the provisions of that
Ordinance shall have no application to a resumption under the
provisions of subsection (1).

(3) If the lessee fails to execute an instrument of surrender within
due time as provided in subsection (1), the Governor may revoke the
mining lease, and thereupon the lease and the rights of the parties
thereunder shall absolutely determine but without prejudice to the rights
and remedies of the parties in respect of any antecedent breach, non-
observance or non-performance of the provisions thereof.

(4) Compensation shall be paid by the Government to the lessee for
disturbance. and also for the loss of reasonable expecta. tion of profits
from proved minerals in, under or upon any land resumed under this
section.

(5) Any dispute as to what are proved minerals in. under or upon
any land resumed as aforesaid, and any dispute as to whether any
compensation is payable or as to the amount of such compensation.
shall. in default of agreement. be determined by arbitration in
accordance with the provisions of the Arbitration Ordinance.

66. (1) In the case of a mining lease, the Land Officer, and. in the
case of a prospecting or mining licence, the Commissioner, may

(a) as a condition precedent to the grant or renewal thereof.. or

(b) at any time during the currency thereof,

require the person to whom the lease or licence is to be granted or
whose lease or licence is to be renewed or the lessee or licensee as the
case may be. to give, within such reasonable period as he may specify,
security for any one or more or all of the following





(i)any sum which may become payable under section 33 by way
of compensation;

(ii)any sum which may become payable to the Crown by way of
royalties, rental or fees.,

damages or otherwise in respect of any contravention of any
term, covenant or condition of the lease or licence or which
may become payable to the Crown under such terms,
covenants or conditions or under any regulations made under
this Ordinance or otherwise.

(2) Where security has been given in accordance with the
provisions of subsection (1), the Land Officer, in the case of a mining
lease. and the Commissioner, in the case of a prospecting or mining
licence, may, so long as the lease or licence is in force, require the
lessee or licensee to give. within such period as he may specify,
additional security for any one or more or all of the matters set out in
subsection (1).

(3) Such security or additional security shall be of such amount as
the Land Officer or the Commissioner, as the case may be. shall
determine and may be given by way of the deposit of cash with the
Accountant General or the guarantee of such bank or other person as
may be approved, for the time being. by the Accountant General.

(4) Where security (which expression shall include, where
applicable, additional security) has been given in accordance with the
provisions of this section. and, at any time, the same has become
reduced or been extinguished by reason of any payment therefrom or
for any other reason, the lessee or licensee, as the case may be, shall, so
long as the lease or licence is in force and upon being required so to do
by the Land Officer or the Commissioner. as the case may be. give such
further security, in the manner specified in subsection (3), as may be
necessary to restore

Such security to an amount not less than the amount of the same
immediately prior to such reduction or extinguishment.

(5) Without prejudice to any other provisions of this Ordinance,
where any lessee or licensee fails to comply with

(a)any requirement of the Land Officer or the Commissioner
made. under subsection (1), during the currency of any lease
or licence;

(b)any requirement of the Land Officer or the Commissioner
made under subsection (2); or

(c) the provisions of subsection (4),

the Land Officer or the Commissioner, as the case may be. may
forthwith determine the lease or licence by notice in writing to the
lessee or licensee, and thereupon the lease or licence shall be





deemed to have been determined in the same manner as if it had been
determined in consequence of a breach of a term, covenant or condition
thereof.

(6)(a) Where the amount of any compensation payable under
section 33 has been finally determined and the same has not
been paid within fifteen days of such determination, it shall be
lawful for the Accountant General to pay the same to the
person entitled thereto out of any cash deposited under the
provisions of this section, so far as the same will allow.

(b)For the purposes of paragraph (a). the amount of any
compensation shall be deemed to have been finally
determined

(i) when the same has been agreed; or

(H) where the same has been determined by the
Commissioner under subsection (2) of section 33, if, within the
time limited therefor by subsection (3) of that section, neither
party has appealed to the Board; or

(iii) in the event of an appeal under the said subsection (3)
when the same has been determined by the Board.

for-

(7) Upon the expiry or determination of the lease or licence. the
Accountant General shall, when he is satisfied that no. or no further,
sums, being sums in respect of which the security (which expression
shall include, where applicable. additional security) was given. remain
unpaid. return or release such security. or the balance thereof, if any. as
the case may be, to the person by whom the same was given.

(8) Where. under subsections (1) and (2), respectively. the Land
Officer or the Commissioner has required security or additional security
to be given for any sum which may become payable to the Crown by
way of royalties, no ore or mineral shall be disposed of or removed from
the mining area until such security has been given in accordance with
the provisions of this section.

(Added, 33 of 1960, s. 24)

67. (1) The Governor in Council may by regulation provide

(a)an matters which by this Ordinance are required or permitted
to be prescribed;

(b)the manner in which application for prospecting licences,
mining licences and mining leases shall be made, and the
forms to be used;

(c)the rentals~ fees. premiums and other payments to be paid for
prospecting licences, mining licences and mining

leases;





(d)the rates of royalties to be paid to the Government, the method
of calculation of the amount of such royalties and the manner
and time of payment thereof;

(e)the extent of the areas in respect prospecting licences, mining
licences and mining leases may be granted;

(f)the manner in which areas and boundaries shall be surveyed
and marked, and the fees payable in respect of such survey;

(g)the imposition of obligations upon holders of prospecting and
mining licences and upon lessees of mining leases; (Replaced,
33 of 1960, s. 25)

(h) the construction and use of roads, tramways and railways;

(i)the making of pits and shafts, and the construction and
erection of houses, machinery and other works to be used for
mining purposes;

(1)the fencing off or rendering secure of any shaft, tunnel, well,
trench, drive or other works constructed or made for
prospecting or mining purposes;

(k) the grazing of animals;

the cutting down and use of timber for the purpose of
carrying out prospecting or i i g.,

(m) the returns to be rendered and the accounts, registers. books
and plans to be kept by the holders of prospecting licences,
mining licences and mining leases;

(n)the disposal of any poisonous or noxious products resulting
from prospecting or mining ;

(o)the disposal of sludge and tailings and the declaring of
watercourses to be sludge channels;

(p)the safety, welfare, health and housing conditions of persons
employed in mining operations and the carrying on of
prospecting or mining operations in a safe, sanitary, proper,
economic and effectual manner;

(q)the fees to be paid in respect of any matter or thing done under
this Ordinance;

(r) the procedure on appeal under Part V to the Board;

(s)the imposition of a penalty not exceeding a fine of one
thousand dollars and six months' imprisonment for a
contravention of any regulation; and

(t) the better carrying out of the provisions of this Ordinance.

(Amended, 33 of 1960, s. 25)





(2) Any regulations made under subsection (1) shall be in addition
to and not in derogation of the provisions of

(a) the Dangerous Goods Ordinance;

(b) the Boilers and Pressure Receivers Ordinance;

(c) the Factories and Industrial Undertakings Ordinance;

(Replaced, 34 of 1955, s. 15)

(d) the New Territories Ordinance;

(e) the Buildings Ordinance.

and of the provisions of any regulations made thereunder; but if there is
any conflict between any regulations made under subsection (1) and
any such provisions as aforesaid. the regulations made under
subsection (1) shall prevail.

68. Nothing in this Ordinance shall exempt any person from

compliance with the provisions of the Radio-Active Minerals
Ordinance.
Originally 33 of 1954. 34 of 1955. 65 of 1955. 33 of 1960. G.N.A. 123/54. Short title. Interpretation. Property in and control of minerals declared to be vested in the Crown. Prospecting and mining restricted. Ordinance not to apply to mineral oils. Saving of sacred areas, trees and other objects of veneration. Holder of mining title not resident in Hong Kong to appoint attorney resident in Hong Kong. Plans of prospecting and mining operations. Lands excluded from prospecting and mining. Royalties. Governor may close areas to prospecting or mining. Compensation where action is taken under section 11. (Cap. 341.) Prospecting licences. Rights of the holder. Duties of the holder. Ownership and disposal of minerals. Further prospecting licences for same area. Cancellation of prospecting licence. Mining. Mining licences. Cancellation of mining licence. Mining leases. Requirements as to capital. Duration and renewal of mining lease. Rights under a mining licence or mining lease. Assignment, etc. of mining rights. Diversion or pollution of waters prohibited. Purification of water. Power of Commissioner to close mine. Acceptance of rent not to operate as a waiver of right of re-entry or forfeiture. Power of Land Officer to revoke a mining lease. Mining Compensation Board. Compensation for disturbance of surface rights, etc. Meaning of specified minerals for purposes of this Part. Possession of specified minerals. Purchase of specified minerals. Licence to purchase specified minerals. Duty of seller of specified minerals to satisfy himself that purchaser is licensed to buy. Holder of licence to satisfy himself that the seller is authorized to possess and dispose of specified minerals. Duty of licensee. (Cap. 342.) Cancellation of Authorized Buyer's Licence. Appointment of mines officers. Functions of the Superintendent of Mines. Powers of mines officers. (Cap. 59.) Power to enter upon land and inspect, etc. Public officers may be authorized to discharge functions of mines officer. Accidents to be reported. Commissioner of Mines to decide if inquiry by Superintendent shall be held in certain cases. Procedure if inquiry conducted by Commissioner. Saving. (Cap. 14.) Unlawful prospecting and mining. Penalty for contraventions of section 8, 15, 27 or 28. Offences and penalties in relation to possession and purchase of minerals. Fraud by applicant for prospecting licence or mining licence. Wilfully or recklessly giving false information or withholding information, and contravention of section 66(8). Interfering with mining, prospecting or the exercise of any right conferred by this Ordinance. Salting. Liability of employer for offences committed by his employees. Forfeiture. Service of documents. Right of the Governor to take materials. Crown servants prohibited from acquiring rights. Officers empowered to conduct prosecutions. Lateral limits. Resumption of land required for public purposes. (Cap. 124.) (Cap. 341.) Power of Land Officer and Commissioner to require giving of security, and provisions in connexion therewith. Power of Governor in Council to make regulations. (Cap. 295.) (Cap. 56.) (Cap. 59.) (Cap. 97.) (Cap. 123.) Saving. (Cap. 145.)

Abstract

Originally 33 of 1954. 34 of 1955. 65 of 1955. 33 of 1960. G.N.A. 123/54. Short title. Interpretation. Property in and control of minerals declared to be vested in the Crown. Prospecting and mining restricted. Ordinance not to apply to mineral oils. Saving of sacred areas, trees and other objects of veneration. Holder of mining title not resident in Hong Kong to appoint attorney resident in Hong Kong. Plans of prospecting and mining operations. Lands excluded from prospecting and mining. Royalties. Governor may close areas to prospecting or mining. Compensation where action is taken under section 11. (Cap. 341.) Prospecting licences. Rights of the holder. Duties of the holder. Ownership and disposal of minerals. Further prospecting licences for same area. Cancellation of prospecting licence. Mining. Mining licences. Cancellation of mining licence. Mining leases. Requirements as to capital. Duration and renewal of mining lease. Rights under a mining licence or mining lease. Assignment, etc. of mining rights. Diversion or pollution of waters prohibited. Purification of water. Power of Commissioner to close mine. Acceptance of rent not to operate as a waiver of right of re-entry or forfeiture. Power of Land Officer to revoke a mining lease. Mining Compensation Board. Compensation for disturbance of surface rights, etc. Meaning of specified minerals for purposes of this Part. Possession of specified minerals. Purchase of specified minerals. Licence to purchase specified minerals. Duty of seller of specified minerals to satisfy himself that purchaser is licensed to buy. Holder of licence to satisfy himself that the seller is authorized to possess and dispose of specified minerals. Duty of licensee. (Cap. 342.) Cancellation of Authorized Buyer's Licence. Appointment of mines officers. Functions of the Superintendent of Mines. Powers of mines officers. (Cap. 59.) Power to enter upon land and inspect, etc. Public officers may be authorized to discharge functions of mines officer. Accidents to be reported. Commissioner of Mines to decide if inquiry by Superintendent shall be held in certain cases. Procedure if inquiry conducted by Commissioner. Saving. (Cap. 14.) Unlawful prospecting and mining. Penalty for contraventions of section 8, 15, 27 or 28. Offences and penalties in relation to possession and purchase of minerals. Fraud by applicant for prospecting licence or mining licence. Wilfully or recklessly giving false information or withholding information, and contravention of section 66(8). Interfering with mining, prospecting or the exercise of any right conferred by this Ordinance. Salting. Liability of employer for offences committed by his employees. Forfeiture. Service of documents. Right of the Governor to take materials. Crown servants prohibited from acquiring rights. Officers empowered to conduct prosecutions. Lateral limits. Resumption of land required for public purposes. (Cap. 124.) (Cap. 341.) Power of Land Officer and Commissioner to require giving of security, and provisions in connexion therewith. Power of Governor in Council to make regulations. (Cap. 295.) (Cap. 56.) (Cap. 59.) (Cap. 97.) (Cap. 123.) Saving. (Cap. 145.)

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3112

Edition

1964

Volume

v19

Subsequent Cap No.

285

Number of Pages

29
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:30:35 +0800
<![CDATA[MISREPRESENTATION ORDINANCE]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3111

Title

MISREPRESENTATION ORDINANCE

Description






LAWS OF HONG KONG

MISREPRESENTATION ORDINANCE

CHAPTER 284





CHAPTER 284

MISREPRESENTATION

An Ordinance to amend the law relating to innocent misrepresentations.

[29th August, 1969.]

1. This Ordinance may be cited as the Misrepresentation
Ordinance.

2. Where a person has entered into a contract, after a
misrepresentation has been made to him, and

(a)the misrepresentation has become a term of the contract; or

(b) the contract has been performed,

or both, then, if otherwise he would be entitled to rescind the contract
without alleging fraud, he shall be so entitled, subject to the provisions
of this Ordinance, notwithstanding the matters mentioned in paragraphs
(a) and (b).

3. (1) Where a person has entered into a contract after a
misrepresentation has been made to him by another party thereto and as
a result thereof he has suffered loss, then, if the person making the
misrepresentation would be liable to damages in respect thereof had the
misrepresentation been made fraudulently, that person shall be so liable
notwithstanding that the misrepresentation was not made fraudulently,
unless he proves that he had reasonable grounds to believe and did
believe up to the time the contract was made that the facts represented
were true.

(2) Where a person has entered into a contract after a
misrepresentation has been made to him otherwise than fraudulently,
and he would be entitled, by reason of the misrepresentation, to rescind
the contract, then, if it is claimed, in any proceedings arising out of the
contract, that the contract ought to be or has been rescinded the court
or arbitrator may declare the contract subsisting and award damages in
lieu of rescission. if of opinion that it would be equitable to do so,
having regard to the nature of the misrepresentation and the loss that
would be caused by it if the contract were upheld, as well as to the loss
that rescission would cause to the other party.

(3) Damages may be awarded against a person under subsection (2)
whether or not he is liable to damages under subsection (1), but where
he is so liable any award under subsection (2) shaft be taken into
account in assessing his liability under subsection (1).





4. If any agreement (whether made before or after the com-

mencement; of this Ordinance) contains a provision which would
exclude or restrict

(a)any liability to which a party to a contract may be subject bi,
reason of any misrepresentation made by him before

the contract was made; or



(b) any remedy available to another party to the contract by

reason of such a misrepresentation.


that provision shall be of no effect except to the extent (if any) that, in
provision proceedings arising out of the contract, the court or arbitrator
may allow reliance on it as being fair and reasonable in the
circumstances of the case.

5. [Has Had its effect.]

6. Nothing in this Ordinance shall apply in relation to any
misrepresentation or contract of sale which is made before the
commencement of this Ordinance.

7. This Ordinance binds the Crown.
Originally 47 of 1969. Short title. Removal of certain bars to rescission for innocent misrepresentation. 2967, c. 7, s. 1. Damages for misrepresentation. 1967, c. 7, s. 2. Avoidance of certain provisions excluding liability for misrepresentation. 1967, c. 7, s. 3. Saving for past transactions. 1967, c. 7, s. 5. Application to Crown.

Abstract

Originally 47 of 1969. Short title. Removal of certain bars to rescission for innocent misrepresentation. 2967, c. 7, s. 1. Damages for misrepresentation. 1967, c. 7, s. 2. Avoidance of certain provisions excluding liability for misrepresentation. 1967, c. 7, s. 3. Saving for past transactions. 1967, c. 7, s. 5. Application to Crown.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3111

Edition

1964

Volume

v19

Subsequent Cap No.

284

Number of Pages

3
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:30:34 +0800
<![CDATA[STIPULATIONS UNDER SECTION 17AA(1)]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3110

Title

STIPULATIONS UNDER SECTION 17AA(1)

Description






UNDER SECTION 17AA(I)

(Cap. 283, section 283, section 17AA(I))

R. Ed. 1987

Stipulation by the Secretary for Housing

[------- y 1

1. The Secretary for Housing has stipulated that all agreements for sale and purchase
and all deeds of assignment relating to any land

(a)on New Kowloon Inland Lot 5787, known as On Kay Court (Stage 1), Ngau Tau
Kok; and

(b)on Tuen Mun Town Lot 219, known as Siu Hong Court (Stage 1), Tuen Mun,

shall be subject to the terms, covenants and conditions mentioned in the Schedule to the
Ordinance.

(L.N. 88182)

Stipulations by the Director of Housing

2. (1) The Director of Housing, by the power and function delegated to him under
Legal Notice 87 of 1982 dated 12 March 1982, has stipulated that all agreements for sale and
purchase and all deeds of assignment relating to any land

(a)on The Remaining Portion of New Kowloon Inland Lot No. 5779, known as King
Shan Court, Ngau Chi Wan;

(b) on Sha Tin Town Lot No. 115, known as Yue Tin Court, Sha Tin;

(c)on Section D of Tuen Mun Town Lot No. 219, known as Siu Hong Court (Stage
11), Tuen Mun;

(d)on Lot 3952 in Demarcation District No. 9 1, known as Yuk Po Court, Shek Wu
Hui;

(e)on New Kowloon Inland Lot No. 5936, known as Kai Tai Court, Kai Tak;

on Chai Wan Inland Lot No. 119, known as Yan Tsui Court, Chai Wan;

(g)on The Remaining Portion of Tai Po Town Lot No. 27, known as Wang Fuk
Court, Tai Po;

(h)on Tuen Mun Town Lot No. 210, known as Melody Garden, Tuen Mun;

on The Remaining Portion of Tuen Mun Town Lot No. 251, known as Siu Shan
Court, Tuen Mun;

(j)on The Remaining Portion of New Kowloon Inland Lot No. 5911, known as
Blocks E, F and G, Yee Kok Court, Sham Shui Po;

(i)







(k)on The Remaining Portion of New Kowloon Inland Lot No. 5969, known as Lok
Nga Court, Ngau Tau Kok;

(1) on Sha Tin Town Lot No. 230, known as King Tin Court, Sha Tin;

(m)on Kwun Tong Inland Lot No. 707, known as Cheung Wo Court, Kwun Tong;

(n)on The Remaining Portion of Tuen Mun Town Lot No. 219, known as Siu Hong
Court, Tuen Mun, Blocks J, K, L, M and N;

(o)on New Kowloon Inland Lot No. 5787, known as On Kay Court, Ngau Tau Kok,
Blocks C and D;

(p)on the Remaining Portion of Tuen Mun Town Lot No. 219, known as Siu Hong
Court, Tuen Mun Blocks 0, P, Q, R, S and T;

(q)on The Remaining Portion of Lot No. 3953 in Demarcation District No. 91,
known as Choi Po Court, Shek Wu Hui, Blocks A, B and C;

(r)on The Remaining Portion of Sha Tin Town Lot No. 229, known as May Shing
Court, Sha Tin;

(s) on Tai Po Town Lot No. 10, known as Tai Po Plaza, Tai Po;

(t)on New Kowloon Inland Lot No. 5928, known as Richland Gardens, Kowloon;

(u)on Tsing Yi Town Lot No. 99, known as Ching Shing Court, Tsing Yi;

(v)on The Remaining Portion of Lot No. 3953 in Demarcation District No. 91,
known as Choi Po Court, Shek Wu Hui, Block D;

(w) on Sha Tin Town Lot No. 249, known as Fung Shing Court, Sha Tin;

(x)on Chai Wan Inland Lot No. 118, known as Greenwood Terrace, Chai Wan;

(y)on Tuen Mun Town Lot No. 245, known as Prime View Garden, Tuen Mun;

(z)on New Kowloon Inland Lot No. 5926, known as Sun Lai Garden, Kowloon;

A

(aa) on Sha Tin Town Lot No. 210, known as Holford Gardens, Sha Tin;

(ab) on Tuen Mun Town Lot No. 255, known as Siu Hei Court, Tuen Mun;

(ac) on Tai Po Tow n Lot No. 36, known as Ming Nga Court, Tai Po;

(ad) on Chai Wan Inland Lot No. 106, known as Neptune Terrace, Chai Wan;

(ae) on the Remaining Portion of Tsing Yi Town Lot No. 100, known as Ching Wah
Court, Tsing Yi;

(af) on the Remaining Portion of New Kowloon Inland Lot No. 5994 known as Tin
Ma Court, Wong Tai Sin;





(ag) on Tai Po Town Lot No. 26, known as Sun Hing Garden, Tai Po;

(ah) on the Remaining Portion of Inland Lot No. 8566, known as Kornhill, Quarry
Bay;

(ai) on the Remaining Portion of New Kowloon Inland Lot No. 6002, known as Lung
Poon Court, Diamond Hill;

(aj) on New Kowloon Inland Lot No. 5991, known as Po Lai Court, Sham Shui Po;

(ak) on the Remaining Portion of Sha Tin Town Lot No. 283, known as Kam On
Court, Ma On Shan;

(al) on the Remaining Portion of Sha Tin Town Lot No. 290, known as Ka Tin Court,
Sha Tin;

(am)on Tsing Yi Town Lot No. 103, known as Ching Tai Court, Tsing Yi;

(an) on the Remaining Portion of Ap Lei Chau Inland Lot No. 117, known as Yue On
Court, Ap Lei Chau.,

(ao) on Sha Tin Town Lot No. 292, known as Kam Hay Court, Ma On Shan;and

(ap) on Junk Bay Town Lot No. 5, known as King Ming Court, Junk Bay,

shall be subject to the terms, covenants and conditions mentioned in the Schedule to the
Ordinance. (G.N. 1004183; G.N. 1005183; G.N. 2009183; G.N. 23184; G.N. 1739184; G.N.
2891184; G.N. 46185; G.N. 651185; G.N. 2237185; G.N. 123186; G.N. 2163186; G.N.
1003187; G.N. 2457187; G.N. 4358187)

(2) The Director of Housing has stipulated that all agreements for sale and purchase
and all deeds of assignment relating to any land

(a)on the Remaining Portion of Tai Po Town Lot No. 73, known as Po Nga Court,
Tai Po;

(b)on the Remaining Portion of Junk Bay Town Lot No. 4, known as Ying Ming
Court, Junk Bay;

(e)on Junk Bay Town Lot No. 6, known as Hong Sing Garden, Junk Bay;

(d)on Tuen Mun Town Lot No. 246, known as Affluence Garden, Tuen Mun;

(e) on Sha Tin Town Lot No. 289, known as Grandway Garden, Sha Tin;

on Sha Tin Town Lot No. 330, known as Kwong Lam Court, Sha Tin; and

(g)on New Kowloon Inland Lot No. 6023, known as Tsui Chuk Garden, Chuk Yuen,

shall be subject to the terms, covenants and conditions mentioned in the

Schedule to the Ordinance.(G.N. 1640188; G.N. 3200188)

Abstract



Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3110

Edition

1964

Volume

v19

Subsequent Cap No.

283

Number of Pages

3
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:30:34 +0800
<![CDATA[DELEGATION OF POWERS AND FUNCTIONS]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3109

Title

DELEGATION OF POWERS AND FUNCTIONS

Description






DELEGATION OF POWERS AND FUNCTIONS

(Cap. 283, section 10(3))

[19 March 1982.]

The Secretary for Housing has delegated the power and function
under the provision of that Ordinance mentioned in the second column
of the Schedule to the public officer mentioned opposite that provision
in the third column of the Schedule.

SCHEDULE
L.N. 87/82.

Abstract

L.N. 87/82.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3109

Edition

1964

Volume

v19

Subsequent Cap No.

283

Number of Pages

1
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:30:33 +0800
<![CDATA[HOUSING (TRAFFIC) BY-LAWS]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3108

Title

HOUSING (TRAFFIC) BY-LAWS

Description






HOUSING (TRAFFIC) BY-LAWS

' 9

By-law

ARRANGEMENT OF BY-LAWS

1. Citation

2. Interpretation ...

3. Designation of restricted roads

Road barriers at restricted roads
Designation of parking places
Erection or placing of signs ...

4. 5. 6. 7. Significance of signs and road
markings 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13.

Offences in relation to parking
Exemption from restrictions ... ...
Issue of parking place passes ... ...
Use of parking place passes
Maximum period for parking
Prohibition of unauthorized signs or road markings ...

PART 1

. CITATION AND INTERPRETATION

Page

PART II

RESTRICTED ROADS

PART III

CAR PARKS

Issue of car park passes
Use of car park passes
Powers of attendants and authorized officers
Register to be kept ... ...
Maximum parking period
Parking in car parks in unauthorized space an offence
Offences by drivers ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ...
Offences in car parks

Attendants ...

14. Use of, and parking spaces in, car parks

15. Parking spaces ... ... ... ...
16, Signs ... ... ... ... ... ...

17. Issue of tickets and payment of fees

18, Issue of replacement tickets or tickets and payment of fees

19. Removal of vehicles on payment of fees

20. ................ ... ... ... ...







21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.
27.
28.

A 4
A4
A 4
A 5
A 5
A 5
A 6
A 6
A 7
A 7
A 7

A 7
A 8
A 8
A 8
A 9
A 9
A 9

* 10

* 10

A 11
A 11
A 11
A 11
A 12
A 13










By-law

PART IV

IMPOUNDING, REMOVAL AND STORAGE OF VEHICLES

29. Impounding, removal and storage of vehicles
30. Impounding, removal and storage charges

PART V

MISCELLANEOUS

31.
32.
32A.
33. Presumption as to signs or road markings
34.
35.

Duplicates and transfers of passes ... ... ... ...
Offence to interfere with signs or road markings ...
False statements ... ... ... ... ... ... ...

Repair of vehicles ... ... ...
Limitation of liability ...

Schedule

Page

A 13
A 13

* 13
* 14
* 14
A 14
A 14
A 15





By-laws.

HOUSING (TRAFFIC) BY-LAWS

(Cap. 283, section 30)

PART I

CITATION AND
INTERPRETATION

[1 January 1979.]

1. These by-laws may be cited as the Housing (Traffic)

2. (1) In these by-laws, unless the context otherwise requires

,,attendant' means a person appointed under by-law 28 to be an
attendant of a car park;

'car park pass' means a car park pass issued under by-law 20 (or a
duplicate thereof issued under by-law 3 1 (1)) for the parking of a
vehicle in a car park;

'driver', in relation to a vehicle, means any person who is in charge of
or assisting in the control of it;

'parking', subject to paragraph (1), means the standing of a vehicle,
whether ' er occupied or not, except when standing temporarily for
the purpose of and while actually engaged in loading or
unloading or picking up or setting down passengers;

'parking fee' means the appropriate parking fee fixed by the Authority
for the use of a car park or a parking place;

'parking place pass' means a parking place pass issued under by-law
10 (or a duplicate thereof issued under by-law 3 1 (1)) for the
parking of a vehicle on a restricted road;

'parking space' means a space in a parking place indicated by lines or
other marks for the accommodation of one vehicle;

'replacement ticket' means a replacement ticket issued under bylaw
18(1) in respect of a vehicle;

'road marking' means a line, word, mark or device placed on, or set
into, the surface of a road or car park for conveying to persons
using the road or car park any warning, information, requirement,
restriction, prohibition or direction;

',sign' means a sign, object or device for conveying to persons using a
road or car park any warning, information, requirement, restriction,
prohibition or direction;

'ticket' means a ticket issued under by-law 17 or 18(2) in respect of a
vehicle;

'time' includes a date;





'trailer' means a vehicle which is not mechanically propelled and is
towed or intended for towing by a motor vehicle, including any
semi-trailer or draw bar trailer;

'warning instrument' means any instrument fitted to or carried on or in
a vehicle for audibly signalling its approach or presence.

(2) Notwithstanding the definition of 'parking' in paragraph (1), a
vehicle shall not be deemed to be parked for the purpose of these by-
laws where it is prevented from proceeding by breakdown or other
circumstances beyond the driver's control, and all - reasonable steps are
taken to minimize any obstruction and effect the removal of the vehicle
as soon as possible.

(3) In these by-laws a reference to a diagram of a sign or road
marking is a reference to the diagram of a sign or road marking specified
in the Schedule.

PARTII

RESTRICTED
ROADS

3. The Authority may, where under section 25A of the Ordinance it
has designated any road or length of a road to be a restricted road, erect
or place, with the approval of the Commissioner for Transport and the
Director of Engineering Development at every point of entry to the restricted road a sign in
accordance with diagram 1.

4. The Authority may, for the purpose of restricting the entry of
vehicles to a restricted road under section 25A(2) of the Ordinance,
erect, with the approval of the Commissioner for Transport and the Director
of Development of Engineering Development at every point of entry to the restricted road a barrier
across the road or other suitable device of such type as the Authority
thinks fit.

5. (1) The Authority may designate any place on a restricted road
as a parking place and may appropriate the use of such parking place for
any particular period or allocate such parking place for th( use of
vehicles of any description or of any particular type or class or for the
use of any person or persons of any particular class.

(2) The Authority may indicate the designation of a parking place
by means of road markings in accordance with diagram 14, 15 or 16.

(3) The Authority may, with the approval oval of the Commissioner
for Transport and the Director of Engineering Development by the erection or placing of the
approprite signs in accordance with the diagrams in the Schedule
indicate that a parking space within a parking place may be used

(a)for vehicles of a particular description, type or class, or by
any person or persons of a particular class;





(b) at particular times; or

(e) on particular days.

(4) The Authority may amend, suspend or cancel any designa-
tion under paragraph (1)--

(a) by covering any sign;

(b)by the erection or placing of the sign in accordance with
diagram 8; or

(c) by the removal of any sign.

6. (1) When any signs are erected or placed under regulation
5(3), they shall be erected or placed in such manner that they are
clearly visible to traffic using the restricted road or such part thereof
as is restricted by such signs.

(2) Any sign erected or placed under these by-laws may be of
such material as will cause it to reflect light or may be illuminated.

(3) The Authority may display on or at any sign erected or
placed under these by-laws the Housing Authority logo in accord-
ance with diagram 20.

7. The meaning of every sign and road marking erected or
placed under these by-laws shall be in accordance with the signs
and road markings and the notes relating thereto specified in the
Schedule.

8. (1) No person shall park any vehicle in any place on a
restricted road-

(a) other than in a parking place;

(b)in contravention of any sign or road marking erected or
placed at the parking place;

(c)in such a position or in such condition or in such circum-
stances as to be likely to cause danger to other persons
using the road; or

(d)in the case of a trailer, unless the trailer is accompanied by
and attached to a motor vehicle capable of drawing the
trailer.

(2) Any person who parks a vehicle in a parking place shall,
except where a valid parking place pass is displayed in accordance
with by-law 11(2), pay such parking fee for the use of the parking
place as may be fixed by the Authority.

(3) [Deleted, L.N. 4181841

(4) No person shall park any vehicle in a parking place in
such a manner that the vehicle unnecessarily projects over any line
which divides the space in which the vehicle is parked from any
other space.





(5) No. person shall park any vehicle in any parking place the
designation of which is suspended or cancelled under by-law 5(4).

(5A) The registered owner of a vehicle which is used in connexion
with an alleged offence under this by-law shall, within 21 days of a
request by an authorized officer, supply all the information within the
knowledge of the registered owner which will enable the Authority to
ascertain the name and address of the driver of the vehicle at the time of
the offence.

(5B) The driver of a vehicle on a restricted road or in a parking
place shall, when so requested, give his name and address to any
authorized officer.

(6) Any person who contravenes this by-law commits an offence
and is liable to a fine of $2,000.

9. Nothing in by-law. 8 shall apply-

(a)so as to restrict the use of any vehicle in connexion with any
building operation, demolition, or excavation, the removal of
any obstruction to traffic, the maintenance, improvement or
reconstruction of any road or the erection, alteration or repair
in or near to any restricted road of any sewer or any main,
pipe or apparatus for the supply of gas, water or electricity, or
of any telephone or rediffusion wires, cables, parts or
supports if the vehicle cannot be conveniently put to such
use under the restriction;

(b)to fire services vehicles, ambulances, police vehicles, vehicles
used for the conveyance of public mail, or vehicles used by
the armed forces of the Crown when any such vehicles are
being used in the performance of their function in any
restricted road;

(c) [Deleted, L.N. 4181841

(d)

to anything done with the permission of the Authority or an
authorized officer.

10. (1) The Authority may issue to any person, who applies for a
parking place pass for the parking of a vehicle on a restricted road and
pays the appropriate parking place pass fee fixed by the Authority, a
parking place pass in respect of the vehicle.

(2) A parking place pass issued under paragraph (1) shall be in a
form approved by the Authority and there shall be entered in the
parking place pass

(a)the registration mark of the vehicle in respect of which it is
valid;

the name of the estate and the restricted road in respect of
which it is valid;

(c) the period for which it is valid; and

(d) such other particulars as the Authority may think fit.







(3) The Authority may issue a parking place pass for such period
as it may determine.

(4) The issue of a parking place pass in respect of a vehicle shall
not provide any guarantee that a parking place for the parking of the
vehicle shall be available on the restricted road in respect of which the
parking place pass is valid.

11. (1) Subject to section 25A(3) of the Ordinance and by-law 12, a
vehicle in respect of which a parking place pass is issued may be
parked in a parking place on the restricted road in respect of which the
pass is valid at any time during the currency of the pass.

(2) A parking place pass shall be displayed on the left-hand side
of the windscreen of the vehicle in respect of which it is issued.

12. No vehicle shall be parked in a parking place for a period
exceeding 24 hours unless such parking is authorized by the Authority
or an authorized officer.

13. (1) Except as may be authorized by the Authority, no person
shall place, or cause or permit to be placed, on, in or near any restricted
road or on a building, as the case may be, any sign or road marking
specified in these by-laws or any sign or road marking which is of such
similarity to a specified sign or road marking that any person
approaching it might reasonably mistake it for a specified sign or road
marking.

(2) The Authority may by notice in writing require any person who
has placed or caused to be placed any such sign or road marking in
contravention of paragraph (1) to remove it and, if such person fails to
comply with such notice, the Authority may cause the sign to be
removed, or the road marking to be obliterated or removed, as the case
may be, and thereupon the sign and any part thereof and every
attachment thereto shall be forfeited to the Authority and the Authority
may recover from such person as a civil debt the cost of the removal of
the sign or the cost of the obliteration or removal of the road marking
and also the cost of any reinstatement of the road necessitated by such
removal of the sign or such obliteration or removal of the road marking.

(3) Any person who contravenes paragraph (1) commits an
offence and is liable to a fine of $2,000.

PART III

CAR PARKS

14. (1) The Authority may set aside any land in an estate and
designate it by signs for use. as a car park and may, in such manner as it
thinks fit, limit the use of any car park to vehicles of any description or
of any particular type or class, or may allocate any parking space in a
car park for the use of any person or persons of any particular class,
and revoke or amend any such limitation or allocation.





(2) Paragraph (2) of by-law 5 shall apply to any car park in the same
manner as that paragraph applies to places designated as parking
places.

(3) The Authority may, in such manner as it thinks fit, limit the
hours during which vehicles of any description or of any particular
type or class may enter or use a car park.

15. The Authority may cause a car park to be divided in such
manner as it thinks fit into parking spaces.

16. (1) The Authority may cause to be erected at, in or immediately
outside a car park such signs as it considers necessary for the
regulation of parking therein, and in particular signs indicating the place
where vehicles may enter and leave the car park, and the description,
type or class of vehicle permitted to be parked in the car park or the
particular person or class of persons who may use the car park.

(2) Any person who without reasonable excuse drives a vehicle
into or out of a car park in contravention of any sign erected under
paragraph (1) commits an offence and is liable to a fine of $2,000.

17. (1) The driver of a vehicle (other than a vehicle to which by-law
21 applies) who wishes to park the vehicle in a car park, shall, before
driving the vehicle into the car park, stop the vehicle at the entrance of
the car park and, if space is available in the car park for the parking of
the vehicle, an attendant or authorized officer may issue to the driver of
the vehicle a ticket in a form approved by the Authority bearing the
registration mark of the vehicle and the time at which the vehicle enters
the car park.

(2) Except where by-law 18 or section 25B of the Ordinance
applies, before a vehicle which is parked in a car park under paragraph
(1) is removed therefrom, the ticket issued in respect of the motor
vehicle shall be presented to an attendant or authorized officer at such
place as shall be provided at the car park, and the attendant or
authorized officer shall, on payment to him of the parking fee incurred
from the time of entry of the vehicle marked on the ticket, return to the
person making the payment a portion of the ticket marked with the time
of departure and issue a receipt for the payment in a form approved by
the Authority.

(3) Except where section 25B of the Ordinance applies, no person
shall remove a vehicle from a car park unless the parking fee (if any)
payable under the Ordinance in respect of the vehicle has been paid.

(4) Any person who contravenes paragraph (3) commits an offence
and is liable to a fine of $2,000.





18. (1) Where the ticket cannot for any reason be presented
under by-law 17(2), the person who intends to remove the vehicle
from a car park shall present to an attendant or authorized officer at
such place as shall be provided at the car park his valid driving
licence and the attendant or authorized officer shall, on payment to
him of the parking fee incurred from the time of entry of the vehicle
recorded in the register under by-law 23, issue to such person a
replacement ticket marked with the time of departure, and a receipt
for the payment, in a form approved by the Authority.

(2) Where a vehicle is permitted to enter a car park during the
currency of a car park pass and the pass expires before the removal
of the vehicle from the car park (and a new car park pass is not
issued in respect of the vehicle), the person who intends to remove
the vehicle from the car park shall present to an attendant or
authorized officer at such place as shall be provided at the car park
his valid driving licence and the attendant or authorized officer shall,
on payment to him of the parking fee incurred from the time of
expiry of the pass, issue to such person a ticket marked with the time
of departure, and a receipt for the payment, in a form approved by
the Authority.

19. (1) Where a parking fee in respect of a vehicle is paid
under by-law 17(2) or 18 the vehicle shall be removed from the car
park as soon as is practicable thereafter and in any case within
15 minutes after the time of departure marked on the ticket under by
law 17(2) or on the replacement ticket or ticket under by-law 18, as
the case may be.

(2) If a vehicle is not removed from a car park in accordance
with paragraph (1), it shall not be permitted to be removed until
such further parking fee as may be fixed by the Authority is paid for
each hour or part thereof during which the vehicle is parked in the
car park in excess of the 15 minutes permitted under that paragraph
and a receipt for such payment, marked with the time of payment,
shall be issued in a form approved by the Authority.

(3) The driver of a vehicle who is removing the vehicle from a
car park after the payment of a parking fee shall surrender to the
attendant or authorized officer at the exit from the car park such
part of the ticket or replacement ticket as the Authority may specify.

~ (4) Any person who contravenes paragraph (3) commits an
offence and is liable to a fine of $2,000.

20. (1) The Authority may issue to any person, who applies
for a car park pass for the parking of a vehicle in a car park and pays
the appropriate car park pass fee fixed by the Authority, a car park
pass in respect of the vehicle.

(2) A car park pass issued under paragraph (1) shall be in a
form approved by the Authority and there shall be entered in the car
park pass-





(a)the registration mark of the vehicle in respect of which it is
issued;

(b)the name of the estate and the car park in respect of which
it is valid;

(c) the type of parking space in respect of which it is valid;

(d) the period for which it is valid; and

(e) such other particulars as the Authority may think fit.

(3) The Authority may issue a car park pass for such period as
it may determine.

(4) The issue of a car park pass in respect of a vehicle shall not
provide any guarantee that space for the parking of the vehicle shall
be available in the car park in respect of which the car park pass
is valid.

(5) The Authority may-

(a)specify the number of car park passes which may be issued
under paragraph (1) in respect of any car park;
(b)prohibit the issue of a car park pass in respect of any
particular description, type or class of vehicle.

21. (1) Subject to by-law 24, a vehicle in respect of which a
car park pass is issued may be parked in the car park in respect of
which the pass is valid at any time during the currency of the pass if
an appropriate parking space is available in the car park for the
parking of the vehicle.

(2) The driver of a vehicle (other than a vehicle to which
by-law 17 or 18(2) applies) shall not drive the vehicle into, park the
vehicle in or remove the vehicle from, any car park unless a valid car
park pass issued in respect of the vehicle is displayed on the left-
hand side of the windscreen of the vehicle.

(3) Any person who contravenes paragraph (2) commits an
offence and is liable to a fine of $2,000.

22. (1) An attendant or authorized officer may refuse to allow
any vehicle to enter into a car park-

(a)in contravention of any limitation imposed under by-law
14 as to the use of the car park;
(b)where by-law 17 applies, if a ticket is not issued in respect
of the vehicle; or

(c)where by-law 21 applies, if a valid car park pass is not
displayed in the vehicle in accordance with that by-law.

(2) Except where a vehicle is removed under section 25B of the
Ordinance, an attendant or authorized officer may refuse to allow
any vehicle to leave a car park-





(a)where by-law 17 or 18 applies, if the parking fee incurred in
respect of the vehicle is not paid; or

(b)where by-law 21 applies, if a valid car park pass is not
displayed in the vehicle in accordance with that by-law.

23. (1) An attendant or authorized officer shall maintain at
every car park a register in a form specified by the Authority in
which he shall record-

(a)the registration mark of every vehicle which enters the car
park;
(b) the time of such entry; and

(c) such other particulars as the Authority may specify,

and at the end of his shift of duty shall sign and date any such record
made in the register.

(2) A register maintained under paragraph (1) shall be retained
for not less than 2 months after the date of the last record made in
the register.

24. No vehicle shall be parked in any car park for a period
exceeding 7 days unless such parking is authorized by the Authority
or an authorized officer.

25. (1) No person shall park any vehicle or cause or permit
any vehicle to be parked in a car park other than-

(a)in an appropriate parking space set aside by the Authority
for the parking of that particular description, type or class
of vehicle; or

(b)in an appropriate parking space allocated by the Authority
for the use of that person or of. a particular class of
persons.

(2) Where by-law 21(1) applies, no vehicle in respect of which
a car park pass is issued shall be parked in a car park other than in
an appropriate parking space in such car park in respect of which the
car park pass is valid.

(3) In the event of a contravention of this by-law the owner of
the vehicle commits an offence and is liable to a fine of $2,000.

26. (1) The driver of a vehicle in a car park shall comply with
all lawful directions given to him by any attendant or authorized
officer.

(2) The driver of a vehicle in a car park shall obey all signs and
signals exhibited in the car park for the direction or regulation of
vehicles therein.

(3) The driver of a vehicle in a car park shall park the vehicle
in such place in the car park as an attendant or authorized officer
may direct.





(3A) No driver shall bring into a car park a vehicle which
is carrying dangerous
Ordinance applies.

goods to which the Dangerous Goods

(4) When a vehicle has been parked in a car park, the driver
and all passengers shall leave the car park as soon as is practicable
thereafter by such means of exit from the car park as is indicated by
signs erected under by-law 16.

(4A) The registered owner of a vehicle which is used in
connexion with an alleged offence under this by-law shall, within 21
days of a request by an authorized officer, supply all the information
within the knowledge of the registered owner which will enable the
Authority to ascertain the name and address of the driver of the
vehicle at the time of the offence.

(5) The driver of a vehicle in a car park shall, when so
requested, give his name and address to any attendant or authorized
officer.

(6) No person shall sound a warning instrument in a car park.

(7) No person shall park a vehicle in a car park in such a
manner that the vehicle unnecessarily projects over any line or other
mark which divides the parking space in which the vehicle is parked
from any other parking space or from any other part of the car park.

(8) Any person who without reasonable excuse contravenes
this by-law commits an offence and is liable to a fine of $2,000.

27. (1) No person other than-

(a)an attendant or any person employed at a car park in the
course of his duties;

(b)a person driving a vehicle into a car park or a person
entering a car park to remove a vehicle therefrom;

(c)a passenger in a vehicle entering a car park or a person
intending to leave the car park as a passenger in a vehicle;
or

(d) an authorized officer,

shall enter a car park. without having first obtained the permission of
an attendant or authorized officer on duty at the entrance to the car
park.

(2) No person shall remain in a car park after he has been
lawfully ordered to leave the car park by an attendant or authorized
officer.

(3) No person shall, without lawful authority, mutilate, deface
or alter any ticket or replacement ticket.

(M) No person in a car park shall-

(a) smoke;





(b)without lawful excuse be in possession of any ticket or
replacement ticket which is mutilated, defaced or altered; or

(c)fail to give his name and address to an attendant or
authorized officer when required to do so.

(4) No person shall, without lawful authority, tamper with or
interfere with a vehicle in a car park.

(5) Any person who contravenes this by-law commits an offence
and is liable to a fine of 52,000.

28. (1) The Authority may appoint any person to be an attendant
of a car park.

(2) Every attendant shall carry such evidence, under the hand of
an authorized officer, of his appointment as an attendant as shall be
approved by the Authority.

(3) Every attendant in a car park shall produce to any person in the
car park having reasonable grounds for asking for the same, such
evidence of his appointment as an attendant.

PARTIV

IMPOUNDING, REMOVAL AND STORAGE OF
VEHICLES

29. (1) The Authority or an authorized officer may, for the
purposes of section 25B of the Ordinance, impound or remove a vehicle
in such manner as the Authority or the authorized officer thinks fit.

(2) A vehicle that is removed under section 25B of the Ordinance
may be stored in such place as may be provided by the Authority for
that purpose.

30. The charges payable to the Authority under section 25B(4) of
the Ordinance shall be

(a) for impounding a vehicle, $140;

(b) for removing a vehicle $200;

(c)for storing a vehicle, $50 for every day after the first day
during which the vehicle is detained.

PART V

MISCELLANEOUS

31. (1) Where a car park pass or parking place pass is lost,
destroyed or accidentally defaced, an application for a duplicate of such
pass may be made to the Authority, and if the Authority is satisfied as
to the reason for the application it may, upon payment of such fee as
the Authority may fix, issue a duplicate pass which shall have the same
validity as the original pass.





shall-

(2) Where a car park pass or parking place pass issued in respect of
a vehicle is to be transferred for use in respect of another vehicle, an
application for such transfer may be made to the Authority and the
Authority may, upon production to it of the pass and payment of such
fee as the Authority may fix, transfer the pass and shall enter in the pass
the registration mark of the vehicle in respect of which the pass is
transferred.

32. (1) No person without the consent of the Authority

(a)move, damage, or interfere in any way with, any sign erected
under these by-laws; or

(b)obscure, deface, alter or obliterate any road marking placed by
the Authority on or in a restricted road or car park.

(2) Any person who contravenes this by-law commits an offence
and is liable to a fine of $2,000.

32A. Any person who knowingly makes a statement which is false
or misleading as to a material particular

(a)in furnishing' any information under by-law 8(5A) 26(4A); or

(b)in giving his name and address under by-law 8(5B), 2 or
27(3A),

commits an offence and is liable to a fine of $2,000.

33. A sign erected on, in or near, or a road marking placed on or in a
restricted road or car park which is similar to a sign or road marking
specified in these by-laws shall be deemed to be a sign or road marking
in accordance with these by-laws and to have been lawfully so erected
or placed unless the contrary is proved, and the fact that a sign or road
marking differs slightly in size, colour or type from a specified sign or
road marking shall not prevent such sign or road marking from being a
specified sign or road marking so long as the general appearance of the
sign or road. marking is not thereby materially impaired.

34. (1) Subject to paragraph (3), no person shall carry out or cause
or permit to be carried out on a vehicle in a parking place or car park any
maintenance or repair or be in a parking place or car park for the purpose
of carrying out such maintenance or repair.

(2) Any person who contravenes this by-law commits an offence
and is liable to a fine of $2,000.

(3) It shall be a good defence to any proceedings under this by-law
to prove that any maintenance or repair was necessary to enable the
vehicle to be removed from the parking place or car park.





35. The exercise by the Authority of its functions under by- Limitation of laws 5
and 14 shall not render the Authority or the Government
subject to any liability in respect of the loss of or damage to any
vehicle in a parking place or car park or the contents of any such
vehicle.

SCHEDULE [by-laws 2, 3, 5, 6 & 7.]

SIGNS AND ROAD
MARKINGS

(All measurements shown in the Diagrams are given in millimetres)

WHITE BORDER

WHITE LETTERS

BLUE BACKGROUND

WHITE CHARACTERS

Restricted Road

Entry and Parking of Vehicles
Restricted







WHITE BORDER & LETTER

BACKGROUND



PARKING FOR VEHICLES OTHER
THAN MEDIUM AND HEAVY
GOODS VEHICLES, BUSES, MOTOR
CYCLES AND PEDAL CYCLES

DIAGRAM 2

THIS SIGN INDICATES THAT WHEN USED IN
CONJUNCTION WITH THE ROAD MARKING IN
DIAGRAM 15 OR 16 OR BOTH, THE PARKING PLACE
OR PARKING SPACE IS FOR VEHICLES OTHER THAN
MEDIUM AND HEAVY GOODS VEHICLES, BUSES,
MOTOR CYCLES AND PEDAL CYCLES.








PARKING FOR GOODS VEHICLES

DIAGRAM 3

THIS SIGN INDICATES THAT WHEN USED IN
CONJUNCTION WITH THE ROAD MARKING IN
DIAGRAM 15 OR 16 OR BOTH, THE PARKING PLACE
OR PARKING SPACE IS FOR GOODS VEHICLES ONLY.







WHITE BORDER & LETTER

BLUE BACKAGROUND

BLACK SYMBOL

PARKING FOR BUSES

DIAGRAM 4

THIS SIGN INDICATES THAT WHEN USED IN
CONJUNCTION WITH THE ROAD MARKING IN
DIAGRAM 15 OR 16 OR BOTH, THE PARKING PLACE
OR PARKING SPACE IS FOR BUSES ONLY.







WHITE
BLUE
WHITE
BLACK


PARKING PLACE FOR MOTOR CYCLES

DIAGRAM 5


THIS SIGN INDICATES THAT WHEN USED IN
CONJUNCTION WITH THE ROAD MARKING IN
DIAGRAM 14, THE PARKING PLACE IS FOR MOTOR
CYCLES ONLY.







PARKING PLACE FOR PEDAL CYCLES

DIAGRAM 6

WHITE BLUE WHITE BLACK

THIS SIGN INDICATES THAT WHEN USED IN CON-
JUNCTION WITH THE ROAD MARKING IN DIAGRAM
15 OR 16 OR BOTH, THE PARKING PLACE OR PARKING
SPACE IS FOR PEDAL CYCLES ONLY.





RED BORDER & DIAGONAL


BLUE
BACKGROUND

NO PARKING

DIAGRAM

THIS SIGN INDICATES THAT ON THE SIDE OF THE
ROAD WHERE IT IS DISPLAYED, PARKING IS
PROHIBITED. IT MAY BE USED WITH THE SIGNS IN
DIAGRAMS 10 AND 11 TO INDICATE THE DIRECTION
IN WHICH THE RESTRICTION APPLIES AND WITH
THE SIGN IN DIAGRAM 9 TO INDICATE THE PERIOD
FOR WHICH IT APPLIES.








RED
BLUE
BLACK
YELLOW

TEMPORARY NO PARKING SIGN

DIAGRAM 8

THIS SIGN INDICATES THAT ON THE SIDE OF THE
ROAD WHERE IT IS DISPLAYED, PARKING IS
TEMPORARILY PROHIBITED. THE SIGN MAY BE USED
WITHOUT THE ARROWS OR WITH AN ARROW
POINTING IN ONLY ONE DIRECTION.

Mon-Sat 9am-6pm



TIME PLATE

DIAGRAM 9

THIS PLATE INDICATES THE PERIOD OF TIME OR
DAYS FOR WHICH PARKING IS PROHIBITED OR
PERMITTED.

IT MAY BE USED IN CONJUNCTION WITH DIAGRAMS 7
AND 8 TO INDICATE THE PERIOD OF TIME OR DAYS
DURING WHICH THE RESTRICTION ON PARKING
APPLIES OR USED IN CONJUNCTION WITH DIAGRAM
2, 3,4, 5 OR 6 TO INDICATE THE PERIOD OF TIME OR
DAYS WHEN PARKING IS PERMITTED.

THE WORDING MAY BE VARIED TO SPECIFY ANY
PERIOD OF TIME OR ANY DAY OR DAYS.








BLACK BORDER & SYMBOL
WHITE BACKGROUND

ARROW PLATE

DIAGRAM 10

BLACK BORDER a SYMBOL



THIS PLATE IS FOR USE WITH THE SIGN IN DIAGRAM
7 TO INDICATE THE DIRECTION IN WHICH THE
RESTRICTION ON PARKING APPLIES.

THE ARROW MAY BE REVERSED TO INDICATE A
RESTRICTION IN THE OTHER DIRECTION.

BLACK BORDER A SYMBOL

WHITE BACKGROUND

ARROW PLATE

DIAGRAM 11

THIS PLATE IS FOR USE WITH THE SIGN IN DIAGRAM
7 TO INDICATE THE RESTRICTION ON PARKING
APPLIES IN BOTH DIRECTIONS.









EDGE OF CARRIAGEWAY

NO PARKING

DIAGRAM 12

THIS ROAD MARKING IS USED TO INDICATE A
SECTION OF ROAD, WHETHER OR NOT IT IS USED IN
CONJUNCTION WITH DIAGRAM 7, WHERE THE
PARKING OF VEHICLES IS PROHIBITED.

YELLOW HATCHED
MARKING
CHANNEL KERB LINE

NO PARKING

DIAGRAM 13

THIS ROAD MARKING IS USED TO INDICATE THAT
THE PARKING OF VEHICLES IS PROHIBITED ON THE
AREA SHOWN BY THE YELLOW HATCHED MARKINGS.





KERB LINE

CHANNEL

WHITE
AS REQUIRED

MOTOR CYCLE PARKING PLACES

DIAGRAM 14

THIS ROAD MARKING IS USED TO INDICATE PARKING
PLACES FOR MOTOR CYCLES ONLY SUBJECT TO SUCH
CONDITIONS, IF ANY, AS MAY BE IN FORCE AS
INDICATED BY RELEVANT SIGNS IN

THE VICINITY.

PARKING SPACES-PARALLEL


PARKING SPACES-ANGULAR




ROAD MARKINGS FOR
PARKING PLACES

DIAGRAM 15

THIS ROAD MARKING IS USED TO INDICATE PARKING
PLACES FOR VEHICLES SUBJECT TO SUCH
CONDITIONS, IF ANY, AS MAY BE IN FORCE.








PARKING SPACES - PARALLEL


CHANNEL

KERB LINE


PARKING SPACES-ANGULAR

VARIABLE
ANGLE


ROAD MARKINGS FOR
PARKING PLACES

DIAGRAM 16

THIS ROAD MARKING IS USED TO INDICATE PARKING
PLACES FOR VEHICLES, SUBJECT TO SUCH
CONDITIONS, IF ANY, AS MAY BE IN FORCE AS
INDICATED BY RELEVANT SIGNS IN THE VICINITY.







Urban Services Dept
refuse use collection
vehicles only

PARKING FOR SPECIAL VEHICLES

DIAGRAM 17

THIS SIGN INDICATES THAT WHEN USED IN
CONJUNCTION WITH THE ROAD MARKING IN
DIAGRAM 15 OR 16. THE PARKING PLACE OR
PARKING SPACE MAY BE USED ONLY BY THE
VEHICLES INDICATED ON THE SIGN.

THE WORDING MAY BE VARIED TO SPECIFY ANY
PARTICULAR TYPE OR CLASS OF VEHICLE.

BLUE BACKGROUND

WHITE BORDER WHITE LETTER
Parking Pass Holders Only



DIAGRAM 18

THIS SIGN IS USED IN CONJUNCTION WITH DIAGRAMS
2, 3, 4, 5 AND 6 TO INDICATE THE PARTICULAR.
CLASS OF PERSON WHO MAY USE THE PARKING
PLACE OR CAR PARK.









BLACK ARROW

YELLOW BACKGROUND
RED BORDER

ARROW PLATE

DIAGRAM 19

THIS PLATE IS FOR USE AS A SUPPLEMENTARY SIGN
TO DIAGRAMS 2, 3, 4, 5 AND 6. THE BACKGROUND
COLOUR AND THE COLOUR AND DIRECTION OF
THE ARROW MAY BE VARIED TO ACCORD WITH THE
CIRCUMSTANCES.



HOUSING AUTHORITY LOGO

DIAGRAM 20

THE SIZE OF THIS LOGO MAY BE VARIED TO ACCORD
WITH THE MANNER IN WHICH IT IS DISPLAYED.
L.N. 301/78. L.N. 120/81. L.N. 76/82. L.N. 147/82. L.N. 418/84. Citation. Interpretation. L.N. 418/84. L.N. 418/84. L.N. 418/84. L.N. 418/84. L.N. 418/84. L.N. 418/84. L.N. 418/84. L.N. 418/84. L.N. 418/84. Schedule. Designation of restricted roads. L.N. 418/84. L.N. 76/84. Road barriers at restricted roads. L.N. 76/82. Designation of parking places. L.N. 418/84. L.N. 418/84. L.N. 418/84. Schedule. L.N. 418/84. Erection or placing of signs. L. N. 418/84. Significance of signs and road markings. L.N. 418/84. Schedule. Offences in relation to parking. L.N. 418/84. L.N. 418/84. L.N. 418/84. L.N. 418/84. L.N. 147/82. L.N. 418/84. L.N. 147/82. L.N. 418/84. Exemption from restrictions. L.N. 418/84. Issue of parking place passes. Use of parking place passes. Maximum period for parking. L.N. 418/84. Prohibition of unauthorized signs or road markings. L.N. 418/84. Use of, and parking spaces in, car parks. L.N. 418/84. Parking spaces. Signs. L.N. 418/84. Issue of tickets and payment of fees. L.N. 418/84. Issue of replacement tickets or tickets and payment of fees. L.N. 418/84. Removal of vehicles on payment of fees. L.N. 418/84. L.N. 418/84. Issue of car park passes. Use of car park passes. L.N. 418/84. Powers of attendants and authorized officers. L.N. 418/84. Register to be kept. L.N. 418/84. Maximum parking period. Parking in car parks in unauthorized space an offence. L.N. 418/84. Offences by drivers. L.N. 418/84. L.N. 418/84. (Cap. 295.) L.N. 147/82. L.N. 418/84. L.N. 418/84. Offences in car parks. L.N. 418/84. L.N. 418/84. Attendants. Impounding, removal and storage of vehicles. Impounding, removal and storage charges. L.N. 120/81. L.N. 418/84. Duplicates and transfers of passes. Offence to interfere with signs or road markings. L.N. 418/84. False statements. L.N. 418/84. Presumption as to signs or road markings. L.N. 418/84. Repair of vehicles. L.N. 418/84. L.N. 418/84. Limitation of liability. L.N. 418/84. L.N. 418/84.

Abstract

L.N. 301/78. L.N. 120/81. L.N. 76/82. L.N. 147/82. L.N. 418/84. Citation. Interpretation. L.N. 418/84. L.N. 418/84. L.N. 418/84. L.N. 418/84. L.N. 418/84. L.N. 418/84. L.N. 418/84. L.N. 418/84. L.N. 418/84. Schedule. Designation of restricted roads. L.N. 418/84. L.N. 76/84. Road barriers at restricted roads. L.N. 76/82. Designation of parking places. L.N. 418/84. L.N. 418/84. L.N. 418/84. Schedule. L.N. 418/84. Erection or placing of signs. L. N. 418/84. Significance of signs and road markings. L.N. 418/84. Schedule. Offences in relation to parking. L.N. 418/84. L.N. 418/84. L.N. 418/84. L.N. 418/84. L.N. 147/82. L.N. 418/84. L.N. 147/82. L.N. 418/84. Exemption from restrictions. L.N. 418/84. Issue of parking place passes. Use of parking place passes. Maximum period for parking. L.N. 418/84. Prohibition of unauthorized signs or road markings. L.N. 418/84. Use of, and parking spaces in, car parks. L.N. 418/84. Parking spaces. Signs. L.N. 418/84. Issue of tickets and payment of fees. L.N. 418/84. Issue of replacement tickets or tickets and payment of fees. L.N. 418/84. Removal of vehicles on payment of fees. L.N. 418/84. L.N. 418/84. Issue of car park passes. Use of car park passes. L.N. 418/84. Powers of attendants and authorized officers. L.N. 418/84. Register to be kept. L.N. 418/84. Maximum parking period. Parking in car parks in unauthorized space an offence. L.N. 418/84. Offences by drivers. L.N. 418/84. L.N. 418/84. (Cap. 295.) L.N. 147/82. L.N. 418/84. L.N. 418/84. Offences in car parks. L.N. 418/84. L.N. 418/84. Attendants. Impounding, removal and storage of vehicles. Impounding, removal and storage charges. L.N. 120/81. L.N. 418/84. Duplicates and transfers of passes. Offence to interfere with signs or road markings. L.N. 418/84. False statements. L.N. 418/84. Presumption as to signs or road markings. L.N. 418/84. Repair of vehicles. L.N. 418/84. L.N. 418/84. Limitation of liability. L.N. 418/84. L.N. 418/84.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3108

Edition

1964

Volume

v19

Subsequent Cap No.

283

Number of Pages

28
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:30:32 +0800
<![CDATA[HOUSING ORDINANCE]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3107

Title

HOUSING ORDINANCE

Description






LAWS OF HONG KONG

HOUSING ORDINANCE

CHAPTER 283





CHAPTER 283

HOUSING ORDINANCE

ARRANGEMENT OF SECTIONS

Section

PART 1

PRELIMINARY

1. Short title
2. Interpretation
3. Establishment and constitution of the Housing Authority
4. General powers and duties of the Authority
5. Property vested in the Crown

5A, Transfer of assets and liabilities to Authority
...................................................

6. Incorporation
7. Committees
8. Execution and authentication of documents
9. Power of Governor to give directions
10. Delegation of powers
11. Exercise of power

PART 11

FINANCE

12.
13.
14.
15.

16. 17. 17A. Sale of land
........................... 17AA. Particular
conditions of sale 17B. 18.

Borrowing powers
............................................................................................
Investment of surplus funds
.............................................................................
Accounts and audit
..........................................................................................
Annual reports
................................................................................................

PART III

DISPOSAL OF PROPERTY

Leases of land in estates
................................................................................... Remission of rent
.............................................................................................

Void alienations
............................................................................................... Certain
Ordinances not to apply ......................................................................

Page

3






3
4
5
7
7
7
7
8
8
8
8

9
9
9
10

10
10
11
11

11
12







Section

PART IV

CONTROL OF
ESTATES

19. Termination of lease
19A. Notice of termination
20.Appeal against termination

21...................Eviction of trespassers ............................................................

22. Inspection of premises
23. Emergency closure of premises
24. Power to take custody of and dispose of property
25. Power to obtain information
25A. Restricted roads

25B..................Removal, etc. of vehicles .........................................
..................

25C. Sale of detained vehicles

PART V

OFFENCES AND
PENALTIES

26. False statements
26A. Court orders on purchaser's conviction under section 26(2)
26B. Court orders on conviction of other person under section 26(2)
27. Refusal to furnish information
27A. Unlawful alienation
28. Offences in respect of leases
29. Obstruction
29A. Limitation of time for prosecution of offences

PART VI

GENERAL

30. Authority may make bylaws
31. No claim to lie against the Authority or the Government
32. Certain parts of estates to be public places
33. Power to specify forms
34. Exemptions
35. Dispute as to English or Chinese version of lease, etc .
36.
37.
38.

Vesting of property
.......................................................................................... Transitional
........................................................................................

Schedule. Terms, Covenants and Conditions .................................................................

Page

12
13
13
14
14






14
15
16
16
17
17

18
19
19
21
21
21
21
21

22
23
23
23
23
23
24
24
24

25







CHAPTER 283

HOUSING

To provide for the establishment and functions of a Housing Authority and for
purposes connected therewith.

[1 April 19731

Originally 23 of 1973 - 74 of 1974, 42 of 1976, L.N. 16 of 1977, 19 of 1978, 33 of 1978, 79 of 1979, 15 of 1982, L.N.
76 of 1982, R. Ed. 1982,82 of 1984, 10 of 1986, L.N. 127 of 1986,56 of 1986, 16 of 1988, 80 of 1988

PART 1

PRELIMINARY

1. Short title

This Ordinance may be cited as the Housing Ordinance.

2. Interpretation

In this Ordinance, unless the context otherwise requires-

'Authority' means the Housing Authority established under section 3;

-authorized officer- means any public officer to whom the Authority, or a committee
of the Authority, has delegated any of its powers and functions under section
10;

'car park' means any land in an estate set aside and designated by signs by the
Authority for use as a car park; (Added 19 of 1978 s. 2)

'common parts- means the whole of any land sold or otherwise disposed of under
section 17A, except such parts thereof as have been specified or designated in
an instrument registered in the Land Office as being for the exclusive use,
occupation or enjoyment of an owner; (Added 33 of 1978s.2)

,,estate' means any land vested in the Authority or the control and management of
which has been vested in the Authority under section 5 or under a deed of
mutual covenantor otherwise; (Amended 33 of 1978s.2)

'housing' means residential, industrial, commercial and business accom

modation, buildings or premises;
'land' means immovable property;(Replaced 15 of 1982 s. 2)





'Land Office' means the Land Office established under the Land Registration
Ordinance (Cap. 128) and a District Land Office established under the New
Territories Ordinance(Cap. 97); (Added 33 of 1978s.2)

'lease' includes a licence, a tenancy agreement and an agreement for a lease,
licence, or tenancy agreement, granted or made or deemed to have been
granted or made under this Ordinance;

,,owner- means

(a)a person who for the time being appears from the records at the Land
Office to be the owner of an undivided share in land; and

(b)a registered mortgagee in possession of such undivided share in
land; (Added 33 of 1978s.2)

'parking place- means a place on a restricted road designated by signs or road
markings by the Authority as a place where vehicles may be parked; (Added
19 of 1978 s. 2)

'registered mortgagee' means

(a)a person to whom. an owner's interest in land has been mortgaged or
charged under a mortgage or charge which has been registered in the
Land Office; and

(b)a person in whose favour a charge upon land has been created by
virtue of any Ordinance; (Added 33 of 1978s.2)

'registered owner' means the person registered as owner of a vehicle in the register
of motor vehicles maintained under the Road Traffic Ordinance (Cap. 374);
(Added 15 of 1982 s. 2)

'restricted road' means a road, or any length of a road, designated as a restricted
road under section 25A; (Added 19 of 1978 s. 2)

'road' means a road (as defined in section 2 of the Road Traffic Ordinance (Cap.
374)) or private road (as defined in section 2 of the Road Traffic Ordinance
(Cap. 374)) within an estate; (Added 19 of 1978 s. 2. Amended 80 of1988 s. 16)

'tenant' includes licensee;

,'vehicle' means any vehicle whether mechanically propelled or otherwise intended
or adapted for use on roads but does not include a perambulator. (Added 19 of
1978 s. 2)

3. Establishment and constitution
of the Housing Authority

(1) There is hereby established a Housing Authority to be known as 'the

Hong Kong Housing Authority'. (2) The Authority shall consist of

(a) the Director of Housing;

(b) such number of persons, other than public officers as the

Governor may appoint;(Amended 15 of 1982 s. 3)





(c)such number of public officers, not exceeding 3, as the Governor may
appoint. (Amended 16 of 1988 s. 2)

(3) The Governor shall appoint

(a)one of the persons appointed under subsection (2)(b) as the
Chairman of the Authority; and

(b)one of the persons referred to in subsection (2) as the ViceChairman
of the Authority. (Replaced 16 of 1988 s. 2)

(4) The members of the Authority, other than public officers, shall be
appointed for a period of 2 years and shall be eligible for reappointment.

(5) Any member of the Authority who is not a public officer may at any time by
notice in writing to the Governor resign from the Authority.

(6) 9 members of the Authority shall form a quorum at any meeting of the
Authority. (Amended 16 of 1988 s. 2)

(7) At any meeting of the Authority, the Chairman or, in his absence, the Vice-
Chairman, or, in the absence of both of them, such member as the members present
shall select, shall preside.

(8) The Chairman or the person presiding in his absence shall have a vote on all
matters coming before the Authority; and in the case of an equality of votes he shall
also have a casting vote.

(9) Subject to this Ordinance, the Authority may make rules regulating the
procedure at meetings of the Authority or of any committee appointed under
section 7.

4. General powers and duties of the Authority ,

(1) The Authority shall exercise its powers and discharge its duties under this
Ordinance so as to secure the provision of housing and such amenities ancillary
thereto as the Authority thinks fit for such kinds or classes of persons as the
Authority may, subject to the approval of the Governor, determine.

(2) The Authority shall have the following powers

(a)to acquire and hold property of any description and, subject to the
terms and conditions upon which the same is held, to dispose of any
such property;

(aa) to prepare and execute proposals, plans and projects for the
construction, alteration, enlargement or improvement of buildings;
(Added 33 of 1978s. 3)

(b)to construct new buildings, and any premises or structures ancillary
thereto, for the provision of the housing referred to in subsection (1)
and to acquire, alter, enlarge, improve, repair or demolish houses or
buildings for this purpose;

to construct, acquire, alter, enlarge or improve any temporary
buildings which may be, or may be made, suitable for housing
proposes;





(d)to provide fixtures, fittings or furniture in buildings acquired by, or
under the control of, the Authority and to let, lend or hire such
fixtures, fittings or furniture on such terms and conditions as to
payment or otherwise as the Authority may think fit;

(e)to manage any housing, and any premises, structures and grounds
ancillary thereto, and any common parts, having regard to the
interests, welfare and comfort of the tenants, owners or occupiers
thereof, and to charge fees for its services in connection with such
management; (Replaced 33 of 1978s. 3)

(ea) to construct new buildings, and any premises or structures ancillary
thereto, or to acquire, alter, enlarge or improve any existing buildings,
for use as car parks; (Added 19 of 1978 s. 3)

(eb) to set aside for use as car parks any land, other than a carriageway,
vested in it; (Added 19 of 1978 s. 3)

(ec) to designate parking places; (Added 19 of 1978 s. 3)

(ed) to control the user of car parks and parking places, to allocate any
place in a car park or parking place for the use of vehicles of any
description or any particular type or class or for the use of any
person or persons of any particular class; (Added 19 of 1978 s. 3)

(ee) to fix such fees for the use of car parks and parking places, and to
collect the fees in such manner, as it thinks fit; (Added 19 of 1978
s.3)

(f)to carry out, subject to such directions as the Governor may from
time to time give, the clearance of any land in Hong Kong;

(g)to develop land and to lay out streets and open spaces for the
purpose of providing housing or in connection therewith;

(ga) to enter into, assign or accept the assignment of, and vary or
rescind, any contractor obligation; (Added 33 of 1978s. 3)

(gb) to charge fees for such other purposes as it thinks fit; (Added33 of
1978 s. 3)

to undertake and execute any lawful trust which has for its object the
furtherance of the provision of housing in Hong Kong or any other
object similar or incidental to any of the purposes of the authority;

(i)to accept gifts and donations, whether of property or otherwise and
whether subject to any special trust or not;

(ia)to guarantee financial obligations, loan money and accept security;
(Added 16 of 1988 s. 3)

(j)to advise the Governor concerning all matters of policy relating to
residential accommodation and services ancillary thereto;

(ja) to act as agent for the Crown in respect of the sale and development
of any land, including the nomination of purchasers in

respect of land leased from the Crown;(Added 15 of 1982 s. 4)







(k)to do all such other acts as are reasonably necessary for the
exercise or performance of all or any of the powers or duties of
the Authority under this Ordinance and to perform any other
function which is incidental or conducive to or connected with
the attainment or furtherance of the purposes of the Authority in
accordance with this Ordinance.
(3) In each financial year, before a date to be appointed by the Governor,
the Authority shall submit to the Governor for his approval a programme of
its proposed activities and estimates of the income and expenditure of the
Authority for the next financial year:
Provided that the programme and estimates for the first financial year of
the Authority shall be forwarded as soon as is practicable after the
commencement of this Ordinance.
(4) The policy of the Authority shall be directed to ensuring that the
revenue accruing to it from its estates shall be sufficient to meet its recurrent
expenditure on its estates.

5. Property vested in the Crown

The Governor may, by order, vest in the Authority the control and
management of any property which is vested in the Crown.

SA. Transfer of assets and liabilities to Authority

The assets and liabilities accounted for in the Home Ownership Fund as at
31 March 1988 shall, on 1 April 1988, become assets and liabilities of the
Authority.

(Added 16 of 1988 s. 4)

6. Incorporation

The Authority shall be a body corporate with perpetual succession and a
common seal and, for the purposes of this Ordinance, with a capacity to acquire
and hold land and to sue and be sued in the corporate name of the Authority.
(Amended 74 of 1974 s. 3)

7. Committees

(1) Subject to subsection (2), the Authority may appoint committees for
the better discharge of its functions under this Ordinance.
(2) The Authority shall appoint a committee comprising 12 members, at
least 4 of whom shall not be members of the Authority, for the purpose of
hearing appeals under section 20(1); and at any meeting of the committee





a quorum shall consist of 3 members, at least 1 of whom shall not be a member of
the Authority. (Replaced 42 of 1976s. 2. Amended 16 of 1988s. 5)

(3) A committee appointed under this section may include persons who are not
members of the Authority. (Amended 82 of 1984s. 2)

8. Execution and authentication of documents

Any instrument purporting to be executed under the seal of the Authority shall
be received in evidence upon its production without further proof and shall, unless
the contrary is proved, be deemed to be an instrument so executed.

9. Power of Governor to give directions

(1) The Governor may give such directions as he thinks fit, either generally or
in any particular case, with respect to the exercise or performance by the Authority
or a public officer, of any power, functions or duties under this Ordinance.

(2) The Authority and every public officer shall, in the exercise or performance
of any powers, functions or duties under this Ordinance, comply with any
directions given by the Governor under subsection (1).

10. Delegation of powers

(1) The Authority may delegate any of its powers and functions, other than
any power to make bylaws, to any public officer or class of public officers and to
any committee of the Authority appointed under section 7.

(2) Any committee of the Authority to which powers or functions have been
delegated by the Authority in accordance with subsection (1) may delegate any of
such powers and functions to any public officer or class of public officers.'

(3) The Director of Housing may, by notice in the Gazette, delegate any of his
powers and functions under this Ordinance to any public officer. (Added 15 of
1982 s. 5. Amended 16 of 1988 s. 6)

11. Exercise of power

Where any power is conferred upon any person by this Ordinance, or any
requirement, notice or direction is made or given thereunder, such power may be
exercised by that person and by other persons acting by direction, and that person
and any other persons so acting may use all force reasonably necessary for the
exercise of that power.





PART 11

FINANCE

12. Borrowing powers

The Authority may borrow from the Government, or from such other sources
as the Governor may approve, such moneys as may be required for the discharge of
the functions of the Authority under this Ordinance, upon such terms and
conditions as may be approved by the Governor.

13. Investment of surplus funds

(1) Any moneys in the hands of the Authority which are not immediately
required for the purposes of the Authority may be invested in such securities as
may be approved by the Financial Secretary. (Amended 16 of 1988 s. 7)

Provided that, during such time as any moneys are due by the Authority to the
Government, no such investment shall be made without the prior approval of the
Financial Secretary.

(2) If in any financial year there is an excess of revenue of the Authority over
the total sum required by it

(a) to meet the total outgoings and provisions of the Authority

properly chargeable to revenue; and

(b) to enable the Authority to

(i) make such allocations to reserves as it may reasonably consider
adequate; and

(ii) pay any moneys owing by it, whether or not payment is legally
due at the time,

the Financial Secretary may, after consultation with the Authority, give the
Authority directions requiring it to pay the whole or part of the excess to the
Government. (Added 16 of 1988 s. 7)

14. Accounts and audit

(1) The Authority shall keep, under the general direction of the Director of
Accounting Services, proper accounts and other records and shall prepare in
respect of each financial year a statement of accounts. (Amended L.N. 16 of 1977)

(2) Not later than 30 September following the end of each financial year, or
before a later date that the Governor may allow, the accounts of the Authority shall
be submitted to the Director of Audit who shall audit the

accounts and furnish a report on them.(Replaced 16 of 1988 s. 8)





(3) As soon as the accounts of the Authority have been audited, the
Authority shall send to the Governor a copy of the statement of accounts
signed by the Chairman together with a copy of the report made by the auditor
on that statement or on the accounts of the Authority.
(4) The Chief Secretary shall lay a copy of every such statement and
report on the table of the Legislative Council not later than 31 December next
following the end of the financial year or before such later date as the Governor
may allow. (Amended 16 of 1988 s. 8)

15. Annual reports

(1) The Authority shall, as soon as possible after the end of each financial
year, make to the Governor a report dealing generally with the activities of the
Authority during that year.
(2) The Chief Secretary shall lay a copy of every such annual report on
the table of the Legislative Council not later than 31 December next following
the financial year to which the annual report relates or before such later date as
the Governor may allow. (Amended 16 of 1988 s. 9)

PART 111

DISPOSAL OF PROPERTY

16. Leases of land in estates

(1) Subject to this Ordinance, the Authority may-
(a)let to any person, for any period, any land in an estate, subject to
the payment of such premium, rent or other consideration as the
Authority may determine; and
(b)fix the terms, covenants and conditions on which any land in an
estate may be let or occupied.
(2) Where the Authority grants a lease under subsection (1) of Crown
land in an estate of which control and management has been vested in it under
section 5, 37 or 38, the person occupying the land under and in accordance with
the lease shall be deemed, for the purposes of sections 4 and 6 of the Crown
Land Ordinance (Cap. 28), to be occupying the land under a licence issued
under section 5 of that Ordinance.

17. Remission of rent

The Authority may remit, in whole or in part and for such period as it
thinks fit, the payment of any rent, premium or other consideration payable
under any lease.





17A. Sale of land

(1) Subject to the conditions of the Crown lease in respect of any land in an
estate, and subject to the payment of such purchase price and such terms and
conditions of payment as the Authority may determine with the prior approval of
the Governor, the Authority may sell or otherwise dispose of any such land.

(2) Subject to the conditions of the Crown lease in respect of any land in an
estate, the Authority may fix the terms, covenants and conditions on which such
land may be sold or otherwise disposed of.

(3) The Authority shall determine the eligibility of persons to purchase land in
an estate, specify the form of application for the purchase of such land and the
information to be provided in such application, and charge such fee in respect of
such application as it may determine.

(Added 33 of 1978 s. 4)

17AA. Particular conditions of sale

(1) Without prejudice to the general power mentioned in section 17A(2), where

(a) any land in an estate is sold under section 17A to any person; or

(b) any land in respect of which the Authority is authorized to

nominate purchasers is sold to a person nominated by the Authority, the Director of
Housing may stipulate, by notice in the Gazette, that the agreement for sale and
purchase and the deed of assignment shall be subject to the terms, covenants and
conditions mentioned in the Schedule and the terms, covenants and conditions so
stipulated shall be part of the agreement and deed.

(2) The Governor in Council may amend the Schedule; and any agreement for
sale and purchase or any deed of assignment made subject to the terms, covenants
and conditions mentioned in the Schedule under subsection (1) shall continue to
have effect subject to any amendment of those terms, covenants and conditions
under this subsection.

(3) A statement in any agreement for sale and purchase or deed of assignment
mentioned in subsection (1) that the agreement or deed is subject to the terms,
covenants and conditions mentioned in the Schedule shall be sufficient evidence,
until the contrary is proved, that the Director of Housing has stipulated that the
agreement or deed shall be subject to those terms, covenants and conditions.

(Added 15 of 1982 s. 6. Amended 16 of 1988 s. 10)

17B. Void alienations

Where

(a) any land in any estate is sold under section 17A to any person; or





(b)any land in respect of which the Authority is authorized to
nominate purchasers is sold to a person nominated by the
Authority,
any alienation or conveyance or purported alienation or conveyance or any
agreement to alienate or convey such land-

(i) by that person in breach of any term or condition of the agreement for
sale and purchase or any covenant in the deed of assignment relating
to such land; and

shall be void.

(ii)by a mortgagee of such land in breach of any of the terms on which
the mortgage was authorized by the Director of Housing, (Amended
16 of 1988 s. 10)

(Replaced 15 of 1982 s. 7)

18. Certain Ordinances not to apply

(1) Part VII of the Public Health and Municipal Services Ordinance (Cap. 132)
and any regulations made under that Part shall not apply to any building or
structure to which a lease under section 16 relates. (Amended 33 of 1978 s. 5; 10 of
1986 s. 32)

(2) Subject to subsection (3), the Buildings Ordinance (Cap. 123) shall not apply
to any building to be constructed, or which is being constructed, by the Authority
and to any building which is vested in the Authority and no part of which has been
sold or otherwise disposed of under section 17A. (Addend 33 of 1978 s.5)

(3) The Buildings Ordinance (Cap. 123), other than section 21 thereof, shall
apply to any such building if, after its construction has been completed, any part of
it is sold or otherwise disposed of under section 17A of this Ordinance. (Added33 of
1978s. 5)

PART IV

CONTROL OF
ESTATES

19. Termination of lease

lease-

(1) Notwithstanding the terms thereof, the Authority may terminate any

(a)without notice, if, in the opinion of the Authority, the land held
under the lease has become unfit for human habitation, a nuisance,
dangerous to health or unsafe; or

(aa) without notice, if, in the opinion of the Authority, no person
authorized under the lease to occupy the land or part thereof

occupies the land or part thereof, or (Added 42 of 1976s.3)





(b)otherwise, by giving such notice to quit as may be provided for in
the lease or 1 month's notice to quit, whichever is the greater.

(2) Upon the termination of a lease under subsection (1), the tenant shall, if he
is still occupying the land, be a trespasser thereon.

(3) No court shall have jurisdiction to hear any application for relief by or on
behalf of a person whose lease has been terminated under subsection (1) in
connection with such termination.

19A. Notice of termination

(1) Where a lease has been terminated under section 19(1)(a) or (aa), the
Authority shall, as soon as practicable after such termination, serve notice in
writing thereof on the tenant specifying the date of the termination and the reasons
therefor.

(2) Service of a notice required to be served under subsection (1) may be
effected

(a) by delivering it to the tenant personally; or

(b)by sending it by post to the tenant at his last known postal address;
or

(c)where the last known postal address of the tenant is that of the
premises which are the subject of the lease, by affixing the notice to
the door of the premises.

(Added 42 of 1976 s. 4)

20. Appeal against termination

(1) Where a lease has been terminated under section 19(1)(a) or (aa), or where a
notice to quit has been given under section 19(1)(b), the tenant may appeal to the
committee, appointed by the Authority under section 7(2), not later than 15 days
after the date on which

(a)service of the notice of termination has been effected under section
19A(2); or

(b) notice to quite has been given under section 19(1)(b), as the case may
be:

Provided that where the committee is satisfied that the tenant is unable to
appeal by reason of ill-health, absence or other cause thought sufficient by the
committee, it may permit an appeal to be made on behalf of the tenant by a person
authorized under the lease to occupy the land or part of it. (Replaced 42 of 1976 s. 5.
Amended 15 of 1982 s. 8)

(2) An appeal under subsection (1) shall be in writing and shall state the
grounds of the appeal.

(3) The committee, in determining an appeal against a termination





(a)under section 19(1)(a) or (aa), may confirm, suspend or cancel
termination; (Amended 42 of 1976s. 5)

(b)under section 19(1)(b), may confirm, amend, suspend or cancel
the notice to quit.

(4) The decision of the committee shall be final.

21. Eviction of trespassers

(1) Subject to subsection (2), any person who is a trespasser in an estate shall
leave the estate when ordered to do so by an authorized officer.

(2) A person, upon whom a notice to quit has been served under section
19(1)(b) and who has appealed against the notice under section 20, shall not be
deemed to be a trespasser until his appeal has been determined.

(3) Any trespasser ordered to leave an estate who does not, within a
reasonable time, obey such order may be evicted from the estate by an authorized
officer who may use such force as may be reasonably necessary to evict such
trespasser and, for that purpose, may request the assistance of a police officer or
any other authorized officer.

22. Inspection of premises

An authorized officer may, at any time and in pursuance of his duties, enter
and inspect

23. Emergency closure of premises

(a) any land in an estate; or

(b)any land sold by the Authority or in respect of which the Authority
has nominated a purchaser and which land is subject to any
restriction against alienation, conveyance or parting with
possession.

(Replaced 15 of 1982 s. 9)

(1) If, in the opinion of the Authority, any building which is vested in the
Authority and no part of which has been sold or otherwise disposed of under
section 17A, or any part of such building, is or is likely to become dangerous by
reason of fire, wind, rain or any other cause, the Authority may by order declare the
building to be dangerous. (Amended 33 of 1978s. 6)

(2) On the making of an order under subsection (1) every lease of the building
or part thereof shall terminate forthwith.

(3) Where an order has been made under subsection (1)-

(a)every person in the building or part thereof shall quit forthwith the
same when required to do so by an authorized officer; and





(b)any authorized officer may evict any person who fails to quit
forthwith the building or part thereof when required to do so by an
authorized officer.

(4) In the exercise of his powers under subsection (3) an authorized officer, with
such assistance from police officers as he considers necessary, may use such force
as is reasonably necessary to evict any person who fails to quit the building or part
thereof when required to do so by an authorized officer.

24. Power to take custody of and dispose of property

(1) The Authority may take possession of any property-

(a)found on any land in an estate which has been the subject of a lease,
after the tenant has left the land following the termination of his
lease;

found on any land in an estate (other than land leased under section
16) vested in or under the control and management of the Authority
and which appears to an authorized officer to have been abandoned;
(Replaced 33 of 1978s. 7)

(c)which has been placed in or on or affixed to any land in an estate in
contravention of any condition in a lease, deed of assignment or
deed of mutual covenant; (Replaced 33 of 1978 s. 7)

which causes an obstruction or nuisance on or in any land in an
estate (other than land leased under section 16) vested in or under
the control and management of the Authority. (Replaced 33 of 1978
s.7)

(2) The Authority shall post, on or near the premises or place where the
property is or was situate, a notice setting out details of any property of which it
has taken possession under subsection (1) and shall, in such notice, call upon any
claimant to submit his claim to the property

(a)in the case of property referred to in subsection (1)(a), within such
time as is specified in the notice being not less than 7 days after the
day on which the notice was posted; and

(b)in the case of property referred to in subsection (1)(b), (c) or (d),
within 2 days after the day on which the notice was posted.

(3) The Authority may refuse to return any property of which it has taken
possession under subsection (1) unless satisfied that the claimant is the owner of
the property.

(4) The Authority may recover from a claimant to whom any property, of which
the Authority has taken possession under subsection (1), is returned any expenses
incurred by it in the removal and storage of such property.

(5) Any property of which the Authority has taken possession under
subsection (1), which is not claimed within the time referred to in subsection (2)





or which the Authority refuses to return under subsection (3) to any person,
shall become the property of the Authority free from the rights of any person
and may be disposed of by the Authority by sale or otherwise.
(6) If, within 6 months after the day on which the notice was posted under
subsection (2), any person satisfies the Authority that, at the time any property
sold pursuant to subsection (5) became the property of the Authority by
virtue of that subsection, he was the owner of such property, the Authority
shall pay to such person the balance of the proceeds of sale after deducting any
expenses incurred by the Authority in the removal, storage and sale of the
property.

25. Power to obtain information

(1) The Authority and any authorized officer may, for the purposes of
this Ordinance, serve on the owner or occupier of any land, whether or not in
an estate, a requisition in the specified form requiring him to furnish to the
Authority or the authorized officer, within the time stated in the form, the
particulars specified in the requisition. (Amended 15 of 1982 s. 10)
(2) The Authority and an authorized officer may, for the purposes of this
Ordinance, give notice in writing to the owner or occupier of any land, whether
or not in an estate, requiring him to attend at a time and place stated in the
notice and be examined concerning the occupation of the land. (Amended 15
of 1982 s. 10)
(3) The Authority and an authorized officer may require a person holding
a lease to produce it at such time and place as the Authority or authorized
officer may specify.

25A. Restricted roads

(1) The Authority may, with the approval of the Commissioner for
Transport and the Director of Highways, designate in the prescribed manner
any road or length of a road to be a restricted road. (Amended L.N. 76 of
1982; L.N. 127 of 1986)
(2)The Authority may restrict the entry to, or the parking of vehicles on,
a restricted road to vehicles owned or used by-
(a) the Authority or the Government;
(b) the tenants of premises abutting on the restricted road;
(c) bona fide visitors of such tenants; and
(d) other persons permitted by the Authority.
(3) Entry to a restricted road may be refused by the Authority to a vehicle
owned or used by any person specified in subsection (2)(b), (c) or (d) if no
parking place is available on the restricted road for the parking of the vehicle or
temporarily for any other reason.





(4) Nothing in this section shall apply to the rolling stock of the North-west
Railway as defined in the Kowloon-Canton Railway Corporation Ordinance(Cap.
372). (Added 56 of 1986 s.24)

(Added 19 of 1978 s. 4)

25B. Removal, etc., of vehicles

(1) For the purposes of this section and section 25C 'vehicle' includes any
load carried by a vehicle.

(2) The Authority or an authorized officer may impound or remove any vehicle
which is

(a)on a restricted road in contravention of a restriction imposed under
section 25A(2) or a refusal of entry imposed under section 25A(3);

(b)parked, or permitted to remain at rest, for whatever reason in any
place on a restricted road other than in a parking place;

(c)parked, or permitted to remain at rest, for whatever reason on a
pavement, road verge or hard shoulder of a restricted road or on a
centre reservation or traffic island on a restricted road;

(d)parked in a parking place unless such parking is authorized by the
Authority or an authorized officer; or (Amended 15 of 1982 S. 11)

(e)parked in a car park unless such parking is authorized by the
Authority or an authorized officer. (Amended 15 of 1982 s.]])

(3) The power of impounding or removing a vehicle under subsection (2) shall
be exercised only when

(a) the vehicle is unattended and the driver cannot be located; or

(b)the driver is unable to remove the vehicle, or refuses or fails to
remove the vehicle, on being requested to do so by the Authority or
an authorized officer.

(4) Subject to section 25C, any vehicle impounded or removed under this
section may be detained by the Authority until there is paid to the Authority such
impounding or removal charge and storage charge as may be prescribed and any
parking fee incurred in respect of the vehicle prior to its impounding or removal.

(Added 19 of 1978 s. 4)

25C. Sale of detained vehicles

(1) When a vehicle which is detained under section 25B is not claimed within 3
days after its detention, the Authority or an authorized officer shall serve on the
registered owner of the vehicle a notice informing him(Amended 79 of 1979 s. 2; 15 of
1982 s. 12)





(a) of the detention of the vehicle and the place of detention; and

(b)that unless the vehicle is removed from the place of detention, on
payment of any charges and parking fee payable under section
25B(4), within 14 days after the service of the notice on him, the
vehicle shall become the property of the Authority free from the
rights of any person and may be disposed of by the Authority by
sale or otherwise.

(2) If a vehicle is not removed in accordance with the notice served under
subsection (1), the vehicle shall become the property of the Authority free from the
rights of any person and may be disposed of by the Authority by sale or otherwise
as it thinks fit.

(3) If, within 6 months after the day on which a vehicle is sold pursuant to
subsection (2), any person satisfies the Authority that at the time the vehicle
became the property of the Authority by virtue of that subsection, he was the
registered owner of the vehicle, the Authority shall pay to such person the balance
of the proceeds of sale after deducting- (Amended 15 of 1982 s. 12)

(a) any charges and parking fee payable under section 25B(4); and

(b)any reasonable charges incurred by the Authority in respect of the
sale of the vehicle.

(Added 19 of 1978 s. 4)

PART V

OFFENCES AND
PENALTIES

26. False statements

(1) Any person who knowingly makes any false statement-

(a)in furnishing the particulars specified in a requisition under section
25(1);

(b) in an examination under section 25(2); or

(e) in respect of an application for a lease, shall be guilty of an ofrence and
shall be liable on conviction to a fine of $20,000 and to imprisonment for 6 months.

(2) Any person who makes any statement to the Authority-

(a)in respect of any matter relating to the purchase of land in an estate or
of land in respect of which the Authority is authorized to nominate
purchasers; or

(b)in providing any information to the Authority in respect of such
matter,
which he knows to be false or misleading as to a material particular shall be
guilty of an offence and shall be liable on conviction to a fine of $200,000 and to
imprisonment for 1 year. (Added33 of 1978s. 8)

(Amended 15 of 1982 s. 13)





under section 26(2)

committed in
either---
(a)
(1) Where a court convicts a person of an offence under section 26(2)
relation to the purchase of land by him, the court shall order,

that the land purchased by the offender be transferred to the
Authority or to such person as the Authority may nominate; or
(b)that the offender forfeit to the Crown a sum equivalent to the
difference between the purchase price of the land, including any
amount paid to the Crown under paragraph 1(b) of the Schedule,
and its market value, with vacant possession and without any
restriction as to alienation, conveyance or parting with pos-
session, at the date of the conviction:
Provided that-
(i) the court may, for special reason relating to the circumstances of
the offence, which it shall record, dispense with making an order;
and
(ii)the court shall not make an order mentioned in paragraph (a)
where it would prejudice another person who has, in good faith
and for valuable consideration, acquired an interest in the land.
(2) Following an order made under subsection (1)(a), the court shall
appoint a person to transfer the land and to execute all proper conveyances for
this purpose, against payment to the offender of the purchase price, including
any amount paid to the Crown under paragraph 1(b) of the Schedule, paid by
him, less-
(a)the amount due under any registered mortgage, which shall be
paid to the mortgagee; and
(b)any other amount that would have been deductible if the offender
had assigned the land to the Authority or its nominee under the
agreement for sale and purchase or the deed of assignment to
him.

(Added 15 of 1982 s. 14)

26B. Court orders on conviction of other
person under section 26(2)

(1) Where a court convicts a person of an offence under section 26(2)
committed in relation to the purchase of land by another person, the
court shall, on the application of the Authority, summon the purchaser to
appear before it to show cause why an order should not be made under
subsection (3).





(2) The summons mentioned in subsection (1) shall be served on the purchaser
personally or by leaving it with some person at the purchaser's residence.

(3) If the purchaser fails to appear to answer to the summons or if the court,
after due inquiry, is satisfied that the purchaser

(a)knew that the statement which was the subject of the offence had
been made by the convicted person to the Authority; and

(b)knew that the statement was false or misleading or, with reasonable
diligence, could have ascertained that it was false or misleading,

the court shall order, either-

(i)that the land purchased by the purchaser be transferred to the
Authority or to such person as the Authority may nominate; or

(ii) that the purchaser forfeit to the Crown a sum equivalent to the
different between the purchase price of the land including any
amount paid to the Crown under paragraph 1(b) of the Schedule, and
its market value, with vacant possession and without any restriction
as to alienation, conveyance or parting with possession, at the date
of the order.

(4) (a)The court may, for special reason relating to the circumstances of the
offence, which it shall record, dispense with making an order
mentioned in subsection (3).

(b)The court shall not make an order mentioned in subsection (3)(i)
where it would prejudice another person who has, in good faith and
for valuable consideration, acquired an interest in the land.

(5) Following an order made under subsection (3)(i), the court shall appoint a
person to transfer the land and to execute all proper conveyances for this purpose,
against payment to the purchaser of the purchase price including any amount paid
to the Crown under paragraph 1(b) of the Schedule, paid by him, less

(a)the amount due under any registered mortgage, which shall be paid to
the mortgagee; and

(b)any other amount that would have been deductible if the purchaser
had assigned the land to the Authority or its nominee under the
agreement for sate and purchase or the deed of assignment to him.

(6) For the purposes of subsection (3), the state of the purchaser's knowledge
shall be judged at any time before the land was conveyed to him.

(7) For the purposes of conducting the procedure in the inquiry mentioned in
subsection (3), the court shall have all the powers possessed by it when
conducting any other hearing within its jurisdiction.

(Added 15 of 1982 s. 14)





27. Refusal to furnish information

Any person who-

(a)refuses or neglects to furnish any of the particulars specified in a
requisition under section 25(1);

(b)refuses or neglects, when required under section 25(3), to produce
his lease,
shall be guilty of an offence and shall be liable on conviction to a fine of $10,000
and to imprisonment for 3 months.

27A. Unlawful alienation

(Amended 15 of 1982 s. 15)

Any person, other than a mortgagee under a mortgage guaranteed either
wholly or in part by the Crown, who, in the circumstances mentioned in section 17B,
alienates or conveys, purports to alienate or convey, parts with possession or
enters into an agreement to alienate, convey or part with possession, of the land
mentioned in that section commits an offence and is liable to a fine of $200,000 and
to imprisonment for 1 year.

(Added 15 of 1982 s. 16)

28. Offences in respect of leases

(1) Any person who, without the consent of the Authority, alters a lease shall
be guilty of an offence and shall be liable on conviction to a fine of $2,000 and to
imprisonment for 6 months.

(2) Any person who, knowing that a lease has been altered without the consent
of the Authority, makes any claim under, upon or by virtue of the same shall be
guilty of an ofrence and shall be liable on conviction to a fine of $2,000 and to
imprisonment for 6 months. (Added 42 of 1976s. 6)

29. Obstruction

Any person who obstructs the Authority or an authorized officer in the
exercise of any power or the performance of any duty conferred or imposed under
this Ordinance shall be guilty of an offence and shall be liable on conviction to a
fine of $2,000 and to imprisonment for 6 months.

29A. Limitation of time for prosecution of offences

Notwithstanding anything in the Magistrates Ordinance (Cap. 227)

(a) proceeding in respect of an offence against any section of this
Ordinance, other than section 26(2), may be brought at any time





within 2 years next after the commission of the offence or within 6
months after the discovery thereof by an authorized officer,
whichever period expires first;

(b)proceedings in respect of an offence against section 26(2) may be
brought at any time within 6 years next after the commission of the
offence or within 1 year after the discovery thereof by an authorized
officer, whichever period expires first.

(Replaced 33 of 1978s. 9. Amended 15 of 1982 s.17)

PART VI

GENERAL

30. Authority may make bylaws

(1) The Authority may make bylaws to provide for-

(a) the management and control of its estates;

(b) the sanitation and cleansing of its estates;

(c) the health of persons living in its estates;

(d) the selection of persons to whom leases may be granted;

(e)the manner in which applications for leases of premises in its estates
may be made;

(f)the preservation of good order and the prevention of abuses and
nuisances in its estates;

(fa) the management and control of common parts; (Added 33 of 1978s.
10)

(g) the control of the use of vehicles within its estates;

(ga) the control of access by vehicles to, and the regulation of parking of
vehicles on, restricted roads; (Added 19 of 1978 s. 5)

(gb) the control of the user of car parks and parking places and other
matters relating thereto; (Added 19 of 1978 s. 5)

(gc) the erection, with the approval of the Commissioner for Transport
and the Director of Highways, of road barriers and signs on
restricted roads; (Added 19 of 1978 s. 5. Amended L.N. 76 of 1982;
L.N. 127 of 1986)

(gd) the impounding and removal of vehicles, the storage of such
vehicles, and prescribing charges therefor; (Added 19 of 1978 s.5)

(ge) the ascertaining of the names and addresses of the registered owners
and drivers of vehicles using restricted roads, car parks and parking
places; (Added 15 of 1982 s. 18)

(h) the eviction of trespassers from its estates;

(i) the better carrying out of this Ordinance.





(2) Bylaws made by the Authority shall be subject to the approval of the
Legislative Council.

31. No claim to lie against the Authority
or the Government

Neither the Government, nor the Authority or any authorized officer, shall
be liable for any loss or damage suffered by any person in consequence of
anything done under section 24.

32. Certain parts of estates to be public places

Any land in an estate (other than land leased under section 16 or land
which has been sold or otherwise disposed of under section 17A) vested in or
under the control and management of the Authority shall be deemed to be a
public place for the purposes of the Summary Offences Ordinance (Cap. 228)
and the Public Order Ordinance (Cap. 245).

(Amended 33 of 1978 s. 11)

33. Power to specify forms

(1) The Authority may specify the forms to be used under this Ordinance.
(2) The Authority may publish in the Gazette any form specified by it
under subsection (1).

34. Exemptions

(1) The Authority shall, for the purpose of this Ordinance, be exempt
from the Inland Revenue Ordinance (Cap. 112).
(2) Property vested in or placed under the control of the Authority for the
purposes of this Ordinance shall be exempt from Part 1 of the Landlord and
Tenant (Consolidation) Ordinance (Cap. 7).

35. Dispute as to English or Chinese version of lease, etc.

If any dispute arises in respect of any difference between the English
version and the Chinese version of any lease, assignment, agreement, deed of
mutual covenant, letter, notice or other document required, granted, issued or
made by, under or for the purposes of this Ordinance, the English version shall
prevail.

(Amended 33 of 1978 s. 12)





36. Savings

(1) Any lease, tenancy, permit or licence granted under the repealed
Housing Ordinance (Cap. 283, 1964 Ed.) or the repealed Resettlement
Ordinance (Cap. 304, 1971 Ed.) and in force at the commencement of this
Ordinance shall continue in force and have effect upon the same terms,
covenants and conditions as if it were a lease.
(2) Any document referring to the repealed Resettlement Ordinance
(Cap. 304, 1971 Ed.) shall, so far as may be necessary for preserving its effect,
be construed as referring to or as including a reference to this Ordinance.

37. Vesting of property

(1) All the immovable property vested in the former Authority at the
commencement of this Ordinance shall at that date be vested in the Authority
by virtue of this Ordinance for the residue of the term of years created by the
respective Crown leases, subject to the covenants, conditions, stipulations,
exceptions, reservations, provisos and powers contained in and reserved by the
said Crown leases.
(2) Any other property, right and privilege vested in the former Authority
at the commencement of this Ordinance shall at that date be vested in the
Authority by virtue of this Ordinance on the terms and conditions, if any, on
which the same was vested at that date, and the Authority shall be subject to
the obligations and liabilities to which the former Authority was subject at the
commencement of this Ordinance.
(3) All rights, obligations and liabilities which immediately before the
commencement of this Ordinance were vested in or imposed on the
Commissioner for Housing shall, at the commencement of this Ordinance, be
deemed to be the rights, obligations and liabilities of the Authority.
(4) In this section, -former Authority' means the Hong Kong Housing
Authority established by the repealed Housing Ordinance (Cap. 283, 1964 Ed.).

38. Transitional

(1) The control and management of all land in respect of which, at the
commencement of this Ordinance, a competent authority had been appointed
shall vest in the Authority.
(2) Any other property, right and privilege vested in a competent
authority at the commencement of this Ordinance shall vest in the Authority on
the terms and conditions, if any, on which the same was vested at that date, and
the Authority shall be subject to the obligations and liabilities to which the
competent authority was subject at the commencement of this Ordinance.
(3) At the commencement of this Ordinance, every competent authority
shall deliver to the Authority all books, papers, documents, minutes, receipts





and accounts relating to the competent authority and to its operation under the
repealed Resettlement Ordinance (Cap. 304, 1971 Ed.).

(4) Every contract entered into under section 57 of the repealed Resettlement
Ordinance (Cap. 304, 1971 Ed.), whether in writing or not, to which a competent
authority was a party and which was in force immediately prior to the
commencement of this Ordinance, and whether or not of such nature that the rights
and liabilities thereunder could be assigned, shall have effect as from the
commencement of this Ordinance as if

(a) the Authority had been a party to such agreement; and

(b)for any reference (however worded and whether express or implied)
to a competent authority there were substituted in respect of
anything to be done on or after the commencement of this Ordinance
a reference to the Authority.

(5) Any proceedings under the repealed Resettlement Ordinance (Cap. 304,
1971 Ed.) pending at the commencement of this Ordinance to which a competent
authority was a party shall be continued as if the Authority was a party thereto in
lieu of the competent authority.

(6) Where anything under the repealed Resettlement Ordinance (Cap. 304, 1971
Ed.) has been commenced by or under the authority of a competent authority and
such thing is within the power of the Authority or was done in relation to any of the
matters transferred by this section to the Authority, such thing may be carried on
and completed by, or under the authority of, the Authority.

(7) Where, at the commencement of this Ordinance, rent is payable under the
repealed Resettlement Ordinance (Cap. 304, 1971 Ed.) in respect of any lease, the
Authority may, subject to subsections (8) and (9), vary, without the agreement of
the tenant, the rent so payable.

(8) The Authority shall, if it intends to vary the rent of a lease under subsection
(7), give to the tenant not less than 1 month's notice in writing of its intention and
shall state in the notice the amount of the new rent.

(9) Subsection (7) shall not apply if the tenant has paid, or agreed to pay, a
fine, premium or other consideration (other than rent) in order to obtain his lease.

(10) In this section 'competent authority' means a competent authority under
the repealed Resettlement Ordinance (Cap. 304, 1971 Ed.).

SCHEDULE

TERMS, COVENANTS AND CONDITIONS

[ss. 17AA, 26A &
26B]

1. Subject to paragraph 4, the purchaser shall not at any time alienate or convey, purport to
alienate or convey, part with possession or enter into any agreement to alienate, convey or part
with possession of, the land sold other than to the Authority, or such person as the Authority
may nominate, unless





(a) either-

(i) a period of 10 years has elapsed from the date of the assignment to the

purchaser; or

(ii) before that period has elapsed, the purchaser has offered to assign the land to

the Authority and the Authority or its nominee has declined to accept the
assignment; and

(b)the purchaser has first paid to the Crown an amount equal to that proportion of the
full market value, as assessed by the Director of Housing, of the land at the time of
that payment which is the same proportion of the full market value, as specified in
the deed of assignment, of the land at the time of the sale to the purchaser which
was not paid by the purchaser at the time of the assignment to him. (Amended 16 of
1988s.]])

Where the purchaser offers to assign the land to the Authority, or a person nominated by
the Authority, the purchase price shall be

(a)where the purchaser offers to assign the land before a period of 5 years has elapsed
from the date of the assignment to the purchaser, an amount equal to the price
(excluding interest on the price and any legal or other expenses incurred in
connection with the purchase of the land by the purchaser) paid by the purchaser on
assignment of the land to him;

(b)where the purchaser offers to assign the land after a period of not less than 5 years
has elapsed from the date of the assignment to the purchaser, an amount fixed by
the Director of Housing who, in fixing that amount, shall have regard to the price of
land, as similar as possible to that to be assigned by the purchaser, being offered for
sale, either by the Authority or in respect of which the Authority is authorized to
nominate purchasers, at the time of the purchaser's offer to assign:

Provided that if no such land is being offered for sale at that time, the
Director of Housing shall have regard to the price of such land last offered for sale.
(Amended ]6of 1988s. 11)

3. Against assignment of the land to the Authority, or a person nominated by the Authority, the
purchaser shall be entitled to receive the price as mentioned in paragraph 2(a) or (b), less

(a) the amount due under any registered mortgage, which shall be paid to the mortgagee;

(b) any rates or property tax due in respect of the land;

(c)any amount certified by the Authority as being the reasonable cost of making good
any damage or deterioration to the land;

(d) any amount due under any deed of mutual covenant in respect of the land;

(e) all legal costs and other expenses, fees and duty payable in respect of the
assignment
by the purchaser; and
any electricity, gas, water or other public utility charges due in respect of the land,

4. Notwithstanding that the purchaser has not paid the amount mentioned in paragraph 1, he
may, for the purpose of raising purchase money for the purchase of the land, mortgage the
land to such persons, and on such terms, as are authorized by the Director of Housing. (Amended
16 of 1988 s. 11)

2.

(Schedule added 15 of 1982 s.
19)

Abstract



Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3107

Edition

1964

Volume

v19

Subsequent Cap No.

283

Number of Pages

27
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:30:31 +0800
<![CDATA[EMPLOYEES' COMPENSATION (RULES OF COURT) RULES]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3106

Title

EMPLOYEES' COMPENSATION (RULES OF COURT) RULES

Description






EMPLOYEES COMPENSATION (RULES OF COURT) RULES

EMPLOYEES;

ARRANGEMENT OF RULES

Rule
PRELIMINARY

Citation ... ... ... ... ...

:

1.

2. interpretation
3. Forms and fees

4. General duties of registrar
5. Marking of documents
6. Separate records to be kept
7. Application Record Book

8..........[Revoked] ... ...

9. Signature of registrar sufficient

10. Full name and address to be furnished ...

11..................Change of address to be notified ... ...

12. When change of address to be effective

13..................General provisions as to service ... ...

14.

is.

SERVICE OF
PROCESS

Court may direct manner of service in particular cases ...
Service to be effected by parties ... ...

APPLICATIO
NS

Procedure after lodging application ...
Request for further particulars ... ...
Amendments ... ... ... ...
Payment into court ... ...
Copies to be furnished ... ...
Procedure where sub-contractor desires to intervene
Disputing sub-contractor to appear before court ...
Interested party may be joined
Medical and burial expenses
Periodical payments ... ...

Page

REGISTRAR OF THE
COURT

. ..........







........ ... ...

16. Method of application

17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.
27.
28.

.83
.83
.93

.B 3
.B 3
.B 3
.B 3
.B 4
.B 4

.84
.B 4
.B 4
.84
.B 5
.B 5

...B 5
...B 5
...B 6
...86
...B 7
...B 7
...B 7
...B 7
...B 7
...B 8
...B 8
Application to make an agreement as to compensation an order of the court ... B 8

Application for review ................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 8













Rule

29. Special case

30. Fees...
Schedule. Forms ...

SPECIAL CASE

Procedure in submitting any question of law

Page

FEES

B 9
B 9





EMPLOYEES' COMPENSATION (RULES OF
COURT) RULES

(Cap. 282, section 50)

PRELIMINARY

G.N.A. 162153.

G.N.A. 84/56.
A. 84156.
G.N.A. A.
63161. L.N '
18417 . L.N.
261175. L.N.
240110 L.N.
227183.

[1 December 1953.1

1. These rules may be cited as the Employees' Compensation Citation.
(Rules of Court) Rules. L.N. 240/80.

2. In these rules-

'Schedule' means a Schedule to these rules;

Interpretation.

'the Ordinance' means the Employees' Compensation Ordinance.(Cap. 282.)

3. The forms contained in the Schedule or forms to the like Forms and fees. effect
shall be used with such variations and modifications as the Schedule. circumstances may
require.

G.N.A. 84156.

REGISTRAR OF THE
COURT

4. It shall be the duty of the registrar of the court, upon General duties of request, to

(a)give information as to matters of form or procedure to any
party, and to supply to any party who is not legally
represented any form required by these rules for use in
matters or proceedings before a court;

(b)fill in and make copies of any necessary forms whenever a
party, who is not legally represented, is unable to do so
owing to illiteracy, blindness, or other physical cause;

(c) issue all necessary process.

registrar.

5. The registrar of the court shall mark with a separate Marking of number the
first document lodged with him by an applicant, and any documents.

document lodged subsequently by any party in relation to that
application shall first be marked with the same number by the party
lodging it and unless so marked may be refused by the registrar of
the court.

6. The registrar of the court shall file under their respectiveSeparate records







numbers and keep separate the records of all applications under the to be kept.
Ordinance.

7. The registrar of the court shall keep a book, to be calledApplication

the 'Application Record Book', which shall be in the form and Record Book.
contain the particulars set out in Form 12 in the Schedule. Form 12.





8. [Revoked, L.N. 261/75.]

9. Any minute of any order or appointment made by the court and
any receipt to be given by the court may be signed by the registrar of
the court.

SERVICE OF
PROCESS

10. The first document lodged by a party with the registrar of the
court shall bear such party's full name and such address as will enable
service of notices and documents to be effected on him either by
delivery or through the post. A post office box alone shall not be a
sufficient address for the purposes of this rule.

11. Any change of such address shall forthwith be notified, by the
party making such change, to the registrar of the court and to the other
party or parties to the proceedings.

12. Any address lodged by a party in pursuance of this rule shall
remain an address for service of such party from the date of lodging
such address until 48 hours after change thereof has been notified as
prescribed in the preceding rule.

13. Save as is otherwise specially provided in the Ordinance or
these rules, the following provisions shall apply to service of
applications, answers, orders, notices, and other documents which, by
the Ordinance or the rules made thereunder, are required to be served on
any person who resides in the Colony or who has an address for service
in the Colony or who has authorized a person resident in the Colony to
accept service on his behalf--

(a)Service may be effected by sending (within 24 hours after the
document to be served has been lodged with the registrar of
the court) a copy thereof by prepaid registered post to the
party to be served at his address for service. Every copy so
sent shall, until the contrary is proved or unless and until the
copy is returned by the postal authorities, be deemed to have
been served on the person to whom it was so addressed at the
time at which it would be delivered in the ordinary course of
post.

(b)Where a party to an application employs a legal practitioner
for the purposes of the application, service upon that party
may be effected by delivery of the document at the office of
such legal practitioner.

(c)Service may also be effected through the bailiff of the court in
the manner provided by the rules governing service of
summons in actions in the court.





(d)Service may be validly effected in any other manner,
provided that a receipt, stating the date and hour of service
signed by the person to be served or by a person entitled to
give such receipt on his behalf, is endorsed on the docu-
ment or on a copy thereof.

14. Where any respondent to an application either does not
come within the provisions made in the preceding rule, or cannot be
served in any of the manners provided in that rule, the court may,
upon application ex parte supported by an affidavit stating the
circumstances, direct in what manner service shall be effected upon
him, including service by newspaper advertisement; and service in
accordance with such directions shall be valid and effectual.

15. Save where other provision is made, service shall be
effected by or at the instance of the parties.

APPLICATIONS

16. (1) An employee or an employer or any other person who
desires the determination of any question arising out of an accident
in which compensation is or might be claimed shall lodge with the
registrar of the court a written application in Form 1, 2 or 3 in the
Schedule accompanied by particulars containing---

(a)a concise statement of the circumstances in which the
application is made and the relief or order which the
applicant claims, or the question which he desires to have
determined;

(b)the full name and address of the applicant, and the name
and address of the respondent.

(2) If the application be made by an employer, it shall be
accompanied by a statement whether he admits his liability to pay
compensation or denies such liability, and whether the admission or
denial is total or partial, and if he admits or denies liability partially,
a statement of the extent to which he admits or denies liability. In
the case of a denial of liability, the grounds shall be stated.

17. (1) As soon as an application, together with the accom-
panying particulars and statements required by rule 16, has been
lodged, the registrar of the court shall cause a copy thereof to be
served upon the respondent together with a notice in Form 4 in the
Schedule informing the respondent that he must lodge with the
registrar of the court such an answer as set out in paragraph (2)
within the period therein stated, and that in default of his complying
with that paragraph or of his appearing at a time and place fixed in
the notice, such order may be made as the court deems just and
expedient. Save with the written consent of the respondent com-





municated to the registrar of the court, not less than 1 month shall
elapse between the date of the service of the notice upon the
respondent and the date fixed for hearing the application.

(2) If the respondent intends to oppose an application he shall,
within 21 days after service of the notice, or within such extended period
as the court may upon special request allow, lodge with the registrar a
written answer in Form 5 in the Schedule containing a concise statement
of the extent and grounds of his opposition.

(3) The court may, at any time before the determination of the
question in dispute and upon such terms as to adjournment or as to
costs as may be deemed just, allow an application, or any particulars or
statement accompanying the same, or any answer thereto, to be
amended. Any such amendment shall be lodged with the registrar of the
court who shall forthwith cause it to be served upon the opposite party.

18. (1) The respondent may, not later than 14 days after he has
received notice of application, serve on the applicant a request in
writing in Form 6 in the Schedule for further particulars of the grounds
upon which the application is made, specifying in such request the
questions as to which he desires to have information; and the applicant
may, not later than 14 days after he has received the answer to the
application, serve on the respondent a request in writing for similar
particulars of the grounds upon which the application is opposed.

(2) A copy of any such request shall forthwith be lodged with the
registrar of the court by the party making the request, and a copy of a
reply thereto shall forthwith be lodged with the registrar of the court by
the party making the reply.

(3) If the party so requested to furnish particulars fails to do within
14 days from the date of service of the request aforesaid and in
consequence of such failure it is necessary to adjourn the hearing of the
application, the court may order that the costs occasioned by such
adjournment shall be paid by the party so in default. The court may
disallow, with costs, any request for particulars which appears to the
court to be unnecessary or vexatious. The court may award against the
party making a request for particulars the costs of the replies thereto.

19. Where an applicant wishes to amend his application or any
particulars or statement accompanying it, or where a respondent wishes
to amend his answer to an application, the party wishing to make such
amendment shall forthwith lodge with the registrar of the court a
statement in writing of such amendment, and shall at the same time serve
a copy thereof upon the other party or parties to the proceedings.





20. (1) A respondent from whom compensation is claimed may pay
into court a sum which is considered by him to be sufficient to cover
his liability.

(2) If no greater compensation be awarded than the sum of money
which the respondent has paid into court, the court may order that any
costs incurred by such respondent, after payment by him into court of
the said sum of money, shall be paid by the applicant.

21. The parties shall lodge with the registrar of the court such
copies of documents as are required to be served by the registrar of the
court on the other party to the application or to be sent to him.

22. (1) Where a principal contractor has given notice (such notice
to be in Form 10 in the Schedule) to a sub-contractor of a claim or
application for compensation made against the principal contractor, and
the sub-contractor desires to intervene, he shall forthwith lodge with
the registrar of the court a notice in Form 11 in the Schedule that he so
intervenes and shall forthwith serve copies of such notice of
intervention upon the applicant and the principal contractor. The sub-
contractor shall thereupon be entitled to make copies of the application
and of any other document then lodged with the registrar of the court in
connexion with the application.

(2) A sub-contractor who has so lodged with the registrar of the
court notice that he intervenes shall lodge an answer to the application
within 14 days after service upon him of the said notice given by the
principal contractor or within such further time as the court may on
application allow.

(3) The court may, on the hearing of the application, either order
that such person be made a respondent if the court is satisfied that he
is entitled so to intervene, or may refuse to make him a respondent and
order him to pay the costs incurred by his intervention if satisfied that
he is not entitled so to intervene.

23. If any person served with a notice as a sub-contractor desires
to dispute the applicant's claim or his own liability to the principal
contractor he shall appear before the court; and in default of his so
doing he shall be deemed to admit the validity of any order against the
principal contractor whether such order is made by consent or
otherwise, and his own liability to indemnify the principal contractor to
the extent claimed in the notice served on him by the principal
contractor.

24. The court may at any stage of the proceedings, upon request
made to it in writing or of its own motion, order that any person
appearing to be interested be joined in the proceedings.

- -





25. (1) An application to determine what sum is payable
in respect of medical attendance on or the burial of a deceased
employee who leaves no dependants shall be made by the personal
representative, if any, of the deceased employee, or, if there be no
such personal representative, or he fails to make such application, by
any person to whom any such expenses are due. In the latter case
any other person known to the applicant to be a person to whom
any such expenses are due shall be joined in the application either as
applicant or as respondent.

(2) Where the amount awarded by the court on any such
application is insufficient to pay such expenses in full, it shall be
apportioned between the persons to whom such expenses are pay-
able in such manner as the court shall direct.

26. Where in any application or matter the court orders
compensation to be periodical payments in accordance with the
provisions of section 10 of the Ordinance such order shall be in
Form 7 in the Schedule.

27. An application in accordance with the provisions of sec-
tion 16A(8) or 17(13) of the Ordinance shall be in Form 3 of the
Schedule of the Employees' Compensation Regulations.

28. Any application for review made under the provisions of
section 19 of the Ordinance shall be in Form 8 in the Schedule, and
any order made in consequence of such review shall be in Form 9 in
the said Schedule.

SPECIAL CASE

Procedure in submitting any question of law

29.(a) When a court submits any question of law for the
decision of the Court of Appeal, the case shall be divided
into paragraphs numbered consecutively, and shall state
concisely such facts and refer to such documents as may
be necessary to enable the Court of Appeal to decide the
questions of law raised thereby.

(b)The case shall be signed and sent to the registrar of the
Supreme Court who shall appoint a day, hour and place
for hearing the case.

(c)The registrar of the Supreme Court shall forthwith cause
due notice of the day,. hour and place appointed for
hearing the case to be given to the parties; such notice shall
be not less than 14 clear days before the date of the
hearing, except with the consent of all parties.





(d)Any party shall be entitled to obtain from the registrar of the
Supreme Court a copy of the case.

(e)After deciding the question submitted to it, the Court of
Appeal shall remit the case with a memorandum of its decision
to the court.

The Court of Appeal may remit the case to the court for
restatement or further statement.

(g)The costs of the hearing of a case shall be in the discretion of
the Court of Appeal and shall form part of the proceedings
before the court.

FEES

30. No fees shall be payable in respect of any application made or
proceeding instituted pursuant to any of the provisions of the
Ordinance.

SCHEDULE

FORM 1

EMPLOYEES' COMPENSATION (RULES OF COURT) RULES

Application by Injured Employee in respect of Compensation Payable to
him

[rule 3.]

[rule 16.]

In the matter of an Application between-

and

....................................... applicant,

....................................... . respondent.

1. (a) On the ...........day of ....19 personal injury

by accident arising out of and in the course of employment was caused to
the
applicant, an employee employed by the respondent/*the I st respondent.

(b)*At all material times the I st respondent was a sub-contractor within the
meaning of the Ordinance to a principal contractor within the meaning of
the Ordinance namely the 2nd respondent.

2. An application under the Ordinance is hereby made by the applicant for the
following relief or order

(a) *compensation under section (s) .of the Ordinance.

(b)*cancellation of an agreement between the applicant and the 1st/2nd
respondent pursuant to section 17B(1)(a) and/or (b) and/or (c) of the
Ordinance.

3. Particulars are as follows







PARTICULARS

(1) Date of birth or age of the applicant at the date of the accident
..................

...................................

(2) Nature of employment of the applicant at the time of the accident

(3)Date and place of accident, nature of work on which the applicant was
then engaged and nature of accident and cause of injury
....................................

(4) Nature of injury ...................................................................

(5) Particulars of incapacity and/or of constant attention ...

(6) Monthly earnings of the applicant from employment with the respondent-
(a) for the month immediately preceding the accident ...............................

(b) on average during the 12 months (or any lesser period of employment

with the employer) prior to the -accident 1

(7) If temporary incapacity pursuant to section 10 of the Ordinance is alleged,
monthly earnings (if any) which the applicant is earning or is capable of earning (if
known) during the period of temporary incapacity ....................................................

(8) Amount claimed as compensation ...............................................................
(9) Date of giving notice of accident to respondent ...........................................
(10) If notice not given, reason for omission to give such notice .........................

The name and address of the applicant or his solicitor are-

Of the applicant
..................................................................................................

Of his solicitor
.....................................................................................................

The name and address of the respondent(s) to be served with this application

are ......................-

Dated this day of

* Delete as required.

19

...........

Applicant/Solicitor for the Applicant








1983 Ed.] Employees' Compensation (Rules of Court) Rules





FORM 2

EMPLOYEES' COMPENSATION (RULES OF COURT)
RULES

..................



[rule 16.]

Application on behalf of Dependants of Deceased Employee in respect of
Compensation Payable where death has resulted from injury to the
Employee

The ...............Court of

In the matter of an Application between-

.................... , applicant,

................................ . respondent.

1. (a) On the ...........day of 19 personal injury

causing death by accident arising out of and in the course of employment

was caused to .....deceased, an employee employed
by the respondent/* 1st respondent.













(b)*At all material times the I st respondent was a sub-contractor within the
meaning of the Ordinance to a principal contractor within the meaning of
the Ordinance namely the 2nd respondent.

2. An application under the Ordinance is hereby made by ........................
acting on behalf of the dependants of the deceased employee against the
respondent(s) for compensation pursuant to the Ordinance.

3. Particulars are as follows-

PARTICULARS

(1) Date of birth or age of the deceased employee at the date of the accident

(2) Nature of employment of the deceased at the time of the accident

(3)Date and place of accident, nature of work on which the deceased was
then engaged, and nature of accident and cause of injury
...................................

(4) Nature of injury to the deceased and date of death
.....................................

(5) Monthly earnings of the deceased from employment with the
respondent(a) for the month immediately preceding the accident
............................... (b) on average during the 12 months (or any lesser
period of employment with the employer) prior to the accident
...............................................

(6)Particulars as to dependants of the deceased by whom or on whose behalf
the application is made

Relationship Wholly/
Description/ to the Partially
Name A Address Occupation deceased , Age Dependent

(7) Amount claimed as compensation

(8) Date of giving notice of accident to respondent(s)
.......................................

(9) If notice not given, reason for omission to give such notice
.........................

The name and address of the applicant or his solicitor are-

Of the applicant

Of his solicitor ..

The name and address of the respondent(s) to be served with this application

Dated this day of

* Delete as required.

19

...................

Applicant/Solicitor for the Applicant

















[1983 Ed. Employees' Compensation (Rules of Court) Rules







FORM 3

EMPLOYEES' COMPENSATION (RULES OF COURT)
RULES

General Application

The ..............Court of

Case No . ..........................

In the matter of an Application between-

.................................. applicant,
.................and

Application is hereby made by (1) ..............................................................



[rule 16.] L.N.
227/83.

................................ . respondent.












The circumstances in which the application is made are shortly as follows: (3)

The relief or order which the applicant claims is shortly as follows: (4) ................

The full names and addresses of the applicant and his solicitor are

Of the applicant .............

Of his solicitor

The name and address of the respondent to be served with this application are

Dated this ...................day of 19

Applicant (or his Solicitor)

Note. -Where the application is made by an employer, and any question of his liability to pay compensation is
involved, it must be accompanied by a statement whether he admits his liability to pay compensation or denies
such liability, and whether the admission or denial is total or partial. and if he admits or denies liability partially,
a statement of the extent to which he admits or denies liability. In the case of a denial of liability, the ground shall
be stated.

(1) Name and address of applicant.

(2) Name and address of respondent.

(3)State concisely in numbered paragraphs in chronological order the circumstances in which the
application is made.

(4) State concisely the relief or order which the applicant claims.






1983 Ed.] Employees' Compensation (Rules of Court) Rules




FORM 4
EMPLOYEES' COMPENSATION (RULES OF COURT) RULES
Notice to Respondent as to Application

The ..............
Case No.
In the matter of an Application between-

Court of ...................................................

[rule 17.]

applicant,

respondent.

TAKE NOTICE that, if you intend to oppose the application, of which a copy
is served upon you herewith, you must lodge with me, within 21 days after the
service of this notice upon you, a written answer thereto containing a concise
statement of the extent and grounds of your opposition.

And further take notice that ......the

........... day of ..19

at .........m., or so soon thereafter as the application can be heard,

............. a ............................................................

has been fixed as the time and place of the hearing of the application and that
in default of your lodging with me within the time aforesaid a written answer as
herein required, or of your appearing at the said time and place fixed for the
hearing of the application, such order may be made as the Court deems just and
expedient.

Dated this ..day of ............19

......................... Registrar of the Court

FORM 5

EMPLOYEES' COMPENSATION (RULES OF COURT) RULES

Respondent's answer to Notice

. Courtof...................................................

The .
Case No. .
In the matter of an Application between-

[rule 17]

., applicant,

................................. . respondent.












To the Registrar of the Court,

The respondent intends to oppose the above application.

The following is a concise statement of the extent and grounds of his

........................

Respondent (or his Counsel or Solicitor)

Place

The ......................................

Case No . .......

In the matter of an Application between-

FORM 6

EMPLOYEES' COMPENSATION (RULES OF COURT) RULES

Request for Particulars

................... Court of
....................................................

[rule 18.1

.................................. applicant,

, respondent.

TAKE NOTICE that you are hereby requested to furnish me with answers in
writing to the following questions: (2) .....................................................................

.Dated this ....day of 19

(1) Name and address of employee, applicant, or respondent to whom request is made. (2) State shortly
and clearly under consecutive numbers the questions to which answers are requested. (3) Signature and
address of person making the request.

FORM 7

EMPLOYEES' COMPENSATION (RULES OF COURT) RULES
Order for Periodical Payments

The .............. Court of

Case No
......................................................................................................................

[rule 26.]












In the matter of an Application between-

Itis orderedthat
(1)..........................................................................................
...

....................................... . applicant,

, respondent.

do forthwith pay to (2)
................................................................................................

at (3) ................................the taxed or assessed costs of an application

heard on the .day of ...........19 and

the sum of $ ..........................being the amount now due from the

to the said (2)
...................................................................................................
............

in respect of a monthly payment of ....from the

.............................day of 19 ~
being the

date of the injury, to the date of order; and do further pay at the same place on

every .................................day from the date of this order until

otherwise ordered, the sum of
.....................................................................................

Dated this ........day of 19

.... .......

......................... Registrar . . sir . a . Wthe
.. Court .

(1) Employer's name and address. (2)
Employee's name and address. (3) Place where
payment is to be made.


FORM 8

............EMPLOYEES' COMPENSATION (RULES OF COURT) RULES

............Application for the Revision of a Periodical
Payment

The ...............Court of

Case No ...................................................

[rule 28.]

In the matter of an Application between-

........................ , applicant,

and







........................ . respondent.

An application is hereby made by
.......................................................................

...................... . with respect to the

revision of the order made by the Court on the day of

.................... 19 .(or the agreement arrived at

between the said parties on the day of

19 ...................................) and for the termination (or suspension, diminution,

or increase, as the case may be) of the monthly payment payable to the said

....................................... under the said order

(or agreement) in respect of personal injury which arose out of and in the course of
his employment. '









are-

Particulars are hereto appended (or annexed)

PARTICULARS
(1) Name and address of injured employee
.......................................................

(2) Name and place of business of employer by whom compensation is

payable
......................................................................................
..................

(3) Date and nature of accident, and injury
......................................................

(4) Date of order or agreement fixing monthly payment, amount of such

payment, and date from which it commenced
.............................................

(5)Relief sought by applicant, (whether termination, suspension, diminution,
or increase)

...................................

(6)Grounds on which (termination, suspension, diminution or increase) is
claimed--

The names and addresses of the applicant and his Counsel or Solicitor

Of the applicant:

Of his Counsel
or Solicitor:

The .- ..A AA-. F th. to )- ..-.A with th;.

Dated this ..............day of 19

. Solicitor) -
.. ............

. .Solicitor)
c or

Coun
sel

Applicant 9or his
Counsel or Solicitor)

FORM 9
-EMPLOYEES' COMPENSATION (RULES OF COURT)
RULES
Order on Revision of Order/Agreement for Periodical
Payments

The
....................

CaseNo
......................................................................................................................







[rule 28.1

.......... Court of

In the matter of an Application between-

, respondent.










on ......day, the ....day of .....19

Upon revision of the order for periodical payments made
..................................

on the ..day of ..........19 .(or the agreement

arrived at between the said parties on the day of

................. 19 ) and upon hearing the evidence given

by ................and Mr. .
for the applicant and Mr. . for the respondent.

It is hereby ordered that the said order/agreement be varied in the following
manner:

and that the costs of the said
...................................................................................... of and
incidental to this application and order be taxed or assessed and paid by the said
................................................................................................
..................

Dated this ......day of 19

......

Registrar of the Court

FORM 10

EMPLOYEES' COMPENSATION (RULES OF COURT) RULES

Notice by Principal Contractor to Sub-Contractor

The
......................................................... Court of
...................................................

[rule 22.1

Case No .
.....................................................................................................................
In the matter of an Application between-

.................................. . applicant,

and

................................... . respondent.

Notice is hereby given to you that an application/a claim for compensation is

made against (2)
...................................................................................................
.......

by (3) ............................who alleges that

the said (4) ....................*''***'*********'***'*
....................

is liable to pay him compensation in respect of an accident which occurred at (5)

............. on the .............day







Dated this day of

....................... 19

(1) Name and address of the sub-contractor. (2) Name
and address of principal contractor. (3) Name and
address of employee. (4) Name of principal contractor.
(5) Place of accident. (6) Signature and address of
person giving the notice.












FORM 11

EMPLOYEES' COMPENSATION (RULES OF COURT) RULES

Notice of Intervention by Sub-Contractor

[rule 22]

In the matter of an Application between-

.............. ................. applicant,

To the Registrar of the Court and to the (applicant)
and the (principal contractor).

Notice is hereby given by (1)
................................................................................

..............................that he intervenes in this application for compensation
made by

The address for service of the said (4)
..................................................................

Dated this day of

(1) Name and addressor the sub-contractor. (2) Name of
employee. (3) Name of principal contractor. (4) Nameof
the sub-contractor. (5) Signature and address of the person
giving the notice.

FORM 12

EMPLOYEES' COMPENSATION (RULES OF COURT) RULES

Application Record Book

The ..............Court of

G.N.A. 162/53. G.N.A. 84/56. G.N.A. 63/61. L.N. 184/71. L.N. 261/75. L.N. 240/80. L.N. 227/83. Citation. L.N. 240/80. Interpretation. (Cap. 282.) Forms and fees. Schedule. G.N.A. 84/56. General duties of registrar. Marking of documents. Separate records to be kept. Application Record Book. Form 12. Signature of registrar sufficient. Full name and address to be furnished. Change of address to be notified. When change of address to be effective. General provisions as to service. Court may direct manner of service in particular cases. Service to be effected by parties. Method of application. L.N. 240/80. Forms 1, 2, 3. Procedure after lodging application. Form 4. Form 5. Request for further particulars. Form 6. Amendments. Payment into court. Copies to be furnished. Procedure where sub-contractor desires to intervene. L.N. 227/83. Forms 10 & 11. Disputing sub-contractor to appear before court. L.N. 227/83. Interested party may be joined. Medical and burial expenses. L.N. 240/80. Periodical payments. Form 7. Application to make an agreement as to compensation an order of the court. L.N. 227/83. Application for review. Forms 8&9. Special case. G.N.A. 63/61. Fees. G.N.A. 63/61. L.N. 227/83. L.N. 227/83. L.N. 227/83.

Abstract

G.N.A. 162/53. G.N.A. 84/56. G.N.A. 63/61. L.N. 184/71. L.N. 261/75. L.N. 240/80. L.N. 227/83. Citation. L.N. 240/80. Interpretation. (Cap. 282.) Forms and fees. Schedule. G.N.A. 84/56. General duties of registrar. Marking of documents. Separate records to be kept. Application Record Book. Form 12. Signature of registrar sufficient. Full name and address to be furnished. Change of address to be notified. When change of address to be effective. General provisions as to service. Court may direct manner of service in particular cases. Service to be effected by parties. Method of application. L.N. 240/80. Forms 1, 2, 3. Procedure after lodging application. Form 4. Form 5. Request for further particulars. Form 6. Amendments. Payment into court. Copies to be furnished. Procedure where sub-contractor desires to intervene. L.N. 227/83. Forms 10 & 11. Disputing sub-contractor to appear before court. L.N. 227/83. Interested party may be joined. Medical and burial expenses. L.N. 240/80. Periodical payments. Form 7. Application to make an agreement as to compensation an order of the court. L.N. 227/83. Application for review. Forms 8&9. Special case. G.N.A. 63/61. Fees. G.N.A. 63/61. L.N. 227/83. L.N. 227/83. L.N. 227/83.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3106

Edition

1964

Volume

v19

Subsequent Cap No.

282

Number of Pages

23
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:30:30 +0800
<![CDATA[EMPLOYEES' COMPENSATION REGULATIONS]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3105

Title

EMPLOYEES' COMPENSATION REGULATIONS

Description






EMPLOYEES' COMPENSATION REGULATIONS

(Cap. 282, section 49)

[1 December 1953.]

1. These regulations may be cited as the Employees' Compensation
Regulations.

2. In these regulations

'Schedule' means a Schedule to these Regulations;

'the Ordinance' means the Employees' Compensation Ordinance.

3. The notice of an accident required by section 14 of the
Ordinance to be given to an employer by or on behalf of an employee if
given in writing may be in Form 1 in the Schedule where the accident
caused personal injury and in Form 1A in the Schedule in the case of
incapacity or death due to an occupational disease.

4. Notice of an accident required by section 15 of the Ordinance to
be given by an employer to the Commissioner for Labour shall be in
writing and

(a)if the notice is required under subsection (1) or (2) of that
section, shall be in Form 2 in the Schedule where the accident
caused personal injury and in Form 2A in the Schedule in the
case of incapacity or death due to an occupational disease;
and

if the notice is required under subsection (IA) of that section,
shall be in Form 2 in the Schedule.

5. Where

(a)

a certificate stating the amount of compensation payable by
an employer has been issued under section 16A(2) or (5) of
the Ordinance and it is desired to proceed in accordance with
section 16A(8) of the Ordinance; or

(b)an agreement in writing between an employer and an
employee as to the compensation payable by the employer
has been approved by the Commissioner for Labour under
section 17(5) of the Ordinance and it is desired to proceed in
accordance with section 17(13) of the Ordinance,

the details of such certificate or agreement shall be given in Form 3 in
the Schedule and lodged with Registrar of the Court.

6. Save as is otherwise specially provided in the Ordinance or these
regulations every notice required by the Ordinance or these regulations
may be given by delivering the same at, or sending it by registered post
to, the last known residence or place of business or employment of the
person to whom it is to be given.







7. The forms contained in the Schedule or forms to the like effect
shall be used with such variations and modifications as the
circumstances may require.

SCHEDULE

FORM 1

EMPLOYEES' COMPENSATION ORDINANCE
(Chapter 282)

NOTICE OF ACCIDENT BY OR ON BEHALF OF
EMPLOYEE

To: (1) %

Notice is hereby given that 12)
..............................................................................

on the (3) day of
.........................met with an accident causing his (-)

and that the cause of the injury/death was (6)
..............................................................

[reg. 7.1

[reg. 3.1

And notice is hereby further given that in consequence thereof compensation
is claimed from you.

Dated this ...........day of 19

(7)

(1) Name and address of the employer or principal
contractor.
(2) Full name and address of the employee.
(3) Date of accident.
(4) Place of the accident.
(5) Whether disablement or death.
(6) State in plain and ordinary terms the cause of the
injury or death.
(7) Signature and address of person giving the notice.














FORM 1A

EMPLOYEES' COMPENSATION ORDINANCE
(Chapter 282)

NOTICE BY OR ON BEHALF OF EMPLOYEE OF INCAPACITY

OR DEATH DUE TO OCCUPATIONAL DISEASE

To: (1) ...................................................................................

[reg. 3.]










Notice is hereby given that (2)

on the (3) ........day of 19 was found to be suffering from

the following occupational disease
...........

............. believed to be due to his employment by you upon the
following work (4)

resulting in the death/partial/total incapacity of a permanent/temporary/naturels of
the employee. *

And notice is hereby further given that in consequence thereof compensation
is claimed from you.

Dated this ...day of 19

(6)

..................

(3) Name and address of the employer or principal contractor.
(2) Full name and address of the employee.
(3) Date upon which disease is said to have been discovered.
(4) State nature of the work which is said to have caused the occupational disease.
(5) Delete whichever is inapplicable.
(6) Signature, name and address of person giving the notice.






FORM 2



[reg. 4.]


EMPLOYEES' COMPENSATION ORDINANCE, CAP. 282


SECTION 15


NOTICE BY EMPLOYER OF THE DEATH OF AN EMPLOYEE OR OF AN ACCIDENT
TO AN EMPLOYEE RESULTING IN DEATH OR INCAPACITY

(To be completed and returned in the Labour Department WITHIN DUPLICATE WITHIN 7 DAYS of the accident
accident or within such period of time as required by the Commissioner for Labour. An employer who fails to do so
may be prosecuted.)

To the Commissioner for Labour Hong Kong.


Name of injured employee (Surname first)


Address of injured employee


Sex Age Identity Card Number


Date of Accident Residential Telephone

Number

An apprentice? Did th accident occur in the course of work?


Yes/No. Result of accident: Injury/Death.


Occupation


Yes/No*

Nature of injury-amputation* /fracture /contusion /laceration /burn*/others* (please specify)

Part of body injured-hand*/leg*/head*/others* (please specify) Name of hospital or clinic where injured
employee received treatment

Describe how the accident happened

Address of the place of accident

Please state whether the place of accident
is an industrial type building, site, godown,
on board a ship, etc.








If accident is due to machinery, state:
'

Type of machine Was the machinery power-driven? Yes/No.

Part of machine causing injuryWas the machinery in motion? Yes/No*


Name of employing Add ss of employing company/ Telephone Trade

company/person person Number


sub-
contracto
r

Name and address of principal contractor if employer is a sub contractor Telephone Number of principal
' contractor

If accident resulted in death, state: Police not notified/notified* at Station








Name of next-of-kin


Address of next-of-kin


Relationship with employee it

Telephone Number
Number


Average number of days per week/month* worked Paid rest day? Yes/No.


The total earnings for the month immediately preceding the date of accident were $ ...............................................



Details are as follows:-
Basic salary/wages

*Regular overtime



*Regular tips/commission



*Additional allowance or bonus of a constant nature



*Value of free food provided by employer



*Value of free accommodation provided by employer



$ .........../day/week/month*

$ .........../day/week/month*
$ .........../day/week/month*

.................................. /day/week/month*

$ .........../day/week/month*


$

/day/week/month*



The total average monthly earnings of the employee for the past 12 months (or total period of employment, if less
than 12 months) preceding the accident were $ .. .. .........................................................









Was the employer insured against liabilities under the Employees' Compensation Ordinance
at the time of accident?

Name and address of insurance company


Yes/No.

Policy Number

Number of Business Registration Certificate of the employing company (if such certificate is not available, the
identity card number of the employer)

I declare that the information given above is, to the best of my knowledge, true and accurate.


Signature:

Name (in block letters). It


Position.. *Sole proprietor/Partner/Manager/Officer

(Chop of company)Date:






FORM 2A


[reg. 4.]


EMPLOYEES' COMPENSATION ORDINANCE, CAP. 282

SECTION 15

NOTICE BY EMPLOYER OF THE DEATH OR INCAPACITY OF AN EMPLOYEE
DUE TO OCCUPATIONAL DISEASE

(To be completed and returned in DUPLICATE to the Labour Department WITHIN 7 DAYS of the employee
incapacity or death or within such period of time as required by the Commissioner for Labour. An employer who
fails to do so may be prosecuted.)


To the Commissioner for Labour, Hong Kong.

Name of employee (Surname fiat) Sex Age Identity Card Number

Address of employee Residential Telephone
Number

occupation


Disease suffering from

.. .... .........................................................

Types of work attributed to the occupational Name of hospital or clinic where employee received
disease:- treatment

The occupational disease resulted in death/partial/total. incapacity of a permanent/temporary* nature
Rem a
Name of employing Address of employing company/ Telephone Trade

company/person person Number A
Name and address of principal contractor if employer is a sub-contractor Telephone Number of principal
contractor

An apprentice? Duration of employment

Yes/No* From ....to



Date of onset of the occupational disease

If death is resulted, state: Police not notified/notified* at Station
nag : ...........................

Name of next-of-kin Relationship with employee

Address of next-of-kin Telephone Number

Average number of days per week/month* worked Paid rest day? Yes/No.







The total earnings for the month immediately preceding the date of the employee's incapacity or death

were $ ........................................................


Details are as follows:-

Basic salary/wages


*Regular overtime


*Regular tips/commission


*Additional allowance or bonus of a constant nature


*Value of free food provided by employer


*Value of free accommodation provided by employer


5 ...../day/week/month*



$ ..............................

/day/week/month*


$ ............................



/day/week/month.

$ .................................







/day/week/month.


/day/week/month.

......................

/day/week/month*

....................................


The total average monthly earnings of the employee for the past 12 months (or total period of employment, if less
than 12 months) preceding the employee's incapacity or death were $ .....................................................

............
...................... .. ..
..

Was the employer insured against liabilities under the Employees' Compensation Ordinance

at the time of the employee's incapacity or death? Yes/No*

Name and address of insurance company Policy Number

Number of Business Registration Certificate of the employing company (if such certificate is not available, the
identity card number of the employer)

I intend/do not intend* to dispute the employee's claim to compensation on the following grounds:

I declare that the information given above is, to the best of my knowledge, true and accurate


(Chop of company)

applicable

Signature:

Name (in block letters): ..........................................

Position: *Sole proprietor/Partner/Manager/Officer
Date: .................................................






FORM 3

EMPLOYEES' COMPENSATION ORDINANCE

(Chapter 282)

DETAILS OF CERTIFICATE OR AGREEMENT AS TO THE AMOUNT OF
COMPENSATION PAYABLE BY THE EMPLOYER

[reg. 5.]

(This form must be completed and lodged with the Registrar of the
Court by the party who desires the certificate or agreement to be
made an order of the Court)

1. Name, address and business of employer
............................................................

2.......................(a) Name and address of employee

(b) Occupation (1)
(c) Age .............(d) Sex *

(e) Compensation already received in respect of this accident (if any) ..............

3......................................(a) Date of accident

(b) Cause of accident
.........................................................................................

(c) Nature and circumstances of injury (2)
.........................................................

4......................................Contract of employment (3) .

5. Date of certificate or agreement .

6. Amount of compensation determined by the Commissioner for Labour or

agreed upon bv the ernDlover and employee (4)
...................................................

(a) Amount payable in a lump sum
...................................................................
(b) Amount and period of periodical payments ................................................

(c) To whom payable
........................................................................................

7. Date of the Commissioner for Labour's issue of certificate or approval of the

agreement as to compensation
............................................................................

......................................

8. Anyother
information.......................................................................................





1 . .................do solemnly and sincerely declare

that the foregoing particulars stated are true and 1 make this solemn declaration con-
scientiously believing the same to be true and by virtue of the provisions of the
Oaths
and Declarations Ordinance.

.. .

Signature of applicant.

Declared at ......in Hong Kong this day of

Before me,

.................................................................

Justice of the Peace, Notary Public,
or Commissioner for Oaths.

(1)Full details of the nature of the work and duties on which the employee was employed at the date of the
accident.

(2)Give full details and state whether incapacity is total or partial, permanent or temporary. 11 partial, the degree,
and, if temporary, the period of actual or estimated incapacity must be given.

(3)The monthly earnings must be stated, specifying the value of food, fuel or quarters if the employee has been
deprived thereof as a result of the accident. (See sections 3 and 11 of the Ordinance.)

(4)Copy of certificate or agreement as determined or approved by the Commissioner for Labour must be attached.







1987 Ed.] Employee's Compensation Regulations
G.N.A. 161/53. G.N.A. 171/53. L.N. 45/65. L.N. 63/70. L.N. 111/70. L.N. 161/70. L.N. 162/70. 44 of 1980. L.N. 11/81. L.N. 208/83. L.N. 40/87. Citation. 44 of 1980, s. 15. Interpretation. (Cap. 282.) Notice of accident. L.N. 45/65. 44 of 1980, s. 15. Form 1. Form 1A. Notice of accident. L.N. 208/83. Form 2. Form 2A. Form 2. Certificate or agreement as to compensation payable L.N. 208/83. Form 3. Delivering of notice. Forms Schedule. L.N. 208/83. L.N. 40/87. L.N. 40/87.

Abstract

G.N.A. 161/53. G.N.A. 171/53. L.N. 45/65. L.N. 63/70. L.N. 111/70. L.N. 161/70. L.N. 162/70. 44 of 1980. L.N. 11/81. L.N. 208/83. L.N. 40/87. Citation. 44 of 1980, s. 15. Interpretation. (Cap. 282.) Notice of accident. L.N. 45/65. 44 of 1980, s. 15. Form 1. Form 1A. Notice of accident. L.N. 208/83. Form 2. Form 2A. Form 2. Certificate or agreement as to compensation payable L.N. 208/83. Form 3. Delivering of notice. Forms Schedule. L.N. 208/83. L.N. 40/87. L.N. 40/87.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3105

Edition

1964

Volume

v19

Subsequent Cap No.

282

Number of Pages

11
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:30:30 +0800
<![CDATA[EMPLOYEES' COMPENSATION ORDINANCE]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3104

Title

EMPLOYEES' COMPENSATION ORDINANCE

Description






LAWS OF HONG KONG

EMPLOYEES' COMPENSATION ORDINANCE

CHAPTER 282

REVISED EDITION 1988

PRINTED AND PUBLISHED BY THE GOVERNMENT PRINTER

HONG KONG





CHAPTER 282

EMPLOYEES' COMPENSATION ORDINANCE

ARRANGEMENT OF SECTIONS

Section

PART I

PRELIMINARY

1. Short title ................... ... 4

2. Meaning of 'employee .. 4
...................................................................................
3. Interpretation 5
..................................................................................................
4. Application to employees employed under the Crown 9
....................................

PART II

COMPENSATION FOR INJURY

5. Employer's liability for compensation for death or incapacity resulting
from accident
........................................................................................................9

6. Compensation in fatal cases 11
7. Compensation in case of permanent total incapacity 12

8. Employee requiring constant attention ....... 12

9.Compensation in case of permanent partial incapacity 13
10. Compensation in case of temporary incapacity 14

10A Payment of medical expenses ..........................................................................16
10B Determination by Commissioner of medical expenses payable .......................17

11..................Method of calculating earnings ............................ .......17
12..................Persons entitled to compensation .........................................................19


13. Distribution of compensation 19
14. Requirements as to notice of accident and application for compensation 21
15. Employer to report the injury to or death of an employee and method of

notification
...................................................................................................22
16. Medical examination and treatment ................................................................23
16A. Determination of claims in respect of minor injuries
.......................................24
16B. Cancellation of minor injuries claim certificate by the Court ............26
16C. [Repealed] 27
16D. Employees' Compensation (Ordinary Assessment) Boards .............................27
16E. Employees' Compensation (Special Assessment) Boards ................................27
16F. Certificates of assessment
................................................................................28

16G. Review of assessments
.................................................................................. ..29

16GA. Review of assessments other than under section 16G. 30

16H................Certificates as evidence .................. 31

16I. Attendance of employee for purposes of assessment, etc. 31
17. Agreements as to compensation for certain injuires 32
17A. Agreement to include surcharge provision
......................................................33

17B. Cancellation of agreement by the Court ..............................................34





Section page

18. Appeals to the Court 34
18A. Determination of claims by the Court 35
19. Review 35

20. Limitation of power of employer to end or decrease periodical payments 36
21. ...... Jurisdiction of the Court 36
22. ................................................................................. Power of the Court to
submit questions of law .......................37
23. ........................ Appeals 37
24. Liability in case of employees employed by sub-contractors 37
25. ............ Remedies against both employer and third party 38
26. ..................... Remedies independently of Ordinance against
employer ............ 40
27. .......... Limitation of right of indemnity against
third party under section 25 ...... 41
28. ... Provision as to cases of bankruptcy of
employer ............ 41
29. .. Application to persons employed
on ships .....42
30. ....................................... Application to persons
employed on foreign ships ..43
30A. .................................... Testimony of
witness outside Hong Kong .43
30B. Application to an employee injured outside Hong Kong 44
31. ... Contracting out 44




PART III

COMPENSATION FOR OCCUPATIONAL
DISEASES

32. Compensation in the case of occupational disease 45
33. Medical examination before employment 46
34. Presumption as to cause of occupational disease 47
35. Amendment of Second Schedule 47
36. Saving in case of diseases other than occupational diseases 47

PART IIIA

PROSTHESES AND SURGICAL
APPLIANCES

36A. Interpretation of Part IIIA 47
36B. Employer's liability to pay for the cost ot supplying fitting and prosthesis or
surgical appliance 48
36C. Limit of employer's liability to pay under section 36B 48
36D. Manner in which a claim under section 36B may be made 49
36E. Employer to pay amount in 1 month unless he disputes the claim 49
36F. Disputes to be determined by the Court 49
36G. Application to the Court 50
36H. Claim under section 36B to be made within 5 years 50
36I. Employer's liability to pay for the cost of repair or renewal of prostheses or






surgical appliances 50
36J. Limit of employer's liability to pay under section 36I 50
36K. Treatment of claims under section 36I 50
36L. Payment of costs from and into general revenue 51
36M. Prostheses and Surgical Appliances Board 51

36MA. Attendance of employee for purposes of section 36M
.....................................52
36N. Director to take steps to ensure supply, etc . ....................................................52
360. Application of certain provisions ....................................................................53






Section page

PART IV

COMPULSORY
INSURANCE

37. Commencement of Part IV 53

38. Interpretation 53
39. Application of this Part 53
40. Compulsory insurance against employer's liability 53

41...............Notice of insurance
........................................................................54

42. Certain conditions in policy to be void 54
43. Conditions under which liability for payment by insurer arises 55
44. Right of injured party to proceed against insurer 55

45............................Inspection of premises other than domestic premises . 56

45A. Inspection of domestic premises 56
45B.Offences against sections 45 and 45A 56
45C.Notice to produce documents etc . ..... 57
45D. Notice of premium increases
...........................................................................57





PART V

MISCELLANEOUS

46. Compensation not to be assigned, charged or attached 58
47. Deduction of insurance premiums from earnings to be an ofrence 58
48. Contract of service not to be terminated during incapacity 59
48A. Legislative Council may amend amounts of compensation etc . 59
49. Regulations 60
50. Rules of Court 60
51. Forms 60
52. Regulations as to transfer of funds 60
53. Offences 61
54.




Amendment of references in Ordinances and documents to Workmen's
Compensation Ordinance or Workmen's Compensation Regulations 61
55. Transitional 62

First Schedule. List of injuries ....................................................................................63

Second Schedule. List of occupational diseases
............................................................. 65
Third Schedule. Medical expenses payable by an employer in respect of an injury due
to accident arising out of and in the course of employment
........... 69





CHAPTER 282

EMPLOYEES' COMPENSATION

To provide for the payment of compensation to employees who are injured in the
course of their employment.

(Amended, 44 of 1980, s. 2)

[1 December 1953] G.N.A. 160/53

Originally 28 of 1953 - 50 of 1954, 11 of 1958, 2 of 1959, 19 of 1964, 23 of 1965, 13 of 1966, 55 of
1969, L.N. 14/70, 67 of 1971, 4 of 1973, 20 of 1974, L.N. 142/74, 92 of 1975, L.N. 124/76, 6 of
1977, 74 of 1977, 4 of 1978, 44 of 1980, 51 of 1980, 78 of 1981, L.N. 248/82, 76 of 1982, L.N.
79/83, L.N. 386/83, R. Ed. 1983, L.N. 336/84, L.N. 84/85, 31 of 1985, 49 of 1985, L.N. 321/85,

60 of 1986, LN. 52187, L.N. 390/87,59 of 1988

PART I

PRELIMINARY

Short title

(Added, 19 of 1964, s. 2)

1. This Ordinance may be cited as the Employees' Compensation Ordinance.

Meaning of 'employee'

(Amended, 44 of 1980, s. 15)

2. (1) In this Ordinance, unless the context otherwise requires, the expression
'employee', subject to section 4 and the proviso to this subsection, means any
person who has, either before or after the commencement of this Ordinance, entered
into or works under a contract of service or apprenticeship with an employer in any
employment, whether by way of manual labour, clerical work, or otherwise, and
whether the contract is expressed or implied, is oral or in writing: (Amended, 11 of
1958, s.2)

Provided that the following persons are excepted from the definition of
,,employee'

(a) [Repealed, 44 of 1980, s. 3]

(b)any person whose employment is of a casual nature, and who is employed
otherwise than for the purposes of the employer's trade or business, not
being a person employed for the purposes of any game or recreation and
engaged or paid through a club; or .

(c) an outworker; or

(d) a member of the employer's family employed by such employer and

who resides with the employer.(Amended, 55 of 1969, s. 2)





(2) If, in any proceedings for the recovery of compensation under this
Ordinance, it appears to the Court that the contract of service or apprenticeship
under which the injured person was working, at the time when the accident causing
the injury happened, was illegal, the Court may, if having regard to all the
circumstances of the case it thinks proper so to do, deal with the matter as if the
injured person had at the time aforesaid been a person working under a valid
contract of service or apprenticeship.

(3) Save for the purposes of section 17 or where the context otherwise requires,
any reference to an employee who has been injured shall, where the employee is
dead, include a reference to his legal personal representative, or to his dependants
or any of them or the Official Administrator or such other officer as the Governor
may appoint to act on behalf of the dependants of the employee.

(4) Where, in any employment, personal injury by accident arising out of and
in the course of the employment is caused to any person, and at the time of the
accident

(a)that person would, but for paragraph (d) of the proviso to subsection (1),
have been an employee within the meaning of that subsection; and

(b)there is in force in relation to that person a policy of insurance which
indemnifies the employer against liability in respect of such injury
whether or not the indemnity is for an amount which is less than the full
amount of the liability in respect of which the employer would, under
section 40(1), be required to be insured if such person were an employee
within the meaning of subsection (1),

this Ordinance shall, notwithstanding paragraph (d) of the proviso to subsection
(1), apply in relation to that person for all purposes as if he were an employee within
the meaning of the subsection. (Added, 76 of 1982, s. 2)

(Amended, 44 of 1980, s. 15)

Interpretation

3. In this Ordinance, unless the context otherwise requires-

'accident insurance business' means the business of effecting contracts of
insurance against the liability of an employer for personal injury by accident to
any employee in his employment arising out of and in the course of such
employment; (Added, 55 of 1969, s. 3)

'Commissioner' means the Commissioner for Labour; (Replaced, 13 of 1966,
Schedule. Amended, 55 of 1969, s. 3 and L.N. 142/74)

'compensation' means any of the following

(a)compensation payable under section 6, 7, 8, 9 or 10, including the
expenses of burial and medical attendance payable under section 6(5);

(b) medical expenses payable under section 10A;

(c) wages or salary payable under section 161(3), 17(7) or 36MA;

(d)the cost of the supplying and fitting of a prosthesis or surgical appliance
payable under section 36B, and the probable cost of repair and renewal
thereof payable under section 36I;





(e)any surcharge or interest payable under this Ordinance on the
compensation referred to in paragraph (a), (b), (c) or (d); (Replaced, 76 of
1982, s. 3)

'contract of apprenticeship' includes a contract of improvership or learnership;
(Added, 55 of 1969, s. 3)

'Court' means

(a)in relation to any proceedings for the recovery of compensation in or
required to be in the District Court, the District Court; or

(b)in relation to any proceedings for the recovery of compensation in any
other court or tribunal, or to be determined by the Commissioner, that
court or tribunal, or the Commissioner, as the case may be; (Replaced,, 76
of 1982, s. 3)

'damages' means any damages recoverable by an employee independently of this
Ordinance in the case of personal injury to the employee by accident arising
out of and in the course of his employrnent; (Added, 55 of 1969, s. 3)

'dependants' means those members of the family of an employee who were wholly
or in part dependent upon his earnings at the time of his death, or would but
for the incapacity due to the accident have been so dependent, and, where the
employee, being the parent or grandparent of an illegitimate child, leaves such
child so dependent upon his earnings, or being an illegitimate child, leaves a
parent or grandparent so dependent upon his earnings, shall include such an
illegitimate child or parent or grandparent respectively:

Provided that a person shall not be deemed to be a partial dependant of
another person unless he was dependent partially on contributions from that
other person for the provision of the ordinary necessaries of life suitable for
persons in his class and position:

And provided further that where on application being made by a woman
in accordance with rules made under this Ordinance the Court is satisfied that

(a)such woman and the deceased were living together as man and wife
at the time of the accident; and

(b)such woman was wholly or partially dependent on the earnings of
the deceased at the time of his death or would but for the incapacity
due to the accident have been so dependent,

the Court may, in its absolute discretion, order that such woman be deemed to
be a dependant for the purposes of this Ordinance;

,,earnings' means any wages paid in cash to the employee by the employer and any
privilege or benefit which is capable of being estimated in money and includes
the value of any food, fuel, or quarters supplied to the employee by the
employer if as a result of the accident the employee is deprived of such food,
fuel or quarters; and any overtime payments or other special remuneration for
work done, whether by way of bonus, allowance or otherwise, if of constant
character or for work habitually performed and





including tips if the employment be of such a nature that the habitual giving
and receiving thereof is open and notorious and is recognized by the
employer: but shall not include remuneration for intermittent overtime, or
casual payments of a non-recurrent nature, or the value of a travelling
allowance, or the value of any travelling concession or a contribution paid by
the employer of an employee towards any pension or provident fund, or a sum
paid to an employee to cover any special expenses entailed on him by the
nature of his employment;

,,employer' includes Her Majesty in Her Government of Hong Kong and any body
of persons corporate or incorporate and the legal personal representative of a
deceased employer. and, where the services of an employee are temporarily
lent or let on hire to another person by the person with whom the employee
has entered into a contract of service or apprenticeship, the latter shall, for the
purposes of this Ordinance, be deemed to continue to be the employer of the
employee whilst he is working for that other person; and in relation to a person
engaged, employed or paid through a club or hostel, the manager or members
of the managing committee of the club or hostel shall, for the purposes of this
Ordinance, be deemed to be the employer; (Amended, 76 of 1982, s. 37)

'hospital' means any hospital registered under the Hospitals, Nursing Homes and
Maternity Homes Registration Ordinance (Cap. 165) or maintained by the
Crown; (Added, 74 of 1977, s. 2)

'insurance company' and 'insurer' mean a person carrying on accident insurance
business in Hong Kong; (Replaced, ' 55 of 1969, s. 3. Amended, 76 of
1982, s. 37)

'medical expenses' means all or any of the following expenses incurred in respect
of the medical treatment of an empolyee-
(a) the fees of a medical practitioner or registered dentist;

(b) the fees for any surgical or therapeutic treatment;

(c) the cost of nursing attendance;

(d) the cost of hospital accommodation as an in-patient;

(e)the cost of medicines, curative materials and medical dressings; (Added,
74 of 1977, s. 2)

'medical practitioner' means a medical practitioner who-

(a) is registered under the Medical Registration Ordinance (Cap. 161); or

(b)is deemed to be a registered medical practitioner by virtue of section
29(a) or (d) of the said Ordinance; (Replaced, 13 of 1966, Schedule)

'medical treatment', in relation to an employee to whom a personal injury is caused
by accident arising out of and in the course of his employment, means medical
treatment of any kind whatsoever given to the employee by, or under the
supervision of, a medical practitioner or registered dentist in a hospital,
whether as an in-patient or other than as an in-patient, or elsewhere; (Added,
74 of 1977, s. 2)

'member of the family' means





(a)a wife, husband, father, mother, grandfather, grandmother, stepfather,
stepmother, son. daughter, grandson, granddaughter, stepson,
stepdaughter, brother, sister, half-brother, half-sister, daughter-in-law or
sister-in-law and any such person is included whether the relationship is
created by blood or by any adoption recognized as valid by the law of
Hong Kong; and (Amended, 76 of 1982, s. 37)

(b)any other person who at the time of the injury resides with the employee
as a member of his household; (Replaced, 55 of 1969, s. 3)

'occupational disease' means any of the diseases specified in the second column
of the Second Schedule and any recurrence or sequelae thereof, (Added, 19 of
1964, s. 3)

'Ordinary Assessment Board' means an Employees' Compensation (Ordinary
Assessment) Board appointed under section 16D; (Added, 76 of 1982, s. 3)

'outworker' means a person to whom articles or materials are given out to be made
up, cleaned, washed, altered, ornamented, finished, or repaired, or adapted for
sale in his own home or on other premises not under the control or
management of the person who gave out the materials or articles;

'partial incapacity' means, where the incapacity is of a temporary nature, such
incapacity as reduces the earning capacity of an employee in any employment
in which he was engaged at the time of the accident resulting in the incapacity,
and, where the incapacity is of a permanent nature, such incapacity (which
may include disfigurement) as reduces his earning capacity, present or future,
in any employment which he was capable of undertaking at that time;
(Amended, 55 of 1969, s. 3 and 49 of 1985, s. 2)

'principal contractor' means a person referred to as a principal contractor in
section 24; (Added, 76 of 1982, s. 3)

'registered dentist' means a dentist who is admitted to the register of dentists
under section 9 of the Dentists Registration Ordinance (Cap. 156); (Added, 74 of
1977, s. 2)

'Special Assessment Board' means an Employees' Compensation (Special
Assessment) Board appointed under section 16E; (Added, 76 of 1982, S. 3)

'sub-contractor' means-

(a)any person who enters into a contract, express or implied, with a principal
contractor to perform all or any part of the work which the principal
contractor has undertaken to perform; and

(b)any other person who enters into a contract, express or implied, to
perform all or any part of the work which a sub-contractor within the
meaning of paragraph (a) has undertaken to perform; (Added, 76 of 1982,
s.3)

'total incapacity' means such incapacity whether of a temporary or permanent
nature as incapacitates an employee for any employment which he was
capable of undertaking at the time of the accident resulting in such incapacity.
(Amended, 49 of 1985, s. 2)

(Amended, 44 of 1980, s. 15)





Application to employees employed under the Crown

4. (1) This Ordinance shall apply to employees employed by or under the
Crown in the same way and to the same extent as if the employer were a private
person, except in the case of

(a) members of the armed forces of the Crown; and

(b)persons in the civil employment of Her Majesty, otherwise than in Her
Government of Hong Kong, who have been engaged in a place outside
Hong Kong:

Provided that this Ordinance shall not apply in the case of an employee in the
service of the Government of Hong Kong where, in consequence of injury received
by any such employee in the discharge of his duties, a pension or gratuity which
would not be payable if such injury were received otherwise, is paid to him or, in the
case of his death, to any of his dependants as defined in this Ordinance, under any
Ordinance or regulation providing for the grant of such pension or gratuity.
(Replaced, 50 of 1954, s. 3. Amended, 11 of 1958, s. 4; 55 of 1969, s. 4; 44 of 1980, s. 15 and
76 of 1982, s. 37)

(2) The exercise and performance of the powers and duties of any public body
shall for the purposes of this Ordinance, unless a contrary intention appears, be
deemed to be the trade or business of such public body. (Added, 55 of 1969, s. 4)

PART II

COMPENSATION FOR
INJURY

Employer's liability for compensation for death or
incapacity resulting from accident

(Added, 19 of 1964, s. 4)

5. (1) If, in any employment, personal injury by accident arising out of and in
the course of the employment is caused to an employee, his employer shall, subject
as hereinafter provided, be liable to pay compensation in accordance with the
provisions of this Ordinance and, for the purposes of this Ordinance, an accident to
an employee shall be deemed to arise out of and in the course of his employment,
notwithstanding that the employee was at the time when the accident happened
acting in contravention of any statutory or other regulation applicable to his
employrnent, or of any orders given by or on behalf of his employer, or that he was
acting without instructions from his employer, if such act was done by the
employee for the purposes of and in connection with his employer's trade or
business: (Amended, 55 of 1969, s. 5)

Provided that

(a)the employer shall not be liable under this Ordinance in respect of any
injury, other than an injury which results in partial incapacity of a
permanent nature, which does not incapacitate the employee for a period
exceeding 3 consecutive days from earning full wages at work

at which he was employed; and(Amended, 76 of 1982, s. 4)





(b)if it is proved that the injury to an employee is attributable to the serious
and wilful misconduct of that employee, or that an injury by accident
arising out of and in the course of his employment is deliberately
aggravated by the employee, any compensation claimed in respect of that
injury shall be disallowed; except that where the injury results in death or
serious incapacity, the Court on consideration of all the circumstances
may award the compensation provided by this Ordinance or such part
thereof as it shall think fit. (Replaced, 55 of 1969,s.5)

(2) No compensation shall be payable under this Ordinance in respect of any
incapacity or death resulting from a deliberate self-injury.

(3) No compensation shall be payable under this Ordinance in respect of any
incapacity or death resulting from personal injury if the employee has at any time
represented to the employer that he was not suffering or had not previously
suffered from that or a similar injury, knowing that the representation was false.

(4) No compensation shall be payable under this Ordinance in respect of any
injury, not resulting in death or serious and permanent incapacity, caused by an
accident which is directly attributable to the employee's addiction to drugs or his
having been at the time of the accident under the influence of alcohol.

(5) When an employee meets with an accident-

(a)while, with the consent of his employer, being trained in first aid,
ambulance or rescue work or engaged in any competition or exercise in
connection therewith;

(b)in, at or about any premises other than his employer's while, with the
consent of his employer, engaged in any first aid, ambulance, or rescue
work or in any competition or exercise in connection therewith; or

(c)in, at or about his employer's premises while engaged in any first aid,
ambulance or rescue work,

whereby such employee sustains injury such injury shall, for the purposes of this
Ordinance, be deemed to arise out of and in the course of his employment,
notwithstanding that in the case of rescue work the employee was acting in
contravention of any statutory or other regulation applicable to his employment, or
of any orders given by or on behalf of his employer, or that he was acting without
instructions from his employer, if when such act was done the employee reasonably
acted in order to rescue, succour or protect any other person who had suffered, or
who was reasonably believed to be in danger of, injury, or to avert or minimize
serious damage to property of the employer. (Added, 55 of 1969, s. 5)

(5A) Where an accident happens to an employee while he is, with the express
or implied permission of his employer, travelling as a passenger by any means of
transport to or from his place of work, such accident shall, for the purposes of this
Ordinance, be deemed to arise out of and in the course of his employment if at the
time of the accident the means of transport is being operated





(a)by or on behalf of his employer or by some other person pursuant to
arrangements made with his employer; and

(b)other than as part of a public transport service. (Added, 76 of 1982, s.5)

(6) For the purposes of this Ordinance an accident arising in the course of an
employee's employment shall be deemed, in the absence of evidence to the
contrary, also to have arisen out of that employment. (Added, 55 of 1969, s. 5)
(Amended, 44 of 1980, s. 15)


Compensation in fatal cases

6. (1) Where death results from the injury, if the employee leaves any
dependants wholly dependent on his earnings, the amount of compensation shall
be

(a)in the case of an employee under 40 years of age at the time of the
accident, a lump sum equal to 84 months' earnings or $345,000 whichever is
the less;

(b) in the case of an employee of or over 40 years of age but under 56 years
of age at the time of the accident, a lump sum equal to 60 months'
earnings or $345,000 whichever is the less;

(c)in the case or an employee of or over 56 years of age at the time of the
accident, a lump sum equal to 36 months' earnings or $345,000 whichever is the less.
(Amended, L.N. 79/83; L.N. 321/85 and L.N. 390/87)

(2) The amount of compensation payable under subsection (1) shall in no case
be less than $116,000. (Amended, L.N. 79/83; L.N. 321/85 and


L.N. 390/87)
(3) Notwithstanding ' anything in subsection (1) or (2), where in respect of

the same accident compensation has been paid under section 7 or 9, there shall
be deducted from the sum payable under subsection (1) any sums so paid as
compensation.

(4) Where death results from the injury, if the employee does not leave any
dependants wholly dependent on his earnings, but leaves any dependants in part
so dependent, the amount of compensation shall be such sum, not exceeding in any
case the amount payable under subsections (1), (2) and (3), as may be determined
by the Court to be reasonable and proportionate to the injury to the said
dependants.

(5) Where death results from the injury, if the employee leaves no dependants,
the reasonable expenses of the burial of the deceased employee and the reasonable
expenses of medical attendance on the deceased employee, not exceeding in all the
sum of $3,000, shall be paid by the employer to any person to whom such expenses;
are due thin 21 days after receipt by the employer of a request in writing by such
person. (Amended, 76 of 1982, s. 5)



(6) Expenses due to any person under subsection (5) shall be recoverable as a
civil debt in any court or tribunal of competent jurisdiction. (Added ,76of 1982,s.5)

(Replaced, 44 of 1980, s. 4)





Compensation in case of permanent total incapacity

7. (1) Where permanent total incapacity results from the injury, the amount of
compensation shall be

(a)in the case of an employee under 40 years of age at the time of the
accident, a lump sum equal to 96 months' earnings or $394,000,



whichever is the less;



(b)in the case of an employee of or over 40 years of age but under 56 years'
of age at the time of the accident, a lump sum equal to 72 months' earnings
or $394,000, whichever is the less;

(c)in the case of an employee of or over 56 years of age at the time the
accident, a lump sum equal to 48 months' earnings or $394,000

whichever is the less. (Amended, L.N. 79/83; L.N. 321/85 and L.N.
390/87)

(2) The amount of compensation payable under subsection (1) shall

in no case be less than $132,000. (Amended, L.N. 79/83; L.N. 321/85 and
L.N. 390/87)

(3) For the purposes of this section, permanent total incapacity shall be
deemed to result from an injury where the percentage or aggregate percentage of
the loss of earning capacity amounts

(a)in the case of an incapacity of a permanent nature which results from an
injury specified in the First Schedule, to 100 per cent or more as specified
in that Schedule; or

(b)in the case of an incapacity of a permanent nature which results from an
injury not specified in the First Schedule, to 100 per cent or more as
assessed by an Ordinary Assessment Board, a Special Assessment
Board or the Court,

and a reference in this subsection to an injury shall include a reference to a
combination of injuries whether they are mentioned in paragraph (a) or (b) or in
both those paragraphs. (Added, 49 of 1985, s. 3)

(Replaced, 44 of 1980, s. 4)

Employee requiring constant attention

8. (1) Where permanent total incapacity which results from the injury is of such
a nature that the employee is unable to perform the essential actions of life, without
the constant attention of another person, in addition to any compensation under
other provisions of this Ordinance, such compensation as the Court considers
necessary to meet the cost of such constant attention shall be payable under this
section.

(2) Compensation under this section shall be-

(a)a lump sum payment calculated with regard to the probable duration and
cost of the constant attention; or

(b) (i) periodical payments, payable at such intervals as the Court may

order, to cover periods not exceeding a total of 2 years after the date






on which the employee becomes entitled to receive compensation
under section 7; and





(ii) if on the expiry of the period of 2 years prescribed in subparagraph
(i) the Court considers that the employee is still in need of constant
attention, such lump sum payment, as the Court may order, calculated
with regard to the probable duration and cost of the constant attention.

(3) No compensation under this section shall be payable in respect of any
period during which the employee is receiving free medical treatment as an in-
patient in a hospital or otherwise.

(4) The amount of compensation payable under this section shall
not exceed (Replaced, 44 of 1980, s. 5.Amended, L.N. 79/83
L.N. 321/85 and L.N. 390/87)

(Added, 55 of 1969, s. 8. Amended, 44 of 1980, s. 15)

Compensation in case of permanent partial incapacity

9. (1) Subject to subsection (IA), where permanent partial incapacity results
from the injury the amount of compensation shall be- (Amended, 76 of 1982, s. 6)

(a)

in the case of an injury specified in the First Schedule, such percentage of
the compensation which would have been payable in the case of
permanent total incapacity as is specified therein as being the percentage
of the loss of earning capacity caused by that injury;

aggregate of the compensation which would have been payable in
respect of the injuries; and (Added, 4 of 1973, s. 2)

(b)in the case of an injury not specified in the First. Schedule, such
percentage of the compensation which would have been payable in the
case of permanent total incapacity as is proportionate to the loss of
earning capacity permanently caused by the injury in any employment
which the employee was capable of undertaking at that time: (Amended, 19
of 1964, s. 7; 55 of 1969, s. 9 and 44 of 1980, s. 15)

Provided that-

(i) in the case of injury to any part of the body specified in the First
Schedule not amounting to the loss of that part, the loss of earning
capacity permanently caused by that injury, expressed as a percentage,
shall not exceed the appropriate percentage specified in the First
Schedule in respect of the loss of such part; (Added, 4 of 1978, s. 3)

(ii) in the case of injury not specified in the First Schedule, the loss of
earning capacity permanently caused by such injury shall be assessed as
a percentage having regard so far as possible to the scale of percentages
specified in that Schedule and to the Note thereto. (Replaced, 49 of 1985, s.
4)

(1A) Where

(a)permanent partial incapacity results from an injury or a combination of
injuries (whether or not specified in the First Schedule); and





(b)the percentage of the loss of earning capacity specified or assessed in
relation to that injury or combination of injuries in accordance with
subsection (1) would be substantially less than the percentage of the
loss of earning capacity permanently caused by the injury or injuries in
the special circumstances of the employee, including, without limiting
the generality of the foregoing-
(i) the nature of the injury or injuries in relation to the nature of his
former usual employment; and
(ii) his qualifications, previous training and experience,

the amount of compensation shall be such percentage. of the compensation
which would have been payable in the case of permanent total incapacity as
is proportionate to the loss of earning capacity permanently caused by the
injury or injuries in any employment which, having regard to those special
circumstances, the employee was capable of undertaking at that time. (Added,
76 of 1982, s. 6)

(2) Where more injuries than one are caused by the same accident, the
amount of compensation payable under the provisions of this section shall be
aggregated, but not so in any case as to exceed the amount which would have
been payable if permanent total incapacity had resulted from the injuries.

(3) For the purposes of this section, permanent partial incapacity shall be
deemed to result from an injury where the percentage or aggregate percentage of
the loss of earning capacity amounts-

(a)in the case of an incapacity of a permanent nature which results from
an injury specified in the First Schedule, to less than 100 per cent as
specified in that Schedule; or

(b)in the case of an incapacity of a permanent nature which results from
an injury not specified in the First Schedule, to less than 100 per cent
as assessed by an Ordinary Assessment Board, a Special Assessment
Board or the Court,

and a reference in this subsection to an injury shall include a reference to a
combination of injuries whether they are mentioned in paragraph (a) or (b) or in
both those paragraphs. (Added, 49 of 1985, s. 4)

(4) In assessing the loss of earning capacity for the purposes of subsec-
tion (3)(b), an Ordinary Assessment Board, a Special Assessment Board or
the Court, as the case may be, may but shall not be obliged to give weight
to any actual earnings of the employee earned after the accident causing the
injury. (Added, 49 of 1985, s. 4)

Compensation in case of temporary incapacity

10. (1) Where temporary incapacity whether total or partial results from
the injury, the compensation shall be the periodical payments hereinafter
mentioned, or a lump sum calculated accordingly, having regard to the prob-
able duration, and probable changes in the degree, of the incapacity. Such
periodical payments shall be, or shall be at the rate proportionate to, a monthly
payment of two-thirds of the difference between the monthly earnings which the
employee was earning at the time of the accident and the monthly earnings





which he is earning, or is capable of earning, in some suitable employment or
business during the period of the temporary incapacity after the accident. (Amended,
55 of 1969, s. 10 and 76 of 1982, s. 7)

(2) For the purposes of this section a period of absence from duty certified to
be necessary by a medical practitioner, a registered dentist, an Ordinary
Assessment Board or a Special Assessment Board shall be deemed to be a period
of total temporary incapacity irrespective of the outcome of the injury. (Added, 55 of
1969, s. 10. Amended, 31 of 1985, s. 2)

(3) Periodical payments under this section shall be payable on the same days
as wages would have been payable to the employee if he had continued to be
employed under the contract of service or apprenticeship under which he was
employed at the time of the accident:

Provided that

(a)by agreement or by order of the Court, the periodical payments may be
made at shorter intervals; and

(b) the interval between periodical payments shall not exceed 1 month

(Added, 55 of 1969, s. 10)

(4) In the event of death or permanent incapacity following a period of
temporary incapacity whether total or partial, no periodical or lump sum payments
paid or payable under this section shall be deducted from any amount of
compensation payable under section 6, 7, 8 or 9. (Added, 55 of 1969, s. 10)

(5) An employee who has received periodical payments under this section for a
period of 24 months from the date of the commencement of the temporary incapacity
shall no longer be entitled to periodical payments under this section but shall be
deemed to have suffered permanent incapacity and the provisions of section 7 or 9,
as the case may be, shall apply to the employee. (Added, 55 of 1969,s.10)

(6) In fixing the amount of the periodical payment, the Court shall have regard
to any payment, allowance or benefit which the employee may receive from the
employer during the incapacity.

(7) On the ceasing of the incapacity before the date on which any periodical
payment falls due, there shall be payable in respect of that period a sum
proportionate to the duration of the incapacity in that period.

(8) Where an employee in receipt of periodical payments under the provisions
of this section intends to leave Hong Kong, for the purpose of residing elsewhere,
he shall give notice of such intention to the Court which shall have jurisdiction to
order the redemption of such periodical payments and to determine the amount to
be paid: (Amended, 76 of 1982, s. 37)

Provided that any lump sum so ordered to be paid together with the periodical
payments already made to the employee shall not exceed the lump sum which
would be payable in respect of the same degree of incapacity under the provisions
of section 7 or 9, as the case may be, if the incapacity were permanent.

(9) If an employee in receipt of periodical payments under the provisions of
this section leaves Hong Kong, for the purpose of residing elsewhere, without





giving notice as provided in subsection (8), he shall not be entitled to any
benefits under this Ordinance during or in respect of the period of his absence. If
the period of such absence shall exceed 3 months, the employee shall cease to be
entitled to any benefits under this Ordinance. (Amended, 76 of 1982, s. 37)

(10) Without prejudice to any other provision of this Ordinance, an
employer who without reasonable excuse fails to make to the employee or to the
Court any periodical payment or any proportionate part thereof under this
section within a period of 7 days after the date on which such payment falls
due (whether under subsection (3) or by agreement or by order of the Court),
commits an offence and is liable to a fine of $5,000. (Added, 76 of 1982, s. 7)
(Amended, 44 of 1980, s. 15)

Payment of medical expenses

10A. (1) Subject to this Ordinance, if, in any employment, personal
injury is caused to an employee by accident occurring on or after the date on
which this section comes into operation and arising out of and in the course of
his employment his employer shall be liable to pay the medical expenses for the
medical treatment in respect of such injury. (Amended, 76 of 1982, s. 8)

(2) Medical expenses which an employer is liable to pay under sub-
section (1) shall be payable in addition to any other compensation which the
employer is liable to pay under this Ordinance. (Replaced, 76 of 1982, s. 8)

(3) Medical expenses which the employer is liable to pay under subsec-
tion (1) shall be payable in accordance with the Third Schedule in respect of
the period during which the employee receives medical treatment until the
attending medical practitioner or registered dentist certifies that in his opinion
no further treatment is required. (Replaced, 76 of 1982, s. 8)

(4) An employer shall not be liable to pay medical expenses under
subsection (1)-

(a) . if the employer has provided adequate free medical treatment to the
employee; or

(b)if, by a written undertaking, the employer has agreed to provide
adequate free medical treatment and the employee fails, without
reasonable excuse, to submit himself for such medical treatment.

(5) Where an employer proposes to provide free medical treatment to an
employee for personal injury caused to the employee by accident arising out of
and in the course of his employment he shall give to the employee a written
undertaking to provide free medical treatment or to pay the medical expenses
for the medical treatment and shall not recover any part of the cost of the
medical expenses from the employee.

(6) Where an employee has paid for any medical treatment received by
him he shall be entitled to recover the medical expenses which his employer is
liable to pay under subsection (1) from his employer by serving on the employer
a request in writing for the payment of the medical expenses together with a
receipt for the payment for the medical treatment.

(7) If an employer does not pay an employee the medical expenses he is
liable to pay under subsection (1) within 21 days after the date of receipt of a





request for payment under subsection (6) or, where an application is made to the
Commissioner under section IOB for the determination of a dispute, within 21 days
after the date of determination of the dispute, the medical expenses may be
recovered by the employee from the employer

(a)as a civil debt in the Small Claims Tribunal established under the Small
Claims Tribunal Ordinance (Cap. 338); or

(b)where the amount claimed exceeds the jurisdiction of the Small Claims
Tribunal, as a civil debt in the District Court.

(8) A claim for medical expenses in the District Court may be brought either
independently of or in conjunction with any other claim for compensation which is,
under this Ordinance, to be brought in the District Court.

(9) [Deleted, 76 of 1982, s. 8]

(Added, 74 of 1977, s. 3. Amended, 44 of 1980, s. 15)

Determination by Commissioner of medical expenses
payable

10B. (1) In the event of any dispute as to the liability to pay medical expenses
under section 10A or as to the amount of such medical expenses, the employee or
the employer may apply to the Commissioner for the determination of the dispute.

(2) Where an application is made under subsection (1), the Commissioner shall
determine whether or not medical expenses are payable by the employer and if he
determines that medical expenses are payable he shall issue a certificate to the
employee and the employer stating the amount of such medical expenses.

(3) A certificate purporting to be issued under subsection (2) and to be signed
by or for the Commissioner shall be admitted in evidence without further proof on
its production in any court and

(a)until the contrary is proved, it shall be presumed that the certificate is so
issued and signed;

(b)shall be evidence of the amount of the medical expenses payable by the
employer.

(Added, 74 of 1977, s. 3. Amended, 44 of 1980, s. 15)

Method of calculating earnings

11. (1) Subject to this section, for the purposes of this Ordinance the monthly
earnings of an employee at the time of the accident shall be the earnings

(a) for the month immediately preceding the date of the accident; or

(b)computed in such manner as is best calculated to give the rates per month
at which the employee was being remunerated during the previous 12
months if he has been so long employed by the same employer, but, if
not, then for any lesser period during which he has been employed by the
same employer,





whichever calculation is more favourable to the employee. (Replaced, 76 of 1982,s.9)

(2) Where by reason of the shortness of the time during which an employee
has been in the employrnent of his employer or of the casual nature of the
employment, or of the terms of employment, it is impracticable to compute the rate
of remuneration of such employee at the date of the accident, regard may be had to
the average monthly amount which, during the 12 months previous to the accident,
was being earned by a person of similar earning capacity in the same grade
employed at the same work by the same employer, or, if there is no person so
employed, by a person of similar earning capacity in the same grade employed in the
same class of employment and in the same district. (Added, 55 of 1969, s. 11)

(3) Where an employee was, at the date of the accident, under the age of 18
years his earnings shall, for the purposes of assessing compensation payable in the
case of death or permanent incapacity, be deemed to be such amount as, if the
accident had not occurred, he would probably have received upon attaining the age
of 18 years, or at the end of a period of 5 years after the accident, whichever
calculation is more favourable to the employee. (Added, 55 of 1969,s.11. Amended, 76
of 1982,s.9)

(4) Where an employee was, at the date of the accident, employed under a
contract of apprenticeship his earnings shall, for the purposes of assessing
compensation payable in the case of death or permanent incapacity, be deemed to
be such amount as, if the accident had not occurred, he would probably have
received upon the completion of his contract of apprenticeship. (Added, 55 of 1969,
s. 11. Amended, 76 of 1982, s. 9)

(4A) Where an employee was, at the date of the accident, under the age of 18
years and employed under a contract of apprenticeship, his earnings shall, for the
purposes of assessing compensation payable in the case of death or permanent
incapacity, be deemed to be the amount calculated under subsection (3) or (4),
whichever calculation is more favourable to the employee. (Added, 76 of 1982, s. 9)

(5) Where the earnings of an employee calculated under any of the provisions
of this section amount to less than $920 per month, the earnings of such employee
shall, for the purposes of this Ordinance, be deemed to be $920.


per month. (Added, 55 of 1969, s. 11. Amended, 76 of 1982,s. 9;L .N.
321/85
and L.N. 390/87)

(6) For the purposes of subsections (1) and (2), employment by the same
employer shall be taken to mean employment by the same employer in the grade in
which the employee was employed at the time of the accident, uninterrupted by
absence from work due to illness or any other unavoidable cause. (Amended, 55 of
1969, s. 11)

(7) Where the employee had entered into concurrent contracts of service with
2 or more employers under which he worked at one time for one such employer and
at another time for another such employer, his monthly earnings shall be computed
as if his earnings under all such contracts were earnings in the employment of the
employer for whom he was working at the time of the accident:





Provided that the earnings of the employee under the concurrent contract shall
be taken into account only so far as the employee is incapacitated from performing
the concurrent contract:

Provided further that this subsection shall not apply where an employee is in
the full time employment of that employer for whom he was working at the time of
the accident, in which case the earnings of such employee shall be his earnings in
such full time employment. For the purposes of this proviso, full time employment
means employment for not less than 40 hours during a minimum period of 5 days in
any 1 week. (Amended, 76 of 1982, s. 9)

(7A) An employee shall, at the written request of his employer, give his
employer sufficient written information to enable the employer to comply with
section 40 regarding any of the employee's concurrent contracts of service referred
to in subsection (7) that are then in force or subsequently entered into. (Added, 59
of 1988, s. 2)

(7B) Subsection (7) does not apply where an employee fails to comply with
subsection (7A). (Added, 59 of 1988, s. 2)

(8) Within 14 days after the date of issue of a written request of the employee
or of the Commissioner to the employer liable to pay compensation, that employer
shall furnish in writing a list of the earnings which have been earned by that
employee upon which the amount of the monthly earnings may be calculated for the
purpose of this section. (Amended, 76 of 1982, s. 9)

(9) An employer who without reasonable excuse contravenes subsection (8)
commits an offence and is liable to a fine of $5,000. (Added, 76 of 1982, s. 9)

(Amended, 44 of 1980, s. 15)

Persons entitled to compensation

12. (1) Except where otherwise provided by or under this Ordinance,
compensation shall be payable to or for the benefit of the employee, or, where death
results from the injury, to or for the benefit of his dependants as provided by this
Ordinance. (Amended, 76 of 1982, s. 10)

(2) Where there are both total and partial dependants nothing in this
Ordinance shall be construed as preventing the compensation being allotted partly
to the total and partly to the partial dependants.

(3) Where a dependant dies before a claim in respect of death is made under
this Ordinance, or, if a claim has been made, before an order for the payment of
compensation has been made, the legal personal representative of the dependant
shall have no right to payment of compensation, and the claim for compensation
shall be dealt with as if that dependant had died before the employee.

(Amended, 44 of 1980, s. 15)

Distribution of compensation

13. (1) Compensation payable where the death of an employee has resulted
from an injury shall be paid to the Court, and the Court may order any sum so paid
in to be apportioned among the dependants of the deceased employee or any of
them in such proportion as the Court thinks fit, or in the





discretion of the Court, to be allotted to any one such dependant, and the sum so
allotted to any dependant shall be paid to him or be invested, applied or otherwise
dealt with for his benefit in such manner as the Court thinks fit.

Where, on application being made in accordance with rules made under this
Ordinance, it appears to the Court that, on account of the variation of the
circumstances of the various dependants, or for any other sufficient cause, an order
made under this subsection ought to be varied, the Court may make such order for
the variation of the former order as in the circumstances of the case the Court may
think just:

Provided that no such order shall be made which requires the repayment by a
dependant of any compensation already paid to him except where such payment
has been obtained by fraud, impersonation or other improper means.

(2) Except where otherwise provided by or under this Ordinance, any other
compensation payable under this Ordinance shall be paid to the Court, and any
sum so paid shall- (Amended, 76 of 1982, s. 11)

(a) be paid by the Court to the person entitled thereto; or

(b)if the compensation is payable under the provisions of section 7, 8 or 9 or
is a lump sum payable under the provisions of section 10, be invested,
applied or otherwise dealt with by the Court for his benefit in such
manner as the Court thinks fit:

Provided that

(i) where periodical payments are payable under the provisions of section
8(2)(b)(i) or section 10, such payments may be paid by the employer
direct to the employee; and

(ii)where compensation has been agreed and approved in accordance with
the provisions of section 17, the Commissioner may direct in writing that
the compensation shall be paid by the employer direct to the employee.
(Amended, 55 of 1969, s. 12)

(3) An employer may make a payment not exceeding $20,000 direct to an
employee or dependant on account of a claim which is pending settlement or
determination, and the Court or, if the compensation is not paid to the Court, the
Commissioner may order that the whole or any part of such payment shall be
deducted from the amount of compensation payable to the employee or dependant
under the provisions of this Ordinance: (Replaced, 55 of 1969, s. 12. Amended, 76 of
1982, s. 11 and 59 of 1988, s. 3)

Provided that no such payment shall

(a) constitute a periodical payment for the purposes of this Ordinance; or

(b)relieve the employer of an obligation to make any periodical payment
under thisOrdinance. (Added, 76 of 1982,s.11)

(4) The receipt of the Registrar of the Court shall be a sufficient discharge in
respect of any amount paid to the Court under the provisions of this Ordinance.

(5) No appeal shall lie from any order or direction of the Court or of the
Commissioner made or given under this section. (Amended, 50 of 1954, s. 5)

(Amended, 44 of 1980, s. 15)





Requirements as to notice of accident and application for
compensation

14. (1) Except where otherwise provided by this Ordinance, proceedings for the
recovery under this Ordinance of compensation for an injury shall not be
maintainable unless notice of the accident has been given to the employer by or on
behalf of the employee, in the manner hereinafter provided, as soon as practicable
after the happening thereof and before the employee has voluntarily left the
employment in which he was injured, and unless the application for compensation
with respect to such accident (being an application to the Court by an employee
under section 18A(2)) has been made within 24 months from the occurrence of the
accident causing the injury or, in the case of death, within 24 months from the date
of death: (Amended, 55 of 1969, s. 13; 4 of 1978, s. 4 and 76 of 1982, s. 12)

Provided that the want of, or any defect or irregularity in, a notice shall not be
a bar to the maintenance of proceedings

(a)if the application is made in respect of the death of an employee resulting
from an accident which occurred on the premises of the employer, or at
any place where the employee at the time of the accident was working
under the control of the employer or of any person employed by him, and
the employee died on such premises or at such place, or on any premises
belonging to the employer, or died without having left the vicinity of the
premises or place where the accident occurred; or

(b)if the employer is proved to have had knowledge of the accident from any
other source at or about the time of the accident, or if it is found in the
proceedings for settling that claim that the employer is not prejudiced or
would not, if a notice or an amended notice were then given and the
hearing postponed, be prejudiced in his defence by the want, defect or
irregularity, or that such want, defect or irregularity was occasioned by
mistake, absence from Hong Kong, or other reasonable cause. (Amended,
76 of 1982, ss. 12 and 37)

(2) A notice under this section may be given either in writing or orally to the
employer (or, if there is more than one employer, to one of such employers), or to
any foreman or other official under whose supervision the employee is employed, or
to any person designated for the purpose by the employer, and shall specify the
name and address of the person injured, and shall state in ordinary language the
cause of the. injury and the date on which and the place at which the accident
occurred.

(3) Where section 24 applies, notice of an accident to an employee employed
by a sub-contractor given in accordance with this section to the sub-contractor, or
to any foreman or other official under whose supervision the employee is employed,
or to any person designated for the purpose by the sub-contractor, shall be deemed
to be notice to the principal contractor. (Replaced, 76 of 1982, s. 12)

(4) The Court may receive and determine any application for compensation in
any case notwithstanding that the notice required by subsection (1) has not been
given, or that the application has not been made in due time as





required by that subsection, if it is satisfied that there was reasonable excuse for
the failure so to give notice or to make an application, as the case may be.
(Amended, 44 of 1980, s. 15)

Employer to report the injury to or death of an employee
and method of notification

15. (1) Notice of any accident which results-

(a) in the death of the employee within 3 days after the accident; or

(b)in the total or partial incapacity of the employee for a period
exceeding 3 consecutive days immediately following the accident,
(Amended, 76 of 1982, s. 13)

shall be given in the prescribed form to the Commissioner by the employer not
later than 7 days after the accident irrespective of whether the accident gives rise
to any liability to pay compensation:

Provided that if the happening of such accident was not brought to the
notice of the employer or did not otherwise come to his knowledge within such
period of 7 days then such notice shall be given not later than 7 days after the
happening of the accident was first brought to the notice of the employer or
otherwise first came to his knowledge. (Replaced, 55 of 1969, s. 14)

(IA) The Commissioner may, by notice in writing to an employer, require
the employer to give notice to the Commissioner of an accident causing injury
to an employee, being an accident-

(a) which may give rise to a liability to pay compensation;

(b) to which subsection (1) does not apply; and

(c) which does not result in the death of the employee,

in the prescribed form within such period, not being less than 7 days, as is
specified in the notice to the employer. (Added, 76 of 1982, s. 13)

(2) When the death of an employee in any circumstances other than those
specified in subsection (1)(a) is brought to the notice of, or comes to the
knowledge of, his employer, the employer shall, not later than 7 days after the
death, give notice thereof in the prescribed form to the Commissioner, irrespec-
tive of whether the death gives rise to any liability to pay compensation:

Provided that if the death was not brought to the notice of the employer or
did not otherwise come to his knowledge within such period of 7 days then such
notice shall be given not later than 7 days after the death was first brought to the
notice of the employer or otherwise first came to his knowledge. (Replaced, 55
of 1969, s. 14)

(3) On receipt of a notice under subsection (1) or (2) the Commissioner
may make such inquiry as he thinks fit and if it appears to him that a claim for
compensation may arise in respect of-

(a) the death of the employee, he may-
(i) make such inquiry as he thinks fit to ascertain whether there are
any dependants of the deceased employee and, if so, the degree of their
dependency;





(ii) inform such dependants, if any, of the reported cause and
circumstances of the death of the employee and advise them of their
right to compensation; and
(iii) if such dependants, or any of them, so wish, make a claim for
compensation on their behalf, or

(b)the incapacity of the employee, he may, if the employee so requests,
make a claim for compensation on behalf of the employee. (Added,
55 of 1969, s. 14)

(4) In any claim for compensation under section 6 the Court may, for
the purposes of section 13(1), take into consideration a written report from
the Commissioner of his findings on an inquiry under subsection (3)(a)(i).
(Added, 55 of 1969, s. 14)

(5) For the purposes of subsections (1)(a) and (2), the death of an
employee on the premises of his employer shall be deemed to be within the
knowledge of such employer. (Amended, 55 of 1969, s. 14)

(6) Any employer who-

(a)without reasonable excuse fails to give notice as required by sub-
section (1) or (2) or as required by a notice of the Commissioner under
subsection (IA); or

(b)in or in connection with any notice given by him under subsection (1),
(IA) or (2), makes any false or misleading statement or furnishes any
false or misleading information,

commits an offence and is liable to a fine of $5,000. (Replaced, 76 of 1982, s. 13)

(7) Nothing contained in this section shall prevent any person from
making a claim for compensation under this Ordinance.

Medical examination and treatment

(Amended, 44 of 1980, s. 15)

16. (1) Where an employee has given notice of an accident he shall, if the
employer, before the expiry of 7 days from the time at which notice has been
given, offers to have him examined free of charge by a medical practitioner
named by the employer, submit himself for such examination, and any
employee who is in receipt of a periodical payment under section 10 shall, if so
required by the employer, submit himself for such examination from time to
time.

(2) The employee shall, when required, attend upon that medical practi-
tioner at the time and place notified to the employee by the employer or that
medical practitioner, provided such time and place is reasonable.

(3) In the event of the employee being, in the opinion of any medical
practitioner, unable or not in a fit state to attend on the practitioner named
by the employer, that fact shall be notified to the employer, and the medical
practitioner so named shall fix a reasonable time and place for a personal
examination of the employee and shall send him notice accordingly.

(4) If the employee fails to submit himself for such examination, his right
to compensation shall be suspended until such examination has taken place; and





if such failure extends over a period of 15 days from the date when the employee
was required to submit himself for examination under subsection (2) or (3), as the
case may be, no compensation shall be payable, unless the Court is satisfied that
there was reasonable cause for such failure.

(5) The employee shall be entitled to have his own medical practitioner present
at such examination, but at his own expense.

(6) Where the employee is not attended by a medical practitioner he shall, if so
required by the employer, submit himself for treatment by a medical practitioner
without expense to the employee.

(7) If the employee fails to submit himself for treatment by a medical
practitioner when so required under the provisions of subsection (6), or having
submitted himself for such treatment disregards the instructions of such medical
practitioner, then if it is proved that such failure or disregard was unreasonable in
the circumstances of the case and that the injury has been aggravated thereby, the
injury and resulting incapacity shall be deemed to be of the same nature and
duration as they might reasonably have been expected to be if the employee had
submitted himself for treatment by, and duly carried out the instructions of, such
medical practitioner, and compensation, if any, shall be payable accordingly.

(8) Where under this section a right to compensation is suspended, no
compensation shall be payable in respect of the period of suspension.

(9) Notwithstanding the previous provisions of this section, where a claim for
compensation is made in respect of the death of an employee, then if the employee
failed to submit himself to examination by a medical practitioner when so required
under the provisions of this section, or failed to submit himself for treatment by a
medical practitioner when so required under the provisions of this section or having
submitted himself for such treatment disregarded the instructions of such medical
practitioner, and if it is proved that such failure or disregard was unreasonable in
the circumstances of the case and that the death of the employee was caused
thereby, the death shall not be deemed to have resulted from the injury, and no
compensation shall be payable in respect of the injury.

(Amended, 44 of 1980, s. 15)

Determination of claims in respect of minor injuries

16A. *(1) Where a claim for compensaiton arises in respect of an accident causing
injury to an employee which-

(a) results in temporary, whether total or partial; and (amended,

31 of 1985, s. 3)

(b) in the opinion of the Commissioner in not likely to result in any
permanent incapacity



the Commissioner may, if has notice of the claim, assess the compensation
payable under section 10:

* To be repealed and replaced by 59 of 1988, 4(a) w.e.f. 1.1.1989-see L.N.
226/88.




Provided that
compensation under this
subsection unless happening
of the accident.

(2) Where the Commissioner assesses compensation under subsection (1) he
shall issue to the employer and the employee a certificate in such form as he may
specify stating the amount of the compensation and details of the assessment, and
shall retain one copy of the certificate for his records.

compensation shall not be assessed by the
Commissioner unless the claim arises within 24
months after the

(3) An objection to the amount of compensation assessed under subsection
(1) may be made by the employer or the employee to the Commissioner in writing
within 14 days after the date of issue of the certificate issued under subsection (2),
or within such further time as the Commissioner, in the circumstances of any
particular case, thinks fit, stating the, grounds of the objection, and a copy of the
objection shall be sent by the objector--

(a) where the objector is the employer, to the employee; or

(b) where the objector is the employee, to the employer.

*(4) On receipt receipt of an objection under subsection (3) the Commissioner
shall review his assessment under subsection (1) and, after taking into account the
objection, may confirm or vary the assessment.

(5) Upon completing a review under subsection (4), the Commissioner shall
issue to the employer and the employee a certificate in such form as he may specify
stating

(a) that the original assessment is confirmed and giving details thereof, or

(b) details of the assessment as varied,

and shall retain one copy of the certificate for his records.

(6) Upon the issue of a certificate under subsection (5), the certificate issued
under subsection (2) shall be cancelled.

(7) A certificate purporting to be issued-

(a)under subsection (2), other than a certificate cancelled under subsection
(6); or

(b) under subsection (5),

and to be signed by or for the Commissioner shall be admitted in evidence without
further proof on its production in any court, and

(i)until the contrary is proved it shall be presumed that the certificate is so
issued and signed; and

(ii) shall be evidence of the matters stated therein.

(8) A certificate issued-

(a)under subsection (2), other than a certificate cancelled under subsection
(6); or

(b) under subsection (5),

TO be repealed and replaced by 59 of 1988, s. 4(b) w.e.f. 1.1.1989. -see L.N. 226/88.











may, on application to the Court by the employer, the employee or the
Commissioner, be made an order of the Court and, for the purposes of this
subsection, the amount payable under any such certificate shall include any
surcharge payable in respect thereof under subsection (10).

(9) Subject to section 18, the employer shall pay to the employee within a
period of 21 days after

(a) the date of issue of the certificate issued under subsection (2); or

(b)where an objection is made under subsection (3), the date of issue of the
certificate issued under subsection (5),

the balance (if any) of the amount of compensation stated in the certificate after
deducting from such amount

(i)the total sum of any periodical payments made by the employer to the
employee under section 10 in respect of the injury to which the certificate
relates; and

(ii) any sum which the Commissioner has ordered to be deducted under
section 13(3).

(10) An employer who fails without reasonable excuse to comply with
subsection (9) shall pay to the employee, in addition to the amount of
compensation payable under that subsection- (Amended, 59 of 1988, s. 4)

(a)upon the expiry of the payment period, a surcharge of 5 per cent of the
amount of compensation then remaining unpaid or $200, whichever is the
greater; and

(b)upon the expiry of 3 months after the expiry of the payment period, a
further surcharge of 10 per cent of the amount then remaining unpaid of
the aggregate of the amount of compensation referred to in paragraph (a)
and the surcharge imposed under that paragraph or $400, whichever is
the greater. (Amended, L.N. 390187)

(11) For the purposes of subsection (10) 'payment period' means the
appropriate period for payment referred to in subsection (9).

(12) An employer who fails without reasonable excuse to comply with
subsection (9) or (10) commits an offence and is liable to a fine of $10,000. (Added,
59 of 1988, s. 4)

(Added, 76 of 1982, s. 14)

Cancellation of minor injuries claim certificate by the Court

16B. (1) Notwithstanding anything in section 16A, the Court may, on
application by the employer, the employee or the Commissioner, cancel a certificate
issued under section 16A(2) or (5) and make such order (including an order as to
any sum already paid under the certificate) as in the circumstances the Court may
think just, if it is proved that

(a)the sum paid or to be paid was or is not in accordance with the provisions
of this Ordinance; or

(b) the certificate was issued in ignorance of, or under a mistake as to, the

true nature or the extent of the injury,. or(Amended, 60 of 1986, s. 2)





(c)the certificate was based upon any false or misleading information or
statement given or made.

(2) An application under subsection (1) shall be made within 6 months of the
date of issue of the certificate in respect of which the application is made, or within
such further time as the Court, in the circumstances of any particular case, thinks fit.

(Added, 76 of 1982, s. 14)

16C. [Repeated, 31 of 1985, s. 41

Employees' Compensation (Ordinary Assessment) Boards

16D. (1) The Commissioner shall for the purposes of this section appoint one
or more boards to be known as Employees' Compensation (Ordinary Assessment)
Boards.

(2) An Ordinary Assessment Board shall consist of-

(a)2 persons each of whom shall be either a medical practitioner or a
registered dentist; and

(b)a Senior Labour Officer or a Labour Officer. (Amended, 31 of 1985, s.5)

(3) A member of an Ordinary Assessment Board shall hold office on such
terms and for such period as the Commissioner may determine.

(4) The Commissioner may refer to an Ordinary Assessment Board any claim
for compensation for an injury to an employee of which he has notice if in the
opinion of the Commissioner such injury is likely to result in permanent total or
partial incapacity.

(5) In respect of a claim referred to it under subsection (4), an Ordinary
Assessment Board shall, subject to subsection (6), assess the percentage of the
loss of earning capacity permanently caused by the injury in accordance with this
Ordinance.

(6) Where it appears to an Ordinary Assessment Board that a claim referred to
it under subsection (4) is one to which section 9(1A) applies, it shall refer the claim
to a Special Assessment Board.

(7) A decision of an Ordinary Assessment Board, if not unanimous, shall be
that of the majority of the members thereof.

(8) Subject to this section, the procedure of an Ordinary Assessment Board
shall be such as the Commissioner may determine.

(Added, 76 of 1982, s. 14)

Employees' Compensation (Special Assessment) Boards

16E. (1) The Commissioner shall for the purposes of this section appoint one or
more boards to be known as Employees' Compensation (Special Assessment)
Boards.





of-

(2) Subject to subsection (4), a Special Assessment Board shall consist
(a) one of the following, that is to say(i) the Occupational Health Consultant;
or (ii) a Senior Occupational Health Officer; or (iii) an Occupational
Health Officer;

(b) a Senior Labour Officer; and

(c)a Labour Officer who is a member of an Ordinary Assessment Board
appointed under section 16D(2).

(3) A member of a Special Assessment Board referred to in subsection (2) shall
hold office on such terms and for such period as the Commissioner may determine.

(4) The Commissioner may appoint as additional members of a Special
Assessment Board not more than 2 persons who are, in his opinion, qualified to
give expert advice on any matter relating to a claim for compensation referred to the
Special Assessment Board, and may at any time revoke any such appointment.

(5) A member appointed under subsection (4) may at any time resign by giving
notice in writing to the Commissioner.

(6) The Commissioner shall appoint a member of a Special Assessment Board
to be the chairman of the Special Assessment Board.

(7) At all meetings of a Special Assessment Board 3 members shall form a
quorum.

(8) In respect of a claim referred to it by an Ordinary Assessment Board under
section 16D(6), a Special Assessment Board shall, subject to subsection (9), assess
the percentage of the loss of earning capacity permanently caused by the injury in
accordance with this Ordinance.

(9) Where it appears to a Special Assessment Board that a claim referred to it
by an Ordinary Assessment Board under section 16D(6) is a claim to which section
9(1A) applies, the Special Assessment Board shall assess the percentage of the
loss of earning capacity permanently caused by the injury for the purposes of
section 9(1A).

(10) A decision of a Special Assessment Board shall be that of the majority of
the members in attendance or, if there is no majority, shall be that of the chairman
thereof.

(11) Subject to this section, the procedure of a Special Assessment Board shall
be such as the Commissioner may determine.

(Added, 76 of 1982, s. 14)

Certificates of assessment

16F. An Ordinary Assessment Board, where it has made an assessment under
section 16D(5) or a Special Assessment Board, where it has made an assessment
under section 16E(8) or (9), shall issue to the employee, the employer





and the Commissioner a certificate in such form as may be specified by the
Commissioner giving details of the assessment.

(Added, 76 of 1982, s. 14)

Review of assessments

16G. *(1) An objection to an assessment by an Ordinary Assessment

Board under section 16D(5) or by a Special Assessment Board under section
16E(8) or (9) may be made by the employer, the employee or the Commis-
sioner in writing to the Ordinary Assessment Board or the Special Assessment
Ordinary Board, as the case may be, within 14 days after the date of issue to him of the
relevant certificate under section 16F, or within such further time as the
Ordinary Assessment Board or the Special Assessment Board, in the circum-
stances of any particular case, thinks fit, stating the ground of the objection,
and a copy of the objection shall be sent by the objector-

(a) where the objector is the employer, to the employee and the Com-
missioner;

(b) where the objector is the employee, to the employer and the Commis
sioner; or

(c) where the objector is the Commissioner, to the employer and the
employee. (Rep Replaced, 31 of 1985, s. 6)

(2) On receipt of an objection under subsection (1), the Ordinary Assessment
Board or the Special Assessment Board, as the case may be, shall review its
assessment and, after taking into account the objection, may confirm or vary the
assessment.

(3) Upon completing a review under subsection (2) the Ordinary Assessment
Board or the Special Assessment Board, as the case may be, shall issue to the
employee, the employer and the Commissioner a certificate in such form as may be
specified by the Commissioner stating

(a) that the original assessment is confirmed and giving details thereof, or

(b) details of the assessment as varied.

(4) Upon the issue of a certificate under subsection (3), the certificate referred
to in subsection (1) shall be cancelled.

(5) Notwithstanding anything in subsection (2), (3) or (4), where upon a review
of an assessment by an Ordinary Assessment Board under subsection (2), it
appears to the Ordinary Assessment Board that the claim for compensation to
which the assessment relates is one to which section 9(1A) applies, it shall not
complete the review but shall refer the claim to a Special Assessment Board.



(6) The provisions of sections 16E, 16F and this section shall apply to a claim
referred to a Special Assessment Board under subsection (5) as if it were a claim
referred to a Special Assessment Board under section 16D(6).

(7) Upon the issue by the Special Assessment Board of a certificate under
section 16F in respect of a claim referred to it under subsection (5), the certificate
issued under section 16F in respect of that claim by the Ordinary Assessment
Board shall be cancelled.



* To be repealed and replaced by 59 of 1988, s. 5(a) w.e.f. 1.1.89-see L.N. 226/88.
+ To be amended by 59 of 1988, s. 5(b) w.e.f. 1.1.1989-see L.N. 226/88.





(8) Subsections (2), (3), (4), (5), (6) and (7) shall not apply where an assessment
is reviewed under section 16GAQ(2). (Added, 31 of 1985, s. 6)

(Added, 76 of 1982, s. 14)

Review of assessments other than under section 16G

16GA. (1) Without prejudice to section 16G, an Ordinary Assessment Board or
a Special Assessment Board may, on its own initiative, review its assessment under
section 16D(5) or section 16E(8) or (9), as the case may be, within 3 months after the
date of issue of a certificate under section 16F, or within such further time as the
Ordinary Assessment Board or the Special Assessment Board, in the circumstances
of any particular case, thinks fit, if the assessment

(a)was made in ignorance of, or under a mistake as to, the true nature or the
extent of the injury; or (Amended, 60 of 1986, s. 3)

(b)was based upon any false or misleading information or statement given
or made,

and may confirm or vary the assessment.

(2) An Ordinary Assessment Board or a Special Assessment Board may review
its assessment under subsection (1) and at the same time take into account any
objection under section 16G(I).

(3) Before proceeding with a review under subsection (1), the Ordinary
Assessment Board or the Special Assessment Board, as the case may be, shall
notify the employer, the employee and the Commissioner in writing of the review
and the ground of the review specified in subsection (1), and (where applicable)
that an objection under section 16G(I) is being taken into account.

(4) Upon completing a review under subsection (1) or (2), the Ordinary
Assessment Board or the Special Assessment Board, as the case may be, shall
issue to the employer, the employee and the Commissioner a certificate in such
form as may be specified by the Commissioner stating

(a) that the original assessment is confirmed and giving details thereof; or

(b) details of the assessment as varied.

(5) Upon the issue of a certificate under subsection (4), the certificate referred
to in subsection (1) shall be cancelled.

(6) Notwithstanding anything in subsection (1), (2), (4) or (5), where upon a
review of an assessment by an Ordinary Assessment Board under subsection (1) or
(2), it appears to the Ordinary Assessment Board that the claim for compensation to
which the assessment relates is one to which section 9(1A) applies, it shall not
complete the review but shall refer the claim to a Special Assessment Board.

(7) The provisions of sections 16E and 16F and of this section shall apply to a
claim referred to a Special Assessment Board under subsection (6) of this section
as if it were a claim referred to a Special Assessment Board under section 16D(6).





(8) Upon the issue by the Special Assessment Board of a certificate under
section 16F in respect of a claim referred to it under subsection (6) of this section,
the certificate issued under section 16F in respect of the claim by the Ordinary
Assessment Board shall be cancelled.

(Added, 31 of 1985, s. 7)

Certificates as evidence

16H. A certificate purporting to be issued

(a)under section 16F, other than a certificate cancelled under section 16G(4)
or (7) or section 16GA(5) or (8); or

(b)under section 16G(3) or section 16GA(4), (Amended, 31 of 1985, s.8)

and to be signed by or for an Ordinary Assessment Board or a Special Assessment
Board, as the case may be, shall be admitted in evidence without further proof on
its production in any court and

(i) until the contrary is proved, it shall be presumed that the certificate is so
issued and signed; and

(ii) shall be evidence of the matters stated therein.

Attendance of employee for purposes of assessment, etc.

(Added, 76 of 1982, s. 14)

161. (1) The Commissioner, an Ordinary Assessment Board or a Special
Assessment Board may by notice in writing to an injured employee require the
employee to attend for the purposes of an examination or assessment on such date
and at such time and place as is specified in the notice.

(2) An employee who receives a notice under subsection (1) shall as soon as
possible notify his employer (if any) of the date, time and place for such attendance.

(3) For the purposes of an attendance referred to in subsection (1) an employer
shall, if the employee is not already-
(a) on leave of absence from work; and

(b) receiving periodical payments under section 10,

grant to the employee leave of absence from work and, subject to subsection (4),
shall pay to the employee, within 7 days after the day on which wages are normally
paid to the employee next following such absence from work, the wages or salary in
respect of such absence from work or the wages or salary he would have earned if
he had worked during such period.

(4) No wages or salary shall be payable under subsection (3) by an employer
unless he was the employer of the employee at the time of the accident.

(5) A claim for wages or salary payable under subsection (3) may be brought

(a)as an action for civil debt in any court or tribunal of competent
jurisdiction; or





(b)as a claim for compensation in the Court, either independently of or in
conjunction with any other claim for compensation brought in the Court.

(6) Any employer who without reasonable excuse contravenes subsection (3)
commits an offence and is liable to a fine of $5,000.

Agreements as to compensation for certain injuries

(Added, 76 of 1982, s. 14)

17. *(1) Subject to subsection (2), in the case of an injury to an employee
to which section 16D(4) applies his employer shall, within 21 days after the,

relevant date, take all such steps as are necessary and reasonable on his part to
enter into an agreement with the injured employee as to the compensation-
payable by him under sections 7, 9 and 10 as may be appropriate for the
injury: (Amended, 31 of 1985, s. 9)

Provided that the amount of such compensation to be agreed upon shall not
be less than the amount payable under sections 7, 9 and 10.

(2) Subsection (1) shall not apply in any case where the employer notifies the
Commissioner, in writing, within 14 days after the relevant date, that he does not
intend to enter into an agreement, giving his reasons therefor.

(3) For the purposes of subsections (1) and (2) 'relevant date' means

(a)

the date of issue to the employer of the relevant certificate of assessment
under section 16F;

(b)where an objection to the assessment is made under section 16G(1), the
date of issue to the employer of the relevant certificate under section
16G(3) or of a further certificate under section 16F, as the case may be; or

where a review of an assessment is made under section 16GA(1) or (2),
the date of issue to the employer of the relevant certificate under section
16GA(4) or of a further certificate under section 16F, as the case may be:

Provided that in the case of a claim for an injury in respect of which a notice
has been served on a principal contractor by the employee under section 24(6), the
relevant date shall be the date determined in accordance with paragraph (a), (b) or
(e), as the case may be, or the date of service of the notice under section 24(6),
whichever date is the later. (Replaced, 31 of 1985, s. 9)

(4) Every agreement under subsection (1) shall be submitted in triplicate by the
employer so as to reach the Commissioner within 3 days after the execution thereof.

(5) Where an agreement is submitted to the Commissioner, he may-

(a)subject to subsection (6), approve the agreement and signify his
approval in writing; or

(b) refuse to approve the agreement.

* To be amended by 59 of 1988, s. 6 w.e.f. 1.1.1989- see L.N. 226/88.





(6) Where the Commissioner has reason to believe that the interests of the
employee require that the agreement be read over and explained to him, the
Commissioner shall not signify his approval of the agreement under subsection
(5)(a) until he has so read and explained it to him.

(7) For the purposes of subsection (6), the Commissioner may by notice in
writing to an employee require the employee to attend on such date and at such time
and place as is specified in the notice, and the provisions of section 161(2), (3), (4),
(5) and (6) shall apply in respect of a notice under this subsection as they apply in
respect of a notice under section 161(1).

(8) Where the Commissioner refuses to approve an agreement under
subsection (5)(b), he shall notify the employer in writing of his refusal giving his
reasons therefor, and at the same time may return the agreement to the employer for
amendment in such manner as he may specify.

(9) An employer shall, where under subsection (8) an agreement is returned to
him, take all such steps as are necessary and reasonable on his part to amend the
agreement in the manner specified by the Commissioner under that subsection, and
to submit the amended agreement, in triplicate, so as to reach the Commissioner
within 10 days after the date on which the agreement is returned to the employer.

(10) Subsections (5),(6),(7) and (8) shall apply to an agreement submitted to the
Commissioner under subsection (9).

(11) No agreement made under this section shall be binding on any party
thereto until the Commissioner has signified his approval thereof in writing under
subsection (5).

(12) The Commissioner shall, as soon as possible after signifying his approval
to an agreement under this section, forward one copy thereof each to the employer
and the employee and retain one copy for his records.

(13) Any agreement made under this section which has been approved by the
Commissioner may, on application to the Court by any party thereto or by the
Commissioner, be made an order of the Court.

(14) An employer who

(a)without reasonable excuse fails to comply with subsection (1), (4) or (9);
or

(b)in connection with any notification by him under subsection (2) makes
any false or misleading statement or furnishes any false or misleading
information,

commits an offence and is liable to a fine of $5,000.

Agreement to include surcharge provision

(Replaced, 76 of 1982, s. 15)

17A. (1) An agreement approved by the Commissioner under section 17 shall
be read and construed as providing (whether or not it so provides in fact) that,
where the employer fails without reasonable excuse to pay any amount of
compensation within a period of 21 days after the date of the signification of the





Commissioner's approval of the agreement under section 17(5) (in this section
referred to as 'the payment period'), the employer shall pay to the employee, in
addition to any other compensation payable under the agreement

(a)upon the expiry of the payment period, a surcharge of 5 per cent of the
amount then remaining unpaid or $200, whichever is the greater; and

(b)upon the expiry of 3 months after the expiry of the payment period, a
further surcharge of 10 per cent of the amount then remaining unpaid of
the aggregate of the amount of compensation referred to in paragraph (a)
and the surcharge imposed under that paragraph or $400, whichever is the
greater. (Added, 76 of 1982, s. 15. Amended, L.N. 390187 and 59 of
1988, s. 7)

(2) An employer who fails without reasonable excuse to pay compensation or
a surcharge within the time required by the provision referred to in subsection (1)
commits an offence and is liable to a fine of $10,000. (Added,59 of 1988, s. 9)

Cancellation of agreement by the Court

17B. (1) Notwithstanding anything in section 17, where an agreement has been
approved by the Commissioner under that section, the Court may, on application
by any party thereto or by the Commissioner, cancel the agreement and make such
order (including an order as to any sum already paid under the agreement) as in the
circumstances the Court may think just, if it is proved that

(a)the sum paid or to be paid was or is not in accordance with the provisions
of this Ordinance; or

(b)the agreement was entered into in ignorance of, or under a mistake as to,
the true nature or the extent of the injury; or (Amended, 60 of 1986,s.4)

(c)the agreement was obtained by such fraud, undue influence,
misrepresentation or other improper means as would, in law, be sufficient
ground for avoiding it.

(2) An application under subsection (1) shall be made within 6 months after
the date of the signification of the Commissioner's approval of the agreement under
section 17(5), or within such further time as the Court, in the circumstances of any
particular case, thinks fit.

(Added, 76 of 1982, s. 15)

Appeals to the Court

18. (1) Subject to this section, an appeal shall lie to the District Court from any
decision or assessment of the Commissioner, an Ordinary Assessment Board or a
Special Assessment Board under section 16A, 16D, 16E, 16G or 16GA. (Amended,
31 of 1985, s. 10)

(2) No appeal shall lie after the expiry of 6 months from the date of the decision
or, in the case of an assessment, of the date of issue of the relevant certificate under
section 16A, 16F, 16G or 16GA, as the case may be: (Amended, 31 of 1985, s. 10
and 59 of 1988, s. 8)





Provided that the Court may, if it thinks fit, extend the time within which to
appeal under this section notwithstanding that the time has elapsed.

(3) On an appeal under this section, the Court may confirm or reverse any
decision, or confirm or vary any assessment, of the Commissioner, an Ordinary
Assessment Board or a Special Assessment Board, or may substitute its own
assessment, and may determine the amount of compensation payable and may
make such order in respect thereof, including any order as to costs, as it thinks
fit.

(Replaced, 76 of 1982, s. 16)

Determination of claims by the Court

18A. (1) Except where otherwise provided under this Ordinance, all
claims for compensation, except to the extent that such claims are determined-

(a) by certificate under section 16A; or

(b) by agreement under section 17,

and any matter arising out of proceedings in respect of such claims shall be
determined by the District Court, whatever may be the amount involved, and
the Court may, for that purpose, call upon any person to give evidence, if the
Court is of the opinion that such person is, by virtue of his expert knowledge,
able to assist the Court.

(2) An employee may, in the prescribed form and manner, make an
application for enforcing his claim for compensation to the Court:

Provided that no application shall be made-

(a)in the case of a claim in respect of an injury to which section 16A
applies, until after the expiry of the payment period within the
meaning of subsection (11) of that section; and

(b)in the case of a claim for compensation under section 7, 9 or 10 in
respect of injury to which section 16D(4) applies, until after the expiry
of 21 days after the relevant date within the meaning of section 17(3),
unless the employer has given notice under section 17(2) that he does
not intend to enter into an agreement in respect of the compensation
to be paid by him for the injury. (Amended, 31 of 1985, s. 11)
(Added, 76 of 1982, s. 16)

Review

19. (1) Any periodical payment payable under this Ordinance either
under agreement between the parties or under an order of the Court, may be
reviewed by the Court on the application either of the employer or of the
employee:

Provided that where the application for review is based on a change in
the condition of the employee any such application shall be supported by a
certificate of a medical practitioner.

(2) Subject to the provisions of this Ordinance, any periodical payment
may, on review under this section, be continued, increased, diminished, con-





verted to a lump sum, or ended. If the accident is found to have resulted in
permanent incapacity, the provisions of section 7 or 9 shall apply, as the case may
be. (Replaced, 55 of 1969, s. 16)

(3) Where application is made by an employer under this section for any
periodical payment to be ended or diminished and the application is supported by
the certificate of a medical practitioner, the employer may pay into Court the
periodical payment, or so much thereof as is equal to the amount by which he
contends that the periodical payment should be diminished, to abide the decision
of the Court made on a review under this section.

(4) In making a review under this section, the Court shall have regard only to
the capacity for work of the employee as affected by the accident.

(Amended, 44 of 1980, s. 15)

Limitation of power of employer to end or decrease
periodical payments

20. Subject to the provisions of sections 10(5) or (9), 16(4) and 19(3), an
employer shall not be entitled, otherwise than in pursuance of an order of the Court,
a certificate under section 16A or an agreement made under section 17- (Amended,
55 of 1969, s. 17 and 76 of 1982, s. 17)

(a) to end periodical payments except

(i) where an employee resumes work and his earnings are not less than
the earnings which he was obtaining before the accident; or

(ii) where an employee dies;

(b) to diminish periodical payments except

(i) where an employee in receipt of periodical payments in respect of
total incapacity has actually returned to work; or

(ii) where the earnings of an employee in receipt of periodical payments
in respect of partial incapacity have actually been increased.

(Amended, 44 of 1980, s. 15)

Jurisdiction of the Court

21. (1) Save as is provided in this Ordinance and any rules made thereunder,
the District Court shall, upon or in connection with any question to be investigated
or determined thereunder, have all the powers and jurisdictions exercisable by the
District Court in or in connection with civil actions in such Court in like manner as if
the Court had by the District Court Ordinance (Cap. 336) been empowered to
determine all claims for compensation under this Ordinance whatever the amount
involved and the law, rules and practice relating to such civil actions and to the
enforcement of judgments and orders of the Court shall mutatis mutandis apply.
(Amended, 76 of 1982, s. 18)

(2) The Court shall have jurisdiction to hear and determine any action
notwithstanding that the amount claimed exceeds the sum mentioned in section 33
of the District Court Ordinance. (Added, 55 of 1969, s. 18. Amended, 79 of 1981, s.
3)

(3) The Court may, in any proceedings brought in the Court for the recovery of
any compensation, order that there shall be included in the sum for





which an order for payment is made interest at such rate as it thinks fit on the
whole or any part of such sum for the whole or any part of the period between
the date of the accident and the date of the order. (Added, 76 of 1982, s. 18)

Power of the Court to submit questions of law

22. (1) The Court may, if it thinks fit, submit any question of law for the
decision of the Court of Appeal.

(2) Such submission shall be in the form of a special case in accordance
with rules made under this Ordinance.

Appeals

23. (1) Subject to the provisions of this section and of section 13, an
appeal shall lie to the Court of Appeal from any order of the Court.

(2), Except with the leave of the Court or of the Court of Appeal (which
shall not be granted unless in the opinion of the Court of Appeal some
substantial question of law is involved in the appeal) no appeal shall lie if the
amount in dispute is less than $1,000.

(3) No appeal shall lie in any case in which the parties have agreed to
abide by the decision of the Court, or in which the order of the Court gives effect
to an agreement come to by the parties.

(4) No appeal shall lie after the expiration of 30 days from the date of the
order of the Court:

Provided that the Court of Appeal may, if it thinks fit, extend the time
within which to appeal under this section notwithstanding that that time has
elapsed.

Liability in case of employees employed by sub-contractors .

24. (1) Where any person (in this section referred to as the principal
contractor), in the course of or for the purposes of his trade or business,
contracts with a sub-contractor for the execution by or under the sub-
contractor of the whole or any part of any work undertaken by the principal
contractor, the principal contractor shall be liable to pay to any employee
employed by that sub-contractor or by any other sub-contractor in the
execution of the work any compensation under this Ordinance which the
principal contractor would have been liable to pay if that employee had been
immediately employed by him; and where compensation is claimed from or
proceedings are taken against the principal contractor, then, in the application
of this Ordinance, references to the principal contractor shall be substituted for
references to the employer, except that the amount of any compensation
calculated by reference to earnings shall be calculated by reference to the
earnings of the employee under the employer by whom he is immediately
employed.

(2) Where the principal contractor is liable to pay compensation under
this section, he shall be entitled to be indemnified by any person who would
have been liable to pay compensation to the employee independently of this
section.





(3) An employee employed by a sub-contractor may issue a written request to
the sub-contractor to supply to the employee the name and address of the principal
contractor.

(4) A sub-contractor shall within 7 days after the date of issue of a written
request under subsection (3)

(a)supply to the employee the name and address of the principal contractor;
and

(b) deliver a copy of the written request to the principal contractor.

(5) A sub-contractor who without reasonable excuse fails to comply with
subsection (4) commits an offence and is liable to a fine of $5,000.

(6) An employee shall, before making any claim or application by virtue of this
section against a principal contractor, serve on the principal contractor a notice in
writing stating

(a) the name and address of the employee;

(b) the name and address of the sub-contractor by whom he is employed;

(c) the address of the place of employment of the employee;

(d) the particulars of the accident and the injury suffered; and

(c) the amount of compensation to be claimed.

(7) Where a claim or application is made by virtue of this section against a
principal contractor, the principal contractor shall give notice thereof to the sub-
contractor specified in the notice served on the principal contractor under
subsection (6), who shall thereupon be entitled to intervene in any application made
against the principal contractor.

(8) Nothing in this section shall be construed as preventing an employee
recovering compensation under this Ordinance from a sub-contractor instead of the
principal contractor.

(Replaced, 76 of 1982, s. 19)

Remedies against both employer and third party

25. (1) Where the injury in respect of which compensation is payable was
caused in circumstances creating a legal liability in some person other than the
employer (in this section referred to as the third party) to pay damages to the
employee in respect thereof--

(a)the employee may both claim compensation under this Ordinance and
take proceedings against the third party in the High Court or, subject to
the provisions of the District Court Ordinance (Cap. 336) relating to the
limits of jurisdiction, in the District Court to recover damages:

Provided that where any such proceedings are instituted the court in
which the action is tried shall, in awarding damages, have regard to the
amount which, by virtue of paragraph (b), has become or is likely to
become payable to the employer by the third party; and

(b)the employer by whom compensation is payable, and any person who
may be called upon to pay an indemnity under section 24 in the,case of





(2)

an employee employed by a sub-contractor, shall have a right of
action against the third party for the recovery of any sum which he
is obliged to pay as a result of the accident, whether by way of
compensation or indemnity or by virtue of any agreement made with
the employee prior to the accident, and may exercise such right either
by joining in an action begun by the employee against the third party
or by instituting separate proceedings:

Provided that the amount recoverable under this paragraph shall
not exceed the amount of damages, if any, which in the opinion of the
court would have been awarded to the employee but for the provisions
of this Ordinance.

An employee shall, before instituting proceedings for damages under
subsection (1), in writing notify the employer of his intention to do so and shall
likewise notify the employer if he decides to abandon such proceedings or to
relinquish or settle his claim for damages, and shall in connection with any such
notification furnish such particulars as the employer may require.

(3) If an employee who has-

(a)failed to notify the employer of his intention to institute proceedings
under subsection (1); or

(b)in connection with any such notification, failed to furnish such
particulars as the employer may require,

recovers damages against a third party in any such proceedings, then-

(i) where the amount of damages recovered is equal to or greater than the
amount of compensation which would, but for this subsection, be
payable, no compensation shall be payable; or
(ii) where the amount of damages recovered is less than the amount of
compensation which would, but for this subsection, be payable, the
amount of compensation payable shall be a sum equal to the dif-
ference between the amount of damages recovered and the amount
of compensation which would, but for this subsection, be payable.

(4) In any proceedings to which subsection (3) applies the court may,
where any sum of compensation referred to in that subsection has already been
paid, make such order with respect to the repayment of such sum or any part
thereof as is necessary to give effect to that subsection.

(5) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in any other enactment,
where written notice of intention to institute proceedings under subsection
(1)(b) has been given by an employer, or by any person who may be called upon
to pay an indemnity under section 24, to a third party within 12 months of the
receipt by the employer or such person of due notice of the accident concerned,
no such proceedings shall lapse, or be barred, under any enactment relating to
the limitation of actions, until after the expiry of a period of 3 months from
the date upon which a claim for compensation in respect of such accident has
been-

(a) determined by certificate under section 16A; or

(b) settled by agreement under section 17; or





(c) finally determined by a court

as the case may be.

(6) Where notice is given to the employer under subsection (2) and the
provisions of section 24 apply, the employer shall give notice thereof to any person
who may be called upon to pay an indemnity under that section.

(Replaced, 76 of 1982, s. 19)

Remedies independently of Ordinance against employer

26. (1) Where any injury. is caused to an employee by the negligence, breach
of statutory duty or other wrongful act or omission of the employer, or of any
person for whose act or default the employer is responsible, nothing in this
Ordinance shall limit or in any wise affect any civil liability of the employer
independently of this Ordinance:

Provided that any damages awarded to an employee in an action at common
law or under any enactment in respect of any such negligence, breach of statutory
duty, wrongful act or omission, shall be reduced by the value, as decided by the
High Court or the District Court, as the case may be, of any compensation which
has been paid or is payable under the provisions of this Ordinance in respect of the
injury sustained by the employee. (Replaced, 55 of 1969, s. 20. Amended, 44 of 1980, s.
15 and 76 of 1982, s. 20)

(2) If, within the time limited for taking proceedings under this Ordinance by
section 14(1), an action is brought to recover damages independently of this
Ordinance for injury caused by an accident, and it is determined in such action or
on appeal that the injury is one for which the employer is not liable in such action,
but that he would have been liable to pay compensation under the provisions of
this Ordinance, the action shall be dismissed; but the court in which the action is
tried, or, if the determination is the determination (on an appeal by either party) by
an appellate tribunal, that tribunal, shall, if the plaintiff so choose, proceed to
assess such compensation, but may deduct from such compensation all or part of
the costs, which, in its judgment, have been caused by the plaintiff bringing the
action instead of proceeding under this Ordinance. In any proceeding under this
subsection, when a court or appellate tribunal assesses the compensation, it shall
give a certificate of the compensation it has awarded and the directions it has given
as to the deduction of costs, and such certificate shall have the force and effect of
an order of the District Court under this Ordinance:

Provided that an appellate tribunal may, instead of itself assessing such
compensation, remit the case to the District Court for the assessment of the
compensation, and in such case may order the District Court to deduct from the
amount of compensation assessed by it all or part of such costs as aforesaid.
(Amended, 76 of 1982, s. 20)

(3) Where, within the time limited for taking proceedings under this Ordinance
by section 14(1), an action is brought to recover damages independently of this
Ordinance in respect of an injury giving rise to a claim for compensation under this
Ordinance, and it is determined in that action that

(a)damages are recoverable independently of this Ordinance subject to such
reduction as is mentioned in section 21(1) of the Law Amendment and
Reform (Consolidation) Ordinance (Cap. 23); and





(b) the employer would have been liable to pay compensation under this

Ordinance,

subsection (2) shall apply in all respects as if the action had been dismissed, and, if
the plaintiff chooses to have compensation assessed and awarded in accordance
with the said subsection (2), no damages shall be recoverable in the said action.

(4) Without prejudice to section 21(3), where a court or appellate tribunal
assesses compensation in accordance with subsection (2) it may include in the sum
awarded interest at such rate as it thinks fit on the whole or any part of such sum for
the whole or any part of the period between the date of the accident and the date of
the certificate given under that subsection. (Added, 76 of 1982, s. 20)

[cf. U.K. 1925 c. 84, s. 291

Limitation of right of indemnity against third party under
section 25

27. Where an employee or his personal representative or dependant has
recovered compensation under this Ordinance or any sum by virtue of an
agreement referred to in section 25(1)(b) in respect of an injury caused under
circumstances which would give a right to recover reduced damages in respect
thereof by virtue of section 21 of the Law Amendment and Reform (Consolidation)
Ordinance, from some person other than the employer (hereinafter referred to as the
third party), any right conferred by section 25 of this Ordinance on the person by
whom the compensation or sum was paid, or on any person called on to pay an
indemnity under section 24 of this Ordinance, to be indemnified by the third party
shall be limited to a right to be indemnified in respect of such part only of the
compensation, sum or indemnity paid or payable as bears to the total
compensation, sum or indemnity so paid or payable the same proportion as the said
reduced damages bear to the total damages which would have been recoverable if
the employee had not been at fault.

(Replaced, 76 of 1982, s. 21)

[cf. U.K. 1945 c. 28, s. 2 (2)]

Provision as to cases of bankruptcy of employer

28. (1) Where any employer has entered into a contract with any insurers in
respect of any liability under this Ordinance to any employee, then, in the event of
the employer becoming bankrupt, or making a composition or scheme of
arrangement with his creditors, or, if the employer is a company, in the event of the
company having commenced to be wound up or a receiver or manager of the
company's business or undertaking having been duly appointed, or possession
having been taken, by or on behalf of the holders of debentures secured by a
floating charge, of any property comprised in or subject to the charge, the rights of
the employer against the insurers as respects that liability shall, notwithstanding
anything contained in any laws relating to bankruptcy and the winding-up of
companies for the time being in force, be transferred to and vest in the employee,
and upon any such transfer the insurers shall have the same rights and remedies
and be subject to the same liabilities as if they were the employer:





Provided that the insurers shall not be under any greater liability to the
employee than they would have been under to the employer.

(2) If the liability of the insurers to the employee is less than the liability of the
employer to the employee, the employee may prove for the balance in the
bankruptcy or liquidation, or, as the case may be, he may recover the balance from
the receiver or manager.

(Amended, 6 of 19 77, s. 2 and 44 of 1980, s. 15)
[cf. U.K. 1925 c. 84, s. 71

Application to persons employed on ships

29. (1) This Ordinance shall apply to masters, seamen and apprentices to the
sea service who are employees within the meaning of this Ordinance and are
members of the crew of a Hong Kong ship, subject to the following modifications-
(Amended, 44 of 1980, s. 15)

(a)the notice of accident and the claim for compensation may, except where
the person injured is the master, be given to the master of the ship as if
he were the employer, but where the accident happened and the
incapacity commenced on board the ship it shall not be necessary for any
seaman to give notice of the accident;

(b)in the case of the death of the master, seaman or apprentice, the
application for compensation shall be made within 2 years after the
occurrence of the death or, where the ship has been or is deemed to have
been lost with all hands, within 2 years of the date on which the ship was,
or is deemed to have been, so lost;

(c)whenever in the course of any legal proceeding under this Ordinance the
testimony of any witness is required in relation to the subject matter of
the proceeding, then, upon due proof that the witness cannot be found in
Hong Kong, any deposition which the witness may have previously
made on oath in relation to the same subject matter before any justice or
magistrate in Her Majesty's dominions or in any place where Her Majesty
exercises jurisdiction or before any British Consular Officer elsewhere and
which, if the proceeding had been under the Merchant Shipping Act 1894
(1894 c. 60 U.K.), would have been admissible in such proceeding by
virtue of sections 691 and 695 of that Act, shall be admissible in evidence
subject to similar conditions as are laid down in the said sections 691 and
695;

(d)in case of the death of a master, seaman or apprentice leaving no
dependants, no compensation shall be payable, if the owner of the ship
is, under any law in force for the time being in Hong Kong relating to
merchant shipping, liable to pay the expenses of burial. (Amended, 76 of
1982, ss. 22 and 37)

(2) This Ordinance shall also apply to any person, not being a master, seaman,
or apprentice to the sea service, employed or engaged in any capacity on board and
on or about the business of a Hong Kong ship and if he is otherwise an employee
within the meaning of this Ordinance. (Amended, 44 of 1980,s.15)

(3) [Deleted, 76 of 1982, s. 221





(4) In this section

'Hong Kong ship' includes

(a)any ship or vessel registered or licensed in Hong Kong and any other
British ship or vessel the working of which is managed by a person who
resides or has his principal place of business in Hong Kong; and

(b)any ship or vessel not forming part of Her Majesty's Navy which is
owned by Her Majesty in respect of Her Government of Hong Kong, or
the working of which is managed by the armed forces of the Crown in
Hong Kong; (Amended, 50 of 1954, s. 6 and 76 of 1982, s. 37)

'ship', 'vessel', 'seaman' and 'master' shall have the respective meanings
ascribed to them by the Merchant Shipping Act 1894 (1894 c. 60 U.K.).

Application to persons employed on foreign ships

30. (1) If the employer submits or has agreed to submit to the jurisdiction of the
Court, then, notwithstanding that the accident causing the personal injury occurred
outside Hong Kong, this Ordinance shall apply, subject to the modifications in
subsections (2) and (3) and section 30A, to seamen and apprentices to the sea
service who are employees within the meaning of this Ordinance and, having been
recruited or engaged in Hong Kong, are members of the crew of a foreign ship.
(Amended, 44 of 1980, s. 15 and 59 of 1988, s. 9)

(2) The notice of accident and the claim for compensation may be given to the
master of the ship as if he were the employer, but where the accident occurred and
the incapacity commenced on board the ship it shall not be necessary to give any
notice of the accident. (Replaced, 76 of 1982, s. 23)

(3) In the case of the death of a seaman or apprentice to whom this section
applies, the application for compensation shall be made within 2 years after the
death occurred or, where the ship has been or is deemed to have been lost with all
hands, within 2 years after the date on which the ship was, or is deemed to have
been, so lost.

(4) [Repealed, 59 of 1988, s. 9]

(5) In this section

'foreign ship' means any ship other than a Hong Kong ship as defined in section
29(4);

'seaman' has the meaning that it has for the purposes of the Merchant Shipping
Act 1894 (1894 c. 6,0 U.K.).

(Added, 55 of 1969, s. 21A)

Testimony of witness outside Hong Kong

30A. (1) Where in a proceeding under this Ordinance in relation to an injury
that occurred outside Hong Kong the testimony of a witness is required, on proof
that the witness cannot be found in Hong Kong a deposition, or a certified copy of
it, which the witness may have previously made on oath outside Hong Kong in
relation to that injury before a justice or magistrate in Her Majesty's dominions or in
any place where Her Majesty exercises jurisdiction or





before any British Consular Officer elsewhere is, subject to subsection (2),
admissible in evidence without proof of the signature or official character of the
person appearing to have signed the deposition.

(2) The person before whom the deposition was made shall sign it and
certify that the witness was present at the making of the deposition.
(Added, 59 of 1988, s. 10)

Application to an employee injured outside Hong Kong

30B. (1) In this section-

'foreign compensation' means compensation paid to an employee in respect of
an injury under the law of a place outside Hong Kong where the injury
occurred;

'person carrying on business' has the same meaning as in the Business
Registration Ordinance (Cap. 3 10).

(2) This Ordinance also applies where personal injury by accident arising
out of and in the course of employment is caused to an employee outside Hong
Kong where the employee's contract of employment is entered into in Hong
Kong with an employer who is a person carrying on business in Hong Kong.

(3) Compensation payable under this Ordinance to an employee referred
to in subsection (2) shall be reduced by the amount of any foreign compensation
paid to him in respect of the same injury.

(4) Where foreign compensation is paid to an employee after compensa-
tion in respect of the same injury is paid under this Ordinance, the amount paid
under this Ordinance, not exceeding the amount of the foreign compensation
paid, shall be repaid to the employer by the employee and the amount is
recoverable as a civil debt.

(Added, 59 of 1988, s. 10)

Contracting out

31. (1) Any contract or agreement whether made before or after the
commencement of this Ordinance, whereby an employee relinquishes any right
to compensation from an employer for personal injury by accident arising out
of and in the course of his employment, shall, subject to subsection (2), be null
and void in so far as it purports to remove or reduce the liability of any person
to pay compensation under the provisions of this Ordinance.
(2) The Commissioner may, if satisfied that, by reason of old age or
serious physical defect or infirmity, a person, if employed as an employee, is
specially liable to meet with an accident, or, if he meets with an accident is
specially liable to sustain injury, in connection with any contract of such
employment, authorize the person and the employer to enter into an agreement
in writing reducing or giving up the right of such person to compensation under
the provisions of this Ordinance in respect of any accident which is caused or
contributed to by the old age or serious physical defect or infirmity.
(3) An agreement entered into under subsection (2) shall be ineffective
unless the Commissioner certifies that in his opinion such agreement is fair and
reasonable.

(Amended, 55 of 1969, s. 22 and 44 of 1980, s. 15)





PART 111

COMPENSATION FOR OCCUPATIONAL DISEASES

Compensation in the case of occupational disease

32. (1) If an employee contracts an occupational disease which results in
the total or partial incapacity (whether of a permanent or temporary nature)
or the death of the employee and is due to the nature of any employment in
which the employee was employed at any time within the prescribed period
immediately preceding such incapacity or death, whether under one or more
employers, then, the employee or his dependants, as the case may be, shall be
entitled to compensation under this Ordinance as if such incapacity or death
had been caused by an accident arising out of and in the course of employment
in respect of which the provisions of section 5 apply, and the provisions of this
Ordinance (including in particular section 15) shall, mutatis mutandis, apply
thereto, subject to the following modifications-

(a)the incapacity or the death shall be treated as the happening of the
accident;

(b)if it is proved that the employee, at the time of entering into the
employment, wilfully and with intent to deceive represented in writing
that he had not previously suffered from the disease resulting in the
incapacity or death, compensation shall not be payable;

(c)subject to subsection (3), the compensation shall be recoverable from
the employer who last employed the employee during the prescribed
period immediately preceding the incapacity or death in the employ-
ment to the nature of which the disease was due;

(d)the amount of the compensation shall be calculated with reference to
the earnings of the employee under the employer from whom the
compensation is recoverable pursuant to paragraph (c) or subsec-
tion (3);

(e)the employer to whom notice of incapacity or death is given shall be
the employer who last employed the employee during the prescribed
period immediately preceding the incapacity or death in the employ-
ment to the nature of which the disease was due, and the notice may be
given notwithstanding that the employee has voluntarily left such
employer's employment.

(2) Where an employee suffers incapacity or dies as a result of an
occupational disease, the employee or his dependants, as the case may be, shall,
if so required, furnish to the employer who last employed the employee during
the prescribed period immediately preceding the incapacity or death in the
employment to the nature of which the occupational disease was due such
information as to the names and addresses of all other employers who employed
him in such employment during such period as he or they may possess, and, if
such information is not furnished or is not sufficient to enable that employer to
take proceedings under subsection (3), that employer, upon proving that the
disease was not contracted whilst the employee was in his employment, shall not
be liable to pay compensation.





(3) If the employer who last employed the employee during the prescribed
period immediately preceding the incapacity or death in the employment to the
nature of which the occupational disease was due alleges that the disease was in
fact contracted whilst the employee was in the employment of some other employer
during such period, and not whilst in his employment, he may join such other
employer as a party to the proceedings in respect of the claim for compensation,
and if the allegation is proved that other employer shall be the employer from whom
the compensation is recoverable.

(4) If the occupational disease is of such a nature as to be contracted by a
gradual process, any other employers who during the prescribed period immediately
preceding the incapacity or death employed the employee in the employment to the
nature of which the disease was due shall be liable to make to the employer from
whom compensation is recoverable pursuant to subsection (1)(c) or subsection (3)
such contribution as, in default of agreement, may be determined by a Court at the
hearing of the claim for compensation, or, if the amount of and liability to pay the
compensation is not in dispute, by the Court at a separate hearing.

(5) Nothing in subsection (2) shall be construed as preventing the employee or
his dependants, as the case may be, from recovering compensation under this Part
from any other employer who employed the employee in the employment to the
nature of which the occupational disease was due during the prescribed period
immediately preceding the incapacity or death in the event of the employer who last
employed the employee in such employment proving that the disease in question
was not contracted whilst the employee was in his employment.

(6) For the purposes of this section-

(a)the date of the incapacity shall, in the absence of agreement, be such date
as the Court shall determine as being the date upon which the incapacity
commenced; and no employee shall be prejudiced in any claim for
compensation under this Part by reason only of the fact that the notice of
incapacity given to the employer specified some other date;

(b)the prescribed period shall be the period specified in the fourth column of
the Second Schedule in relation to the trade, industry or process specified
in the third column of that Schedule.

(Added, 19 of 1964, s. 5. Amended, 55 of1969, s. 23 and 44 of 1980,s. 15)

Medical examination before employment

33. (1) Any employer may, before employing an employee in any trade,
industry or process specified in the third column of the Second Schedule, require
the employee to undergo a medical examination by a medical practitioner at the cost
of the employer.

(2) (a) Subject to paragraph (b), any employee who refuses * to undergo a
medical examination required under subsection (1) shall not be
entitled to recover from that employer compensation under this
Ordinance for incapacity or death suffered as a result of an occupa-
tional disease.





(b)Paragraph (a) shall not apply unless the refusal to undergo the medical
examination is evidenced by writing under the hand of the employee.

(Added, 19 of 1964, s. 5. Amended, 44 of 1980, s. 15)

Presumption as to cause of occupational disease

34. If an employee who suffers incapacity or dies as a result of an occupational
disease was within the period specified opposite to that disease in the fourth
column of the Second Schedule immediately preceding such incapacity or death
employed in any trade, industry or process specified opposite to that disease in the
third column of that Schedule, it shall be presumed, until the contrary is proved,
that such disease was due to the nature of such employment. (Added, 19 of 1964, s.
5. Amended, 55 of 1969, s. 24 and 44 of 1980, s. 15)

Amendment of Second Schedule

35. The Governor in Council may from time to time by order, which shall be
published in the Gazette, amend the Second Schedule.

(Added, 19 of 1964, s. 5)

Saving in case of diseases other than occupational diseases

36. (1) Subject to subsection (2), nothing in this Part shall prejudice the right of
an employee to recover compensation under this Ordinance in respect of a disease
to which this Part does not apply, if the disease is a personal injury by accident
within the meaning of section 5. (Added,' 19 of 1964, s. 5. Amended, 44 of 1980, s.
15 and 5 1 of 1980, s. 48)

(2) Subsection (1) shall not apply to any incapacity resulting from
pneumoconiosis in respect of which compensation is recoverable under the
Pneumoconiosis (Compensation) Ordinance (Cap. 360). (Added, 51 of 1980, s.48)

PART IIIA

PROSTHESES AND SURGICAL
APPLIANCES

Interpretation of Part IIIA
36A. In this Part-

(Amended, 44 of 1980, s. 6)

'Board' means the Prostheses and Surgical Appliances Board appointed under
section 36M(1); (Added, 44 of 1980, s. 7)

'Director' means the Director of Medical and Health Services; (Added 44 of
1980,s. 7)

'prosthesis' means any artificial item which replaces a part of the body removed or
amputated as a result of an injury;





'surgical appliance' means any artificial item which supports directly or indirectly
the structure or function or a part of the body impaired as a result of an injury.

(Added, 67 of 1971, s. 2)

Employer's liability to pay for the cost of supplying fitting and prosthesis or
surgical appliance

36B. (1) Subject to the provisions of this section, if, in any employment,
personal injury is caused to an employee by accident arising out of and in the
course of the employment, the employer shall, notwithstanding any other
compensation he may be liable to pay under this Ordinance, be liable to pay for the
cost of supplying and fitting to the employee a prosthesis or surgical appliance
required by him as a result of his injury. (Amended, 76 of 1982, s. 24)

(IA) Notwithstanding anything in paragraph (a) of the proviso to section 5(1),
the employer shall be liable under subsection (1) whether or not the injury has
resulted or is likely to result in any period of temporary incapacity exceeding 3
consecutive days or in any permanent incapacity causing a loss of earning
capacity. (Added, 76 of 1982, s. 24)

(2) The employer shall not be liable under subsection (1) unless-

(a)the employee submits himself to treatment by a medical practitioner or a
registered dentist;

(b)the prosthesis or surgical appliance is supplied and fitted to the
employee; and

(c) the prosthesis or surgical appliance so supplied and fitted is-

(i) manufactured or on sale in Hong Kong; and

(ii) certified by the Board under section 36M(4). (Replaced, 44 of 1980, s.
8)

(3) If the prosthesis or surgical appliance required by the employee is not
manufactured or on sale in Hong Kong, and the Director gives his approval, the
employee may be supplied and fitted with a prosthesis or surgical appliance which
is manufactured or on sale at a place other than Hong Kong, in which case, the
employer shall, notwithstanding subsection (2)(c)(i), be liable to pay for the cost of
supplying and fitting the same to the employee.

(Added, 67 of 1971, s. 2. Amended, 44 of 1980, ss. 8 and 15)

Limit of employer's liability to pay under section 36B

36C. The amount of the cost which the employer is liable to pay under section
36B shall not, in the case of any one employee, exceed an aggregate of $14,000 in
respect of any one accident.

(Added, 67 of 1971, s. 2. Amended, 44 of 1980, s. 15; L.N. 321/85 and L.N. 390/87)





Manner in which a claim under section 36B may he made

36D. (1) A claim for the cost of supplying and fitting any prosthesis or surgical
appliance which the employer is liable to pay under section 36B may be made by the
Director payment of the cost.

by serving on the employer a request in writing for the

(2) A request for payment under subsection (1) shall specify-

(a) [Repealed, 59 of 1988, s. 111

(b) the amount claimed; and

(e)the address at which the Director may be served under section
36E(2)(b) if the employer disputes the claim.

(3) A request for payment under subsection (1) shall be supported by a
certificate issued by the Board under section 36M(4).

(Added, 67 of 1971, s. 2. Amended, 44 of 1980, s. 9)

Employer to pay amount in 1 month unless he disputes the
claim

36E. (1) The employer shall, on receipt of a request for payment under section
36D and before the expiry of 1 month from the time of receipt, pay the amount of the
cost to the Director, unless he disputes his liability to pay or the necessity or cost
of the prosthesis or surgical appliance.

(2) If the employer so disputes, he shall within the period specified in
subsection (1)

(a)deposit the amount of the cost claimed with the Director who shall hold
the same until any such dispute is determined; and

(b)serve on the Director at the address specified in section 36D(2) a notice
setting out the grounds of dispute.

(3) If the employer so disputes, but fails without reasonable excuse to comply
with the provisions of subsection (2), he shall be deemed to have agreed to pay the
amount of the cost claimed in the request for payment.

(Added, 67 of 1971, s. 2. Amended, 44 of 1980, s. 10)

Disputes to be determined by the Court

36F. (1) Where any dispute arises as to the liability to pay or the necessity or
cost of any prosthesis or surgical appliance supplied and fitted to the employee
under this Part, the dispute shall be determined by the Court.

(2) At the determination of the dispute, the Court may make such order as it
may deem fit in respect of the deposit under section 36E(2)(a), but shall order the
return of the deposit to the employer if it finds the employer not liable or that the
prosthesis or surgical appliance is not necessary for the employee.

(Added, 67 of 1971, s. 2.Amended, 44 of 1980, s. 15)





Application to the Court

36G. Where the employer on whom a request for payment under section 36D is
served fails to pay within the period specified in section 36E(1), or disputes the
claim, an application to the Court in the prescribed form and manner may be made
by the Director for enforcing his claim to the amount of the cost or for the
determination of the dispute.

(Added, 67 of 1971, s. 2. Amended, 44of 1980, s.11)

Claim under section 36B to be made within 5 years

36H. All claims for the cost of supplying and fitting any prosthesis or surgical
appliance to an employee under this Part shall be made within 5 years from the
occurrence of the accident giving rise to the injury.

(Added, 67 of 1971, s. 2. Amended, 44 of 1980, s. 15)

Employer's liability to pay for the cost of repair or renewal
of prostheses or surgical appliances

36I. Subject to section 36J, where in respect of an accident occurring on or
after the date on which this section comes into operation an employer is liable to
pay for the cost of supplying and fitting a prosthesis or surgical appliance to an
employee under section 36B, he shall also be liable to pay for the probable cost of
the normal repair and renewal of the prosthesis or surgical appliance during a period
of 10 years after the date on which the prosthesis or surgical appliance is originally
fitted.

(Replaced, 44 of 1980, s. 12)

Limit of employer's liability to pay under section 361

36J. The amount of the cost which the employer is liable to pay under section
361 shall be the total amount assessed by the Board under section 36M(2)(c) and
(3) and shall not, in the case of any one employee, exceed an in respect of any one
accident.

aggregate of
(Replaced, 44 of 1980, s. 12. Amended, L.N. 321185 and L.N. 390187)

Treatment of claims under section 361

36K. (1) A claim for payment of the cost which an employer is liable to pay
under section 361 shall be treated as a claim for the cost of supplying and fitting a
prosthesis or surgical appliance under section 36B, and, subject to subsection (2),
sections 36D, 36E, 36F, 36G and 36H shall, with the necessary modifications, apply
in respect of a claim under section 361. (Amended, 76 of 1982, s.25)

(2) An employer may not, in respect of any claim made under section 361,
dispute the necessity for renewal and repair of the prosthesis or surgical appliance.

(Added, 44 of 1980, s. 12)





Payment of costs from and into general revenue

36L. (1) Where, in respect of an accident occurring on or after the date on
which this section comes into operation, an employer is liable to pay for the cost of

(a)supplying and fitting any prosthesis or surgical appliance to an injured
employee under section 36B; and

(b) the normal repair and renewal of such prosthesis or surgical appliance
under section 361,

then, subject to the rights of the Director in respect of the recovery of any
amount from the employer under this Part, the cost-
(i) of the supplying and fitting; and

(ii) whenever incurred, of the normal repair and renewal, of such prosthesis or
surgical appliance shall be payable out of the general revenue of Hong Kong.

(2) All amounts-

(a) paid to the Director under section 36E(1); and

(b) recovered by him under sections 36F(2) and 36G, shall
be paid by him into the general revenue of Hong Kong.

(Added, 44 of 1980, s. 12)

Prostheses and Surgical Appliances Board

36M. (1) The Director shall appoint a board to be known as the Prostheses
and Surgical Appliances Board which shall consist of

(a) 2 medical practitioners or registered dentists; and

(b)

the Senior Occupational Health Officer or any Occupational H
Officer. (Amended, L.N. 248182)

(2) The functions of the Board shall be-

(a)

(b)

to determine whether a prosthesis or surgical appliance required by an
injured employee is necessary for him having regard to the nature and
extent of his injury and, if so, to determine the cost of supplying and
fitting the same;

in any case where a prosthesis or surgical appliance has already been
fitted to an injured employee, to determine whether the prosthesis or
surgical appliance is necessary for him having regard to the nature and
extent of his injury and, if so, to determine whether the cost of the same is
reasonable; and

(c)in any case to which section 361 applies, to assess the total amount of
the probable cost of the normal repair and renewal of any prosthesis or
surgical appliance during a period of 10 years after the date of the original
fitting of the same.

(3) The Board shall, when assessing the total amount of the probable cost of
the normal repair and renewal of a prosthesis or surgical appliance under
subsection (2)(c), have regard to





(a) the durability of the prosthesis or surgical appliance originally fitted;

(b)

the probable number of replacements of such prosthesis or surgical
appliance required during a period of 10 years after the date of the
original fitting; and

(c)the cost of the prosthesis or surgical appliance at the time of the
assessment.

If the Board is satisfied-

(4)

(a)in any case to which subsection (2)(a) applies, that the prosthesis or
surgical appliance is necessary; or

(b)in any case to which subsection (2)(b) applies, that the prosthesis or
surgical appliance is necessary and that the cost of supplying and fitting
the same is reasonable,

it shall issue a certificate to the Director, stating in respect of such prosthesis or
surgical appliance

(i) that it is necessary; (ii) the cost of the
supplying and fitting;

(iii)that such cost has been determined by the Board under subsection
(2)(a) or has been determined by the Board to be reasonable under
subsection (2)(b), as the case may be; and

(iv) where applicable, the Board's assessment of the total amount of the
probable cost under subsection (2)(c).

(5) A certificate purporting to be issued under subsection (4) and to be signed
by or for the Board shall be admitted in evidence without further proof on its
production in the Court and

(a)until the contrary is proved, it shall be presumed that the certificate is so
issued and signed.,

(b) shall be evidence of the matters stated therein.

(Added, 44 of 1980, s. 12)

Attendance of employee for purposes of section 36M

36MA. The Board may for the purposes of section 36M, by notice in writing to
an injured employee, require the employee to attend for an examination or
assessment on such date and at such time and place as is specified in the notice,
and the provisions of section 161(2), (3), (4), (5) and (6) shall apply in respect of a
notice under this section as they apply in respect of a notice under section 161(1).

(Added, 76 of 1982, s. 26)

Director to take steps to ensure supply, etc.

36N. The Director shall take such steps as to him seem necessary to ensure

(a)the supply and fitting of a prosthesis or surgical appliance to an injured
employee under section 36B; and





(b)the normal repair and renewal of such prosthesis or surgical appliance
under section 361.

(Added, 44 of 1980, s. 12)

Application of certain provisions

360. Notwithstanding anything in section 24, 28 or 3 1, in the application of
those sections in respect of any claim for the cost of supplying and fitting a
prosthesis or surgical appliance and for the cost of repair and renewal of such
prosthesis or surgical appliance under this Part

(a)the rights possessed by or vested in an employee under sections 24 and
28 shall be vested in the Director; and

(b)the right of any person to compensation referred to in section 31(2) shall
be deemed to include the right of the Director to claim for such cost under
this Part.

(Replaced, 76 of 1982, s. 27)

PART IV

COMPULSORY
INSURANCE

Commencement of Part IV

37. This Part shall come into operation on a day to be appointed by the
Governor by notice in the Gazette.*

Interpretation

38. In this Part, unless the context otherwise requires-

'domestic premises' means any premises used exclusively for residential purposes.

Application of this Part

39. (1) Subject to subsection (2), this Part shall apply to all employments other
than any employment exempted under subsection (3).

(2) Notwithstanding section 4, this Part shall not apply to any employment by
or under the Crown.

(3) The Governor in Council may, by notice in the Gazette, exempt any
employment from the application thereto of this Part.

Compulsory insurance against employer's liability

40. (1) No employer shall employ any employee in any employment unless
there is in force in relation to such employee a policy of insurance issued by an
insurer for the full amount of the liability of the employer under this Ordinance and
independently of this Ordinance for any injury to such employee by accident
arising out of and in the course of his employment.

* Note: The appointed day is 1 January 1984-see L.N. 285183.





is liable-

(IA) Subsection (1) does not require an employer to obtain insurance for
any liability he may have in respect of damages awarded by a court outside
Hong Kong to an employee referred to in section 30B. (Added, 59 of 1988,
s. 12)

(2) An employer who contravenes subsection (1) commits an ofrence and

(a)on conviction upon indictment to a fine of $50,000 and to imprison-
ment for 2 years; and

(b)on summary conviction to a fine of $20,000 and to imprisonment for
1 year.

Notice of insurance

41. (1) Subject to subsection (2), an employer to whom a policy of
insurance is issued for the purposes of this Part shall display, in a conspicuous
place on each of his premises where any employee is employed by him, a notice,
in such form as may be specified by the Commissioner, showing in both the
English and Chinese languages-

(a) the name of the employer;

(b) the name of the insurer;

(e) the policy number;

(d) the date of issue of the policy;

(e) the dates of commencement and expiry of the period of insurance;

the number of employees insured under the policy at the time of issue
thereof; and

(g) the amount of the liability insured.

(2) Subsection (1) shall not apply where the policy of insurance, in so far
as it is issued for the purposes of this Part, relates solely to domestic servants
employed in, or in connection with, the private household of the employer or
relates to an employee referred to in section 30B whose work is performed
outside Hong Kong. (Amended, 59 of 1988, s. 13)

(3) An employer who without reasonable excuse contravenes subsec-
tion (1) commits an offence and is liable to a fine of $10,000.

Certain conditions in policy to he void

42. Any condition in a policy of insurance issued for the purposes of this
Part providing that no liability shall arise under the policy, or that any liability
so arising shall cease, in the event of some specified thing being done or omitted
to be done after the happening of the accident giving rise to a claim under the
policy, shall be of no effect upon the claim made by an employee under sec-
tion 44:





Provided that nothing in this section shall be taken to render void any
provision in a policy requiring the insured employer to repay to the insurer any
sums which the latter may have paid under the policy in satisfaction of any such
claim.

Conditions under which liability for payment by insure
arises

43. (1) Subject to this section, where in relation to an employee there is in
force a policy of insurance for the purposes of this Part and the employer of the
employee becomes liable to pay any sum under this Ordinance or independently
of this Ordinance in respect of an injury to the employee arising out of and
in the course of his employment, such sum shall forthwith become due and
payable by the insurer, including any sum payable in respect of interest and
costs, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the policy of insurance.

(2) No sum shall be payable by an insurer under this section-

(a)unless, in the case of compensation agreed upon between the employer
and an employee, such insurer has consented to pay the sum agreed
upon as compensation to the employee;

(b)unless, in the case of compensation or damages determined or
adjudged by a court or tribunal to be payable to the employee or any
other person, the insurer had sufficient notice of the institution in the
court or tribunal of proceedings for compensation or damages, as the
case may be, to enable such insurer to be added as a party to the
proceedings;

(c)in respect of any judgment to pay compensation or damages, while
execution thereon is stayed by the court or pending appeal; or

(d)if before the happening of the accident which was the cause of the
injury giving rise to the liability, the policy of insurance was cancelled
by mutual consent or by virtue of any provision contained therein.

(3) If sufficient notice of the institution of proceedings for the recovery of
compensation or damages is given to an insurer to enable such insurer to apply
to be added as a party to the proceedings, the court or tribunal, as the case may
be, shall, on such application being made, add the insurer as a party and the
insurer shall have the same right to defend the proceedings as if such insurer
were the employer.

(4) Where any sum is paid by the insurer which would, were it not for the
provisions of this section, not be payable under the policy of insurance, such
sum shall be recoverable by the insurer from the employer.

Right of injured party to proceed against insurer

44. Every policy of insurance issued for the purposes of this Part shall be
deemed to provide that any employee or other person having a claim against the
person insured in respect of the liability in regard to which such policy was





issued shall be entitled to recover in his own name, as though he were a party to
the policy, directly from the insurer any amount which he would have been entitled
to recover from the person insured.

Inspection of premises other than domestic premises

45. The Commissioner, and any public officer authorized in writing by him in
that behalf (which authority shall be produced by such public officer on demand)
may for the purposes of this Part

(a)enter and inspect without a warrant at any reasonable time any premises
of an employer where persons are employed, other than domestic
premises;

(b)require the production of, inspect, examine or take copies of any record or
other document on such premises, relating to the compliance by the
employer with the requirements of this Part in respect of his employees;

(c)require any person who manages or appears to be in charge of such
premises or of employees on such premises to furnish such information
or particulars as he may specify relating to the compliance by the
employer with the requirements of this Part in respect of his employees;
and

(d)make such other inquiries from any other person on such premises as he
thinks fit.

Inspection of domestic premises

45A. A magistrate may, if he is satisfied by information on oath that there may
be found in any domestic premises any evidence of an offence under section 40,
issue a warrant authorizing the Commissioner or any other person named in the
warrant to

(a) enter the domestic premises at any reasonable time; and

(b)require the production of, inspect, examine or take copies of any
insurance policy, cover note or other document issued for the purposes
of this Part in respect of any employee employed in such domestic
premises.

Offences against sections 45 and 45A

45B. Without prejudice to section 45C, any person who in connection with
any inspection under section 45 or 45A

(a)fails without reasonable excuse to produce any record or other document
referred to in that section when required to do so by the Commissioner or
any person authorized under that section;





(b)furnishes to the Commissioner or any such person any information
which he knows or reasonably ought to know to be false or misleading
in any material particular; or

otherwise hinders or impedes the Commissioner or such person in the
performance of his duties or the exercise of his powers under that
section,

commits an offence and is liable to a fine of $5,000.

Notice to produce documents etc.

45C. (1) The Commissioner may, by notice in writing to an employer,
require the employer to produce for inspection by the Commissioner, on such
date and at such time and place as is specified in the notice-

(a)a policy of insurance issued and in force for the purposes of this Part
as at the date of the notice or as at a date specified in the notice or a
cover note in respect of any such policy of insurance, or such other
evidence as to the existence of any such policy as the Commissioner
may specify in the notice; and (Amended, 59 of 1988, s. 14)

(b)any other document, or any article or record, specified in the notice,
relating to employees of the employer or to such insurance.

(IA) An employer is not required to produce anything under subsec-
tion (1)(a) in respect of a date specified by the Commissioner in his notice that
is earlier than 3 years preceding the date of the. Commissioner's notice.
(Added, 59 of 1988, s. 14)

(2) An employer who fails without reasonable excuse to comply with the
requirements of a notice under subsection (1) commits an offence and is liable-

(a)where the offence relates to a document or matter referred to in
subsection (1)(a)~-
(i) on conviction upon indictment to a fine of $50,000 and to
imprisonment for 2 years; and
(ii) on summary conviction to a fine of $20,000 and to imprison-
ment for 1 year; or

(b)where the offence relates to a document or matter referred to in
subsection (1)(b), to a fine of $5,000.

(3) The Commissioner may inspect, examine or take copies of any article,
record or document produced under subsection (1).

(4) Any person who hinders or impedes the Commissioner in the exercise
of his powers under subsection (3) commits an offence and is liable to a fine of
$5,000.

Notice of premium increases

45D. (1) Notwithstanding anything in section 49, the Governor in
Council may by regulations require an insurer to give notice in advance to the
Commissioner of any increase proposed in the premium generally charged by





the insurer for a policy of insurance issued for the purposes of this Part, whether or
not such increase is to apply in relation to a particular trade, industry or
occupation.

(2) Regulations made under this section may provide that a contravention of
any specified provision shall be an offence, and may prescribe penalties therefor
not exceeding a fine of $20,000 and imprisonment for 6 months.

(3) When at any time a body corporate commits an offence under regulations
made under this section with the consent or connivance of, or because of neglect
by, any individual, the individual commits the like offence if at that time

(a)he is a director, manager, secretary or similar officer or main agent of the
body corporate or is purporting to act as such officer or as agent of such
body corporate; or

(b) the body corporate is managed by its members, of whom he is, one.

(Part IV replaced, 76 of 1982, s. 28)

PART V

MISCELLANEOUS

Compensation not to he assigned, charged or attached

(Added, 19 of 1964, s. 6)

46. Compensation payable under the provisions of this Ordinance shall not be
capable of being assigned, charged or attached, and shall not pass to any other
person by operation of law nor shall any claim be set off against such
compensation.

Deduction of insurance premiums from earnings to he an
offence

47. (1) An employer who, for the purpose of defraying or partly defraying the
cost of insurance in respect of his liability to pay compensation under the
provisions of this Ordinance, makes any deduction from the earnings of an
employee in his employ, shall be guilty of an offence and shall be liable on summary
conviction to a fine of $5,000 and to imprisonment for 6 months. (Amended, 44 of
1980, s. 15 and 76 of 1982, s. 29)

(2) An employer convicted of an offence under subsection (1) shall, in addition
to any penalty imposed under that subsection, if the court or magistrate before
which the conviction was obtained so orders, pay to the employee any sum
deducted from the employee's earnings--

(a) in respect of which the offence was committed; and





(b) which has not at the time of the conviction been repaid.

Contract of service not to be terminated during incapacity

sioner

before-

(Added, 76 of 1982, s. 29)

48. (1) An employer shall not, without the consent of the Commis-

(a)terminate the contract of service or apprenticeship of an employee who has
suffered incapacity in circumstances which entitle him to compensation
under this Ordinance; or

(b) give notice to the employee of such termination,

(i) where the employee suffers temporary incapacity only, the date certified
by a medical practitioner, a registered dentist, an Ordinary Assessment
Board or a Special Assessment Board as the date on which the period of
temporary incapacity ceased or will cease; or (Amended, 31 of 1985, s.
12)

(ii) where the employee suffers permanent incapacity, the date of issue to the
employer of the relevant certificate of assessment under section 16F or,
where an objection to the assessment is made under section 16G(1), the
date of issue to the employee of the relevant certificate under section
16G(3) or of a further certificate under section 16F, as the case may be.
(Replaced, 76 of 1982, s. 30)

(2) Any employer who contravenes any of the provisions of subsection (1)
shall be guilty of an offence and shall be liable on conviction to a fine of $5,000.
(Added, 55 of 1969, s. 26. Amended, 44 of 1980, s. 15 and 76 of 1982, s.30)

Legislative Council may amend amounts of compensation
etc.

48A. The Legislative Council may by resolution amend-

(a) the amounts of compensation specified in sections 6, 7 and 8;

(b) the amount of the earnings specified in section 11(5);

(c) the amount of the payment specified in section 13(3);

(d) the percentages and amounts specified in sections 16A(10) and 17A;

(e) the amount specified in section 23(2);

(f) the amount of the cost specified in sections 36C and 36J;

(g) the daily rates specified in the Third Schedule.

(Replaced, 76 of 1982, s. 31)





Regulations

49. (1) The Governor in Council may make regulations-

(a)requiring employers to make periodic or other returns as to such matters
as he may think fit, and prescribing a time limit for the making of such
returns;

(b) [Repealed, 76 of 1982, s. 321

(c) [Repealed, 76 of 1982, s. 321

(d) prescribing procedure and fees; (Amended, 13 of 1966, Schedule)

(e)prescribing anything which is to be or may be prescribed under this
Ordinance;

(f)generally, for carrying into effect the provisions of this Ordinance and of
any regulations made thereunder.

(2) Any regulations made under this Ordinance may provide that such
contraventions thereof as may be specified shall constitute an offence and may
provide for the punishment of any such offence on summary conviction by a fine of
$5,000 and by imprisonment for a term of 3 months. (Amended, 76 of 1982, s.32)

Rules of Court

50. the Chief Justice may make Rules of Court for regulating proceedings
before the Court and appeals to the Court under the provisions of this Ordinance,
and for the fees payable in respect thereof.

(Amended, 76 of 1982, s. 33)

Forms

51. (1) Notwithstanding the provisions of section 49(1), the Commissioner may
by regulation prescribe forms for the purposes of this Ordinance. (Added, 13 of
1966, Schedule)

(2) The Commissioner may specify any certificate or form required to be
specified by him under this Ordinance. (Added, 76 of 1982, s. 34)

Regulations as to transfer of funds

52. Where an arrangement has been made whereby sums awarded under the
law relating to employee's compensation in Hong Kong to beneficiaries resident or
becoming resident in any other part of the Commonwealth, and sums awarded under
the law relating to employee's compensation in such other part of the
Commonwealth to beneficiaries resident or becoming resident in Hong Kong may, at
the request of the authority by which the award is made, be





transferred to and administered by a competent authority in such other part of
the Commonwealth or in Hong Kong, as the case may be, the Governor in
Council may make regulations-

(a)for the transfer, in such manner as may be provided by the arrange-
ment, to that part of the Commonwealth with which the arrangement
is made, of any money in the disposition of the Court, applicable for
the benefit of any person resident in or about to reside in such other
part of the Commonwealth; and

(b)for the receipt and administration, by an officer appointed by the
Governor for such purpose, of any money which under any such
arrangement has been transmitted from the part of the Common-
wealth with which the arrangement has been made as money applica-
ble for the benefit of any person resident or about to reside in Hong
Kong. (Amended, 44 of 1980, s. 15 and 76 of 1982, s. 37)

Offences

53. (1) Any person required to make a return by virtue of any regulation
made under section 49 who-

(a)fails to make such return within the time within which he is required to
make it; or

(b)makes or causes to he made a return which he knows to be false in any
material particular; or

(c)on being so required fails to give any information or explanation
respecting the return which it is in his power to give,

shall be guilty of an offence and shall be liable on summary conviction to a fine
of $ 100 for every day during which the default continues.

(2) Where a person convicted of an offence under this section is a
company, the chairman and every director and every officer of the company
shall be guilty of a like offence unless he proves that the act or omission
constituting the ofrence took place without his knowledge or consent.

Amendment of references in Ordinances and documents to
Workmen's Compensation Ordinance or Workmen's
Compensation Regulations

54. Every reference in an Ordinance or in any document to the Workmen's
Compensation Ordinance or the Workmen's Compensation Regulations shall,
unless the context otherwise requires, be read as a reference to the Employees'
Compensation Ordinance or the Employees' Compensation Regulations, as the
case may be.

(44 of 1980, s. 15(2), incorporated)





Transitional

55. (1) Nothing in the Workmen's Compensation (Amendment) Ordinance 1980
(44 of 1980) (hereinafter called the 'amending Ordinance') shall apply with respect
to claims for compensation or other rights, obligations or liabilities in respect of
accidents happening before the date of commencement* of sections 4, 5, 8 and 12 or
of section 14 of the amending Ordinance, as the case may be; and without limiting
the provisions of the Interpretation and General Clauses Ordinance (Cap. 1), the
provisions of the Workmen's Compensation Ordinance repealed or deleted by the
amending Ordinance shall continue to apply to such claims, rights, obligations or
liabilities as if such provisions had not been repealed or deleted by the amending
Ordinance. (44 of 1980, s. 16, incorporated)

(2) Nothing in the Employees' Compensation (Amendment) Ordinance 1982 (76
of 1982) shall apply with respect to claims for compensation or other rights,
obligations or liabilities in respect of accidents happening before the
commencement* of that Ordinance; and the provisions of this Ordinance in force
immediately before the commencement of that Ordinance shall continue to apply to
such claims, rights, obligations or liabilities as if such provisions had not been
repealed or amended by that Ordinance. (Added, 76 of 1982, s. 35)

(3) The amendments made by sections 4(a) and (b), 5, 6, 8, 9, 10, 12 and 13 of
the Employees' Compensation (Amendment) Ordinance 1998 (59 of 1988) do not
apply to claims for compensation or other rights, obligations or liabilities in respect
of accidents happening before the commencement* of the amendments; and the
provisions of this Ordinance in force immediately before the commencement of the
amendments continue to apply to those claims, rights, obligations or liabilities as if
they had not been repealed or amended by that Ordinance. (Added, 59 of
1988, s. 15)

* Note: Commencement Of

1980(i) sections 4, 5, 8 and 12: 1.11.80 (See L.N.
209180); (ii) section 14: 1.11.81 (See L.N. 209180);

(b) Employees' Compensation (Amendment) Ordinance 1982: 1.7.83 (See L.N. 10
7183);

(c) Employees' Compensation (Amendment) Ordinance 1988-
(i) section 8: 8.7.88;
(ii) sections 9, 10, 12 and 13: 6.10.88 (See L.N. 226188);
(iii) sections 4(a) and (b), 5 and 6: 1.1.89 (See L.N. 226188).





FIRST SCHEDULE

Item

1.

5.
6.
7.

Injury

Loss of 2 limbs ...

2. Loss of both hands or of all fingers and both thumbs

3...........Loss of both feet ... - ... ... ... ...

4. Total loss of sight ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ...
Total paralysis ... ... ...... ... ... ... ...
Injuries resulting in being permanently bedridden ... ...
Paraplegia ... ... ... ...... ... ... .... ... ...

8. Any other injury causing permanent total disablement
9. Loss of arm at shoulder
10. Ankylosis of shoulder jointin
optimum position ... in
worst position ... ...

....
..IS-
91

.......
Percentage
........of
loss Of
.......
earning
.......
capacity
.......
100
.......
75

........................................35
........................................55
11......................Loss of arm between elbow and shoulder ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 70

12.............Loss of arm at elbow ......... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 65
13. Ankylosis of the elbow joint-

in optimum position ... ...
in worst position ... ... ...

14. Loss of arm between wrist and elbow
15. Loss of hand at wrist
16. Ankylosis of wrist jointin
optimum position in
worst position

17. Loss of 4 fingers and thumb of one hand






18. Loss of 4 fingers of one hand
19. Loss of thumb-

both phalanges
one phalanx ...
11 .; 1 of +,,

20. Ankylosis of-

guillotine loss of tip p without loss of
bone ...

interphalangeal joint of the thumb ... ... metacarpophalangeal
joint of the thumb ... all these 2 joints of the thumb ... ... ... ... ...
... ... ...

21. Loss of index finger-

3 phalanges ... ... ... ... ... ...
2 phalanges ... ... ... ... ... ...

one phalanx ..................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ...

guillotine amputation of tip without loss of bone
22. Ankylosis of- distal interphalangeal joint of the index
finger ... ... proximal interphalangeal joint of the
index finger ... metacarpophalangeal joint of the
index finger ... ... all these 3 joints of the index
finger

23. Loss of middle finger-
3 phalanges
2 phalanges
one phalanx
guillotine amputation of tip without loss of bone

30
50

60

60

30
40

so

40

30
20
8

4
8
12

14
10
7 4

2
3
4
9

........ ... ...







8
5
2









Item

24. Ankylosis of-

Injury

distal interphalangeal joint of the middle
finger proximal interphalangeal joint of the
middle fin metacarpophalangeal joint of the
middle finger all these 3 joints of the middle
finger ...

25.Loss of ring finger-
3 phalanges
2 phalanges
one phalanx

26. Ankylosis of-

guillotine amputation of tip without loss of bone

distal interphalangeal joint of ring finger ...
proximal interphalangeal joint of ring
finger metacarpophalangeal joint of ring
finger ... all these 3 joints of the ring finger
27. Loss of little finger3 phalanges ... 2 phalanges ... one
phalanx ... guillotine amputation of tip without
loss of bone
28. Ankylosis of- interphalangeal joint of little finger
... proximal interphalangeal joint of little
finger metacarpophalangeal joint of little
finger ... all these 3 joints of the little
finger

29. Loss of metacarpals-
first (additional)

second, third, fourth or fifth (additional) ...

30. Loss of leg at hip ... ... ... ...

31. Loss of leg at or above knee ...
32. Ankylosis of hip jointin
optimum position
in worst position ...

33. Loss of leg below knee
34. Ankylosis of knee jointin
optimum position ... in
worst position ... ...

35.........Loss of foot ... ... ...
36. Ankylosis of ankle jointin
optimum position ... in
worst position ... ...

37. Loss of toes-
all of one foot
great, both phalanges







great, one phalanx ... ...
other than great, for each one toe lost

38. Loss of sight of one eye
39. Loss of hearing of one ear
40. Total loss of hearing, both ears

Percentage
of loss of

earning
capacity

2

2
3
7

8
6
4
2

1
2
2
5

2
4

8
3

80

70

35
50

50

25
35

40

15
25

20
8
4
3

............ ... 30

20

100






member.

(1 A) Partial loss of a member or partial permanent loss of the use of a member shall
be treated as the loss of such proportion of the percentage of loss of earning
capacity prescribed in this Schedule as the partial loss of the member, or partial
permanent loss of the use of the member, bears to the total loss of that member.
(Added, 49 of 1985, s.5)

(2)Where there is loss of 2 or more parts of the hand, the percentage shall not be
more than the loss of the whole hand.

(3)Loss of remaining arm, leg or eye, if one has already been lost, shall be the
difference between the compensation for the total incapacity, and
compensation already paid or that which would have been paid for the previous
loss of limb or eye.

(4)Where there is loss of a thumb and one or more fingers of the same hand, the
aggregate percentage shall not be more than that in respect of the loss of 4
fingers and the thumb of the same hand.

SECOND SCHEDULE

OCCUPATIONAL
DISEASES

Description
of occupational
Item disease

A. CAUSED BY
PHYSICAL AGENTS

AI Inflammation, ulceration or
malignant disease of the
skin or subcutaneous tissues
or of the bones, or blood
dyscrasia, or cataract, due
to electro-magnetic
radiations (other than
radiant heat), or to ionising
particles

A2 Heat cataract
A3 Dysbarism, including
decompression
sickness, barotrauma
and osteonecrosis
A4 Cramp of the hand or forearm
due to repetitive
movements
A5 Subcutaneous cellulitis of the
hand (Beat hand)

A6 Bursitis or subcutaneous
cellulitis arising at or about
the knee due to severe or
prolonged external friction
or pressure at or about the
knee (Beat knee)

(Replaced, 44 of 1980, s.






14)

[ss. 3, 32, 33 & 341

Prescribed period
Nature of trade, for purposes of
industry or processsection 32

Any occupation involving exposure 10 years.
to electro-magnetic radiations
other than radiant heat, or to
ionising particles.

Any occupation involving 3 years.
frequent or prolonged exposure to
rays from molten or red-hot
material.

Any occupation involving subjection
to compressed or rarefied air or
other gases or gaseous mixtures.

Any occupation involving
prolonged periods of handwriting,
typing or other repetitive
movements of the fingers, hand or
arm.

1 year. In the
case of
arthritis -5
years.

1 year.

Any occupation involving 1 year.
manual labour causing severe or
prolonged friction or pressure on
the hand.

Any occupation involving year.
manual labour causing severe or
prolonged external friction or
pressure at or about the knee.





Description
of occupational
Item disease

A7 Bursitis or subcutaneous
cellulitis arising at or about
the elbow due to severe or
prolonged external friction
or pressure at or about the
elbow (Beat elbow)
AS Traumatic inflammation of
the tendons of the hand or
forearm, or of the
associated tendon sheaths
B. CAUSED BY
BIOLOGICAL
AGENTS

BI Anthrax

B2 Glanders

B3 Infection by leptospira

B4 Pulmonary disease due to the
inhalation of the dust of
mouldy hay or other
mouldy vegetable produce,
and characterized by
symptoms and signs
attributable to a reaction
in the peripheral part of the
bronchopulmonary system,
and giving rise to a defect
in gas exchange (Farmer's
lung)

B5Infection by organisms
of the genus brucella

C. CAUSED BY
CHEMICAL
AGENTS

Poisoning by lead or a
compound of lead

Prescribed
Nature of trade, for purposes
industry or process section

Any occupation involving manual
labour causing severe or prolonged
external friction or pressure at or
about the elbow.

1 year.

Any occupation involving 1 year.
manual labour, or frequent or
repeated movements of the hand or
wrist.

Any occupation involving contact
with animals infected with anthrax






or the handling (including the
loading and unloading or transport)
of animal products or residues.
Any occupation involving contact 1 month.
with equine animals or their
carcasses.

1 month.

Any occupation involving- 3 months.

(a)work in places which are, or are
liable to be, infested by rats, field
mice or voles, or other small
mammals;

(b)work at dog kennels or the care
or handling of dogs;

(c)contact with bovine animals or their
meat products or pigs or their meat
products.

Any occupation involving 1 year.
exposure to the dust of mouldy hay
or other mouldy vegetable produce
by reason of employment-
(a) in agriculture, horticulture or
forestry; or
(b) loading or unloading or
handling in storage such hay or
other vegetable produce; or
(c) handling bagasse.

Any occupation involving contact year.
with-

(a) animals infected by brucella, or
their carcasses or parts thereof,
or their untreated products; or
(b) laboratory specimens or
vaccines of, or containing,
brucella.

Any occupation involving the use or
handling of, or exposure to the
fumes, dust or vapour of, lead or a
compound of lead, or a substance
containing lead.

2 years. In the
case of nephritis -
4 years.





Description
of occupational
Item disease
C2Poisoning by manganese or a
compound of manganese

C3 Poisoning by
phosphorus or an inorganic
compound of phosphorus
or the anti-cholinesterase or
pseudo anti-cholinesterase
action of organic
phosphorus compounds
C4 Poisoning by arsenic or a
compound of arsenic

C5Poisoning by mercury or a
compound of mercury

C6 Poisoning by carbon
bisulphide

C7 Poisoning by benzene
or a homologue of benzene

C8 Poisoning by a nitro- or
amino- or chloro-derivative
of benzene or of a
homologue of benzene, or
poisoning by nitro-
chlorobenzene
C9 Poisoning by dinitrophenol or
a homologue or by
substituted dinitrophenols
or by the salts of such
substances

C10 Poisoning by halogen
derivatives of hydrocarbons
of the aliphatic series

C11 Poisoning by diethylene
dioxide (dioxan)

C12 Poisoning by chlorinated
naphthalene

C13 Poisoning by oxides of
nitrogen

Prescribed
Nature of trade, for purposes
industry or process section

Any occupation involving the use or 2 years.
handling of, or exposure to the
fumes, dust or vapour of,
manganese or a compound of
manganese, or a substance
containing manganese.
Any occupation involving the use or 3 years.
handling of, or exposure to the
fumes, dust or vapour of,
phosphorus or a compound of
phosphorus, or a substance






containing phosphorus.

Any occupation involving the use or 1 year.
handling of, or exposure to the
fumes, dust or vapour of, arsenic or
a compound of arsenic, or a
substance containing arsenic.
Any occupation involving the use or 2 years.
handling of, or exposure to the
fumes, dust or vapour of, mercury
or a compound of mercury, or a
substance containing mercury.
Any occupation involving the use or 1 year.
handling of, or exposure to the
fumes, or vapour of, carbon
bisulphide or a compound of
carbon bisulphide, or a substance
containing carbon bisulphide.
Any occupation involving the use or 1 year.
handling of, or exposure to the
fumes of, or vapour containing,
benzene or any of its homologues.
Any occupation involving the use or
handling of, or exposure to the
fumes of, or vapour containing, a
nitro- or amino- or chloro- derivative
of benzene or nitro-
chlorobenzene.
Any occupation involving the use or
handling of, or exposure to the
fumes of, or vapour containing,
dinitrophenol or a homologue or
substituted dinitrophenols or the
salts of such substances.
Any occupation involving the use or 1 year.
handling of, or exposure to the
fumes of, or vapour containing,
halogen derivatives of
hydrocarbons of the aliphatic series.
Any occupation involving the use or 1 year.
handling of, or exposure to the fumes
of, or vapour containing, diethylene
dioxide (dioxan).
Any occupation involving the use or 1 year.
handling of, or exposure to the
fumes of, or dust or vapour
containing, chlorinated
naphthalene.
Any occupation involving the use or 1 year.
handling of, or exposure to the
fumes of, or dust or vapour
containing, oxides of nitrogen.

1 year. In the
case of neoplasm
-10 years.

1 year.





Description
of occupational
Item disease
C14 Poisoning by beryllium or a
compound of beryllium

C15 Poisoning by cadmium
C16 Dystrophy of the cornea
(including ulceration of
the corneal surface) of the
eye
C17 Primary epitheliomatous
cancer of the skin
C18 Chrome ulceration including
perforation of nasal
septum
C19 Primary neoplasm of the
epithelial lining of the
urinary tract, (renal pelvis,
ureter, bladder and urethra)
including papilloma,
carcinoma-in-situ and
invasive carcinoma

D. CAUSED BY

MISCELLANEOUS
AGENTS

DI Inflammation or ulceration of
the skin produced by dust,
liquid or vapour (including
the condition known as
chloracne but excluding
chrome ulceration)
D2 Inflammation or ulceration of
the mucous membrane of the
upper respiratory passages
or mouth produced by dust,
liquid or vapour
D3 Carcinoma of the nasal cavity
or associated air sinuses
(nasal carcinoma)

Prescribed
Nature of trade, for purposes
industry or process section

Any occupation involving the use or 1 year.
handling of, or exposure to the
fumes, dust or vapour of, beryllium
or a compound of beryllium or a
substance containing beryllium.
Any occupation involving the use or 1 year.
handling of, or exposure to the dust
or fumes of, cadmium.

Any occupation involving the use or 1 year.
handling of, or exposure to, arsenic,
tar, pitch, bitumen, mineral oil






(including paraffin), soot or any
compound, product, (including
quinone or hydroquinone) or
residue of any of these substances.
Any occupation involving the use or 10 years.
handling of, or exposure to, arsenic,
tar, pitch, bitumen, mineral oil
(including paraflin), soot or any
compound, product, or residue of
any of these substances.
Any occupation involving the use or 1 year.
handling of chromic acid, chromate
or bichromate of ammonium,
potassium, sodium or zinc, or any
preparation or solution containing
any of these substances.
Any occupation involving the produc- 20 years.
tion, se or handling of alpha-
naphthylamine , beta-
naphthylamine
or me bis-ortho-chloraniline,
or diphenyl substituted by at least

occu
patio
n

U

naphthyla
mine,
methylene-
bis-ortho-

one nitro or primary amino group
or by at least one nitro and
primary amino group (including
benzidine) and any of the above
substances if further ring substituted
by halogeno methyl or methoxyl
group and the salts of any of the
above substances and the
production of auramine and
magenta.

Any occupation involving exposure to 1 year.
dust, liquid or vapour, capable of irritating
the skin.

Any occupation involving exposure to 1 year.
dust, liquid or vapour.

Any occupation involving the 10 years.
manufacture or repair of wooden

goods or the manufacture or repair
of footwear or components of
footwear made wholly or partly of

leather or fibre board.
(Replaced, L.N. 386183.Amended, L.N. 52187)





THIRD SCHEDULE

MEDICAL EXPENSES PAYABLE BY AN EMPLOYER IN RESPECT OF AN INJURY
DUE TO
ACCIDENT ARISING OUT OF AND IN THE COURSE OF EMPLOYMENT

[ss. 10A & 48A]

1 . Subject to paragraph 3, where an employee is given medical treatment as an in-patient
in a hospital, the medical expenses payable by the employer are--

(a) the total amount of medical expenses incurred in respect of the medical treatment; or

(b) the total amount at the rate of $40 for each day of stay in the
hospital, whichever total amount is the less.

2. Subject to paragraph 3, where an employee is given medical treatment other than as an
in-patient in a hospital, the medical expenses payable by the employer are

(a) the total amount of the medical incurred in respect of the medical
treatment; or



(b) the total amount at the rate of $20 for each day on which medical treatment is given,

whichever total amount is the less.

3. Where an employee is given medical treatment on any day both as an in-patient in a
hospital and other than as an in-patient in a hospital, the daily rate for the purpose of this
Schedule
shall be $40

(Added, 74 of 1977, s. 4. Amended, 44 of 1980, s. 15; 76 of 1982, s, 36; L.N. 321/85 and
L.N. 390/87)

Abstract



Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3104

Edition

1964

Volume

v19

Subsequent Cap No.

282

Number of Pages

70
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:30:28 +0800
<![CDATA[MERCHANT SHIPPING (TRAWLER SURVEY) REGULATIONS]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3103

Title

MERCHANT SHIPPING (TRAWLER SURVEY) REGULATIONS

Description






MERCHANT SHIPPING (TRAWLER SURVEY) REGULATIONS

ARRANGEMENT OF REGULATIONS

Regulation................................... Page

1. Citation ................................. ... ... ... ... ... ... V2
2. Interpretation ........................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... V2

3. Survey of trawlers ....................... ... ... ... ... ... ... V 2

4. Trawler not to operate without certificate of survey ... ... ... ... V 2

5. Application for survey ................... ... ... ... ... ... ... V 2

6. Conduct of survey and declaration of survey ... ... ... ... ... V 2

7. Issue of certificate of survey ........... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... V 3
8. Display of certificate of survey ......... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... V 3
9. Duration of certificate of survey ........ ... ... ... ... ... ... ... V 3
10. Extension of certificate of survey ....... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... V 3

11. Issue of duplicate certificate of survey ... ... ... ... ... ... ... V 3
12. Cancellation of certificate of survey .... ... ... ... ... ... ... V 3
13. Surrender of cancelled certificates of survey ... ... ... ... ... ... V 4

14...........................Approval of suitability in case of new vessels ... ... ... ... ... V 4

is.......Appeal ............................. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... V 4
16.......Penalty ......................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... V 4

First Schedule. Instructions to surveyors ....... ... ... ... ... ... ... V 4

Second Schedule...Forms.......................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... V 5





MERCHANT SHIPPING (TRAWLER SURVEY)
REGULATIONS

(Cap. 281, section 94)

[12th February, 1973]

1. These regulations may be cited as the Merchant Shipping
(Trawler Survey) Regulations.

2. In these regulations, unless the context otherwise requires

'certificate of survey' means a certificate of survey issued under
regulation 7;

'declaration of survey' means a declaration of survey under regulation
6;

'Government surveyor' means a Government surveyor appointed under
section 26 of the Ordinance;

'prescribed fee' means the fee prescribed in the Merchant Shipping
(Fees) Regulations.

3. (1) Every trawler shall be surveyed once at least in each year in
the manner provided in these regulations.

(2) A survey of a trawler shall include a survey of its hull,
machinery and equipment for the purpose of certifying that it is fit for
the service intended.

4. (1) No trawler shall operate unless the master has in his
possession a valid certificate of survey relating to the trawler.

(2) A trawler may be detained by the Director until a valid certificate
of survey is produced to him.

5. (1) The owner, agent or master of a trawler shall cause the trawler
to be surveyed under regulation 3.

(2) An application for a survey under regulation 3 or 12(3) shall be
made to the Director, accompanied by the prescribed fee for the survey
and issue-of a certificate of survey.

6. (1) A survey of a trawler shall be carried out by a Government
surveyor.

(2) In carrying out a survey, a Government surveyor shall comply
with the Instructions to Surveyors contained in the First Schedule.

(3) If, on completion of a survey, a Government surveyor is
satisfied as to the sufficiency and good condition of the hull, machinery
and equipment of a trawler he shall make a declaration of survey in Form
1 in the Second Schedule and forward it to the Director.





7. The Director shall, on receipt of a declaration of survey, issue to
the owner, agent or master applying for the same a certificate of survey
in Form 2 in the Second Schedule.

8. The owner, agent or master of a trawler shall cause the certificate
of survey in respect of the trawler to be exhibited in some conspicuous
part of the trawler while the certificate remains in force and the trawler is
in use.

9. A certificate of survey shall, subject to regulation 10, be issued
for a period not exceeding twelve months.

10. (1) The Director may, on receipt of the prescribed fee, extend
the validity of a certificate of survey for a period not exceeding two
months from the date of expiry.

(2) An application for an extension of a certificate of survey shall
be made before the expiry of the certificate of survey.,

11. (1) If the Director is satisfied that a certificate of survey has
been lost, destroyed or defaced he may, on receipt of the prescribed fee,
issue a duplicate certificate of survey.

(2) A duplicate certificate of survey issued under paragraph (1)
shall be endorsed in a conspicuous place with the word 'Duplicate'.

12. (1) The Director may cancel a certificate of survey if he has
reason to believe that

(a) the declaration of survey has been fraudulently or erroneously
made;

(b)the certificate of survey has been issued upon false or
erroneous information;

(c)since the making of the declaration of survey, the hull,
machinery or equipment of the trawler has sustained injury or
has become otherwise insufficient; or

(d)the certificated trawling master is not properly maintaining the
hull, machinery and equipment of the trawler.

(2) As soon as possible after the cancellation of a certificate of
survey, the Director shall, by notice in writing served either personally
or by registered post, inform the owner, agent or master of the trawler of
the cancellation and of the reasons therefor.

(3) If a certificate of survey is cancelled on any ground specified in
paragraph (1)(a), (b) or (c), the Director may require the owner, agent or
master to apply to have the hull, machinery or equipment of the trawler'
surveyed again and may, on receipt of a declaration of survey, re-issue
the certificate of survey or issue a new certificate of survey.





13. A certificate of survey which is cancelled under regulation 12
shall be delivered on demand to the Director by the owner, agent or
master.

14. (1) Without prejudice to regulation 3, the Director may give
approval of suitability as a trawler in respect of a vessel the keel of which
is laid on or after the coming into operation of these regulations if the
vessel is constructed in accordance with plans approved by the Director.

(2) For the purposes of paragraph (1), plans in respect of the matters
prescribed in paragraph 3 of the First Schedule shall be submitted to the
Director for examination and approval before construction of a vessel is
commenced.

(3) The prescribed fee shall be paid for examination of such plans.

15. (1) A person aggrieved by a decision of the Director under
regulation 10 or 12 may, within fourteen days after being informed of the
decision, by notice in writing delivered to the Registrar of the Supreme
Court appeal to such judge, district judge, or magistrate as the Chief
Justice may nominate, and upon appeal such decision may be confirmed,
varied or set aside.

(2) A person aggrieved by a decision of a Government surveyor under
regulation 6 may, within fourteen days after being informed of the
decision, by notice in writing lodged with the Director, object to that
decision and the Director may confirm, vary or set aside. the decision of
the Government surveyor.

16. Any owner, agent or master of a trawler who contravenes
regulation 3, 4, 8 or 13 shall be guilty of an offence and shall on
conviction be liable to a fine of one thousand dollars and imprisonment
for six months.

FIRST SCHEDULE [reg. 6(2).]

INSTRUCTIONS TO SURVEYORS

SURVEY OF TRAWLERS

1 Examination of a trawler shall, if possible, be carried out in the
presence of the owner, agent or master of the trawler.

2. A trawler shall be examined to ascertain whether it is fit for the service
intended and in particular to ensure

(a)that the hull, superstructure and underwater fittings are in good
condition and watertight. For the purpose of examining the hull, a
trawler shall be dry docked or hauled out on a slipway;

(b)that the watertight bulkheads and internal spaces are in good condition.
If a Government surveyor considers it necessary, he may examine any
internal space or require an hydraulic pressure test on any tank or
watertight space;

(c)that the protection of openings, guard rails and freeing ports is effective;





(d)that the fuel oil tanks and piping installation are safe from undue risk of
fire or explosion;

(e)that the machinery installation is safe from undue risk of fire or
explosion and is in satisfactory working condition for proceeding ahead
and astern;

(f)that the bilge pumping and draining systems are sufficient and in good
working condition;

(g) that the steering gear is in good working condition;

(h)that the boilers and pressure vessels are safe. An external examination
shall be carried out at least once in every 12 months and an internal
examination at least once in every 24 months. A Government surveyor
may require a hydraulic pressure test if the inside is inaccessible or for
any other reason;

(i)that it complies with the Merchant Shipping (Fire Appliances)
Regulations;

(j)that it complies with the Merchant Shipping (Life Saving Appliances)
Regulations;

(k)that its light and sound signals comply with the International Collision
Regulations.

3. In the case of a survey of a new trawler, a Government surveyor shall.
subject to paragraph 2, make a declaration of survey if the trawler has been
constructed in accordance with plans approved by the Director under regulation
14. Such plans shall be in respect of

(a)the general arrangement, including arrangement of watertight bulkheads;

(b) the construction, showing proposed scantlings;

(c)propeller shafting and sterntube, showing materials, scantlings and design
details;

(d) fuel oil tanks and piping arrangement;

(e) bilge pumping And draining arrangements;

(f) fire fighting arrangements;

(g) any other detail as may be required by the Director.

4. If survey of a trawler is carried out by more than one Government
surveyor, each such surveyor shall make a declaration of survey in respect of any
item in the declaration of survey which concerns him and cancel the rest of the
items. All such declarations of survey shall be considered together for the issue of a
certificate of survey.

SECOND SCHEDULE [reg. 6(3).]

FORM 1

MERCHANT SHIPPING (TRAWLER SURVEY)
REGULATIONS

DECLARATION OF SURVEY

Name Address
Port of Registry
Name of Ship Official Number i Gross Tonnage of Owner, Agent






or Master





1 hereby declare:

1 .........................That on I completed the
inspection of the above-named ship.
2. That the hull, closing appliances, freeing ports, guard rails, machinery

installation, fuel oil installation, pressure vessels, bilge pumping and
draining, and steering gear are in all respects satisfactory for the
purpose intended, and will in my judgment be sufficient until

............

3.That the lifeboats, liferafts, their launching appliances and other lifesaving
appliances provide for a maximum total number of ...............

............

4.That the life-saving appliances, navigation lights and shapes, means of
making light and sound signals are such and in such condition as are required
by the Merchant Shipping (Life Saving Appliances) Regulations and the
International Collision Regulations and will in my judgment be sufficient
until ................................................

5.That the fire-extinguishing appliances are such and in such condition as are
required by the Merchant Shipping (Fire Appliances) Regulations and will in
my judgment be sufficient until .................................

Dated at Hong Kong, this ........day of 19

Government Surveyor.

FORM 2 [reg. 7.]


MERCHANT SHIPPING (TRAWLER SURVEY) REGULATIONS

CERTIFICATE OF SURVEY

Name of Ship Port of Registry Official Number Gross Tonnage

This is to certify:


1 That the above-mentioned ship has been duly surveyed in accordance

with the provisions of the Merchant Shipping (Trawler Survey)

Regulations.






2. That the hull, closing appliances, freeing ports, guard rails, machinery



installation, fuel oil installation, pressure vessels, bilge pumping and



draining, and steering gear are in all respects satisfactory for the



purpose intended.


3. That the lifeboats, liferafts, their launching appliances and other

life-saving appliances provide for a maximum total number of



...............................

.....................

4.That the life-saving appliances, fire fighting appliances, navigation

lights and shapes, means of making light and sound signals are such


and in such condition as are required by the Merchant Shipping

Ordinance.


5. That in all other respects the ship complies with the requirements

of the Merchant Shipping Ordinance as far as its provisions apply

thereto.



This certificate is issued by the Director of Marine, Hong Kong. It will


remain in force, unless previously cancelled until .......................................



Issued at Hong Kong, the ........day of ........................ 19



.................

Director of Marine.


L.N. 255/72. L.N. 19/73. Citation. Interpretation. (Cap. 281, sub. leg.) Survey of trawlers. Trawler not to operate without certificate of survey. Application for survey. Conduct of survey and declaration of survey. First Schedule. Second Schedule. Issue of certificate of survey. Second Schedule. Display of certificate of survey. Duration of certificate of survey. Duration of certificate of survey. Issue of duplicate certificate of survey. Cancellation of certificate of survey. Surrender of cancelled certificates of survey. Approval of suitability in case of new vessels. First Schedule. Appeal. Penalty. (Cap. 281, sub. leg.) (Cap. 281, sub. leg.)

Abstract

L.N. 255/72. L.N. 19/73. Citation. Interpretation. (Cap. 281, sub. leg.) Survey of trawlers. Trawler not to operate without certificate of survey. Application for survey. Conduct of survey and declaration of survey. First Schedule. Second Schedule. Issue of certificate of survey. Second Schedule. Display of certificate of survey. Duration of certificate of survey. Duration of certificate of survey. Issue of duplicate certificate of survey. Cancellation of certificate of survey. Surrender of cancelled certificates of survey. Approval of suitability in case of new vessels. First Schedule. Appeal. Penalty. (Cap. 281, sub. leg.) (Cap. 281, sub. leg.)

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3103

Edition

1964

Volume

v18

Subsequent Cap No.

281

Number of Pages

7
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:30:28 +0800
<![CDATA[MERCHANT SHIPPING (COMPULSORY THIRD PARTY RISKS INSURANCE) REGULATIONS]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3102

Title

MERCHANT SHIPPING (COMPULSORY THIRD PARTY RISKS INSURANCE) REGULATIONS

Description






MERCHANT SHIPPING (COMPULSORY THIRD PARTY
INSURANCE) REGULATIONS

(Cap. 281, section 114(1)

[17 May 1990]

L.N. 391 of 1989

1. Citation

These regulations may be cited as the Merchant Shipping (Compulsory

Third Party Risks Insurance) Regulations.

2. Interpretation

In these regulations, unless the context otherwise requires

'certificate of insurance', 'ferry vessel', 'launch', 'owner' and 'pleasure vessel' have the
meanings assigned to them in section 107B;

'insurer' means an authorized insurer as defined in section 107B;

'policy' means a policy of insurance in respect of third party risks arising out of the use of
vessels and complying with Part XIVA of the Ordinance;

,'vessel' means a vessel to which Part XIVA of the Ordinance applies.

3. Liability to he covered

The following amounts are prescribed for the purpose of paragraph (iii) of

the proviso to section 107D(1)(b)
(a)in the case of a policy in respect of a launch or ferry vessel, $3 million; and

(b) in the case of a policy in respect of a pleasure vessel, $600,000.

4. Production of proof of insurance
on application for licence, etc.

(1) Any person

(a)applying for a licence in respect of a vessel to which section 107C(1)
applies;

(b) producing such a licence to the Director for endorsement, or





delivering a notice of transfer to the Director, following transfer of ownership of the vessel to
him, pursuant to regulations made or' deemed to have been made under section 33 of the
Shipping and Port Control Ordinance (Cap. 313) shall upon such application, production or
delivery produce to the Director any necessary policy of insurance or such other
documentary proof as shall be sufficient to indicate that





(i) on the date when such licence takes effect there will be in operation;
or

(ii) where the Director is to endorse an existing current licence following
a transfer of ownership, there is in operation,

such policy of insurance in respect of third party risks as is required under section
107C.

(2) Notwithstanding anything contained in the regulations referred to in
subregulation (1), the Director shall not issue or endorse a licence in respect of a
vessel to which section 107C(1) applies in favour of an applicant who fails to
comply with subregulation(1).

(3) For the purposes of subregulation (1) the Director may accept as sufficient
proof of the operation of a policy of insurance a certificate of insurance issued in
respect of that policy for the purposes of section 107M(1).

5. Form and contents of certificate of insurance

A certificate of insurance shall be in the form set out in the Schedule and shall
specify in relation to the policy of insurance to which it relates

(a) the name of the person to whom the policy is issued;

(b) whether the vessel is a launch, a ferry vessel or a pleasure vessel;

(c) the name of the vessel insured;

(d)the licence number of the vessel insured or, where the licence
number is not known, the description of the vessel;

(e)the dates of commencement and expiry of the period of insurance;

(j) the date of issue of the policy;

(g) the name of the insurer;

(h) the policy number;

(i) the certificate number;

(j) the amount of the liability insured;

(k)the persons or classes of persons specified in the policy as being
entitled to have charge of the vessel;

(1)the circumstances in which the persons or classes of persons so
specified in the policy will be indemnified.

6. Authentication of certificate

A certificate of insurance shall be duly authenticated prior to issue by or on
behalf of the insurer by whom it is issued.

7. Loss or destruction of certificates

Where an insurer by whom a certificate of insurance has been issued is
satisfied that the certificate has become defaced or has been lost or destroyed, he
shall, if requested so to do by the person to whom the certificate was issued, issue
to him a fresh certificate.





SCHEDULE [reg. 5]

CERTIFICATE OF
INSURANCE


(Issued pursuant to section 107M of the Merchant Shipping Ordinance,
Chapter 281 of the Laws of Hong Kong)


Certificate No . ...........Policy No .

Issued on
.......................................


I. Name of Policyholder(s)



2. Type of vessel

Name of vessel
............................................................................................................
...............

Licence number or description of vessel
.....................................................................................

........................................

3............................Period of Insurance from to



4. Amount of liability insured



5. Name of insurer



6. Persons or classes of persons entitled to have charge of the vessel ..............................................



7. The circumstances in which that person (or persons) will be indemnified ...................................

...............................





1 hereby certify the above particulars in respect of a policy of insurance issued by
me.

And 1 further certify that the policy is issued in accordance with the provisions of the
Merchant

Shipping Ordinance (Cap. 281).


............

Authorized Insurer



Date ..............................................



Abstract



Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3102

Edition

1964

Volume

v18

Subsequent Cap No.

281

Number of Pages

4
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:30:27 +0800
<![CDATA[MERCHANT SHIPPING (CERTIFICATES OF COMPETENCY AS A.B.) RULES]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3101

Title

MERCHANT SHIPPING (CERTIFICATES OF COMPETENCY AS A.B.) RULES

Description






MERCHANT SHIPPING (CERTIFICATES OF
COMPETENCY AS A.B.) RULES

(Cap. 28 1, section 6(2))

PART 1

PRELIMINARY

1. These rules may be cited as the Merchant Shipping (Cer

tificates of Competency as A.B.) Rules and shall come into operation

on a day to be appointed by the Director of Marine by notice in the

Gazette.

2. In these rules, unless the context otherwise requires

'A.B.' means an able bodied seaman;

-approved- means approved by the Director;

'conversion course- means a course which provides training in the
duties of a deck rating for persons who have served as an engine
room rating;

'Examination Centre- means the Examination Centre of the Marine
Department;

.,examiner' means a person appointed to be an examiner under section
6(1) of the Ordinance;

'GRT' in relation to a ship means its gross register tonnage and in
relation to a ship having alternative gross register tonnages means
the lower of those tonnages;

'qualifying sea service' means the sea service specified in rule 7 as
modified by rule 8,

,,responsible authority' in relation to a training school or course. means
the person in charge of that school or course;

-revoked rules- means the Merchant Shipping (Lifeboatmen and A.B.
Certificates of Competency Examinations) Rules..

.,satisfactorily' means to the satisfaction of the responsible authority
or the Director of Marine;

'sea-going ship- means a ship other than one which navigates
exclusively in inland waters or in areas where port regulations
apply;

,steering requirement- means the requirement of rule 3(1)(a)(v) as to
steering experience.





PART 11

QUALIFICATION, ELIGIBILITY AND APPLICATION FOR EXAMINATION

3. (1) A certificate of competency as A.B. shall not be granted to
any person unless he

(a) (i) has attained the age of 18 years;

(ii) has completed the qualifying sea service;

(iii) has passed an examination based on the syllabus
specified in the First Schedule;

(iv) is the holder of a certificate of proficiency in survival
craft issued under the Merchant Shipping (Certificates of
Proficiency in Survival Craft) Rules, a certificate of
competency as lifeboatman issued under the revoked rules or
any other approved certificate of proficiency in survival craft;
and

(v) has, otherwise than for the purpose of receiving
instruction therein, taken turns at the wheel in steering a sea-
going ship, not being a fishing vessel, for a period totalling
not. less than 10 hours; or

(b) (i) has, before 1 September 1978, completed the qualify-

ing sea service in an appropriate capacity; and

(ii) has fulfilled the steering requirement.

(2) A certificate of competency as A.B. shall not be granted under
the provisions of paragraph (1)(b) more than 3 years after the
commencement of these rules.

4. (1) 'Subject to rule 5, a person shall not be eligible to take an
examination for a certificate of competency as A.B. unless he

(a) has attained the age of 18 years; and

(b) either

(i) (A) has completed the qualifying sea service; and

(B) has fulfilled the steering requirement, or

(ii) (A)has served at sea as an engine room rating for at
least 18 months;

(B)has satisfactorily completed an approved
conversion course; and

(C)is the holder of a valid medical fitness certificate
within the meaning of the Merchant Shipping
(Medical Examination) Regulations.

(2) Application to take the examination shall be made to the
Examination Centre.

(3) Every application to be examined shall be made on a form
obtainable from the Examination Centre and shall be accompanied by





(a)a certificate or certificates and such other evidence as may be
necessary to establish to the satisfaction of the examiner that
the applicant has complied with the requirements of paragraph
(1)(b)(i) or (1)(b)(ii); and

(b) the prescribed fee.

(4) Every application when completed shall be lodged with the
examiner, who shall, if satisfied that the applicant is eligible to take the
examination, ensure that the applicant is notified of the arrangements
made for the examination, or, if not so satisfied, inform the applicant in
writing that his application is refused, stating the reasons for refusal.

(5) On the completion of the examination, the examiner shall inform
the applicant of the result, record the result on the form of application
and submit the form to the Director. If the applicant has passed the
examination, the examiner shall issue to the applicant a certificate to that
effect.

(6) A person who has complied with the requirements of rule
3(1)(a)(i), (ii) and (iv) and has fulfilled the steering requirement may
when applying to take an examination under paragraph (3) also apply
for the grant of a certificate of competency as A.B. in which case the
application shall be accompanied by 2 suitable identical passport-size
photographs of the applicant and the prescribed fee.

5. An examination for a certificate of competency as A.B. may, in
the case of a person undergoing a course of pre-sea training at a
nautical training school specified in the Second Schedule, be taken by
that person at that school in stages during the course in accordance
with approved arrangements made by the responsible authority.

6. (1) A person who has complied with the requirements of rule
3(1)(a) or (b) and who has not applied for the grant of a certificate of
competency as A.B. under rule 4(6), may apply to the Director for the
grant of a certificate of competency as A.B.

(2) Every application under this rule shall be made on a form
obtainable at the Examination Centre and shall be accompanied by

(a)2 suitable ui table 'identical passport-size photographs of the
applicant;

(b)a certificate or certificates and such other evidence as may be
necessary to establish to the satisfaction of the Director that
the applicant has complied with the requirements of rule
3(1)(a) or (b); and

(e) the prescribed fee.





(3) Upon receipt of an application under this rule or rule 4(6), the
Director shall, if satisfied that the applicant is entitled to the grant of a
certificate of competency as A.B., cause such a certificate to be issued
to the applicant in the form prescribed in the Third Schedule or, if not so
satisfied, inform the applicant in writing that his application is refused,
stating the reasons for the refusal.

7. (1) For the purposes of rule 3(1)(a)(ii). 3(1)(b)(i) or 4(1)(b)(i)(A),
qualifying sea service shall consist of either

(a)service as a general purpose rating in a sea-going ship having
a general purpose or integrated crew (referred to in these rules
as 'service as a general purpose rating'); or

(b)service as a deck rating in a sea-going ship other than a ship
having a general purpose or integrated crew (referred to in
these rules as 'service as a deck rating'); or

(c)service partly as the one and partly as the other of the above
mentioned ratings (referred to in these rules as 'mixed
service').

(2) Subject to rule 8, the period of qualifying sea service shall be

(a) for the purposes of rule 4(1)(b)(i)(A)
(1) in the case of service as a general purpose rating. 18
months;

(ii) in the case of service as a deck rating. 12 months:

(iii) in the case of mixed service. a period of between 12 and
18 months such that the component periods of service as a
general purpose rating and as a deck rating respectively,
expressed as percentages of the periods prescribed in relation
thereto in sub-sub-paragraphs (i) and (ii). total 100 per cent

(b)for the purpose of rule 3(1)(a)(ii) or 3(1)(b)(i), the period
specified in relation to each type of service in sub-paragraph
(a), plus a further period of 2 years.

(3) In calculating a period of qualifying sea service for the purpose
of paragraph (2)

(a)every day by which a period of service in a ship exceeds the
number of months in that period, and every day of such
service in a period of service of less than one month. shall be
treated as 1/30th of a month of service;

(b)each period of service in a ship shall be calculated separately;
and

(c)the length of every period of service in a ship shall be
calculated from the date of its commencement to the date of
its termination.





(4) Every period of qualifying sea service shall include a
proportion of not less than 50 per cent of service in ships of more than
200 GRT, other than fishing vessels.

8. In the case of a person who holds a certificate given by the
responsible authority showing that he has passed or satisfactorily
completed an approved course of pre-sea training at a nautical training
school specified in the Second Schedule, the total period of qualifying
sea service which would otherwise be required under rule 7(2) shall be
reduced by the period shown in the third column of the Second
Schedule.

PART Ill

GENERAL

9. The fees prescribed in the Fourth Schedule shall be payable in
respect of the matters specified in relation thereto in that Schedule.

10. (1) The examiner shall not permit a candidate to take an
examination under these rules unless he is satisfied that the candidate is
eligible to take the examination and is the person in respect of whom the
application for examination has been made.

(2) If before the commencement, or during the course. of an
examination the examiner becomes aware that a candidate has a
physical or other disability which in his opinion would render the
candidate incapable of performing the duties of an A.B.. the examiner
shall not permit the candidate to take or complete the examination.

(3) Where the examiner does not permit a candidate to take or
complete the examination under paragraph (1) or (2)

(a)he shall state his reasons on the form of application and
submit the form to the Director; and

(b) the fee paid by or on behalf of the candidate shall be refunded
to the person who paid the fee.

11. Any candidate who is aggrieved by any decision of the
examiner may appeal in writing to the Director within 30 days of being
notified of such a decision and the Director may confirm. vary or
reverse any such decision or substitute therefor such other decision as
he may think fit.

12. (1) If a person entitled to a certificate of competency as A.B.
proves to the satisfaction of the Director that the certificate issued to
him has been lost or destroyed, the Director shall. upon payment of the
prescribed fee. if any. issue a copy of the certificate. certified as such.
which shall have the same effect as the certificate originally issued.





(2) An application for a certified copy of a lost certificate of
competency as A.B. should be made at the Examination Centre,
accompanied by the prescribed fee. A declaration as to the
circumstances in which the certificate was lost must be made by the
applicant before an examiner.

(3) If any certificate notified under paragraph (1) as lost is
subsequently found, the person to whom it was issued shall deliver it
forthwith to the Director.

13. A record of all certificates of competency as A.B. issued under
these rules and of the suspension, cancellation or alteration of, and any
other matters affecting, such certificates, shall be kept by the Director.

14. (1) Subject to paragraph (2) the Merchant Shipping
(Lifeboatmen and A.B. Certificates of Competency Examinations) Rules
are revoked, but without prejudice to the validity of any certificate
issued in accordance with them.

(2) If the Director is satisfied that a certificate of competency
issued under the revoked rules has been lost or destroyed, he shall
upon application by the holder and upon payment of the prescribed fee,
issue a copy of the certificate, certified as such, which shall have the
same effect as the certificate of competency originally issued and rule
12(3) of these rules shall apply to the lost certificate as if it were a
certificate issued under these rules.

FIRST SCHEDULE [rule
3.1

SYLLABUS FOR EXAMINATION FOR CERTIFICATE OF COMPETENCY As
A.B.

PART 1

Nautical Knowledge

1 The meaning of common nautical terms.

2.The names and functions of various parts of, a ship. for example decks,
compartments, ballast tanks, bilges, air pipes, strum boxes.

3.Knowledge of compass card 0 to 359. Ability to report the approximate
bearing of an object in degrees or points on the bow.

4. Reading, streaming and handing a patent log.

5.Markings on a hand lead line. taking a cast of the hand lead and correctly
reporting the sounding obtained.

6. Marking of the anchor cable.

7. Understanding helm orders.

8. The use of lifesaving and fire fighting appliances.





Practical Work
(To be tested as far as possible by practical demonstration.)

9. Knots, hitches and bends in common use-

Reef knot Bowline and bowline on the bight
Timber hitch Sheet bend, double and single
Clove hitch Sheepshank
Rolling hitch Round turn and two half hitches
Figure of eight Marlinspike hitch
Wall and crown

To whip a rope's end using plain or palm and needle whipping. To put a
seizing on rope and wire. To put a stopper on a rope or wire hawser, and
derrick lift.

10.Splicing plaited and multi-strand manila and synthetic-fibre rope, eye splice,
short splice and back splice. Splicing wire rope, eye splice using a locking tuck.
Care in use of rope and wire.

11. Slinging a stage, rigging a bosun's chair and pilot ladder.

12.Rigging a derrick. Operating a winch; general precautions to be taken before
and during the operation of a winch whether used for working cargo or for
warping.

13.The use and operation of a windlass in anchor work and in warping. Safe
handling of moorings with particular reference to synthetic-fibre ropes and
self-tensioning winches. Precautions to be taken in the stowage of chain cable
and securing the anchors for sea.

14.A knowledge of the gear used in cargo work and an understanding of its uses.
General maintenance with particular reference to wires, blocks and shackles.

15.The safe handling of hatch covers including mechanical hatch covers;
battening down and securing hatches and tank lids.

PART 11

ENGLISH LANGUAGE COMPREHENSION

Each candidate will be required to satisfy the examiner that he has sufficient
knowledge of the English language to understand, or give. any necessary orders
that may be given to or by him in the course of the performance of his duties on a
ship.

SECOND SCHEDULE [rules 5 8.1
NAUTICAL TRAINING SCHOOLS

Period of reduction in
Place Name of Schoolqualifying sea service
Hong Kong Hong Kong Sea School 3 months
Hong Kong Hong Kong Polytechnic 6 months

THIRD SCHEDULE [rule 6.]

MERCHANT SHIPPING (CERTIFICATES OF COMPETENCY A.B.) RULES

HONG KONG

Hong Kong Certificate of competency Certificate
Crest as A.B.Number:





Discharge
Name in Full Date of Birth Book Number Photograph

English

Place of Birth Space for
Photograph
Chinese

This is to certify that the above-named is duly qualified in accordance with the
Merchant Shipping (Certificates of Competency as A.B.) Rules.

. .........

Director of Marine

.............

Signature ol Holder

...........................................................

Examiner

Office Date Stamp

FOURTH SCHEDULE [rule. 9.1

FEES
S
1. For sitting the examination for a certificate of competency; as A.B. 150.00
2. For issue of a certificate of competency as A.B . 20.00
3. For issue of a certified copy of a certificate of competency as A.B
except where the loss or destruction of the original certificate was
occasioned by the wreck or loss of a ship or by, a fire on board ship.
in which case no fee shall be payable 50.00
4. For issue of a certified copy of a certificate of competency, issued
under the revoked rules. except where the loss or destruction of the
original certificate was occasioned by the wreck or loss of a ship or
by a tire on board ship. in which case no fee shall be payable 50.00
L.N. 289/85. Citation and commencement. Interpretation. (Cap. 281, sub. leg.) Conditions for the grant of a certificate of competency as A.B. First Schedule. (Cap. 281, sub. leg.) Eligibility and application for examination. Examinations at training schools. Second Schedule. Application for certificate of competency as A.B. Third Schedule. Qualifying sea Service. Reduction in qualifying service at sea. Second Schedule. Fees. Fourth Schedule. Verification of qualifications etc. by examiner. Appeals from decisions of examiner. Loss of certificate. Record of certificates. Revocation. (Cap. 281, sub. leg.)

Abstract

L.N. 289/85. Citation and commencement. Interpretation. (Cap. 281, sub. leg.) Conditions for the grant of a certificate of competency as A.B. First Schedule. (Cap. 281, sub. leg.) Eligibility and application for examination. Examinations at training schools. Second Schedule. Application for certificate of competency as A.B. Third Schedule. Qualifying sea Service. Reduction in qualifying service at sea. Second Schedule. Fees. Fourth Schedule. Verification of qualifications etc. by examiner. Appeals from decisions of examiner. Loss of certificate. Record of certificates. Revocation. (Cap. 281, sub. leg.)

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3101

Edition

1964

Volume

v18

Subsequent Cap No.

281

Number of Pages

8
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:30:26 +0800
<![CDATA[MERCHANT SHIPPING (PLEASURE VESSELS) REGULATIONS]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3100

Title

MERCHANT SHIPPING (PLEASURE VESSELS) REGULATIONS

Description






MERCHANT SHIPPING (PLEASURE VESSELS) REGULATIONS

ARRANGEMENT OF REGULATIONS

Regulation................................... Page

1.........Citation .......................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... S2
2.........Interpretation .................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... S2

3.................Licensing of pleasure vessels ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... S3

3A.............Renewal of licences ........... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... S4

3B. Power to suspend or cancel licences ... ... ... 1 . ... ... ... ... S4

3C...............Display of licence discs .... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... S5

4....................Record of registered particulars ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... S5

5.........Offences .......................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... S5

5A........................Seizure, removal and detention of vessels ... ... ... ... ... ... ... S6

6.............................Transfer of ownership or charter of pleasure vessels ... ... ... ... . S6

7. Holders of certificates of competency on vessels under way ... ... ... ... S7

8.........[Revoked] ......................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... S 8

9...............................Production of certificates of competency for inspection ... ... ... ... S 8

10...............Cancellation of licence ..... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... S 8

11.........................................Life-saving appliances and fire-fighting apparatuses to be carried on board S 9

12......................Director to be notified of any accident ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... S 9

13.............................Exemption from international collision regulations ... ... ... ... ... S 9

14..................Directions by the Director ... ... ... ... ... ... 1 . ... ... S 9

15..................Mooring of pleasure vessels ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... S 10

16.........[Revoked] ......................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... S 10

17....................Unlawful use of pleasure vessels ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... S 11

18. Objection to Director's decisions ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... S 11

19.........................................Power to exempt S 11





MERCHANT SHIPPING (PLEASURE VESSELS)
REGULATIONS

(Cap. 281, sections 97 and 105)*

[1 April 1970.1

1. These regulations may be cited as the Merchant Shipping
(Pleasure Vessels) Regulations.

2. (1) In these regulations, unless the context otherwise requires

'licence' means a licence issued under regulation 3;

'licensed owner' means the person whose name is endorsed on the
licence of a pleasure vessel as the licensed owner of the pleasure
vessel under regulation 3(3);

'pleasure vessel' means any launch, yacht, inflatable vessel, junk,
lorcha or other vessel that

(a)has an engine installed in it or carried on it, or is designed to
have an engine installed in it or carried on it, whereby the
vessel may be propelled by mechanical means;

(b) is possessed or used exclusively for pleasure purposes; and

(c)is not let for hire or reward other than under the terms of a
charter agreement or hire-purchase agreement,

but does not include any launch, yacht, inflatable vessel, junk,
lorcha or other vessel that has never been launched;

'prescribed fee' means the fee prescribed in the Merchant Shipping
(Fees) Regulations.

(2) For the purposes of these regulations-

(a) any person who-

(i) is the sole, joint or part owner of a pleasure vessel which
is not subject to the terms of a hire-purchase agreement, bill
of sale or other similar instrument;

(ii) is the hirer under, and is entitled to possession of a
pleasure vessel which is subject to the terms of, a
hirepurchase agreement; or

(iii) is a party to, and is entitled to possession of a pleasure
vessel which is subject to the terms of, a bill of sale or other
similar instrument,

shall be deemed to be the owner of the pleasure vessel; and

These regulations are deemed to have been made under section 33 of the
Shipping and Port Control Ordinance (Cap. 313)-see s. 35(1) thereof.





(b) any person who-
(i) is the owner of a pleasure vessel which is subject to
the terms of a hire-purchase agreement, bill of sale or other
similar instrument but who is not entitled to possession of
the pleasure vessel; or
(ii) has possession or control of a pleasure vessel under
the terms of a charter agreement,

shall be deemed not to be the owner of the pleasure vessel.

3. (1) An application for a licence in respect of a pleasure
vessel shall be made-

(a)where the pleasure vessel is owned by an individual who is
the sole owner, by that individual;

(b)where the pleasure vessel is owned by 2 or more persons at
least one of whom is an individual, by that individual or,
if more than one of the owners are individuals, by one of
such individuals who. is nominated by the other owners for
that purpose;

(c)where the pleasure vessel is owned solely by a company, by
an individual who is nominated by the company for that
purpose.

(2) An application made under paragraph (1) shall be submit-
ted to the Director on a form specified by him and shall contain-

(a) the name and address of the owner or owners;

(b)particulars of the pleasure vessel and of any other pleasure
vessel attached to or carried on it to which paragraph (8)
applies; and

(c)such other particulars of the vessel and of the owner or
owners thereof as the Director may from time to time
require to be furnished to him.

(3) On receipt of an application under this regulation and on
payment of the prescribed fee, the Director may issue a licence,
licence disc and licence number in respect of the pleasure vessel for
which the application is made and shall endorse on the licence the
name of the applicant as the licensed owner of the pleasure vessel.

(4) A licence shall be valid for such period, not exceeding 12
months, as shall be specified by the Director in the licence and shall
be subject to such conditions as the Director thinks fit; and such
conditions shall be endorsed on the licence.

(5) The form of a licence and of a licence disc shall be
determined from time to time by the Director.

(6) The Director may endorse on a licence a condition that the
pleasure vessel and any other pleasure vessel which, under para-
graph (8), is included in the licence for the pleasure vessel-





(a)shall not carry at any one time more persons than the number
endorsed on the licence (and, where another vessel is
included in the licence for a pleasure vessel, a different
number may be endorsed on the licence in respect of each
vessel);

(b) shall not be used at any time between sunset and sunrise.

(7) The Director shall endorse on a licence disc issued in respect
of a pleasure vessel under paragraph (3) or regulation 3A the licence
number of the vessel, the date of expiry of the licence and such other
particulars as the Director thinks fit.

(8) Where a pleasure vessel for which a licence is being applied
for, referred to in this paragraph as 'the parent pleasure vessel', has
attached to or carried on it another pleasure vessel not exceeding 4
metres in length and having an engine not exceeding 7.5 kilowatts, the
Director may, if he considers it reasonable to do so, include such other
pleasure vessel in the licence for the parent pleasure vessel and such
other pleasure vessel shall, so long as it is attached to or carried on the
parent pleasure vessel when not in use or used in conjunction with the
parent pleasure vessel, be deemed to be licensed together with the
parent pleasure vessel.

(9) The licensed owner of a pleasure vessel shall cause the licence
number issued to the pleasure vessel under paragraph (3) to be painted
and maintained, or otherwise permanently affixed, as near as practicable
amidships on each side of

(a) the pleasure vessel; and

(b)any other pleasure vessel which, under paragraph (8), is
included in the same licence,

the colour of which clearly contrasts with the colour of the
surface on which they are painted or affixed;

(ii) each of which shall be not less than 300 millimetres in height
and, except in the case of the figure 1 not less than 170
millimetres in width; and

(iii) marked in lines which are not less than 40 millimetres broad at
any point.

(10) A licensed owner who fails to comply with paragraph (9) shall
be guilty of an offence and shall be liable on conviction to a fine of
$5,000.

3A. The Director may, on payment of the prescribed fee, renew a
licence for such period, not exceeding 12 months, as he may specify;
and where the Director has renewed a licence he shall issue to the
licensed owner a new licence disc.

3B. The Director may suspend or cancel a licence for any breach of
a condition of the licence or of any of these regulations.





3C. (1) The licensed owner shall display at all times in a
conspicuous position on his pleasure vessel (other than a pleasure
vessel ordinarily attached to or carried on it to which regulation 3(8)
applies) the current licence disc issued under regulation 3(3) or 3A in
respect of the vessel.

(2) A licensed owner who fails to comply with paragraph (1) shall
be guilty of an offence and shall be liable on conviction to a fine of
$2,000.

(3) A licensed owner who displays on his pleasure vessel a licence
disc

(a) which has expired or is not valid for any other reason; or

(b) on which the figures or other particulars are not legible,

shall be guilty of an offence and shall be liable on conviction to a fine
of $2,000.

4. (1) The Director shall record in a register such particulars of
every licensed pleasure vessel and of the owner or owners thereof as
are submitted to him under regulation 3(2).

(2) The licensed owner of a pleasure vessel shall notify the
Director in writing of any change of address or other particulars
recorded on the register within 72 hours after the change thereof.

(3) A licensed owner who contravenes paragraph (2) commits an
offence and is liable

(a)where the contravention relates to a change of address, to a
fine of $5,000; or

(b)where the contravention relates to any other particulars, to a
fine of $2,000.

5. (1) No person shall-

(a) possess a pleasure vessel; or

(b) use a pleasure vessel in the waters of Hong Kong,

unless there is a valid licence in respect of the vessel.

(2) Any person who contravenes paragraph (1) and, if such person
is not the owner of the pleasure vessel, the owner shall each be guilty
of an offence and shall be liable on conviction to a fine of $20,000 and
to imprisonment for 1 year.

(3) Without prejudice to regulation 3B where a breach of any
condition of a licence of a pleasure vessel is committed the person in
charge of the pleasure vessel and, if such person is not the licensed
owner of the pleasure vessel, the licensed owner shall each be guilty of
an offence and shall be liable on conviction to a fine of $5,000.





SA. (1) An authorized officer may seize and remove or cause to be
removed from any place or premises or from any part of the waters of
Hong Kong any pleasure vessel which he has reason to believe is or
has been possessed or used in contravention of regulation 5(1).

(2) A pleasure vessel removed under paragraph (1) may be
detained by the Director until either

(a)the pleasure vessel is licensed and there is paid to the
Director a removal charge of $200 and a storage charge of $50
for every day after the second day during which the pleasure
vessel is detained; or

(b)the pleasure vessel is released by order of a court or
magistrate under paragraph (3).

(3) Where a pleasure vessel is detained under this regulation and
proceedings have been taken in respect of the suspected contravention
by reason of which the pleasure vessel was removed, the court or
magistrate in such proceedings may order that the pleasure vessel be
released and in such order may require that the vessel be licensed and
that the appropriate removal and storage charges be paid to the
Director before the pleasure vessel is released or, where removal and
storage charges have been paid, require the Director to refund the
same.

(4) Where a pleasure vessel is detained under this regulation the
Director with all reasonable dispatch shall give notice in writing of the
detention, to the owner if the name and address of such owner is known
to him, or if the name or address of the owner is not known to him, by
publication of the notice in the Gazette, and if such pleasure vessel is
not claimed by the owner within 3 months of the date of the notice the
Director thereafter may sell by public auction or otherwise dispose of
such pleasure vessel and the proceeds, if any, of such sale or disposal,
after deduction of any licence fees or charges due or incurred under the
Ordinance or these regulations, shall be paid into the general revenue of
Hong Kong at the expiry of 12 months from the date of such sale or
disposal if not previously claimed by the owner of the pleasure vessel.

(5) For the purposes of this regulation the expression pleasure
vessel' includes

(a) the fittings, equipment and contents on board; and

(b) any trailer or other device whereby the vessel is transported.

6. (1) Where-

(a)the full ownership of a licensed pleasure vessel is transferred
to any other person; or

(b) a licensed pleasure vessel is chartered to any person,





the licensed owner shall, within 72 hours after the transfer or the
charter agreement is entered into, notify the Director in writing of
the name and address of the new owner or of the charterer of the
vessel.

(2) Where a joint or part owner of a licensed pleasure vessel
transfers his interest in the pleasure vessel to any other person, such
joint or part owner shall, within 72 hours after the transfer, notify
the Director in writing of the name and address of the new joint or
part owner and the Director shall make the necessary alterations in
the register maintained under regulation 4.

(3) Where the full ownership of a pleasure vessel in respect of
which there is a current licence is transferred, the current licence of
the pleasure vessel shall be transferred to the new owner until its
expiry; and the new owner shall, within 72 hours after the transfer,
produce the licence to the Director who shall-

(a)on payment of the prescribed fee, endorse on the licence
the name of the licensed owner and, for the purpose
of ascertaining the name of the licensed owner, regula-
tion 3(1) shall apply as if the reference in that regulation
to an application for a licence included a reference to the
production of a licence under this paragraph; and

(b)make the necessary alterations in the register maintained
under regulation 4.

(4) A licensed owner who contravenes paragraph (1), or a
joint or part owner who contravenes paragraph (2), or a new owner
who contravenes paragraph (3) shall be guilty of an offence and
shall be liable on conviction to a fine of 55,000.

7. (1) No pleasure vessel of more than 3 m in length or fitted
with an engine of more than 3 kW total power shall be under way in
the waters of Hong Kong unless there is on board-

(a)a person holding a valid and appropriate local certificate of
competency as master of a pleasure vessel or an equivalent
local or other certificate of competency; and

(b)a person holding a valid and appropriate local certificate of
competency as engineer of a pleasure vessel or an equiva-
lent local or other certificate of competency.

(2) Where there is on board a pleasure vessel which is under
way in the waters of Hong Kong a person who holds valid and
appropriate local certificates of competency both as master and as
engineer of a pleasure vessel or equivalent local or other certificates
of competency, paragraph (1) shall be deemed to be complied with.

(2A) No pleasure vessel which is 3 m in length or less and is
fitted with an engine of not more than 3 kW in power shall be under
way in the waters of Hong Kong unless the person in charge thereof
is not less than 16 years of age.





(3) Where paragraph (1) or (2A) is contravened-

(a) the person in charge of the pleasure vessel; and

(b)if such person is not, in the case of a licensed pleasure vessel,
the licensed owner of the pleasure vessel, the licensed owner;
or

(c)if such person is not, in the case of an unlicensed pleasure
vessel, the owner of the pleasure vessel, the owner,

shall each be guilty of an ofrence and shall be liable on conviction to a
fine of $10,000.

(4) In this regulation 'equivalent' means recognized as equivalent
by rules made under Part IV of the Ordinance.

8. [Revoked, L.N. 1871861

9. (1) [Deleted, L.N. 187/86]
(2) The holder of a local certificate of competency shall, on being
so required by any officer, or class of officer, of the Marine Department
so authorized by the Director or by any police officer, produce his local
certificate of competency to such officer for inspection.

(3) A holder of a local certificate of competency who is unable to
produce his certificate for inspection when required to do so under
paragraph (2), shall tender it for inspection by an officer of the Marine
Department at any Marine Licensing Office within 72 hours thereafter.

(4) Any person who contravenes paragraph (3) shall be guilty of
an offence and shall be liable on conviction to a fine of $1,000.

10. (1) if-

(a)the licensed owner of a pleasure vessel uses the vessel, or
permits it to be used, other than as a pleasure vessel; or

(b) a licensed pleasure vessel-

(i) is wrecked or destroyed; or

(ii) is removed permanently from Hong Kong,

the licensed owner shall notify the Director in writing of such use or
occurrence within 7 days after such use or occurrence.

(2) When notifying the Director under paragraph (1) the licensed
owner of a pleasure vessel shall submit to the Director the licence
issued in respect of the vessel.

(3) On receipt of notification under paragraph (1) the Director shall
cancel the licence issued in respect of the pleasure vessel.

(4) A licensed owner who contravenes paragraph (1) or (2) shall be
guilty of an offence and shall be liable on conviction to a fine of $5,000.





11. (1) Every pleasure vessel shall have on board such number and
type of life-saving appliances and fire-fighting apparatus as the
Director shall specify in the vessel's licence.

(2) Every such life-saving appliance and fire-fighting apparatus
shall be suitable for use in the pleasure vessel in which they are carried
and shall be maintained at all times in efficient working order.

(3) No pleasure vessel shall have on board a fire-fighting
apparatus containing an extinguishing medium which, at any time,
whether or not in use, emits gases harmful to human beings.

(4) Where this regulation is contravened-

(a) the person in charge of the pleasure vessel; and

(b)if such person is not, in the case of a licensed pleasure vessel,
the licensed owner of the pleasure vessel, the licensed owner;
or

(c) if such person is not, in the case of an unlicensed pleasure

1 vessel, the owner of the pleasure vessel, the owner,

shall each be guilty of an offence and shall be liable on conviction to a
fine of $10,000.

12. (1) Where, as the result of an accident involving a pleasure
vessel, any damage is sustained by any vessel or any injury is suffered
by any person, the person for the time being in charge of a pleasure
vessel which is involved in the accident shall, within 48 hours after the
accident, supply the Director with full particulars of the damage
sustained by any vessel and the injury suffered by any person.

(2) Any person who contravenes paragraph (1) shall be guilty of
an ofrence and shall be liable on conviction to a fine of $5,000.

13. The Director may exempt in writing any pleasure vessel from all
or any of the requirements in the international collision regulations
relating to the carriage and display of lights.

14. (1) The Director may-

(a)require any pleasure vessel to be anchored, secured or moored
at any place;

vessel to the Director for inspection;

(b)prohibit any pleasure vessel from being anchored, secured or
moored at any place; or

(c) require any pleasure vessel to be moved from any place in
the waters of Hong Kong to any other such place.





(2) Any person who fails to comply with any requirement or
prohibition imposed by the Director under this regulation shall be
guilty of an offence and shall be liable on conviction to a fine of
$5,000.

15. (1) The Director may by notice published in the Gazette
specify mooring areas in the waters of Hong Kong for use for the
mooring of pleasure vessels.

(2) No pleasure vessel shall, when not in use, be moored,
anchored or otherwise secured in the waters of Hong Kong except in
a specified mooring area or in any place required by the Director
under regulation 14(1).

(3) All moorings in a specified mooring area shall be kept and
maintained in good condition and in the correct position by the
owners thereof at their own expense, and the Director may inspect
such moorings and require repairs or the relaying or removal
thereof.

(4) The appropriate fee prescribed in the Merchant Shipping
(Fees) Regulations shall be paid to the Director in respect of all
moorings in a specified mooring area.

(5) All moorings in a specified mooring area shall be laid in
accordance with the directions of the Director.

(6) No mooring shall be laid in the waters of Hong Kong
outside the specified mooring areas without the approval of the
Director.

(7) In the event of the contravention of paragraph (2) the
licensed owner of the pleasure vessel, or the owner of an unlicensed
pleasure vessel, concerned shall be guilty of an offence and shall be
liable on conviction to a fine of $1,000.

(7A) Any owner of a mooring in a specified mooring area
who-

(a) fails to keep and maintain that mooring in good condition;

(b)fails to keep and maintain that mooring in the correct
position; or

(e)fails to comply with a direction of the Director as to repairs
of the mooring or the laying, relaying or removal thereof,

shall be guilty of an offence and shall be liable on conviction to a fine
of $5,000.

(8) Any person who contravenes paragraph (6) shall be guilty
of an offence and shall be liable on conviction to a fine of $5,000.

16. [Revoked, L.N. 551781





17. Any person who uses a pleasure vessel without the consent
of the licensed owner of the vessel shall, without prejudice to the
provisions of any other law, be guilty of an offence a -rid shall be liable
on conviction to a fine of $20,000 and to imprisonment for 1 year.

18. (1) Any person aggrieved by a decision, act or omission of the
Director or an authorized officer made or done in the exercise of any
powers or the performance of any duties under these regulations may,
within 14 days after the date when he was informed of the decision,
act or omission or when the decision, act or omission became known to
him (whichever is the later), or within such further period as the Chief
Secretary may allow in any particular case, by notice in writing lodge an
objection to the decision, act or omission with the Chief Secretary.

(2) On consideration of an objection lodged in accordance with
paragraph (1), the Chief Secretary may confirm, vary or reverse the
decision, act or omission of the Director or authorized officer or
substitute therefor such other decision or make such other order as he
thinks fit.

19. The Director may, subject to such conditions as he thinks fit to
impose, exempt any pleasure vessel from any requirement in or under
these regulations where he is satisfied that such requirement has been
substantially complied with or that compliance therewith is
unnecessary having regard to the circumstances.
L.N. 12/70. L.N. 140/70. L.N. 257/74. L.N. 55/78. L.N. 219/81. L.N. 287/81. L.N. 294/85. L.N. 187/86. Citation. Interpretation. L.N. 55/78. L.N. 219/81. (Cap. 281, sub. leg.) Licensing of pleasure vessels. L.N. 55/78. L.N. 219/81. L.N. 294/85. L.N. 287/81. L.N. 219/81. Renewal of licences. L.N. 140/70. L.N. 55/78. Power to suspend or cancel licences. L.N. 55/78. Display of licence discs. L.N. 55/78. L.N. 219/81. Record of registered particulars. L.N. 55/78. L.N. 219/81. Offences.. L.N. 55/78. L.N. 219/81. Seizure, removal and detention of vessels. L.N. 219/81. Transfer of ownership or charter of pleasure vessels, L.N. 55/78. L.N. 219/81. Holders of certificates of competency on vessels under way. L.N. 55/78. L.N. 187/86. L.N. 187/86. L.N. 219/81. L.N. 187/86. Production of certificates of competency for inspection. L.N. 55/78. Cancellation of licence. L.N. 55/78. L.N. 257/74. L.N. 219/81. Life-saving appliances and fire-fighting apparatuses to be carried on board. L.N. 55/78. Director to be notified of any accident. L.N. 257/74. Exemption from international collision regulations. L.N. 55/78. Directions by the Director. L.N. 55/78. L.N. 257/74. Mooring of pleasure vessels. L.N. 55/78. (Cap. 281, sub. Leg.) L.N. 55/78. L.N. 55/78. L.N. 257/74. L.N. 55/78. Unlawful use of pleasure vessels. L.N. 257/74. L.N. 55/78. L.N. 219/81. Objection to Director's decisions. L.N. 55/78. L.N. 219/81. Power to exempt. L.N. 55/78.

Abstract

L.N. 12/70. L.N. 140/70. L.N. 257/74. L.N. 55/78. L.N. 219/81. L.N. 287/81. L.N. 294/85. L.N. 187/86. Citation. Interpretation. L.N. 55/78. L.N. 219/81. (Cap. 281, sub. leg.) Licensing of pleasure vessels. L.N. 55/78. L.N. 219/81. L.N. 294/85. L.N. 287/81. L.N. 219/81. Renewal of licences. L.N. 140/70. L.N. 55/78. Power to suspend or cancel licences. L.N. 55/78. Display of licence discs. L.N. 55/78. L.N. 219/81. Record of registered particulars. L.N. 55/78. L.N. 219/81. Offences.. L.N. 55/78. L.N. 219/81. Seizure, removal and detention of vessels. L.N. 219/81. Transfer of ownership or charter of pleasure vessels, L.N. 55/78. L.N. 219/81. Holders of certificates of competency on vessels under way. L.N. 55/78. L.N. 187/86. L.N. 187/86. L.N. 219/81. L.N. 187/86. Production of certificates of competency for inspection. L.N. 55/78. Cancellation of licence. L.N. 55/78. L.N. 257/74. L.N. 219/81. Life-saving appliances and fire-fighting apparatuses to be carried on board. L.N. 55/78. Director to be notified of any accident. L.N. 257/74. Exemption from international collision regulations. L.N. 55/78. Directions by the Director. L.N. 55/78. L.N. 257/74. Mooring of pleasure vessels. L.N. 55/78. (Cap. 281, sub. Leg.) L.N. 55/78. L.N. 55/78. L.N. 257/74. L.N. 55/78. Unlawful use of pleasure vessels. L.N. 257/74. L.N. 55/78. L.N. 219/81. Objection to Director's decisions. L.N. 55/78. L.N. 219/81. Power to exempt. L.N. 55/78.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3100

Edition

1964

Volume

v18

Subsequent Cap No.

281

Number of Pages

11
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:30:25 +0800
<![CDATA[MERCHANT SHIPPING (CERTIFICATES OF OFFICERS) REGULATIONS (EXEMPTION) NOTICE]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3099

Title

MERCHANT SHIPPING (CERTIFICATES OF OFFICERS) REGULATIONS (EXEMPTION) NOTICE

Description

MERCHANT SHIPPING (CERTIFICATION OF OFFICERS)
REGULATIONS (EXEMPTION) NOTICE

(Merchant Shipping (Certification of Officers) Regulations,
regulation 3(2))

[13 December 1985.]

1. This notice may be cited as the Merchant Shipping (Certification
officers) Regulations (Exemption) Notice.

2. In this notice-

'approved' means approved by the Director of Marine;

'Electronic Navigational System Certificate' means a certificate
issued, on the satisfactory completion of an approved Electronic
Navigational System certificate course, by the authority
administering the course;

'Local Master Certificate' means a Local Master Certificate of
Competency for powered vessels of 300 tons and under issued
by the Director of Marine under Part IV of the Shipping and
Port Control Ordinance;

'Radar Observer Certificate' means a certificate issued, on the
satisfactory completion of an approved Radar Observer cer-
tificate course, by the authority adminstering the course;

'Radar Operator's Certificate' means a certificate issued, on the
satisfactory completion of an approved Radar Operator's certificate
course, by the authority administering the course;

'Type Rating Certificate' means a Type Rating Certificate issued by
the Director of Marine.

3. All dynamically supported ships registered in Hong Kong
being passenger ships engaged only on voyages within river trade
limits and issued with a passenger certificate and a general safety
certificate issued under sections 14 and 15 respectively of the
Merchant Shipping (Safety) Ordinance are exempted from the
requirements of regulation 13 subject to the following conditions-

(a) that a dynamically supported ship of the type mentioned in
column 1 of the Schedule is manned by at least the number
of qualified deck officers mentioned in column 2 of the
Schedule and at least the number of qualified marine
engineer officers mentioned in column 3 of the Schedule;

(b) that the master and engineer of the dynamically supported
ships mentioned in items 1, 3 and 4 of the Schedule, other
than an engineer of a Sidewall Hovercraft, hold a Type
Rating Certificate appropriate for those dynamically sup-
ported ships; and 1987 ed cap 281 r2 L.N. 344/85. L.N. 224/87. Citation. Interpretation. L.N. 224/87. (Cap. 313.) Exemption. (Cap. 369.) Schedule. L.N. 224/87. Schedule. L.N. 224/87. Schedule. L.N. 224/87. L.N. 224/87.

Abstract

L.N. 344/85. L.N. 224/87. Citation. Interpretation. L.N. 224/87. (Cap. 313.) Exemption. (Cap. 369.) Schedule. L.N. 224/87. Schedule. L.N. 224/87. Schedule. L.N. 224/87. L.N. 224/87.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3099

Edition

1964

Volume

v18

Subsequent Cap No.

281

Number of Pages

2
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:30:24 +0800
<![CDATA[MERCHANT SHIPPING (CERTIFICATES OF PROFICIENCY IN SURVIVAL CRAFT) RULES]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3098

Title

MERCHANT SHIPPING (CERTIFICATES OF PROFICIENCY IN SURVIVAL CRAFT) RULES

Description






MERCHANT SHIPPING (CERTIFICATES OF PROFICIENCY
IN SURVIVAL CRAFT) RULES

281, section 6(2))

[27 July 1984.]

1. Theseles may be cited as the Merchant Shipping
of Proficiency in Survival Craft) Rules.

2. In these rules, unless the context otherwise requires-

'approved' means approved by the Director;

.,certificate of proficiency in survival craft- means a certificate issued
under rule 4;

-discharge book' includes a Seaman's Service Record Book;

'Examination Centre' means the Examination Centre of the Marine
Department;

'examiner' means a person appointed to be an examiner under section
6(1) of the Ordinance;

'responsible authority', in relation to a training school or course,
means the person in charge of that school or course, as the case
may be;

'Seaman's Service Record Book' means a service record book issued
under the Merchant Shipping (Recruiting of Seamen) (Service
Record Books) Regulations.

3. (1) An applicant for a certificate of proficiency in survival craft
shall have

(a) attained 18 years of age;

(b) attended an approved basic sea survival course;

(c)completed sea service of not less than 12 months or, such
shorter period as the Director may allow, having regard to the
applicant's completion of an approved survival craft training
course;

(d)satisfied an examiner by practical demonstration, as required,
of his ability to carry out the tasks listed in Part 1 of the First
Schedule;

(e)satisfied an examiner that he is familiar with the matters
relating to the launching and operation of survival craft and
survival at sea listed in Part 11 of the First Schedule; and





satisfied an examiner that he has sufficient knowledge of the
English language to understand, or give, any necessary
orders that may be given to or by him in the course of his
duties in connexion with survival craft.

(2) Every application to take an examination for the purposes of
these rules and the conduct of such examination shall conform with the
provisions of the Second Schedule.

4. (1) Subject to paragraph (2) the Director shall, if satisfied that the
applicant has fulfilled the requirements of rule 3, issue a certificate of
proficiency in survival craft upon payment of the prescribed fee.

(2) Before issuing a certificate of proficiency in survival craft the
Director may require the applicant to produce to him certificates or other
documents showing to the satisfaction of the Director that the applicant
has fulfilled the requirements of rule 3.

(3) A certificate of proficiency in survival craft shall be in the form
set out in the Third Schedule.

5. A record of all certificates of proficiency in survival craft issued
under these rules and of the suspension, cancellation or alteration of.
and any other matters affecting such certificates, shall be kept by the
Director.

6. (1) If a person entitled to a certificate of proficiency in survival
craft proves to the satisfaction of the Director that the certificate has
been lost or destroyed, the Director shall, upon payment of the
prescribed fee, if any, issue a copy of the certificate certified as such,
which shall have the same effect as the certificate originally issued.

(2) An application for a certified copy of a lost certificate of
proficiency in survival craft should be made at the Examination Centre,
accompanied by the prescribed fee. A declaration as to the
circumstances in which the certificate was lost must be made by the
applicant before an examiner.

7. (1) If the Director is of the opinion that the holder of a certificate
of proficiency in survival craft is, due to his age, illness, physical
disability or general inefficiency, likely to be incapable of performing his
duties, the Director may by notice in writing to the holder of the
certificate of proficiency require him to undergo within the period
specified in the notice a re-examination based on the syllabus specified
in the First Schedule and conducted in accordance with the Second
Schedule.

(2) If the holder of a certificate of proficiency in survival craft who
is required to undergo a re-examination under paragraph (1)-

(a) does not pass the examination; or





(b)is not permitted to take or complete the re-examination in
pursuance of paragraph 5(2) of the Second Schedule; or

(c)fails or refuses without reasonable excuse to undergo the re-
examination within the period specified in the notice,

the Director may by notice in writing sent to the holder cancel the
certificate.

(3) Where a certificate of proficiency in survival craft is cancelled
under paragraph (2) the holder shall forthwith deliver the certificate to
the Director.

8. The fees prescribed in the Fourth Schedule shall be payable in
respect of the matters specified in relation thereto in that Schedule.

3(1)(d) (e)

SYLLABUS FOR A CERTIFICATE OF PROFICIENCY IN SURVIVAL CRAFT

Each candidate will be required to satisfy the examiner-

(a)by practical demonstration, as required, ot' his ability to carry out the
tasks listed in Part 1 below; and

(h)that he is familiar with the matters relating to the launching and
operation of survival craft and survival at sea listed in Part 11 below.

PART I

1 Each candidate will be required to act as the person in charge and also to
take part in the practical operations of launching and boarding a survival craft,
clearing the ship or dock side quickly, handling whilst afloat and disembarkation
from and the recovery of survival craft.

2. Each ea candidate will be expected to know the allocation of duties for
the

craft in use, the orders commonly used in the operations of launching. handling
and
recovery, and in particular the specific commands---STILL-and---CARRYON---.

3. Each candidate will be required to demonstrate that he is able to don a
lifejacket correctly.

4. Each candidate will be required to demonstrate that he can interpret the
markings on a survival craft with respect to the number of persons it is permitted
to carry.

5. Each candidate will be required to demonstrate that he is able to row. steer,
erect a mast, set the sails, manage a boat under sail and steer by compass.

6. Each candidate will be required to demonstrate that he is able to use
signalling equipment, including pyrotechnics, and portable radio equipment for
survival craft.





PART II

1 Emergency situations
(a) Collision.
(b) Fire.
(c) Stranding.
(d) Foundering.

2. Musters, drills, abandonment
(a) Emergency and abandon ship signals.
(b) Action to be taken when signals are made.
(c) Duties assigned to crew members in muster list.
(d) The value of training and drills: the need to be ready for any emergency.

3. Survival procedure
(a) Action to be taken when required to abandon ship.
(b) Action to be taken when in the water.
(c) Action to be taken when aboard a survival craft.
(d) Main dangers to survivors.
(e) Methods of helicopter rescue.

4. Life-saving appliances

Life-saving appliances and arrangements in general use on board ships.

5. Types of survival craft
The construction and outfit of the following survival craft, together with their
particular characteristics and facilities-
(a) Lifeboat.
(b) Enclosed lifeboat.
(c.) Class C boat.
(d) Inflatable boat.
(e) Davit-launched inflatable liferaft.
(f) Hand-launched inflatable liferaft.
(g) Rigid liferaft.
(h) Any other survival craft in general use.

6. Operation of survival craft
(a) Preparation.
(b) Launching, including methods of launching into a rough sea.
(c) Boarding.
(d) Clearing the ship's side.
(e) Action to be taken after leaving the ship.
(f) Coming alongside.
(g) Disembarkation.
(h) Beaching.





7. Types of davit and their methods of operation

(a) Gravity.

(b) Luffing

(c) Single Arm.

(d) Any other type of davit in general use.

8. Operation of davits for recovery of boats

(a) Manual means.

(b) Compressed air.

(c) Electricity.

(d) Any other method in general use.

9. Means of propulsion

(a) Rowing.

(b) Sailing.
(c) Motor:methods of starting and operating survival craft motors and their
accessories.

(d) Hand propelling gear.

10. Survival craft handling

(a) Handling in rough weather.

(b)Use of emergency boats and motor lifeboats for marshalling liferafts and
rescue of survivors and persons in the sea.

11. Instructions

The instructions provided with and attached to survival craft and their equip-

ment.

12. Use of survival craft equipment

(a) Protective covers.

(b) First Aid kit.

(c) Painters.

(d) Sea anchors and drogues

(e) Fire extinguishers.

(j)Radio devices including approved emergency position indicating radio
beacons.

(g) Other survival craft equipment.

13. Medical

(a)The effect of hypothermia and its prevention including the wearing of
protective garments to maximum advantage.







(b) The effects of dehydration and heat exposure.

(c) Resuscitation techniques.

(d) Dealing with injured persons during and after abandonment.

14. Provisions

The apportionment of food and water carried in survival craft.





SECOND SCHEDULE [rules 3(2), 7(1) 7(2).]

PROCEDURE FOR EXAMINATION FOR A CERTIFICATE
OF
PROFICIENCY IN SURVIVAL CRAFT

1. (1) Every application to be examined for a certificate of proficiency in
survival craft shall be made to the Examination Centre.

(2) Every application to be examined shall be made on a form obtainable
from the Examination Centre and shall be accompanied by

(a)a discharge book or such other evidence as may be necessary to establish to
the satisfaction of the examiner that the applicant has performed the sea
service specified in or under rule 3;

(b)a certificate of attendance at an approved basic sea survival course (unless
attendance is officially recorded in the applicant's discharge book); and

(c) 2 suitable identical passport-size photographs of the applicant.

(3) Every application when completed shall be lodged with the examiner, who
shall, if satisfied that the applicant is eligible to take the examination, ensure that
the applicant is notified of the arrangements made for the examination, or, if not
so satisfied. inform the applicant in writing that his application is refused, stating
the reason for refusal.

2. (1) Lifeboats and liferafts to be used in the examination must comply with
the requirements of the Merchant Shipping (Life Saving Appliances) Regulations
and the full range of equipment prescribed in those regulations must be available
during the examination.

(2) Candidates will be required to wear lifejackets throughout the examination
unless the examiner. at his discretion. allows them to be removed during a portion
of the examination.

(3) On the completion of the examination, the examiner shall inform the
applicant of the result, record the result on the form of application and submit the
form to the Director.

3. An examination for a certificate of proficiency in survival craft may. in the
case of a person undergoing an approved course of pre-sea training at an approved
nautical school, be taken by that person at that school during the course in
accordance with approved arrangements made by the responsible authority.

4. The Director shall, if satisfied that an applicant is entitled to the grant of a
certificate of proficiency in survival craft, cause such a certificate to be issued to
the applicant in the form prescribed in the Third Schedule or. if not so satisfied,
inform the applicant in writing that his application is refused. stating the reasons
for the refusal.

5. (1) The examiner shall not permit a candidate to take any examination
under these rules unless he is satisfied that the candidate is eligible to take the
examination and is the person in respect of whom the application for examination
has been made.

(2) If before the commencement, or during the course, of an examination, the
examiner becomes aware that a candidate has a physical or other disability which in
his opinion would render the candidate incapable of performing the duties required
in respect of survival craft, the examiner shall not permit the candidate to take or
complete the examination.

(3) Where the examiner does not permit a candidate to take or complete the
examination under paragraph (1) or (2) he shall state his reasons on the form of
application and submit the form to the Director.







6. Any candidate who is aggrieved by any decision of the examiner may
appeal to the Director within 30 days of being notified of such a decision.





THIRD SCHEDULE [rule 4(3).]

MERCHANT SHIPPING (PROFICIENCY IN SURVIVAL CRAFT)
RULES
HONG KONG

CERTIFICATE OF PROFICIENCY IN SURVIVAL CRAFT

Hong Kong Certificate
Crest Number
Name in Date of Discharge Book Photograph
Full Birth Number

Chinese

Place of
Birth

Space fin.

Photograph
English

This is to certify that the above-named is duly qualified in accordance with
the Merchant Shipping (Certificates of Proficiency in Survival Craft) Rules.

.........

Director of Marine

.................

Signature of Holder

Examiner

Office Date Stamp

FOURTH SCHEDULE [rule 8.1

FEES
......................................S
1. For sitting the examination for a certificate of proficiency in survival
craft ................................1 150.00
2. For issue of a certificate of proficiency in survival craft 50.00
3. For issue of a copy of a certificate of proficiency in survival craft. except
where the loss or destruction of the original certificate was occasioned
by the wreck or loss of a ship or by a fire on board ship, in which case
no fee shall be payable ..............50.00
Citation. Interpretation. (Cap. 281.) (Cap. 135, sub. leg.) Conditions for the grant of a certificate of proficiency in survival craft. First Schedule. Second Schedule. Issue of certificate of proficiency in survival craft. Third Schedule. Record of certificates. Loss of certificates. Loss of certificate. Re-examination. First Schedule. Second Schedule. Fees. Fourth Schedule. Application for examination. Conduct of examinations for certificates of proficiency in survival craft. (S.I. 1980/538.) Examinations at training schools. Issue of certificates of proficiency in survival craft. Third Schedule. Verifications etc. by examiner. Appeals from decisions of examiner.

Abstract

Citation. Interpretation. (Cap. 281.) (Cap. 135, sub. leg.) Conditions for the grant of a certificate of proficiency in survival craft. First Schedule. Second Schedule. Issue of certificate of proficiency in survival craft. Third Schedule. Record of certificates. Loss of certificates. Loss of certificate. Re-examination. First Schedule. Second Schedule. Fees. Fourth Schedule. Application for examination. Conduct of examinations for certificates of proficiency in survival craft. (S.I. 1980/538.) Examinations at training schools. Issue of certificates of proficiency in survival craft. Third Schedule. Verifications etc. by examiner. Appeals from decisions of examiner.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3098

Edition

1964

Volume

v18

Subsequent Cap No.

281

Number of Pages

7
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:30:24 +0800
<![CDATA[MERCHANT SHIPPING (MISCELLANEOUS CRAFT) REGULATIONS]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3097

Title

MERCHANT SHIPPING (MISCELLANEOUS CRAFT) REGULATIONS

Description






MERCHANT SHIPPING (MISCELLANEOUS CRAFT)
REGULATIONS

ARRANGEMENT OF REGULATIONS

Regulation Page

PART 1

CITATION

1.........Citation ...................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... PS
1A........Interpretation ................ ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... PS

PART II

CLASSIFICATION AND LICENSING OF VESSELS

2...........Classification .............. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... P 5

3.................Licences and voyage permits ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... P 6
3A. Applicant for licence required to declare name and address of owner and his

agent (if any) ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... P 6
3B. Licensee required to notify the Director of any change of address of the owner or

his agent and any cessation of agency ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... P 7

3C..............Service of documents .... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... P 8
4...............Obligation to obtain licence ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... P 8

5.................Painting of licence numbers ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... P 8

6..........................Discretion to issue, suspend, cancel or amend ... ... ... ... ... ... P 9

7........................Licence to be kept on board and produced ... ... ... ... ... ... ... P 9
8........................Issue of duplicate licence if destroyed, etc . ... ... ... ... ... ... ... P 9

9.................Penalty for fraudulent use ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... P 9

to.....................................Licensing of vessels fitted with mechanical means of propulsion, etc. ... P 9

PART Ill

DUTIES OF OWNERS, MASTERS AND AGENTS, ETC.

11..........................Engines not to be fitted to vessels in certain cases ... ... ... ... ... ... P 10

12............Sale to be reported ........... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... P 11

13.................Penalty for false statements ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... P 11

14.......................Penalty for breach of conditions of licence ... ... ... ... ... ... ... P 12

is.................Obligation to report arrival ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... P 12

16.......................Obligation to report intended departure ... ... ... ... ... ... ... P 12

17..........Monthly permit .................. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... P 13

18.....................................Limitation of passengers on sailing vessels plying outside certain limits ... P 13

PART IV

DISCIPLINE AND SAFETY MEASURES







19. Vessels not to leave Colony under certain circumstances and means of

prevention ........................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... P 13

20.................Number of persons permitted ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... P 14





Regulation
Page
21. Carriage of passengers in mechanically propelled vessels ... ... ... ... ... P 14
22. Life saving appliances for passenger carrying vessels ... ... ... ... ... ... P
14
23. Passenger-carrying vessels to be kept clean ... ... .... ... ... ... ... ... P 14
24. Navigation or signal lights ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... P 15
25. [Revoked] ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... P 15
26. Change of master to he reportedr ... ... ... ... ... ... P 15
27. [Revoked] ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... P 15
28. Vessels to be properly manned and equipped... ... ... ... ... ... ... P 16
29. No vessel to be used for unlawful purposes ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... P 16
30. [Revoked] ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... P 16
31. Steamships not to be approached ... ... ... ... ... ...
... ... ... ... P 16
32. [Revoked] ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... P 16
33. Prohibition of false bottoms ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... P 16
34. Prohibition of dangerous goods ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... P 16
35. Not to use drags. etc. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... P 16
36. 'Yulo' to be rigged in ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... P 17
37. Vessels not to be used for towing ... ... ... ... ... ...
... ... P 17
38. [Revoked] ... ... ... ... '' *** ... ... ... P 17

PART V

PROVISIONS FOR INDIVIDUAL CLASSES OF
VESSELS

Class I Vessels

39. Embarkation and disembarkation of passengers ... ... ... ... ... ... ... P 17
40. [Revoked] ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... P 17
41. [Revoked] ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... P 17
42. Duties of masters ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... P 17

Class II Vessels

43. Restriction on leaving Hong Kong ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... P 17

44. Obligation to let boat ... ... 1 . ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... P 18
45. Restriction on conveyance of passengers... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... P 18
45A. Assignment of freeboard to dumb lighters... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... P 18
45B. Issue of load line certificates and assignment of freeboard certificates to dumb
lighters ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ...
... ... ... ... ... ... P 18
45C. Periodical inspection of dumb lighters ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... P 18
45D. Applications for initial issue of certificates to be accompanied with full
particulars and plans ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... P 19
45E. Offence ... ... ... ... ... .. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... P 19
45F. Application for licence to be accompanied by valid load line certificate or
assignment of freeboard certificate ...... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... P 19





Regulation.................................. Page

45G...........................Restriction on the use and operation of dumb lighters ... ... ... ... ... P 20

46...........Water boats .................... ... ... ... ... ... ... P 20

Class III, Class IV and Class V Vessels

47. Conveyance of passengers.... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... P 20

Class VI Vessels

47A. Conveyance of passengers.... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... P 20

Class VIII Vessels

47B..............Meaning of construction .... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... P 20

47C.............................Consent required for construction of Class VIII vessel ... ... ... .1. P 20

47D............Refusal to approve ........ ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... P 22

47E.............................Conditions on permission or approval and effect thereof ... ... ... ... P 22

4717. Additional requirements for first licensing ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... P 22.

47G................Permission to enter waters ... ... .... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... P 23

47H............Periodical inspection ..... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... P 23

471...................Alterations to a Class VIII vessel ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... P 23

47J................Closure of a Class VIII vessel ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... P 23

47K. Application of Public Health and Urban Services Ordinance ... ... ... ... P 24

47L................Number of persons permitted ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... P25

PART VA

LOCAL CERTIFICATES OF COMPEtENCY

48A. Vessels required to carry certificated masters and engineers ... ... ... ... P 25

48B.....................Issue of local certificates of competency ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... P 26
48C.....................Loss, etc. of local certificates of competency ... ... ... ... ... ... ... P
26

48D. Record of engagment and discharge of master and engineer ... ... ... ... P 27
48E. Duty of master or engineer upon engagement or discharge ... ... ... ... P 27

48F. Duty of owner on engagement or discharge of master or engineer ... ... ... P27

PART VI

MISCELLANEOUS



49. Penalties .................................. ... ... ... ... ... ... P 28
50. Transitional ......................... ... 1 ... ... ... ... ... ... P 28

First Schedule. Form of licenses .............. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... P 29

Second Schedule..[Deleted] ................. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... P 40











Regulation Page

Third Schedule.Special anchorage permit for an unlicensed vessel to remain in the
waters of Hong Kong for a period not exceeding seven days from
date of arrival ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... P 40
Fourth Schedule. Day clearance for unlicensed vessel ... ... ... ... ... ... ... P 41
Fifth Schedule. Monthly permit ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... P 42
Sixth Schedule. Voyage permit ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... P 42
Seventh Schedule. Form of Certificates of inspection ... ... ... ... ... ... ... P43
Eighth Schedule.Declaration of fitness for vessel to carry petroleum product in bulk P45
Ninth Schedule. Permit for carriage of dangerous goods ... ... ... ... ... ... P 45
Tenth Schedule. Application for change of ownership of vessel ... ... ... ... ... P 46
Eleventh Schedule. Assigned freeboards and markings for dumb lighters ... ... ... P 47
Twelfth Schedule. Assignment of freeboard certificate ... ... ... ... ... ... ... P 49
Thirteenth Schedule. Certificates of Competency ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... P 50
Fourteenth Schedule. Application Forms ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... P 53

Fifteenth Schedule.................Certificate of Inspection (Floating Restaurant) ... ... ... ... P 54





MERCHANT SHIPPING (MISCELLANEOUS CRAFT)
REGULATIONS

(Cap. 281, section 105)*

[11 January 1957.1

PART I

CITATION

1. These regulations may be cited as the Merchant Shipping
(Miscellaneous Craft) Regulations.

1A. In these regulations, unless the context otherwise requires

'prescribed fee' means a fee prescribed in the Merchant Shipping
(Fees) Regulations;

'typhoon shelter' means a typhoon shelter specified in the Schedule to
the Shipping and Port Control (Typhoon Shelters) Regulations.

PART 11

CLASSIFICATION AND LICENSING OF VESSELS

2. Under these regulations, vessels shall be classified as follows

Class L Sampans not exceeding 150 piculs in capacity used for the
carriage of passengers in any typhoon shelter and in any port
other than the port of Victoria.

Class II Vessels plying as mechanically propelled vessels, sailing
vessels, dumb lighters, cargo boats or water boats.

Class III.. Vessels used as fish drying vessels and vessels, other than
Class VII and Class VIII vessels and vessels used, constructed or
adapted principally for dwelling purposes, that tend to remain
stationary in any part of the waters of Hong Kong.

Class IV.. Miscellaneous types, such as pilot boats, trading boats,
fishing boats, hawker boats, coolie boats, ash boats, pleasure
boats hired from beaches, salvage boats and other vessels which
do not fall clearly within any other class.

Class V.. Mechanically propelled trading junks or sailing trading junks,
exceeding 150 piculs in capacity plying anywhere within the
waters of Hong Kong:

Provided that vessels plying solely within harbour limits shall
not be included in this class.

These regulations are now deemed to have been made under section 33 of
the Shipping and Port Control Ordinance (Cap. 313)-see s. 35(1) thereof.





Class VI.. Mechanically propelled fishing junks or sailing fishing junks
exceeding 150 piculs in capacity plying anywhere within the
waters of Hong Kong.

Class VII Floating dry docks and floating workshops that tend to
remain stationary in the waters of Hong Kong.

Class VIII: Floating restaurants, that is to say, vessels that tend to
remain stationary in any part of the waters of Hong Kong and that
are constructed for use or are used primarily for the purpose of a
food business involving the sale of meals to the general public for
consumption on board, together with any kitchen boats, fish
carriers, storage barges, separation barges, landing pontoons or
other vessels that tend to remain stationary and are ancillary
thereto.

3. (1) The Director is hereby authorized to issue licences under
these regulations for use and operation of vessels according to their
appropriate classification as in regulation 2 in such form and with such
conditions as prescribed in appropriate forms in the First Schedule.

(2) In any case of doubt as to the class in which any vessel should
be licensed the decision of the Director shall be final.

(3) Licences may be issued for a period of not exceeding 12 months
on payment of the appropriate prescribed fee.

(4) [Deleted, L.N. 273/83.

(5) All licences, on expiry, shall be surrendered to the Director.

(6) The Director, at his discretion, may, on application, issue to the
owner or master of any vessel

(a)which has entered any port of Hong Kong and to which no
licence can be issued, an anchorage permit; or

(b) a voyage permit,

in the forms respectively set out in the Third and Sixth Schedules
respectively upon payment of the prescribed fees.

(7) The Director shall maintain a register of all vessels licensed
under this regulation and shall record in the register the particulars of
every such vessel and the owners thereof.

3A. (1) An applicant for the issue of a licence under regulation 3
shall declare in writing

(a)the name and address of the owner of the vessel in respect of
which the application is made; and

(b)if the owner of the vessel is not resident in, or has no shore
address in, Hong Kong





(i) the name and address of a person, resident in and
having a shore address in Hong Kong, who has agreed to
act as the agent of the owner for the purposes of these
regulations; or
(ii) if no such person has agreed to act as the agent of
the owner, a Marine Licensing Station or a Fish Marketing
Organization market or depot, as the address of the owner
of the vessel for the purposes of these regulations.

(2) An applicant who is acting as agent for the owner of the
vessel shall furnish to the Director a written agreement signed by the
owner authorizing him to apply for the licence and to comply with
all requirements connected therewith.

(3) If the applicant declares the names and address of some
other person as the agent of the owner of the vessel he shall furnish
to the Director-

(a)an agreement in writing signed by the owner authorizing
such person to act as his agent for the purposes of these
regulations; and

(b)an agreement in writing signed by such other person
agreeing to act as the agent of the owner.

(4) The Director shall cause the name and address of the
owner of the vessel and the name and address of the agent (if any) of
the owner as declared under this regulation-

(a)to be endorsed on the licence issued under regulation 3 in
respect of the vessel; and

(b)to be noted in the register maintained by him under
regulation 3(7).

(5) The Director may refuse to issue a licence under regula-
tion 3 if he is satisfied that an applicant has not complied with
paragraph (1), (2) or (3).

3B. (1) If-

(a)the owner of a vessel licensed under regulation 3 or his
agent as declared under regulation 3A (if any) ceases to
reside in, or have a shore address in, Hong Kong; or

(b)the agent as declared under regulation 3A (if any) of the
owner ceases to act as the agent of the owner,

the licensee shall notify the Director thereof in writing and shall
deliver the licence to the Director.

(2) The time within which a licensee shall comply with para-
graph (1) shall be-
(a)in the case of a licensee who is a member of a Fishermen's
Co-operative Society, 30 days; or

(b) in any other case, 72 hours,





after-

(i)the owner of the vessel or his declared agent has ceased to
reside in, or to have a shore address in, Hong Kong; or

(ii)the declared agent has ceased to act as the agent of the
owner.

as the case may be.

(3) If the licensee is the agent of the owner of the vessel he shall,
when giving notification to the Director of the particulars specified in
paragraph (1) of this regulation, comply with the requirements specified
in paragraphs (1), (2) and (3) of regulation 3A as if he were an applicant
applying for the issue of a licence under regulation 3.

(4) On receipt of a notification under this regulation the Director
shall cause free of any charge the change of address of the owner of the
vessel or his declared agent or the name and address of the new agent,
if any, of the owner, as the case may be, to be

(a) endorsed on the licence; and

(b)noted in the register maintained by him under regulation 3(7).

(5) Any licensee who contravenes paragraph (1), (2) or (3) shall be
guilty of an offence and shall be liable on conviction to a fine of $1,000.

(6) The Director may suspend, cancel or refuse to renew any
licence issued under regulation 3 if he is satisfied that a licensee has not
complied with paragraph (1), (2) or (3).

3C. Any document which is required or permitted under the
Ordinance to be served on the owner of a vessel licensed under
regulation 3 may be served upon the owner or his agent as declared
under regulation 3A or 3B (if any) personally or may be served by
addressing it to the owner or his declared agent and leaving the
document at, or forwarding it by post to, the declared address of the
owner or his agent.

4. (1) No person shall possess, use, engage or let out for hire any
vessel in the waters of Hong Kong unless a licence or an anchorage
permit in respect of such vessel in the form prescribed by these
regulations has been issued by the Director.

(2) No vessel shall go on a voyage without a licence or voyage
permit in the prescribed form issued by the Director under these
regulations.

5. Every licence shall be numbered and a corresponding number
shall be painted on each bow and on the stern of the licensed vessel.
Such painting shall be done only by persons authorized by the





Director. No fee shall be charged therefor unless the number has
been obliterated or defaced, in which event the prescribed fee shall
be charged.

6. (1) The Director may refuse to issue a licence, voyage
permit or anchorage permit if he thinks that it is reasonable to do so.

(2) It shall be lawful for the Director to suspend or cancel any
licence or permit for any breach of any conditions of a licence or
permit or of any of these regulations.

(3) The Director may, at any time, make such additions or
amendments to the conditions of any licence or permit as may
appear to him to be necessary or advisable in the interest of
discipline or safety.

7. Every licence or permit issued under these regulations
shall, at all times, except where otherwise provided by law, be kept
on board the vessel for which it is issued and shall be produced on
demand to any marine, police or revenue officers. Failure to produce
such licence or permit shall constitute an offence.

8. Where any licence or permit issued under these regulations
is accidentally destroyed, defaced or lost, the Director may, if he is
satisfied as to the destruction, defacement or loss of such licence or
permit, issue a duplicate licence or permit and such duplicate shall
have the same force and effect as the original licence or permit. The
prescribed fees shall be payable in respect of the issue of such
duplicates.

9. Any person who fraudulently alters or uses, or permits to
be fraudulently altered or used, a licence or permit issued under
these regulations, or a duplicate of any such licence or permit, shall
be guilty of an offence and shall be liable on conviction to a fine of
$10,000 and to imprisonment for 6 months.

10. (1) As from the date of coming into operation of these
regulations, no new vessel coming under survey for the first time
shall be accepted for the purpose of licensing if such vessel is
installed with either a hot bulb or a petrol paraffin engine, whether
for propulsion or for any other purpose.

(2) Vessels already licensed and fitted with hot bulb engines
shall be permitted to renew their licences subject to undergoing a
satisfactory survey.

(3) The owner of every vessel fitted with mechanical means of
propulsion or other prime mover not connected with propulsion,
applying for a licence, shall produce to the Director a certificate
from a Government surveyor in the forms given in the Seventh
Schedule, whichever may be appropriate, and certifying that-





(a)an inspection of the complete machinery installation and the
arrangements of fuel storage and piping in connexion
therewith has been made; and

(b)the equipment for extinguishing fires has been examined and
found satisfactory or that, having regard to the primitive build
and the service in which the vessel is to be engaged, there
does not appear to be an undue risk of fire or explosion.

(4) The following particulars shall be entered by the Director in the
licence book and the certificate of inspection

(a) the type of engines,

(b) the number of engines,

(c) the maker's engine numbers,

(d) the number of propellers,

(e) the number of fuel tanks and their aggregate capacity,

(f) the number and type of fire appliances provided,

(g) th e number and type of life-saving appliances provided,

(h) the number of crew and number of passengers allowed.

(5) The machinery space of every vessel fitted with mechanical
means of propulsion shall, where considered necessary, be bounded at
both ends by efficient bulkheads.

(6) The owner of every vessel fitted with a steam boiler, pressure
unit, mechanical or electrical appliance, whether for propulsion,
pumping, working cargo or any other purpose, on applying for a licence,
shall produce to the Director a certificate from a Government surveyor
certifying that the boiler, pressure unit, mechanical or electrical
appliance is fit for the service intended.

PART III

DUTIES OF OWNERS, MASTERS AND AGENTS, ETC.

11. (1) No owner, licensee, charterer or master of any vessel shall

(a)fit or permit to be fitted, to such vessel, any engine using
petrol or paraffin or any combination of petrol and paraffin as
fuel; or

(b)where such vessel, in respect of which a licence or permit has
been issued by the Director, then, during the currency of
such licence or permit fit or cause to be fitted to that vessel
any mechanical means of propulsion, auxiliary machinery,
steam boiler or pressure vessel without the consent of the
Director.





(2) Any owner, licensee, charterer or master contravening and any
person who uses, engages, lets out for hire or is in charge of any vessel
fitted with engines in contravention of paragraph (1) shall be guilty of
an offence and shall be liable on conviction to a fine of $5,000.

(3) No material alteration in the approved arrangements for
machinery, fuel storage, equipment, or fittings, shall be made during
the currency of the licence, without the permission of the Director.

(3A) In the event of the contravention of paragraph (3) in respect
of a vessel, the owner, licensee and master of the vessel in respect of
which the contravention occurs shall each be guilty of an offence and
shall each be liable on conviction to a fine of 55,000.

(4) The master of every mechanically propelled vessel shall ensure
that the machinery spaces of his vessel are at all times kept clean and
free from unnecessary combustible materials and that waste oil is not
allowed to accumulate in the bilges and in default he shall be guilty of
an offence and shall be liable on conviction to a fine of $500.

12. (1) Where the ownership of any licensed vessel is changed the
new owner shall, within 7 days

(a)report the change of ownership in the form set out in the
Tenth Schedule; and

(b) at the same time produce the vessel's licence; and

(c) pay the prescribed fees; and

(d)produce such documentary proof of the change of ownership
as the Director may require,

to the Director.

(2) The Director shall then endorse on the licence the particulars of
the change of ownership and correspondingly alter the Register of
Licences.

(3) If, on the change of ownership of a licensed vessel, the new
owner, without reasonable excuse, fails to comply with paragraph (1)
within the period specified in that paragraph, he shall be guilty of an
offence and shall be liable on conviction to a fine of $5,000.

13. Any person who knowingly makes any false statement for the
purpose of procuring, whether for himself or any other person. the grant
of a licence, permit, certificate of survey, clearance or any other
document issued under these regulations, or the variation or renewal of
any such documents, or for any other purpose. shall be guilty of an
offence and shall be liable on conviction to a fine of 10,000 and to
imprisonment for 6 months.





14. Any person who, without reasonable excuse, contravenes
any of the conditions of any licence or permit granted under these
regulations shall be guilty of an offence and shall be liable on
conviction to a fine of $1,000.

15. The master of every vessel shall, immediately on arrival,
report such arrival at the Marine Department or at the nearest
station of the Director or, if the said Department or station is
closed, as soon as possible after it is again open for business, and
shall deposit the licence and furnish the following particulars-

(a)the name, licence number and capacity (in piculs) of the
vessel;

(b)the name, address and description of the owner, the
charterer (if any) and the master;

(e)the name and address of every consignee or agent (if any)
of the vessel and cargo in Hong Kong;

(d)manifest of the cargo on board and the number of crew
and passengers;

(e)the place from which the vessel came, the date of departure
from such place and the date of arrival;

the number and nature of guns, arms and ammunition
carried (if any);

(g) particulars of all dangerous goods on board.

16. (1) The master of every vessel shall, 18 hours before the
time of intended departure-

(a)hoist at the highest mast-head such flag or signal as shall be
specified by the Director; and

(b)give notice of such intended departure, and the nature of
the proposed voyage, the manifest of the cargo on board,
the number of crew and number of passengers, the particu-
lars of any guns, arms, ammunition and other articles on
board,

at the Marine Department or at the Marine Licensing Station at
which the licence or other identification papers have been deposited.

(2) The master, on complying with the requirements in para-
graph (1) will, if there is no reasonable objection, have the licence or
other identification papers returned to him; and the master of an
unlicensed vessel which is in the waters of Hong Kong by virtue of a
permit issued under regulation 3(6) shall, on complying with the
aforesaid requirements, have, free of charge, a clearance in the form
prescribed in the Fourth Schedule:

Provided that if any vessel which has given notice of her
intended departure has not departed within 24 hours of the time





stated in that notice, the master shall report, at the Marine Department
or Marine Licensing Station as the case may be, the reasons for the
delay and shall, if so required, re-deposit the said licence or
identification papers.

17. (1) The Director may, in his discretion and on payment of the
prescribed fee, grant to the master of any local vessel licensed in Class
II or V a monthly permit in the form prescribed in the Fifth Schedule,
allowing him to trade between any ports or places in Hong Kong
without a clearance.

(2) Every master to whom such a monthly permit has been granted
shall furnish to the Director particulars of all trips and of all passengers
and cargo carried in the vessel during the currency of the permit.

18. (1) The master of any sailing vessel, notwithstanding that his
vessel is licensed to carry a greater number of passengers, shall not,
without the written permission of the Director, carry in that vessel more
than 12 passengers to or from any place in Hong Kong from or to any
place lying to the eastward of a line drawn from the southern boundary
of the waters of Hong Kong due north to Tailong Head, thence to
Tathong Point, thence to Collinson Head (on Bluff Island), thence to
Bate Head, and thence to Mirs Point.

(2) Any master who contravenes paragraph (1) shall be guilty of
an offence and shall be liable on conviction to a fine of $1,000 and to an
additional fine of $200 in respect of every passenger carried in excess
of 12.

PART IV

DISCIPLINE AND SAFETY MEASURES

19. (1) No vessel shall leave any port or anchorage unless-

(a)the master of such vessel has obtained a clearance or permit
under regulation 16; and

(b) the licence of such vessel is kept on board.

(2) Any vessel which leaves without a clearance or permit owing to
stress of weather shall return to its former anchorage or place in port as
soon as weather conditions make such return safe and practicable.

(3) No vessel shall leave or attempt to leave any port or anchorage
in Hong Kong at any time from sunset till sunrise without the written
permission of the Director.

(4) Without prejudice to any prosecution which may be brought
under this or any other regulations, it shall be lawful for any marine or
police officer to take all necessary measures to prevent any
contravention or attempted contravention of this regulation by any
vessel.





20. (1) The maximum number of persons to be carried in any vessel
licensed to carry passengers within the waters of Hong Kong shall be

(a)in Class 1 vessels, one passenger for every 15 piculs in
capacity, with an additional crew allowance of 4 persons;

(b) in vessels of other classes-

(i) when the capacity of the vessel does not exceed 150
piculs, one passenger for every 50 piculs, with an additional
crew allowance of 4 persons;

(ii) when the capacity of the vessel exceeds 150 piculs but
does not exceed 1,000 piculs, one passenger for every 50
piculs with an additional crew allowance of 8 persons;

(iii) when the capacity of the vessel exceeds 1,000 piculs,
one passenger for every 50 piculs with an additional crew
allowance of 15 persons.

(2) Where any of the passenger accommodation of any vessel
licensed to carry passengers is occupied by cargo or passengers'
baggage, the number of persons which may be carried shall be reduced
by one for every 9 square feet of space so occupied:

Provided that the maximum number of persons who may be carried
on any voyage shall be at the absolute discretion of the Director.

21. (1) A vessel fitted with engines of the compressionignition type
may, in the absolute discretion of the Director, be licensed to carry
passengers.

(2) No passengers shall be carried on any vessel fitted with
propelling machinery of any type other than the compressionignition
type.

22. All vessels of more than 300 piculs in capacity, licensed to carry
passengers, shall have on board life saving appliances according to the
following scale

Capacity of Vessel No. of Lifebuoys No. of Life-jackets
requiredrequired
300- 500 piculs not less than 2 not less than 1 for every

person carried
500-1,000 3 -do-
1,000-2,000 4 do
2,000-3,000 5 -do-
over 3,000 6 -do-

Every other vessel shall carry the life-saving appliances prescribed by
the conditions of its licence.

23. The master of every vessel having a licence or permit for the
conveyance of passengers shall cause such vessel to be kept in a
proper state of cleanliness and repair and its equipment and





appliances to be maintained in good order and kept in readiness for
immediate use.

24. (1) Every mechanically propelled vessel shall-

(a)carry or show the lights prescribed for a vessel of its tonnage
by the International Collision Regulations, and

(b)have an efficient mechanical means of making sound signals.
This shall not consist of a device blown by mouth.

(2) Every vessel propelled by oars, when under way or at anchor
or alongside any wharf in the waters of the Colony shall, from sunset to
sunrise, exhibit at a height of not less than 3 feet above the gunwale, a
white light visible all round the horizon.

(3) Every vessel holding or required to hold a licence or a permit
issued under these regulations when being towed shall, from sunset to
sunrise, exhibit the lights prescribed by the International Collision
Regulations.

(4) Every vessel, holding or required to hold a licence or permit
issued under these regulations which is not mechanically propelled nor
propelled by oars nor towed, when under way shall carry the lights
prescribed by section 69(1) of the Merchant Shipping Ordinance.

(5) All lights required by paragraph (2) to be carried or shown shall
be of such a character as to be visible on a dark night with a clear
atmosphere at a distance of at least one mile.

(6) The lanterns containing the lights referred to in this regulation
shall be of a construction approved by the Director.

(7) If a vessel fails to comply with any provision of this regulation,
the master of the vessel shall be guilty of an offence and shall be liable
on conviction to a fine of $1,000.

25. [Revoked, L.N. 33/70.

26. (1) The licensee of a vessel shall immediately report to the
Director any change of master or engineer.

(2) Every master or engineer of a mechanically propelled
vessel shall on engagement produce his certificate of competency
to the Director for registration and pay the prescribed fee for the
registration.

(3) Any licensee who fails to comply with paragraph (1), and
any master or engineer who fails to comply with paragraph (2), shall
be guilty of an offence and shall be liable on conviction to a fine of
$5,000.

27. [Revoked, L.N. 273/83.]





28. (1) No vessel which is not properly manned and adequately
equipped shall be under way within the waters of Hong Kong.

(2) No vessel shall be loaded in such a manner as to render her
unseaworthy.

29. (1) No vessel shall be used for the purposes of prostitution, for
the conveyance of women for the purpose of prostitution or any other
immoral purpose.

(2) No vessel shall be used for gambling or any other unlawful
purpose.

30. [Revoked, L.N. 273183.1

31. No vessel shall attempt to go alongside of, or loiter within 100
feet of any ship, including a ship of war, in opposition to the wishes of
the master of that ship.

32. [Revoked, L.N. 273183.1

33. If any vessel having a false bottom or secret compartment is
used within the waters of Hong Kong, the owner, agent (if any) and
master shall, unless, in each case, he proves that he did not know and
had no reason to believe that the false bottom or compartment existed,
each be guilty of an offence and shall each be liable on conviction to a
fine of $10,000 and to imprisonment for 6 months.

34. (1) No master, owner or agent of any vessel shall receive or
have on board thereof, and no person shall place on board any vessel
any dangerous goods unless a dangerous goods certificate in the forms
given in the Eighth Schedule or the Ninth Schedule whichever is
appropriate and valid for that type and quantity of dangerous goods
has been issued in respect of the vessel concerned by the Director.

(2) The master of any vessel shall not use that vessel for the
towage of dangerous goods.

(3) Any master, owner or agent who contravenes this regulation
shall be guilty of an offence and shall be liable on conviction to a fine of
$10,000 and to imprisonment for 6 months.

(4) Where any person referred to in paragraph (3) is convicted of
an offence against that paragraph, the court may, in addition to any
other penalty that it may impose, order that any dangerous goods
involved in the commission of the offence be forfeited to the Crown.

35. (1) No person on any vessel shall, without the written
permission of the Director use drags, grapplings or other devices, within
the waters of Hong Kong, for the purpose of lifting articles or





things from the bed thereof other than fish or shellfish.
Notwithstanding any other penalty which may be imposed, any articles
lifted from the sea bed in contravention of this regulation shall be liable
to confiscation.

(2) No person on any vessel shall use drags, grapplings, or other
devices for any purpose whatsoever or catch or attempt to catch fish
within any cable reserve.

36. The master of every vessel when lying alongside any ship or
landing place, or at anchor within the waters of Hong Kong, shall keep
the 'yulo' out of water and rigged in so as not to project outboard.

37. The master of any vessel for which a licence or permit has been
issued under these regulations, shall not use his vessel or allow his
vessel to be used for towing another vessel unless such towing is
undertaken in order to save the other vessel or her crew from danger.

38. [Revoked, L.N. 273183.1

PART V

PROVISIONS FOR INDIVIDUAL
CLASSES OF VESSELS

Class I Vessels

39. No Class 1 vessel shall embark or disembark passengers at any
point outside the area or areas specified in the conditions of the licence
for such vessel.

40-41. [Revoked, L.N. 273183.1

42. (1) No master of a Class 1 vessel shall, without reasonable
cause, refuse to carry any passenger to any point within the area or
areas specified in the conditions of the licence for such vessel.

(2) The master of a Class I vessel shall promptly proceed to a
wharf if ordered to do so by any

(a) police officer;

(b)officer of the Customs and Excise Service established under
the Customs and Excise Service Ordinance; or

(c) officer of the Marine Department.

Class II Vessels

43. No Class 11 vessel shall leave the waters of Hong Kong
without a special permit in the form prescribed by the Sixth Schedule
and upon payment of the prescribed fee.





44. No licensee of a cargo boat shall refuse to let his boat, except
for some reasonable cause.

45. Lighters and cargo boats will be allowed to carry as passengers
only such persons as may be in charge of goods or baggage for the
conveyance of which the boat is hired or used, or who may be required
or may have been required to assist in loading or unloading, but such
persons shall not exceed the number stated in the licence.

45A. (1) Every dumb lighter operating in the waters of Hong Kong
shall be assigned a freeboard and shall be marked in accordance with

(a) such load line rules as may be in force in Hong Kong; or

(b) the provisions of the Eleventh Schedule.

(2) Any person who obliterates, alters or submerges any marking
made on a dumb lighter in. accordance with paragraph (1) shall be guilty
of an offence and shall be liable on conviction to a fine of $10,000.

45B. (1) In the case of a dumb lighter marked in accordance with
regulation 45A(a) the freeboard may be assigned to it and a load line
certificate issued in respect of it by an assigning authority authorized
by the Hong Kong Government to issue load line certificates in respect
of ships registered in Hong Kong.

(2) In the case of a dumb lighter marked in accordance with
regulation 45A(b)

(a) the Director shall cause the dumb lighter to be inspected by
an officer of the Marine Department or, at his discretion, by a
surveyor authorized by him,. and

(b)if, on receipt of the report of such officer or surveyor
authorized by the Director in respect of its principal
dimensions, heights of coamings, closing appliances,
scantlings and general hull structure, the Director is satisfied
that the dumb lighter is fit for its intended purpose, he may
assign a freeboard to the dumb lighter and issue an
assignment of freeboard certificate in respect of it in the form
set out in the Twelfth Schedule.

(3) Subject to regulation 45C(4), an assignment of freeboard
certificate issued in respect of a dumb lighter pursuant to paragraph (2)
shall be valid for a period not exceeding 4 years from the date on which
it was issued.

45C. (1) Every dumb lighter operating in the waters of Hong Kong
shall be periodically inspected by an officer of the Marine Department
or, at the discretion of the Director, by a surveyor authorized by him.





(2) A periodical inspection required under paragraph (1) shall be
carried out within 3 months before or after each anniversary of the date
of completion of the survey leading to the issue of the assignment of
freeboard certificate in respect of the dumb lighter, provided that the
intervals between inspections shall be not less than 9 months and not
more than 15 months.

(3) If, on receipt of the report of such officer or surveyor
authorized by the Director in respect of the principal dimensions,
heights of coamings, closing appliances, scantlings and general hull
structure of a dumb lighter, the Director is satisfied that a dumb lighter
is fit for its intended purpose he may cause the assignment of freeboard
certificate issued in respect of the dumb lighter to be endorsed
accordingly.

(4) If, on receipt of such a report, the Director is satisfied that a
dumb lighter is not fit for its intended purpose or that changes have
been made or taken place in the hull or super-structures of the lighter
such as to render no longer accurate the data on the basis of which
freeboards were assigned to the lighter, he may cause the assignment
of freeboard certificate issued in respect of the dumb lighter to be
suspended or cancelled.

(5) No assignment of freeboard certificate shall be valid unless it is
endorsed in accordance with paragraph (3).

45D. (1) Every application for

(a)the initial issue of a load line certificate by the Hong Kong
Government; or

(b) the initial issue of an assignment of freeboard certificate,

shall be made in writing to the Director and shall contain full particulars
and plans of the principal dimensions, heights of coamings, closing
appliances, scantlings and general hull structure of the dumb lighter.

(2) Every such application shall state the purpose for which the
dumb lighter is intended to be used or operated.

45E. Any person who uses or operates, or permits to be used or
operated, in the waters of Hong Kong any dumb lighter in respect of
which a valid load line certificate or assignment of freeboard certificate
is not in force pursuant to these regulations shall be guilty of an
offence and shall be liable on conviction to a fine of SI 0,000.

45F. (1) Every application for the issue of a licence in respect of a
dumb lighter under regulation 3 shall be accompanied by a valid load
line certificate or assignment of freeboard certificate.

(2) Every licence issued by the Director under regulation 3 in
respect of a dumb lighter shall be endorsed with particulars of the load
line certificate or assignment of freeboard certificate issued in respect
of the dumb lighter.





45G. (1) Notwithstanding the classification of Class 11 vessels in
regulation 2, the Director may endorse on any licence issued under
regulation 3 in respect of a dumb lighter a condition that the vessel may
be used and operated only in such area of the waters of Hong Kong as
is specified in the licence.

(2) Any person who uses and operates, or permits to be used and
operated, any dumb lighter in any area of the waters of Hong Kong
other than the area specified in the conditions of the licence issued in
respect of the vessel shall be guilty of an offence and shall be liable on
conviction to a fine of 510,000.

46. (1) When applying for a licence for a water boat, the applicant
shall produce to the Director a certificate from the Assistant Director of
Marine (Ship Surveys) certifying that the hull, tanks, piping and all
other fittings are in good condition. No licence shall be issued to any
water boat unless that boat is constructed of steel.

(2) Except with the written permission of the Director of Medical and
Health Services no water shall be taken into any water boat from any
source other than the Government Waterworks at Aberdeen, Lai Chi Kok,
Shau Kei Wan or the Tailoo Sugar Refinery at Quarry Bay. Such
permission will be given only for limited periods in the discretion of the
Director of Medical and Health Services

Class III, Class IV and Class V Vessels

47. The Director may, on occasion, permit persons other than the
crew to be on board vessels of Classes Ill, IV and V provided that the
number of persons so permitted shall not exceed the number which
would be allowed if the vessel were licensed to carry passengers and
measured in accordance with regulation 20.

Class VI Vessels

47A. On no occasion, except in the case of shipwreck, fire,or other
emergency, shall passengers be carried in Class VI vessels.

Class VIII Vessels

47B. For the purposes of regulations 47C to 47L, 'construction in
relation to a Class VIII vessel includes the conversion of any vessel to a
Class VIII vessel.

.47C. (1) No person shall commence or carry out the construction
of a Class VIII vessel without having first obtained the permission, in
writing, of the Director.





(2) The Director shall not permit the construction of a Class VIII
vessel unless he has, in writing, approved

(a) the site at which the vessel will operate; and

(b)the plans and specifications for the construction of the
vessel.

(3) An application for approval of the site at which a Class VIII
vessel will operate shall be submitted to the Director in accordance with
Form 1 in the Fourteenth Schedule and shall be accompanied by

(a)5 copies of plans showing the proposed site and the
proposed facilities, including any facilities on land for the
embarkation of persons on and the disembarkation of persons
from the vessel; and

(b) the prescribed fee (if any).

(4) An application for approval of the plans and specifications for
construction of a Class VIII vessel shall be submitted to the Director in
accordance with Form 2 in the Fourteenth Schedule and shall be
accompanied by

(a)5 copies of such plans and specifications including such
other particulars as are required by the Director; and

(b) the prescribed fee (if any).

(5) No application shall be submitted under paragraph (4) in
respect of any Class VIII vessel unless

(a)the site at which the vessel will operate has been approved;
or

(b) the Director so requests.

(6 The Director may return any application made under this
regulation if, in his opinion, the application

(a) does not comply with this regulation; or

(b) is otherwise deficient or incomplete,

and may request further plans, specifications or particulars on any
matter.

(7) The Director may refuse to give his approval in respect of any
application made under this regulation where under paragraph (6)-

(a) the application has been returned to the applicant; or

(b)any further plans, specifications or particulars delivered to
the Director are not to his satisfaction.

(8) Any person who contravenes paragraph (1) commits an offence
and is liable to a fine of $20,000 and to imprisonment for 1 year.





47D. (1) Without prejudice to any other provision of these
regulations, the Director may refuse to give his approval in respect of
any application under regulation 47C if, in his opinion

(a)having regard to proper standards of health, safety or
navigation, the proposed site is unsuitable;

(b)the proposed facilities (including any facilities on land for the
embarkation of persons on or the disembarkation of persons
from the vessel) are inadequate;

(e)having regard to the purposes for which it will be used, the
vessel will be unseaworthy;

(d)the vessel will be otherwise unfit or unsuited for use as a
Class VIII vessel; or

(e) there is other reasonable cause.

(2) Where the Director has refused to give his approval in respect
of any application under regulation 47C, he shall forthwith notify the
applicant, in writing, of his refusal and of the reasons therefor.

47E. (1) Any permission or approval given under regulation 47C
shall be subject to such conditions as the Director may. in writing,
impose.

(2) Any condition imposed by the Director under paragraph (1)
may be altered from time to time by the Director by notice in writing to
the applicant.

(3) No permission or approval given under regulation 47C shall be
deemed

(a)to confer any title to land or any right to occupy any
anchorage or mooring, or any part of the sea or sea-bed;

(b)to grant any exemption from or to permit any contravention of
any of the provisions of the Ordinance, these regulations or
any other enactment; or

(c)to confer a right to any licence under the Ordinance, these
regulations or any other enactment.

47F. Without prejudice to any other provision of these regulations,
the Director shall not issue a licence in respect of any Class VIII vessel
upon application for the first licensing thereof unless

(a)the site at which the vessel will operate has been approved
under regulation 47C;

(b)the vessel complies with the plans and specifications
approved under regulation 47C; and





(c)the requirements of any condition to which any permission or
approval given under regulation 47C was subject, have been
satisfied.

47G. (1) No Class VIII vessel shall, except with the permission of
the Director, enter,'or be brought into, the waters of Hong Kong.

(2) If without reasonable excuse paragraph (1) is contravened the
owner and the person for the time being in charge of the vessel commit
an offence and each of them is liable to a fine of 10,000 and to
imprisonment for 6 months.

47H. (1) The Director shall, before issuing or renewing a licence in
respect of any Class VIII vessel, cause the vessel to be inspected by a
Government surveyor or inspector.

(2) If upon any inspection required under paragraph (1) the
surveyor or inspector is satisfied that the vessel is

(a) seaworthy; and

(b)fit in all other respects for its intended purpose as a Class VIII
vessel,

he shall, on payment of the prescribed fee, issue a certificate of
inspection accordingly, in the form prescribed in the Fifteenth
Schedule.

(3) If upon any inspection required under paragraph (1) the
surveyor or inspector is not satisfied as to any of the matters set out in
paragraph (2) he shall

(a)notify, in writing, the owner of the vessel of his requirements
to enable a certificate of inspection to be issued; and

(b)withhold the issue of a certificate of inspection until such
requirements are satisfied.

(4) The Director shall not issue or renew a licence in respect of any
Class VIII vessel except on production of a valid certificate of
inspection in respect thereof.

471. (1) Except with the written permission of the Director, no
material addition, modification or alteration to any Class VIII vessel
shall be made after the issue or renewal of a licence in respect of such
vessel.

(2) If paragraph (1) is contravened the owner and the person for
the time being in charge of the vessefcommit an offence and each of
them is liable to a fine of $10,000 and to imprisonment for 6 months.

47J (1) The Director may, where it appears to him that any Class
VIII vessel





(a)is being used or operated without a Class VIII licence under
these regulations; or

(b)in respect of which there is a Class VIII licence, is being used
or operated in contravention of

(i) any suspension thereof,
(ii) any of the conditions thereof; or

(iii) any provision of the Ordinance, these regulations, or
any other enactment,

make an order closing such vessel either wholly or in part, or
prohibiting the use thereof for all or any purposes.

(2) An order made under paragraph (1) shall remain in force in
respect of such vessel

(a)where the order was made pursuant to paragraph (1)(a), until a
Class VIII licence is issued in respect of the vessel;

(b)where the order was made pursuant to paragraph (1)(b), until
such time as the Director is satisfied that the ground on which
the order was made has ceased to exist and cancels the order;
or

(e)until such time as the Director is satisfied that the vessel will
not be used as a Class VIII vessel and cancels the order.

(3) Any person who contravenes an order made under paragraph
(1) commits an offence and is liable to a fine of $10,000 and to
imprisonment for 6 months.

47K. (1) For the avoidance of doubt the provisions of

(a) the Public Health and Urban Services Ordinance relating
to food; and

(b)any regulations made under that Ordinance regulating a food
business, other than regulations relating to fire safety
requirements,

shall apply to a Class VIII vessel.

(2) The Director shall, upon receipt of plans and specifications for
the construction of a Class VIII vessel under regulation 47C

(a)consult with the appropriate authority for the licensing of the
vessel as a restaurant under the Food Business By-laws or the
Food Business (New Territories) Regulations, as the case may
be, with a view to ensuring that the plans and specifications in
so far as they relate to the proposed restaurant conform to the
standards and specifications required by the authority for the
approval of restaurant plans under by-law 33 of the Food
Business By-laws or regulation 32 of the Food Business (New
Territories) Regulations, as the case may be; and





(b)where the appropriate authority is satisfied that the plans and
specifications so conform, cause the plans and specifications,
if approved by the Director under regulation 47C, to be
endorsed by the appropriate authority and by him to that
effect,

but no endorsement under this paragraph shall derogate from or affect
any power, duty or discretion conferred or imposed on the appropriate
authority by the Food Business By-laws or the Food Business (New
Territories) Regulations, as the case may be.

47L. (1) The Director shall specify as a condition of every licence
in respect of a Class VIII vessel the maximum number of persons,
excluding persons employed on board, that may be accommodated at
any one time on the vessel.

(2) If the condition referred to in paragraph (1) is contravened, the
licensee and the person for the time being in charge of the Class VIII
vessel commit an offence and each of them is liable to a fine of $5,000.

PART VA

LOCAL CERTIFICATES OF
COMPETENCY

48A. (1) No vessel equipped with mechanical means of propulsion
shall be under way in the waters of Hong Kong unless there is on
board

(a)a person in charge thereof who is the holder of an appropriate
and valid local certificate of competency as master; and

(b)in addition to such person, a person in charge of the
machinery who is the holder of an appropriate and valid local
certificate of competency as engineer:

Provided that where a Government surveyor, having regard to the
size and speed of the vessel, the power of the machinery and the
location of the controls, certifies that such vessel can be properly
controlled by one person it shall be sufficient for the purposes of this
regulation if the person in charge of the vessel is the holder of both a
valid local certificate of competency as master and a valid local
certificate of competency as engineer.

(2) Any person while in charge of a vessel and any person while in
charge of the machinery thereof shall carry with him in the vessel his
local certificate of competency.

(3) If any provision of this regulation is contravened, the owner of
the vessel in question, whether he was on board the vessel at the time
of the contravention or not, and the person having charge of the vessel
at such time shall each be guilty of an offence and shall be liable on
conviction to a fine of $10,000.





48B. (1) The Director may issue local certificates of competency as
master or engineer in accordance with the provisions of this regulation.

(2) Every application for a local certificate of competency as master
or engineer shall be made on a form to be obtained from the Marine
Department and shall be accompanied by

(a)3 identical photographs of passport size of the applicant; and

(b) the prescribed fee (if any).

(3) A local certificate of competency as master or engineer shall not
be issued

(a)in relation to a fishing vessel, to a person who is under 18
years of age; or

(b)in relation to any other vessel, to a person who is under 21
years of age.

(4) A local certificate of competency as master or engineer shall not
be issued to any person in relation to a vessel, other than a fishing
vessel, unless that person has served in the manner provided by
paragraph (5) on a vessel equipped with mechanical means of
propulsion for not less than 3 years.

(5) For the purpose of paragraph (4) an applicant for examination
for a local certificate of competency

(a) as a master, shall have served as a deck hand; and

(b)as an engineer, shall have served in such capacity in relation
to the machinery as the Director considers likely to provide
adequate practical mechanical experience.

(6) Before issuing a local certificate of competency as master or
engineer the Director may require the applicant therefor to satisfy him
by examination in such other manner, and in such other subjects or
matters, as the Director may determine, as to his competency to be a
master or engineer, as the case may be.

(7) A local certificate of competency as master or engineer shall be
issued in the appropriate form prescribed in the Thirteenth Schedule:

Provided that the Director may modify the form of any local
certificate of competency issued in relation to a fishing vessel in such
manner as he may consider appropriate.

48C. (1) If the Director is satisfied that a local certificate of
competency issued under regulation 48B has been lost, destroyed or
defaced he may, upon payment of the appropriate prescribed fee (if
any), issue a duplicate certificate.
(2) Any duplicate certificate issued under paragraph (1)
shall be clearly endorsed in a conspicuous place with the word
'Duplicate'.

48D. (1) The Director shall cause to be maintained a register
of masters and engineers of vessels showing-

(a) the date of all engagements and discharges of masters and
engineers;

(b) the names of vessels in or from which they were engaged or
discharged;

(c) particulars of any complaint or charge laid against any
master or engineer; and

(d) the results of the investigation of any such complaint or
charge.

(2) The register shall be open to inspection by the owner of
any vessel and any master or engineer, or the representative of any
such person upon application to the Director.

48E. (1) Wherever the mater or engineer of any vessel is
engaged or dhischarged, he shall, not later than 48 hours after such
engagement or discharge, produce his local certificate of competency
for inspection by the appropriate officer of the Marine Department.
or at the nearest office or station of the Marine Department and
shall -

(a) give to such officer or the appropriate officer at such officer
or station of the Marine Department all such particulars
relating to his engagement or discharge as may be required
for the purpose of registering the same under regulation
48D; and

(b) pay the appropriate prescribed fee (if any).

(2) Any master or engineer who fails to comply with any
provision of paragraph (1) shall be guilty of an offence and shall be
liable on conviction to a fine of $1,000.

48F. (1) Not later than 48 hours after the master or the
engineer of any vessel is engaged or discharged, the owner of the
vessel shall register the engagement or discharge with the Director,
on a form to be obtained from the Marine Department, and shall
pay the prescribed fee (if any) for the registration thereof under
regulation 48D.

(2) The owner of any vessel who contravenes this regulation
shall be guilty of an offence and shall be liable on conviction to a fine
of $2,000.





PART VI

MISCELLANEOUS

49. In the event of the contravention of any provision of
regulations 4, 7, 15, 16, 17, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 28, 29, 31, 35, 36, 37, 39 to 45
both inclusive, 46(2) and 47A, the master of the vessel in respect of
which the contravention occurs commits an offence and is liable to a
fine of $5,000.

50. (1) Any Class IA or Class 1B licence issued or renewed under
these regulations and in force immediately prior to the commencement of
the Merchant Shipping (Miscellaneous Craft) (Amendment) (No. 2)
Regulations 1983 (hereinafter called the 'amending regulations') in
respect of any vessel shall, unless earlier suspended or cancelled,
continue in force until the date of expiry, and for the purposes of these
regulations as amended by the amending regulations

(a) any such licence shall be deemed to be a Class 1 licence; and

(b) any such vessel shall be deemed to be a Class I vessel.

(2) Notwithstanding anything in the amending regulations, a Class
VIII vessel which was, immediately prior to the commencement of the
amending regulations, licensed as a Class III vessel, Shall

(a)if a vessel specified in the Table hereto, be deemed for all
purposes to be a Class VIII vessel, and the licence in respect
thereof shall be deemed to be a Class VIII licence; or

(b)if a vessel other than a vessel specified in the Table hereto, be
deemed for all purposes to be a Class III vessel until such time
as the licence in respect thereof expires or is cancelled,
whichever is the earlier.

TABLE

Name of Vessel Licence No. Owner Site
Yuen Lee Tai 30051 ASea Palace Ltd. Shum Wan,
Aberdeen
Tai Pak Fong 30055 ATai Pak Seafood Shum Wan,
Restaurant Ltd. Aberdeen
Jumbo 30210 A Aberdeen Restaurant Shum Wan,
Enterprises Ltd. Aberdeen
shatin Floating 30001 TShatin Floating Shatin
Restaurant Restaurant Ltd.





FIRST SCHEDULE [reg. 3.1

FORM OF LICENCES

FORM 1

(Front Cover)

AuditNo . .................................

HONG KONG GOVERNMENT

MARINE DEPARTMENT

SHIPPING AND PORT CONTROL ORDINANCE
(Chapter 313)

MERCHANT SHIPPING (MISCELLANEOUS CRAFT) REGULATIONS

LICENCE

FOR

CLASS ............................VESSEL.

NAME OF VESSEL
................................................................................................

LICENCE NO . .........................................................................................................

ISSUING STATION
................................................................................................

(Inside Front Cover)

CONDITIONS

1 This licence shall be kept on board unless required to be deposited at the Marine
Department or Marine Stations pursuant to the Shipping and Port Control Ordinance and
regulations made thereunder.

2. This licence shall be produced on demand by any Marine, Police or Revenue Officer.

3. If this licence is lost, damaged or destroyed a fee of $15 will be charged for a duplicate.

4. This licence is subject to the provisions of the Shipping and Port Control Ordinance and
the regulations made thereunder.

5. This vessel shall not engage in unlawful trade or carry illegal merchandise.

6. Any change of master or owner should promptly be reported to the Marine Department.

7. This licence is NOT the equivalent of registration as a British vessel under the Merchant
Shipping Acts.

8. This vessel is not permitted to tow.

9. This vessel shall not be loaded so as to submerge the permitted freeboard line.

10. This vessel may be used and operated only within the following area(s) of the waters of
Hong Kong

.......... 1

......................







for Director of Marine.





.................(Page 2)
Licence No . ....Licence issued on

Name of Vessel
...........................................................................................................
Name of Owner
..........................................................................................................
Address of Owner
.......................................................................................................
Name of Master
.........................................................................................................
Agents and/or Owner's Representative in Hong Kong ..............................................

...............

Length ......ft . ...................ins. Thames Measurement tons
Breadth .....ft . ...................ins. Thames Measurement x 17 piculs
Depth .ft . .ins . ..................Gross/Net
Registered tons.

CREW:-Adults ............................................
Children under 16
...........................

Total number of persons allowed to be carried
(including crew) .............................................

LIFE SAVING APPLIANCES:

Sampan ..........................................................
Lifebuoy ........................................................
Life-jackets
....................................................

Armament:

........................

11
.................................................................................................................................
.

(Page 3)
FREEBOARD PERMITTED
The freeboard permitted to this vessel is ........

............... inches.

(Page 4)
MECHANICALLY PROPELLED VESSELS

Machinery
Type of Engines ...
.......................................................................................................
No. of Engines
............................................................................................................
Makers Engine No .
....................................................................................................
No. of propellers
........................................................................................................

Fuel
Type of Fuel
...............................................................................................................
Grade of Fuel






.............................................................................................................
Fuel Tank Capacity
....................................................................................................

Fire Appliances
Type of Fire Extinguishers
.........................................................................................

.....................................

Number of Fire Extinguishers ....................................................................................





Life Saving Appliances

Type of life saving appliances
........................................................................

Number of each type
..................................................................................................

.....................................

Number of passengers allowed ...................................................................................

(Pages 5 to 9)
LOCAL CERTIFICATES OF COMPETENCY
OF MASTER OR ENGINEER

......... 1

Master or Engineer.

PHOTOGRAPH

Cert No . .....................................................................

Ref. No . ..............................

Date .............................................................................

(Pages 10 and 11)
CHANGES OF OWNER OR MASTER AND OTHER LEADING
EVENTS IN THE HISTORY OF THE VESSEL

(Pages 12 to 32 or Supplement)
LIST OF ARRIVALS AND DEPARTURES OF VESSEL

Name of Station ...Date arrived ..19

From ..............Cargo
Light Dues Rec. No . Passengers

To ................Dated departed 19
Cargo
Passengers

...........

for Director of Marine.

Date .........................................................





(Pages 33 to 35)
RENEWALS OF LICENCE

Renewed for one year expiring on
..............................................................................

Audit Receipt No .
......................................................................................................

................ 1

for Director of Marine.

Date ................19

(Page 36)
ENDORSEMENT

(Inside Back Cover)
LICENCE RECEIPT IS TO BE ATTACHED HERE

FORM 2

(Front Cover)

A Audit No . .................................

HONG KONG GOVERNMENT

MARINE DEPARTMENT

SHIPPING AND PORT CONTROL ORDINANCE

(Chapter 313)

MERCHANT SHIPPING (MISCELLANEOUS CRAFT) REGULATIONS

LICENCE

To ply anywhere within the waters of Hong Kong
except solely within the Harbour of Victoria.

FOR

CLASS V ..........................VESSEL.

NAME OF VESSEL ................................................................................................

LICENCE NO . .........................................................................................................

ISSUINGSTATION ................................................................................................





(Inside Front Cover)

CONDITIONS

1 This licence shall be kept on board unless required to be deposited at the
Marine Department or Marine Stations pursuant to the Shipping and Port Control
Ordinance and regulations made thereunder.

2. This licence shall be produced on demand by any Marine, Police or
Revenue Officer.

3. If this licence is lost, damaged or destroyed a fee of 515 will be charged for
a duplicate.

4. This vessel shall not on any occasion trade solely within the harbour limits
of the Port of Victoria.

5. This vessel shall not engage in unlawful trade or carry illegal merchandise.

6. This licence is subject to the provisions of the Shipping and Port Control
Ordinance and the regulations made thereunder.

7. Any change of master or owner should be promptly reported to the Marine
Department.

8. This licence is NOT the equivalent of registration as a British vessel under
the Merchant Shipping Acts.

9. This vessel is not permitted to tow.

.......................

................for Director of Marine.
................(Page 2)
Licence No . ...Licence issued on

Name of Vessel
...........................................................................................................
Name of Owner
..........................................................................................................
Address of Owner
.......................................................................................................
Name of Master
.........................................................................................................

Agents andlor Owner's Representative in Hong Kong ......................................

Length ......ft . ...................ins. Thames Measurement tons
Breadth .....ft . ...................ins. Thames Measurement x 17 piculs

Depth .......ft . .......ins ............................ Gross/Net Registered tons.

CREW:-Adults ............................................
Children under 16 ...........................
Total number of persons allowed to be carried
(including crew) .............................................

LIFE SAVING APPLIANCES: Sampan
.......................................................... Lifebuoy
........................................................ Life-jackets
.................................................... Armament:

(Page 3)





(Page 4)
MECHANICALLY PROPELLED VESSELS

Machinery

Type of Engines .. . ...*** . ...........
No. of Engines ................

Makers Engine No . ....................................................................................................

No. of propellers
........................................................................................................

Fuel
Type of Fuel
...............................................................................................................
Grade of Fuel .............................................................................................................
Fuel Tank Capacity
....................................................................................................

Fire Appliances
Type of Fire Extinguishers
.........................................................................................

........................1
..............................................

Number of Fire Extinguishers ....................................................................................

Life Saving Appliances
Type of life saving appliances
.....................................................................................

Number of each type
..................................................................................................

Number of passengers allowed ............

(Pages 5 to 9)
LOCAL CERTIFICATES OF COMPETENCY
OF MASTER OR ENGINEER

................

Master or Engineer.

PHOTOGRAPH

Cert No . .....................................................................

Ref. No . .......................................................................

Date .............1

(Pages 10 to 12)

CHANGES OF OWNER OR MASTER AND OTHER LEADING
EVENTS IN THE HISTORY OF THE VESSEL





(Pages 13 and 14)
ALTERATIONS IN ARMAMENT

(Date and authority to be inserted on each occasion)

.....................................
......................................1
.....................................

(Pages 15 to 60 and Supplement)
LIST OF ARRIVALS AND DEPARTURES OF VESSELS

Name of Station ...Date arrived ..19

From ..............Cargo

Light Dues Rec. No . ...............Passengers
To ................Date departed ...19
Cargo
Passengers

........

for Director of Marine

Date

(Pages 61 to 63)
RENEWALS OF LICENCE

Renewed for one year expiring on
..................................................................

Audit Receipt No .
.......................................................................................................

........ ....

for Director of Marine.

Date ................19

(Page 64)
ENDORSEMENT

(Inside Back Cover)
LICENCE RECEIPT IS TO BE ATTACHED HERE





FORM 3

(Front Cover)

Audit . .................................

HONG KONG GOVERNMENT

MARINE DEPARTMENT

SHIPPING AND PORT CONTROL
ORDINANCE
(Chapter 313)

MERCHANT SHIPPING (MISCELLANEOUS CRAFT) REGULATIONS

LICENCE

To ply anywhere within the waters of Hong Kong

FOR

CLASS VI .........................VESSEL.

NAME OF VESSEL ................................................................................................

LICENCE NO . .........................................................................................................

ISSUING STATION ................................................................................................

(Inside Front Cover)

CONDITIONS

1. This licence shall be kept on board unless required to be deposited at the Marine Department
or Marine Stations pursuant to the Shipping and Port Control Ordinance and regulations made
thereunder.

2. Except with the written permission of the Director of Marine this vessel shall not engage in
any other trade than fishing or the delivery of necessaries to Class VI vessels.

3. If this licence is lost, damaged or destroyed a fee of S15 will be charged for a duplicate.

4. This licence is subject to the provisions of the Shipping and Port Control Ordinance and the
regulations made thereunder.

5. This vessel shall not engage in unlawful trade or carry illegal merchandise.

6. Any change of master or owner should be promptly reported to the Marine Department.

7. This licence is NOT the equivalent of registration as a British vessel under the Merchant
Shipping Acts.

8. This vessel is not permitted to tow.

..................

.for Director of Marine.

................(Page 2)
Licence No . ...Licence issued on

Name of Vessel ...........................................................................................................
Name of Owner ..........................................................................................................
Address of Owner .......................................................................................................











Agents and/or Owner's Representative in Hong Kong ..............................................

............ 1

Length ......ft . ...................ins. Thames Measurement tons
Breadth .....ft . ...................ins. Thames Measurement x 17 piculs
Depth .ft . .ins . ..................Gross/Net
Registered tons.

CREW:-Adults ............................................
Children under 16 ...........................

Total number of persons allowed to be carried

(including crew) .............................................

LIFE SAVING APPLIANCES:

Sampan ..........................................................
Lifebuoy ........................................................
Life-jackets ..............................................

Armament:

(page 3)

(Page 4)
MECHANICALLY PROPELLED VESSELS

Machinery.

Type of Engines ..........................................................................................................
No. of Engines ............................................................................................................

Makers Engine No . ....................................................................................................

No. of propellers ........................................................................................................

Fuel

Type of Fuel ...............................................................................................................
Grade of Fuel .............................................................................................................
Fuel Tank Capacity ....................................................................................................

Fire Appliances

Type of Fire Extinguishers .........................................................................................

.....................................

Number of Fire Extinguishers

Life Saving Appliances

Type of life saving appliances .....................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................
.
Number of each type ..................................................................................................

.....................................

Numberof passengersallowed...................................................................................





(Pages 5 to 9)

LOCAL CERTIFICATES OF COMPETENCY
OF MASTER OR ENGINEER

.......................

Master or Engineer.

PHOTOGRAPH

Cert. No . ..................

Ref. No .
.......................................................................

Date .............................................................................

(Pages 10 to 12)

CHANGES OF OWNER OR MASTER AND OTHER LEADING
EVENTS IN THE HISTORY OF THE VESSEL

(Page 13)

ALTERATIONS IN ARMAMENT

(Date and authority to be inserted on each occasion)

(Pages 14 to 31)
LIGHT DUE RECEIPT ENTRIES

Name of Station
.........................................................................................................
Date
............................................................................................................................

Initials .........................................................................

Light Due Receipt No .
...............................................................................................

(Pages 32 to 33)
RENEWALS OF LICENCE

Renewed for one year expiring on
..............................................................................
Audit Receipt No .
......................................................................................................

........................

for Director of Marine.

Date.................................................................................. 19





(Page 34)
ENDORSEMENT

(Inside Back Cover)
LICENCE RECEIPT IS TO BE ATTACHED HERE

FORM 4

SHIPPING AND PORT CONTROL ORDINANCE

(Chapter 313)

MERCHANT SHIPPING (MISCELLANEOUS CRAFT) REGULATIONS

LICENCE FOR CLASS VIII VESSEL
(Floating Restaurant)

Name of Vessel
...........................................................................................................

Licence No. ............................. Length Breadth

............ Thames Measurement tons.
Thames Measurement x 17 ......... piculs.

................................1 Net
Registered tons.

Name of Licensee
....................................................

Permitted Location
.....................................................................................................
Date of Expiry (unless suspended or cancelled)
..........................................................
This licence is issued subject to the provisions of the Shipping and Port Control
Ordinance and the regulations made thereunder and subject to the conditions
hereon.

LOCAL CERTIFICATE OF COMPETENCY
OF ENGINEER

En g Engineer
Engineer

PHOTOGRAPH

Cert.No . .....................................................................

Ref. No .

Date .............................................................................





CONDITIONS

1 The vessel is permitted to accommodate a maximum number of
.................

persons, excluding up to persons employed on board, at any one time.

2. This licence shall be kept on board by the person in charge.

3. This licence shall be produced on demand by any officer of the Customs and
Excise Service or Marine Department, or any police officer.

4. The vessel's Certificate of Inspection shall be displayed in a conspicuous

position at the main entrance to the vessel.
5. The vessel shall not be so loaded that the freeboard is less than mm.

6. The vessel shall carry the following life saving appliances
...........................

7. The vessel shall carry the following fire detection and extinction appli-

ances
.........................................................
......

8. Persons employed on board the vessel shall be exercised in fire-fighting and
emergency disembarkation drills at intervals of not more than 30 days. The date
on which drills are carried out shall be recorded in a log book kept by the person in
charge.

9. At all times sufficient employees are to be kept on board and on duty to
carry out fire-fighting and emergency disembarkation duties.

10. When in use the machinery shall be in the charge of a person who is the
holder of an appropriate and valid local certificate of competency as engineer.

11. The vessel shall not change location without the written permission of the
Director of Marine.

12. [other conditions].

Date

..........

for Director of Marine

SECOND SCHEDULE

[Deleted, L.N. 86,651

THIRD SCHEDULE [reg. 3.1

SHIPPING AND PORT CONTROL ORDINANCE

(Chapter 313)

MERCHANT SHIPPING (MISCELLANEOUS CRAFT) REGULATIONS

Audit No . ............................

SPECIAL ANCHORAGE PERMIT FOR AN UNLICENSED VESSEL
TO REMAIN IN THE WATERS OF HONG KONG FOR
A PERIOD NOT EXCEEDING SEVEN DAYS






FROM DATE OF ARRIVAL

Name of Vessel ..Tonnage
Name of Master ..No. of Crew .
Name of Address of Owner
.........................................................................

........................

Name of Address of Agent
........................................................................................





Type of Vessel .Type of Engine
From ...........Via
Cargo ..........tons. No. of Passengers

Light Dues Receipt No .
..............................................................................................

Date of Arrival
.................................................................................................
..........

This permit must be produced at the Marine Department at the time of
reporting clearance.

Vessel is not permitted to load cargo or embark passengers in the waters of
Hong Kong.

Fee 5
......................................

Shroff's signature.

...............

Date.

. ............................... 1

for Director of Marine

MARINE
DEPARTMENT.
HONG KONG.

FOURTH SCHEDULE [reg. 16.]

SHIPPING AND PORT CONTROL
ORDINANCE

(Chapter 313)

MERCHANT SHIPPING (MISCELLANEOUS CRAFT)
REGULATIONS

DAY CLEARANCE FOR UNLICENSED VESSEL

Name of Vessel ..Tonnage

Name and Address of Owner
........................................................................................

Name and Address of Agent
........................................................................................

Destination .....Via

Date and Time of Departure 1 .......

Bunker Fuel on Board
................................................................................................

This vessel is not allowed to load cargo or embark passengers in the waters of
Hong Kong.

Date






..............

...........

for Director of Marine

MARINE
DEPARTMENT,
HONG KONG.





FIFTH SCHEDULE [reg. 17.1

SHIPPING AND PORT CONTROL
ORDINANCE
(Chapter 313)

MERCHANT SHIPPING (MISCELLANEOUS CRAFT) REGULATIONS

A Audit No . ............................

MONTHLY PERMIT

Permission is hereby granted to the master of vessel ...........................................

................... 1 Licence No .

to be exempt from the requirements of regulations 15 and 16 for ..............................

.......................... a period of one month
expiring on ................ 19

Fee 5
...................................

.............

Shroff's signature.

.................................
...........

Date.

. ........... 1

.for Director of Mart Marine

MARINE DEPARTMENT.
HONG KONG.

SIXTH SCHEDULE [reg. 3.]

SHIPPING AND PORT CONTROL ORDINANCE

(Chapter 313)

MERCHANT SHIPPING (MISCELLANEOUS CRAFT) REGULATIONS

A Audit Yo . ............................

VOYAGE PERMIT

Permission is hereby granted to the master of vessel ...........................................

....... 1 ...........Licence No .

to proceed on one voyage from the port of Victoria to ..............................................

...... 1 ...................for the purpose of

....................... 1

Fee ...................................

.......................







Shroff's signature.

.............

Date.

. ...........

for Director of Marine

MARINE DEPARTMENT,
HONG KONG.





SEVENTH SCHEDULE [reg. 10.1

FORM 1

No . .....................................

SHIPPING AND PORT CONTROL ORDINANCE
(Chapter 313)

MERCHANT SHIPPING (MISCELLANEOUS CRAFT) REGULATIONS

CERTIFICATE OF INSPECTION (WESTERN TYPE VESSEL)

Name of Vessel ....Hong Kong Licence No .

THIS IS TO CERTIFY that the hull, tanks, piping, all other fittings and
equipment on the above-named vessel, have been inspected by a Surveyor of this

Department, and found to be fit for the service intended for the period
....................

Number and type of Fire Appliances to be carried on board and kept in good

condition ready for use .......................................

Type and Number of Engines
.....................................................................................

Maker's Engine Number
............................................................................................

Number of Propellers Type or grade of fuel

Total Capacity of fuel tanks
.......................................................................................
Name of Engineer
.................................................................................................
......
Certificate No. of Engineer
.........................................................................................

.................

Surveyor of Ships.

Date
.................................................
........

Number and type of Life Saving Appliances required on board
................................

Total number of crew permitted on board ...................................

Total number of passengers permitted on board
........................................................

.................

Senior Marine Officer (Licensing Of

Office)/

Date.................







MARINE DEPARTMENT,
HONG KONG.





FORM 2

No . .....................................

SHIPPING AND PORT CONTROL ORDINANCE
(Chapter 313)

MERCHANT SHIPPING (MISCELLANEOUS CRAFT) REGULATIONS

CERTIFICATE OF INSPECTION (ASIATIC TYPE VESSEL)

Hong Kong Licence No . Name of Vessel

Type of Engines
..................................................................................................
........
...........................................................................................
................................

.................. 1
Number of Propellers Type or grade of fuel

Total Capacity of fuel tanks
.......................................................................................

Number and type of Fire Appliances to be carried on board and kept in good

condition ready for use
................................................................................................

Name of Engineer
..................................................................................................
.....

Certificate No . ...................................

which is appropriate for. the machinery, fitted on board.

Receipt No .
This certifies that on 1

the Surveyor signing below
.........................................................................................

reported on the inspection of the machinery installation. and the equipment provided for the
extinction of fire on the above-named vessel in accordance with the above regulations. In his
opinion. having due regard to the primitive build and service in which the vessel is engaged, there
does not appear to be undue risk of fire or explosion if the conditions of the licence are fully complied
with.

The validity of this Certificate expires
.................................................................

. ................

Surveyor of ships/

Date
...................................................
......

Number and type of Life Saving Appliances required on board ................................

.....................................







Total number of crew permitted on board
.................................................................
Total number of passengers permitted on board
........................................................

. ................

Senior Marine Officer (Licensing Office).

Date....................................
.........

MARINE DEPARTMENT.
HONG KONG.





EIGHTH SCHEDULE [reg. 34(1).]
SHIPPING AND PORT CONTROL ORDINANCE

(Chapter 313)
MERCHANT SHIPPING (MISCELLANEOUS CRAFT) REGULATIONS
DECLARATION OF FITNESS FOR VESSEL TO CARRY
PETROLEUM PRODUCT IN BULK

Name of Vessel ....C Name of Owner
Registered Length . Address

Registered Breadth
.................................................................................................
....

Gross Tonnage ..... Net Tonnage

Piculage ....................................................
No. and Type of Fire Appliances on board
................................................................

..................

No. and Type of Life Saving Appliances on board
..................................
...........................
Lowest flash point for which this certificate is valid
...........................
...........................

................. 1
No. of Persons permitted on board ...........................
Limitations imposed by this certificate .........................................
.................

...........................1 E

1. the undersigned Surveyor of Ships, having inspected the
................................

....... ..................Licence No . on

certify that I am satisfied the hull, machinery (where fitted) and equipment. are
sufficient for the service intended and are in good condition. and that all openings
in the main deck are efficiently protected by coamings or casings and are capable
of being closed watertight.

This certificate is valid for a period of ...........................

months from .................................................. provided that the Fire and
Life Saving

equipment described above is on board, in good condition. and ready for instant use.

......

Surveyor of Ships.

Date ............

MARINE DEPARTMENT,
HONG KONG.

NINTH SCHEDULE [reg. 34(1).]







(M. L. 0. 82)

SHIPPING AND PORT CONTROL ORDINANCE
(Chapter 313)

MERCHANT SHIPPING (MISCELLANEOUS CRAFT)
REGULATIONS
PERMIT FOR CARRIAGE OF DANGEROUS GOODS

Name and Licence No. of Junk .........
Fire Extinguishers Buckets of Sand
Sand Scoops .......Life Belts

Lifebuoys........................................................... Red Flag (by day)
.................................





The above items will be on board whenever this vessel carries dangerous goods
and I agree to observe the conditions as prescribed overleaf. These conditions have
also been verbally explained to me.

Shipper's Signature
...............................................................

Address
......................

Vessel permitted to carry
.............................................................................................

....................
....................
Valid for a period of only.

Signature
......................................................
...

for Director of Marine.

Date

Remarks
..................................................................................................
...................

.....................................
.....................................

CONDITIONS

1. No smoking allowed on board.

2. No naked lights or cooking fires permitted on board.

3. In the event of a typhoon this vessel will not he allowed to use the Shelters
at Yau Ma Tei and Causeway Bay.

4. Kerosene may only, be loaded at one of the oil installations at Port of
Victoria or Tsuen Wan.

5. Vessel must proceed on its voyage immediately after loading has been
completed.

6. No passengers are permitted to be carried on board.

MARINE LICENSING OFFICE.
MARINE DEPARTMENT,
HONG KONG.

TENTH SCHEDULE [reg. 12(1).]

(M. L. 0. 32)

SHIPPING AND PORT CONTROL
ORDINANCE
(Chapter 313)

MERCHANT SHIPPING (MISCELLANEOUS CRAFT) REGULATIONS

APPLICATION FOR CHANGE OF OWNERSHIP OF
.................................







Name of Vessel Licence No .
............Gross

TONNAGE Net
..............................................................
PICULAGE
......................................................................
....

Vendor .....Purchaser
Address ....Address

............





Report is hereby made by us, the undersigned, that sale of the abovenamed
vessel has been executed and it is therefore requested that the above-named
PURCHASER be registered as Owner and Licensee of this vessel.

Dated at Hong Kong this ........day of 19

SIGNED by the parties
in the presence of

..................... 1

Signature .........................................................

Vendor(

Address:-
Occupation:-
Particulars of Sale:-

Signature ............................................................

Purchaser

.... 1

To THE Di RECTOR OF MARINE,
MARINE DEPARTMENT.
HONG KONG.

ELEVENTH SCHEDULE [reg. 45A.]

ASSIGNED FREEBOARDS AND MARKINGS FOR DUMB LIGHTERS

1. Basic Minimum Freeboards.

(a)Where lighters comply fully with the structural requirements the following
freeboards shall be assigned

Length Freeboard Length
Freeboard

UP to 15.0 ins.

100 ft. 200 ft..5 in
110 ft. 16.5 ins. 2 10 ft.37.0 ins.
120 ft. 18.0 ins. 220 ft.40.0 ins.
130 ft. 19.5 ins. 230 ft.42.5 ins.
140 ft. 21.5 ins. 240 ft.45.5 ins.
150 ft. 23.0 ins. 250 ft.48.5 ins.
160 ft. 25.5 ins. 260 ft.51.5 ins.
170 ft. 27.5 ins. 270 ft.54.5 ins.
180 ft. 29.5 ins. 280 ft.58.0 ins.
190 ft. 32.0 ins. 290 ft.61.5 ins.

(b)Freeboard for lighters of intermediate lengths shall be obtained by
interpolation.





(e)Minimum height of hatch coamings shall be 12 inches and where less than
24 inches the above freeboards shall be increased by one half inch for each
inch that the coaming is below 24 inches in height.

(d)Where the lighter is not fitted with satisfactory watertight closing
appliances the above freeboards shall be increased by, 6 inches, in addition
to any requirement which may be imposed under paragraph (c).

(e)Lighters of special type and usage shall be given special consideration but
in no case shall the minimum freeboards assigned be less than those
indicated in paragraph (a).

2. Freeboard Marks.

(a) Marking.

On receiving particulars of the assigned freeboard the owner of the lighter
shall cause to be marked on each side of the vessel. to the satisfaction of
the Director, the appropriate mark in accordance with this Schedule.

(b) Method of Marking.

The lines described in paragraph (c) of this paragraph shall be marked in
such a manner as to make them plainly visible. They shall be painted in
white or yellow on a dark background or in black on a light background
and shall be carefully cut in or centre punched.

(c) Marks.

A lighter shall be marked on each side at amidships. with a deck line and
freeboard line as follows

DECK LINE

i-Ai

0



in.

(i)The deck line shall be a horizontal line 12 inches in length and 1 inch
in breadth marked amidships with its upper edge passing through the
point where the continuation outwards of the upper surface of the
freeboard deck intersects the outer surface of the shell. Where the
deck is partly sheathed amidships the upper edge of the deck line
shall pass through the point where the continuation outwards of the
upper surface of the actual sheathing at amidships intersects the outer
surface of the shell.

(ii) The horizontal freeboard line shall be 15 inches in length and 1 inch
in breadth, and 2 additional lines each 3 inches in length, and 1 inch
in breadth. shall be located with their upper edges at distances of 6
inches. one above. and one -below, the upper edge of the
aforementioned horizontal line--- All horizontal lines shall be at
right angles to a vertical line 13 inches in depth and 1 inch in width.
which bisects the horizontal lines.

(iii)The permit ted freeboard shall be measured from the upper edge of
the deck line to the upper edge of the horizontal freeboard line.





TWELFTH SCHEDULE [reg. 45B.]

SHIPPING AND PORT CONTROL
ORDINANCE
(Chapter 313)

MERCHANT SHIPPING (MISCELLANEOUS CRAFT)
REGULATIONS

ASSIGNMENT OF FREEBOARD
CERTIFICATE

No . .........................................................
Name of Vessel
....................................................................

Hong Kong Licence No . ......................................................

Gross Tons
...............................

THIS IS TO CERTIFY that the abovenamed dumb lighter has been surveyed.
the freeboard shown below duly assigned to it, and the markings painted and cut in
or centre punched on each side of the vessel in accordance with Merchant
Shipping (Miscellaneous Craft) Regulations.

DECK LINE
FREEBOARD
ASSIGNED

INCHES.

This certificate shall remain in force until

.............................
...................................

Surveyor of Ships. Date.

The abovementioned dumb lighter has been surveyed for the purpose of
determining whether this certificate shall remain valid and the survey has been
completed to my satisfaction.

..........

Surveyor of Ships. Date.

The abovementioned dumb lighter has been surveyed for the purpose of
determining whether this certificate shall remain valid and the survey has been
completed to my satisfaction.

.. .. . ... .... .... .... ..

Sureyor of Ships Date

The abovementioned dumb lighter has been surveyed for the purpose of
determining whether this certificate shall remain valid and the survey has been
completed to my satisfaction.

Sureyor of Ships Date





THIRTEENTH SCHEDULE [reg. 48B.]

FOR.M 1
(Front of cover)

E. R.

LOCAL CERTIFICATE OF COMPETENCY
MASTER
HONG KONG
UNDER PART IV OF THE SHIPPING
AND PORT CONTROL ORDINANCE
(Chapter 313)

(Page 1) (Inside Front Cover)

E. R.

SHIPPING AND PORT CONTROL ORDINANCE
(Chapter 313)
HONG KONG

Certificate No .
.....................................................................
Record Book Ref. No .
.........................................................

This is to certify that the Bearer
..........................................................................

...................

Age .....Height .....feet and .....inches.

Nationality .........H.K.I.C. No .

has passed the prescribed examination and is considered competent to take charge

of a Powered Vessel of 15/60/300 tons and under as Master.

Examination fee S .Receipt No .

FurtherQualifications....................................................................
.....................

a

.....................................
..................................... 1

(Page 2) Audit No .

MARINE DEPARTMENT

Hong Kong ........19

PHOTOGRAPH Signature

...............

for Director of Marine.





(Page 3)

ENDORSEMENTS

Passed Eyesight Test
............................................................

..............

for Director of Marine

19
(Page 4)
ENDORSEMENTS
(Page 5)
RECORD OF SERVICE

Date

Name of Vessel Signature

From 1 0

(Page 6) (Inside Back Cover,,
RECORD OF SERVICE
Date
Name of Vessel Signature
From To

FORM 2

(Front of Cover)

ak CAC~i.-

E. f& R.

CERTIFICATE OF COMPETENCY
(ENGINEER)
HONG KONG
UNDER PART IV OF THE SHIPPING
AND PORT CONTROL ORDINANCE

(Chapter 313)

MARINE DEPARTMENT
HONG KONG





(Page 1) (Inside Front Cover)

E. a R.
SHIPPING AND PORT CONTROL ORDINANCE
(Chapter 313)

HONG KONG

Certificate No . .....................................................................

This is to certify that the Bearer ..........................................................................

.........................

Age .....Height ......feet and ........inches.

Native of .....................................................................................................................

has been examined and is considered competent to take charge of a Steam/

Motor ..............................

Examination fee 5 Receipt No .

Limitations ..........................................................................................................

(Page 2) No.

MARINE DEPARTMENT

Hong Kong ........................................

PHOTOGRAPH

.................

Examiner. for Director of Marine.

(Page 3)

ENDORSEMENTS

(Page 4)

ENDORSEMENTS





(Page 5)

RECORD OF SERVICE
Date

Name of Vessel FromTo Signature

(Page 6)

RECORD OF SERVICE
Date

Name of Vessel FromTo Signature

FOURTEENTH SCHEDULE [reg. 47C(3) (4).]

FORM 1

SHIPPING AND PORT CONTROL ORDINANCE

(Chapter 313)

MERCHANT SHIPPING (MISCELLANEOUS CRAFT) REGULATIONS

APPLICATION FOR APPROVAL OF SITE FOR OPERATION OF
A CLASS VIII VESSEL (FLOATING RESTAURANT)

Name or proposed Name of Vessel

Name of Owner or proposed Owner
..........................................................................

Proposed Overall Length ..............Proposed Extreme

Breadth
..................................................................................................
.....................

1. Application is hereby made for approval of the site at
........................................

................................... and indicated in the attached plans

for operation of the proposed floating restaurant described above. Five copies of the plans are
attached.

2.Detailed plans and specifications for construction of the proposed floating restaurant will be
submitted if the site is approved.

Applicant's Signature
................................

Address
..........................

Date
.................................................
........

TO THE DIRECTOR OF MARINE,
MARINE DEPARTMENT,
HONG KONG.





FORM 2

SHIPPING AND PORT CONTROL
ORDINANCE

(Chapter 313)

MERCHANT SHIPPING (MISCELLANEOUS CRAFT)
REGULATIONS

APPLICATION FOR APPROVAL OF PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS FOR
A CLASS VIII VESSEL (FLOATING RESTAURANT)

(To be submitted only after approval of the operating site or
on
request of the Director of Marine)

Name or proposed Name of Vessel .......................

Name of Owner or proposed Owner
..........................................................................

Proposed Overall Length ......Proposed Extreme
Breadth ......................Approved Operating
Site

1: Application is hereby made for approval of the following plans and
specifications in respect of the floating restaurant described above(a) general
plans as required by the Director of Marine: (b) materials and paints
specifications; (e) fire protection arrangements; (d) plans showing details of
access stairways. means of escape and fire protection; (e) electrical wiring.
equipment and installation: (.1) emergency electric power system: (g)
mechanical ventilation and air-conditioning system: (h) bilge pump and
overboard discharges; (i) fire appliances and installation; (j) life saving
appliances: (k) [Others].

2. Five copies of the above plans and specifications are attached.

3.Further plans. specifications or particulars will be submitted at the request of
the Director of Marine.

..............................................
...............

Signature of Applicant

Date

TO THE DIRECTOR OF
MARINE,
MARINE DEPARTMENT.
HONG KONG.

FIFTEENTH SCHEDULE [reg. 47H(2).]

Rotation No . ...........FILE
..................................

SHIPPING AND PORT CONTROL
ORDINANCE
(Chapter 313)

MERCHANT SHIPPING (MISCELLANEOUS CRAFT)
REGULATIONS







CERTIFICATE OF INSPECTION .(FLOATING RESTAURANT)





Floating Restaurant .................................................................. Hong Kong Licence No .
........................................................... Type make, and number of engines
............................................................................

.. 1

Type of Fuel Oil .........................................................................................................
Total Capacity of fuel tanks .......................................................................................
Name and certificate number of Engineers .................................................................

Fire Detection System ................................................................................................

.............. 1

Fire Extinction System .1

Fire Appliances .......................
.......................

Fire Pumps .................................................................................................................

Life Saving Appliances ...............................................................................................

.....................................

Total number of employees on board .........................................................................
Total number of persons other than employees permitted on board ..........................

This is to certify that I have inspected the above-named vessel. its machinery and equipment. In
my opinion and subject to the issue of a catering licence under the Public Health and Urban
Services Ordinance (Cap. 132) and compliance with !hat licence and the Class VIII vessel licence
issued by the Director of Marine. the vessel is fit for service as a floating restaurant.

The validity of this Certificate expires on

Fee Receipt No . ........................................................................
Date ..........................................................................................

.................

Surveyor of Ships/Inspector
G.N.A. 157 L.N. 86/65 L.N. 33/70. L.N. 258/74. L.N. 139/75. L.N.. 131/83. L.N. 273/83. Citation. L.N. 139/75. Interpretation. L.N. 86/85. (Cap. 281, sub. leg.) L.N. 273/83. (Cap. 313, sub. leg.) Classification. L.N. 273/83. L.N. 33/70. L.N. 139/75. L.N. 131/83. L.N. 273/83. L.N. 33/70. L.N. 139/75. L.N. 273/83. Licences and voyage permits. First Schedule. L.N. 86/65. L.N. 86/65. Third and Sixth Schedules. L.N. 33/70. Applicant for licence required to declare name and address of owner and his agent (if any). L.N. 33/70. Licensee required to notify the Director of any change of address of the owner or his agent and any cessation of agency. L.N. 33/70. Service of documents. L.N. 33/70. Obligation to obtain licence. Painting of licence numbers. L.N. 86/65. Discretion to issue, suspend, cancel or amend. Licence to be kept on board and produced. Issue of duplicate licence if destroyed, etc. L.N. 86/65. Penalty for fraudulent use. L.N. 258/74. Licensing of vessels fitted with mechanical means of propulsion, etc. Seventh Schedule. Forms 1 and 2. Engines not to be fitted to vessels in certain cases. L.N. 258/74. L.N. 258/74. L.N. 258/74. Sale to be reported. Tenth Schedule. L.N. 86/65. L.N. 258/74. Penalty for false statements. L.N. 258/74. Penalty for breach of conditions of licence. L.N. 258/74. Obligation to report arrival. Obligation to report intended departure. Fourth Schedule. Monthly permit. L.N. 86/65. Fifth Schedule. Limitation of passengers on sailing vessels plying outside certain limits. L.N. 258/74. Vessels not to leave Colony under certain circumstances and means of prevention. Number of persons permitted. Carriage of passengers in mechanically propelled vessels. Life saving appliances for passenger carrying vessels. Passenger-carrying vessels to be kept clean. navigation or signal lights. (Cap. 281.) L.N. 258/74. Change of master to be reported. L.N. 86/65. L.N. 258/74. Vessels to be properly manned and equipped. No vessel to be used for unlawful purposes. Steamships not to be approached. Prohibition of false bottoms L.N. 258/74. Prohibition of dangerous goods. Eighth Schedule. Ninth schedule. L.N. 258/74. Not to use drags, etc. Yulo to be rigged in. Vessels not to be used towing. Embarkation and disembarkation of passengers. L.N. 273/83. Duties of masters. L.N. 273/83. (Cap. 342.) Restriction on leaving Hong Kong. Sixth Schedule. L.N. 86/65. Obligation to let boat. Restriction on conveyance of passengers. Assignment of freeboard to dumb lighters. L.N. 33/70. Eleventh Schedule. L.N. 258/74. Issue of load line certificates and assignment of freeboard certificates to dumb lighters L.N. 33/70. Twelfth Schedule. Periodical inspection of dumb lighters. L.N. 33/70. Applications for initial issue of certificates to be accompanies with full particulars and plans. L.N. 33/70. Offence. L.N. 33/70. L.N. 258/74. Application for licence to be accompanied by valid load line certificate or assignment of freeboard certificate. L.N. 33/70. Restriction on the use and operation of dumb lighters. L.N. 33/70. L.N. 258/74. Water boats. Conveyance of passengers. Conveyance of passengers. L.N. 273/83. Meaning of construction. L.N. 273/83. Consent required for construction of Class VIII vessel. L.N. 273/83. Fourteenth Schedule, Form 1. Fourteenth Schedule, Form 2. Refusal to approve. L.N. 273/83. Conditions on permission or approval and effect thereof. L.N. 273/83. Additional requirements for first licensing. L.N. 273/83. Permission to enter waters. L.N. 273/83. Periodical inspection. L.N. 273/83. Fifteenth Schedule. Alterations to a Class VIII vessel. L.N. 273/83. Closure of a Class VIII vessels. L.N. 273/83. Application of Public Health and Urban Services Ordinance. L.N. 273/83. (Cap. 132.) (Cap. 132, sub. leg.) Number of persons permitted. L.N. 273/83. Vessels required to carry certificated masters and engineers. L.N. 33/70. L.N. 258/74. Issue of local certificates of competency. L.N. 33/70. Thirteenth Schedule. Loss, etc. of local certificates of competency. L.N. 33/70. Record of engagement and discharge of master and engineer. L.N. 33/70. Duty of master or engineer upon engagement or discharge. L.N. 33/70. Duty of owner on engagement or discharge of master or engineer. L.N. 33/70. Penalties. L.N. 273/83. Transitional. L.N. 273/87. (Cap. 313.) Exemption. (Cap. 369.) Schedule. L.N. 224/87. Schedule. L.N. 224/87. Schedule. L.N. 224/87. L.N. 224/87. L.N. 33/70. L.N. 273/83. L.N. 273/83. L.N. 86/65. L.N. 86/65. L.N. 86/65. L.N. 33/70. L.N. 33/70. L.N. 33/70. L.N. 273/83. L.N. 273/83.

Abstract

G.N.A. 157 L.N. 86/65 L.N. 33/70. L.N. 258/74. L.N. 139/75. L.N.. 131/83. L.N. 273/83. Citation. L.N. 139/75. Interpretation. L.N. 86/85. (Cap. 281, sub. leg.) L.N. 273/83. (Cap. 313, sub. leg.) Classification. L.N. 273/83. L.N. 33/70. L.N. 139/75. L.N. 131/83. L.N. 273/83. L.N. 33/70. L.N. 139/75. L.N. 273/83. Licences and voyage permits. First Schedule. L.N. 86/65. L.N. 86/65. Third and Sixth Schedules. L.N. 33/70. Applicant for licence required to declare name and address of owner and his agent (if any). L.N. 33/70. Licensee required to notify the Director of any change of address of the owner or his agent and any cessation of agency. L.N. 33/70. Service of documents. L.N. 33/70. Obligation to obtain licence. Painting of licence numbers. L.N. 86/65. Discretion to issue, suspend, cancel or amend. Licence to be kept on board and produced. Issue of duplicate licence if destroyed, etc. L.N. 86/65. Penalty for fraudulent use. L.N. 258/74. Licensing of vessels fitted with mechanical means of propulsion, etc. Seventh Schedule. Forms 1 and 2. Engines not to be fitted to vessels in certain cases. L.N. 258/74. L.N. 258/74. L.N. 258/74. Sale to be reported. Tenth Schedule. L.N. 86/65. L.N. 258/74. Penalty for false statements. L.N. 258/74. Penalty for breach of conditions of licence. L.N. 258/74. Obligation to report arrival. Obligation to report intended departure. Fourth Schedule. Monthly permit. L.N. 86/65. Fifth Schedule. Limitation of passengers on sailing vessels plying outside certain limits. L.N. 258/74. Vessels not to leave Colony under certain circumstances and means of prevention. Number of persons permitted. Carriage of passengers in mechanically propelled vessels. Life saving appliances for passenger carrying vessels. Passenger-carrying vessels to be kept clean. navigation or signal lights. (Cap. 281.) L.N. 258/74. Change of master to be reported. L.N. 86/65. L.N. 258/74. Vessels to be properly manned and equipped. No vessel to be used for unlawful purposes. Steamships not to be approached. Prohibition of false bottoms L.N. 258/74. Prohibition of dangerous goods. Eighth Schedule. Ninth schedule. L.N. 258/74. Not to use drags, etc. Yulo to be rigged in. Vessels not to be used towing. Embarkation and disembarkation of passengers. L.N. 273/83. Duties of masters. L.N. 273/83. (Cap. 342.) Restriction on leaving Hong Kong. Sixth Schedule. L.N. 86/65. Obligation to let boat. Restriction on conveyance of passengers. Assignment of freeboard to dumb lighters. L.N. 33/70. Eleventh Schedule. L.N. 258/74. Issue of load line certificates and assignment of freeboard certificates to dumb lighters L.N. 33/70. Twelfth Schedule. Periodical inspection of dumb lighters. L.N. 33/70. Applications for initial issue of certificates to be accompanies with full particulars and plans. L.N. 33/70. Offence. L.N. 33/70. L.N. 258/74. Application for licence to be accompanied by valid load line certificate or assignment of freeboard certificate. L.N. 33/70. Restriction on the use and operation of dumb lighters. L.N. 33/70. L.N. 258/74. Water boats. Conveyance of passengers. Conveyance of passengers. L.N. 273/83. Meaning of construction. L.N. 273/83. Consent required for construction of Class VIII vessel. L.N. 273/83. Fourteenth Schedule, Form 1. Fourteenth Schedule, Form 2. Refusal to approve. L.N. 273/83. Conditions on permission or approval and effect thereof. L.N. 273/83. Additional requirements for first licensing. L.N. 273/83. Permission to enter waters. L.N. 273/83. Periodical inspection. L.N. 273/83. Fifteenth Schedule. Alterations to a Class VIII vessel. L.N. 273/83. Closure of a Class VIII vessels. L.N. 273/83. Application of Public Health and Urban Services Ordinance. L.N. 273/83. (Cap. 132.) (Cap. 132, sub. leg.) Number of persons permitted. L.N. 273/83. Vessels required to carry certificated masters and engineers. L.N. 33/70. L.N. 258/74. Issue of local certificates of competency. L.N. 33/70. Thirteenth Schedule. Loss, etc. of local certificates of competency. L.N. 33/70. Record of engagement and discharge of master and engineer. L.N. 33/70. Duty of master or engineer upon engagement or discharge. L.N. 33/70. Duty of owner on engagement or discharge of master or engineer. L.N. 33/70. Penalties. L.N. 273/83. Transitional. L.N. 273/87. (Cap. 313.) Exemption. (Cap. 369.) Schedule. L.N. 224/87. Schedule. L.N. 224/87. Schedule. L.N. 224/87. L.N. 224/87. L.N. 33/70. L.N. 273/83. L.N. 273/83. L.N. 86/65. L.N. 86/65. L.N. 86/65. L.N. 33/70. L.N. 33/70. L.N. 33/70. L.N. 273/83. L.N. 273/83.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3097

Edition

1964

Volume

v18

Subsequent Cap No.

281

Number of Pages

55
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:30:23 +0800
<![CDATA[MERCHANT SHIPPING (TANKERS-OFFICES AND RATINGS) REGULATIONS]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3096

Title

MERCHANT SHIPPING (TANKERS-OFFICES AND RATINGS) REGULATIONS

Description






MERCHANT SHIPPING (TANKERS-OFFICERS AND
RATINGS) REGULATIONS

(Cap. 281, sections 5, 6A and 114)

[6 July 1984.1

1. These regulations may be cited as the Merchant Shipping
(Tankers-Officers and Ratings) Regulations.

2. In these regulations, unless the context otherwise requires

-Certification Regulations- means the Merchant Shipping (Certification
of Officers) Regulations;

'Code for the Construction and Equipment of Ships carrying
Dangerous Chemicals in Bulk- means the 1980 edition of a
publication by that name of the International Maritime Or- together
with any Supplement thereto and any amendment specified by the
Director of Marine by notice in the Gazette;

-discharge book- includes a Service Record Book,

11 employer- means the person for the time being employing a master;

'liquefied gas- means any liquefied gas listed in Chapter XIX of the
Code for the Construction and Equipment of Ships carrying
Liquefied Gas in Bulk published by the International Maritime
Organization in 1976. together with any Supplement thereto
published by that Organization. and any amendment specified by
the Director of Marine by notice in the Gazette.

'liquid chemical' means any liquid chemical listed in Chapter VI of the
Code for the Construction and Equipment of Ships carrying
Dangerous Chemicals in Bulk published by the International
Maritime Organization in 1980, together with any Supplement
thereto published by that Organization and any amendment
specified by the Director of Marine by notice in the Gazette;

---petroleum-means crude liquid petroleum and the following
substances produced directly or indirectly from crude. that is to
say. fuels, lubricants. bitumen, wax. industrial spirits and any
substance whose final boiling point at normal atmospheric
pressure is more than 50C higher than its initial boiling point. but
excluding any product included in the definition of 'liquefied
gas';

qualified--- means qualified in accordance with regulation 5,

-sea-going tanker--- means a tanker other than one which navigates
exclusively in inland waters or in areas where port regulations
apply;





'Service Record Book means a service record book issued under the
Merchant Shipping (Recruiting of Seamen) (Service Record Books)
Regulations,

'supervised shipboard service' means the performance of duties
connected with cargo or cargo equipment on a tanker (whether or
not a tanker to which these regulations apply) under the
supervision of a qualified officer or rating in order to acquire an
adequate knowledge of sale operational practices on a tanker;

'tanker' means a ship which is constructed or adapted and used for the
carriage of bulk cargoes consisting in whole or in part of petroleum,
liquid chemicals or liquefied gases and any reference to a type of
tanker shall be a reference to the type of cargo which the tanker
carries.

3. (1) These regulations apply to all sea-going tankers registered in
Hong Kong.

(2) The Director of Marine may exempt from all or any provisions
of these regulations any tanker or class of tankers.

4. (1) It shall be the duty of every employer to ensure that any
tanker for which he employs the master and to which these regulations
apply carries sufficient qualified officers and ratings to perform all
duties which may arise in respect of the cargo and cargo equipment.

(2) Subject to paragraph (3), the master of any tanker to which
these regulations apply shall not permit an officer or rating to have
specific duties or responsibilities in connexion with the cargo or cargo
equipment on the tanker unless that officer or rating

(a) is qualified in accordance with regulation 5; or

(b)is an officer whose certificate of competency or service is
endorsed with a dangerous cargo endorsement for the same
type of tanker in accordance with either rule 3(1) of the
Merchant Shipping (Certificates of Competency for Deck
Officers) Rules 1982 or rule 3(1) of the Merchant Shipping
(Certificates of Competency for Marine Engineer Officers)
Rules 1982, made under regulations 8 and 15 of the
Certification Regulations.

(3) Paragraph (2) shall not prohibit the participation of an additional
officer or rating in duties connected with cargo or cargo equipment in
the course of supervised shipboard service.

5. (1) In order to be qualified for the duties described in
regulation 4 on a tanker of any type an officer or rating shall





(a)have completed periods of shipboard service totalling at least
1 year during the previous 5 years in the same type of tanker in
the deck or engine department as appropriate as part of the
regular crew complement and in a capacity related to the
loading, discharging or handling of the cargo; or

(b)have satisfactorily completed a fire-fighting course approved
by the Director and

(i) a period of 2 months' supervised shipboard service in
the same type of tanker, or

(ii) a tanker familiarization course approved by the Director
relating to the same type of tanker, together with 14 days'
supervised shipboard service in a tanker of that type; or

(iii) periods of familiarization and instruction consisting of
not less than 4 loading or discharging operations on board
tankers, (including at least one loading and one discharging
operation on board a tanker of the same type.) together with
14 days' supervised shipboard service in a tanker of that type:

Provided that

(a)the shipboard service described in sub-paragraph (a) shall
only qualify an officer or rating if performed within 2 years of
the commencement of these regulations..

(b)the period of supervised shipboard service required under sub-
paragraph (b)(i) shall be reduced to 1 month in respect of any
officer or rating who has completed the shipboard service
described in sub-paragraph (a) in a tanker of another type;

(c)during any period of supervised shipboard service required
under sub-paragraph (b)(i), (ii) or (iii) there shall not be more
than one deck officer and one engineer officer engaged in
such service as part of the regular crew complement on that
tanker.

(2) An officer or rating who satisfactorily completes the service
requirements described in paragraph (1)(a) or (b) in respect of any type
of tanker, shall be given a written statement to that effect signed by the
master of the tanker or the employer. The Director may cause an
appropriate entry to be made in the discharge book of any officer or
rating who obtains such a statement.

(3) The Director, if satisfied upon evidence which appears to him to
be sufficient that an officer or rating has successfully completed a
course described in paragraph (1)(b) or a period of familiarization and
instruction described in paragraph (1)(b)(iii) may cause an appropriate
entry to be made in the discharge book of the officer or rating.





6. (1) An employer who contravenes regulation 4(1) cornmits an
offence and is liable to a fine of $50,000 and to imprisonment for 2 years.

(2) A master who contravenes regulation 4(2) commits an offence
and is liable to a fine of $10,000 and to imprisonment for 2 years.
L.N. 185/84. Citation. Interpretation. (Cap. 281, sub. leg.) (Cap. 135, sub. leg.) Application Obligation on employer and master. Qualifications. Offences.

Abstract

L.N. 185/84. Citation. Interpretation. (Cap. 281, sub. leg.) (Cap. 135, sub. leg.) Application Obligation on employer and master. Qualifications. Offences.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3096

Edition

1964

Volume

v18

Subsequent Cap No.

281

Number of Pages

4
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:30:22 +0800
<![CDATA[MERCHANT SHIPPING (MINIMUM PASSENGER SPACE) REGULATIONS]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3095

Title

MERCHANT SHIPPING (MINIMUM PASSENGER SPACE) REGULATIONS

Description






SHIPPING (MINIMUM PASSENGER SPACE)
REGULATIONS.

ARRANGEMENT OF REGULATIONS.


Regulation. Page.

1 ........Citation ........................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... N 3
2..........Interpretation...................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... N 3
3..........Application .................. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... N 4

4........Plans ........................ ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... N 5

5.................Spaces for passengers .... ... ... ... ... ... ... .... ... ... N 6

6..........Bulkheads ........................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... N 7

7...................Deck sheathing and floors ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... N 8

8. Safety measures-piping installations, notices, entrances and exits, hatch-

way openings and ventilation trunks ......... ... ... ... ... ... N10
9.......................Ventilation of sanitary accommodation ... ... ... ... ... ... ... N 11

10...............................Provision for spaces in which livestock may be carried ... ... ... N 11

11. Separation of passenger spaces from spaces occupied by livestock, fish

or cargo ........................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... N 12

12...............................Fittings on deck spaces to which passengers have access ... ... ... N 12

13......................Means of access and egress, generally ... ... ... ... ... ... ... N 13

14.........Stairways .......................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... N 14
15.........Landings ........................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... N 14

16.............Doors and entrances ............ ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... N 15
17.............Locks and grilles .............. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... N 15
18.............Means of escape .......... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... N 15

19.......................................Means of access and egress in ships engaged in the eastern trade area N 16
20.......................................Means of access and egress in ships engaged in the river trade area N 16

21...........................Ventilation, berthed passenger accommodation ... ... ... ... ... N 17
22...........................Ventilation, unberthed passenger accommodation ... ... ... ... N 17
23...........................Mechanical ventilation of unberthed passenger spaces ... ... ... N 19

24...........Natural lighting .............. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... N 21

25.............................Electrical fittings, artificial and emergency lighting ... ... ... ... N 21

26..................Provision of water-closets ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... N23
27. Washing accommodation, generally . N 24

28.......................................Washing accommodation in ships engaged in the eastern trade area N 25
29. Washing accommodation in ships engaged in the river trade area N 26

30. Galleys ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... N26

31. Fresh water supply ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... N 28





Regulation. Page.

32. Hospitals and dispensaries, generally ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... N29

33. Hospital accommodation for unberthed passengers ... ... ... ... ... N 31

34. Painting and marking of spaces ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... N32

35. Measurement of spaces, generally ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... N33

36. Exercise space allowances... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... N34

37. Number of berthed passengers, generally ... ... ... ... ... ... ... N 35

38. Number of passengers who may be carried within the river trade area ... N36

39. Number of unberthed passengers who may be carried in the eastern
trade area ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... N37

40. Number of weather deck passengers who may be carried in the eastern
trade area ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... N38

41. Total number of passengers ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... N39

42. Limiting draughts ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... N39

43. Passenger ships of unusual design ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... N 39





MERCHANT SHIPPING (MINIMUM PASSENGER SPACE)
REGULATIONS.

(Cap. 281, section 27).

[5th December, 1969.1

1. These regulations may be cited as the Merchant Shipping (Minimum
Passenger Space) Regulations.

2. (1) In these regulations, unless the context otherwise requires

'clear area' means the area remaining after all encumbrances such as hatchways,
skylights, companions, deckhouses, machinery casings, deck machinery,
masts, ventilators, lifejacket lockers, etc., and after all areas required for
the working of the anchors or the boats or required for the purposes of
navigation have been deducted from the total area but does not include any
space reserved for a hospital or for any other deck erection;

'Director' includes any Government surveyor appointed tinder subsection (1)
of section 26 of the Ordinance;

-eastern trade area' means the areas to which the Simla Rules from time to time
in operation in Hong Kong apply;

'gross passenger area' means the total area of any compartment or space at
deck level other than such area as is excluded by permanent closed
bulkheads extending from deck to deck;

',short international voyage' has the meaning assigned to it in the First Schedule
to the Merchant Shipping Safety Convention (Hong Kong) No. 1 Order
1953;

'livestock- includes horned cattle, deer, horses, asses, camels, sheep, goats. pigs
and dogs but does not include poultry or game;

'Merchant Shipping Medical Scales- means the published scales of medicines
and medical stores referred to in section 17 of the Ordinance and in
operation from time to time in Hong Kong;

-Merchant Shipping (Passenger Ship Construction) Rules- means the Merchant
Shipping (Passenger Ship Construction) Rules made by the Board of
Trade and extended to Hong Kong by the Merchant Shipping Safety
Convention (Hon. Kong) No. 1 Order 1953;

-river trade area- means any area in the waters in the vicinity of Hong Kong
within the following boundaries

(a)(i) on the East-Meridian 114' 30' East; (ii) on the South-
ParalIel 22' 9' North; (iii) on the West-Meridian 113' 31'
East; and





(b)all inland waterways in the province of Kwangtung and the
province of Kwangsi to which access c an be obtained from
the area specified in paragraph (a);

',sanitary accommodation- means accommodation set aside for the
purposes of washing and also means accommodation containing
water-closets or urinals;

,,unberthed passenger' means a passenger, whether provided with a
berth or not, found in a compartment in a ship containing more than
six berths or passengers.,

'washing accommodation' means accommodation set aside for the
purposes of washing other than

(a)any sleeping room or hospital ward, whether or not such room
or ward is provided with a wash-basin, bath or shower; and

(b) any room set aside for use only as a laundry;

'watertight' and 'weathertight' have the meanings assigned to them in
the Merchant Shipping (Passenger Ship Construction) Rules for the
time being in operation in Hong Kong;

weather deck--- means the uppermost deck in a ship, except in the case
of passenger compartments from which access to the open air is on
the deck forming the crown of a poop, bridge, forecastle or other
enclosed space, in which case the deck over that space shall be
deemed to be the weather deck.

(2) Unless the context otherwise requires, no structure shall, for the
purposes of these regulations, be deemed to be watertight, gastight or
oiltight unless every opening in the structure other than ventilation
openings required for the purpose of admission of air from passageways
to sanitary accommodation, laundries, drying rooms or galleys is
provided with means of closure whereby the opening may be made
watertight, gastight or oiltight, as the case may be.

3. (1) These regulations shall apply to-

(a)all passenger ships engaged in the eastern trade area or the
river trade area. which carry, or are certificated to carry,
berthed or unberthed passengers; and

(b) all ships registered in Hong Kong which-

(i) carry, or are certificated to carry, more than twelve
passengers; and

(ii) are engaged in any trade.

(2) In the case of any ship-

(a)to which these regulations apply pursuant to paragraph (1);
and





(b)which does not comply with the provisions of these regulations at
the date of commencement of these regulations,

the Director shall determine the alterations that he requires to be made to the
ship so that it may comply, so far as possible, with the provisions of these
regulations.

(3) Any alteration of a ship required to be made pursuant to paragraph (2)
shall consist only of such improvements as are, in the opinion of the Director,
reasonable and practicable in respect of that ship.

4. (1) The owner of every ship to which these regulations apply, or the
person to whose order such a ship is being constructed, shall furnish to the
Director for his approval a plan of the ship before the first issue of a passenger
certificate and not later than the day on which the construction of the
arrangements specified in paragraph (2) is commenced.

(2) Any plan required to be furnished to the Director pursuant to
paragraph (1) shall

(a) be drawn on a scale of not less than 1 in 100;

(b)show the arrangement of the facilities, compartments and spaces to
be allocated to berthed and unberthed passengers, with the
approximate clear areas and the number of passengers to be contained
in each such space; and

(c) show clearly-

(i) the purpose for which each compartment or space is to be used
and where each bunk is to be fitted;

(ii) the means of ingress and egress of passengers to

and from each compartment and deck, showing the width of the
stairways, ladderways and doorways giving access to the weather
deck space for use as exercise space for the passengers;

(iii) the proposed arrangements for ventilation and natural,
artificial and emergency lighting;

(iv) the proposed sanitary accommodation and, in particular, the
spaces so appropriated for each category of berthed passengers,
male and female, unberthed passengers, male and female, and the
crew;

(v) the proposed galley and cooking arrangements to be provided
for unberthed passengers, including the arrangements for supplying
fresh water to passengers: and

(vi) the proposed hospital accommodation.

(3) The owner of every ship to which these regulations apply shall, before
any alteration to the passenger accommodation there





of is carried out, furnish to the Director for his approval a plan of the
proposed alteration.

(4) Any plan furnished to the Director pursuant to paragraph (3)
shall comply with the requirements prescribed in paragraph (2).

5. (1) In every ship to which these regulations apply the
compartments and spaces allocated for the accommodation of
passengers shall, subject to paragraph (2), be situated in

(a) the uppermost between deck; or

(b)the between deck next below the uppermost between deck; or

(c)detached superstructures or properly permanently constructed
steel deckhouses above the uppermost between deck.

(2) Unberthed passengers shall not be carried upon the deck next
below one deck of which only the floor is at any time below the summer
load line marked on the ship in accordance with the provisions of the
Load Line Rules for the time being in operation in Hong Kong.

(3) For the purposes of this regulation-

(a)a shelter between deck, if exempted under the tonnage rules in
operation in the country in which the ship is registered, shall
be deemed to be the uppermost between deck; and

(b)a partial shelter deck at the end of a detached superstructure
shall be deemed to be a space in a detached superstructure for
the purpose of the carriage of unberthed passengers, whether
in bunks or not, if all of the side openings therein can be
closed by permanent means of closing appliance so as to
render such space reasonably weathertight and to the
satisfaction of the Director.

(4) A hospital in a ship shall not be used as accommodation for any
person other than

(a) a passenger who is sick; or

(b) a member of the crew who is sick,

and a dispensary in a ship shall not be used as a sleeping place for any
person.

(5) No stores or goods of any description other than such medical
stores and medicines as are required to be carried on board a ship
pursuant to the Merchant Shipping Medical Scales shall be stowed in
any hospital or dispensary.





(6) No passenger shall be carried in any compartment or space allocated
for the accommodation of any member of the crew of a ship, whether or not
such compartment or space is deductible from the gross tonnage of the ship.

6. (1) In every ship to which these regulations apply every bulkhead
enclosing or within any part of the spaces allocated for the accommodation of
passengers, other than exercise space, shall be constructed in accordance with
the Merchant Shipping (Passenger Ship Construction) Rules from time to time
in operation in Hong Kong.

(2) Every bulkhead exposed to the weather shall be watertight and gastight
and each opening in every such bulkhead shall be capable of being closed so that
the bulkheads are weathertight.

(3) All inside panelling and ceiling shall be constructed in accordance with
the Merchant Shipping (Passenger Ship Construction) Rules from time to time
in operation in Hong Kong.

(4) No bulkhead or inside panelling shall be constructed of tongued and
grooved boarding or other similar material or in any manner likely to harbour
vermin therein.

(5) Any bulkhead which separates any space allocated for the
accommodation of passengers, other than as exercise space, from any space
used as

(a) a permanent coal bunker;

(b) an oil fuel bunker;

(e) a machinery space;

(d) a lamp room or paint room;

(e)a dry provision store room or any store room other than a linen
locker, medicine locker or lifejacket locker;

a chain locker; or

(g) a cofferdam,

shall be constructed of steel and shall be gastight and, where required, suitably
insulated and, where necessary, watertight, to protect the passenger space.

(6) Subject to paragraph (7), any bulkhead that separates any space
allocated for the accommodation of passengers, other than as exercise space,
from

(a) an isolation hospital;

(b) sanitary accommodation;

(c) a laundry or drying room;

(d) galley; or

(e) cold store room,





shall be constructed of steel and shall be gastight and., where required,
suitably insulated, and shall be watertight to such height as is necessary
to prevent the passage of water from such adjoining space into the
passenger space; and, in particular, any bulkhead separating sanitary
accommodation from any space allocated for the accommodation of
passengers shall, except in doorways, be watertight to a height of at
least 9 inches above the floor of the sanitary accommodation.

(7) The provisions of paragraph (6) shall not apply to any bulkhead
that separates

(a)sanitary accommodation from other sanitary accommodation;

(b)a laundry room from a drying room or from another laundry or
drying room;

(c) a galley from another galley or a pantry;

(d) a cold store room from another cold store room; or

(e)sanitary accommodation appropriated for the use of a berthed
passenger from the cabin of a berthed passenger from which it
may be entered directly.

7. (1) In every ship to which these regulations apply, every deck
forming the crown of any of the compartments or spaces allocated for
the accommodation of passengers,. other than as exercise space, and
exposed to the weather shall be constructed of steel or other metal.

(2) Subject to paragraph (3), the upper side of every cry such deck
shall, where it is exposed to the weather, be sheathed to the satisfaction
of the Director.

(3) The upper side of a deck forming the crown of any space or
compartment above the uppermost between deck which is, allocated for
the use of passengers shall not be required to be sheathed if it forms
neither part of a weather deck included in the space allocated as exercise
space for passengers nor part of a deck to which passengers require
access and if it is fitted on the undersides with insulating material to the
satisfaction of the Director so as to avoid absorption of water,
condensation, transmission of noise and the harbouring of dirt and
vermin.

(4) AU weather decks forming any part of the space allocated as
exercise space for passengers and all decks to which passengers require
access shall be sheathed to the satisfaction of the Director.

(5) Any deck not exposed to the weather upon which any space
has been allocated for the carriage of unberthed passengers shall be
sheathed to the satisfaction of the Director and shall be fitted with
proper gutterways to facilitate cleaning.





(6) No passenger shall be carried on a deck forming the crown of an
oil fuel space unless

(a) the deck is thoroughly oiltight;

(b)within the space or compartment allocated as accommodation
for passengers, there is no manhole or opening to the oil
space;

(c)the deck is covered by a non-inflammable composition,
impervious to oil and of a thickness approved by the Director;
and

(d) the space or compartment is well ventilated.

(7) Where sheathing or flooring is required otherwise than on deck
forming the crown of an oil fuel space it shall consist of

(a)wood of at least 21 inches in thickness, properly laid and
caulked; or

(b)a material approved by the Director in substitution for wood,
of a thickness determined by the Director and laid to the
satisfaction of the Director.

(8) Where the sheathing or flooring laid on any metal deck in a
compartment or space allocated as accommodation for passengers
consists of any material other than wood, such sheathing or flooring
shall consist of a material approved by the Director and so laid that the
joinings of such material with the bulkheads, other than where
gutterways are fitted, shall be rounded in a manner that will avoid
crevices in the sheathing or flooring; and in the case of berthed
passenger accommodation other than sanitary accommodation, galleys
and laundries allocated for the use of berthed passengers, such
sheathing or flooring may consist of linoleum laid to the satisfaction of
the Director.

(9) The floors of all sanitary accommodation and of every galley
and laundry shall

(a)be covered with terrazo, tiles or other hard material impervious
to liquids;

(b) provide a good foothold;

(c)be laid in such a manner that the joinings of the floors with the
bulkheads in such accommodation are rounded and have no
crevices in them; and

(d) be laid to the satisfaction of the Director.

(10) The floors of every hospital or dispensary, other than in

sanitary accommodation contained in or connected with any such
hospital or dispensary, shall consist of-

(a)linoleum, free from joints and laid to the satisfaction of the
Director; or





(b)a material, approved by the Director, not likely to be damaged by
surgical spirits or other liquids used in the hospital or dispensary, laid
to the satisfaction of the Director.

8. (1) No steam supply or exhaust pipe for steering gear, winches, rice
boilers or other similar equipment shall be fitted to pass through any
compartment or space allocated for the accommodation of passengers in any
ship to which these regulations

apply:

Provided that, where the Director is satisfied that any alternative
arrangement is unreasonable or impracticable in the circumstances, he may
permit such pipes, if insulated and encased to his satisfaction, to be fitted to
pass through passageways accessible to passengers, subject, in the case of
supply pipes, to the following conditions

(a)the pipes shall be soundly constructed of solid drawn steel or other
suitable material;

(b)the pipes shall be of a scantling sufficient to withstand the maximum
pressure from the ship's boiler system,

(r)all connexions in the pipes shall be by faced flanges properly jointed;
and

(d)the pipes shall be fitted with adequate drainage arrangements.

(2) Every steam pipe, hot water pipe and calorifier in or serving any
sanitary accommodation or hospital shall be efficiently lagged for the protection
of any person from injury or discomfort.

(3) Every piping system that is part of a smothering-gas or steam
installation, which serves a compartment or space to which passengers have
access or which has been allocated as accommodation for unberthed passengers
shall

(a)for the purpose of guarding against inadvertent operation of the
system whilst passengers are within such compartments or spaces,
be fitted with an additional valve or cock, which can be locked; and

(b)be made so as to enable a length of pipe outside such compartment or
space, preferably adjacent to the control valve, to be removed.

(4) Conspicuous notices indicating the precautionary measures to be
adopted in case of an emergency shall be posted in every compartment or space
referred to in paragraph (3) and also in the control station.

(5) The means of access to and egress from a space or compartment
allocated for the accommodation of passengers shall be





situated so that in the event of a fire in any cargo space, storage space,
lamp room, galley or machinery space, such fire will not prevent the
escape of passengers from any such space or compartment.

(6) Every hatchway within any space allocated for the
accommodation of unberthed passengers shall be guarded by portable
stanchions of a height of not less than 42 inches, spaced at suitable
intervals and fitted with chains, or equivalent, and so spaced that the
vertical distance in between does not exceed 12 inches, the lowest line
of same being not more than 9 inches from the deck or by other similar
means when any such hatchway is open for the purpose of working
cargo or for any other purpose.

(7) Any ventilator trunk to a cargo space or tank shall be
constructed of steel or other suitable material and shall, if it passes
through any space or compartment allocated for the accommodation of
passengers, be gastight and suitably insulated.

(8) Any ventilator trunk used for the natural or mechanical
ventilation of any space or compartment allocated for the
accommodation of passengers shall not be used for the ventilation of
any space other than space or compartments used exclusively for the
accommodation of passengers or crew.

9. (1) Sanitary accommodation shall be so arranged as to prevent,
as far as possible, any effluvia from such sanitary accommodation
penetrating into any space or compartment allocated for the
accommodation of passengers.

(2) In the case of any trunked ventilation system used to provide
ventilation for sanitary accommodation in addition to passenger
accommodation, each trunk leading to the sanitary accommodation shall
be fitted with apparatus to prevent the dissemination of effluvia from
the sanitary accommodation to other spaces when the ventilation
system is not in use.

(3) In no case shall a natural ventilation trunk be used to provide
ventilation common to both passenger accommodation and sanitary
accommodation.

10. (1) Where livestock are carried on a ship to which these
regulations apply, such arrangements as are approved by the Director
shall be made for separating the spaces in which the livestock are
carried from any space allocated for the accommodation of passengers.

(2) Except where livestock are carried on an exposed deck, close
fitting partitions and separate ventilation systems shall be fitted to
prevent effluvia escaping from any space in which livestock are carried
to passenger accommodation.





(3) Where livestock are carried on an exposed deck the partitions shall not
be required to be as close fitting if washboards are securely placed to prevent
any excreta from the livestock flowing or being carried into the passenger
accommodation.

11. (1) In the case of any ship engaged exclusively in the river trade area, if
part of the deck of the ship is used for the carriage of livestock, fish or cargo,
such part shall be separated from any space allocated for the accommodation of
passengers by means of gastight partition or other effective barriers so
constructed as to prevent any excreta or liquid refuse from flowing or being
carried into the space in which the livestock, fish or cargo is being carried and
also to prevent any liquid from fruit or vegetables or any excreta from livestock
flowing or being carried into any space allocated for the accommodation of
passengers.

(2) No passenger, other than a bona fide attendant of livestock or fish,
shall be accommodated in any space allocated for the carriage of any livestock,
fish or cargo.

(3) No passenger shall be accommodated in any compartment adjoining
any part of a tank in which oil may be carried in bulk, other than the crown of
any such tank, unless the compartment is separated from the tank by a gastight
steel division in addition to the division which retains the oil.

(4) Every space between the two bulkheads shall be accessible and well
ventilated:

Provided that if the bunker bulkhead is of welded construction the
additional bulkhead need not be fitted.

12. (1) Every deck space to which any passenger has access shall be fitted
with proper fittings to prevent persons falling therefrom.

(2) If such fittings consist of rails and stanchions-

(a)the top of the uppermost rail shall be not less than 3 feet 6 inches in
height above the top of the deck; and

(b)in order to provide adequate protection for children, the rails shall be
not more than 9 inches apart unless strong wire netting is placed
between the rails.

(3) If bulwarks are fitted they shall be not less than 3 feet 6 inches high;
and the freeing ports shall be fitted with suitable grids for the protection of
children.

(4) The height of the rails shall be measured by the vertical distance from
the top of the highest rail to the top of the deck at a point vertically below
the inner edge of the rail:





Provided that where the deck has a waterway, the height of the rail shall
be measured from the top of the highest rail to the top of the deck plank next to
the waterway.

13. (1) In every ship to which these regulations apply, all stairways and
passages shall be so arranged as to ensure

(a)easy access to and egress from each main compartment allocated for
the accommodation of berthed or unberthed passengers, having
regard to the length of such compartment and the number of
passengers for whom accommodation is provided therein;

(b)easy access at all times to the portions of the weather deck allocated
as exercise space for the passengers in the various spaces; and

(c)easy access to the spaces above the weather deck appropriated for
the use of unberthed passengers or required as muster stations for
such passengers in the event of an emergency.

(2) Subject to paragraph (3), every stairway leading from below to the
weather deck shall be protected in the way of openings in the freeboard and
superstructure decks which communicate with spaces allocated for the
accommodation of unberthed passengers, by permanent steel deckhouses of not
less than 6 feet in clear height or by such other arrangements as are approved
by the Director.

(3) Subject to the approval of the Director, such a deckhouse shall not be
required

(a)where a stairway from below leads into an enclosed superstructure;
or

(b)in the case of ships engaged exclusively in the river trade area, other
than to openings forward of a point distant 'th of the ships registered
length measured from the stem.

(4) In any case where, in accordance with paragraph (3), a deckhouse is
not required, substantial guard rails complying with the requirements
prescribed in regulation 12 shall be securely fitted in way of the stairway
openings.

(5) A separate stairway shall be provided for each compartment or space
allocated for the accommodation of unberthed passengers.

(6) In no case shall the only means of communication with any such
compartment or space consist of an opening in a bulkhead that forms part of
the sub-division arrangements of the ship unless each such opening is

(a) trunked watertight to the bulkhead deck; and

(b) approved by the Director.





14. (1) No arrangement by which access to the weather deck is by
stairways leading into any space not allocated for the accommodation of
unberthed passengers will be accepted unless

(a)full particulars with plans of the proposed arrangement have been
submitted in accordance with paragraph (2) of regulation 4; and

(b) the arrangement has been approved by the Director.

(2) Every stairway shall be arranged in a fore and aft direction.

(3) The angle of every stairway from the vertical shall be not less than 37'.

(4) Every stairway shall have at least 6 feet clear headroom above each
stair tread.

(5) No stairway shall be less than 30 inches in width.

(6) No stairway shall exceed 60 inches in width unless it is fitted with
intermediate rails neither less than 30 inches apart nor more than 60 inches
apart.

(7) For the purposes of paragraphs (5) and (6), the width of every
stairway shall be measured on a tread and within the sides unless the handrails
encroach on the tread, in which case, the width of the stairway shall be
ascertained by measuring the distance between the handrails.

(8) Wherever it is practicable-

(a)more than one stairway shall be fitted to every compartment or
space allocated for the accommodation of passengers;

(b)stairways shall be situated as far apart from each other as is
practicable at the opposite ends of each such compartment or space.

(9) Every stairway shall be constructed of steel, including the frame,
thread and risers and shall be

(a) properly secured.,

(b) sparred on the back; and

(c)fitted with handrails consisting of material other than ropes.

(10) Where the sides of any stairway is not bounded by bulkheads, an
additional rail shall be fitted below each handrail.

15. (1) Landings shall be fitted-

(a)within the protecting deckhouses specified in paragraph (2) of
regulation 13. and

(b)elsewhere where stairways are fitted, at the head of each flight
of stairs.





(2) Every landing shall be at least as wide as the stairway to
which it is fitted and shall be not less than 24 inches in length.

16. (1) The clear width of every entrance or exit door,
hinged or sliding, shall be at least as wide as the stairways or
passageway it serves when it is opened to the fullest extent.

(2) Every such hinged door shall open outwards.

(3) The clear opening of any entrance or exit doorway shall
be not less than 30 inches in width.

(4) Every door of any entrance or exit doorway shall be fitted
With self-closing devices.

(5) The Director may exempt any ship from the requirements
of this regulation if he is satisfied that the safety of the passengers
is not less protected by any other proposed arrangement.

17. (1) No lock or grille shall be fitted on the outside of any
door providing means of egress from any space or compartment
allocated for the accommodation of unberthed passengers to any
weather deck.

(2) In order to prevent the pilferage of cargo stored in any
space or compartment not allocated for the carriage of passengers,
a strong lock, operable only from the inside, may be fitted to the
inside doors providing ingress to and egress from such spaces or
compartments.

(3) In any ship in which, in order to assist in the suppression
of piracy, grilles are fitted to prevent any unauthorized access to
any control position on the ship, the doors in such grilles may be
locked when the ship is at sea, at the discretion of the master:

Provided that-
(a)the keys to such doors shall be kept, while the ship is
at sea, in a place accessible and known to all officers of
the ship; and
(b)one officer or other responsible person shall be deputed
to open the said doors in the event of any emergency
that might cause loss of life to any person other than
an act of piracy or attempted piracy.

18. (1) Every ship to which these regulations apply, other
than those ships engaged exclusively in the river trade area, shall
be provided below the bulkhead deck with at least two means of
escape from each compartment bounded by watertight bulkheads
or similarly restricted space or group of spaces and at least one
such means of escape shall be independent of watertight doors.





(2) There shall be provided above the bulkhead deck not less than
two means of escape from each space bounded by main vertical
bulkheads or similarly restricted space or group of spaces; and one
such means of escape shall give access to the lifeboat or liferaft
embarkation deck or decks or to a stairway leading to such decks.

(3) At least one of the means of escape so provided shall be
enclosed so as to afford, as far as practicable, continuous fire shelter
from the level of its origin to the lifeboat or liferaft embarkation deck or
decks.

(4) Every ship engaged exclusively in the river trade area shall be
provided with two means of escape and such means of escape shall lead
to an open deck of sufficient area, having regard to the number of
persons which the ship may carry.

19. (1) Subject to the provisions of regulations 13, 14, 15, 16, 17 and
18, every ship to which these regulations apply engaged in the eastern
trade area other than a ship engaged exclusively in the river trade area
shall be fitted with means of access to and egress from every space or
compartment allocated for the accommodation of passengers in
accordance with the following minimum requirements

(a)the aggregate width of stairways from each unberthed
passenger space shall be not less than 2 inches for every 5
persons accommodated therein; and

(b)where any stairway affords access to the weather deck
allocated for the use of unberthed passengers accommodated
in two spaces, one above the other, the aggregate width of
stairways from the upper space shall be not less than 2 inches
for every 5 persons accommodated in both spaces.

(2) Where any stairway affording access to any weather deck
compartment is led into a poop, bridge, forecastle or other similar
erection, the aggregate width of the openings in the bulkheads forming
the ends of such superstructures shall be not less than the width
required for the stairway, with addition thereto of not less than 2 inches
for every 5 persons accommodated in the superstructure who are
intended to use such openings.

20. (1) Subject to the provisions of regulations 13, 14, 15, 16, 17 and
18, every ship to which these regulations apply engaged exclusively in
the river trade area shall be fitted with means of access to and egress
from every space or compartment allocated for the accommodation of
passengers in accordance with the following minimum requirements

(a)the aggregate width of every stairway from a between deck
passenger space to the space above or to the weather





deck shall be not less than 2 inches for every 5 persons
accommodated therein; and

(b)where any stairway from between decks is led into a compartment in
a deckhouse on the weather deck, the aggregate width of the openings
from the compartment to the exposed deck shall be not less than the
width required for the stairway, with the addition thereto of not less
than 2 inches for every 5 persons accommodated in the
compartment.

(2) Where a doorway serves exclusively a superstructure or deckhouse the
aggregate of the clear opening shall be not less than 2 inches for every 5 persons
accommodated therein, and shall be not less than 30 inches in width.

(3) For the purpose of this regulation, 'clear opening- means, in respect of
stairways or doors, the least width of the space at the opening between its
sides or between handrails, if they are fitted to the stairway or door.

21. (1) In every ship to which these regulations apply the ventilation to
every space or compartment allocated for the accommodation of berthed
passengers shall be provided by

(a)a trunked mechanical ventilation or other air change system
approved by the Director which will maintain the air therein in a
state of purity adequate for the health and comfort of the
passengers; or

(b)a natural ventilation system so designed as to provide an aggregate
area of not less than 6 square inches each of inlet and of exhaust for
each person for whom the space is appropriated and shall be not less
than 19 square inches in all at any point in the system; and the
effective area of the inlet and of the exhaust shall be capable of being
adjusted from fully open down to a minimum of 3 square inches for
each such person.

(2) In every ship other than a ship provided with a trunked mechanical
ventilation or other air change system, every berthed passenger space other
than sanitary accommodation shall be fitted with an electric fan.

22. (1) In every ship to which these regulations apply engaged in the
eastern trade area or the river trade area, every space or compartment allocated
for the accommodation of unberthed passengers shall be fitted with a
ventilation system in accordance with this regulation or with regulation 23, so
arranged as to ensure

(a)the maximum distribution of fresh air throughout the
accommodation;





(b)that the ventilation of each unberthed passenger compartment
shall be independent of that of all other compartments; and

(e)that no inlet ventilator is either screened from the wind in any
direction or situated directly over a doorway, stairway or
exhaust opening.

(2) Any ventilation system required to be fitted pursuant to this
regulation shall be fitted notwithstanding the provision of any side
scuttle, door, hatchway, skylight or other aperture in any unberthed
passenger accommodation not provided solely for ventilation purposes.

(3) No ventilator shall be trunked through any watertight sub-
division bulkhead; and every ventilator shall be fitted with suitable
protection against the risk of fire.

(4) Any ventilator shaft constructed solely for the purposes of
ventilation may be fitted as an air outlet when serving a compartment
ventilated either naturally or mechanically if its coaming extends
sufficiently high above the weather as to permit the ventilator to remain
open in ordinary weather:

Provided that where a non-cowl type of ventilator is fitted in a
natural ventilation system as an exhaust ventilator its area shall be at
least double that required for a cowl ventilator in the same position.

(5) Any unberthed passenger space situated in the uppermost
between deck, bridge or other detached superstructure compartment or
deckhouse shall be ventilated by

(a)a trunked mechanical ventilation or other air change system
fitted in accordance with regulation 23; or

(b)a natural ventilation system so arranged as to provide an
aggregate area of not less than 10 square inches for each
person of the maximum number for which the space may be
measured, that is 5 square inches each of inlet and of exhaust
ventilation:

Provided that where a compartment is abreast the
machinery or boiler casings, or immediately above the
machinery spaces, the area of each ventilator serving the
compartment shall be increased by not less than 50 per
centum.

(6) Every ventilator cowl shall-

(a)be placed in an unobstructed position where it can remain
open in ordinary weather and can be trimmed in any direction;
and

(b)have an area at least 50 per centum greater than that of its
coaming





(7) Every ventilator coaming shall-

(a)project to the bottom of the beam of the compartment that it
serves;

(b)be measured at the narrowest part of the air passage; and

(e)not exceed 452 square inches in area (24 inches in diameter);
and

(d)be not less than 78.5 square inches in area (10 inches in
diameter).

(8) If less than 4 ventilators are fitted to any one compartment,
suitable trunks shall be provided to ensure proper distribution of air,
except where any such ventilator does not exceed 15 inches in diameter,
in which case, such trunking shall not be required.

(9) If an odd number of ventilators is fitted, the prescribed inlet
and exhaust areas shall be maintained.

(10) If any trunking or air passage has a curved bend or knee and
the angle does not exceed 30', no additional area is required to be
provided; but for any curved bend or knee of which the angle exceeds
30 the following additions to the area shall be made

(a)for curved bends of angles ranging between 30' to 60 5 per
centum additional area for each such curved bend;

(b)for curved bends of angles ranging between 60' to 90 10 per
centum additional area for each such curved bend;

(c)for knees of angles ranging between 30' to 60', 16 per centum
additional area for each such knee; and

(d)for knees of angles ranging between 60' to 90 36 per centum
additional area for each such knee.

(11) If the radius of the inner side of any curved bend is less than
the diameter of the trunk or air passage, the bend shall be regarded as a
knee.

23. (1) In every ship to which these regulations apply engaged in
the eastern trade area, other than a ship engaged exclusively in the river
trade area, every space allocated for the accommodation of unberthed
passengers situated

(a) below the uppermost between deck; or

(b)in a compartment in an upper between deck that is completely
covered by a long superstructure,

shall be ventilated by a trunked mechanical ventilation or other air
change system approved by the Director:





Provided that, where such an uppermost between deck space or long
superstructure has large openings in the sides of the ship with no means fitted
whatsoever of closing the openings, the

unberthed passenger compartment in the between deck next below and ad
adjacent to such openings may, subject to the approval of the Director, be
regarded as an uppermost between deck and may be exempt from the
requirement to be ventilated by a trunked mechanical ventilation or other air
change system.

(2) The approval, on completion, of any system of mechanical ventilation
shall be conditional upon the results of anemometer tests with which the
Director is satisfied that the system is efficient.

(3) Arrangements shall be made to ensure a sufficient supply

of air in the event of a breakdown in any part of a mechanical ventilation
system

(a) by interconnecting the air ducts from two or more fans;

(b)by providing additional independent -means of mechanical
ventilation; or

(e)by providing spare gear, properly packed for storage, for each size of
electric motor employed to operate any trunked mechanical
ventilation or other air change system on the following scale

(i) for direct current motors-
armature
1 field coil
1 set of bearings
1 brush holder
1 set of carbon brushes; and
(ii) for alternating current motors-

1set of stator windings, complete with insulation pieces

1 set of bearings.

(4) A trunked mechanical ventilation system, required to be fitted to any
space pursuant to this regulation, shall be capable of

delivering, under normal sea-going conditions, for each passenger of the
maximum number for which the space may measure, at least 830 cubic feet of
fresh air per hour.

(5) In any space so fitted with mechanical ventilation-

(a) the vitiated air shall exhaust direct to the open air; and

(b)in the case of any such space situated abreast the machinery or boiler
casings or immediately above the machinery spaces, the delivery of
fresh air required to be provided

pursuant to paragraph (4) shall be increased, in each such case, by 33
per centum.





24. (1) In every ship to which these regulations apply, every space
allocated for the accommodation of berthed or unberthed passengers shall be
properly lighted by natural light.

(2) The natural lighting of any berthed or unberthed passenger cabin,
dining or recreation room, sanitary accommodation, galley, hospital, entrance or
exit lobby shall be deemed to be proper for the purposes of this regulation if it
is sufficient to enable an ordinary newspaper to be read by a person of normal
vision at any point in the space, being a point available for free movement,
during daytime and in clear weather.

(3) The natural lighting of any unberthed passenger accommodation in
between decks, bridge spaces and superstructures shall be deemed to be proper
for the purposes of this regulation if the provisions made for the direct
admission of natural light amounts to at least 1 square inch for every 2 square
feet of the gross passenger area.

(4) For the purposes of paragraph (3), natural lighting shall, as far as
possible, be evenly distributed; and, in any space where longitudinal bulkheads
such as machinery casings exclude natural light, the measure of illumination
required in the way thereof shall be determined proportionately.

(5) Any side scuttle fitted below the bulkhead deck shall be at least 10
inches in diameter and shall be fitted in accordance with the provisions of the
Merchant Shipping (Passenger sh Construction) Rules from time to time in
operation in Hong Kong

25. 1) In every ship to which these regulations apply other than

(a) any ship engaged exclusively in the river trade area; and

(b)any ship of less than 1,000 tons gross engaged in the eastern trade
area,

all electrical equipment and installation, including the emergency source of
electric power, shall be fitted in accordance with the provisions of the
Merchant Shipping (Passenger Ship Construction)

0

Rules from time to time in operation in Hong Kong.

(2) The exit from every main compartment occupied by passengers shall
be continuously lighted by an emergency electric lamp, operated from the ship's
main generating plant and so arranged that power may also be supplied from
the emergency source of power.

(3) An electric lighting system shall be-

(a)provided throughout the ship and, in particular, upon every deck
from which lifeboats or liferafts are embarked;





(b) operated from the ship's main generating plant; and

(c.)so arranged that power may also be supplied from the
emergency source of power.

(4) In every ship-

(a) engaged exclusively in the river trade area; or
(b)of less than 1,000 tons gross engaged in the eastern trade
area,
there shall be-
(i) provided in a position above the uppermost continuous
deck or raised quarter deck and outside the machinery
casings, a self-contained emergency source of electric
power, so arranged as to ensure that it will function in
the event of a fire or the failure, for some other reason,
of the main electrical installation;
(ii) installed electric lighting of all alleyways, stairways and
exits so as to ensure that access of all persons on board
the ship to the launching stations and stowage positions
of all lifeboats and liferafts is not impeded; and
(iii) installed electric lighting of the launching gear and of the
lifeboat and liferaft launching appliances, where provided,
and of the lifeboats and liferafts which they serve.

(5) The lighting requirements prescribed in sub-paragraphs
(ii) and (iii) of paragraph (4) shall be operated from the ship's
main electric generating plant and, in addition, shall be capable
of being operated by the emergency source of electric power.

(6) The artificial lighting provided for any berthed or un-
berthed passenger cabin, dining or recreation room, sanitary
accommodation, galley, hospital, entrance or exit lobby shall be
deemed to be adequate for the purposes of this regulation if it is
at least of the standard required for crew and officer accommoda-
tion under the terms of the Merchant Shipping (Crew Accommoda-
tion) Regulations from time to time in operation in Hong Kong.

(7) The artificial lighting provided from the main electrical
installation for any unberthed. passenger accommodation in between
decks, bridge spaces and superstructures shall be deemed to be
adequate for the purposes of this regulation if not less than one
lamp, of not less than 40 watts, is provided for every 300 square
feet or part thereof of the gross passenger area.

(8) Such electric lamps shall be fitted throughout the spaces
allocated for the accommodation of passengers with due regard
to the efficiency of lighting in the way of stairways and lifejacket
lockers and shall be adequately protected by strong glass covers
and substantial metal guards.





(9) No oil lamp or portable electric lamp shall be fitted.

26. (1) In every ship to which these regulations apply-

(a)a sufficient number of properly constructed, lighted and -ventilated
water-closets shall be installed for the separate use of male and female
passengers, respectively, of each class of berthed passengers and
unberthed passengers and each such water-closet shall be marked
accordingly; and

(b)a sufficient number of urinals shall be installed in the male water-
closet compartments in addition to the number of single water-closet
seats or positions required to be installed under sub-paragraph (a).

(2) In addition to the water-closet accommodation required to be installed
for berthed passengers of each class and for the crew, there shall be installed in
permanent steel deckhouses of at least 6 feet in clear height, or in some other
similar arrangement approved by the Director, a sufficient number of
permanent waterclosets for the exclusive use of unberthed passengers, on the
following scale

For 50 passengers or less .2 water-closets
For more than 50 passengers and less than
100 .......................3 water-closets.
For every 100 additional passengers or part
thereof ...................1 water-closet.

Aurinal or additional water-closet shall be provided for every 100
passengers or part thereof.

(3) Such water-closets shall be adequately distributed, having regard to the
position of each unberthed passenger space, and shall be situated neither in a
between deck nor in a wholly enclosed superstructure.

(4) The entrance to every such water-closet shall, if it opens on to an
open deck, be properly screened.

(5) Every water-closet shall be provided with adequate exhaust ventilation
either directly to the open air or to another water-closet or urinal that is
provided with exhaust ventilation directly to the open air.

(6) For the purposes of paragraph (5), the exhaust ventilation for a water-
closet shall be adequate if it is

(a) at least 19 square inches in area (5 inches in diameter);

(b)provided with a cowl, mushroom or other equivalent protection; and





(c.) situated in the upper part of the water-closet compartment.

(7) Every water-closet compartment shall be so constructed as to
facilitate the cleaning of it and as not to harbour dirt or vermin; and the
deck of each such water-closet compartment shall be covered in
accordance with paragraph (9) of regulation 7 and shall be provided with
suitable scuppers of not less than 2 inches in diameter and leading
overboard, for the purpose of cleaning.

(8) Every water-closet compartment shall be provided with efficient
natural and artificial lighting.

(9) Every single water-closet seat or position installed for the use of
unberthed passengers shall be separated from the other water-closet
seats or positions so installed by partitions of steel or other opaque and
rigid material and shall be screened by suitable hinged doors.

(10) Every water-closet compartment installed for the use of
unberthed passengers shall be provided with

(a)single water-closet seats or positions, each with a trapped pan
constructed of white vitreous china;

(b)adequate sanitary tanks, so arranged as to flush -automatically
the pan at short intervals and to provide a continuous trickle
of water;

(c)adequate soil pipes of not less than 4 inches in diameter, so
constructed as to facilitate clearing and minimize the risk of
obstruction and connected to a main sewerage outfall by an
efficient and hygienic system; and

(d)adequate footholds and handholds in the way of each water-
closet seat or position to prevent accidents to the users
thereof.

(11) The provisions of this regulation shall not apply to

(a)a water-closet installed in any sanitary accommodation
allocated for the use of the occupants of a berthed passenger
cabin from which it may be entered directly; or

(b) a water-closet forming part of a permanent hospital.

27. (1) In every ship to which these regulations apply, adequate
washing facilities shall be installed in the cabins thereof or in properly
constructed, lighted and ventilated bathrooms for the separate use of
male and female passengers, respectively, of each class of berthed
passenger.

(2) Any bathroom not allocated for the use of the occupants of a
berthed passenger cabin from which it may be entered directly shall be
clearly marked as to the sex and class of the passengers for whose use it
is installed.





28. (1) In every ship to which these regulations apply engaged in the
eastern trade area, other than a ship engaged exclusively in the river trade area,
there shall be installed, in addition to the washing facilities installed for the use
of the crew and for berthed passengers and in hospitals, permanent steel
deckhouses of at least 6 feet in clear height, fitted out as adequate and proper
washing accommodation for the exclusive use of unberthed passengers.

(2) The washing accommodation required to be installed under this
regulation shall be adequately distributed, having regard to the position of each
unberthed passenger space, and shall be situated neither in a between deck nor
in a wholly enclosed superstructure.

(3) The entrance to every such washing accommodation shall be properly
screened.

(4) A reasonable proportion of such washing accommodation shall be
allocated for the exclusive use of women and children and shall be marked
accordingly.

(5) The washing accommodation required to be installed under this
regulation shall be deemed to be adequate if, for the maximum number of
passengers that the ship is certificated to carry or is intended to carry,
whichever is the greater, there is provided for this purpose an aggregate deck
area of not less than 48 square feet for the first 100 passengers or part thereof,
with the addition of 9 square feet for every additional 100 passengers or part
thereof.

(6) Each such space allocated for use as washing accommodation shall be
provided with

(a)adequate inlet and exhaust ventilation fitted in accordance with
paragraph (5) of regulation 22;

(b) efficient natural and artificial lighting;

(e)spring-loaded taps connected to a supply of fresh water under
pressure, in a proportion of not less than one tap for every 50
passengers or part thereof;

(d)wash-basins constructed of vitreous china or other suitable material
having a smooth and impervious surface not likely to crack, flake or
become corroded and fitted with waste pipes and efficient drainage
overside; and

(e)in addition to such taps and basins, at least one springloaded draw-
off tap giving a supply of salt water under pressure for the purpose
of cleaning each such space.

(7) At the discretion of the owner of the ship, showers may be provided
in substitution for one half the number of taps and wash-basins required to be
installed pursuant to this regulation. in which case, the showers shall be
situated in or adjacent to the





spaces containing wash-basins and shall be adequately screened by robust and
opaque material so as to provide, as far as is practicable, sufficient enclosed
space to enable a person to dress and undress in comfort therein.

(8) Each washing accommodation space and, where showers are fitted,
each shower-place shall be fitted with

(a)efficient drainage overside by means of a suitable scupper of at least
2 inches in diameter; and

(b)a deck covering so constructed as to facilitate cleaning and to be
installed in accordance with the requirements prescribed in paragraph
(9) of regulation 7.

(9) Combined washing accommodation and water-closets shall not be
installed for the use of unberthed passengers.

29. (1) In every ship engaged exclusively in the river trade area there shall
be provided at least one wash-place for male passengers and at least one wash-
place for female passengers.

(2) Each wash-place required to be provided under paragraph (1) shall be
fitted with at least one wash-basin fitted with a springloaded tap connected to a
supply of fresh water under pressure.

(3) The provisions of this regulation shall not apply to-

(a)any sanitary accommodation allocated for the use of the occupants of
a berthed passenger cabin from which it may be entered directly; or

(b)any such accommodation forming part of a permanent hospital.

30. (1) In every ship to which these regulations apply, other than a ship
engaged exclusively in the river trade area, there shall be installed adequate
cooking facilities in permanent steel deckhouses of at least 6 feet in clear height

(a)fitted with cooking ranges and rice boilers adequate for the maximum
number of unberthed passengers that the vessel is certificated to
carry or is intended to carry, whichever is the greater number; and

(b)placed on the weather deck in positions approved by the Director.

(2) In any ship in which passengers are carried in between decks in both
the fore part and the after part of the ship, two such galleys shall be installed,
one each in the fore and after parts of the ship.

(3) Such galleys shall be in addition to and separate from the galleys
provided for the crew of the ship.





(4) The cooking facilities required to be installed pursuant to
paragraph (1) shall be deemed to be adequate if there is provided in the
galleys intended for the exclusive use of unberthed passengers

(a)an area of range top-plate or boiling table, amounting to at
least 10 square feet for the first 250 passengers or part thereof,
with the addition of 1 square foot for every additional 75
passengers or part thereof; and

(b)boiling or steaming appliances for cooking rice of a capacity of
at least 25 gallons for the first 250 passengers or part thereof,
with the addition of 2 gallons for every additional 50
passengers or part thereof.

(5) Each such galley shall also be fitted with-

(a)adequate natural lighting from overhead and, as far as is
reasonable and practicable, from all sides;

(b)efficient artificial lighting in the way of the cooking range and
the food preparing tables;

(e)efficient mechanical exhaust ventilation over the cooking
range, so designed that fumes from the cooking appliances
shall discharge to the open air;

(d)ventilation openings with sparred gratings in the side and end
bulkheads, fitted with dust-proof hinged steel shutters;

(e)sufficient number of dressers, each fitted with a sink
constructed of stainless steel or other metal approved by the
Director, drained by a waste pipe of at least 21 inches in
diameter and so constructed as to be easily cleaned of sludge
or other obstruction;

a fresh water spring-loaded tap over each sink, supplied by a
small service tank or other suitable arrangement;

(g)a serving table and a heavy portable chopping and cutting
block;

(h)adequate stowage racks for cooking utensils, materials and
implements, fitted with storm rails;

(i)if the cooking appliances are coal-fired, a dust-tight coalbox
fitted close down to the deck with the bottom thereof
cemented and fitted with means of filling from outside the
galley.

(6) No salt water tap shall be fitted over a sink or other place where
food is prepared; but a salt water tap may be fitted inside the galley for
cleansing purposes, in which case it shall be fitted with a lockable
stopcock to prevent it being used in port where the salt water may be
foul.

(7) The cooking range referred to in paragraph (4) shall-





(a)if oil-fired or coal-fired, be fitted with an efficient chimneypipe,
which shall be suitably fitted at bends with inspection plates to
facilitate cleaning and which shall allow the escape of smoke from the
cooking range to open air;

(b)if oil-fired, be supplied by oil fuel supply tanks placed outside the
galley, which shall be fitted with a main supply valve operable from
the weather deck or other safe position and with efficient filling,
ventilating and other overflow arrangements:

Provided that no oil flashing below 150 Fahrenheit shall be
permitted for use in any such oil-fired galley;

(e)if heated by electricity, be fitted with heat variation switches, and

(d) be fitted with portable storm rails and bars.

(8) All cooking appliances, dressers, tables, boilers and ranges shall be
arranged with a 15-inch clearance from the deck to facilitate the cleaning of the
galley.

(9) The floor of every galley shall be constructed of tiles laid on cement or
other suitable material in accordance with paragraph (9) of regulation 7 and shall
be fitted with a non-slip surface in working spaces and also a gutter in a suitable
position leading to an overside scupper for the purpose of facilitating drainage.

(10) The Director may exempt any ship from the provisions of this
regulation if the ship is engaged exclusively in the river trade area.

31. (1) In every ship to which these regulations apply, there shall be fitted
an adequate number of fresh water tanks having an

aggregate capacity sufficient for the total number of passengers that the ship is
certificated to carry or is intended to carry, whichever is the greater number, and
for the voyages anticipated.

(2) For the purposes of paragraph (1), the total quantity of fresh water
required to be carried shall be deemed to be adequate if the minimum capacity of
the fresh water storage is sufficient for the consumption of at least 5 gallons of
fresh water per day per passenger, exclusive of the water required for boiler
purposes and for the crew of the ship.

(3) Where facilities referred to in paragraph (1) are available for distilling
water on board a ship the total capacity of available fresh water storage tanks
may be reduced; but at least half the total quantity required shall be supplied
from sources other than the distiller.

(4) All fresh water storage tanks shall be clean and watertight and shall, if
they are situated adjacent to oil fuel storage tanks, be separated therefrom by a
cofferdam to prevent contamination.





(5) No fresh water storage tank shall be fitted below a deep tank not used
for storing water of similar purity.

(6) No piping other than for a fresh water delivery system shall pass
through a fresh water storage tank.

(7) The internal structure of every fresh water storage or service tank shall
be such as to facilitate draining and cleaning thereof.

(8) All access manholes to fresh water storage tanks shall be sited clear of
any sewerage tank, piping or other source of contamination and shall, if situate
on a tank crown, be fitted with raised coamings or spurn waters.

(9) Every air pipe and filling pipe to any such tank shall be led well clear
of the deck and any other source of contamination.

(10) Any pump used for delivering fresh water shall, except in case of
emergency, be reserved exclusively for that purpose.

(11) There shall be fitted, independent of the main fresh water supply
system, an adequate number of drinking water stations, fitted with suitable
draw-off taps and suitably distributed, for the use of unberthed passengers.

(12) Such drinking fresh water draw-off taps shall be provided in addition
to those provided in galleys and in washing accommodation.

(13) For the purposes of paragraph (11), the number of drinking water
stations shall be deemed to be adequate if there is provided not less than one
for every 200 unberthed passengers or part thereof that the ship is certificated
to carry or is intended to carry, whichever is the greater number.

(14) There shall be fitted to each such drinking water system filtering
equipment approved by the Director.

32. (1) In every ship to which these regulations apply engaged in voyages
of more than 48 hours duration, a properly constructed hospital, separate from
the passenger and crew accommodation, shall be provided.

(2) A separate dispensary, fitted with lockers, shelves and drawers for
medical equipment in accordance with the Merchant Shipping Medical Scales
and fitted with a full length settee or examination table, shall be provided
adjacent to each hospital.

(3) All hospital accommodation shall be situated in one part of the ship so
that, if citcumstances require it, the entire space of the hospital accommodation
may be used for isolation purposes.





(4) All hospital accommodation shall contain at least one lavatory,
immediately adjacent to and having direct access from the hospital.

(5) Where any isolation hospital is provided as part of the hospital
accommodation there shall be provided all additional lavatory, separate
from that provided for the main. hospital, having direct access to any
such isolation hospital.

(6) All hospitals, dispensaries and adjacent lavatories shall be

(a)constructed within permanently constructed steel erections
with a clear height of not less than 7 feet and in accordance
with regulation 6 and provided with adequate natural and
artificial lighting; and

(b)fitted with floor coverings approved by the Director and fitted
in accordance with paragraphs (9) and (10) of regulation 7.

(7) Every hospital shall be-

(a)provided with doors and passages giving access thereto of at
least 2 feet 6 inches in width in order to permit the passage of
a stretcher;

(b)provided with beds of internal dimension of at least 6 feet 3
inches by 2 feet 3 inches and constructed of metal with
detachable sides;

(e) provided with efficient heating arrangements;

(d) fitted so that-

(i) mechanical means of ventilation independent of the
means of ventilation prescribed in regulation 21 is provided;

(ii) the delivery of air shall be at least 1,660 cubic feet per
hour for each bed in a hospital; and

(iii) natural supply and exhaust ventilation to the open air
by means of ventilators independent of ventilators fitted to
any other space in the ship shall be provided in addition to
the mechanical means; and

(e) fitted with an electric fan..

(8) The beds in any hospital may be arranged in double tiers if the
upper tier is hinged or is removable, and at least one bed in every
hospital shall be in single tier and arranged, as far as is practicable, so
that it is accessible from both sides and from the foot.

(9) Every isolation hospital and. adjacent lavatory shall be provided
with a mechanical ventilation system, independent of the systems
provided for other hospitals and lavatories.





(10) Every stairway or ladderway leading to a deck on which a
hospital accommodation is situated shall be placed at a suitable angle
not less than 37' from the vertical and shall be of a width adequate for
the passage of a stretcher.

(11) Every lavatory within or serving any hospital accommodation
shall be

(a)provided with a wash-basin fitted with running fresh water
and an efficient and hygienic discharge system with waste
pipes so arranged as to facilitate cleaning;

(b)provided with a single water-closet seat with a trapped pan of
white vitreous china, with an adequate flush of water always
available and an adequate soil pipe so constructed as to
facilitate cleaning and minimize the risk of obstruction; and

(c)adequately lighted, both naturally and artificially, and
ventilated to the open air in accordance with paragraph (5) of
regulation 26, except in the case of a lavatory in or serving an
isolation hospital:

Provided that no lavatory shall be required to be fitted with a wash-
basin and running water if this facility is provided inside the hospital to
which the lavatory gives direct access.

(12) In all hospital accommodation, at least one lavatory shall be
provided with a bath or a shower-place, fitted with running fresh water,
and every such lavatory shall have fitted to it, at the lowest part of the
room, a scupper of at least 2 inches in diameter.

(13) Nothing in this regulation shall be deemed to be in conflict with
any regulation concerning hospitals, dispensaries and adjacent
washing accommodation or sanitary accommodation prescribed in the
Merchant Shipping (Crew Accommodation) Regulations in operation in
Hong Kong from time to time, where the Director is satisfied that the
hospital accommodation is adequate for both the crew and the
passengers of the ship.

33. (1) In every ship to which these regulations apply engaged in
the eastern trade area, other than a ship engaged exclusively in the river
trade area, hospital accommodation shall be provided

(a) separately for both male and female passengers; and

(b)in sufficient volume so that the aggregate deck area of each
hospital space, exclusive of any adjacent lavatories, washing
accommodation or dispensary shall be not less than 24 square
feet for each bed therein.

(2) Where the number of unberthed passengers that the ship is
certificated to carry or is intended to carry, whichever is the greater





(a)does not exceed 400, there shall be installed not less than four
hospital beds;

(b)exceeds 400 but does not exceed 600, there shall be, installed
not less than one hospital bed for every 100 unberthed
passengers, or part thereof; and

(c)exceeds 600, there shall be installed not less than six hospital
beds and at least one additional hospital bed for every 200
unberthed passengers, or part thereof.

(3) The total volume of space allocated for hospital accommodation
shall be divided and arranged so that

(a)where the number of hospital beds required to be installed is
four, the space shall be arranged so that not less than two
separate spaces are fitted as hospitals, with not more than two
beds in each such space;

(b)where the number of hospital beds required to be installed
exceeds four but does not exceed ten, the space shall be
arranged so that not less than three separate spaces are fitted
as hospitals, of which one such space shall be fitted as an
isolation hospital;

(c)where the number of hospital beds required to be installed
exceeds ten, the space shall be arranged so that not less than
four separate spaces are fitted as hospitals, of which at least
two such spaces shall be fitted as isolation hospitals;

(d)where the number of beds required to be installed does not
exceed nine, the space fitted as an isolation hospital shall be
required to contain only one bed; and

(e)where the number of beds required to be installed exceeds
nine, the spaces fitted as isolation hospitals shall each be
required to contain not less than two beds.

(4) In assessing tht total volume of hospital accommodation
required to be provided in any ship engaged in the eastern trade area
and carrying unberthed passengers, an additional hospital bed shall be
required to be installed for every 50 members of the crew, or part
thereof, if separate hospital accommodation is not provided for members
of the crew.

34. (1) In every ship to which these regulations apply, the interior
sides and crowns of any space or compartment allocated for the
accommodation of unberthed passengers shall be finished in a colour
the shade of which will not absorb light to any material extent.

(2) Bulkheads and ship side boundaries may be painted to a height
of 3 feet 6 inches from the deck with paint of a darker colour.

(3) The interior painted surfaces of hospitals shall be smooth

finished to facilitate cleaning thereof. 0





(4) Each space or compartment allocated for the accommodation of
unberthed passengers shall be plainly marked in English in accordance with the
passenger certificate for each class of voyage with the clear area in square feet
of the space or compartment and also the number of passengers allowed in that
space or compartment, the latter figure being plainly marked also in Chinese or
any other language appropriate to the nationality of the passengers being
carried.

(5) All sanitary accommodation and washing accommodation provided for
the use of unberthed passengers shall be plainly marked in Chinese or other
appropriate language with the sex of the persons for whose use each is
reserved.

(6) All paints used in passenger accommodation shall be of flame retardent
quality and shall be approved by the Director before being used.

35. (1) In every ship to which these regulations apply other than a ship
engaged exclusively in the river trade area, there shall be provided adequate
exercise space on the open decks for all passengers, which shall be protected by
awnings and sidescreens if it is not otherwise protected from the direct rays of
the sun.

(2) Such exercise space shall be provided in addition to that required for
use by members of the crew.

(3) No measurement for the clear area allocated for exercise spaces for
passengers shall include any space on

(a) a forecastle deck;

(b) a combined bridge and forecastle; or

(c) a complete superstructure,

that is situated within 'th of the ship's registered length measured from the stem
or that is forward of a breakwater, if fitted to the ship.

(4) No measurement for the clear area allocated for either berthing or
exercise space for passengers shall include any space

(a) that is less than 2 feet 6 inches in either length or breadth;

(b) that has not clear headroom of at least 6 feet;

(c)that is abreast any engine or boiler casing or any galley bulkhead that
is not effectively insulated; or

(d)that is necessary for direct access to and from any space allocated
for passenger accommodation, washing or sanitary accommodation,
machinery space or any space used for boat lowering equipment.





(5) Any measurement for clear area for berthing or exercise spaces
shall be made

(a)to the inside of frames, stiffeners, sparring or the inside edge
of waterways, whichever is the least;

(b)at the admeasurer's discretion, either geometrically or by
Simpsons Rules, in which latter case, the number of breadths
shall be taken as suitable to the curvature of the boundaries.

(6) In every ship to which these regulations apply, engaged in
voyages in the eastern trade area, no measurement for clear area
allocated for either accommodation or exercise space for unberthed
passengers shall include any space which is

(a)reserved for the exclusive use of a grade of berthed
passengers or that is required for the purpose of giving access
to any such reserved space;

(b) on a boat stowage deck; or

(c)necessary for maintaining adequate passageway within such
accommodation:

Provided that any space beneath a boat which is housed other than
on the main boat deck of the ship and so slung as to be at least 6 feet
clear of the deck may, at the discretion of the Director, be so included in
the measurement of clear area.

(7) If any of the space measured for passengers is occupied by
cargo, livestock (including fish), cattle, stores or other articles, one
passenger shall be deducted from the total number which the ship is
certificated to carry for every 12 superficial feet so occupied.

(8) When cattle are carried they shall be effectively shut off from
the passenger spaces.

(9) Exercise space for either passengers or crew shall not be
required in ships which are engaged exclusively in the river trade area.

(10) The term 'clear area- used in this regulation shall have the
meaning as defined in paragraph (1) of regulation 2, except that in
vessels engaged in the river trade area, there shall be allowed for
inclusion for measurement as berthing space for unberthed passengers,
any hatchway which is securely battened down and covered and which
is easily accessible and clear of encumbrances.

36. (1) In every ship to which these regulations apply, there shall be
provided exercise space in accordance with regulation 35, for the
following grades of berthed passengers





(a)first class passengers, at the rate of 36 square feet per person;

(b)second and third (including intermediate) class passengers, at
the rate of 24 square feet per person.

(2) In every ship to which these regulations apply engaged in the
eastern trade area, other than a ship engaged exclusively in the river
trade area, unberthed passengers, in addition to any other spaces
allocated for their use, shall be provided with exercise space in
accordance with regulation 35, at the rate of 4 square feet per person.

(3) No such exercise space for passengers shall be measured until
exercise space, adequate in area, has, in accordance with the Merchant
Shipping (Crew Accommodation) Regulations from time to time in
operation in Hong Kong, been allowed for the total number of crew:

Provided that, in ships to which these regulations apply engaged
in the eastern trade area, such space for the crew may be allowed in
areas not permitted for passengers by paragraph (2) of regulation 35,
and shall be deemed to be adequate if allowed at the rate of 4 square
feet per member of the crew.

37. (1) In every ship to which these regulations apply, the number
of adult first, second and third (including intermediate) class
passengers shall, subject to these regulations, be determined by the
number of properly constructed bunks, pullman berths, beds or settees,
each of which shall be of internal dimensions of at least 6 feet by 2 feet.

(2) There shall be not more than two tiers of bunks or berths in any
space or cabin.

(3) Where small berths for children are fitted and the owner of the
ship requires that such shall be counted and shown on the passenger
certificate, every such berth shall be so constructed and arranged that
there is no danger of the child being thrown out by the motion of the
ship.

(4) Not less than 36 square feet clear area shall be allowed for
every two such children's berths and such berths shall be not less than
the following dimensions

(a)for children between 1 and 3 years of age, 3 feet 6 inches by 1
foot 4 inches;

(b)for children between 3 and 8 years of age, 4 feet 6 inches by 1
foot 6 inches; and

(e)for children between 8 and 12 years of age, 5 feet 3 inches by
1 foot 8 inches.





(5) Nothing in this regulation shall, in any ship to which these regulations
apply engaged on voyages other than in the eastern trade area or river trade area,
limit the number of passengers, of any grade or class, berthed in any particular
cabin or space:

Provided that in the first and second class accommodation there shall be
provided, in addition to a berth as required by paragraph (1), a minimum floor
area of 24 square feet per person; and for class or grades lower than second
class, there shall be provided, in addition to a berth required by paragraph. (1), a
minimum floor area of 12 square feet and a minimum volume of 72 cubic feet per
person.

38. (1) In every ship to which these regulations apply engaged exclusively
in the river trade area, there shall be allowed for

(a)first class passengers, the number of properly constructed bunks,
pullman berths, beds and settees in cabins, each of which shall be of
internal dimensions of at least 6 feet by 2 feet; and in addition to the
above there may be allowed within the accommodation such as
lounges and dining rooms, allocated for the use of saloon and first
class passengers, the least number of passengers computed in
accordance with the following methods

(i) by seating, according to the number of seats or chairs available;
and in the case of continuous settees a length of 24 inches shall be
allowed for each passenger;

(ii) by floor area, in the proportion of one passenger for each 15
square feet; and

(iii) by cubic capacity, in the proportion of one passenger for each
120 cubic feet.

(b)second class passengers, in addition to the number of properly
constructed bunks, pullman berths, beds or settees of the minimum
internal dimensions referred to in sub-paragraph (a), within cabins
containing not more than 4 berths each, other cabins or spaces may
be assessed according to the least of the following numbers

(i) the number of berths;

(ii) the floor area in square feet (including the space occupied by
beds or berths) divided by 12; or

(iii) the cubic capacity divided by 84.

(2) There shall be direct access to each of the berths or bunks referred to in
paragraph (1) and there shall not be more than two tiers of berths in any
compartment.

(3) The distance between the deck and the lower side of the berth
immediately above shall be not less than 15 inches and the





distance between the tiers and between the upper tier and the deck
above shall be not less than 2 feet 6 inches.

(4) In addition to the requirements of sub-paragraph (b) of
paragraph (1), space within public rooms allocated for second class
passengers may also be included, the numbers allowed being
determined in a manner similar to that indicated for first class public
rooms except that the figures in sub-sub-paragraphs (i), (ii), and (iii) of
sub-paragraph (b) of paragraph (1) shall be taken to be 21, 12 and 84,
respectively.

(5) Unberthed passengers may be allowed in any compartment
otherwise approved for their accommodation, and the maximum number
permissible shall be determined by dividing the available clear area in
square feet

(a) if on the main deck, by 6; or

(b) if. on the deck next above the main deck, by 9:

Provided that

(c)the number of decks upon which passengers may be carried
shall not exceed three, that is, the main deck and the two decks
above it; and

(d) no area for passengers shall be measured which-

(i) does not comply with paragraph (3) of regulation 35; or

(ii) is abreast any deckhouse on the deck next above the
main deck.

(6) The total number of passengers to be allowed on any vessel
engaged exclusively in the river trade area shall be subject to any
limitation, which in the opinion of the Director, may be necessary
having regard to the stability of the vessel.

39. (1) In every ship to which these regulations apply engaged on
short international voyages in the eastern trade area, other than a
voyage in the river trade area, the number of unberthed passengers to
be allowed in respect of any compartment allocated for passenger
accommodation and fitted in accordance with the provisions of these
regulations, and subject to the provision of sufficient exercise space in
accordance With regulation 36, shall be determined by dividing the
available clear area in square feet of any such compartment, measured in
accordance with regulation 35, as follows

(a) in detached superstructures or deckhouses, by 12;

(b) in uppermost between decks, by 9; and

(c) in lower between decks, by 9.

(2) In every ship to which these regulations apply engaged on
voyages either not in the eastern trade area, or not being short





international voyages or voyages in the river trade area, the number of
passengers shall in no case exceed the number of properly constructed
separate berths, which shall be

(a) not less than 6 feet by 2 feet in internal dimensions;

(b)properly fitted, secured and arranged so that there is direct
access to every bunk;

(e)arranged so that there are not more than two tiers in any one
compartment, and so that the distance between the deck and
the lower side of the bunk immediately above it shall be not
less than 15 inches nor the distance between the tiers and
between the upper tier and the deck less than 2 feet 6 inches;
and

(d)aligned clear of the compartment sides and inboard of the
waterways or scuppers, so as to permit of unrestricted access
to the side scuttles.

40. (1) In every ship to which these regulations apply, engaged on
voyages other than short international voyages in the eastern trade
area, no weather deck passenger shall be carried without the special
permission of the Director.

(2) In every ship to which these regulations apply, engaged on
short international voyages in the eastern trade area, weather deck
passengers shall be carried only between ports within the following
limits, namely, Hong Kong, the coast of China, Taiwan, Vietnam,
Cambodia, laos and the Philippine Islands.

(3) Between the I st day of June and the 14th day of October, both
days inclusive, every ship which carries weather deck passengers within
the limits referred to in paragraph (2) shall, for the use of such
passengers, be provided with a deckhouse or other permanent
protection against the weather:

Provided that this paragraph shall not apply to voyages between
Hong Kong and Swatow, on which run the full number of weather deck
passengers may be carried at all seasons of the year without the
provision of a deckhouse.

(4) Subject to the limitations prescribed in paragraphs (1), (2) and
(3), any residue of weather deck clear area remaining, after due exercise
space for all passengers and crew has been deducted in accordance
with regulations 35 and 36, may be allowed for the carriage of weather
deck passengers, in the proportion of 12 square feet per person.

(5) For the purposes of this regulation, 'weather deck passenger'
means a passenger carried on the weather deck of a ship to which this
regulation applies.





41. (1) The total number of unberthed passengers allowed in any
compartment or space shall be the least number for which there is either
area, means of ingress and egress, ventilation or lighting, respectively,
as deemed adequate by these regulations.

(2) The total number of passengers allowed in any ship to which
these regulations apply shall be the least number for which the Director
is satisfied that there is provided adequate washing, sanitary or hospital
accommodation respectively in accordance with these regulations:

Provided that no more passengers shall be carried than are
permitted under the Merchant Shipping (Life-Saving Appliances) Rules
or Merchant Shipping (Radio) Rules, made by the Board of Trade and
from time to time in operation in Hong Kong.

42. (1) Every ship to which these regulations apply shall be marked
on both sides with the sub-division load lines as prescribed by the
Merchant Shipping (Passenger Ship Construction) Rules from time to
time in operation in Hong Kong.

(2) Every ship to which the Simla Rules from time to time in
operation in Hong Kong apply engaged in the eastern trade area and
carrying unberthed passengers within the area to which the Simla Rules
apply shall be marked with the sub-division load lines assigned in
accordance with such Rules.

(3) In no case shall any such ship be so loaded as to submerge the
load line appropriate to the season and locality, as determined by the
load line certificate issued in accordance with the Load Line Rules.

43. The Director may exempt any ship of unusual design from the
requirements of any of these regulations, to the extent that he is
satisfied that accommodation or facilities equal to or superior in
standard to those required by these regulations, are available for the
use of passengers of any class or grade.
L.N. 171/69. Citation. Interpretation. (S.I. 1953/592.) (S.I. 1965/1103.) Application. Plans. Spaces for passengers. Bulkheads. Deck sheathing and floors. Safety measures - piping installations, notices, entrances and exits, hatchway openings and ventilation trunks. Ventilation of sanitary accommodation. Provision for spaces in which livestock may be carried. separation of passenger spaces from spaces occupied by livestock, fish or cargo. Fittings on deck spaces to which passengers have access. Means of access and egress, generally. Stairways. Landings. Doors and entrances. Locks and grilles. Means of escape. Means of access and egress in ships engaged in the eastern trade area. Means of access and egress in ships engaged in the river trade area. Ventilation , berthed passenger accommodation. Ventilation, underthed passenger accommodation. Mechanical ventilation of unberthed passenger spaces. Natural lighting. Electrical fittings, artificial and emergency lighting. (Cap. 281, sub. leg.) Provision of water-closets. Washing accommodation, generally. Washing accommodation in ships engaged in the eastern trade area. Washing accommodation in ships engaged in the river trade area. Galleys. Fresh water supply. Hospitals and dispensaries, generally. (Cap. 281, sub. leg.) Hospital accommodation for unberthed passengers. Painting and marking of spaces. Measurement of spaces, generally. Exercise space allowances. (Cap. 281, sub. leg.) Number of berthed passengers, generally. Number of passengers who may be carried within the river trade area. Number of unberthed passengers who may be carried in the eastern trade area. Number of weather deck passengers who may be carried in the eastern trade area. Total number of passengers. Limiting draughts. Passenger ships of unusual design.

Abstract

L.N. 171/69. Citation. Interpretation. (S.I. 1953/592.) (S.I. 1965/1103.) Application. Plans. Spaces for passengers. Bulkheads. Deck sheathing and floors. Safety measures - piping installations, notices, entrances and exits, hatchway openings and ventilation trunks. Ventilation of sanitary accommodation. Provision for spaces in which livestock may be carried. separation of passenger spaces from spaces occupied by livestock, fish or cargo. Fittings on deck spaces to which passengers have access. Means of access and egress, generally. Stairways. Landings. Doors and entrances. Locks and grilles. Means of escape. Means of access and egress in ships engaged in the eastern trade area. Means of access and egress in ships engaged in the river trade area. Ventilation , berthed passenger accommodation. Ventilation, underthed passenger accommodation. Mechanical ventilation of unberthed passenger spaces. Natural lighting. Electrical fittings, artificial and emergency lighting. (Cap. 281, sub. leg.) Provision of water-closets. Washing accommodation, generally. Washing accommodation in ships engaged in the eastern trade area. Washing accommodation in ships engaged in the river trade area. Galleys. Fresh water supply. Hospitals and dispensaries, generally. (Cap. 281, sub. leg.) Hospital accommodation for unberthed passengers. Painting and marking of spaces. Measurement of spaces, generally. Exercise space allowances. (Cap. 281, sub. leg.) Number of berthed passengers, generally. Number of passengers who may be carried within the river trade area. Number of unberthed passengers who may be carried in the eastern trade area. Number of weather deck passengers who may be carried in the eastern trade area. Total number of passengers. Limiting draughts. Passenger ships of unusual design.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3095

Edition

1964

Volume

v18

Subsequent Cap No.

281

Number of Pages

39
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:30:21 +0800
<![CDATA[MERCHANT SHIPPING (MARINE COURTS) REGULATIONS]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3094

Title

MERCHANT SHIPPING (MARINE COURTS) REGULATIONS

Description






MERCHANT SHIPPING (MARINE COURTS)
REGULATIONS.
(Cap. 281, section 58).
[30th August, 1968.1

1. These regulations may be cited as the Merchant
Shipping (Marine Courts) Regulations.

2. In these regulations, unless the context otherwise requires-

'Director' means the Director of Marine;






'investigation' means an investigation by a marine court as to a
casualty affecting a ship and an inquiry by a marine court into a
charge of incompetency or misconduct on the part of the master or
a mate or engineer of a ship;

'marine court' means a marine court appointed under section 52 of the
Ordinance.

3. (1) Where a marine court has been appointed to make an
investigation as to a casualty affecting a ship, the Director shall cause a
notice of investigation in the prescribed form to be served on the owner,
or the agent in Hong Kong of the owner, of the ship and on any other
person who in his opinion ought to be served with the notice.

(2) Where a marine court has been appointed to inquire into a
charge of incompetency or misconduct on the part of the master or a
mate or engineer of a ship, the Director shall cause a notice of
investigation in the prescribed form to be served on the master, mate or
engineer.

(3) A notice of investigation shall-

(a)specify the time and place at which the investigation will
commence; and

(b)be accompanied by a statement of the questions which, on
the information then in his possession, the Director considers
that the marine court will be called upon to determine.

4. (1) The Director may, at any time before the investigation
commences, by a subsequent notice amend the statement of questions
accompanying the notice of investigation served pursuant to paragraph
(2) of regulation 3.

(2) Such notice shall be served, before the investigation
commences, on each person on whom the notice of investigation was
served.





5. A marine court shall not sit in a building in which any
court sits.

6. (1) The Director and each person on whom a notice of
investigation has been served under regulation 3 shall be a party to the
investigation.

(2) Any other person may, by leave of the marine court, appear at
an investigation, and any person so appearing shall also be a party to
the investigation.

7. (1) The Director may be represented at an investigation by a
legal officer within the meaning of the Legal Officers Ordinance or by
counsel or a solicitor.

(2) Any other party to an investigation, and any other-person who
is required to give evidence or produce documents before a marine
court, may be represented by counsel or a solicitor.

8. (1) Any party to an investigation may serve on any other such
party notice in writing requiring him to produce any document relating
to the matters in question and which is in the possession of or under the
control of such other party.

(2) Where a notice to produce a document is not complied with,
secondary evidence of the document may be given by the party who
gave the notice.

9. (1) Any party to an investigation may serve on any other such
party notice in writing requiring him to admit the documents specified in
the notice.

(2) If the party on whom a notice is served under paragraph (1)
does not admit any document specified therein, he shall, within fourteen
days after the service of the notice, serve on the party by whom it was
given a notice in writing stating that he does not admit the document
and requires it to be proved.

(3) A party who does not serve notice in accordance with
paragraph (2) in relation to any document shall be deemed to have
admitted the document unless the marine court otherwise orders.

10. A summons requiring any person to attend before a marine
court to give evidence or to produce any document shall be in the
prescribed form.

11. (1) A marine court may receive and consider any evidence
which in the opinion of the court is material to the questions which it is
to determine, notwithstanding that the evidence would not be
admissible in the courts of Hong Kong under the law relating to
evidence:





Provided that neither a party to the investigation nor any
person who is required to give evidence before the court shall be
bound to answer any question tending to incriminate him.

(2) Without prejudice to paragraph (1), a marine court may
receive and consider any affidavit or statutory declaration.

12. A marine court may proceed with the investigation
whether or not the parties to the investigation, or any of them,
are present.

13. The proceedings before a marine court shall commence
with the production and examination of witnesses by the Director.

14. The marine court shall determine in which order the
parties to the investigation may question a witness produced and
examined by any other party.

15. No objection shall be allowed to any evidence adduced
.in the course of the examination of witnesses produced by the
Director on the ground that such evidence is not relevant to any
question in the statement of questions accompanying the notice of
investigation served pursuant to paragraph (2) of regulation 3.

16. (1) At the conclusion of the examination of the witnesses
produced by the Director, he shall state to the marine court, having
regard to the evidence given by those witnesses, the questions
which the court is to determine.

(2) In framing such questions, the Director shall not be
bound by any question in the statement of questions accompanying
the notice of investigation served pursuant to paragraph (2) of
regulation 3.

(3) Any party may request the marine court to add further
questions as questions which the court is to determine and if any
other party objects to the addition of those questions the court,
after considering the objections, shall determine whether or not
those questions shall be questions which it is to determine.

17. (1) After the questions which the marine court is to
determine have been settled, each party to the investigation may
address the court and produce witnesses, including any witness
produced by the Director.

(2) A marine court shall determine the order in which the
parties to the investigation (other than the Director) may so address
the court and produce witnesses.





18. At the conclusion of the examination of the witnesses called by
the other parties to the investigation, the Director may produce further
witnesses.

19. A marine court may at any time permit any party to the
investigation to put further questions to any witness.

20. (1) Each party to the investigation may make a final address to
the court on the evidence.

(2) At the conclusion of all the addresses made to the court
pursuant to paragraph (1), the Director may make a final address in reply
on the whole case.

1

21. A marine court may adjourn an investigation from time to time. 1
1

22. (1) Save as provided in subsection (2) of section 55 of the
Ordinance, a marine court may give its decision in writing.

(2) Where the decision of a marine court is given in open court, the
decision may be given in the absence of the assessors.

(3) W here the decision of a marine court is given in writing, the
decision shall be served on each of the parties to the investigation.

23. (1) Any notice, summons or other document to be served under
these regulations may be served personally or by registered post.

(2) The service of any such notice, summons or other document
may be proved by affidavit.

24. These regulations shall apply mutatis mutandis to a rehearing
ordered by the Governor under subsection (1) of section 56 of the
Ordinance.

25. The forms in the Schedule are prescribed for the purposes of
these regulations.





SCHEDULE. [reg. 25.1

FORM 1. 1.
Notice of investigation.

MERCHANT SHIPPING ORDINANCE.
(Chapter 281).
MERCHANT SHIPPING (MARINE COURTS) REGULATIONS.
Notice of Investigation.

TO .................................

TAKE NOTICE that

a marine court has been appointed under section 52 of the Merchant Shipping
Ordinance to make investigation as to a casualty affecting

...................................

a marine court has been appointed under section 52 of the Merchant Shipping
Ordinance to inquire into charges of incompetency/misconduct on your part
when .........................................................

...................................
2. The investigationlinquiry will commence at o'clock

on the .day of ......19 .at

3. Attached hereto is a copy of the report/a statement of the case on which the
investigation/inquiry has been ordered.

4. Also attached hereto is a statement of the questions which, on the
information now in his possession, the Director of Marine considers that the
marine court will be called upon to determine. Under the Merchant Shipping
(Marine Courts) Regulations, these questions may be varied, omitted or added to
either before or during the investigation/inquiry.

5. You are informed that by virtue of regulation 6 of the Merchant Shipping
(Marine Courts) Regulations service of this notice on you will constitute you a
party to the investigationlinquiry.

Dated this .day of ....19

.................

Delete whichever is inapplicable.
Delete if inapplicable.

FORM 2.

Summons to witness.
MERCHANT SHIPPING (MARINE COURTS) REGULATIONS.

TO .................................

WHEREAS-

a marine court has been appointed under section 52 of the Merchant
Shipping Ordinance to make investigation as to a casualty affecting

...................................
...................................





a marine court has been appointed under section 52 of the Merchant Shipping
Ordinance to inquire into charges of incompetency/mis

conduct on the part of when

....................................

AND WHEREAS it appears that you are likely to give evidence which is
material to the investigation/inquiry.

THESE ARE, THEREFORE, to require you to be and appear on day

the ...day of ........19 .at ....o'clock

in the ........noon at ........................................................................

before the marine court then sitting there to testify what you know concerning the
matter of the investigation/inquiry.

Dated this .day of .......19

President.

Delete whichever is inapplicable.
Marine court not to sit in court building. Parties to proceedings. Representation at investigation. (Cap. 87.) Notice to produce. Notice to admit documents. Summons to witness. Court not bound by rules of evidence. Hearing Commencement of proceedings. Cross-examination of witnesses. Certain questions, etc. not to be objected to. Framing of questions for court. Calling of witnesses, etc. by other parties. Director of Marine may call further witnesses. Any party may put further questions to a witness. Final address by parties. Adjournment of investigation. Decision of court. Service of notice, etc. Regulations to apply to re-hearing of investigation. Prescribed forms. Schedule.

Abstract

Marine court not to sit in court building. Parties to proceedings. Representation at investigation. (Cap. 87.) Notice to produce. Notice to admit documents. Summons to witness. Court not bound by rules of evidence. Hearing Commencement of proceedings. Cross-examination of witnesses. Certain questions, etc. not to be objected to. Framing of questions for court. Calling of witnesses, etc. by other parties. Director of Marine may call further witnesses. Any party may put further questions to a witness. Final address by parties. Adjournment of investigation. Decision of court. Service of notice, etc. Regulations to apply to re-hearing of investigation. Prescribed forms. Schedule.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3094

Edition

1964

Volume

v18

Subsequent Cap No.

281

Number of Pages

6
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:30:20 +0800
<![CDATA[MERCHANT SHIPPING (LIFE SAVING APPLIANCES) REGULATIONS]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3093

Title

MERCHANT SHIPPING (LIFE SAVING APPLIANCES) REGULATIONS

Description






MERCHANT SHIPPING SAVING APPLIANCES)
REGULATIONS.

ARRANGEMENT OF REGULATIONS.

Regulation.................................. Page.

1. Citation ................................... ... ... ... ... ... K2

2............................Interpretation, application and construction ... ... ... ... ... K 2

3.................Classification of ships ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... K 3

4. Ships of Class A...................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... K 4
5. Ships of Class B...................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... K 6
6. Ships of Class C...................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... K 8
7. Ships of Class D...................... ... ... ... ... ... ... . K10
8. Ships of Class E...................... ... ... . ... ... ... ... K11
9. Ships of Class F...................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... K 13
10. Ships of Class G............... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... K15
11. Ships of Class H............... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... K 16
12. Ships of Class J .............. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... K 16
13. Ships of Class K ........... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... K 16
14. Ships of Class L ........... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... K 17
15. Ships of Class M ........... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... K 18
16. Ships of Class N ........ ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... K 18

First Schedule. Table of Davits and Capacity of Boats (generally) ... ... ... K 18

Second Schedule. Tables of Lifebuoys ......... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... K 19

Third Schedule. Specified Areas ................. ... ... ... ... ... ... K 20

Fourth Schedule. Table relating to davits and the capacity of lifeboats and

inflatable liferafts carried in ships of Classes G and L ... K 21

Fifth Schedule..........Specified Sheltered Waters ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... K 22





MERCHANT SHIPPING (LIFE SAVING APPLIANCES)
REGULATIONS.

(Cap. 281, section 38).

[12th November, 1965.]

1. These regulations may be cited as the Merchant Shipping (Life
Saving Appliances) Regulations.

2. (1) For the purposes of these regulations, unless the context
otherwise requires

'approved' in relation to life saying appliances of any kind referred to
in these regulations means approved by the Director;

'pilgrim trade- means the conveyance to or from any port in the Red Sea
of Mohammedan pilgrims going to or returning from the Hedjaz;

'River Trade Limits means

(a)the waters in the vicinity of the Colony within the following
boundaries

(i) to the East, meridian 114' 30' East;

(ii) to the South, parallel 22' 9' North;

(iii) to the West, meridian 113' 31' East; and

(b)all inland waterways in the provinces of Kwangtung and
Kwangsi on the mainland of China to which access can be
obtained by water from the area defined in paragraph (a);

'Rules' means the Merchant Shipping (Life Saving Appliances) Rules
1958 made by the Minister of Transport and Civil Aviation, in the
United Kingdom, in exercise of powers conferred by section 427 of
the Merchant Shipping Act 1894, as substituted by section 2 of the
Merchant Shipping (Safety Convention) Act 1949, and all other
powers enabling him in that behalf, and any such rules amending
the same;.

'Simla Rule ship' means a passenger steamer which is engaged or about
to be engaged on any international voyage involving the carriage
at any one time of more than fifty unberthed passengers--

(a)in the pilgrim trade to or from any country which for the time
being accedes to the Simla Rules 1931, made pursuant to the
provisions of the International Conven





tion for the Safety of Life at Sea, 1929, from or to any port in
the Red Sea; or

(b)in any trade other than the pilgrim trade, to or from any such
country,

provided that the keel of such ship was laid after the 1 st day of
January, 1933, or that such ship was certified to carry more than
fifty unberthed passengers at any one time in any trade referred to
in this definition during a period of two years prior to that date;
and the expression 'existing Simla Rule ship' means a ship the keel
of which was laid within such period and which was, within such
period, certified to carry such passengers;

'specified area' means any area specified in the Third Schedule;

'specified sheltered waters' means the waters contained in any area
specified in the Fifth Schedule.

(2) Otherwise than as provided in paragraph (1), words and
expressions used in these regulations and in the Rules or the Ordinance
shall have the same meaning as is assigned thereto in the Rules or the
Ordinance as the case may be.

(3) Subject to the specific provisions of these regulations and to
such consequential modifications as may be required to give effect to
such specific provisions, the Rules shall apply in the case of ships to
which these regulations apply in the manner hereinafter specified and
such Rules shall be construed as one with these regulations:

Provided that in case of existing Simla Rule ships which do not
already comply with the Rules as modified by these regulations,
compliance shall be deemed sufficient if such improvements as are
practicable and reasonable are made with a view to providing
substantial compliance with the general principles of the Rules as so
modified.

(4) In so far as the Rules are applied to ships to which these
regulations apply, references to the Minister shall be construed as
references to the Director.

(5) Paragraphs (2) to (7) inclusive of rule 48 of the Rules shall not
apply in the case of any ship to which these regulations apply.

3. (1) For the purposes of these regulations the ships to which the
regulations apply shall be arranged in the following classes

Simla Rule ships-not engaged in the pilgrim trade.

trade, plying on long international voyages.





trade, plying on long international voyages in specified
areas.

trade, plying on short international voyages.

trade, plying on short international voyages in
specified areas.

Simla Rule ships-engaged in the pilgrim trade.

plying on long international voyages.

plying on short international voyages.

Other ships.

Limits.

international voyages not being certified to carry
passengers.

proceed to sea within a range not exceeding six
hundred miles from the Colony.

Class K. Trawlers.

Colony.

boats or ships of Class N) which proceed to sea.

inclusive of the Rules) exceeding 15 tons burden.

(2) In any case of doubt as to which class, if any, is applicable for
the registration of a ship under these regulations the decision of the
Director shall be final.

4. (1) Subject to the provisions of this regulation, the Rules $hall
apply to ships of Class A in the same manner as they apply to ships of
Class 1.

(2) Rule 3 of the Rules shall apply to ships of Class A subject to
the following modifications

(a)The following provisions are substituted for the provisions
contained in paragraph (2) of rule 3 of the Rules

Every ship to which this rule applies shall, subject to the
provisions of section 118 of the Ordinance and





rule 48 of the Rules (as modified by regulation 2 of these
regulations), be fitted, in accordance with its length, with the
number of sets of davits determined in accordance with
column (A) of the table set out in the First Schedule to these
regulations:

Provided that

(i) if in the opinion of the Director it is not practicable to
place on any particular ship the number of davits specified in
such column (A) and the total capacity of the lifeboats carried
in such ship is not less than the minimum aggregate capacity
determined in accordance with column (D) of such table, then
the Director may authorize, if in all the circumstances he is
satisfied that it is safe and expedient, such lesser number of
sets of davits, not being less than the minimum number
determined in accordance with column (B) of the table, as he
may think fit; and

(ii) no ship shall be required to be fitted with a number of
sets of davits greater than the number of lifeboats required to
accommodate the total number of persons which the ship is
certified to carry.

(b)The following provisions are substituted for the provisions
contained in paragraph (5) of rule 3 of the Rules

Where the lifeboats carried in compliance with the
provisions of rule 3 of the Rules (as modified by this
regulation) do not provide accommodation for the total
number of persons which the ship is certified to carry or the
minimum aggregate capacity determined in accordance with
column (D) of the table set out in the First Schedule to these
regulations, whichever is the less, additional sets of davits
with lifeboats attached shall be fitted as far as is practicable in
the circumstances to make up the deficiency in such
accommodation. If in the opinion of the Director it is
impracticable to fit such additional sets of davits, additional
lifeboats or, in the discretion of the Director, such approved
liferafts or other approved buoyant apparatus as he may think
fit to make up the deficiency shall be carried, such additional
lifeboats or such liferafts or buoyant apparatus being stowed
in such manner as the Director may determine but not so as to
impede the efficient operation of the two emergency boats
carried in compliance with paragraph (4) of rule 3 of the Rules.

(e)The following provisions are substituted for the provisions
contained in paragraph (13) of rule 3 of the Rules

Every ship to which this rule applies shall carry at least
the number of lifebuoys determined in accordance





with column 2 of Part 1 of the table set out in the Second
Schedule to these regulations.

(d)The provisions of paragraph (12) of rule 3 of the Rules shall
not apply to ships of Class A.

(3) Rule 33 of the Rules shall apply to lifeboats carried in ships of
Class A in the same manner as such rule applies to lifeboats carded in
ships of Class I subject to the following modification, namely, that the
Director may in his discretion authorize a reduction, not exceeding one
half, in the quantity of condensed milk required to be carried by such
lifeboats.

5. (1) Subject to the provisions of this regulation, the Rules shall
apply to ships of Class B in the same manner as they apply to ships of
Class 1.

(2) Rule 3 of the Rules shall apply to ships of Class B subject to the
following modifications

(a)The following provisions are substituted for the provisions
contained in paragraph (2) of rule 3 of the Rules

Every ship to which this rule applies shall, subject to the
provisions of section 118 of the Ordinance and rule 48 of the
Rules (as modified by regulation 2 of these regulations), be
fitted, in accordance with its length, with the number of sets of
davits specified in column (A) of the table set out in the First
Schedule to these regulations:

Provided that

(i) if in the opinion of the Director it is not practicable to
place on any particular ship the number of davits specified in
such column (A) and the total capacity of the lifeboats carded
in such ship is not less than the minimum aggregate capacity
specified in column (F) of such table, then the Director may
authorize, if in all the circumstances he is satisfied that it is safe
and expedient, such lesser number of sets of davits, not being
less than the number specified in column (B) of the table, as he
may think fit; and

(ii) no ship shall be required to be fitted with a number of
sets of davits greater than the number of lifeboats required to
accommodate the total number of persons which the ship is
certified to carry.

(b)The following provisions are substituted for the provisions
contained in paragraph (5) of rule 3 of the Rules

(i) Where the lifeboats carried in compliance with the
foregoing provisions of this Rule (as modified by this





regulation) do not provide accommodation for the total
number of persons which the ship is certified to carry or
the minimum cubic capacity specified in column (F) of
the table set out in the First Schedule to these regula-
tions whichever is the less, additional sets of davits with
lifeboats attached shall be fitted so far as is practicable
in the circumstances to make up the deficiency in such
accommodation. If in the opinion of the Director it is
not practicable to fit such additional sets of davits, addi-
tional lifeboats or, in the discretion of the Director, such
approved liferafts or other approved buoyant apparatus
as he may think fit to make up the deficiency shall be
carried, such additional lifeboats or such liferafts or
buoyant apparatus being stowed in such manner as the
Director may determine but not so as to impede the
efficient operation of the two emergency boats carried
in compliance with paragraph (4) of this rule.
(ii) In the case of ships of Class B engaged on voyages
in Area B specified in the Third Schedule to these regula-
tions where the lifeboats carried in compliance with the
foregoing provisions of this rule (as modified by this
regulation) do not accommodate eighty per cent of the
total number of persons which the ship is certified to carry,
or the minimum cubic capacity specified in column (F)
of the First Schedule to these regulations, whichever is
the less, additional sets of davits with lifeboats attached
shall be fitted so far as is practicable in the circumstances
to make up the deficiency in such accommodation. If in
the opinion of the Director it is not practicable to fit such
additional sets of davits, additional lifeboats or, in the
discretion of the Director, such approved liferafts or other
buoyant apparatus as he may think fit to make up the
deficiency shall be carried, such additional lifeboats or
such liferafts or buoyant apparatus being stowed in such
manner as the Director may determine but not so as to
impede the efficient operation of the two emergency boats
required to be carried in compliance with paragraph (4)
of this rule.

(c)The following provisions are substituted for the provisions
contained in paragraph (13) of rule 3 of the Rules-
Every ship to which this rule applies shall carry at
least the number of lifebuoys determined in accordance
with column 2 of Part 1 of the table set out in the Second
Schedule to these regulations.

(d)The provisions of paragraph (12) of rule 3 of the Rules
shall not apply to ships of Class B.





(3) Rule 33 of the Rules shall apply to lifeboats carried in ships of
Class B in the same manner as such rule applies to lifeboats carried in
ships of Class I subject to the following modifications

(a)the Director may in his discretion authorize a reduction, not
exceeding one half, in the quantity of condensed milk required
to be carried in such lifeboats; and

(b)in the case of ships of Class B engaged on voyages in Area B
specified in the Third Schedule to these regulations, no
condensed milk need be carried in such lifeboats.

6. (1) Subject to the provisions of this regulation, the Rules' shall
apply to ships of Class C in the same manner as they apply to ships of
Class 11.

(2) Rule 4 of the Rules shall apply to ships of Class C subject to the
following modifications

(a)The following provisions are substituted for the provisions
contained in paragraph (2) of rule 4 of the Rules

Every ship to which this rule applies shall, subject to the
provisions of section 118 of the Ordinance and of rule 48 of the
Rules (as modified by regulation 2 of these regulations), be
fitted, in accordance with its length, with -the number of sets
of davits determined in accordance with column (A) of the
table set out in the First Schedule to these regulations:

Provided that

(i) if in the opinion of the Director it is not practicable to
place on any particular ship the number of davits specified in
such column (A) and the total capacity of the lifeboats carried
in such ship is not less than the minimum aggregate capacity
specified in column (E) of such table, then the Director may
authorize, if in all the circumstances he is satisfied that it is
safe and expedient, such lesser number of sets of davits, not
being less than the number specified in column (B) of the table,
as he may think fit; and

(ii) no ship shall be required to be fitted with a number of
sets of davits greater than the number of lifeboats required to
accommodate the total number of persons which the ship is
certified to carry.

(b)The following provisions are substituted for the provisions
contained in paragraph (3) of rule 4 of the Rules

A lifeboat shall be attached to every set of davits.





(c)The following provisions are substituted for the provisions
contained in paragraph (5) of rule 4 of the Rules

Where the lifeboats carried in compliance with this rule
(as modified by this regulation) do not provide
accommodation for eighty per cent of the total number of
persons which the ship is certified to carry or the minimum
cubic capacity specified in column (E) of the table set out in
the First Schedule to these regulations, whichever is the less,
additional sets of davits with lifeboats attached shall be fitted
so far as is practicable in the circumstances to make up the
deficiency in such accommodation. If in the opinion of the
Director it is not practicable to fit such additional sets of
davits, additional lifeboats or, in the discretion of the Director,
such approved liferafts or other approved buoyant apparatus
as he may think fit to make up the deficiency shall be carried,
such additional lifeboats or such liferafts, or buoyant
apparatus being stowed in such manner as the Director may
determine but not so as to impede the efficient operation of
the two emergency boats carried in compliance with
paragraph (4) of this rule.

(d)The following provisions are substituted for the provisions
contained in paragraph (11) of rule 4 of the Rules

Where the number of lifeboats carried in compliance with
this rule (as modified by these regulations) is thirteen or less
and the ship is fitted with the minimum number of sets of
davits determined in accordance with column (B) of the table
set out in the First Schedule to these regulations, one of such
lifeboats shall be a Class A motor lifeboat or a Class B motor
lifeboat or a mechanically propelled lifeboat.

(e)The following provisions are substituted for the provisions
contained in paragraph (16) of rule 4 of the Rules--

Every ship to which this rule applies shall carry at least
the number of lifebuoys determined in accordance with
column 2 of Part 1 of the table set out in the Second Schedule
to these regulations.

The provisions of paragraphs (6), (7), (12) and (15)
of rule 4 of the Rules shall not apply to ships of
Class C. 1

(3) Rule 33 of the Rules shall apply to lifeboats carried in ships of
Class C in the same manner as such rule applies to lifeboats carried in
ships of Class 1 subject to the following modification, namely, that the
Director may in his discretion authorize the omission of biscuits and
condensed milk from the rations to be carried in such boats.





7. (1) Subject to the provisions of this regulation, the Rules shall
apply to ships of Class D in the same manner as they apply to ships of
Class 11.

(2) Rule 4 of the Rules shall apply to ships of Class D subject to the
following modifications

(a)The following provisions are substituted for the provisions
contained in paragraph (2) of rule 4 of the Rules

Every ship to which this rule applies shall subject to the
provisions of section 118 of the Ordinance and of rule 48 of the
Rules (as modified by regulation 2 of these regulations), be
fitted, in accordance with its length, with the number of sets of
davits specified in column (A) of the table set out in the First
Schedule to these regulations:

Provided that

(i) if in the opinion of the Director it is not practicable to
place on any particular ship the number of davits specified in
such column (A) and the total capacity of the lifeboats carried
in such ship is not less than the minimum aggregate capacity
specified in column (E) of such table, then the Director may
authorize, if in all the circumstances he is satisfied that it is
safe and expedient, such lesser number of sets of davits, not
being less than the number specified in column (B) of the
table, as he may think fit; and

(ii) no ship shall be required to be fitted with a number of
sets of davits greater than the number of lifeboats required to
accommodate the number of persons which the ship is
certified to carry.

(b)The following provisions are substituted for the provisions
contained in paragraph (3) of rule 4 of the Rules

A lifeboat shall be attached to every set of davits.

(c)The following provisions are substituted for the provisions
contained in paragraph (5) of rule 4 of the Rules

Where the lifeboats carried in compliance with this rule
(as modified by this regulation) do not provide accommodation
for sixty per cent of the total number of persons which the ship
is certified to carry or the minimum cubic capacity specified in
column (E) of the table set out in the First Schedule to these
regulations, whichever is the less, additional sets of davits
with lifeboats attached shall be fitted so far as is practicable in
the circumstances to make up the deficiency in such
accommodation. If in the opinion of the Director it is not
practicable to fit such additional sets of davits, additional
lifeboats or, in





the discretion of the Director, such approved liferafts or other
approved buoyant apparatus as he may think fit to make up
the deficiency shall be carried, such additional lifeboats or
such liferafts or buoyant apparatus being stowed in such
manner as the Director may determine but not so as to impede
the efficient operation of the two emergency boats carried in
compliance with paragraph (4) of this rule.

(d)The following provisions are substituted for the provisions
contained in paragraph (11) of rule 4 of the Rules

Where the number of lifeboats carried in compliance with
this rule (as modified by this regulation) is thirteen or less and
the ship is fitted with the minimum number of sets of davits
determined in accordance with column (B) of the table set out
in the First Schedule to these regulations, one of such
lifeboats shall be a Class A motor lifeboat or a Class B motor
lifeboat or a mechanically propelled lifeboat.

(e)The following provisions are substituted for the provisions
contained in paragraph (16) of rule 4 of the Rules

Every ship to which this rule applies shall carry at least
the number of lifebuoys determined in accordance with
column 2 of Part 1 of the table set out in the Second Schedule
to these regulations.

(f)The provisions of paragraphs (6), (7), (12) and (15) of rule 4 of
the Rules shall not apply to ships of Class D.

(3) Rule 33 of the Rules shall apply to lifeboats carried in ships of
Class D in the same manner as such rule applies to lifeboats carried in
ships of Class 1 subject to the following modification, namely, that the
Director may in his discretion authorize the omission of biscuits and
condensed milk from the rations to be carried by such boats.

(4) In the case of any ship of Class D engaged on short
international voyages in Area D specified in the Third Schedule to
these regulations between ports of a British possession within the
meaning of section 735 of the Merchant Shipping Act 1894, or any place
outside Her Majesty's dominions in which Her Majesty has jurisdiction
within the meaning of section 737 of that Act, the Director may, if in all
the circumstances he finds it safe and expedient, accept lifeboats of
Class C in lieu of lifeboats of Class A provided that he is satisfied that
as many lifeboats of Class A are carried as the circumstances of the
particular trade upon which such ship is engaged permit.

8. (1) Subject to the provisions of this regulation, the Rules shall
apply to ships of Class E in the same manner as they apply to ships of
Class 1.





(2) Rule 3 of the Rules shall apply to ships of Class E subject
to the following modifications-

(a)The following provisions are substituted for the provisions
contained in paragraph (2) of rule 3 of the Rules-

Every ship to which this rule applies shall, subject
to the provisions of section 118 of the Ordinance and of
rule 48 of the Rules (as modified by regulation 2 of these
regulations), be fitted, in accordance with its length, with
the number of sets of davits determined---
(i) in the case of ships certified to carry more than
twelve berthed passengers, in accordance with column
(A) of the table set out in the First Schedule to these
regulations',. and
(ii) in the case of ships certified to carry twelve berthed
passengers or less, in accordance with column (C) of such
table:

Provided that-
(i) if in the opinion of the Director it is not practicable
to place on any particular ship the number of sets of
davits determined in accordance with such column (A)
in the case of any ship certified to carry more than twelve
berthed passengers and the total capacity of the lifeboats
carried in such ship is not less than the minimum aggre-
gate capacity determined in accordance with column (F)
of the table, then the Director may authorize, if in all
circumstances he is satisfied that it is safe and expedient,
such lesser number of sets of davits, not being less than
the minimum number determined in accordance with
column (B) of the table, as he may think fit; and
(ii) no ship shall be required to be fitted with a number
of sets of davits greater than the number of lifeboats
required to accommodate the total number of persons
which the ship is certified to carry.

(b)The following provisions are substituted for the provisions
contained in paragraph (5) of rule 3 of the Rules-

Where the lifeboats carried in compliance with the
foregoing provisions of this rule (as modified by this
regulation) do not provide accommodation for the total
number of persons which the ship is certified to carry or
the minimum aggregate capacity determined in accordance
with column (F) of the table set out in the First Schedule
to these regulations, whichever is the less, additional sets
of davits with lifeboats attached shall be fitted as far as
is practicable in the circumstances to make up the deficiency
in such accommodation. If in the opinion of the Director
it is not practicable to fit such additional sets of davits,





additional lifeboats or, in the discretion of the Director,
such approved liferafts or other approved buoyant ap-
paratus as he may think fit to make up the deficiency
shall be carried, such additional lifeboats or such liferafts
or buoyant apparatus being stowed in such manner as the
Director may determine but not so as to impede the efficient
operation of the two emergency boats carried in compliance
with paragraph (4) of this rule.

(c)The following provisions are substituted for the provisions
contained in paragraph (13) of rule 3 of the Rules-

Every ship to which this rule applies shall carry not
less than the number of lifebuoys determined in accord-
ance with column 2 of Part I of the table set out in the
Second Schedule to these regulations.

(d)The provisions of paragraph (12) of the Rules shall not
apply to ships of Class E.

(3) Rule 33 of the Rules shall apply to lifeboats carried in
ships of Class E in the same manner as it applies to lifeboats
carried in ships of Class I subject to the following modification,
namely, that the Director may in his discretion authorize a reduc-
tion, not exceeding one half, in the quantity of condensed milk
required to be carried by such lifeboats.

9. (1) Subject to the provisions of this regulation. the Rules
shall apply to ships of Class F in the same manner as they apply
to ships of Class 11.

(2) Rule 4 of the Rules shall apply to ships of Class F subject
to the following modifications-

(a)The following provisions are substituted for the provisions
contained in paragraph (2) of rule 4 of the Rules-

Every ship to which this rule applies shall, subject
to the provisions of section 118 of the Ordinance and of
rule 48 of the Rules (as modified by regulation 2 of these
regulations), be fitted, in accordance with its length, with
the number of sets of davits determined-
(i) in the case of ships certified to carry more than
twelve berthed passengers, in accordance with column
(A) of the table set out in the First Schedule to these
regulations; and
(ii) in the case of ships certified to carry twelve berthed
passengers or less, in accordance with column (C) of
such table:





Provided that

(i) if in the opinion of the Director it is not practicable to
place on any particular ship the number of sets of davits
determined in accordance with such column (A) in the case of
any ship certified to carry more than twelve berthed
passengers and the total capacity of the lifeboats carried in
such ship is not less than the minimum aggregate capacity
determined in accordance with column (E) of the table, then the
Director may authorize, if in all the circumstances he is
satisfied that it is safe and expedient, such lesser number of
sets of davits, not being less than the minimum number
determined in accordance with column (B) of the table, as he
may think fit; and

(ii) no ship shall be required to be fitted with a number of
davits greater than the number of lifeboats required to
accommodate the total number of persons which the ship is
certified to carry.

(b)The following provisions are substituted for the provisions
contained in paragraph (3) of rule 4 of the Rules

A lifeboat shall be attached to every set of davits.

(c)The following provisions are substituted for the provisions
contained in paragraph (5) of rule 4 of the Rules

Where the lifeboats carried in compliance with the
foregoing provisions of this rule (as modified by this
regulation) do not provide accommodation for eighty per cent
of the total number of persons which the ship is certified to
carry or the minimum aggregate capacity determined in
accordance with column (E) of the table set out in the First
Schedule to these regulations, whichever is the less, additional
sets of davits with lifeboats attached shall be fitted so far as is
practicable in the circumstances to make up the deficiency in
such accommodation. If in the opinion of the Director it is not
practicable to fit such additional sets of davits, additional
lifeboats or, in the discretion of the Director, such approved
liferafts or other approved buoyant apparatus as he may think
fit to make up the deficiency shall be carried, such additional
lifeboats or such liferafts or buoyant apparatus being stowed
in such manner as the Director may determine but not so as to
impede the efficient operation of the two emergency boats
carried in compliance with paragraph (4) of this rule.

(d)The following provisions are substituted for the provisions
contained in paragraph (11) of rule 4 of the Rules

Where the number of lifeboats carried in compliance
with this rule (as modified by this regulation) is thirteen





or less and the ship is fitted with the minimum number of sets
of davits determined in accordance with column (B) of the
table set out in the First Schedule to these regulations, one of
such lifeboats shall be a Class A motor lifeboat or a Class B
motor lifeboat or a mechanically propelled lifeboat.

(e)The following provisions shall be substituted for the
provisions contained in paragraph (16) of rule 4 of the Rules

Every ship to which this rule applies shall carry at least
the number of lifebuoys determined in accordance with
column 2 of Part I of the table set out in the Second Schedule
to these regulations.

(f)The provisions of paragraphs (6), (7), (12) and (15) of rule 4 of
the Rules shall not apply to ships of Class F.

(3) Rule 33 of the Rules shall apply to lifeboats carried in ships of
Class F in the same manner as such rule applies to lifeboats carried in
ships of Class 1 subject to the following modification, namely, that the
Director may in his discretion authorize the omission of biscuits and
condensed milk from the rations to be carried in such boats.

10. (1) Except as otherwise specified in this regulation, the Rules
shall not apply to ships of Class G.

(2) Every ship of Class G shall be provided with a number of sets of
davits determined in accordance with column 2 of the table set out in
the Fourth Schedule to these regulations to which shall be attached
lifeboats which shall comply with the provisions relating to Class C
lifeboats contained in the Rules and shall be of not less than the
minimum aggregate capacity determined in accordance with column 3 of
that table.

(3) Where in the case of any ship of Class G the lifeboats required
to be carried in accordance with paragraph (2) do not provide
accommodation for forty per cent of the total number of persons which
the ship is certified to carry, such ship shall carry such additional
lifeboats, corresponding to such Class C, or inflatable liferafts or
buoyant apparatus, which shall comply with the provisions relating to
inflatable liferafts or buoyant apparatus, as the case may be, contained
in the Rules, as will, together with the boats required to be carried in
accordance with paragraph (2), provide accommodation for not less
than forty per cent of such persons.

(4) Every ship of Class G shall carry not less than a number of
lifebuoys determined in accordance with column 2 of Part 1 of the table
set out in the Second Schedule to these regulations not less than two of
such lifebuoys situated one on each side of the ship being provided
with self-igniting lights which cannot be extinguished in water.





(5) Every ship of Class G shall carry one lifejacket which
shall comply with the provisions relating to lifejackets contained
in the Rules, for each person the ship is certified to carry.

(6) Every ship of Class G shall carry a line throwing appliance
which shall comply with the provisions relating to line throwing
appliances contained in the Rules.

(7) Every ship of Class G shall be provided with not less
than twelve pyrotechnic distress signals which shall be either
parachute distress rocket signals of a type complying with the
provisions of the Rules relating to such signals or red hand flares
capable of emitting five red stars into the air to a height of not
less than one hundred and fifty feet.

11. The Rules shall apply to ships of Class H in the same
manner as they apply to ships of Class VIII.

12. (1) Subject to the provisions of this regulation, the Rules
shall apply to ships of Class J in the same manner as they apply
to ships of Class IX.

(2) In the case of any ship of Class J which is carrying a
salvage party additional inflatable liferafts shall be provided suf-
ficient to accommodate the additional persons so carried.

13. (1) Except as otherwise specified in this regulation, the
Rules shall not apply to ships of Class K.

(2) Every ship of Class K shall carry-

(a)not less than one lifeboat which shall comply with the
provisions relating to Class C lifeboats contained in the
Rules and shall be attached to davits and of which the
capacity, or if more than one such boat is carried the
aggregate capacity, shall be sufficient to accommodate
the total number of persons on board the ship; and

(b)not less than two inflatable liferafts which shall comply
with the provisions relating to inflatable liferafts contained
in the Rules, of aggregate capacity sufficient to accom-
modate the total number of persons. on board the ship
and so stowed that they can readily be placed in the water
on either. side of the ship:

Provided that in the case of any ship of Class K of less than
one hundred and twenty feet in length, if the aggregate capacity of
the inflatable liferafts carried is sufficient to accommodate twice
the total number of persons on board the ship, no such lifeboat
need be carried.





(3) Every ship of Class K shall carry not less than four lifebuoys,
which shall comply with the provisions relating to lifebuoys contained
in the Rules, two of which shall be provided with a self-igniting light
which cannot be extinguished in water.

(4) Every ship of Class K shall carry one lifejacket, which shall
comply with the provisions relating to lifejackets contained in the
Rules, for each person on board the ship.

(5) Every ship of Class K shall be provided with a line throwing
appliance which shall comply with the provisions relating to line
throwing appliances contained in the Rules.

(6) Every ship of Class K shall be provided with not less than
twelve pyrotechnic distress signals which shall be either parachute
distress rocket signals of a type complying with the provisions of the
Rules relating to such signals or red hand flares capable of emitting five
red stars into the air to a height of not less than one hundred and fifty
feet.

14. (1) Except as otherwise specified in this regulation, the Rules
shall not apply to ships of Class L.

(2) Every ship of Class L plying exclusively within the waters of the
Colony on voyages which do not extend beyond the limits of any
specified sheltered waters shall be provided with not less than

(a)lifebuoys, which shall comply with the provisions relating to
lifebuoys contained in the Rules, on a scale determined in
accordance with column 2 of Part 11 of the table set out in the
Second Schedule to these regulations; and

(b)sufficient inflatable liferafts, buoyant apparatus or additional
lifebuoys, which shall respectively comply with the provisions
relating to inflatable liferafts, buoyant apparatus or lifebuoys,
as the case may be, contained in the Rules, which, together
with the lifebuoys required by sub-paragraph (a), will
accommodate not less than sixty per cent of the total number
of persons on board the ship; and

(c)if the appliances provided in accordance with subparagraphs
(a) and (b) are insufficient to accommodate the total number
of persons on board the ship, such additional lifebuoys,
inflatable liferafts or buoyant apparatus, or lifejackets which
shall comply with the provisions relating to lifejackets
contained in the Rules as shall together with such aforesaid
appliances provide flotation for the total number of persons
on board the ship.





(3) Every ship of Class L plying within the waters of the Colony on
voyages which may extend beyond the limits of any specified sheltered
water shall, in addition to the requirements of paragraph (2), be provided
with either--

(a)not less than a number of sets of davits determined in
accordance with column 2 of the table set out in the Fourth
Schedule to these regulations to which shall be attached
lifeboats which shall comply with the provisions relating to
Class C lifeboats contained in the Rules and shall be of an
aggregate minimum capacity determined in accordance with
column 3 of that table; or

(b)inflatable liferafts which shall comply respectively with the
provisions relating to inflatable liferafts contained in the Rules,
of not less than a minimum aggregate capacity determined in
accordance with column 4 of that table.

15. The Rules shall apply to ships of Class M in the same manner
as they apply to ships of Class Xl.

1 16. The Rules shall apply to ships of Class N in the same manner as
they apply to ships of Class XII.

FIRST SCHEDULE [regs. 4, 5, 6, 7, 8 9.1

TABLE OF DAVITS AND CAPACITY OF BOATS (GENERALLY).

(A) (B) (C)Minimum aggregate capacity qf
lifeboats in cubic feet.
Number

(D) (E) (F)

Registered h Number Minimum for ships
length of se number carrying For ships

of ship in feet. of sets For long For short

ofdavits. in specified
of davits. not more inter- inter- areas and

than 12 national national

unberthed pilgrim

passengers. voyages. voyages. trade.

100 and under 120 2 2 2 784 320 400

120 140 2 2 2 975 420 525
140 160 2 2 2 1,240 610 762
160 175 3 2 2 1,500 780 975
175 190 3 2 2 1,910 930 1,162
190 205 4 4 4 2,200 1,080 1,350
205 220 4 4 4.2,660 1,300 1,625
220 230 5 4 4 3,120 19475 1,843
230 245 5 4 4 3,650 1,640 2,050
245 255 6 4 4 4,080 1,840 2,300
255 270 6 4 4 4,510 2,030 2,530
270 285 7 4 4 4,950 2,420 3,025





(A) (8) (C) Minimum aggregate capacity of

lifeboats in cubic feet.
Number
Ofsets

Minimum of davits (D)(E) (F)

Registered length Number numberfor sh.ip For ships
of sets of se For long For s in specified
ofship in feet. of davits. of d',,., carrying hort

not more
its. inter inter
than 12 1 areas and
national nationa .1
unberthed voyages. voyages. p# grim
passengers. trade.
285 and under 300 7 6 65,540 2,840 3,550

300 315 8 6 6 6,040 3,300 4,125
315 330 8 6 6 6,630 3,700 4,625
330 350 9 6 6 7,200 4,100 5,125
350 370 9 6 6 7,700 4,400 5,500
370 390 10 6 6 8,520 4,700 5,875
390 410 10 8 8 19,360 5,100 6,375
410 435 12 8 8 10,450 5,500 6,875
435 460 12 10 8 11,540 6,000 7,500
460 490 14 10 .812,740 6,550 8,180
490 520 14 10 1013,850 7,100 8,875
520 550 16 10 1014,980 7,650 9,560
550 580 16 12 1216,280
580 610 18 12 1217,520
610 640 18 12 1218,960
640 670 20 14 1420,280
670 700 20 14 1421,640

in the above table shall be determined by the Director.

SECOND SCHEDULE. [regs. 4, 5, 6, 7,
8, 9, 10 14.1
TABLE OF LIFEBUOYS.
PART 1.
Number of lifebitoys to be carried by ships
of Class A to F inclusive.
2.

Length of ship in feet. Mininvan No. of lifebuoys.
Under 200 8
200 and under 400 12
400 600 18
600 800 24
800 and over 30





PART II.

Number of lifebuoys to be carried by ships
of Class L.

2.
Length of ship in feet. Minimum No. of lifebuoys.
Under 32 4
32 and under 40 5

40 48 6
48 56 8
56 64 9
04 72 11
72 80 13
80 88 14
88 96 16
96 104 17
104 112 19
112 120 20
120 128 22
128 and over 24

THIRD SCHEDULE. [regs. 2, 5 7.1

SPECIFIED
AREAS.

Area A: Simla Rule ships engaged on voyages between Hong Kong and the
Caroline Islands, Ladrone or Mariana Islands, Ellice Islands, Gilbert Islands, Guam,
Marshall Islands and Pelew Islands shall be deemed to be voyaging within Area A.

Area B: Simla Rule ships engaged on voyages in the area of the Bay of Bengal
and the Andamant Sea to the northward of a line drawn from Point Calimere
(India) to Achin Head (Sumatra) and thence to Penang shall be deemed to be
voyaging within Area B.

Area C: Simla Rule ships engaged on voyages in the area bounded
by the following lines; from a point on the west side of the Malay Peninsula
in latitude 10' North along the coast of Asia to a point in Cochin China
in latitude IV North; thence to latitude 8' North, longitude 110' East;
thence to latitude S' North, longitude 125' East; thence to latitude 0',
longitude 140' East; thence to latitude 0% longitude 160o East; thence to
latitude II' South, longitude 170' East; thence to latitude 23J' South,
longitude 170' East; thence to latitude 231' South, longitude 160' East;
thence to the east side of Cape York at latitude 1 l' So uth; from the
west side of Cape York in latitude II' South to Cape Wessel and Wessel
Island; thence along the Australian coast to Port Darwin (Cape Charles);
thence to latitude 10' South, longitude 109o East; thence to Christmas
Island; thence to latitude 2' North, longitude 94' East; thence to latitude
61' North, longitude 94' East; and thence to the starting point but excluding
ports and places under the jurisdiction of Australia, shall be deemed to be
voyaging within Area C.





Area D: An area bounded by a line drawn through the following points:

6' 3WN. Saigon 0o

94' E. 141' E.

10' 30' S. 10' 30' S. 110 30' S.
~-i-4VE. 128' E.

9' 30' S. 2' N. 6`30' N.
105' E. 94' E.

FOURTH SCHEDULE. [regs. 10 14.1

TABLE RELATING TO DAVITS AND THE CAPACITY OF LIFEBOATS
AND INFLATABLE LIFERAFTS CARRIED IN SHIPS OF CLASSES G
AND L.

2. 3. 4.

mini,Militi Millimun?

Minitnum aggregate aggregate No. of

Length ofship No. of sets capacity of pers~ns to be

in ftet. accommodated

ofdavits. boats in 1 11 inflatable

cubic et. liferafts.

80 and under 85 1 61 6
85 90 1 74 7
90 95 1 88 9
95 100 1 104 10
100 105 1 127 13
105 110 2 148 15
110 115 2 176 18
115 120 2 208 20
120 140 2 254 25
140 160 2 286 29
160 175 2 324 32
175 190 2 364 36
190 205 2 420 42
205 230 2 476 48

liferafts not provided for in the above table shall be determined by the
Director.





FIFTH SCHEDULE. [reg. 2.]

SPECIFIED SHELTERED
WATERS.

Victoria Harbour Area.

The waters contained within the following boundaries

On the east-A straight line drawn from the westernmost extremity of Siu Chau
Wan Point to the westernmost extremity of A Kung Ngam Point (sometimes
known as Kung Am);

On the west - A straight line drawn from the westernmost point of the Island
of Hong Kong to the westernmost point of Green Island, thence a straight
line drawn from the westermost point of green Island to the easternmost
point of Tsing Yi Rock, thence a straight line drawn true north, south, eastern-
most point of Tsing Yi Rock to Tsing Yi, thence along the eastern and northern
coast lines of Tsing Yi to the westernmost extremity of Tsing Yi and thence a
straight line drawn true north therefrom to the mainland.

Aberdeen Area.

The waters contained within Aberdeen Harbour and Aberdeen Channel bounded
on the western entrance by a straight line drawn from the westernmost point on
Ap Ui Chau Island, Fo Yo Kok, true north to the foreshore of Hong Kong Island,
and bounded on the south-east entrance by a straight line drawn from the eastern
foreshore of Ap Lei Chau true east across to the foreshore of Hong Kong Island in
position 22' 14' 16' North Latitude 114' 09' 46' East Longitude.

Junk Bay Area.

The waters of Junk Bay to the northward of a straight line drawn from Lei Yue
Mun point across to the northernmost point of Fat Tau Chau (Junk Island), the
northern shore of Fat Tau Chau, and a straight line drawn from the easternmost
point of Fat Tau Chau to a point of land on the mainland shore in position 22' 16'
48' North Latitude 114' 16' 30' East Longitude.

Port Shelter Area.

The waters of Port Shelter and Rocky Harbour bounded on the north and west
by the mainland shore and on the south and cast by a straight line drawn from La
Tau Ko point to the southernmost point of Ngau Tau Island (off Shelter Island)
thence by a straight line to the southernmost point of Tiu Chung Chau (Jim
Island), thence by a straight line to the southern extremity of Leung Shuen Wan
Chau (High Island), thence by the western and northern shore of Leung Shuen Wan
Chau to its eastern extremity, thence by a straight line drawn true north to the
mainland shore.

Tolo Harbour Area.

The waters of Tide Cove, Tolo Harbour and Plover Cove within an area
bounded by the mainland shore, by a straight line drawn from the western
extremity of U Kwai Tsui to the south-western extremity of Pak Sha Tau Chau
(Harbour Island), thence by the northern shore of Pak Sha Tau Chau to its eastern
extremity, thence by a straight line across to the point of land on the mainland
shorein position 22'2742' North Latitude 114' 15'26'East Longitude.
G.N.A. 14/61. G.N.A. 22/61 G.N.A. 128/61. L.N. 90/65. Citation. Interpretation, application and construction. (S.I. 602/58.) (57 & 58 Vict. C. 60.) (12, 13 & 14 Geo. 6. C. 43.) Third Schedule. Fifth Schedule. Classification of ships. Ships of Class A. (Cap. 281.) First Schedule. First Schedule. Second Schedule. Ships of Class B. (Cap. 281.) first Schedule. First Schedule. Third Schedule. First Schedule. Second Schedule. Third Schedule. Ships of Class C. (Cap. 281.) First Schedule. First Schedule. First Schedule. Second Schedule. Ships of Class D. (Cap. 281.) First Schedule. First Schedule. First Schedule. Second Schedule. Third Schedule. (57 & 58 Vict. C. 60.) Ships of Class E. (Cap. 281.) First Schedule. First Schedule. Second Schedule. Ships of Class F. (Cap. 281.) First Schedule. First Schedule. First Schedule. Second Schedule. Ships of Class G. Fourth Schedule. Second Schedule. Ships of Class H. Ships of Class J. G.N.A. 128/61. Ships of Class K. G.N.A. 127/61. L.N. 90/65. Ships of Class L. Second Schedule. G.N.A. 128/61. Fourth Schedule. G.N.A. 128/61. Ships of Class M. Ships of Class N. L.N. 90/65. L.N. 88/68. Citation. Interpretation. Notice of investigation. Amendment of notice of investigation.

Abstract

G.N.A. 14/61. G.N.A. 22/61 G.N.A. 128/61. L.N. 90/65. Citation. Interpretation, application and construction. (S.I. 602/58.) (57 & 58 Vict. C. 60.) (12, 13 & 14 Geo. 6. C. 43.) Third Schedule. Fifth Schedule. Classification of ships. Ships of Class A. (Cap. 281.) First Schedule. First Schedule. Second Schedule. Ships of Class B. (Cap. 281.) first Schedule. First Schedule. Third Schedule. First Schedule. Second Schedule. Third Schedule. Ships of Class C. (Cap. 281.) First Schedule. First Schedule. First Schedule. Second Schedule. Ships of Class D. (Cap. 281.) First Schedule. First Schedule. First Schedule. Second Schedule. Third Schedule. (57 & 58 Vict. C. 60.) Ships of Class E. (Cap. 281.) First Schedule. First Schedule. Second Schedule. Ships of Class F. (Cap. 281.) First Schedule. First Schedule. First Schedule. Second Schedule. Ships of Class G. Fourth Schedule. Second Schedule. Ships of Class H. Ships of Class J. G.N.A. 128/61. Ships of Class K. G.N.A. 127/61. L.N. 90/65. Ships of Class L. Second Schedule. G.N.A. 128/61. Fourth Schedule. G.N.A. 128/61. Ships of Class M. Ships of Class N. L.N. 90/65. L.N. 88/68. Citation. Interpretation. Notice of investigation. Amendment of notice of investigation.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3093

Edition

1964

Volume

v18

Subsequent Cap No.

281

Number of Pages

22
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:30:19 +0800
<![CDATA[MERCHANT SHIPPING (LAUNCHES AND FERRY VESSELS) REGULATIONS]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3092

Title

MERCHANT SHIPPING (LAUNCHES AND FERRY VESSELS) REGULATIONS

Description






MERCHANT SHIPPING (LAUNCHES AND FERRY VESSELS)
REGULATIONS

ARRANGEMENT OF REGULATIONS

Regulation................................ Page

PART 1

CITATION, APPLICATION AND
INTERPRETATION

1. Citation.................................. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... J 3

2. Application ........................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... J 3
3. Interpretation....................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... J 3

PART II
LICENCES AND
PERMITS

4. General provisions relating to licensing ... ... ... ... ... ... ... J 3
5. Lost, destroyed or defaced licences ...... ... ... ... ... ... ... J4

6. Issue of licences ........................ ... ... ... ... ... ... ... J4
7. Issue of permits ......................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ...

8. Licences and permits to be carried ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ...

9. Suspension of licence or permit in event of damage to vessel pending

survey ................................. . ... ... ... ... J 5

10. Change of ownership ...................... ... ... ... ... ... 15

11. Termination of requirement for licensing ... ... ... ... ... ... J 6

PART III
SURVEYS

12. Surveys .................................. ... ... ... ... ... J 6

13. Certificates of survey to be carried in the vessel ... ... ... ... ... J 6

14. Contents of certificate of survey ........ ... ... ... ... ... ... J 6
is. Maximum number of passengers ............. ... ... ... ... ... J 6

16. Periodical surveys ....................... ... ... ... ... ... ... J 7

PART IV
LOCAL CERTIFICATES OF COMPETENCY
17. Launches and ferry vessels to carry certificated masters and engineers ... J 8
18. Issue of local certificates of competency ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 19
19. Form of local certificates of competency ... ... ... ... ... 1 ... ... 19
20. Loss, etc., of local certificates of competency . ... ... ... ... ... ... 19

PART V



ARRIVALS AND DEPARTURES OF LAUNCHES AND FERRY
VESSELS

21..............Report of arrival ........... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 19






22..............Notice of departure ......... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 110

23...........Night clearance ................ ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 110

24.......................Monthly clearance for certain launches ... ... ... ... ... ... ...

25....................Monthly clearance of ferry vessels ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ...





Regulation Page
PART VI

ENGAGEMENT AND DISCHARGE OF CREW MEMBERS

26. Engagement or discharge of members of crew J12
27. Duty of owner on engagement or discharge of master or engineer J13
28. Duty of master or engineer upon engagement or discharge J13
29. Records or engagement and discharge of masters and engineers J13

PART VII

[Revoked]

PART VIII

MISCELLANEOUS

37. Identification of craft....... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... J 14

38.........................Vessels to be kept clean and in good repair ... ... ... ... ... ... J 14
39.........................Preseribing of hire charges for certain launches . ... ... ... ... ...
40..................Refusal to carry passengers ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... J is

41................................Reduction in passenger space in certain circumstances ... ... ... J 16
42................................Prohibition of cargo, etc., on bridge deck of ferry vessels ... ... ... J 16

43...........................Disembarkation of passengers from launches ... ... ... ... ... J 16
44...........................Embarking and disembarking on ferry vessels ... ... ... ... ... J 16

45..................................Use of launches, etc. for purpose of prostitution prohibited ... ... J 17

46..............................Control of launches, etc. at public piers and wharves ... ... ... ... J 17

47....................................Launches and ferry vessels to travel with reasonable expedition ... J 17

48....................Report of accidents or damage ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... J 17

PARTIX

FALSE INFORMATION AND
EXEMPTION

49..............False information .............. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... J 18
50..............Power to exempt .......... ... . ... ... ... ... ... ... ... J 18

First Schedule. Plying Limits .............. ... ... ... ... ... . ... ... J18

Second Schedule...Forms........................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... J 20





MERCHANT SHIPPING (LAUNCHES AND FERRY

VESSELS) REGULATIONS

(Cap. 281, section 97)

[12th November, 1965.]


PART I

CITATION, APPLICATION AND
INTERPRETATION

1. These regulations may be cited as the Merchant Shipping Citation.
(Launches and Ferry Vessels) Regulations.

2. These regulations apply to launches not exceeding 300 tons, other
than pleasure vessels within the meaning of the Merchant Shipping (Pleasure
Vessels) Regulations, and to ferry vessels of any tonnage.

3. In these regulations, unless the context otherwise requires-

'certificate of survey' means a certificate of survey issued by a
Government surveyor for the purpose of these regulations;

'Class I, II, III or IV licence', as the case may be, means a licence to ply within the
limits respectively so classed in the First First Schedule. Schedule; and a Class I, II,
III or IV launch or ferry vessel means a launch or ferry vessel so licensed;

'fee' means the appropriate fee, if any, prescribed in the Merchant
Shipping (Fees) Regulations;

'local certificate of competency' means a certificate of competency
issued in accordance with regulation 18;

'owner' includes charterer and agent;

'plying limits' means the plying limits respectively specified in the
First Schedule; First Schedule.

'prescribed' means prescribed by regulation.

PART II

LICENCES AND PERMITS

4. (1) Subject to the provisions of these regulations, no
person shall use or cause or permit to be used any launch or ferry
vessel for any commercial purpose except under and in accordance
with a valid licence issued in respect thereof pursuant to the pro-
visions of these regulations:

Provided that no launch or ferry vessel shall be deemed to be used
for a commercial purpose by reason only that she is placed on a time
charter.





(2) No licence shall be issued or renewed under this Part except
upon payment of the prescribed fee.

(3) No licence shall be issued or renewed in respect of any launch
or ferry vessel except upon production of a valid certificate of survey in
respect thereof.

(4) No licence shall be valid for any period exceeding 12 months
from the date of issue or last renewal, as the case may be, or such lesser
period, not being less than 6 months as the Director may determine.

(5) Every licence shall be issued in Form 1 of the forms prescribed
in the Second Schedule, subject to such additions, deletions or
variations in respect of the- conditions specified therein as the Director
may think fit and every such licence may from time to time be renewed
by endorsement thereon.

(6) Any person who contravenes any of the provisions of
paragraph (1) shall be guilty of an offence and shall be liable on
conviction to a fine of $20,000 and to imprisonment for 12 months.

5. (1) If any licence issued pursuant to the provisions of regulation
4 is lost, destroyed or defaced, the Director may, if satisfied as to the
bona fides of such loss, destruction or defacement and upon payment
of the prescribed fee, issue a duplicate licence.

(2) Every duplicate licence issued pursuant to the provisions of
paragraph (1) shall be clearly endorsed in a conspicuous place with the
word 'DUPLICATE'

6. (1) With effect from the commencement of these regulations, no
licence shall be issued in respect of any launch or ferry vessel upon
application for the first licensing thereof after construction or first
arrival in the Colony of such launch or ferry vessel

(a)if such launch or ferry vessel is equipped with a hot bulb,
petrol or paraffin engine whether for propulsion or for any
other purpose; or

(b)if the machinery installed for the purpose of propulsion is not
of power, design and construction approved by the Director
and tested to his satisfaction.

(2) No licence, other than a Class 1 licence, shall be issued to any
launch or ferry vessel the registered length of which does not exceed 40
feet.

(3) No Class 11, 111 or IV licence shall be issued to any launch or
ferry vessel unless such launch or ferry vessel

(a) is completely decked; and

(b) exceeds a registered length of 40 feet.





7. Notwithstanding anything contained in regulation 6, where
any vessel to which these regulations apply is not eligible for issue
of a licence in accordance with the provisions of that regulation the
Director may in his discretion, and subject to such conditions as he
may think fit, issue to the master thereof a permit in Form 2 of the
forms prescribed in the Second Schedule:

Provided that no such permit shall be issued or renewed-
(a) for any one period exceeding one week; or

(b) except upon payment of the prescribed fee.

8. (1) Any licence or permit issued under this Part shall at
all times be carried in the vessel to which such licence or permit
relates:

Provided that if any such licence or permit is withdrawn or
deposited with the Director for any reason, the Director may, subject
to such conditions or restrictions as he may think fit and upon
payment of such fee as may be prescribed, issue in lieu thereof a
certificate in Form 3 of the forms prescribed in the Second Schedule,
and such certificate shall be carried in the vessel to which it relates
in lieu of the licence or permit.

(2) The owner and master of any vessel in respect of which
any of the provisions of paragraph (1) are contravened shall each
be guilty of an offence and shall each be liable on conviction to a
fine of $5,000.

9. If any vessel to which any licence or permit issued under
this Part relates-
(a) sustains damage for any reason whatsoever, or
(b) is altered as to construction, machinery or material fittings,
such licence or permit shall with effect from the time of such damage
or alteration be deemed to be suspended and shall remain so sus-
pended until such time as the Director, upon recommendation of
a Government surveyor and payment of such fee as may be pre-
scribed, shall endorse such licence or permit indicating the termina-
tion of the suspension.

10. (1) On transfer of ownership of any vessel which is licensed
under the provisions of these regulations the person to whom the
vessel is transferred shall within 7 days, exclusive of general holidays,
after the transfer deliver to the Director a notice of transfer, -in a
form to be obtained from the Marine Department, signed by the
transferor or his agent and by the transferee or his agent together
with-
(a) the current licence of the vessel;
(b) the current certificate of survey of the vessel; and
(c) the prescribed fee (if any).





(2) Upon receipt of the notice referred to in paragraph (1) the
Director shall, if so required by the transferee

(a)issue a new licence in the name of the transferee or
appropriately endorse the existing current licence; and

(b)deliver the current certificate of survey of the vessel to the
transferee.

(3) Any person who fails to comply with any of the provisions of
paragraph (1) shall be guilty of an offence and shall be liable on
conviction to a fine of $2,000.

11. (1) If for any reason the owner of any vessel licensed under
these regulations ceases to require that the vessel shall continue to be
so licensed, he shall within 7 days after the cessation of such
requirement deliver, in a form to be obtained from the Marine
Department, notice thereof to the Director, and shall return to the
Director the current licence of the vessel.

(2) Any person who fails to comply with any of the provisions of
paragraph (1) shall be guilty of an offence and shall be liable on
conviction to a fine of $5,000.

PART III

SURVEYS

12. No survey for the purpose of compliance with any of the
provisions of these regulations shall be a valid survey unless conducted
by a Government surveyor and unless the prescribed fee (if any) has
been paid.

13. (1) Every certificate of survey issued pursuant to any of the
provisions of these regulations shall be securely framed and exhibited at
all times during the validity thereof in some conspicuous part of the
vessel to which such certificate relates.

(2) The owner and master of any vessel who fails to comply with
any of the provisions of paragraph (1) shall each be guilty of an offence
and shall each be liable on conviction to a fine of $5,000.

14. Every certificate of survey issued for the purposes of
compliance with any of the provisions of these regulations shall be in
Form 4 of the forms. prescribed in the Second Schedule; and the
particulars required for the completion of such certificate shall, so far as
may be applicable to the vessel in question, be inserted therein.

15. (1) For the purpose of completion of any certificate of survey
referred to in regulation 12 in respect of the maximum number of
passengers which may be carried in any launch or ferry





vessel the Government surveyor shall have regard to the clear space
properly available in such launch or ferry vessel and to the following
scales

(a)the scale for vessels of Class 1 licence shall be in the
proportion of 1 passenger for every 7 square feet on the main
deck and all decks above the main deck:

Provided that in the case of ferry vessels plying within
harbour limits (and if in the opinion of the Government
surveyor an improved distribution of weight is thereby
secured) the proportion shall be 1 passenger for every 5
square feet on the main deck and 1 passenger for every 7
square feet on all decks above the main deck;

(b)the scale for vessels of Class II licence shall be in the
proportion of 1 passenger for every 10 square feet on the main
deck and all decks above the main deck;

(c)the scale for vessels of Class III licence shall be in the
proportion of 1 passenger for every 12 square feet on the main
deck and all decks above the main deck;

(d)the scale for approved spaces below the main deck of vessels
of Class 1, 11 or III licence and set apart for the exclusive use
of passengers shall be assessed by the measure of fixed
seating capacity as determined by a Government surveyor;

(e)the scale for open boats shall be determined by the measure of
the fixed seating capacity as determined by a Government
surveyor.

(2) Where any owner of a launch or ferry vessel requires that such
launch or ferry vessel be certified for the carriage of a lesser number of
persons than the maximum number permissible in accordance with the
provisions of paragraph (1), such lesser number shall be inserted in the
certificate of survey.

(3) Where any Government surveyor considers, having regard to
safety in relation to the type and stability of any launch or ferry vessel,
that such launch or ferry vessel ought not to be certified for the carriage
of the maximum number of persons permissible in accordance with the
provisions of paragraph (1), such lesser number as the surveyor may
direct shall be inserted in the certificate of survey.

16. (1) The owner of any launch or ferry vessel shall apply for such
launch or ferry vessel to be surveyed yearly or at such lesser intervals
as may be ordered by the Director in any particular case.

(2) If upon any survey required by the provisions of paragraph (1),
the surveyor is satisfied as to the fitness in all respects of the launch or
ferry vessel in question he shall issue a certificate of survey
accordingly.





(3) If upon any survey required by the provisions of paragraph
(1), the surveyor is not satisfied that the launch or ferry vessel in
question is fit in all respect, he shall declare to the owner thereof
his requirements to render such launch or ferry vessel fit and shall
until such requirements are satisfied withhold the issue of a certificate
of survey.

(4) If any certificate of survey is withheld under the provisions
of paragraph (3), any licence or permit issued under Part 11 of these
regulations in respect of the launch or ferry vessel in question shall
be deemed suspended pending the issue of the certificate of survey:

Provided that the Director may in his discretion and subject to
such conditions or restrictions as he may think fit and upon payment
of the prescribed fee, issue, in lieu of a certificate of survey, a permit
to ply pending the issue of such a certificate.

(5) The owner of any launch or ferry vessel who fails to comply
with the provisions of paragraph (1) shall be guilty of an offence
and shall be liable on conviction to a fine of $10,000 and to
imprisonment for 6 months.

PART IV

LOCAL CERTIFICATES OF COMPETENCY

17. (1) No launch or ferry vessel shall be under way in the
waters of the Colony unless there is on board and in charge thereof
a person who is the holder of an appropriate and valid local certificate
of competency as master and in addition thereto a person in charge
of the machinery who is the holder of an appropriate and valid
local certificate of competency as engineer:

Provided that where a Government surveyor, having regard to
the size and speed of the vessel and the power of the machinery and
location of the controls, certifies that such vessel can be properly
controlled by one person it shall be sufficient for the purposes of this
regulation if the person in charge of the vessel is the holder of both
a valid local certificate of competency as master and also a valid
certificate of competency as engineer.

(2) Any person while in charge of any launch or ferry vessel
and any person while in charge of the machinery thereof shall carry
with him in the vessel his local certificates of competency.

(3) If any of the provisions of this regulation are contravened,
the owner of the launch or ferry vessel in question, whether he was
on board such launch or ferry vessel at the material time or not,
and the person having charge of such launch or ferry vessel at the
material time shall each be guilty of an offence and shall each be
liable on conviction to a fine of $5,000.





18. (1) Subject to the provisions of this regulation the Director shall
issue local certificates of competency upon application being made
therefor.

(2) Every application for a local certificate of competency as master
or engineer shall be made on a form to be obtained from the Marine
Department and shall be accompanied by

(a) 3 photographs of the applicant; and

(b) the prescribed fee (if any).

(3) No local certificate of competency as master or as engineer shall
be issued unless the applicant therefor--

(a)satisfies the Director as to his competency by examination or
such other manner and in respect of such subjects or other
matters as the Director may require;

(b) is not less than 21 years of age; and

(c)has served in a launch or ferry vessel for not less than 3 years

(i) in the case of an applicant for examination for a local
certificate of competency as master, in a deck capacity; and

(ii) in the case of an applicant for examination for a local
certificate of competency as an engineer, in such capacity in
relation to the machinery as the Director considers likely to
provide adequate practical mechanical experience.

19. Every local certificate of competency shall be issued in Form 5
or 6, as applicable, of the forms prescribed in the Second Schedule.

20. (1) If any valid local certificate of competency is lost, destroyed
or defaced, the Director may upon payment of the prescribed fee issue a
duplicate certificate.

(2) Any duplicate certificate issued pursuant to the provisions of
paragraph (1) shall be clearly endorsed in a conspicuous place with the
word 'DUPLICATE'

PART V

ARRIVALS AND DEPARTURES OF LAUNCHES AND FERRY
VESSELS

21. Subject to the provisions of regulation 24, the master of every
launch and, subject to the provisions of regulation 25, the master of
every ferry vessel shall

(a)not later than 18 hours after arrival at any port of the Colony
report such arrival at the Marine Department or at the nearest
station of the Marine Department to such port of arrival;





(b)produce the licence (if any) relating to such launch or ferry
vessel for endorsement by the appropriate officer of the
Marine Department; and

(c)furnish such particulars relating to the voyage as may be
required by such officer.

22. (1) Subject to the provisions of regulation 24, the master of every
launch and, subject to the provisions of regulation 25, the master of
every ferry vessel about to leave any port of the Colony shall either at
the Marine Department or at the nearest station of the Marine
Department to such port give notice of such intended departure to the
appropriate officer of the Marine Department and shall submit to him
manifests of cargo and shall furnish such particulars as may be required
of the intended voyage and shall produce the licence, or permit granted
under regulation 7, as the case may be, relating to such launch or ferry
vessel for endorsement, upon payment of the prescribed fee (if any), of
clearance thereon.

(2) In the event of any launch or ferry vessel in respect of which
clearance in accordance with the provisions of this regulation has been
granted failing to leave the port in question within 24 hours after such
clearance, the master shall report either at the Marine Department or at
the station of the Marine Department nearest to such port to the
appropriate officer of the Marine Department and obtain, upon payment
of the prescribed fee (if any), amendment of the clearance.

(3) The master of any launch or ferry vessel who contravenes any
of the provisions of paragraph (1) or (2) shall be guilty of an offence and
shall be liable on conviction to a fine of $10,000 and to imprisonment for
6 months.

23. (1) Subject to the provisions of regulations 24 and 25
respectively, no launch or ferry vessel shall leave any port of the Colony
at any time between sunset and sunrise unless the master thereof has,
upon payment of the prescribed fee (if any) first obtained a night
clearance from the appropriate officer of the Marine Department, either at
the Marine Department or at the nearest station of the Marine
Department to the port in question.

(2) The fee (if any) prescribed in respect of paragraph (1) shall be
payable in addition to the fee (if any) payable under regulation 22 on the
giving of notice of departure.

(3) The master of any launch or ferry vessel who contravenes any
of the provisions of paragraph (1) shall be guilty of an offence and shall
be liable on conviction to a fine of $10,000 and to imprisonment for 6
months.





24. (1) In the case of any launch, not being a ferry vessel, of Class
11, III or IV, the Director may in his discretion grant to the owner or
agent thereof, upon payment of the prescribed fee (if any), a monthly
clearance, and where required such clearance may, upon payment of
such additional fee as may be prescribed, be endorsed for night
clearance.

(2) The owner or agent of any vessel in respect of which clearance
under paragraph (1) has been granted shall, not later than 7 days, after
the end of the expiration of such clearance, return to the Director the
form of clearance issued to him pursuant to such paragraph (1)
completed in the manner indicated thereon.

(3) If any owner or agent fails to comply with any of the provisions
of paragraph (2)

(a)he shall be guilty of an offence and shall be liable on
conviction to a fine of $10,000; and

(b)the current monthly clearance granted in respect of such
vessel shall be liable to cancellation at the discretion of the
Director.

25. (1) In the case of any ferry vessel the Director may in his
discretion, upon payment of the prescribed fee (if any), grant to the
owner or agent of such ferry vessel a monthly clearance, and where
required such clearance may, upon payment of such additional fee as
may be prescribed, be endorsed for night clearance.

(2) The owner or agent of any ferry vessel in respect of which a
monthly clearance pursuant to the provisions of paragraph (1) has been
granted shall make or cause to be made to the Director in the course of
each week a return showing in respect of the previous week

(a) particulars of each voyage made by the vessel;

(b) particulars of all cargo carried on each such voyage;

(e)the number of passengers carried on each such voyage,
specifying the number of persons embarking and disembarking
at each point of call during each such voyage.

(3) If any owner or agent fails to comply with the provisions of
paragraph (2)

(a)he shall be guilty of an offence and shall be liable on
conviction to a fine of $10,000; and

(b)the current monthly clearance granted in respect of such
vessel shall be liable to cancellation at the discretion of the
Director.
PART VI

ENGAGEMENT AND DISCHARGE OF CREW MEMBERS

26. (1) The owner of any launch or ferry vessel shall cause a
book, referred to in these regulatin as the crew book, to be main-
tained on board such launch or ferry vessel in which shall be recorded
in relation to each member of the crew, the following particulars-

(a) name;
(b) Identity Card number, if any is held;
(c) age;
(d) sex;
(e) place of origin;
(f) date and place of birth;
(g) the number of the licence of the vessel (if any) in which
the crew member had previously served;
(h) capacity in which the crew number served in such last
vessel;
(i) the date of discharge of the crew member from such vessel;
(j) the date and place of engagement of the crew member for
service in the vessel in respect of which the crew book is
maintained;
(k) the name and the number of the licence of such vessel;
(l) the duration of the contract of service;
(m) the wages payable and the duration of the pay periods
under such contract;
(n) the date and the place of discharge of the crew member
from the vessel;
(o) the signature and one copy of a photograph of the crew
member; and
(p) the signature of the owner or the agent of the vessel.

(2) Whenever any member of the crew is engaged or discharged
the owner or agent of the launch or ferry vessel in question shall
cause such of the particulars required by paragraph (1) as are appli-
cable to be entered in the crew book and shall not later than 7
days after the date of such engagement or discharge, as the case
may be, produce the crew book to the appropriate officer of the
Marine Department, either at the Marine Department or at the
nearest station of the Marine Department, to the place from which
such launch or ferry vessel operates; and, upon payment of the fee
prescribed (if any), such officer shall counter-sign the entry.

(3) If any person is employed as a member of the crew of any
launch or ferry vessel whose names is not entered in the crew book of such launch or ferry vessel as required by the provisions of para-
graph (1),the master and the owner of the launch or vessel shall
each be guility of an offence and shall each be liable on conviction to
a fine of $10,000 and to imprisonment for 6 months; and if any crew
book is not produced to the appropriate officer of the Marine
Department as required by the provisions of that paragraph, the
master and the owner of the vessel to which the crew book relates
shall each be guilty of an offence and shall each be liable on convic-
tion to a fine of $5,000.

27. (1) Whenever the master or the engineer of any launch
or ferry vessel is engaged or discharged, the owner of such launch
or ferry vessel shall, not later than 48 hours after such engagement
or discharge, register the fact with the Director, on a form to be
obtained from the Marine Department, and shall pay the fee
(if any) prescribed for the registration thereof.

(2) If the owner of any launch or ferry vessel fails to comply
with any of the provisions of paragraph (1), he shall be guilty of
an offence and shall be liable on conviction to be a fine of $5,000.

28. (1) Whenever the master or engineer of any launch or
ferry vessel is engaged or discharged, he shall, not later than 48 hours
after such engagement or discharge, produce his local certificate of
competency for inspection by the appropriate officer at the Marine
Department or at the station of the Marine Department nearest to
the port at which the vessel in question operates and shall -

(a) give to such officer all such particulars relating to his
engagement or discharge as may be required for the
purpose of registration thereof; and

(b) pay such registration fee (if any) as may be prescribed.

(2) Any master or engineer who fails to comply with any of
the provisions of paragraph (1) shall be guilty of an offence and
shall be liable on conviction to a fine of $5,000.

29. (1) The Director shall cause to be maintained at the
Marine Department a register relating to master and engineers of
launches and ferry vessels showing-

(a) the dates of all engagements and discharges of masters
and engineers;

(b) the names of the vessels in or from which they were
engaged or discharged;

(c) particulars of any complaint or charge laid against any
master or engineer; and

(d) the results of any complaint or charge.




(2) The register referred to in paragraph (1) shall be open to
inspection by any owner, master or engineer, or his representative,
of any launch or ferry vessel upon application to the Marine Depart-
ment.

PART VII

[Revoked, L.N. 111701

PART VIII

MISCELLANEOUS

37. (1) The owner of any vessel licensed under these regulations
shall, subject to exemption granted by the Director, cause the name of
such vessel to be painted in English and Chinese characters of
appropriate size on the stern and on either bow of the vessel together
with a number, in English characters, indicating the number of persons
which such vessel is licensed to carry.

(2) Having regard to the type of craft and its employment for the
time being, the Director may in his discretion by notice in writing served
upon the owner of any vessel licensed under these regulations require
that such vessel be painted in such manner or in such colours for the
purpose of identification as he may consider appropriate:

Provided that no such vessel shall be required to be repainted
within 1 year since the last preceding occasion upon which the same
was painted for any purpose before the owner thereof was served with
notice of such requirement.

(3) The Director may refuse to permit any vessel licensed under
these regulations to bear a name which is the same as that of any other
such vessel or which is so similar thereto as, in the opinion of the
Director, likely to give rise to confusion.

38. (1) The owner of any vessel licensed under these regulations
shall cause such vessel to be at all times maintained in a proper state of
cleanliness and repair and any apparatus or equipment fitted therein to
be maintained in good order and proper state of readiness for use.

(2) No structural alterations or additions shall be made to any such
vessel except with the permission in writing of the Director.

(3) No ballast shall be removed from, added to or moved as to
position in any such vessel without the permission in writing of the
Director.
(4)(a) The owner of any vessel in respect of which any of the
provisions of paragraph (1) are contravened shall be guilty of
an offence and shall be liable on conviction to a fine of $1,000.

(b)The owner of any vessel in respect of which any of the
provisions of paragraph (2) or (3) are contravened shall be
guilty of an offence and shall be liable on conviction to a fine
of $4,000; and, if so required in writing by the Director, shall
restore such vessel to the same condition as to structure or
ballast, as the case may be, as the vessel was in immediately
prior to the contravention, and until such restoration is
effected to the satisfaction of the Director any licence or permit
to ply granted in respect of the vessel shall be deemed to be
suspended.

39. (1) The maximum hire charges for any launch in respect
of which a licence in Class I is in force and which is not structurally
eligible for a licence of any other class may be prescribed from time
to time by the Commissioner for Transport by notification in the
Gazette.

(2) A notice, written in English and Chinese, declaring the
maximum hire charges, if any, for the time being prescribed pur-
suant to the provisions of paragraph (1) shall at all times be posted
in a conspicuous place in every launch to which the provisions of
this regulation apply.

(3) A launch shall be deemed to be on hire from the time
when at the request of the hirer such launch is available, with her
engine running, for the hirer's use.

(4) If the owner or master of any launch to which the pro-
visions of this regulation apply charges, or causes or permits to be
charged, any hire charge in excess of those prescribed pursant to
the provisions of paragraph (1), he shall be guilty of an offence and
shall be liable on conviction to a fine of $5,000.

(5) The owner of any launch in respect of which any of the
provisions of paragraph (2) are contravened shall be guilty of an
offence and shall be liable on conviction to a fine of $5,000.

40. The master of any launch or ferry vessel who without
reasonable cause refuses-

(a) in the case of a launch or ferry vessel who without
reasonable cause refuses-

(b) in the case of a ferry vessel, to carry any passenger upon
any route advertised for that vessel,

shall be guilty of an offence and shall be liable on conviction to a
fine of $5,000.






41. (1) Where at any time any part of the space in any launch or
ferry vessel to which these regulations apply is occupied by cargo or
baggage, the maximum number of passengers which may, in accordance
with the current certificate of survey, be carried shall be reduced at the
rate of 1 passenger for every 7, 10 or 12 superficial feet of space so
occupied according as the vessel is licensed as a Class 1, Class II or
Class 111 vessel respectively.

(2) The master of any launch or ferry vessel who, having regard to
the provisions of paragraph (1), carries in such launch or ferry vessel a
greater number of passengers than the vessel is permitted to carry shall
be guilty of an offence and shall be liable on conviction to a fine of
$10,000 and to imprisonment for 6 months.

42. (1) No cargo or pl~senger's baggage shall be carried on the
upper deck of any ferry vessel, if such vessel is fitted with more than
one deck, during any period during which such vessel is engaged in
ferry work.

(2) The master of any ferry vessel in respect of which any of the
provisions of paragraph (1) are contravened shall be guilty of an offence
and shall be liable on conviction to a fine of $10,000 and to imprisonment
for 6 months.

43. (1) The master of any launch not being a ferry vessel, shall
permit any passenger travelling therein to disembark at any place where
such passenger can lawfully disembark without risk, when requested by
such passenger to do so providing that the passenger has either paid
the appropriate hire charge in advance or tenders the charge upon
making such request.

(2) The master of any launch who fails to comply with any of the
provisions of paragraph (1) shall be guilty of an offence and shall be
liable on conviction to a fine of $5,000.

44. (1) Whenever any ferry vessel is plying as a ferry the master
thereof shall not embark or disembark passengers, unless otherwise
permitted by the Director, except at a pier, sea-wall or landing place, and
then only by means of a gangway adequately secured to the vessel and
the shore respectively and fitted with a handrail, or by landing steps
alongside which such ferry vessel has made fast.

(2) Except with the permission of the Director, no master of any ferry
vessel shall load or unload cargo from a ferry vessel while so plying
except at a pier, sea-wall or landing place.

(3) The master of any ferry vessel in respect of which any of the
provisions of paragraph (1) or (2) are contravened shall be guilty of an
offence and shall be liable on conviction to a fine of $5,000.





45. (1) No launch or ferry vessel shall be used for the purpose of
prostitution, nor for the conveyance of women for such purpose.

(2) Any person who uses any launch or ferry vessel, or causes or
permits the use thereof, in contravention of any of the provisions of
paragraph (1) shall be guilty of an offence and shall be liable on
conviction to a fine of $5,000.

46. (1) No launch or ferry vessel, except under and in accordance
with a permit issued by the Director upon payment of the prescribed fee
or as otherwise authorized by law, shall ply for hire, or embark any
passengers or goods from any public pier or wharf, or lie, moor or
anchor within a distance of 100 yards from any such pier or wharf:

Provided that nothing in this regulation shall

(a) operate to prevent-

(i) the landing of passengers or goods at a public pier or
wharf; or

(ii) the mooring of any launch or ferry vessel alongside any
private pier or wharf which may be situated within a distance
of 100 yards from a public pier or wharf; or

(b)apply to any launch or ferry vessel chartered solely for the
purpose of one picnic or other excursion for pleasure.

(2) Every permit referred to in paragraph (1) shall at all times be kept
on board the launch or ferry vessel in relation to which it is issued and
shall be produced for inspection on demand by any police officer,
officer of the Marine Department or officer of the Inland Revenue
Department.

(3) Every permit shall be subject to cancellation at any time at the
discretion of the Director.

(4) The owner and the master of any launch or ferry vessel in
respect of which any of the provisions of paragraph (1) or (2) are
contravened shall each be guilty of an offence and shall each be liable
on conviction to a fine of $5,000.

47. (1) Subject to the requirements of safe and proper navigation,
the master of any launch or ferry vessel shall proceed with reasonable
expedition when such launch or ferry vessel is under way and carrying
passengers.

(2) The master of any launch or ferry vessel who fails to comply
with any of the provisions of paragraph (1) shall be guilty of an offence
and shall be liable on conviction to a fine of $5,000.

48. (1) The master of any launch or ferry vessel which is involved in
any accident or has sustained any damage shall report such accident or
damage to the Director as soon as practicable after the occurrence of
such loss or damage.





(2) The master of any launch or ferry vessel who fails to comply
with any of the provisions of paragraph (1) shall be guilty of an offence
and shall be liable on conviction to a fine of $10,000 and to imprisonment
for 6 months.

PARTIX

FALSE INFORMATION AND
EXEMPTION

49. Any person who, for the purpose of obtaining any licence,
certificate, permit, exemption, or other document, or for making any
registration, pursuant to or required by any of the provisions of these
regulations, makes or causes to be made any statement or gives any
information which he knows or has reason to believe to be false in any
material respect shall be guilty of an ofrence and shall be liable on
conviction to a fine of $10,000 and to imprisonment for 6 months.

50. The Director may in his discretion and subject to such
conditions as he may think fit to impose, upon application and upon
payment of the prescribed fee (if any) exempt by notice in writing any
launch or ferry vessel from any requirements contained in or prescribed
by any of the provisions of these regulations where he is satisfied that
such requirement has been substantially complied with or that
compliance therewith is unnecessary having regard to the circumstances
of the case.

FIRST SCHEDULE [reg. 3.1

PLYING LIMITS

CLASS 1 PLYING LIMITS

Harbour and Specified Sheltered Waters

Victoria Harbour Area.

The waters contained within the following boundaries

On the east-A straight line drawn from the westernmost extremity of Siu Chau
Wan Point to the westernmost extremity of A Kung Ngam Point (sometimes
known as Kung Am);

On the west-A straight line drawn from the westernmost point of the Island of
Hong Kong to the westernmost point of Green Island, thence a straight line drawn
from the westernmost point of Green Island to the southeasternmost point of Tsing
Yi, thence along the eastern and northern coast lines of Tsing Yi to the
westernmost extremity of Tsing Yi and thence a straight line drawn true north
therefrom to the mainland.

Aberdeen Area.

The waters contained within Aberdeen Harbour and Aberdeen Channel bounded
on the western entrance by a straight line drawn from the westernmost point on Ap
Lei Chau Island, Fo Yo Kok, true north to the foreshore of Hong Kong Island, and
bounded on the south-east entrance by a straight line drawn from the eastern
foreshore of Ap Lei Chau true east across to the foreshore of Hong Kong Island in
position 22' 14' 16' North Latitude 114' 09' 46' East Longitude.





Junk Bay Area.

The waters of Junk Bay to the northward of a straight line drawn from Lei
Yue Mun point across to the northernmost point of Fat Tau Chau (Junk Island),
the northern shore of Fat Tau Chau, and a straight line drawn from the
easternmost point of Fat Tau Chau to a point of land on the mainland shore in
position 22' 16' 48' North Latitude 114' 16' 30. East Longitude.

Port Shelter Area.

The waters of Port Shelter and Rocky Harbour bounded on the north and west
by the mainland shore and on the south and east by a straight line drawn from La
Tau Ko point to the southernmost point of Ngau Tau Island (off Shelter Island)
thence by a straight line to the southernmost point of Tiu Chung Chau (Jim
Island), thence by a straight line to the southern extremity of Leung Shuen Wan
Chau (High Island), thence by the western and northern shore of Leung Shuen Wan
Chau to its eastern extremity, thence by a straight line drawn true north to the
mainland shore.

Tolo Harbour Area.

The waters of Tide Cove, Tolo Harbour and Plover Cove within an area
bounded by the mainland shore, by a straight line drawn from the western
extremity of Wu Kwai Sha Tsui to the south-western extremity of Pak Sha Tau
Chau (Harbour Island), thence by the northern shore of Pak Sha Tau Chau to its
eastern extremity, thence by a straight line across to the point of land on the
mainland shore in position 22' 27' 42' North Latitude 114' 15' 26' East Longitude.

CLASS II PLYING LIMITS

Partly Sheltered Waters, Specified Areas

Western Approaches.

The waters to the westward of the Victoria Harbour Class 1 plying limit and
bounded by a straight line drawn from the western extremity of Green Island to the
southern extremity of Kau I Chau, thence by a straight line to the southern
extremity of Hay Ling Chau, thence by a straight line to the eastern extremity of
Cheung Chau thence by the eastern, northern and western shore of Cheung Chau to
its south-western extremity, in position 22' 12' 10' North Latitude 114' 00' 56'
East Longitude, thence by a straight line to the southeastern shore of Shek Ku
Chau in position 22' IF 53' North Latitude 113' 59' 32' East Longitude, thence
along the eastern shore of Shek Ku Chau to the northernmost point of the island,
thence by a straight line drawn true north to the coast of Lantau, thence by the
eastern shore of Lantau to a point of and on its north shore in position 22' 20' 07'
North Latitude 114' 01' 16' East Longitude, thence by a straight line to a point of
land on the mainland shore of Castle Peak in position 22' 22' 00' North Latitude
113' 56' 22' East Longitude, thence by the mainland shore to the boundary of the
Class 1 plying limit.

East Lamma Channel Area.

The waters of East Lamma Channel to seaward of Ap Lei Chau, to seaward of
the Class 1 plying limits of Aberdeen Harbour and Aberdeen Channel and the
southern coast of Hong Kong Island, and to seaward of the south-western limit of
the Victoria Harbour Class 1 plying area, bounded by a straight line drawn from the
south-western extremity of Green Island to the Northern extremity of Lamma
Island, thence by the eastern shore of Lamma Island to its eastern extremity,
thence by a straight line across to the southern extremity of Hong Kong Island.

Eastern Approaches.

Those waters to seaward of the eastern boundary of Victoria Harbour as
specified in the Third Schedule to the Interpretation and General Clauses Ordinance
and to seaward of the Class 1 plying limits specified for the Junk Bay and Port






Shelter Areas, bounded by a straight line drawn from Hak Kok Tau (Cape
Collinson) to a point of land on Tung Lung (Lam Tong Island) in 22' 15'20'North
Latitude 114' 16' 58' East Longitude, thence by the western shore of Tung Lung to
a





point on its eastern extremity in position 22' 15' North Latitude 114 17' 44 East
Longitude, thence by a straight line to the south-eastern extremity of Steep Island,
thence by a straight line to the eastern extremity of Trio Island, thence by a
straight line to the southern extremity of Bluff Island, thence by the northern shore
of Bluff Island to its eastern extremity, thence by a straight line to the south-
western extremity of Town Island, thence by the west shore of Town Island to its
north-western extremity, thence by a straight line drawn true west to the shore of
Leung Shuen Wan Chau.

Mirs Bay Area.

The waters in Starling Inlet, Crooked Harbour, Tolo Channel and Long
Harbour bounded on the east by a straight line drawn from a position on the
mainland shore in 22' 35' IT' North Latitude 114' 16' 06 East Longitude to the
eastern extremity of Kat 0 Chau (Crooked Island), thence by a straight line to the
northern extremity of Pak Sha Chau (Round Island), thence by the western shore of
Pak Sha Chau to its southern extremity, thence by a straight line to the north-
western extremity of Chik Chau (Port Island) position 22' 30 36' North Latitude
114' 21 18 East Longitude, thence by the western shore of Chik Chau to its
southern extremity, thence by a straight line drawn to the northern extremity of
Tap Mun Chau (Grass Island) position 22' 29 14' North Latitude 114' 21 27' East
Longitude, thence by the western shore of Tap Mun Chau to its southern
extremity, thence by a straight line drawn true south to Boulder Point on the
mainland shore in position 22' 27' 45' North Latitude 114' 21 30 East Longitude,
but excluding the waters of Tide Cove, Tolo Harbour and Plover Cove specified as
Class I plying areas.

CLASS III PLYING LIMITS

Waters of the Colony

The waters of the Colony not included within the limits specified for Class 1
and Class 11 plying areas but included within the boundaries of the Colony as
defined in the Second Schedule to the interpretation and General Clauses Ordinance.

CLASS IV PLYING LIMITS

River Trade Limits

The waters in the vicinity of the Colony within the following boundaries.
namely on the east, meridian 114' 30' east; on the south, parallel 22' 9 north; on
the west, meridian 113' 31' east; and all inland waterways in the province of
Kwongtung and the province of Kwongsi to which access can be obtained from the
area defined above.

SECOND SCHEDULE

FORM 1 [reg. 4.

MERCHANT SHIPPING ORDINANCE

(Chapter 281)

MERCHANT SHIPPING (LAUNCHES AND FERRY VESSELS) REGULATIONS

(M.O. 138) (Front of cover)

Audit No . ...............

LICENCE
FOR

CLASS ....................................
TYPE OF VESSEL ...........................................................................
NAME OF VESSEL






...........................................................................

LICENCE NO . ....................

LICENSED TO PLY ........................................................................

.....................................
.....................................





(Inside Cover)
CONDITIONS OF LICENCE

1 All the provisions of the Merchant Shipping Ordinance as now or as hereafter
to be amended, and of the regulations for the time being and from time to time
in force thereunder which do or shall relate or apply to the licensed vessel shall
be duly complied with and observed.

2.The International Collision Regulations shall in all respects be duly complied
with and observed by and in respect of the licensed vessel.

3.The number of passengers this vessel is licensed to carry shall not be exceeded
(page 2).

4.The plying limits for which this vessel is licensed shall be adhered to (pages 2
and 63).

5.This vessel is/is not permitted to tow. (When towing no passengers may be
carried).

6.Subject to condition 5, when this vessel is engaged in towing it shall exhibit the
prescribed lights as shown on the leaflet attached to page 64 of the licence
book.

7. Standard crew record books are to be supplied and kept up-to-date.

8. This licence is not transferable.

..................for Director of Marine
Page 1.
(Chinese Version of Inside Cover)
Page 2.
Licence No . .....Class
Name of Vessel: ..1

...............................

Name of Owner: .................................................................................

Address of Owner: ...............................................

..........................

Name of Master Engineer: See Pages 5 to 9.

Registered Dimensions:-

Length in.
Breadth: ft. in.
Depth ft. in.

Gross Tonnage: ..................................................................
Net Tonnage: ......................................................................

Type of Vessel: ..................................................................................

Pressure allowed on safety valve: Ibs. per sq. in.

Engine horse power: ............................................................................

Permanent Ballast: .1

Number of persons the vessel is licensed to carry within:

Class 1. Limits: ...Class Ill Limits:






Class II Limits: ...Class IV Limits:
including ..........crew.
Fee for Licence Book

.............

shroff's Signature.





Page 3.

(Chinese Version of Page 2)

Page 4.

MACHINERY

Type of Main Engines ........................................................................
Makers Engine No . ...............................................................................
Auxiliary Machinery ...........................................................................
Remarks .............................................................................................

.....................................
.....................................
.....................................

FIRE FIGHTING APPLIANCES

Number and type of Fire Extinguishers ...................................................

LIFE SAVING APPLIANCES

Number of Lifebuoys ...........................................................................
Number of Lifebelts ...........................................................................
Other L.S.A . .......................................................................................

LIGHTS AND SOUND SIGNALS

Navigation Lights: Mast/Side/Stern/Towing/Anchor
Sound Signals: Mechanical Horn/Foghorn/Bell

LICENCE BOOK

Pages 5, 6, 7, 8 9.

Local Certificates of Competency of Master or Engineer.

Pages 10, 11 12.

Endorsements.

Pages 13, 14 15.

Changes of Ownership and other endorsements.

Pages 16 to 59.

Reports of Arrivals and Departures of vessel.

Pages 60 to 62.

Renewals of Licence.

Page 63.

Diagram of Plying limits.

Page 64.

Diagram of Navigation Lights.

Inside Back Cover.

Licence Receipt to be attached here.











FORm 2 [reg. 7.1

MERCHANT SHIPPING ORDINANCE

(Chapter 281)

MERCHANT SHIPPING (LAUNCHES AND FERRY VESSELS)
REGULATIONS

(M.0. 99)

TEMPORARY PERMIT FOR AN UNLICENSED VESSEL TO REMAIN
IN THE WATERS OF THE COLONY FOR A PERIOD
NOT EXCEEDING ONE WEEK

Name of Vessel Foreign Registry No .
Name of Master Certificate No .
Tonnage Nett Light Dues Receipt No .
From ....Via
Cargo ...tons No. of Passengers

Date of Arrival
....................................................................................

Towing
.............................................................................

Special Conditions
..............................................................................

This permit expires on .and must be produced at

the Marine Department at the time of reporting clearance.

This vessel may be allowed to load cargo, embark passengers or tow any vessel
in the waters of the Colony at the sole discretion of the Director of Marine.

Fee ..........................................

.................................

,~~ro ture.

Date .............................Audit No . .................................... for Director of Marine. MARINE
DEPARTMENT,
HONG KONG.

(Chinese Version)

FORm 3 [reg. 8.1

MERCHANT SHIPPING ORDINANCE

(Chapter 281)

MERCHANT SHIPPING (LAUNCHES AND FERRY VESSELS)
REGULATIONS
TEMPORARY OPERATING PERMIT FOR LAUNCHES
OR FERRY VESSELS

The licence book of this vessel is deposited in the Marine Department,

Hong Kong, pending






...........................................................................
Name of Vessel
....................................................................................

Name of Master ....Cert. No .
Name of Engineer ..Cert. No .

No. of Passengers allowed including crew within the

Class 1 limits ....Class 11 limits
Class III limits ..Class IV limits





1. This temporary receipt must be kept on board when this vessel is under way
and produced on demand to any Marine or Police Officer.

2. This temporary receipt is valid for days only and

must be returned in exchange for the Licence Book deposited in the Marine
Department.

Date ....................................

for Director of Marine.

MARINE DEPARTMENT,
HONG KONG.

(Chinese Version)

FORm 4 [reg. 14.1

MERCHANT SHIPPING ORDINANCE
(Chapter 281)

MERCHANT SHIPPING (LAUNCHES AND FERRY VESSELS) REGULATIONS

1TONG KONG

CERTIFICATE OF SURVEY

FOR THE HULL, MACHINERY AND EQUIPMENT OF LAUNCHES,

AND FERRY VESSELS

Issued by the Marine Department (Ship Surveys)

Name of Vessel ....Licence No . to ply in Class
Length Reg . ......Breadth Reg . Depth Reg .
Tonnage: Gross .... Nett
Name of Owner ..... Address

We/I the undersigned Surveyor(s) of Ships hereby certify:

(1) That on the ...........day of 19 the hull and

equipment of the above-named vessel was thoroughly examined and was
found to be in good condition and fit for the service intended until the

....day of ..19

(2) That on the ..............day of 1 19 the

machinery, boilers and pressure vessels of the said vessel were inspected

and found to be in good condition and fit for the service intended until

the ..day of ..19

(3) That the safety valves satisfy the requirements of the Merchant Shipping

Ordinance and have been set for a maximum pressure of Ibs.

per sq. inch.

(4)That the vessel is properly fitted with navigation lights and with the means
for making sound signals.







(5) That the vessel is properly found with anchors and cables.

(6)That the vessel has been subjected to a stability test and has ............... tons
of ballast permanently on board.

(7)That the vessel is equipped with the following Life Saving Appliances in
accordance with the Merchant Shipping (Life Saving Appliances)

Regulations.

Boats .........B.A. . Lifebuoys

Lifejackets ...........................





(8)That the vessel is provided with the following fire-extinguishing
appliances in accordance with the Merchant Shipping (Fire Appliances)
Regulations ...........................................................................

.................................
.................................

(9)That all openings in the main deck are efficiently protected by coamings
or casing and are capable of being closed water-tight, and that all seats are
properly secured in position and that suitable awnings are provided.

(10)That the crew is sufficient for the requirements of the vessel and both the
master and engineer are in possession of the appropriate Certificates of
Competency issued by the Director of Marine.

(11) This vessel is permitted to tow. (When towing no passengers may

is _no not

be carried).

(12)That the spaces measured for passenger accommodation and the numbers
of passengers that the vessel may carry within the various limits are as
follows:

Passengers (and Crew)
Spaces
Class 1 Class 41 Class III Class IV

Crew .................................
Cabins ..............................
Cockpit ..............................
Main Deck ........................

............... Deck

Total persons ..........................................

If the space measured for passenger accommodation is at any time occupied
by cargo or passengers' baggage, then one passenger is to be deducted for every
7, 10 or 12 superficial feet of space so occupied, accordingly as the vessel is
plying in Class 1, Class II, Class III limits, respectively.

Rernarks:-This vessel is permitted to ply with a Combined Coxswain and

Engineer ...........................................................................

...............................

This Certificate expires on the .day of 19

Hong Kong ...day of ....19

(Paragraphs: .

. ........Surveyor or of S
hips

(Paragraphs: . .......... ............................

of Ships.

(Delete the portions of the form that do not apply)

This Certificate of Survey shall be securely framed and exhibited at all times in






some conspicuous part of the vessel.





FORM 5 [reg. 19.1
(Front of cover)

E. a R.
LOCAL CERTIFICATE OF COMPETENCY
MASTER
HONG KONG
UNDER PARTS II, XIII AND XIV OF THE
MERCHANT SHIPPING ORDINANCE
(Chapter 281)

(Page 1) (Inside Front Cover)
M.O. 128

at

E. R.

MERCHANT SHIPPING ORDINANCE
(Chapter 281)
HONG KONG

Certificate No . .............................................
Record Book Ref. No . .................................

This is to certify that the Bearer .........................................................

....................

Age ......Height .....feet and ..inches.

Nationality ......H.K.I.C. No .

has passed the prescribed examination and is considered competent to take
charge of a Powered Vessel of 151601300 tons and under as Master.

Examination fee Receipt No .

Further Qualifications .....................................................................

.....................................
..................................... 1

(Page 2) Audit No . ..................

MARINE DEPARTMENT

Hong Kong ................19

PHOTOGRAPH

Signature

.................

for Director of Marine.





(Page 3)

ENDORSEMENTS

Passed Eyesight Test ...........................................................................

.................................................

for Director of Marine.

............ 19

(Page 4)

ENDORSEMENTS

(Page 5)

RECORD OF SERVICE
Date

Name of Vessel Signature
From To
(Page 6) (Inside Back Cover)

RECORD OF SERVICE

Date
Name of Vessel Signature

From To





M.O. 59A

FORM 6

E. a R
CERTIFICATE OF
COMPETENCY

(ENGINEER)

HONG KONG

UNDER SECTION 97
MERCHANT SHIPPING 0

(Chapter 28 1)

MARINE DEPARTMENT
HONG KONG

(Page 1) (Inside Front Cover)


E. a R.

MERCHANT SHIPPING ORDINANCE

(Chapter 281)

HONG KONG

Certificate No . ...................................................

This is to certify that the Bearer ......................................................

.....................................
.....................................

Age ....Height ....feet and ...inches.

Native of ..........................................................................................

has been examined and is considered competent to take charge of a Steam/Motor

.........................................................................................................

.....................................

Examination fee ....Receipt No .

Limitations .................................................................................

.....................................
.....................................





(Page 2) No .

MARINE DEPARTMENT

Hong Kong Kong ....19

..................... ...................................................

Examiner for Director of Marine

(Page 3)

ENDORSEMENTS

(Page 4)

ENDORSEMENTS

(Page 5)

ENDORSEMENTS

(Page 6)

ENDORSEMENTS
L.N. 88/65. L.N. 11/70. L.N. 25/70. L.N. 18/73. L.N. 144/65. Citation. Application. L.N. 11/70. (Cap. 281, sub. leg.) Interpretation. L.N. 11/70. First Schedule. (Cap. 281, sub. leg.) First Schedule. General provisions relating to licensing. Second Schedule, Form 1. L.N. 255/74. Lost, destroyed or defaced licences. Issue of licences. Issue of permits. Second Schedule. Form 2. Licences and permits to be carried. Second Schedule, Form 3. L.N. 255/74. Suspension of licence or permit in event of damage to vessel pending survey. Change of ownership. L.N. 255/74. Termination of requirement for licensing. L.N. 255/74. Surveys. Certificates of survey to be carried in the vessel. L.N. 255/74. Contents of certificate of survey. Second Schedule, Form 4. Maximum number of passengers. Periodical surveys. L.N. 255/74. Launches and ferry vessels to carry certificated masters and engineers. L.N. 11/70. L.N. 255/74 Issue of local certificates of competency. L.N. 11/70. Form of local certificates of competency. Second Schedule. Forms 5 and 6. L.N. 11/70. Loss, etc., of local certificates of competency. Report of arrival. Notice of departure. L.N. 255/74. Night clearance. L.N. 255/74. Monthly clearance for certain launches. L.N. 255/74. Monthly clearance of ferry vessels. L.N. 255/74. Engagement or discharge of members of crew. L.N. 255/74. Duty of owner on engagement or discharge of master or engineer. L.N. 255/74. Duty of master or engineer upon engagement or discharge. L.N. 255/74. Records of engagement and discharge of masters and engineers. Identification of craft. L.N.11/70. L.N. 11/70. Vessels to be kept clean and in good repair. L.N . 11/70. Prescribing of hire charges for certain launches. L.N. 18/73. L.N. 255/74. L.N. 255/74. Refusal to carry passengers. L.N. 255/74. Reduction in passenger space in certain circumstances. L.N. 255/74. Prohibition of cargo, etc., on bridge deck of ferry vessels. L.N. 255/74. Disembarkation of passengers from launches. L.N .255/74. Embarking and disembarking on ferry vessels. L.N .255/74. Use of launches, etc. for purpose of prostitution prohibited. L.N. 255/74. Control of launches, etc. at public piers and wharves. L.N. 255/74. Launches and ferry vessels to travel with reasonable expedition. L.N. 255/74. Report of accidents or damage. L.N. 11/70. L.N. 255/74. False information. L.N. 255/74. Power to exempt. L.N. 25/70. (Cap. 1.) (Cap. 1.)

Abstract

L.N. 88/65. L.N. 11/70. L.N. 25/70. L.N. 18/73. L.N. 144/65. Citation. Application. L.N. 11/70. (Cap. 281, sub. leg.) Interpretation. L.N. 11/70. First Schedule. (Cap. 281, sub. leg.) First Schedule. General provisions relating to licensing. Second Schedule, Form 1. L.N. 255/74. Lost, destroyed or defaced licences. Issue of licences. Issue of permits. Second Schedule. Form 2. Licences and permits to be carried. Second Schedule, Form 3. L.N. 255/74. Suspension of licence or permit in event of damage to vessel pending survey. Change of ownership. L.N. 255/74. Termination of requirement for licensing. L.N. 255/74. Surveys. Certificates of survey to be carried in the vessel. L.N. 255/74. Contents of certificate of survey. Second Schedule, Form 4. Maximum number of passengers. Periodical surveys. L.N. 255/74. Launches and ferry vessels to carry certificated masters and engineers. L.N. 11/70. L.N. 255/74 Issue of local certificates of competency. L.N. 11/70. Form of local certificates of competency. Second Schedule. Forms 5 and 6. L.N. 11/70. Loss, etc., of local certificates of competency. Report of arrival. Notice of departure. L.N. 255/74. Night clearance. L.N. 255/74. Monthly clearance for certain launches. L.N. 255/74. Monthly clearance of ferry vessels. L.N. 255/74. Engagement or discharge of members of crew. L.N. 255/74. Duty of owner on engagement or discharge of master or engineer. L.N. 255/74. Duty of master or engineer upon engagement or discharge. L.N. 255/74. Records of engagement and discharge of masters and engineers. Identification of craft. L.N.11/70. L.N. 11/70. Vessels to be kept clean and in good repair. L.N . 11/70. Prescribing of hire charges for certain launches. L.N. 18/73. L.N. 255/74. L.N. 255/74. Refusal to carry passengers. L.N. 255/74. Reduction in passenger space in certain circumstances. L.N. 255/74. Prohibition of cargo, etc., on bridge deck of ferry vessels. L.N. 255/74. Disembarkation of passengers from launches. L.N .255/74. Embarking and disembarking on ferry vessels. L.N .255/74. Use of launches, etc. for purpose of prostitution prohibited. L.N. 255/74. Control of launches, etc. at public piers and wharves. L.N. 255/74. Launches and ferry vessels to travel with reasonable expedition. L.N. 255/74. Report of accidents or damage. L.N. 11/70. L.N. 255/74. False information. L.N. 255/74. Power to exempt. L.N. 25/70. (Cap. 1.) (Cap. 1.)

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3092

Edition

1964

Volume

v18

Subsequent Cap No.

281

Number of Pages

29
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:30:18 +0800
<![CDATA[MERCHANT SHIPPING (FIRE APPLIANCES) REGULATIONS]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3090

Title

MERCHANT SHIPPING (FIRE APPLIANCES) REGULATIONS

Description






MERCHANT SHIPPING (FIRE APPLIANCES)
REGULATIONS.

ARRANGEMENT OF REGULATIONS.

Regulation. Page

PART I.

PRELIMINARY.

1..........Citation ......................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... H 3
2..........Interpretation ................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... H 3

3.................Application of the Rules ... ... ... ... ... .... ... ... ... ... H 4
4.................Classification of ships ... ... .... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... H 5

PART 11.

PASSENGER
STEAMERS.

5. Ships of Group 1: Application ............ ... ... ... ... ... H 5

6. Ships of Group 2: Fire patrol and detection systems ... ... ... H 5

7. Ships of Group 2: Fire pumps, fire main, water service pipes, hydrants,

hoses and nozzles ...................... ... ... ... ... ... ... H 6

8. Ships of Group 2: Portable fire extinguishers in accommodation and

service spaces ......................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... H 7

9. Ships of Group 2: Fixed fire smothering arrangements in cargo spaces ... H 7

10. Ships of Group 2: Machinery spaces containing oil-fired boilers or oil

MERCH
ANT

~y

burning equipment ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... H 7

11. Ships of Group 2: Machinery spaces containing internal combustion type machinery ...
... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... H 8

12. Ships of Group 2: Machinery spaces containing steam engines ... ... H 8

13. Ships of Group 2: Firemen's outfits ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... H 9

14. Ships of Group 2: International shore connexion ... ... ... ... ... H 9

PART III.

SHIPS OTHER THAN PASSENGER
STEAMERS.

15.............Ships of Group 3 ......... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... H 9
16.............Ships of Group 4 ......... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... H 9

PART IV.

SHIPS OF GROUPS 5 AND 6.







17. Ships of Group 5: Fire pumps, hoses, nozzles, fire main, sea connexion,

water service pipes and hydrants .... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... H10

18...........................Ships of Group 5: Portable fire extinguishers ... ... ... .... ... HII

19. Ships of Group 5: Machinery spaces containing oil-fired boilers or oil

burning equipment ................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... HII

20. Ships of Group 5: Machinery spaces containing internal Combustion

type machinery....................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... HII





Regulation. Page.

21. Ships of Group 5: Fire pumps, hoses, nozzles ... ... ... ... ... ... HII

22. Ships of Group 5: Portable fire extinguishers ... ... ... ... ... ... H 12

23. Ships of Group 5: Machinery spaces containing oil-fired boilers or oil

burning equipment ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... H 12

24. Ships of Group 5: Machinery spaces containing internal combustion

type machinery ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... H 12 25. Ships of Group 5 not fully
decked ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... H 12

26. Ships of Group 6 ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... H 13

PART V.

SHIPS OF GROUP 7 7.

27......................Ships of Group 7 of 1,000 tons or over ... ... ... ... ... ... ... H 13

28..................................Ships of Group 7 of 500 tons or over but less than 1,000 tons ... ... H 13

29......................Ships of Group 7 of under 500 tons ... ... ... ... ... ... ... H 16
30......................Ships of Group 7: Power to exempt ... ... ... ... ... ... ... H 17

PART VI.

GENERAL.

31..............................Additional requirements for ships carrying explosives ... ... ... ... H 18

32.........Fire pumps ....................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... H 18

33.........................Fire main, water service pipes and hydrants ... ... ... ... ... ... H 20

34................Fire hoses, nozzles, etc . ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... H 22
35................International shore connexion ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... H 23

36..............Fire extinguishers .......... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... H 23

37...........Fire buckets ................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... H 24

38..................................Fixed pressure water spraying systems for machinery spaces ... ... H 24

39..............................Fixed fire smothering gas and steam installations ... ... ... ... H 25

40.........................Fixed foam fire extinguishing installations ... ... ... ... ... ... H 28

41..............Fire detection system ....... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... H29

42...........Firemen's outfits .............. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... H 29

43. Means of stopping machinery, shutting off fuel suction pipes and closing

of openings .............. .............. ... ... ... ... H 29
44...........Fire control plans ............. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... H 30

45.......................Availability of fire fighting appliances ... ... ... ... ... ... ... H 31

46..................Equivalents and exemptions ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... H 31

47...........[Had its effect] ............... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... H 31







First Schedule. International shore connexion ... ... ... ... ... ... ... H 31

Second Schedule. Non-portable foam fire extinguishers ... ... ... ... ... H 32

Third Schedule. Non-portable carbon dioxide fire extinguishers ... ... ... H 33

Fourth Schedule. Breathing apparatus ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... H 34





MERCHANT SHIPPING APPLIANCES)
REGULATIONS.

(Cap. 281, sections 38, 99 and 105).

[16th June, 1969.]

PART I.

PRELIMINARY.

1. These regulations may be cited as the Merchant Shipping (Fire
Appliances) Regulations.

2. In these regulations, unless the context otherwise requires

,,accommodation space' means passenger spaces, corridors, lavatories,
cabins, offices, crew spaces, isolated pantries and lockers and
similar spaces;

'approved' means approved by the Director of Marine or by any
person authorized by him;

'cargo space' means spaces appropriated for cargo, other than mail
and bullion, and trunks leading to such spaces;

-control station' includes those spaces in which radio, main navigating
or central fire-recording equipment or the emergency generator is
located;

.,crew space' means crew accommodation within the meaning of the
Merchant Shipping Act 1948;

'length', in relation to a registered ship, means registered length within
the meaning of subsection (6) of section 32 of the Merchant
Shipping (Load Lines) Act 1967, and in relation to an unregistered
ship means the length from the fore part of the stem to the aft side
of the head of the stern post or, if no stern post is fitted to take the
rudder, to the fore side of the rudder stock at the point where the
rudder passes out of the hull;

'Merchant Shipping (Dangerous Goods) Rules' means the Merchant
Shipping (Dangerous Goods) Rules 1965, made by the Board of
Trade and in operation from time to time in the United Kingdom;

'Merchant Shipping (Passenger Ship Construction) Rules' means the
Merchant Shipping (Passenger Ship Construction) Rules 1965,
made by the Board of Trade and in operation from time to time in
the United Kingdom;

'oil-fired boiler' means any boiler wholly or partly fired by liquid fuel
not being a domestic boiler of less than 25,000 B.T.U. per hour;





'oil fuel unit' means the equipment used for the preparation of oil fuel
for delivery to the oil burners of an oil-fired boiler and includes the
oil pressure pumps, filters and heaters;

'passenger space' means space provided for the use of passengers;

'passenger steamer' means a steamer carrying more than 12
passengers;

'Rules' means the Merchant Shipping (Fire Appliances) Rules 1965,
made by the Board of Trade and in operation from time to time in
the United Kingdom;

',sailing ship' includes a ship provided with sufficient sail area for
navigation under sails alone, whether or not fitted with mechanical
means of propulsion;

'service space' includes galleys, main pantries, laundries, store rooms,
paint rooms, baggage rooms, mail rooms, bullion rooms, carpenters'
and plumbers' workshops, and trunkways leading to such space;

'settling tank' means an oil storage tank having a heating surface of
not less than 2 square feet per ton of oil capacity;

'Simla Rule Ship' means a ship of Class A, B, C, D, E or F as defined in
the Merchant Shipping (Life Saving Appliances) Regulations;

'tanker' means a cargo ship constructed or adapted for the carriage in
bulk of liquid cargoes of an inflammable nature;

'tons', in relation to the tonnage of a ship, means gross tons.

3. (1) Subject to the provisions of these regulations and to -such
consequential modifications as may be necessary to give effect to such
provisions, the Rules shall apply in the case of a ship to which these
regulations apply in the manner hereinafter specified:

Provided that in the case of existing Simla Rule Ships which do not
already comply with the Rules as modified by these regulations,
compliance shall be deemed sufficient if such improvements as are
reasonable and practicable are made with a view to providing
substantial compliance with the general principles of the Rules as so
modified.

(2) In so far as the Rules are applied to a ship to which these
regulations apply, references to the Board of Trade shall be construed
as references to the Director of Marine.

(3) These regulations apply to British ships registered in Hong
Kong and to other ships while they are within any port of Hong Kong.





(4) These regulations shall not apply to-

(a)a ship by reason of her being within a port of Hong Kong if
she would not have been in any such port but for stress of
weather or any other circumstances that neither the master
nor the owner nor the charterer (if any) of the ship could have
prevented or forestalled; or

(b)pleasure yachts which are not passenger steamers and are of
less than 45 feet in length.

4. For the purpose of these regulations, ships to which tile
regulations apply shall be arranged in the following groups

(a)Group 1 ships, being ships of Class 1 and II as defined in the
Rules;

(b)Group 2 ships, being Simla Rule Ships and other ships of
Class G as defined in the Merchant Shipping (Life Saving
Appliances) Regulations;

(c)Group 3 ships, being ships of Class VII, VIIA, VIII and VIIIA
as defined in the Rules;

(d)Group 4 ships, being ships of Class IX, IXA and X as defined
in the Rules;

(e) Group 5 ships, being launches and ferry vessels;

Group 6 ships, being ships of Class XI and XII as defined in
the Rules; and

(g)Group 7 ships, being tankers and operating either within the
waters of Hong Kong or solely within the river trade limits.

PART II.

PASSENGER
STEAMERS.

5. The Rules applicable to ships of Class 1 and 11 shall apply to
ships of Group 1 as they apply to ships of Class I- and 11.

6. (1) In every ship of Group 2 an efficient patrol system shall be
maintained so that any outbreak of fire may be promptly detected.

(2) In every ship of Group 2 there shall be provided in any part of
the ship which is not accessible to the fire patrol a fire detection system
complying with the requirements specified in regulation 41.

(3) The Director may exempt any ship from the requirements of
paragraph (2) if he is satisfied that to require compliance therewith
would be unreasonable on account of the short duration of the voyage
on which the ship is engaged.





7. (1) Every ship of Group 2 shall be provided with
appliances in accordance with this regulation whereby at least two
jets of water as required by these regulations can reach any part
of the ship normally accessible to the passengers or crew while the
ship is being navigated and any store room and any part of the
cargo space when empty.

(2) Every ship of Group 2 of 4,000 tons or over shall be
provided with at least three fire pumps operated by power and
every such ship of under 4,000 tons shall be provided with at least
two such pumps.

(3) Every pump referred to in paragraph (2) shall be capable
of delivering at least one jet simultaneously from each of any two
hydrants, hoses and nozzles provided in the ship and shall comply
with the requirements of regulation 32.

(4) If in any ship of Group 2 a fire in any one compartment
could put all the fire pumps out of action, there shall be provided,
in a position outside the machinery spaces, an independently driven
power operated emergency fire pump and its source of power and
sea connexion.

(5) Every emergency fire pump referred to in paragraph (4)
shall be capable of producing at least two jets of water from any
two hydrants and hoses through nozzles which shall comply with
paragraph (7) of regulation 34, while simultaneously maintaining
a pressure of at least 30 pounds per square inch at any hydrant in
the ship.

(6) In every ship of Group 2 there shall be provided a fire
main, water service pipes, hydrants, hoses and nozzles which shall
be so arranged that they comply with the requirements of regula-
tions 33 and 34, when all watertight and fire resisting doors are
closed.

(7) In every ship of Group 2 at least one fire hose shall be
provided for every hydrant fitted in compliance with these regula-
tions.

(8) In every ship of Group 2 fitted with oil-fired boilers or
internal combustion type propelling machinery there shall be
provided in each space containing such boilers or machinery at
least two fire hydrants, one on the port side and one on the star-
board side.

(9) In addition to the requirements prescribed in paragraph
(8), in respect of any ship referred to in that paragraph in which
there is access to the machinery space by way of a shaft tunnel-

(a)a fire hydrant shall be provided in the tunnel at the end
adjacent to that space; and





(b)a spray nozzle shall be provided for every hydrant fitted
in such spaces in compliance with these regulations.

8. (1) Every ship of Group 2 shall be provided with-
(a)a sufficient number of portable fire extinguishers to ensure
that at least one such extinguisher will be readily available
for use in each of the passenger spaces above the bulk-
head deck and with at least two such extinguishers in
each of the crew spaces and of the passenger spaces below
that deck; and
(b)in addition, at least one portable fire extinguisher in
every galley.

(2) In every such ship at least one portable fire extinguisher
shall be provided for use in each control station.

1 9. (1) In every ship of Group 2 of 1,000 tons or over there
shall be provided a fixed fire smothering gas installation complying
with the requirements of regulation 39 which shall be so arranged
as to protect every cargo space.

(2) The Director may exempt any ship from the requirements
of this regulation if he is satisfied that to require compliance there-
with would be unreasonable on account of the short duration of
the voyages on which the ship is engaged, or that the holds therein
are provided with steel hatch covers and effective means of closing
all ventilators and other openings leading to the holds.

10. (1) In every ship of Group 2 there shall be provided for
the protection of any space containing any oil-fired boiler, oil fuel
settling tank or oil fuel unit at least one of the following fixed fire
extinguishing installations-
(a)a pressure water spraying system complying with the
requirements of regulation 38;
(b)a fire smothering gas installation. complying with the
requirements of regulation 39; and

(c)a foam fire extinguishing installation complying with the
requirements of regulation 40:

Provided that if the engine and boiler rooms are not entirely
separated from each other by a bulkhead, or if fuel oil can drain
from the boiler room into the engine room, the combined engine
and boiler rooms shall, for the purpose of this paragraph, be
regarded as a single space.

(2) In addition to the requirement of paragraph (1) there
shall be provided-
(a)in each boiler room one or more foam fire extinguishers
each of at least 30 gallons capacity or carbon dioxide fire





extinguishers each of at least 100 lb. capacity, so sited as to be
readily accessible in the event of fire and sufficient in number
to enable foam or carbon dioxide to be directed on to any part
of the boiler room and spaces containing any part of the oil
fuel installation;

(b)in each firing space and in each space which contains any part
of any oil fuel installation at least two portable fire
extinguishers suitable for extinguishing oil fires; and

(c)in each firing space a receptacle containing at least 10 cubic
feet of sand or other dry material suitable for quenching oil
fires together with a scoop for its distribution, or alternatively
an additional portable fire extinguisher suitable for quenching
oil fires.

11. (1) In every ship of Group 2 there shall be provided for the
protection of any space containing internal combustion type machinery
used for main propulsion, or having in the aggregate a total power of
not less than 1,000 b.h.p for auxiliary purposes, at least one of the fixed
fire extinguishing installations required by paragraph (1) of regulation
10.

(2) In addition to the requirements of paragraph (1) there shall be
provided in any such space

(a)one foam fire extinguisher of at least 10 gallons capacity or a
carbon dioxide fire extinguisher of at least 35 ]b. capacity; and

(b)one portable fire extinguisher suitable for extinguishing oil
fires for each 1,000 b.h.p. or part thereof of such machinery but
in no event less than two such extinguishers:

Provided that not more than six such extinguishers shall
be required in any such space.

12. In every ship of Group 2 there shall be provided in spaces
containing steam turbines or enclosed pressure lubricated steam
engines used either for main propulsion, or having in the aggregate a
total power of not less than 1,000 b.h.p. for auxiliary purposes

(q),, foam fire, extinguishers each of at least 10 gallons capacity or
carbon dioxide fire extinguishers each of at least 35 lb. capacity
sufficient in number to enable foam or carbon 'dioxide to be
directed on to any part of the pressure lubrication system and
on to any part of the casings enclosing pressure lubricated
parts of the turbines, engines or associated gearing, if any:

Provided that such extinguishers shall not be required if
equivalent protection is provided in such spaces by a





fixed fire extinguishing installation fitted in compliance with
paragraph (1) of regulation 10 or paragraph (1) of regulation
11; and

(b)one portable fire extinguisher for each 1,000 b.h.p. or part
thereof of such machinery, suitable for extinguishing oil fires,
but in no event less than two such extinguishers:

Provided that-

(i) not more than six such extinguishers shall. be required in
any one such space; and

(ii) such extinguishers shall not be required in addition to
any provided in compliance with paragraph (2) of regulation
11.

13. (1) Every ship of Group 2 shall carry one fireman's outfit for
each 100 feet (or part thereof) of the registered length of the ship, but in
no case less than two.

(2) Every such outfit required to be carried under paragraph (1)
shall comply with the requirements of regulation 42 and at least two of
them shall include breathing apparatus of the air hose type.

(3) If in any such ship which carries firemen's outfits containing
only breathing apparatus of the air hose type an air hose exceeding 120
feet in length Would be necessary to reach from the open deck well
clear of any hatch or doorway to any part of the accommodation,
service, cargo or machinery spaces, at least two sets of breathing
apparatus of the self-contained type shall be provided in addition.

14. Every ship of Group 2 of 1,000 tons or over shall be provided
with at least one international shore connexion which shall comply with
the requirements of regulation 35 to enable water to be supplied from
another ship or from the shore to the fire main, and fixed provision shall
be made to enable such a connexion to be used on the port side and on
the starboard side of the ship.

PART 111.

SHIPS OTHER THAN PASSENGER STEAMERS.

15. The Rules applicable to ships of Class VII, VIIA, VIII and VIIIA
shall apply to ships of Group 3 as they apply to ships of Class VII,
VIIA, VIII and VIIIA.

16. (1) The Rules applicable to ships of Class IX, IXA and X shall
apply to ships of Group 4 as they apply to ships of Class IX, IXA and
X.

(2) The Director may exempt any ship of Group 4 from any of the
requirements of these regulations.





PART IV.

SHIPS OF GROUPS 5 AND 6.

17. (1) Every ship of Group 5 of 70 feet in length or over which is
fully decked shall be provided with appliances in accordance with this
regulation whereby at least one jet of water as required by these
regulations can reach any part of the ship normally accessible to the
passengers or crew when the ship is being navigated and any store
room and any part of any cargo space when empty.

(2) Every ship referred to in paragraph (1) shall be provided with at
least one fire pump operated by power.

(3) Each pump referred to in paragraph (2) shall be capable of
delivering at least one jet of water from any fire hydrant, hose and nozzle
provided in the ship and shall comply with the requirements of
regulation 32.

(4) Every such ship fitted with oil-fired boilers or internal
combustion type propelling machinery shall be provided with an
additional fire pump which shall be permanently connected to the fire
main but which shall not be required to be operated by power.

(5) Each such additional fire pump and its source of power, if any,
shall not be situated in the same compartment as the pump required by
paragraphs (2) and (3) and shall be provided with a permanent sea
connexion situated outside the machinery space.

(6) If an additional fire pump required to be provided under
paragraph (4) is operated by power it shall comply with the requirements
of paragraphs (2) and (3) and if it is manually operated it shall be capable
of producing a jet of water having a throw of not less than 20 feet from
nozzles provided in compliance with this regulation.

(7) Every ship referred to in paragraph (1) shall be provided with a
fire main, water service pipes, hydrants, hoses and nozzles which shall
comply with the requirements of regulations 33 and 34.

(8) Every such ship shall be provided with at least one fire hose for
every hydrant fitted in compliance with these regulations.

(9) Every such ship fitted with oil-fired boilers or internal
combustion type machinery shall be provided with at least one fire
hydrant in each space containing such boilers or machinery.

(10) A spray nozzle shall be provided for every fire hose at every
hydrant fitted in every space referred to in paragraph (9) in compliance
with these regulations.





18. (1) Every ship of Group 5 of 70 feet in length or over which is
fully decked shall be provided with at least one portable fire
extinguisher in each of the passenger spaces above the bulkhead deck,
and with at least two such extinguishers in each of the crew spaces and
of the passenger spaces below that deck.

(2) At least one portable fire extinguisher shall be available for use
in any galley.

19. (1) In every ship of Group 5 of 70 feet in length or over which is
fully decked there shall be provided in any space containing any oil-
fired boiler, or oil fuel settling tank or oil fuel unit, one or more foam fire
extinguishers each of at least 30 gallons capacity or carbon dioxide
extinguishers each of at least 100 lb. capacity.

(2) The extinguisher or extinguishers referred to in paragraph (1)
shall be sited so as to be readily accessible in the event of fire and they
shall be sufficient in number to enable foam or carbon dioxide to. be
directed on to any part of the boiler room or spaces containing any part
of the oil fuel installation.

(3) In addition to the requirements of paragraphs (1) and (2) there
shall be provided

(a)in each firing space and in each space which contains any part
of any oil fuel installation at least two portable fire
extinguishers suitable for extinguishing oil fires; and

(b)in each firing space a receptacle containing at least 5 cubic
feet of sand or other dry material suitable for quenching oil
fires together with a scoop for its distribution, or alternatively
an additional portable fire extinguisher suitable for
extinguishing oil fires.

20. In every ship of Group 5 of 70 feet in length or over which is
fully decked there shall be provided in any space containing internal
combustion type propelling machinery

(a) one foam fire extinguisher of at least 10 gallons capacity
or one carbon dioxide fire extinguisher of at least 35 lb.
capacity; and

(b)one portable fire extinguisher suitable for extinguishing oil
fires for each 1,000 b.h.p. or part thereof of the said machinery,
but in no event less than two such extinguishers:

Provided that not more than six such extinguishers shall
be required in any such space.

21. Every ship of Group 5 of less than 70 feet in length which is
fully decked shall be provided in a position outside the machinery
spaces with a hand pump with a permanent sea connexion, a hose with
a 3/8 inch diameter nozzle, capable of producing a jet of water





having a throw of not less than 20 feet which can be directed on
to any part of the ship, and a spray nozzle'.

22. (1) Every ship of Group 5 of less than 70 feet in length
which is fully decked shall be provided with at least one portable
fire extinguisher in each of the passenger spaces above the bulkhead
deck, and with at least two such extinguishers in each of the crew
spaces and of the passenger spaces below that deck.

(2) At least one portable fire extinguisher shall be available
for use in any galley.

23. (1) In every ship of Group 5 of less than 70 feet in length
which is fully decked there shall be provided in any space contain-
ing any oil-fired boiler, oil fuel settling tank or oil fuel unit one or
more foam fire extinguishers each of at least 10 gallons capacity or
carbon dioxide extinguishers each of at least 35 lb. capacity.

(2) The extinguisher, or extinguishers, referred to in paragraph
(1) shall be sited so as to be readily accessible in the event of fire
and they shall be sufficient in number to enable foam or carbon
dioxide to be directed on to any part of the boiler room or spaces
containing any part of the oil fuel installation.

(3) In addition to the requirements of paragraphs (1) and (2)
there shall be provided-

(a)in each firing space and in each space which contains any
part of any oil fuel installation at least two portable fire
extinguishers suitable for extinguishing oil fires; and

(b)in each firing space a receptacle containing at least 2
cubic feet of sand or other dry material suitable for
quenching oil fires together with a scoop for its distribu-
tion, or alternatively an additional portable fire extin-
guisher suitable for extinguishing oil fires.

24. Every ship of Group 5 of 50 feet in length or over but of
less than 70 feet in length which is fully decked shall be provided
in each space containing internal combustion type propelling
machinery with at least five portable fire extinguishers suitable for
extinguishing oil fires, and every ship of Group 5 of less than 50
feet in length which is fully decked shall be provided with at least
three such portable fire extinguishers in such spaces.

25. (1) Every ship of Group 5 which is not fully decked shall
be provided with- 1

(a)a receptacle containing an adequate quantity of sand or
other dry material suitable for quenching oil fires;

(b) a scoop for distributing the contents of the receptacle;





(e)the number of portable fire extinguishers shown in the following
table

Registered length Two gallon foam 21 ib.CO2 or 3 lb.

ers

of vessel in fire extinguish drt powder, fire

feet. or equivalent extinguishers or



Under 30 1 1
Over 30 to 40 2 1
Over 40 to 50 3 2
Over 50 to 60 4 2
Over 60 to 70 5 2_ and

(d)in the case of any ship of 40 feet in length or over, two fire buckets
and in the case of any ship of less than 40 feet in length one fire
bucket, unless the equipment required by paragraph (2) is provided.

(2) Every ship of Group 5 and every ship which is licensed to ply within
the Class 111 and IV plying limits which is not fully decked but is decked in
way of the machinery spaces shall be provided in a position outside such
spaces with a hand pump, a hose with a 3/8 inch diameter nozzle, capable of
producing a jet of water having a throw of not less than 20 feet which can be
directed on to any part of the ship, and a spray nozzle.

26. (1) The Rules applicable to ships of Class XI and XII shall apply to
ships of Group 6 as they apply to ships of Class XI and XII.

(2) The Director may exempt any ship of Class XII from any of the
requirements of these regulations.

PART V.

SHIPS OF GROUP 7.

27. The Rules applicable to ships of Class VIII of 1,000 tons or over shall
apply to ships of Group 7 as they apply to ships of Class VIII of 1,000 tons
or over.

28. (1) This regulation applies to ships of Group 7 of 500 tons or over
but under 1,000 tons.

(2) Every ship to which this regulation applies shall be provided with
appliances in accordance with this regulation whereby at least two jets of water
as required by these regulations can reach any part of the ship normally
accessible to the crew while the ship is being navigated and any store room and
any part of any cargo space when empty.





(3) Every ship referred to in paragraph (1) shall be provided with at least
two fire pumps operated by power one of which may be driven by the main
engine.

(4) Each pump referred to in paragraph (3) shall be capable of delivering at
least one jet of water from any fire hydrant, hose and nozzle provided in the
ship and shall comply with the requirements of regulation 32.

(5) If in any ship referred to in paragraph (1) fitted with oilfired boilers or
internal combustion type propelling machinery a fire in any one compartment
could put all the fire pumps out of action, there shall be provided, in a position
outside the machinery spaces, an emergency fire pump and its source of power
and sea connexion.

(6) Any such emergency fire pump referred to in paragraph (5) may be
operated by power or manually, and shall be capable of producing from any of
the fire hydrants and hoses provided in the ship, through a nozzle which shall
comply with paragraph (5) of regulation 34, a jet of water having a throw of not
less than 40 feet.

(7) In every ship referred to in paragraph (1) there shall be provided a fire
main, water service pipes and hydrants which shall comply with the
requirements of regulation 33.

(8) Every such ship shall, in addition to any fire hose provided in the
machinery spaces, be provided with at least two fire hoses having a total length
of at least 60 per centum of the length of the ship and one spare fire hose.

(9) In every such ship fitted with oil-fired boilers or internal combustion
type propelling machinery there shall be provided in each space containing such
machinery at least one fire hydrant, together with a fire hose and spray nozzle.

(10) Every ship to which this regulation applies shall be provided with at
least three portable fire extinguishers so situated as to be readily available for
use in the accommodation and service spaces.

(11) In every such ship there shall be provided for the protection of any
space containing any oil-fired boiler, oil fuel settling tank or oil fuel unit, at least
one of the following fixed fire extinguishing installations

(a)a pressure water spraying system complying with the requirements of
regulation 38;

(b)a fire smothering gas or steam installation complying with the
requirements of regulation 39; and

(c)a foam fire extinguishing installation complying with the requirements
of regulation 40.





(12) If the engine room and boiler rooms in any such ship are
not entirely separated from each other by a bulkhead, or if fuel can
drain from the boiler room into the engine room, the combined
engine room and boiler room shall, for the purpose of this para-
graph, be regarded as a single space.

(13) If a fixed fire smothering steam installation is fitted in
compliance with the requirements of sub-paragraph (b) of para-
graph (11) and steam is supplied only by water-tube boilers there
shall be provided for the protection of the boiler room and spaces
containing the oil fuel installation one foam fire extinguisher of
at least 30 gallons capacity or a carbon dioxide fire extinguisher
of at least 100 lb. capacity.

(14) In addition to the requirements of paragraphs (11), (12)
and (13) there shall be provided-
(a)in each boiler room, if the number of burners therein is
five or more, one foam extinguisher of at least 10 gallons
capacity or a carbon dioxide fire extinguisher of at least
35 lb. capacity and if the number of burners is less than
five there shall be provided for each burner therein one
portable fire extinguisher suitable for extinguishing oil
fires;

(b)in each firing space, and in each space which contains
any part of any oil fuel installation, at least two portable
fire extinguishers suitable for extinguishing oil fires in
addition to any such extinguishers which may be carried
in compliance with sub-paragraph (a); and
(e)in each firing space, a receptacle containing at least 5
cubic feet of sand or other dry material suitable for
quenching oil fires together with a scoop for its distri-
bution or alternatively an additional portable fire
extinguisher suitable for extinguishing oil fires.

(15) In every ship to which this regulation applies there shall
be provided in any space containing internal combustion type
machinery used for main propulsion, or having such machinery
for auxiliary purposes, at least one of the fixed fire extinguishing
installations required by paragraphs (11), (12) and (13).

(16) In addition to the requirements of paragraph (15) there
shall be provided in any such space-
(a)one foam fire extinguisher of at least 10 gallons capacity
or a carbon dioxide fire extinguisher of at least 35 lb.
capacity; and
(b)one portable fire extinguisher for extinguishing oil fires
for each 100 b.h.p. or part thereof of such machinery:

Provided that no more than six such extinguishers
shall be required in any such space.





(17) Every ship to which this regulation applies shall be provided
with at least one fireman's outfit which shall comply with the
requirements of regulation 42, and which shall contain a breathing
apparatus of the air hose type.

29. (1) This regulation applies to ships of Group 7 of under 500
tons.

(2) Every ship to which this regulation applies shall be provided
with appliances in accordance with this regulation whereby at least one
jet of water as required by these regulations can reach any part of the
ship normally accessible to the crew while the ship is being navigated
and any store room and any part of the cargo space when empty.

(3) Every such ship shall be provided with at least one fire pump
operated by power which shall be capable of delivering at least one jet
of water from any fire hydrant, hose and nozzle provided in the ship and
which shall comply with the requirements of regulation 32.

(4) In every such ship fitted with oil-fired boilers or internal
combustion type propelling machinery, if the pump required by
paragraph (3) and its source of power and sea connexion are not
situated outside spaces containing such boilers or machinery, there
shall be provided in a position outside such spaces an additional fire
pump and its source of power and sea connexion; and if any such pump
is operated by power, it shall comply with the requirements of paragraph
(3) and if it is manually operated, it shall be provided with a hose and 3/8
inch diameter nozzle through which it shall be capable of producing a jet
of water having a throw of not less than 20 feet which can be directed on
to any part of the ship.

(5) In every such ship there shall be provided a fire main, water
service. pipes and hydrants which shall comply with the requirements of
regulation 33 and at least two fire hoses.

(6) In every such ship fitted with oil-fired boilers or internal
combustion type propelling machinery there shall be provided a spray
nozzle suitable for use with the fire hoses required by paragraph (5).

(7) Every ship to which this regulation applies shall be provided
with at least two portable fire extinguishers so situated as to be readily
available for use in the accommodation and service spaces.

(8) In every such ship there shall be provided for the protection of
any space containing any oil-fired boiler, oil fuel settling tank or oil fuel
unit at least one of the following fixed fire extinguishing installations





(a)a pressure water spraying system complying with the
requirements of regulation 38;

(b)a fire smothering gas or steam installation complying with the
requirements of regulation 39; or

(c)a foam fire extinguishing installation complying with the
requirements of regulation 40,

and if the engine and boiler rooms are not entirely separated from each
other by a bulkhead, or if fuel oil can drain from the boiler room into the
engine room, the combined engine room and boiler room shall, for the
purpose of this paragraph, be regarded as a single space.

(9) In addition to the requirements of paragraph (8), there shall be
provided

(a)in each boiler room and in each space which contains any part
of any oil fuel installation, at least two portable fire
extinguishers suitable for extinguishing oil fires; and

(b)in each firing space a receptacle containing at least 5 cubic
feet of sand or other dry material suitable for quenching oil
fires together with a scoop for its distribution, or alternatively
an additional portable fire extinguisher suitable for
extinguishing oil fires.

(10) In every ship to which this regulation applies there shall be
provided in any space containing internal combustion type propelling
machinery used for main propulsion or having such machinery for
auxiliary purposes, at least one of the fixed fire extinguishing
installations required by paragraph (8).

(11) In addition to the requirements of paragraph (10) there shall be
provided in any such space one portable fire extinguisher suitable for
extinguishing oil fires for each 100 b.h.p. or part thereof of such
machinery, except that no more than six such extinguishers shall be
required in any one space and that alternatively there may be provided
two such extinguishers together with either

(a)one foam fire extinguisher of at least 10 gallons capacity; or

(b)one carbon dioxide fire extinguisher of at least 35 lb. capacity.

(12) Every ship to which this regulation applies shall be provided
with at least one fireman's outfit which shall comply with the
requirements of regulation 42, and which shall contain a breathing
apparatus of the air hose type.

30. The Director may exempt any ship of Group 7 from any of the
requirements of these regulations.





PART VI.

GENERAL.

31. (1) Where any ship to which these regulations apply, other than
a ship carrying more than 12 passengers, carries explosives of such
nature or in such quantity as are not permitted to be carried in a
passenger steamer by rule 10(1) of the Merchant Shipping (Dangerous
Goods) Rules, steam shall not be used for fire smothering purposes in
any compartment containing explosives and in any such compartment
containing explosives and in every adjacent cargo compartment there
shall be provided a fire detection system complying with the
requirements of regulation 41 or a smoke detection system.

(2) For the purposes of this regulation-

(a)compartment means all spaces contained between two
adjacent permanent bulkheads and includes the lower hold
and all cargo spaces above it;

(b)the whole of any shelter deck space not subdivided by steel
bulkheads the openings in which can be closed by steel
closing plates shall be considered as a single space; and

(c)where steel bulkheads with openings closed by steel closing
plates are fitted, the enclosed spaces in the shelter deck shall
be considered as part of the compartment or compartments
below.

32. (1) In every passenger steamer 1 to which these regula-
tions apply which is required by these regulations to be provided
with fire pumps operated by power, such fire pumps (other than
any emergency fire pump) shall together be capable of delivering
for fire fighting purposes a quantity of water, under the conditions
and at the pressure specified in regulation 33 of not less than two-
thirds of the quantity required to be dealt with by the bilge pumps
provided in the ship in compliance with Part 111 of the Merchant
Shipping (Passenger Ship Construction) Rules:

Provided that in any such ship the total capacity of the fire pumps
for fire fighting purposes shall not be required to exceed 180 tons per
hour.

(2) In every ship, other than a passenger steamer, to which these
regulations apply which is required by these regulations to be provided
with fire pumps operated by power, such fire pumps (other than any
emergency fire pump) shall together be capable of delivering for fire
fighting purposes a quantity of water, under





the conditions and at the pressure specified in regulation 33, which
shall not be less than the quantity obtained from the following formula

Quantity of water in tons per hour Cd2
Where-

(i)C 5 for ships required to be provided with more than
one fire pump (excluding any emergency fire pump) and C
2.5 for ships required to be provided with only one fire
pump, and

(ii) d 1 to the nearest 1; and
v 2500 4
where-

L length of the ship in feet on the summer load waterline from
the fore side of the stem to the after side of the rudder post.
Where there is no rudder post, the length is measured from
the fore side of the stem to the axis of the rudder stock. For
ships with cruiser sterns, the length shall be taken as 96 per
centum of the total length on the designed summer load
waterline or as the length from the fore side of the stem to the
axis of the rudder stock if that be the greater;

B greatest moulded breadth of the ship in feet; and D
moulded depth of the ship in feet measured to the bulkhead
deck amidships:

Provided that in any such ship the total capacity of the fire pumps
for fire fighting purposes shall not be required to exceed 180 tons per
hour.

(3) Every fire pump required by these regulations to be operated by
power shall, except as expressly provided otherwise in these
regulations, be operated by a means other than the ship's main engines.

(4) Fire pumps provided in compliance with these regulations may
be sanitary, ballast, bilge or general service pumps provided that they
are not normally used for pumping oil and that if they are subject to
occasional duty for the transfer or pumping of oil, suitable change-over
arrangements are fitted and operating instructions are conspicuously
displayed at the changeover position.

(5) In every ship to which these regulations apply which is required
by these regulations to be provided with more than one fire pump
operated by power (other than any emergency pump) every such fire
pump shall have a capacity of not less than 80 per centum of the total
capacity of the fire pumps required by paragraphs (1) and (2) divided by
the number of fire pumps required by these regulations to be provided
in the ship:





Provided that when more fire pumps operated by power than are
required by these regulations are provided in any ship, the Director may
permit the capacity of any such additional fire pumps to be less than 80
per centum.

(6) Every fire pump required by these regulations which is operated
by power shall be capable of producing from any fire hydrant or
hydrants in the ship, at least the minimum number of jets of water
required by these regulations as appropriate to the class and tonnage of
the ship, while maintaining the pressure required by paragraph (2) of
regulation 33.

(7) Relief valves shall be provided in conjunction with all fire
pumps if the pumps are capable of developing a pressure exceeding the
design pressure of the fire main, water service pipes, hydrants and
hoses.

(8) Such relief valves shall be so placed and adjusted as to prevent
excessive pressure in any part of the fire main system.

(9) Every centrifugal pump which is connected to the fire main shall
be fitted with a non-return valve.

(10) In every ship of Groups 1 and 2 to which these regulations
apply, every emergency fire pump shall be situated in positions aft of
the ship's collision bulkhead.

33. (1) In every ship which is required by these regulations to be
provided with fire pumps operated by power, the diameter of the fire
main and of the water service pipes connecting the hydrants thereto
shall be sufficient for the effective distribution of the maximum
discharge required by these regulations from

(a)where only one pump is required by the regulations, that
pump; or

(b)where two such pumps are so required, both pumps operating
simultaneously; or

(c)where more than two such pumps are so required, the two
largest of such pumps operating simultaneously:

Provided that in any ship other than a passenger steamer the
diameter of the fire main and of the water service pipes shall be required
to be sufficient only for the discharge of 140 tons per hour.

(2) When the fire pumps required by these regulations are
discharging the quantity of water required by paragraph (1) through
adjacent fire hydrants in any part of the ship from nozzles of sizes
specified in regulation 34 the following minimum pressure shall be
capable of being maintained at any hydrant





(a) in any passenger steamer-
(i) of 4,000 tons and upwards, 45 pounds per square
inch; or
(ii) of 1,000 tons and upwards but under 4,000 tons,
40 pounds per square inch; or
(iii) of under 1,000 tons, 30 pounds per square inch;
and

(b) in any ship other than a passenger steamer-
(i) of 6,000 tons and upwards, 40 pounds per square
inch; or
(ii) of 1,000 tons and upwards but under 6,000 tons,
37 pounds per square inch; or
(iii) of under 1,000 tons, 30 pounds per square inch.

(3) Where any ship is required by these regulations to pro-
vide two jets of water under the conditions required by these re-
gulations, hydrants sufficient in number shall be so positioned
as to enable at least two jets of water not emanating from the
same hydrant, one of which shall be from a single length of hose,
to reach any part of the ship normally accessible to the passengers
or crew while the ship is being navigated, and to any store room
and any part of any cargo space when empty.

(4) Where any ship is required by these regulations to pro-
vide one jet of water under the conditions required by these reg-
ulations, hydrants sufficient in number shall be so positioned
as to enable one jet of water from a single length of hose to reach
any part of the ship normally accessible to the passengers or crew
while the ship is being navigated, and any store room and any
part of any cargo space when empty.

(5) In order to comply with this regulation-

(a)the fire main shall have no connexions other than those
necessary. for fire fighting and washing down;

(b)materials readily rendered ineffective by heat shall not
be used for fire mains unless adequately protected;

(c)the pipes and fire hydrants shall be so placed that the
fire hoses may be easily coupled to them;

(d)in ships which may carry deck cargo the fire hydrants
shall be so placed that they are always readily accessible
and the pipes shall be arranged as far as practicable to
avoid risk of damage by such cargo;

(e)unless there is provided one fire hose and nozzle for
each fire hydrant in the ship there shall be complete
interchangeability of fire hose couplings and nozzles;





(f)valves of the screw lift type or cocks shall be fitted in such
positions on the pipes that any of the fire hoses may be
removed while the fire pumps are at work;

(g)the water pipes shall not be made of cast iron, and if made of
iron or steel shall be galvanized; and

(h)where wash deck lines are not self-draining suitable drain
cocks shall be fitted to avoid damage by frost.

34. (1) Fire hoses provided in compliance with these regulations
shall not exceed 60 feet in length except that in ships having a moulded
breadth of 90 feet or more the length of the fire hoses for exterior
locations and for cargo spaces shall not exceed 90 feet in length.

(2) Such hoses shall be made of closely woven flax canvas or other
suitable material and shall be provided with couplings, branch-pipes
and other necessary fittings, and with a plain nozzle in addition to any
spray nozzle required by these regulations.

(3) Every fire hose provided in compliance with these regulations,
together with the tools and fittings necessary for its use, shall be kept in
a conspicuous position near the hydrants or connexions with which it is
intended to be used.

(4) Except in partially decked ships of Group 5 and in ships of Class
X and XII, fire hoses provided in compliance with these regulations
shall not be used for any purpose other than extinguishing fire or
testing with fire appliances.

(5) Every ship which is required by these regulations to be
provided with fire pumps operated by power shall be provided with
nozzles of 1 inch, 1 inch or inch in diameter or as near thereto in
diameter as possible.

(6) Nozzles larger in diameter may be provided if the requirements
of these regulations relating to the provision of water for fire fighting
purposes are otherwise complied with.

(7) For machinery spaces and exterior locations the diameter of the
nozzles shall be such as to obtain the maximum possible discharge from
the minimum number of jets of water and at the pressure required by
these regulations from the smallest fire pump permitted by paragraph (5)
of regulation 32:

Provided that the diameter of the nozzles shall not be required to
be greater than inch.

(8) For accommodation and service spaces the diameter of the
nozzles shall not be required to be greater than 1 inch.

(9) Every spray nozzle provided in compliance with these
regulations shall be capable of producing a water spray suitable





for extinguishing oil fires and shall be provided in addition to any plain
nozzle required by paragraph (2):

Provided that a dual-purpose nozzle capable of producing
alternately such a spray and a plain water jet may be provided in
substitution.

35. Any international shore connexion provided in compliance with
these regulations shall be constructed in accordance with the
requirements of the First Schedule.

36. (1) Non-portable foam and carbon dioxide fire extinguishers
provided in compliance with these regulations shall be constructed in
accordance with the requirements of the Second and Third Schedules,
respectively.

(2) Portable fire extinguishers (other than carbon dioxide fire
extinguishers) provided in compliance with these regulations shall, if
they are of a type discharging fluid, have a capacity of not more than 3
and not less than 2 imperial gallons.

(3) Portable table carbon dioxide fire extinguishers provided in
compliance with these regulations shall have a capacity of not less than
7 lb. of carbon dioxide.

(4) Portable dry powder fire extinguishers provided in coinpliance
with these regulations shall have a capacity of not less than 10 lb. of
dry powder.

(5) Portable fire extinguishers of other types provided in
compliance with these regulations shall be of not less than the fire
extinguishing equivalent of a 2 gallon fluid fire extinguisher.

(6) Portable fire extinguishers provided in compliance with these
regulations shall not exceed 56 lb. in weight in the fully charged service
condition and shall be as portable as a 3 gallon fluid fire extinguisher.

(7) Portable fire extinguishers provided in compliance with these
regulations for use in accommodation or service spaces of any ship
shall so far as practicable have a uniform method of operation.

(8) Portable fire extinguishers provided in compliance with these
regulations shall, subject to the limitations of paragraphs (2), (3), (4), (5),
(6) and (7), be constructed in accordance with the following
specifications of the British Standards Institution

Type of Extinguisher Specification Number

Water type (Soda-acid) B.S. 138: 1948
Water type (Gas-pressure) B.S. 1382: 1948
Foam type (Chemical) B.S. 740: Part 1: 1948
Foam type (Gas-pressure) B.S. 740: Part 1: 1952
Carbon dioxide ...B.S. 3326: 1960

Dry powder ........B.S. 3465: 1962.





(9) Where portable dry powder fire extinguishers are pro-
vided in compliance with these regulations in either accommoda-
tion and service spaces or in machinery spaces their number shall
not exceed one half of the total number of extinguishers provided
in either of those spaces.

(10) Fire extinguishers provided for use in any ship to which
these regulations apply shall not contain an extinguishing medium
which either itself or when in use gives off gases harmful to
persons.

(11) For the purposes of these regulations the capacity of any
fire extinguisher other than a carbon dioxide fire extinguisher shall
be taken to be the greatest volume or weight of extinguishing
medium which it can contain when sufficient space is left to ensure
the proper operation of the extinguisher.

(12) For the purposes of these regulations the capacity of a
carbon dioxide fire extinguisher shall be taken to be the greatest
weight of carbon dioxide which it can safely contain in a tropical
climate.

(13) Every fire extinguisher provided in compliance with these
regulations shall be kept fully charged at all times.

(14) A spare charge shall be provided for every portable fire
extinguisher provided in compliance with these regulations, except
that for each such fire extinguisher which is of a type that cannot
readily be recharged while the ship is at sea, an additional portable
fire extinguisher of the same type, or its equivalent, shall be pro-
vided in lieu of a spare charge.

37. (1) Every fire bucket provided in compliance with these
regulations shall be painted red and shall be clearly and per-
manently marked with the word---FIRE'.

(2) Except in open ships every such fire bucket shall be kept
filled with sand or water.

(3) Except in open ships fire buckets provided in compliance
with these regulations shall not be used for any purpose other than
extinguishing fire.

38. (1) Every fixed pressure water spraying system fitted in
compliance with these regulations shall be provided with a pump,
piping system, control valves, and spraying nozzles.

(2) The spraying nozzles referred to in paragraph (1) shall
be of such a type, sufficient in number and so arranged as to
ensure distribution of water spray such as will effectively extinguish
oil on fire in the spaces protected thereby.





(3) Such spraying nozzles shall be fitted above bilges, tank tops
and other areas over which oil fuel is liable to spread and above other
main fire hazards in the spaces to be protected.

(4) The water spraying system referred to in paragraph (1) may be
divided into sections and shall be controlled from distribution manifolds
the valves of which shall be capable of being operated from easily
accessible positions outside the spaces to be protected and which will
not be readily cut off by an outbreak of fire.

(5) Such water spraying systems shall be kept charged at the
necessary pressure and the pump supplying the water for the system
shall be automatically put into action by a pressure drop in the system.

(6) The pump referred to in paragraph (1) shall be capable of
supplying water at the necessary pressure simultaneously to all
sections of the water spraying system in any one compartment to be
protected.

(7) The pump and its controls shall be installed outside the space
or spaces to be protected.

(8) The system shall be arranged so that it is not possible for a fire
in the space or spaces protected by the water spraying system to put
the system out of action.

(9) Means shall be provided which will prevent nozzles from
becoming clogged by impurities in the water or corrosion of piping,
nozzles, valves and pump.

(10) The water spraying system shall include mobile sprayers ready
for immediate use in the firing area of the boiler or in the vicinity of the
oil fuel unit.

(11) No part of the water spraying system shall be situated forward
of the collision bulkhead in any passenger steamer.

(12) Operating instructions in clear and permanent lettering shall be
affixed to every water spraying system or in a position adjacent thereto.

39. (1) This regulation applies to every fixed fire smothering gas or
steam installation fitted in compliance with these regulations other than
an installation fitted in a ship of Class VIII or of Class X of under 150
tons in compliance with paragraph (5) of rule 45 of the Rules.

(2) In every such installation provided for the injection of gas or
steam into machinery or cargo spaces for fire extinguishing purposes,
the pipes for conveying the gas or steam shall be pro





vided with control valves or cocks which shall be so placed that they will be
easily accessible and not readily cut off from use by an outbreak of fire.

(3) Such control valves or cocks shall be permanently marked to indicate
clearly the compartments to which the pipes are led.

(4) Suitable provision shall be made to prevent inadvertent admission of
the gas or steam to any compartment.

(5) Where cargo spaces fitted with a gas or steam smothering system for
fire protection are used as passenger spaces the smothering gas or steam pipe
connexion shall be blanked during service as a passenger space.

(6) The piping referred to in paragraph (2) shall be so arranged as to
provide effective distribution of fire smothering gas or steam.

(7) Where steam is used in any hold exceeding 60 feet in length there shall
be at least two pipes one of which shall be fitted in the forward part and one in
the after part of the hold.

(8) Except in tankers and ships used for the conveyance of coal, pipes for
conveying steam shall be fitted with outlets as low as practicable in the space
which they serve and as nearly as possible to the centre line of the space.

(9) In tankers the piping shall be so arranged that the steam or fire
smothering gas will be distributed over the surface of the cargo.

(10) When carbon dioxide is used as the extinguishing medium in cargo
spaces, the quantity of gas available shall be sufficient to give a minimum
volume of free gas equal to 30 per centum of the gross volume of the largest
cargo compartment in the ship which is capable of being sealed.

(11) When carbon dioxide is used as an extinguishing medium for spaces
containing boilers or machinery, the quantity of gas carried shall be sufficient to
give a minimum quantity of free gas equal to the larger of the following
quantities, either-

(a)40 per centum of the gross volume of the largest space containing
boilers or machinery, such volume being measured up to the level at
which the horizontal area of the casing is 40 per centum or less of
the gross area of such space; or

(b)35 per centum of the gross volume of the largest space containing
boilers or machinery, including the casing:

Provided that the aforesaid percentages may be reduced to 35 per
centum and 30 per centum respectively for ships of under





2,000 tons, not being passenger ships, and provided that if two or more
spaces containing boilers or machinery are not entirely separate they
shall for the purposes of this regulation be considered as forming one
space.

(12) When carbon dioxide is used as the extinguishing medium for a
space containing any oil-fired boiler or oil fuel installation, a quantity of
gas which can be discharged without danger to the operator shall be
available for manual application, by means of a suitable applicator, in
the firing area of the boiler and in the v vicinity of the oil fuel unit.

(13) When carbon dioxide is used as the extinguishing medium both
for cargo spaces and for spaces containing boilers or machinery the
quantity of gas shall not be required to be more than the maximum
required either for the largest cargo compartment or machinery space.

(14) For the purpose of paragraphs (10), (11), (12), (13), (15) and (16)
the volume of gas shall be calculated at 9 cubic feet to the pound.

(15) When carbon dioxide is used as the extinguishing medium for
any space containing boilers or machinery the fixed piping system shall
be such that 85 per centum of the gas required to pros provide the
concentration referred to in paragraph (11) when applied to the space
concerned can be discharged into that space within two minutes.

(16) Means shall be provided for giving audible warning to persons
within the space when carbon dioxide other than that specified in
paragraph (12) is about to be released into any working space.

(17) When a system producing inert gas is used to provide
smothering gas in a fixed fire smothering installation for cargo spaces, it
shall be capable of producing hourly a volume of free gas at least equal
to 25 per centum of the gross volume of the largest compartment
protected in this way for a period of 72 hours.

(18) When steam is used as the extinguishing medium in cargo
spaces the boiler or boilers available for supplying steam shall have an
evaporation of at least one pound of steam per hour for each 12 cubic
feet of the gross volume of the largest cargo compartment.

(19) The arrangements shall be such that steam will be available
immediately and will not be dependent on the lighting of boilers and
that it can be supplied continuously until the end of the voyage in the
quantity required by this paragraph in addition to any steam necessary
for the normal requirements of the ship including propulsion and that
provision is made for extra feed water necessary to meet this
requirement.





1 (20) No part of the control, storage or generating arrangement of any fixed
fire smothering gas or steam installation shall be situated forward of the
collision bulkhead in any passenger steamer.

(21) Operating instructions in clear and permanent lettering shall be affixed
to every fixed fire smothering gas installation or in a position adjacent thereto.

40. (1) Every fixed foam fire extinguishing installation fitted in compliance
with these regulations shall be capable of discharging through fixed discharge
outlets in not more than 5 minutes, a quantity of foam sufficient to cover to a
depth of 6 inches the largest single area over which oil fuel is liable to spread.

(2) An installation of the type referred to in paragraph (1) shall be capable
of generating foam suitable for extinguishing oil fires and means shall be
provided for the effective distribution of the foam through a permanent system
of piping and control valves or cocks to discharge outlets, and for the foam to be
effectively directed by fixed sprayers on other main oil fire hazards in the
protected space either simultaneously or separately.

(3) Such an installation shall include mobile sprayers ready for immediate
use in the firing area of the boiler and in the vicinity of the oil fuel unit.

(4) Every fixed foam fire extinguishing installation fitted in lieu of a fixed
fire smothering gas installation required by these regulations to be provided in
the oil cargo spaces of any tanker shall be capable. of distributing on the decks
over the oil cargo tanks through fixed discharge outlets in not more than 15
minutes a quantity of foam sufficient to cover to a depth of at least 2 inches the
whole of the tank deck area.

(5) Such an installation shall be capable of generating foam suitable for
extinguishing oil fires and means shall be provided for the effective distribution
of the foam through a permanent system of piping and control valves or cocks
to discharge outlets.

(6) There shall be sufficient mobile foam sprayers capable of being
connected to the installation whereby foam can be directed into any tank.

(7) For the purposes of paragraphs (4), (5) and (6) 'tank deck area' means
an area equivalent to the extreme length of the cargo tanks multiplied by the
breadth of the ship.

(8) Every fixed foam fire extinguishing installation shall be so arranged that
a fire in any of the spaces it protects will not render the controls
inaccessible nor put the installation out of action.





(9) Operating instructions -in clear and permanent lettering shall be affixed
to every fixed foam fire extinguishing installation or in a position adjacent
thereto.

4 1. (1) Every fire detection system fitted in compliance with these
regulations shall be capable of automatically indicating the presence or
indication of fire and its location.

(2) The indicators required to be fitted in compliance with paragraph (1)
shall be centralized either on the navigating bridge or at other control stations
which are provided with direct communication with the navigating bridge:

Provided that the Director may in any ship permit the indicators to be
distributed among several stations if he is satisfied that such arrangements are
at least as effective as if the indicators were so centralized.

(3) In any passenger steamer electrical equipment used in the operation of
any fire detection system fitted in compliance with these regulations shall be
capable of being supplied from two sources of electric power one of which shall
be the emergency source of power required by rule 40 of the Merchant
Shipping (Passenger Ship Construction) Rules.

(4) The indicating system of any fire detection system fitted

in compliance with these regulations shall operate both audible
p
and visible alarms at the stations referred to in paragraph (2).

42. (1) Every fireman's outfit carried in compliance with these regulations
shall consist of

(a)a breathing apparatus complying with the requirements specified in
the Fourth Schedule;

(b)a portable self-contained electric battery-operated rated safety lamp
capable of functioning efficiently for a period of at least three hours;
and

(c) a fireman's axe.

(2) Where more than one such outfit is provided they shall be kept in
readily accessible and widely separated positions which are not likely to be cut
off in the event of fire.

43. (1) In every ship to which these regulations apply there shall be
provided means for stopping ventilating fans serving machinery,
accommodation and cargo spaces.

(2) For machinery and cargo spaces in such ships there shall be provided
means for closing all sky-lights, doorways, ventilators, annular spaces around
funnels and other openings to such spaces.

(3) Such means shall be capable of being operated from positions outside
the said spaces which would not be made inaccessible by a fire within such
spaces.





(4) In every ship to which these regulations apply machinery driving
forced and induced draught fans, oil fuel transfer pumps, oil fuel unit pumps
and other similar fuel pumps shall be fitted with remote controls situated
outside the spaces in which. such machinery or pumps are situated.

(5) The controls referred to in paragraph (4) shall be capable of stopping
such machinery or pumps in the event of fire in the said spaces.

(6) In every ship to whic these regulations apply, every pipe connected to
any oil fuel storage, settling, or daily service tank, not being a double bottom
tank, which if damaged would permit discharge of the contents so as to cause a
fire hazard shall be fitted with a valve or cock which shall be secured to the tank
to which it is connected and which shall be capable of being closed from a
readily accessible position outside the space in which the tank is situated:

Provided that in the case of any inlet pipe to such a tank a non-return
valve similarly secured to the tank may be substituted.

(7) In the case of an oil fuel deep tank traversed by any shaft or pipe
tunnel, a valve shall be fitted on the tank but an additional valve or valves may
be fitted on the pipe line or lines outside the tunnel or tunnels to enable control
to be exercised in the event of fire.

44. (1) In every ship of Group 1 there shall be permanently exhibited for
the guidance of the master and officers of the ship general arrangement plans
showing clearly for each deck the position of the control stations, the sections
of the ship which are enclosed by fire resisting bulkheads, the sections of the
ship which are enclosed by fire retarding bulkheads, together with particulars of
the fire alarms, fire detection systems, the sprinkler installations, the fixed and
portable fire extinguishing appliances and firemen's outfits, the means of access
to the various compartments and decks in the ship, the ventilating system
including particulars of the master fan controls, the position of dampers and
identification numbers of the ventilating fans serving each section of the ship,
the location of the international shore connexion and the position of all means of
control referred to in regulation 43.

(2) In every ship of 500 tons or over, other than a ship of Group 1, there
shall be permanently exhibited for the guidance of the master and officers of the
ship general arrangement plans showing clearly the information referred to in
paragraph (1) where it is applicable to the ship.

(3) The general arrangement plans required by this regulation shall be kept
up-to-date, any alterations being recorded thereon without delay.





45. (1) Fire appliances carried in any ship to which these regulations
apply shall be maintained in good order and shall be kept available for
immediate use at all times.

(2) All movable fire appliances, other than firemen's outfits, carried in
compliance with these regulations shall be stowed where they will be readily
accessible from the spaces in which they are intended to be used, and, in
particular, one of the portable fire extinguishers intended for use in any space
shall be stowed near the entrance to that space.

46. (1) Where these regulations require that a particular fitting, material,
appliance or apparatus, or type thereof, shall be fitted or carried in a ship, or
that any particular provision shall be made, the Director may allow any other
fitting, material, appliance or apparatus, or type thereof, to be fitted or carried,
or any other provision to be made in that ship, if lie is satisfied that that other
fitting, material, appliance or apparatus, or type thereof, or provision, is at
least as effective as that required by these regulations.

(2) The Director may, on such conditions as he thinks fit, exempt any ship
constructed before the date of commencement of these regulations from any of
the requirements of these regulations if he is satisfied that that requirement is
either impracticable or unreasonable in the case of that ship.

47. [Had its effect]

FIRST SCHEDULE. [reg. 35.1

INTERNATIONAL SHORE CONNEXION.

(1) The international shore connexion, as hereinafter illustrated, which is
required by these regulations to be carried in the ship shall be in accordance
with the following specification

Outside diameter: 7 inches.

Inner diameter: 2-11 inches.

Bolt circle diameter: 51 inches.

Holes:4 holes of 1 inch diameter equidistantly placed, slotted to the
flange periphery.

Flange thickness: 9/16 inch minimum.

Bolts: 4, each of inch diameter, 2 inches in length with eight washers.
Flange surface: flat face.

Material: any suited to 150 pounds per square inch service.

Gasket: any suited to 150 pounds per square inch service.

(2)(a) The connexion shall be constructed of material suitable for 150
pounds per square inch service. The flange shall have a flat face on one
side, and to the other there shall be permanently attached a coupling
which will fit the ship's hydrants and hose.

(b)The connexion shall be kept aboard the ship together with its gasket,
bolts and washers.





INTERNATIONAL SHORE CONNEXION.

SECOND SCHEDULE. [reg. 36.]

NON-PORTABLE FOAM FIRE EXTINGUISHERS.

(1) Every foam fire extinguisher, other than a portable fire extinguisher,
provided in compliance with these regulations shall be so designed and constructed
that the interior of the extinguisher can be examined.

(2) The body of the extinguisher shall be cylindrical with ends which shall be
dished outwards, without reverse flanging to a radius not exceeding the diameter of
the body.





(3) The body and ends of the extinguisher shall be made of sheet steel
which shall be tinned or lead-coated internally or they shall be provided with
equivalent protection against corrosion internally.

(4) Every other part of the extinguisher shall, where necessary, be protected
against corrosion.

(5) The body of the extinguisher shall be welded or riveted.

(6) All riveted joints in the extinguisher shall be soldered.

(7) The body of the extinguisher shall be provided with an opening for the
introduction of an inner container.

(8) The opening referred to in paragraph (7) shall be fitted with a cap of
gunmetal or other suitable material, screwed with a continuotis thread, through the
side of which safety holes or slots shall be provided so that when the cap is being
removed any pressure of gas remaining in the container may be released gradually
should the discharge opening be choked.

(9) The cap joint referred to in paragraph (8) shall be made with acidresisting
rubber, greased leather or other suitable material.

(10) If the extinguisher is provided with an inner container. such container
shall be adequately supported.

(11) A reinforced discharge hose shall be provided, together with a nozzle, the
area of which shall be such that, when the extinguisher is operated, the foam is
projected a distance of 45 feet for a period of not less than 100 seconds in the
case of an extinguisher of 30 gallons capacity or over. and a distance of 35 feet
for a period of not less than 90 seconds in the case of an extinguisher of under 30
gallons capacity.

(12) The charge and the air space above the level of the solution in the body
shall be so regulated that the maximum pressure in the extinguisher when put into
action, with all outlets closed. does not exceed 280 pounds per square inch with the
solution at a temperature of 100 F

(13) The extinguisher shall be capable of withstanding for a period of 5
minutes an internal pressure of 11 times the pressure in the extinguisher when put
into action with all outlets closed, and in no event of less than 350 lb.

(14) The outside of the extinguisher shall be clearly and permanently marked
with

(a) the name of the maker or vendor of the extinguisher;

(b) the capacity of the extinguisher;

(c)the level of the solution, when the extinguisher is filled to its working
capacity;

(d) the pressure under which the extinguisher was tested;

(e) instructions for operating the extinguisher; and

(f) the year in which the extinguisher was manufactured.

THIRD SCHEDULE. [reg. 36.1

NON-PORTABLE CARBON DIOXIDE FIRE EXTINGUISHERS.

(1) Every carbon dioxide fire extinguisher, other than a portable fire
extinguisher, provided in compliance with these regulations shall be provided with
cylinders constructed in accordance with any one of the following specifications of






the British Standards Institution

Numbers B.S. 401: 1931.

B.S. 1287: 1946.

B.S. 1288: 1946.





(2) Each cylinder shall be provided with an internal discharge tube and

รน valve to release the gas.

(3) The extinguisher referred to in paragraph (1) shall be provided with

รน discharge hose which shall be reinforced so as to withstand a pressure of at least
1,800 pounds per square inch when the necessary couplings are fitted.

(4) The bore of the discharge hose referred to in paragraph (3) shall not be
less than the sizes respectively set forth in the following table
Capacity of extinguisher. Minimum bore of
discharge hose.

35 lb . ......... inch.
100 Ib . ........1 inch.

(5) The discharge hose shall be provided with a horn which shall be of
electrically non-conducting material and of a design which will reduce the velocity
of the gas discharged.

(6) The metal part of the operating handle shall be suitably sheathed to
protect the hands of the operator from extreme cold.

(7) At any temperature between 60 F (15'C.) and 65'F. (18'C.) inclusive, the
extinguisher shall discharge gas at such a rate that carbon dioxide equal in weight to
34 of the capacity of the container will be discharged in the periods respectively set
forth in the following table

Capacity of extinguisher. Period.

35 lb . .....30 to 45 seconds.

100 lb ............................... 60
to 90 seconds.

(8) The outside of the extinguisher shall be clearly and permanently marked
in accordance with Section Four of the specification of the British Standards
Institution Number B.S. 3326: 1960.

FOURTH SCHEDULE. [reg. 42.1

BREATHING
APPARATUS.

1. Every breathing apparatus provided in compliance with these regulations
may be either

(a)a smoke helmet or a smoke mask, each of which shall be provided with an
air pump or bellows and an air hose; or

(b) a self-contained breathing apparatus.

Smoke helmet and smoke mask.

2. (1) Every smoke helmet or smoke mask provided in compliance with these
regulations shall be provided with a hose for the supply of air from the outside
atmosphere.

(2) An air pump or bellows shall be provided which shall be suitable
for pumping air through the hose referred to in sub-paragraph (1).





(3) Such hose shall be of the non-collapsing type and shall be sufficient in
length to enable the air pump or bellows to be on the open deck in clean air well
clear of any hatch or doorway while the wearer of the helmet or mask is in any
part of the accommodation, service, cargo or machinery spaces.

(4) Efficient couplings shall be provided if two or more lengths of hose are to
be joined in order to reach the aforesaid spaces.

(5) The air inlet to the pump or bellows shall be so protected as to ensure
that the supply of air cannot be obstructed.

Self-contained breathing apparatus

3. (1) Every self-contained breathing apparatus provided in compliance with
these regulations shall be of the open circuit compressed air type.

(2) The storage capacity of the compressed air cylinder or cylinders attached
to the apparatus and carried by the wearer shall be at least 1.200 litres (42 cubic
feet) of free air. The storage cylinders shall be constructed of suitable material and
shall be of efficient design and of sufficient strength to withstand with an adequate
factor of safety the internal air pressure to which they may be subjected, and each
cylinder shall be capable of withstanding a test by hydraulic pressure suitably in
excess of the maximum ,working pressure.

(3) Means shall be provided for the automatic regulation of the air supply to
the wearer of the apparatus in accordance with his breathing requiremerits ,%,hen
lie is breathing any volume of free air of tip to 85 litres (3 cubic feet) per minute
at any time 'hen the pressure in the supply cylinder or cylinders is above 150
pounds per square inch. Means shall be provided for overriding the automatic air
supply valve.

(4) A pressure gauge with an anti-bursting orifice shall be incorporated in the
high-pressure air supply system to enable the wearer to read directly and easily the
pressure of air in the supply cylinder or cylinders.

(5) Means shall be provided for warning the wearer audibly when 80 per
centum of the usable capacity of the apparatus has been consumed.

(6) The maximum weight of any such apparatus shall not exceed 35 lb.
excluding any life-line and, if they do not form an integral part of the apparatus,
any safety belt or harness.

(7) Every self-contained breathing apparatus shall be provided with fully
charged spare cylinders having a spare storage capacity of at least 2,400 litres (84
cubic feet) of free air except that

(a)if the ship is carrying five sets or more of such apparatus the total spare
storage capacity of free air shall not be required to exceed 9,600 litres
(336 cubic feet); or

(b)if the ship is equipped with means for recharging the air cylinders to full
pressure with air free from contamination, the spare storage capacity of
the fully charged spare cylinders of each such apparatus shall be of at
least 1,200 litres (42 cubic feet) of free air, and the total spare storage
capacity of free air provided in the ship shall not be required to exceed
4,800 litres (168 cubic feet).

(8) A servicing and instruction manual shall be kept with each such apparatus.





General.

4. (1) Every breathing apparatus shall be constructed of materials having
adequate mechanical strength, durability and resistance to deterioration by heat or
by contact with water and such materials shall be resistant to fire and shall not
allow the breathing circuit to be penetrated by smoke or chemical fumes likely to
be encountered in service. The fabric used in the construction of any harness
provided with such apparatus shall be resistant to shrinkage. Exposed metal parts
of the apparatus, harness and fittings shall be of materials so far as practicable
resistant to frictional sparking.

(2) The following equipment shall be provided for use with each set of
breathing apparatus

(a)a fire-proof life-and-signalling-line at least 10 feet longer than is required
to reach from the open deck in clean air well clear of any hatch or
doorway to any part of the accommodation, service, cargo or machinery
spaces, the line being made of copper or galvanized steel wire rope having
a breaking strength of at least 1. 120 lb. and being overlaid up to at least
1 14 inches in circumference by hemp or other covering to provide a surface
which can be firmly gripped when wet;

(b)an adjustable safety belt or harness to which such line shall be capable of
being securely attached and detached by the wearer by means of a snap-
hook;

(c) means for protecting the eyes and face of the wearer against smoke;

(d)plates of suitable non-inflammable material bearing a clearly legible code
of signals to be used between the wearer and his attendant, one of which
shall be attached to the safety belt or harness and another attached to the
free end of the life-line; and

(e)(for every apparatus other than a smoke helmet) a lightweight safety
helmet with lining and adjustable head-band.

(3) Every breathing apparatus shall be clearly marked with the name of the
maker or vendor and the year of manufacture, with operating instructions in clear
and permanent lettering affixed to each such apparatus.
L.N. 64/69. L.N. 79/69. Citation. Interpretation. (11 & 12 Geo. 6, c. 44.) (1967 c. 27.) (S.I. 1965/1067.) (S. I. 1965/1103.) (S.I. 1965/1106.) (Cap. 21, sub. leg.) Application of the Rules. Classification of ships. (Cap. 281, sub. Leg.) Ships of Group 1: Application. Ships of Group 2: Fire patrol and detection systems. Ships of Group 2: Fire pumps, fire main, water service pipes, hydrants, hoses and nozzles. Ships of Group 2: Portable fire extinguishers in accommodation and service spaces. Ships of Group 2: Fixed fire smothering arrangements in cargo spaces. Ships of Group 2: Machinery spaces containing oil-fired boilers or oil burning equipment. Ships of Group 2: Machinery spaces containing internal combustion type machinery. Ships of Group 2: Machinery spaces containing steam engines. Ships of Group 2: Firemen's outfits. Ships of Group 2: International shore connexion. Ships of Group 3. Ships of Group 4. Ships of Group 5: Fire pumps, hoses, nozzles, fire main, sea connexion, water service pipes and hydrants. Ships of Group 5: Portable fire extinguishers. Ships of Group 5: Machinery spaces containing oil-fired boilers or oil burning equipment. Ships of Group 5: Machinery spaces containing internal combustion type machinery. Ships of Group 5: Fire pumps, hoses, nozzles. Ships of Group 5: portable fire extinguishers. Ships of Group 5: Machinery spaces containing oil-fired boilers or oil burning equipment. Ships of Group 5: Machinery spaces containing internal combustion type machinery. Ships of Group 5 not fully decked. Ships of Group 6. Ships of Group 7 of 1,000 tons or over. Ships of Group 7 of 500 tons or over but less than 1,000 tons. Ships of Group 7 of under 500 tons. Ships of Group 7: Power to exempt. Additional requirements for ships carrying explosives. Fire pumps. Fire main, water service pipes and hydrants. Fire hoses, nozzles, etc. International shore connexion. First Schedule. Fire extinguishers. Second Schedule. Third Schedule. Fire buckets. Fixed pressure water spraying systems for machinery spaces. Fixed fire smothering gas and steam installations. Fixed foam fire extinguishing installations. Fire detection system. Firemen's outfits. Fourth Schedule. Means of stopping machinery, shutting off fuel suction pipes and closing of openings. Fire control plans. Availability of fire fighting appliances. Equivalents and exemptions Object of instructions and responsibility of surveyors. Definitions. (Cap. 281, sub. leg.) (Cap. 281.)

Abstract

L.N. 64/69. L.N. 79/69. Citation. Interpretation. (11 & 12 Geo. 6, c. 44.) (1967 c. 27.) (S.I. 1965/1067.) (S. I. 1965/1103.) (S.I. 1965/1106.) (Cap. 21, sub. leg.) Application of the Rules. Classification of ships. (Cap. 281, sub. Leg.) Ships of Group 1: Application. Ships of Group 2: Fire patrol and detection systems. Ships of Group 2: Fire pumps, fire main, water service pipes, hydrants, hoses and nozzles. Ships of Group 2: Portable fire extinguishers in accommodation and service spaces. Ships of Group 2: Fixed fire smothering arrangements in cargo spaces. Ships of Group 2: Machinery spaces containing oil-fired boilers or oil burning equipment. Ships of Group 2: Machinery spaces containing internal combustion type machinery. Ships of Group 2: Machinery spaces containing steam engines. Ships of Group 2: Firemen's outfits. Ships of Group 2: International shore connexion. Ships of Group 3. Ships of Group 4. Ships of Group 5: Fire pumps, hoses, nozzles, fire main, sea connexion, water service pipes and hydrants. Ships of Group 5: Portable fire extinguishers. Ships of Group 5: Machinery spaces containing oil-fired boilers or oil burning equipment. Ships of Group 5: Machinery spaces containing internal combustion type machinery. Ships of Group 5: Fire pumps, hoses, nozzles. Ships of Group 5: portable fire extinguishers. Ships of Group 5: Machinery spaces containing oil-fired boilers or oil burning equipment. Ships of Group 5: Machinery spaces containing internal combustion type machinery. Ships of Group 5 not fully decked. Ships of Group 6. Ships of Group 7 of 1,000 tons or over. Ships of Group 7 of 500 tons or over but less than 1,000 tons. Ships of Group 7 of under 500 tons. Ships of Group 7: Power to exempt. Additional requirements for ships carrying explosives. Fire pumps. Fire main, water service pipes and hydrants. Fire hoses, nozzles, etc. International shore connexion. First Schedule. Fire extinguishers. Second Schedule. Third Schedule. Fire buckets. Fixed pressure water spraying systems for machinery spaces. Fixed fire smothering gas and steam installations. Fixed foam fire extinguishing installations. Fire detection system. Firemen's outfits. Fourth Schedule. Means of stopping machinery, shutting off fuel suction pipes and closing of openings. Fire control plans. Availability of fire fighting appliances. Equivalents and exemptions Object of instructions and responsibility of surveyors. Definitions. (Cap. 281, sub. leg.) (Cap. 281.)

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3090

Edition

1964

Volume

v18

Subsequent Cap No.

281

Number of Pages

36
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:15:16 +0800
<![CDATA[MERCHANT SHIPPING (FEES) REGULATIONS]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3089

Title

MERCHANT SHIPPING (FEES) REGULATIONS

Description






MERCHANT SHIPPING (FEES) REGULATIONS

ARRANGEMENT OF REGULATIONS

Regulation Page

1. Citation ...........................G 2
2. Interpretation .....................G 2
3. Schedule of fees ...................G2
4. Fees for service within Hong Kong ..G 2
5. Fees for services outside Hong Kong G 3
5A. Fees for sending documents by telegram, telex or post G 3
6. Fees for services outside office hours G 3

7. Fees for miscellaneous services .............................................. G 4
7A. Fees where service is not completed G 5
8. Fees for issue of certificates of survey, etc . G 5

9. Fees for attendance at legal proceedings or inquiries G 6
10. Charges for advice and examination of plans G 6
11. Fees payable in advance .............G 7
IIA. Forfeiture of fees for failure to attend for examination G 7
12. Services required for certain official purposes G 7
Schedule. Part 1 -Fees for registry of shipping and matters relating thereto G 8

Part 11 -Fees for surveys .......... G 9

Part III -Fees for services rendered by the Mercantile Marine Office G 44
Part IV -Fees payable for examinations etc . G 47
Part V -Fees payable in relation to launches and ferry vessels and
pleasure vessels ...................G 50
Part VI -Fees payable in relation to miscellaneous craft G 52
Part VII -Fees in relation to courts of survey G 54





MERCHANT SHIPPING (FEES) REGULATIONS

(Cap. 281, section 114)
[12 November

L.N. 86 of 1965 L.N. 129 of 1967, L.N. 139 of 1970, L.N. 24 of 1971, L.N. 256 of 1972, L.N. 10
of 1974, L.N. 83 of 1975, L.N. 98 of 1975, L.N. 113 of 1975, L.N. 138 of 1975, L.N. 182 of
1975, L.N. 224 of 1975,52 of 1977, L.N. 229 of 1978, L.N. 273 of 1978, L.N. 274 of 1978,
L.N. 80 of 1980, L.N. 331 of 1982, L.N. 274 of 1983, L.N. 352 of 1983, L.N. 120 of 1985,
R. Ed. 1985, L.N. 92 of 1986, L.N. 138 of 1986, L.N. 310 of 1989.

1. Citation

These regulations may be cited as the Merchant Shipping (Fees)

Regulations.

2. Interpretation

In these regulations, unless the context otherwise requires

'hourly rate' means the rate per hour calculated in accordance with regulation
(L.N. 352 of 1983)

'office hours' means the hours between 9 a.m. and 5 p.m., and 9 a.m. and noon on
Saturday, excluding general holidays within the meaning of the Holidays
Ordinance (Cap. 149);

'surveyor' means a Government surveyor;

'tons' means gross tons, and in the case of a ship having alternative gross
tonnages, the larger of those gross tonnages. (L.N. 139 of 1970)

3. Schedule of fees

(1) There shall be paid, for the purpose or service relating to merchant

shipping mentioned in the second column of the Schedule, the fees specified in the
third column of that Schedule. (2) Except where otherwise specified in the Schedule
or by necessary

implication, the fees prescribed for the issue of any certificate shall be in respect of
a certificate valid for a period of 12 months.

4. Fees for service within Hong Kong

Where the issue of any certificate or clearance is dependent upon the

carrying out of any survey or inspection within Hong Kong during office hours any
fee prescribed by these regulations shall include the services of a surveyor together
with any travelling or other expenses involved.

(L.N. 352 of 1983)





5. Fees for services outside Hong Kong

Where the issue of any certificate or clearance is dependent upon any survey
or inspection to be undertaken outside Hong Kong by a surveyor sent from Hong
Kong for that purpose, there shall be payable in addition to the fee specified in the
Schedule- (L.N. 352 of 1983)

(a) for the period from 1 October 1989 to 30 September 1990, the

sum of $3,360 for each period of 24 hours or part thereof during
which the surveyor is absent from Hong Kong on account of
such survey or inspection; (L.N. 310 of 1989)

(aa) for the period commencing on 1 October 1990, the sum of $4,040

for each period of 24 hours or part thereof during which the
surveyor is absent from Hong Kong on account of such survey or
inspection; and (L.N. 310 of 1989)

(b) the travelling and subsistence expenses of the surveyor in such

reasonable sums as the Director shall determine.

SA. Fees for sending documents by
telegram, telex or post

Where in connection with any service specified in Part 11 of the Schedule or
the issue of a certificate specified in Part 11 of the Schedule it is, in the opinion of
the Director, necessary to incur expense to transmit information, plans, calculations
or other documents to places outside Hong Kong by telegram, telex or post there
shall be payable in addition to the fee specified in Part 11 of the Schedule the
expense involved.

(L.N. 352 of 1983)

6. Fees for services outside office hours

Except in the case of a service rendered by the Mercantile Marine Office or the
Registry of Shipping or Port Control Section, where the issue of any certificate or
clearance is dependent upon any survey or inspection or where any other service is
required undertaken outside office hours, there shall be payable, in addition to the
appropriate fee specified in these regulations and the Schedule, if any, a fee based
upon the following scale

On week days-

(a) between the hours of for the period commencing 1 October

7 a.m. and 9 a.m.1989 up to 30 September 1990, $480 per
or hour or part hour; and for the period

5 p.m. and 7 1 p.m. commencing 1 October 1990, $580 per
f hour or part hour;





(b) before 7 a.m. for the period commencing 1 October
or 1989 up to 30 September 1990, $960 per
after 7 p.m. hour or part hour; and for the period
commencing 1 October 1990, $1,160
per hour or part hour;
On Saturdays (afternoon), for the period commencing 1 October
Sundays or Public Holidays 1989 up to 30 September 1990, $1,440
per hour or part hour; and for the
period commencing 1 October 1990,
1 $1,730 per hour or part hour:
Provided that if 3 days' notice of the requirement for any survey, or
inspection or other service has been given to the Director but notwithstanding
such notice the Director has caused the survey, or inspection or other service to
be undertaken outside office hours, no such additional fee shall be payable.
(L.N. 139 of 1970; L.N. 182 of 1975; L.N. 352 of 1983; L.N. 120 of 1985;
L.N. 310 of 1989)

7. Fees for miscellaneous services

Where for any service other than a service for which a fee is specified in the
Schedule-
(a)for the period from 1 October 1989 to 30 September 1990, where
an officer of the Marine Department is required to visit a vessel,
shore installation navigational aid or other site, the fee payable
for each such visit during office hours shall be $1,440 for the first
hour or part hour and $480 for each subsequent hour or part
hour during which the visit continues;
(b)for the period from 1 October 1989 to 30 September 1990, the fee
payable for such service in any other case during office hours
shall be $480 for each hour or part hour during which the visit
continues;
(e)for the period commencing on 1 October 1990, where an officer
of the Marine Department is required to visit a vessel, shore
installation navigational aid or other site, the fee payable for each
such visit during office hours shall be $1,730 for the first hour or
part hour and $580 for each subsequent hour or part hour during
which the visit continues; and
(d) for the period commencing on 1 October 1990, the fee payable
for such service in any other case during office hours shall be
$580 for each hour or part hour during which the visit continues.
(L.N. 352 of 1983; L.N. 310 of 1989)





7A. Fees where service is not completed

Where, on the application of the owner or agent of a vessel, work on any
service in respect of that vessel is undertaken by any officer of the Marine
Department and, in consequence of any act of the owner or his agent, such work is
abandoned before the completion thereof, there shall be payable such reasonable
sum as the Director may agree with the applicant, having regard to the nature and
extent of the work involved. (L.N. 129 of 1967)

8. Fees for issue of certificates of survey, etc.

(1) Where for any purpose any officer of the Marine Department is required to
issue any certificate of survey, permit, approval, or document of authority,
consequent upon or pertaining to the carrying out of any service specified in Part 11
of the Schedule', otherwise than where the issue thereof is declared in that Part to be
included in the service in question or where a fee for the issue thereof is specified in
that Part, there shall be payable a fee, for the period from 1 October 1989 to 30
September 1990, of $240, and, for the period commencing 1 October 1990, of $290.
(L.N. 352 of 1983; L.N. 120 of 1985; L.N. 310 of 1989)

(2) Subject to the provisions of subregulation (3), where for any purpose any
officer of the Marine Department is required to issue any copy of, or to make any
alteration in, any certificate of survey, permit, approval, or document of authority, in
respect of which the original thereof was issued consequent upon or pertaining to
the carrying out of any service specified in Part 11 of the Schedule, whether such
copy is required to be issued or such alteration made at the time of the issue of the
original or not, there shall be payable

(a)where no fee for the issue of the original is specified in Part 11 of the
Schedule or the issue of the original is declared in that Part to be
included in the service

(i)for the period from 1 October 1989 to 30 September 1990 a fee of
$240; and

(ii) for the period commencing 1 October 1990 a fee of $290, for
each copy or alteration; and (L.N. 310 of 1989)

(b)a fee equal to the amount of the fee specified in Part 11 of the
Schedule in any case in which a fee is specified therein for the issue
of the original.

(3) No fee shall be payable for the issue of the duplicate of any certificate of
survey, permit, approval, or document of authority, in any case in which it is
declared in Part 11 of the Schedule that such certificate, permit, approval, or
document of authority, shall be issued in duplicate.

(4) Where for any purpose any officer of the Marine Department is required to
issue any copy of, or make any alteration in, any licence, permit,





certificate, or document of authority, issued in respect of or pertaining to any
service specified in the Schedule, other than in Part 11 thereof, no fee shall be
payable for the issue of such copy, or the making of such alteration, unless a fee
therefor is so specified in which case such fee shall be payable.
(5) Where the Director consents at the request of an applicant to supply a
copy of, or to make any alteration to, any licence, permit, certificate, document
or plan referred to in these regulations, there shall be payable, in addition to the
fees prescribed for such services therein, a handling charge of such reasonable
sum in respect of such service as the Director may agree with the applicant
therefor, having regard to the nature and extent of the work involved. (L.N.
352 of 1983)

9. Fees for attendance at legal proceedings or inquiries

Where an officer of the Marine Department is required to attend any legal
proceedings or inquiry in his capacity as a Government official there shall be
payable in respect thereof-
(a) for the period from 1 October 1989 to 30 September 1990, where
the attendance is in Hong Kong, during office hours, a fee of
$480 for each hour or part hour of attendance;
(b) for the period from 1 October 1989 to 30 September 1990, where
the attendance is outside Hong Kong-
(i) a fee of $3,360 for each period or part period of 24 hours
during which the officer is absent from Hong Kong on
account of the attendance; and
(ii)the travelling and subsistence expenses of the officer in such
reasonable sums as the Director shall determine;
(c) for the period commencing 1 October 1990, where the attendance
is in Hong Kong during office hours, a fee of $580 for each hour
or part hour of attendance; and
(d) for the period commencing 1 October 1990, where the attendance
is outside Hong Kong-
(i) a fee of $4,040 for each period or part period of 24 hours
during which the officer is absent from Hong Kong on
account of the attendance; and
(ii) the travelling and subsistence expenses of the officer in such
reasonable sums as the Director shall determine.
(L.N. 229 of 1978; L.N. 310 of 1989)

10. Charges for advice and examination of plans

Where the Director consents to survey, tender advice or examine plans in
respect of the structure, machinery or equipment of a vessel in so far as such





structure, machinery or equipment is to comply with British statutory
requirements or with any other requirements and no fee for such survey, advice
or examination is prescribed, there shall be payable such reasonable sum in
respect of such survey, advice or examination as the Director may agree with
the applicant therefor, having regard to the nature and extent of the work
involved.
(L.N. 129 of 1967; L.N. 352 of 1983)

11. Fees payable in advance

Every fee shall be paid at the Marine Department in advance of the service
in respect of which such fee is payable:
Provided that the Director may in his discretion in any particular case
permit any fee to be paid, in whole or in part, in arrear, and subject to such
conditions as to security or time for payment as he may think fit.

11A. Forfeiture of fees for failure to
attend for examination

A fee paid by an applicant for examination for a local certificate of
competency in accordance with paragraph 3 of Part IV of the Schedule shall be
forfeited to the Crown if the applicant fails to attend for the examination at the
time and place notified to him by the Director unless-
(a)the applicant has given not less than 3 days' notice to the
Director of his inability to attend for the examination; or
(b)the Director is satisfied that the applicant was through
circumstances beyond his control unable to attend for the
examination.
(L.N. 229 of 1978)

12. Services required for certain official purposes

(1) No fee or charge shall be payable in respect of any copy of any
certificate referred to in these regulations which is supplied at the request of a
British Government department, or the representative of a foreign government
when the copy of a certificate is required for official purposes.
(2) No fee specified in the Schedule shall be payable in respect of any
service referred to in these regulations which is performed at the request of any
Hong Kong Government department or public body or the representative of
any foreign government, but the Director may make such charge in respect of
the service rendered as he may consider appropriate.
1989 ED CAP.281 g8 1989 ED CAP.281 G9 1989 ED CAP.281 G10 1989 ED CP.281 G11 1989 ED CAP.281 G12 1989 ED CAP.281 G13 1989 ED CAP 281 G14 1989 ED CAP 281 G15 1989 ED CAP 281 G16 1989 ED CAP 281 G17 1989 ED CAP 281 G18 1989 ED CAP 281 G19 1989 ED CAP 281 G20 1989 ED CAP 281 G21 1989 ED CAP 281 G22 1989 ED CAP 281 G23 1989 ED CAP 281 G24 1989 ED CAP 281 G25 1989 ED CAP.281 G26





Purpose or service Fees
1989/90 1990

Note:The fee prescribed in this sub-item is additional to the appropriate fee in the
Table of Standard Fees in sub-item (a) of this item.

(g) For the consideration of stability
information of a ship in respect of which an
inclining test has been dispensed with a fee determined by the time
involved,
.......................charged at the hourly rate.

Note:The fee prescribed in this sub-item is additional to the appropriate fee in the
Table of Standard Fees in sub-item (a) of this item.

(h) For witnessing an inclining experiment a fee determined by the time
involved,
.......................charged at the hourly rate.

Note:The fee prescribed in this sub-item is additional to the appropriate fee in the
Table of Standard Fees in sub-item (a) of this item.

(i) For the consideration of calculations in

accordance with the Merchant Shipping
(Load Line) Rules 1968 (S.I. 1968/1053
U.K.) as extended to Hong Kong by the
Merchant Shipping (Safety) Ordinance
(Cap. 369) as to the ability of a withstand the flooding of compartments ....a fee determined by the time
involved, charged at the hourly rate.

Note:The fee prescribed in this sub-item is additional to the appropriate fee in the
Table of Standard Fees in sub-item (a) of this item.

2. For the survey of a ship in respect of which a
load line certificate is in force for the purpose of
an exemption for deeper loading a fee determined by the time
involved,
........................charged at the hourly rate.
3. For the survey of and issue of a load fine
certificate or load line exemption certificate for a
ship required to make a single international
voyage or a single voyage outside the prescribed
limits of the appropriate certificate a fee determined by the time
involved,
........................charged at the hourly rate.
4. For the survey of a ship required to make a
single voyage under tow a fee determined by the time
involved,
........................charged at the hourly rate.
5. For the survey of and the issue in substitution
for an existing load line exemption certificate of
a corresponding certificate showing amended or
extended plying limits .a fee determined by the time
involved,
........................charged at the hourly rate.
6. Fees for survey of ships alleged to be
unseaworthy-
(a) For the survey of a ship which is detained
(other than upon the complaint of a
member of the crew) on account of
overloading, improper loading, insufficient
ventilation of coal cargoes, undermanning






or defective equipment .a fee determined by the time
involved,
........................charged at the hourly rate.

Note: The fee prescribed in this sub-item is payable when a ship is detained or when it
appears to a surveyor that at the time the ship was detained it was unsafe.

(b) For the survey of a ship which is detained
(other than upon the complaint of a
member of the crew) on account of
defective hull or machinery a fee determined by the time involved,

charged at the hourly rate.





Purpose or service Fees
1989/90 1990

Note:The fee prescribed in this sub-item is payable when a ship is detained or when it
appears that at the time the ship was detained it was unsafe.

(c) For the survey of a ship upon the complaint
of a member of the crew whether the survey
is carried out by a Government surveyor, or
by a person appointed for that purpose
either by the Government or a Court a fee determined by the time
involved,
.......................charged at the hourly rate.
(d) For the survey of a ship which is detained
because the appropriate load line is
submerged .............a fee determined by the time
involved,
.......................charged at the hourly rate.
(e) For the survey of a ship which is detained
for being-
(i) unmarked; or
(ii) improperly marked,
with load lines:
For each visit ........a fee determined by the time
involved,
.......................charged at the hourly rate.

Note:The surveys referred to in sub-items (a) to (e) of this item apply when a ship is
detained or is found to be in such condition as would normally render her liable
to detention under section 108 of the Merchant Shipping Ordinance (Cap. 281),
or section 12 of the Shipping and Port Control Ordinance (Cap. 313) or section
48(3), 49(6), 54(2), 58(4), 59(2), 60, 68, 72 or 117 of the Merchant Shipping
(Safety)

Ordinance (Cap. 369).
7. If a vessel requires inspection due to fire,
damage or accident, per visit in addition to the
appropriate fee for each item surveyed a fee determined by the time
involved,
........................charged at the hourly rate.
8. Fees for survey for seaworthiness of obsolete
war vessels, hulks, wrecks, or similar vessels a fee determined by the time
involved,
........................charged at the hourly rate.
9. For the survey and issue of a certificate of
seaworthiness (required by section 54 of the
Merchant Shipping Act 1894) before re-registry
of a ship whose registry has been closed on
account of wreck, or other similar event a fee determined by the time
involved,
........................charged at the hourly rate.

SECTION K-FOREIGN-GOING SHIPS CARRYING DANGEROUS GOODS

Purpose or service Fees
1989/90 1990

The following fees shall be payable-

1 For the inspection of a ship for stowage of
explosives or other dangerous goods in
accordance with the recommendations of the
Report of the Department of Trade Standing
Advisory Committee on the Carriage of
Dangerous Goods in Ships











Purpose or service Fees
1989/90 1990

(a) for one visit for one compartment 2,270 2,730
(b) for each additional compartment at the
same visit ...................650 780
(c) for a certificate stating that stowage is in
accordance with the recommendations of
the report ...................940 1,130
2. For the inspection of a compartment of a ship
constructed for the stowage of explosives or
other dangerous goods in accordance with the
recommendations of the Department of Trade
Standing Advisory Committee on the Carriage
of Dangerous Goods in Ships-
(a) for one visit for one compartment 2,270 2,730
(b) for each additional compartment at the
same visit ...................650 780
(c) for a certificate stating that compartments
are suitable for the stowage of explosives or
other dangerous goods in accordance with
the recommendations of the report 940 1,130
3. For the inspection of portable explosives
magazines in accordance with the
recommendations of the Report of the
Department of Trade Standing Advisory
Committee on the Carriage of Dangerous
Goods in Ships-
(a) for one visit for one magazine 1,950 2,340
(b) for each additional magazine at the same
visit ........................330 400
(c) for a certificate stating that a magazine has
been constructed in accordance with the
recommendations of the report 940 1,130

4. For the examination of plans relating to stowage
or shipping of dangerous goods in accordance
with the recommendations of the Report of the
Department of Trade Standing Advisory
Committee on the Carriage of Dangerous
Goods in Ships ..........a fee determined by the time involved,
.........................charged at the hourly rate.
5. For the examination and survey of bulk
chemical tankers under International Maritime
Organization Codes for the Construction and
Equipment of Ships Carrying Dangerous
Chemicals in Bulk .......a fee determined by the time involved,
.........................charged at the hourly rate.
6. For the examination and survey of bulk gas
carriers under International Maritime
Organization Codes for the Construction and
Equipment of Ships Carrying Liquefied Gases in
Bulk ....................a fee determined by the time involved,
charged at the hourly rate.





SECTION L-SHIPS CARRYING GRAIN CARGOES

Purpose or service 1989/90 Fees 1990

The following fees shall be payable-
1 For the examination of a plan of loading for
grain cargoes ..........a fee determined by the time involved,
........................charged at the hourly rate.
2. For examining and certifying a copy of a plan of
loading subsequent to the examination of the
original plan ..........a fee determined by the time
involved,

charged at the hourly rate.

3. For an alteration in a plan of loading not
affecting the original calculation a fee determined by the time
involved,
.........................charged at the hourly rate.
4. For the inspection on a ship of any alteration in
the arrangement of fittings for the carriage of
grain cargoes necessitating an alteration in the
plan of loading .........a fee determined by the time
involved,

charged at the hourly rate.

5. For the inspection on a ship of grain fittings-
(a) for one visit for one compartment 2,270 2,730
(b) for each additional compartment at the
same visit ...................650 780

SECTION M-CREW ACCOMMODATION

Note: In this Section 'sister ship' means a ship-

(a)the crew accommodation of which in respect of the overall size, location and
disposition thereof and the arrangements for heating, lighting, ventilation, water
services, deck sheathings and insulations corresponds with another ship which has
already been inspected or which will have been inspected prior to the inspection
of that ship; and

(b)as to which, prior to the inspection, application is made in writing by or on behalf
of the owner for that ship to be treated as a sister ship, accompanied by a

declaration that it complies with the foregoing requirements.
Purpose or service Fees

1989/90 1990

The following fees shall be payable-
1 For the inspection of crew accommodation on
first registry or re-registry in a ship not being a
sister ship-
not exceeding 50 tons ..5,400 6,480
exceeding 50 tons but not exceeding 100 tons 6,480 7,780
exceeding 100 tons but not exceeding 500 tons 6,480 plus $1,950 7,780 plus $2,340
........................for each 50 tons or for each 50 tons or
........................part thereof part thereof
........................exceeding 100 tons. exceeding 100 tons.

exceeding 500 tons but not exceeding 2 000 tons 22,040 plus $1,170 26,450 plus $1,410
for each 100 tonsfor each 100 tons
or part thereofor part thereof
exceeding 500 tons.exceeding 500 tons.











Purpose or service Fees
1989/90 1990
exceeding 2 000 tons but not exceeding 30 000
tons ...................39,530 plus $2,430 47,440 plus $2,920
........................for each 1000 tons for each 1000 tons
........................or part thereof or part thereof
........................exceeding 2 000 exceeding 2 000
........................tons. tons.
exceeding 30 000 tons ..107,400 128,880
2. For the inspection of crew accommodation on
first registry or re-registry in a ship being a sister
ship-
not exceeding 50 tons ..3,240 3,890
exceeding 50 tons but not exceeding 100 tons 3,890 4,670
exceeding 100 tons but not exceeding 500 tons 3,890 plus $1,460 4,670 plus $1,760
........................for each 50 tons or for each 50 tons or
........................part thereof part thereof
........................exceeding 100 tons. exceeding 100 tons.
exceeding 500 tons but not exceeding 2 000 tons 15,560 plus $780 18,680 plus $940
for each 100 tonsfor each 100 tons
or part thereofor part thereof
exceeding 500 tons.exceeding 500 tons.
exceeding 2 000 tons but not exceeding 30 000
tons ...................27,220 plus $8 10 32,670 plus $980
........................for each 1000 tons for each 1000 tons
........................or part thereof or part thereof
........................exceeding 2 000 exceeding 2 000
........................tons. tons.
exceeding 30 000 tons ..49,900 59,880
3. For the inspection of crew accommodation
consequent upon alterations or repairs-
(a) for each visit other than a visit in sub-item
(b) of this item .......3,240 but not more 3,890 but not more
........................than 1/2 of the than 1/2 of the
........................appropriate fee in appropriate fee in
........................item 1 or 2 of this item 1 or 2 of this
........................Section. Section.
(b) for each visit concurrent with a
measurement for tonnage carried out
consequent upon alterations or repairs 1,950 but not more 2,340 but not more
........................than 1/2 of the than 1/2 of the
........................appropriate fee in appropriate fee in
........................item 1 or 2 of this item 1 or 2 of this
........................Section. Section.
4. For the inspection of crew accommodation
consequent upon an increase in the number of
persons accommodated in any sleeping room 3,240 per visit 3,890 per visit
5. For the inspection of crew accommodation-
(a) whenever there is reason to believe that the
ship is not complying with any provision of
the Merchant Shipping (Crew
Accommodation) Regulations or any
condition subject to which the ship has
been exempted from a requirement of the
Regulations ............3,240 per visit 3,890 per visit





Purpose or service Fees
1989/90 1990

(b) at the request of the owner or of any person
being representative of the owners or of the
crew of that ship .....3,240 per visit 3,890 per visit

6. For the inspection of crew accommodation
consequent upon a complaint by a member of
the crew of that ship (a) where the
complaint is found to be justified 3,240 per visit 3,890 per visit
(b) where the complaint is found not to be

justified ...........nil nil

7. For arranging a specially appointed surveyor,
other than a Government surveyor, for carrying
out any of the services specified in item 1, 2, 3, 4,
5 or 6 of this Section to be carried out at a port
outside Hong Kong .......2/3 of the appropriate fee under items 1
to
.........................6 of this Section. (The fee in each case is
in
.........................addition to the fee payable for the service
.........................to the specially appointed surveyor or his
.........................employer.)
8. For the approval of materials and fittings for
crew accommodation in respect of-
(a) fresh water generators
(b) sewage disposal units
(e) automatic chlorination units (sterilizers)
(d) units to increase pH value of water a fee determined by the time involved,
(e) galley ovens ........charged at the hourly rate.
(j) shower mixing valves
(g) corrosion inhibitors
9. For the inspection of deck sheathings and the
consideration of the report of tests on deck
sheathing materials carried out by an

independent authority .....3,240 3,890

Note: The fee prescribed in this paragraph is in addition to any fee charged by the testing
authority.

SECTION N-TONNAGE MEASUREMENT AND

MARKING OF SHIPS

Note: (1) The fees include-

(a) examination of plans;

(b)inspection of the marking of a ship if completed in a single visit by a
surveyor and carried out at the same time as the tonnage measurement;

(c) issue of relevant
certificates. (2) The fees do not
include

(a) inspection of crew accommodation under Section M;

(b) attendance of a surveyor for the survey or inspection outside Hong
Kong. (3) In this Section',sister ship' means a ship

(a)which corresponds in all respects relevant to the measurement of tonnage






with another ship (referred to below as the 'principal ship') the tonnage of
which has been ascertained under the Regulations, or which will have been so
ascertained prior to the measurement for tonnage of that ship; and which, in
particular and without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing
requirement, corresponds with the principal ship in the following respects





(i) it has the same hull form;
(ii) subdivision of the underdeck into its various parts is identical;

(iii) its gross and register tonnages and underdeck tonnage, tonnage of
spaces above the tonnage deck, and allowance for propelling power
shall not differ respectively from those of the principal ship by more
than the

following amounts-
(A) where the principal
ship is under 1000
tons ..........1
(B) where the principal
ship is over 50 000
tons ..........0.1%
where the principal ship is 1000
tons or over but does not
exceed 50 000 tons the percentage obtained by interpolation
...............between those specified in (A) and (B)
...............above;and

(b)in respect of which, prior to the commencement of its measurement for
tonnage, application is made in writing by or on behalf of the owner for that
ship to be treated as a sister ship, accompanied by a declaration that it
complies with the foregoing requirements;

'the Regulations' means the Merchant Shipping (Tonnage) Regulations (App. 1, p.

AB 1) and references to specific regulations shall he construed
accordingly.

(4) In the case of sister ships, the fees for tonnage measurement will be half of the

appropriate fee subject to a minimum fee of $3,780, for the period from 1
October
1989 to 30 September 1990 and a minimum fee of $4,540 for the period
commencing 1 October 1990 for the principal ship registered in Hong Kong under

the same owner.
Purpose or service Fees

1989/90 1990

The following fees shall be payable-
1 For measurement of-
(a) gross and net tonnage for the purposes of
Part 11 as read with Schedules 2 and 3 to
the Regulations; and
(b) gross and register tonnage for the purposes
of Parts 111 to VI as read with paragraph
2(2) of Schedule 5 to the Regulations-
in the case of a ship-
not exceeding 90 tons .......3,780 4,540
exceeding 90 tons but not exceeding 180 tons 5,690 6,830
exceeding 180 tons but not exceeding 270 tons 7,560 9,080
exceeding 270 tons but not exceeding 450 tons 9,510 11,420
exceeding 450 tons but not exceeding 900 tons 12,530 15,040

exceeding 900 tons but not exceeding 1450 tons 15,660 18,800
exceeding 1450 tons but not exceeding 1800

tons .......................17,28020,740
exceeding 1800 tons but not exceeding 2 700
tons .......................19,44023,330
exceeding 2 700 tons but not exceeding 3 600






tons .......................21,60025,920
exceeding 3 600 tons but not exceeding 4 500
tons .......................24,84029,810
exceeding 4 500 tons but not exceeding 6 000
tons .......................28,08033,700
exceeding 6 000 tons but not exceeding 7 000

tons....................................................................
31,320...................37,590





Purpose or service 1989/90 Fees 1990

exceeding 7 000 tons but not exceeding 8 000
tons .....................34,560 41,480
exceeding 8 000 tons but not exceeding 9 000
tons .....................37,800 45,360
exceeding 9 000 tons but not exceeding 10 000
tons .....................41,040 49,250
exceeding 10 000 tons but not exceeding 11000
tons .....................43,200 51,840
exceeding 11000 tons but not exceeding 12 000
tons .....................45,360 54,440
exceeding 12 000 tons but not exceeding 13 000
tons .....................47,520 57,030
exceeding 13 000 tons but not exceeding 14 000
tons .....................49,680 59,620
exceeding 14 000 tons but not exceeding 15 000
tons .....................51,840 62,210
exceeding 15 000 tons but not exceeding 16 000
tons .....................54,000 64,800
exceeding 16 000 tons but not exceeding 17 000
tons .....................56,160 67,400
exceeding 17 000 tons but not exceeding 18 000
tons .....................58,320 69,990

exceeding 18 000 tons but not exceeding 19 000

tons .............................................. 60,480
72,580

exceeding 19 000 tons but not exceeding 20 000
tons .....................62,640 75,170

exceeding 20 000 tons but not exceeding 21000

tons ..................................64,800 77,760

exceeding 21000 tons but not exceeding 22 000
tons .....................66,960 80,360
exceeding 22 000 tons but not exceeding 23 000
tons .....................69,120 82,950
exceeding 23 000 tons but not exceeding 24 000
tons .....................71,280 85,540
exceeding 24 000 tons but not exceeding 25 000
tons .....................73,440 88,130
exceeding 25 000 tons but not exceeding 27 500
tons .....................75,600 90,720
exceeding 27 500 tons but not exceeding 30 000
tons .....................77,760 93,320
exceeding 30 000 tons but not exceeding 32 500
tons .....................79,920 95,910
exceeding 32 500 tons but not exceeding 35 000
tons .....................82,080 98,560
exceeding 35 000 tons but not exceeding 40 000
tons .....................88,560 106,280
exceeding 40 000 tons but not exceeding 45 000
tons .....................95,040 114,050
exceeding 45 000 tons but not exceeding 50 000
tons ...................102,600 123,120
exceeding 50 000 tons but not exceeding 55 000
tons .....................110,160 132,200
exceeding 55 000 tons but not exceeding 60 000
tons .....................118,260 141,920
exceeding 60 000 tons ....126,360 151,640





Purpose or service Fees
1989/90 1990

Note: The measurement referred to in this item includes-

(a) first measurement of a British ship;

(b)measurement of a British ship previously measured before 1 March 1968, where
measurement of underdeck tonnage is necessary;

(c) measurement of a foreign ship;

(d) measurement or re-measurement involving underdeck tonnage.

2. For measurement of gross and register tonnage
in accordance with paragraph 2(3) of Part 1 of
Schedule 5 to the Regulations 1/2 of the appropriate fee in item 1 of
this
.........................Section.

Note: The measurement referred to in this item includes-

(a) first measurement of a British ship;
(b) first measurement of a foreign ship.
3. For measurement of tonnage in accordance with
paragraph 12 of Part III of Schedule 5 to the
Regulations-
(a) In the case of a ship the gross and register
tonnage of which has been previously
ascertained in accordance with paragraph
2(2) of Part I of Schedule 5 to the
Regulations .............1/2 of the appropriate fee in item 1 of
this
.........................Section.
(b) In other cases ......the appropriate fee in item 1 of this
.........................Section.

Note: The measurement referred to in this item includes-
(a) first measurement of a British ship;
(b) measurement under the Regulations of a British ship previously measured before 1
March 1968, where measurement of underdeck tonnage is necessary;
(c) measurement of a foreign ship;
(d) measurement or re-measurement involving underdeck tonnage.

4. For measurement of tonnage in accordance with
paragraph 13 of Part III of Schedule 5 to the
Regulations-
(a) In the case of a ship the gross and register
tonnage of which has previously been
ascertained in accordance with paragraph
2(2) of Part 1 of Schedule 5 to the
Regulations .............1/2 of the appropriate fee in item 1 of this
.........................Section.
(b) In the case of a ship the gross and register
tonnage of which has not been previously
ascertained in accordance with paragraph
2(2) of Part 1 of Schedule 5 to the
Regulations, not being a case to which
sub-item (c) below applies the appropriate fee in item 1 of this
.........................Section plus one half.
(c) In the case of a ship the gross and register
tonnage of which has previously been
ascertained in accordance with paragraph
12 of Part Ill of Schedule 5 to the
Regulations .............1 1/2 times the appropriate fee in item 1






of

this Section less the fee in item 3(b) of
this Section.





Purpose or service 1989190 Fees 1990

Note: The measurement referred to in this item includes(a) first measurement of a British
ship; (b) measurement under the Regulations of a British ship previously measured
before 1 March 1968, where measurement of underdeck tonnage is necessary; (e)
measurement of a foreign ship; (d) measurement or re-measurement of underdeck
tonnage.

5. For re-measurement of a ship measured before 1
March 1968 not involving re-measurement of
underdeck tonnage-
(a) Re-measurement of gross and register
tonnage in accordance with paragraph 2(2)
of Part I of Schedule 5 to the Regulations
of a single deck ship ..the appropriate fee in sub-item (b) of
this
........................item.
(b) Re-measurement of tonnage in accordance
with paragraph 12 of Part Ill of Schedule 5
to the Regulations; or re-measurement of
gross and register tonnage in accordance
with paragraph 2(2) of Part 1 of Schedule 5
to the Regulations; or re-measurement of
tonnage in accordance with paragraph 13
of Part III of Schedule 5 to the Regulations
where measurement of space between the
upper deck and the second deck is not
necessary; where re-measurement of one or
more of the following is involved-
(i) space on or above the upper deck;
(ii) propelling machinery space below the
upper deck;
(iii) space described in paragraph 4(1) (e)
of Part 11 of Schedule 5 to the
Regulations;
(iv) space described in paragraph 1 0(a) to
(i) of Part II of Schedule 5 to the
Regulations;
(v) space in a double bottom for water
ballast; and
(vi) space in water ballast tanks:
The fee in respect of each category of space
so re-measured-

(A) Ships not exceeding 50 tons 510 620
(B) Ships exceeding 50 tons but not
exceeding 100 tons ....920 1,110

(C) For each additional 100 tons, or
part of 100 tons, exceeding 100 tons 110 140

Maximum fee for each category 4,700 5,640
(e) Re-measurement of gross and register
tonnage in accordance with paragraph 2(2)
of Part I of Schedule 5 to the Regulations;
or
Re-measurement of tonnage in accordance
with paragraph 13 of Part III of Schedule 5
to the Regulations where measurement of
space between the upper deck and the

second deck is necessary 1/2 of the appropriate fee in item 1 of
this

Section.











Purpose or service Fees
1989/90 1990

6. For re-measurements due to alterations under
Parts III, IV, V and VI of the Regulations-
(a) For re-measurement of tonnage in any case
in which, in consequence of alterations to
the ship, re-measurement of the ship's
underdeck is required ...the appropriate fee in item 1, 3 or 4 of
this
.........................Section.
(b) For re-measurement of tonnage in any case
in which, in consequence of alterations to
the ship, re-measurement of the space
between the second deck and the upper
deck is required, not being a case to which
(a) above applies .......1/2 of the appropriate fee in item 1, 3 or
4
.........................of this Section.
(c) Except in a case for which a fee is payable
as above for measurement or
re-measurement done at the same time, for
re-measurement of tonnage due solely to an
alteration or alteration of space comprised
in one of the following categories of
space-
(i) spaces on or above the upper deck;
(ii) propelling machinery space below the
upper deck;
(iii) space described in paragraph 4(1)(e) of
Part 11 of Schedule 5 to the
Regulations;
(iv) space described in paragraph 10(a) to
(i of Part II of Schedule 5 to the
Regulations;
(v) space in a double bottom tank for
water ballast; and
(vi) space in water ballast tanks:
The fee in respect of each category of space
so re-measured-

(A) Ships not exceeding 50 tons 510 620

(B) Ships exceeding 50 tons but not

exceeding 100 tons .. 920 1,110

(C) For each additional 100 tons or
part of 100 tons exceeding 100
tons .....................110 140
Maximum fee for each category 4,700 5,640

7. For re-measurements of tonnage of ships under
Part II of the Regulations-
(a) Where the ship has not previously been
measured under Part 11 of the Regulations the appropriate fee in item 1 of this
Section.
(b) Where the ship has previously been
measured under Part II of the Regulations a fee to be determined by the time
involved, charged at the hourly rate.
8. For inspection made necessary by minor
alterations (rig, engines, etc.) where no

re-measurement is involved a fee determined by the time involved,







charged at the hourly rate.





Purpose or service Fees
1989/90 1990

9. For a copy of British Tonnage Certificate 220 270
10. In special cases, for the supply of details of
British tonnage calculations to an owner-
Per page ................24 subject to a 29 subject to a
.........................minimum fee of minimum fee of
.........................$240. $290.
11. For measurement of British tonnage of a
pleasure yacht under 13.7 m (45 ft) in overall
length in accordance with paragraph 16 of
Schedule 5 to the Regulations-
(a) Measurement or re-measurement in Hong
Kong ....................1,520 1,830
(b) Measurement or re-measurement outside
Hong Kong
(c) Verification in Hong Kong of changes of
the particulars recorded on the Certificate
of Registry, not involving re-measurement a fee determined by the time involved,
(d)Verification outside Hong Kong of changes charged at the hourly rate.
in the particulars recorded on the
Certificate of Registry, not involving re-
measurement
Measurement for Suez and Panama Tonnage-
12. For the first measurement or re-measurement
including underdeck of a ship when the British
tonnage figures are available---
(a) For a Suez Canal or a Panama Canal
certificate .............215 of the appropriate fee shown in item 1
.........................of this Section.
(b) For a Suez Canal and a Panama Canal
certificate if the measurements or re-
measurements are made at the same time 3/5 of the appropriate fee shown in item 1
.........................of this Section, based on the higher Canal
.........................gross tonnage.
13. For the first measurement or re-measurement
including underdeck of a ship where the British
tonnage figures are not available---
(a) For a Suez Canal or a Panama Canal
certificate .............the fee shown in item 1 of the Section

(b) For a Suez Canal and a Panama Canal based on the Canal gross tonnage.
certificate if the measurements are made at
the same time ...........the fee shown in item 1 of this Section
.........................based on the higher Canal gross tonnage
.........................plus two-fifths.
14. For re-measurement not involving underdeck
tonnage and for the issue of an amended
certificate or certificates-
For one or more of the following
re-measurements for a Suez Canal or a Panama
Canal certificate-
(i) alterations on or above the upper
deck;
(ii) alterations in the propelling power
spaces;





Purpose or service Fees
1989/90 1990

(iii) alterations to light and air spaces and
the propelling power spaces;
(iv) alterations to crew accommodation
and navigational spaces;
(V) alterations to water ballast spaces:
The fee in respect of each category of space
so re-measured-
(A) Ships not exceeding 50 tons 510 620
(B) Ships exceeding 50 tons but not
exceeding 100 tons 920 1,110
(C) Ships exceeding 100 tons 920 plus $110 for 1, 110 plus $140 for
.....................each 100 tons or each 100 tons or
.....................part thereof by part thereof by
.....................which the ship which the ship
.....................exceeds 100 tons. exceeds 100 tons.
Maximum fee for each category above 4,700 5,640

15. For a copy of Suez Canal or Panama Canal
tonnage certificate .....980 1,180
16. In special cases, for the supply of details of Suez
or Panama Canal tonnage calculations to an
owner-
Per page ................24 subject to a 29 subject to a
.........................minimum fee of minimum fee of
.........................$240. $290.

17. For the inspection of any of the following
official markings of a British ship when the
inspection is not carried out at the same time as
the tonnage measurement or survey for
registry-
(a) Markings under section 7(1) of the
Merchant Shipping Act 1894-
(i) The name of a British ship or port of
registry of a British ship, including
lifeboats and lifebuoys carried as part
of the ship's equipment
(ii) The official number a fee determined by the time involved,

(iii) The number denoting the register charged at the hourly rate.
tonnage
(iv) The scale denoting the draught of
water
(b) Marking required by the Regulations
including the tonnage mark

Note: The fee prescribed in this item does not include the amendment of any certificate or
document, or amendment to the Register Book or Certificate of British Registry.

18. For service carried out at a port outside Hong
Kong by a specially appointed surveyor, other
than a Government surveyor, under the
guidance of the Marine Safety Division, Hong
Kong ....................a fee determined by the time involved,
.........................charged at the hourly rate. (The fee is in
.........................addition to the fee payable for the
service
.........................to the specially appointed surveyor or his
.........................employer.)





SECTION O-TRAWLERS

Purpose or service Fees
1989/90 1990

The following fees shall be payable

1 For the initial survey of any hull, machinery
and equipment and the first issue of a certificate
of

survey .............................................. a fee determined by the
time involved,
.......................charged at the hourly rate.

2. For a survey of any hull, machinery and
equipment and the renewal of a certificate of
survey .................1,560 1,880

Note: (1) The fees specified in this item do not include a survey for the measurement of
tonnage or for examination of plans and stability information.

(2)If more than 3 visits of a surveyor to the vessel are required before the renewal of
any certificate of survey, the appropriate fee shall be increased by 1/4 in respect
of each surveyor for each visit exceeding 3, including the final survey visit.

3. For extending a certificate of survey-
(a) for a period not exceeding 1 month 400 480
(b) for a period exceeding 1 month but not
exceeding 2 months ..........780 940

4. For examination of all plans and stability
information ............a fee determined by the time involved,
........................charged at the hourly rate.

SECTION P-LAUNCHES AND FERRY VESSELS

surveys for tonnage measurement or for examination of plans and stability
information.

(2)if more than 3 visits of a surveyor or a person holding the post of a ship
inspector in the Government to the vessel are required before the issue of any
certificate of survey, the appropriate fee shall be increased by 1/4 in respect of
each surveyor or each person holding the post of a ship inspector in the
Government for each such visit exceeding 3, including the final survey visit.

(3) For the extension of any certificate of survey for a period not exceeding 3
months,

the fee payable shall be 1/2 of the appropriate fee.
Purpose or service Fees

1989/90 1990

The following fees shall be payable-
1 For a survey of and the issue of a certificate of
survey for a launch to ply in Class I limits that is
certified to carry-
(a) not more than 50 passengers 640 770
(b) more than 50 passengers but not more than
100 passengers ..............1,050 1,260
(c) more than 100 passengers, for each 50
passengers, or part thereof, over 100
passengers ..................240 290







2.For a survey of and the issue of a certificate of
survey for a launch to ply in Class 11 Emits
that is certified to carry

(a)............not more than 50 passengers 1,000 1,200





Purpose or service 1989190 Fees 1990

(b) more than 50 passengers but not more than
100 passengers ..1 ......1,260 1,520
(c) more than 100 passengers, for each 50
passengers, or part thereof, over 100
passengers ...................480 580
3. For a survey of and the issue of a certificate of
survey for a launch to ply in Class III limits that
is certified to carry-
(a) not more than 50 passengers 1,080 1,300
(b) more than 50 passengers but not more than
100 passengers ...............1,360 1,640
(c) more than 100 passengers, for each 50
passengers, or part thereof, over 100
passengers ...................960 1,160
4. For a survey of and the issue of a certificate of
survey for a launch certified to tow other craft-
(a) in Class I limits ........820 990
(b) in Class 11 limits .......1,080 1,300
(c) in Class III limits ......1,360 1,640
(d) in Class IV limits .......2,260 2,720
Note: If a survey under item 1, 2 or 3 is required simultaneously with a survey under this
item,
then only 1/2 of the appropriate fee under this item shall be payable in addition to fees
payable under item 1, 2 or 3, as the case may require.
5. For a survey of and the issue of a certificate of
survey for a ferry vessel-
(a) For a passenger ferry vessel certified to
carry not more than 100 passengers 1,360 1,640
(b) For a passenger ferry vessel certified to
carry more than 100 passengers but not
more than 500 passengers .....2,260 2,720
(c) For a passenger ferry vessel certified to
carry more than 500 passengers, for each
100 passengers, or part thereof, over 500
passengers ...................460 560
(d) For a passenger vehicular ferry vessel, in
addition to the appropriate fee payable
under sub-item (a), (b) or (c) of this item 2,260 2,720
6. For the examination of plans and stability
information-
(a) Hull plans for a vessel certified to carry-
(i) not more than 50 passengers 690 830
(ii) more than 50 passengers but not more
than 100 passengers ..........1,130 1,360
(iii) more than 100 passengers 2,260 2,720
(b) Machinery plans for a vessel certified to
carry-
(i) not more than 50 passengers 690 830
(ii) more than 50 passengers but not more
than 100 passengers ..........1,130 1,360
(iii) more than 100 passengers 2,260 2,720
(C) Electrical plans, for each generator installed 460 560
(d) Stability information ...460 560
(e) Structural fire protection 1,130 1,360
(j)..........Fire extinguishing installation 1,130 1,360




vessel, the fee shall be 1/2 of the appropriate fee.

(2)For examination of plans and stability information in respect of a floating
restaurant of Section Q the fee shall be twice the appropriate fee under this item.

SECTION Q-SMALL CRAFT AND OTHER MISCELLANEOUS VESSELS
Note: (1)Inspection for the services specified in this Section does not include inspection
for measurement of tonnage or for examination of plans and stability
information.

(2)if Tore than 3 visits of a surveyor or an inspector to the vessel are required before
the issue or endorsement of any certificate, the appropriate fee shall be increased
by 1/4 in respect of each surveyor or each inspector for each such visit exceeding
3, including the final inspection visit.

(3) For the extension of any certificate of inspection for a period not exceeding 3

months the fee payable shall be 1/2 of the appropriate fee.
Purpose or service Fees

1989/90 1990

The following fees shall be payable-
For an inspection of and the issue of a certificate
of inspection for-
(a) Junks fitted with mechanical means of
propulsion-
(i) with engines of total horsepower up to
15 B.H.P . ..................260 320
(ii) with engines of total horsepower more
than 15 B.H.P. but not exceeding 30
B.H.P . .....................360 440
(iii) with engines of total horsepower more
than 30 B.H.P but not exceeding 50
B.H.P . .....................500 600
(iv) with engines of total horsepower more
than 50 B.H.P. but not exceeding 80
B.H.P . .....................640 770
(v) with engines of total horsepower more
than 80 B.H.P., for each 40 B.H.P. or
part thereof, over 80 B.H.P . 60 80
(b) Lighters and junks fitted with diesel or
other auxiliary, for each engine installed 540 650
(c) Water boats-
(i) self-propelled, western type 2,160 2,600
(ii) not self-propelled, western type 1,260 1,520
(iii) native type ...........540 650
(d) Vessels of western type .1,8002,160
(e) Floating restaurants certified to
accommodate-
(i) not more than 100 persons 1,800 2,160
(ii) more than 100 persons, for each 50
persons, or part thereof, over 100
persons .....................360 440
(i) Floating docks which are classed by a
classification society approved by the
Director ....................3,6004,320

(ii) Floating docks which are not classed

as in (i) .........a fee determined by the time involved,

.............................charged at the hourly rate.






(g) Floating workshops ......1,8002,160





Purpose or service 1989/90 Fees 1990

2. For surveys of and the issue of freeboard
certificates or prescribed periodical inspections
of dumb lighters-
Periodic Inspection
Tonnage Survey Fee Fee

1989/90 1990 1989/901990
Under 100 tons 720 870 240 290
100 tons or over but under 200 tons 900 1,080 360 440
200 tons or over but under 300 tons 1,080 1,300 480 580
300 tons or over 1,260 1,520 600720

3. For the examination of plans and stability
information-
(a) Hull plans including scantlings structure
and arrangement .............460 560
(b) Machinery plans including shafting, piping
and pumping .................460 560

(c) Electrical plans for each generator installed 460 560

(d) Stability information ..390 470
(e) Structural fire protection 900 1,080
(f) Fire extinguishing installation 900 1,080

vessel, the fee shall be 1/2 of the appropriate fee.

(2)For examination of plans and stability information in respect of a floating
restaurant the fee shall be twice of the appropriate fee under item 6 of Section P.

SECTION R-CARRIAGE OF DANGEROUS GOODS-LOCAL CRAFT

and the issue of a certificate of inspection under Sections P and Q.

(2)If more than 3 visits of a surveyor or an inspector to the vessel are required
before the issue of any certificate or declaration of fitness, the appropriate fee
shall be increased by 1/4 in respect of each surveyor and each inspector for each
such visit exceeding 3, including the final inspection visit.

(3) For the extension of any Declaration of Fitness for a period not exceeding 3

months the fee payable shall be 1/2 of the appropriate fee.
Purpose or service Fees

1989190 1990

The following fees shall be payable-
1. For the inspection for the carriage of dangerous
goods and the issue of a Declaration of
Fitness-
(a) Vessels other than tankers, in respect of
each category of dangerous goods specified
in the Dangerous Goods (Classification)
Regulations (Cap. 295 sub. leg.) 390 470
(b) Tankers, in respect of each category of
dangerous goods specified in the Dangerous
Goods (Classification) Regulations-
(i) under 500 gross registered tonnage 900 1080

(ii) 500 gross registered tonnage and over 1,800 2:160





Purpose or service 1989/90 Fees 1990

2. For the examination of plans-
(a) Vessels other than tankers' in respect of
each category of dangerous goods specified
in the Dangerous Goods (Classification)
Regulations .................390 470
(b) Tankers, in respect of each category of
dangerous goods specified in the Dangerous
Goods (Classification) Regulations-
(i) under 500 gross registered tonnage 900 1,080
(ii) 500 gross registered tonnage and over 1,800 2,160
Note:For examination of plans in respect of modification to an existing vessel and the issue of
a Declaration of Fitness, the fee payable shall be 1/2 of the appropriate fee.

PART 111

FEES FOR SERVICES RENDERED BY THE
MERCANTILE MARINE OFFICE

Purpose or service 1989/90 Fees 1990

The following fees shall be payable-
1........................For engagement or discharge of seamen, at the
Mercantile Marine Office-
(a) For each seaman (including officers)
engaged ................60 80
(b) For each seaman (including officers)
discharged .............60 80
(e) Minimum charge for opening a new articles
of agreement ...........600 720
(d) Copies of articles of agreement duly opened
(per copy) .............120 150
2. For engagement or discharge of seamen at
places other than the Mercantile Marine
Office-
(a) For each seaman (including officers)
engaged ................60 plus $240 per 80 plus $290 per
........................hour or part hour or part
........................thereof on a work thereof on a work
........................done basis. done basis.
(b) For each seaman (including officers)
discharged .............60 plus $240 per 80 plus $290 per
........................hour or part hour or part
........................thereof on a work thereof on a work
........................done basis. done basis.
(c) Minimum charge for opening a new articles
of agreement ...........600 per set of 720 per set of
........................articles plus $240 articles plus $290
........................per hour or part per hour or part
........................thereof on a work thereof on a work
........................done basis. done basis.
(d) Copies of articles of agreement duly opened
(per copy) .............120 150





Purpose or service Fees
1989/90 1990

3. For engagement or discharge of seamen where
Form Eng. 2A or ALO 2 is used-
For recording the engagement or discharge of
any seaman ...................60 80

Note: This fee is not chargeable where a fee has been charged at a port outside Hong Kong.

4. For attesting crews' account of wages and
performed-
(a) at the Mercantile Marine Office and for
each seaman (including officers) 60 80
(b) other than at the Mercantile Marine Office
and for each seaman (including officers) 60 plus $240 per 80 plus $290 per
........................hour or part hour or part
........................thereof on a work thereof on a work
........................done basis. done basis.
5. For attesting a new clause in an agreement, if
performed-
(a) at the Mercantile Marine Office 240 290

(b) other than at the Mercantile Marine Office 240 plus $240 per 290 plus $290 per
hour or parthour or part
thereof on a workthereof on a work
done basis.done basis.

6. For engagement or discharge of fishermen at the
Mercantile Marine Office-
(a) For fishermen engaged or discharged, on
opening or closing of a fishing vessel's half
yearly agreement, per fisherman 60 80
(b) For fishermen engaged or discharged
during the currency of the agreement, per
fisherman ..............60 80
7. For miscellaneous services under this Part-
(a) For issue of a certified copy of, or extract
from, a ship's official log book-
Each folio of 90 words or part thereof 120 150
(b) For each sheet of a Rank Xerox (or similar)
copy of a document provided by the
Mercantile Marine Office 6 subject to a 8 subject to a
........................minimum of $100 minimum of 5120
........................including search including search
........................fee. fee.
(c) For inspection at the Mercantile Marine
Office of a ship's expired official log book
or articles of agreement-
Per set ................90 110
(d) For any search of the Mercantile Marine
Office records at request of an applicant 90 110
(e) For the production by any officer of the
Mercantile Marine Office of ship's official
log book or articles of agreement in any
court of law or at any inquiry on behalf of
an applicant for the production thereof-
Per set ................240 290

Note: (1)This fee is for the attendance of an officer for one day only; it applies to
the production of one document only (or one set). When several documents
(or





Purpose or service 1989/90 Fees 1990

sets) have to be produced the fee is, for the period from 1 October 1989 to
30 September 1990, $240 a day for each document (or set) produced and
for the period commencing on 1 October 1990, $290 a day for each
document (or set) produced. (See Note to subparagraph (g) The fee is in
addition to the fees payable for attendance by the officer under regulation 9.

(2) Travelling facilities must be provided by the person or persons requesting this

service.

For any entry of voyage or other official
endorsement in a seaman's record of service
book or on Form Dis. 1 of Board of Trade 20 30
(g) For taking custody of a ship's articles of
agreement and making any necessary
endorsement thereon and giving the
certificate required by section 257 of the
Merchant Shipping Act 1894 (each set of

articles of agreement) 120 150

Note:For the purposes of subparagraphs (c), (e) and (g) the articles of agreement and
official log book of a ship for one voyage, or in the case of running agreement
for

one half year, are regarded as constituting one set.
(h) For certifying a desertion (per seaman) 120 150

Note: The fees under subparagraphs (a) to (e) inclusive are not charged to Hong Kong,
United Kingdom or Commonwealth government departments or to consuls or
other representatives of foreign governments when the service required is for
official purposes, except when a prolonged search is entailed, in which case the
appropriate rate must be paid at the discretion of the Director.

(i) For providing the necessary documents and
advice to enable a Crew Agreement to be
opened at a place outside Hong Kong 120 150
For the issue of a pass to users of the
Seamen Recruiting Office other than
Government Officers ....50 60
8. Registers and records of seamen-
(a) For a search in the registers and records on
behalf of an applicant .90 110
(b) For a certified statement of service at sea-
(i) First voyage .......120 150
(ii) Subsequent voyages 120 150
(c) For any certified extract or copy of a
document-
Each folio of 90 words or part thereof 120 150
(d) For each sheet of a Rank Xerox (or similar)
copy of a document provided by Registry
of Seamen ..............6 subject to a 8 subject to a
........................minimum of $100 minimum of $120
........................including search including search
........................fee. fee.
Where any officer of the Marine Department is
required to perform any service referred to in
this Part either at the Mercantile Marine Office
or at any other place in Hong Kong outside
office hours, there shall be payable, in addition
to the fee prescribed for the service required, the
following charge-
(a) on week days from 7 a.m. to 9 a.m. or 5






p.m. to 7 p.m. (per hour per official) 480 580





Purpose or service Fees
1989/90 1990

(b) on week days before 7 a.m. or after 7 p.m.
and Saturdays after noon (per hour per
official) ..................960 1,160
(C) on Sundays and public holidays (per hour
per official) ..............1,440 1,730

Note: (1) A service occupying less than an hour will be charged for as one hour, according to
the scale. Where a service occupies more than one hour but not an exact number
of
hours the charge will be-

(a)if the period in excess of an exact number of hours is 30 minutes or less, half
the appropriate fee for one hour;

(b)if the period in excess is more than 30 minutes, the appropriate fee for one
hour.

(2)When any service for which a fee is payable under this Part is performed in
respect of any Troopship, Royal Army Service Corps vessel or Naval Auxiliary
the appropriate fee specified in this Part shall be charged.

PARTIV

FEES PAYABLE FOR EXAMINATIONS ETC.

Note: (1)The fees specified in this Part include the issue of the appropriate certificate of
competency.

(2)The fees for sight tests specified in paragraph 5(a) and (b) are included in the fees
for an examination for a certificate of competency specified in paragraphs 1 and
3 in cases where the sight test is conducted as part of the examination. In the
event of a candidate failing the sight test, the balance of the relevant fees paid for
the examination, less the fee for sight test, will be refunded to the candidate.

(3)Examinations for Extra Master and Extra First Class Engineer are conducted by
arrangement on behalf of the Department of Trade, London. The fees payable in
Hong Kong shall he the appropriate fees payable to the Department of Trade
from time to time plus 1/4 of such fees to cover administrative and other
expenses

incurred by the Hong Kong Government in providing the service.
Purpose or service Fees

1989/90 1990

1 Fees for examinations for certificates of
competency as Deck Officers Class 1, Class 2,
Class 3 or Class 4, Deck Officers (River Trade)
Class 1, Class 2 or Class 3, Trawler Masters and
Trawler Masters (Limited)--
For an examination for a certificate of
competency on each occasion a candidate
presents himself-

(a)......Deck Officer Class 1 (Master Mariner) 5,760 6,920
(b)...............Deck Officer Class 2 4,320 5,190
(c)...............Deck Officer Class 3 3,000 3,600
(d) ..............Deck Officer Class 4 3,000 3,600
(e)........Deck Officer (River Trade) Class 1 4,320 3,600
(f) Deck Officer (River Trade) Class 2 3,000 3,600
(g) Deck Officer (River Trade) Class 3 1,920 2,310
(h) For an examination in signalling in relation
to subparagraph (b), (c), (d) or (f), if taken
separately from the remainder of the full
examination, for each attempt 480 580
1989 ed cap 281. g48




Purpose or service Fees
1989/90 1990

(d) Marine Engineer Officer Class-

(i) For a full examination ..1,2001,440
(ii) For endorsemTt of a Marine Engineer
Officer Class 4 Certificate .960 1,160
(e) Marine Engineer Officer (River Trade)
Class 1 .....................4,3205,190
Marine Engineer Officer (River Trade)
Class 2 .....................3,0003,600
(g) Marine Engineer Officer (River Trade)
Class 3 .....................1,5001,800
(h) If a candidate for a certificate of
competency in relation to subparagraph (e)
or (1) is examined or re-examined in either

the written or oral part of the examination 1/2 of the appropriate fee in subparagraph
(i) Trawler Engineer-(e) or (f).

For a full examination 1,440 1,730

Note:For the purpose of this paragraph, 'endorsement' means the endorsement of an
ordinary (steam) certificate to the effect that the holder is qualified to act in the
capacity stated in his certificate on board a motor vessel, or vice versa.

3. Fees for examinations for local certificates of
competency, on each occasion a candidate
presents himself, or for grant of certificates, if no
such fees are charged under Part IV of the
Shipping and Port Control Ordinance (Cap.
313)-..........................(a) Master (vessel other than a pleasure
vessel)-
(i) For vessels of 300 tons and under 600 720
(ii) For vessels of 60 tons and under 240 290
(b) Engineer (vessel other than a pleasure
vessel)-
(i) For engines above 150 B.H.P . 600 720
(ii) For engines 150 B.H.P. and under 240 290
(c) Master (pleasure vessel) ..240 290
(d) Engineer (pleasure vessel) 240 290
(e) For bona fide fisherman ...240 290
4. Fees for non-statutory examinations-
For an examination for a certificate in radar
maintenance ...................840 1,010
5. Fees for miscellaneous examinations, certificates
and endorsements-
(a) For a sight test for an examination in
paragraph 1 ...................120 150
(b) For a sight test for an examination in
paragraph 3 ...................120 150
(c) For a further sight test on appeal 360 440
(d) For a further sight test on special appeal 720 870
(e) For an examination of a candidate for an
acting appointment as deck officer or
marine engineer officer of a British ship 3,600 4,320
For an examination of a candidate holding
a local certificate of competency as
Engineer for acting appointment as Trawler

Engineer..................................................... 960
1,160
1989 ed cap.281 g50




Purpose or service Fees
(d) Class IV, of net tonnage-

under 20 ..............840
20 and over but under 60 1,680
60 and over but under 100 2,520
100 or over ...........2,520 plus $400 for every 40 tons or part
.......................thereof by which the tonnage exceeds 100
.......................tons.
(e) Pleasure Vessels of length-
not exceeding 5 m .....200
exceeding 5 m but not exceeding 8 m 400
exceeding 8 m but not exceeding 11 m 800
exceeding 11 m ........800 plus $800 for every 3 m or part
thereof

And in addition, in respect of a pleasure by which the length exceeds 11 m.
vessel licensed to carry more than 14
persons (including crew), for each person in

excess of 14 ........100

Note: If the duration of any licence is for less than 12 months, the fee shall be 1/12 of
the
appropriate fee for each month subject to a minimum fee of 3/12 thereof.

Purpose or service Fees

2. Fee for replacement of licence book lost,
destroyed or defaced ....200
3. Fee for temporary permit in lieu of licence 200
4. Fee for unlicensed vessel to remain in the waters
of Hong Kong-
per week ................200 for a vessel not exceeding 50 tons
plus
.........................$200 for every 50 tons or part thereof by
.........................which the tonnage exceeds 50 tons.
5. Fee for plying permits for launches-
per month-
(a) Blake Pier, Queen's Pier, Kowloon Public
Pier and Jordan Road ....200
(b) All others ..........100
6. Fee for certificate of exemption from
regulations-
per certificate .........300
7. Fee for endorsement of licence upon change of
ownership ...............200
8. Fee for search of licence registers 100
9. Fee for a certified true copy of licence register or
any other document ......120

10. Fee for endorsement of licence upon mortgage/
hire purchase, discharge of mortgage/hire
purchase or transfer of mortgage/hire purchase 200

11. Fee for clearance permit to leave Hong Kong
waters-
per permit ..............50
12. Fee for issue of a duplicate Licence Disc for a
Pleasure Vessel .........100

Note:When a licence is lost through fire or shipwreck a duplicate may be issued free of
charge.





PART VI

FEES PAYABLE IN RELATION TO MISCELLANEOUS CRAFT

Note:Fees for surveys and examinations for local certificates of competency will be found
in Parts 11 and IV respectively.

Purpose or service Fees

1. The fees payable for the licensing of
miscellaneous craft shall be in accordance with
the following scale-
For a licence valid for a period of one year-

Licence Fees-Non-Mechanized Vessels

Capacity in piculs Cl. 1 Cl. II Cl. IIICl. IV Cl. v a. VI

Exceeding Not
ceeding

500 60 105 1,050 105 105 60
500 1000 210 2,100 210 210 105

1000 2000 420 4,200 420 420 210
2000 3000 630 6,300 630 630 315
3000 4000 840 8,400 840 840 420
4000 5000 1,050 10,500 1,050 1,050 525
5000 6000 1,260 12,600 1,260 1,260 630
6000 7000 1,470 14,700 1,470 1,470 735
7000 8000 1,680 16,800 1,680 1,680 840
8000 9000 1,890 18,900 1,890 1,890 945
9000 10000 2,100 21,000 2,100 2,100 1,050
10000 2,100 21,000 2,100 2,100 1,050
Upwards plus $210 for plus $2,100 for plus $210 for plus $210 for plus 5105 for
every 1000 piculs every 1000 piculs every 1000 piculs every 1000 piculs every 1000 piculs
or part thereof or part thereof or part thereof or part thereof or part thereof
by which the by which the by which the by which the by which the
capacity exceeds capacity exceeds capacity exceeds capacity exceeds capacity exceeds
10 000 piculs 10 000 piculs 10 000 piculs 10 000 piculs 10 000 piculs

Note:In the case of Class III vessels, an additional fee of $100 is charged for each person
which a Ceremonial Boat is licensed to carry (as shown in the licence book of the
vessel).

Licence Fees-Mechanized Vessels

Capacity in piculs Cl. I Cl. II Cl. 111 0. IV C1 v Cl. VI

Exceeding Not 5
exceeding

500 126 210 210 210 120
500 1000 420 420 420 210

1000 2000 840 840 840 420
2000 3000 1,260 1,260 1,260 630
3000 4000 1,680 1,680 1,680 840
4000 5000 2,100 2,100 2,100 1,050
5000 6000 2,520 2,520 2,520 1,260
6000 7000 2,940 2,940 2,940 1,470
7000 8000 3,360 3,360 3,360 1,680
8000 9000 3,780 3,780 3,780 1,890
9000 10000 4,200 4,200 4,200 2,100
10000 4,200 4,200 4,200 2,100






Upwards plus 5420 for plus $420 for plus $420 for plus $210 for
every 1000 piculs every 1000 piculs every
1000 piculs every 1000 piculs
or part thereof or part thereof or part thereof or part thereof
by which the by which the by which the by which the

capacity exceeds capacity exceeds capacity exceedscapacity exceeds

10 000 piculs 10 000 piculs 10000piculs 10 000 piculs





Purpose or service Fees

Licence Fees-Class VII Vessels
For every 100 net registered tons or part
thereof ..........................2,100
For every 100 net registered tons or part thereof
in the case of a vessel that is moored to an area
of sea bed which is included in a lease of the
adjacent foreshore, or the lease of which is
granted in conjunction with a lease of the
adjacent foreshore ...............420

Licence Fees-Class VIII Vessels

For every 100 Thames gross tons or part
thereof ..........................2,100
And in addition, for each person the vessel is
licensed to carry (as shown in the licence book
of the vessel) ...................100

Note: (1) Where a licence is required for a period not exceeding 9 months, 6 months or 3
months duration, 3/4, 1/2 or 114 of the respective fee prescribed in the above
scale
shall be payable.

(2)A nominal fee of $10 shall be charged for the licensing of sampans and dinghies
,normally carried by Class V and Class VI vessels, and for the licensing of sampans
of under 15 piculs used exclusively in connection with fishing stakes, oyster beds
or shrimping, provided that the licence of the parent vessel or stake net is
endorsed with the licence number of the sampan or dinghy and vice versa.

(3)The licence fee shall cover the first issue of a licence book but shall not cover
issue of duplicates.

(4)A fee of $210 shall be charged for the inspection of vessels in respect of
applications for conversion of class or suitability for specific purposes, when an
inspection is required, other than in connection with the licensing or relicensing
of vessels.

(5)The Thames gross tonnage of a Class VIII vessel shall be determined in
accordance with the following formula

where-
94

'L' is the length of the vessel measured on deck;
and 'B' is the breadth of the vessel measured on
deck.

2. Fee for special anchorage permit (unlicensed
vessels) for a period not exceeding 7 days 200 for vessels of 10 000 piculs in
capacity
........................or under plus $20 for every 1000 piculs or
........................part thereof by which the capacity
exceeds
........................10 000 piculs.
3. Fee for repainting licence numbers on vessels
which have become obliterated or defaced 40
4. Fee for issue of duplicate licence book 200

Note: When a licence book is lost through fire or shipwreck a duplicate may be issued free of

charge.

5. Fee for certificate of exemption from






regulations-

per certificate
..................................................... 300





Purpose or service Fees
6. Fee for endorsement of licence upon change of

ownership ........................200
7. Fee for search of licence registers 100
8. Fee for a certified true copy of licence register or
any other document ...............120
9. Fee for endorsement of licence upon mortgage/
hire purchase or discharge of mortgage/hire
purchase .........................200
10. Fee for clearance permit to leave Hong Kong
waters (excluding Hong Kong licensed fishing
vessels)-
per permit .......................50

PART VII

FEES IN RELATION TO COURTS OF SURVEY

Purpose or service Fees
1989/90 1990

1 On filing notice of appeal, for every 100 tons or

part thereof of the gross tonnage of the ship 440 530

2. On filing every affidavit ................. 40 50

3. On entering appearance 120 150
4. On subpoena ..........90 110
5. On each subpoena after the first 40 50
6. On every statement of the order required to be
made by the court .......120 150
7. On the production and swearing of every
witness .................120 150
8. On every consent by the parties to refer the
question of costs, or of costs and damages, to
the court, to be paid by each party 240 290

9. On every hearing, for each day, to be paid by
each party ..............a fee determined by the Court of Survey at
.........................its discretion.
10. On every order whether for the release or
detention of the ship or for payment of costs, or
costs and damages, to be paid by the party

taking out the order ....240 290
11. On every photostatic copy of the judgment or
report, or of notes of the evidence, or of any of
the proceedings in the appeal, per folio of 72
words ...................6 subject to a 8 subject to a
.........................minimum fee of minimum fee of
.........................$100. $120.

(L. N. 310 of 1989)

Abstract



Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3089

Edition

1964

Volume

v18

Subsequent Cap No.

281

Number of Pages

54
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:15:15 +0800
<![CDATA[MERCHANT SHIPPING (FORMS) REGULATIONS]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3088

Title

MERCHANT SHIPPING (FORMS) REGULATIONS

Description

1980 ed cap.281 f1 1980 ed. cap 281 f2 L.N. 34/80. Citation. Form. Schedule.

Abstract

L.N. 34/80. Citation. Form. Schedule.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3088

Edition

1964

Volume

v18

Subsequent Cap No.

281

Number of Pages

2
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:15:15 +0800
<![CDATA[MERCHANT SHIPPING (NAVIGATIONAL WATCH RATINGS) REGULATIONS]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3087

Title

MERCHANT SHIPPING (NAVIGATIONAL WATCH RATINGS) REGULATIONS

Description






MERCHANT SHIPPING (NAVIGATIONAL WATCH RATINGS)
REGULATIONS
(Cap.281, sections 5, 6A and 114)

[6 July 1984.]

1. These regulations may be cited as the Merchant Shipping
(Navigational Watch Ratings) Regulations.

2. In these regulations, unless the context otherwise requires

-Convention- means the International Convention on Standards of
Training. Certification and Watchkeeping for Seafarers, 1978;

-employer- means the person for the time being employing a master;

'fishing vessel' vessel- means--

(a)a vessel for the time being employed in sea fishing by way of
trade; or

(b) a Government research fishing vessel;

'GRT' in relation to a ship means its gross register tonnage and in
relation to a ship having alternative gross register tonnages means
the lower of-those tonnages;

-Navigational Watch Rating Certificate- means a certificate issued
under regulation 5(1);

,,pleasure craft' means a vessel primarily used for sport or re creation;

'qualified deck officer' means an officer who is qualified for the
purposes of regulation 4 of the Merchant Shipping (Certification of
Officers) Regulations;

'qualified navigational watch rating' means a rating who holds a valid
qualifying document;

'qualifying document' means either a Navigational Watch Rating
Certificate or, in the case of a rating who is a national of a country
which is a party to the Convention, a document issued to its
nationals by the appropriate authority of such country under
provisions equivalent to these regulations for the purposes of the
Convention;

'rating' means a member of the ship's crew other than the master or a
qualified deck officer;

'sea service' means service at sea on board a sea-going ship, (whether
or not a ship to which these regulations apply);

'sea-going ship' means a ship other than one which navigates
exclusively in inland waters or in areas where port regulations
apply;





'Seamen's Recruiting Office' means the Seamen's Recruiting Office
established under section 4(1) of the Merchant Shipping
(Recruiting of Seamen) Ordinance;

'Service Record Book' means a service record book issued under the
Merchant Shipping (Recruiting of Seamen) (Service Record Books)
Regulations;

'Steering Certificate' means a certificate issued under er regulation
5(2) or a certificate in substantially similar terms issued to a
rating by the master of a ship in which the rating has taken
turns at the wheel in steering the ship.

3. (1) These regulations apply to all sea-going ships of 200 GRT or
more registered in Hong Kong:

Provided that these regulations shall not apply to

(a) fishing vessels; or

(b) pleasure craft not engaged in trade.

(2) The Director of Marine may exempt from all or any provisions
of these regulations any ship or class of ships.

4. (1) It shall be the duty of every employer to ensure that any ship
for which he employs the master and to which these regulations apply
carries such qualified navigational watch ratings as are necessary to
enable the master to comply with the requirements of paragraph (2).

(2) The master of any ship to which these regulations apply shall
not permit a member of the ship's crew who is not a qualified deck
officer or a qualified navigational watch rating to form part of a
navigational watch or to perform duties for which he is not qualified as
part of that watch:

Provided that nothing in this regulation shall prohibit the
participation of additional members of the ship's crew in navigational
watchkeeping duties as part of their training under the supervision of a
qualified deck officer or qualified navigational watch rating.

5. (1) The Director, if satisfied as to the matters set out in the First
Schedule in respect of a rating shall, upon application by the rating and
payment of the prescribed fee, issue a Navigational Watch Rating
Certificate in the form set out in the Second Schedule:

Provided that if the rating cannot satisfy the Director that he has
had adequate experience or training in the use of the gyro compass or in
the changeover from automatic pilot to hand steering and vice versa, the
certificate shall be expressed to that effect. If the rating subsequently
satisfies the Director that he has obtained such experience or training a
substitute certificate expressed accordingly may be issued by the
Director, upon payment of the prescribed fee, and the original
destroyed.





(2) The master of a sea-going ship, whether or not a ship to which
these regulations apply, in which a rating has taken turns at the wheel
in steering the ship, may issue him with a Steering Certificate in the form
set out in the Third Schedule.

(3) If a person to whom a Navigational Watch Rating Certificate
has been issued proves to the satisfaction of the Director that the
certificate has been lost or destroyed, the Director shall, upon payment
of the prescribed fee (if any), issue a copy of the certificate, certified as
such, which shall have the same effect as the certificate originally
issued.

(4) The Director of Marine may, by notice in the Gazette, amend the
First Schedule in relation to the qualifications for the issue of a
Navigational Watch Rating Certificate.

6. (1) An employer who contravenes regulation 4(1) cominits an
offence and is liable to a fine of $50,000 and to imprisonment for 2 years
years.

(2) A master who contravenes regulation 4(2) commits an offence
and is liable to a fine of S 10,000 and to imprisonment for 2 years.

7. (1) Any person who in connexion with an application for or the
issue of a Navigational Watch Rating Certificate. a substitute certificate
under the proviso to regulation 5(1) or a copy, of a certificate under
regulation 5(3)-

(a) makes a false pretence; or

(b) supplies false information,

knowing it to be false or not believing it to be true, commits an offence
and is liable to a fine of 550,000 and to imprisonment for 2 years.

(2) Where any person is convicted of an offence under paragraph
(1) or of a conspiracy to commit such an offence or of a conspiracy to
defraud in relation to a document mentioned in paragraph (1), the
Director may cancel or suspend for any period any such document held
by such person.

8.. The fees prescribed in the Fourth Schedule shall be payable in
respect of the matters specified in relation thereto in that Schedule.

FIRST SCHEDULE [reg. 5(1).]

QUALIFICATIONS FOR ISSUE OF A NAVIGATIONAL WATCH RATING
CERTIFICATE

1. To qualify for a Navigational Watch h Rating Certificate a rating must-

(a) have attained the age of 17 years; and
(b) either be registered with the Seamen's Recruiting Office or have been
granted a dispensation from such requirement in writing by the Director of





Marine. The grant of such dispensation may be made subject to such
conditions as to the rating's existing qualifications as the Director may
think fit.

2. The qualifications for a Navigational Watch Rating Certificate shall be that
the rating either

(a)has completed 1 year's sea service in the deck department in a
navigational watchkeeping capacity within the 5 years preceding the
entry into force of these regulations; or

(b)has completed not less than 6 months' sea service in the deck department
and received adequate training approved by the Director to develop

(i) knowledge of basic principles of fire-fighting, first aid, personal
survival techniques, avoidance of health hazards and personal safety:

(ii) the ability to steer and comply with helm orders. and knowledge of
magnetic and gyro compasses sufficient for the performance of such
duties:

(iii) the ability to keep a proper lookout by sight and hearing and to
report the approximate bearing of a light or other object or of a sound
signal. in degrees and points;

(iv) familiarity with the changeover from automatic pilot to hand
steering and vice versa:

(v) knowledge of the internal communications and alarm systems of
vessels;

(vi) knowledge of pyrotechnic distress signals:

(vii) knowledge of the emergency duties of navigational watch ratings:

(viii) knowledge ledge of nautical terms and their meanings appropriate
to the duties of navigational watch ratings

In either event the rating must satisfy the Director that he has the ability to
understand and carry. out orders and to make himself understood in English in
matters relevant to the duties ol' a navigational watch rating

3.(11) If the rating successfully completes a course of training and
examinations to qualify him as a seaman at a school or college approved
by the Director. together with 2 months* sea service in the deck
department associated particularly with navigational watchkeeping duties.
the Director may remit the remaining 4 months ot' the 6 months' sea
service ice specified in paragraph 2(b).

(b)If' the rating has attended a course of training as in paragraph (ii) and has
failed to pass the examinations to qualify him as a seaman. but has
completed 4 months' sea service in the deck department associated
parlicularly with navigational watchkeeping duties. the Director may
remit the remaining 2 months of the 6 months' sea service specified in
paragraph 2(b).

If the rating is the holder of an Engine Room Watch Rating Certificate
issued tinder regulation 5 of the Merchant Shipping (Engine Room Watch
Ratings) Regulations

(i) where the rating has completed 3 months' sea service ice entirely
in the deck department. the Director may, remit the remaining 3
months of the 6 months' sea service specified in paragraph 2(b):

(ii) the 6 months' sea service specified in paragraph 2(b) may be






performed in a general purpose capacity being mixed service partly in
the deck department and partly, in the engine department; and

(iii) the rating will be required to receive training only in respect of
the matters specified in paragraph 2(b)(ii). (iii) Ov). (v). (vi), (vii) and
(viii).

4. An applicant for a Navigational Watch Rating Certificate must produce-

(a)a valid medical certificate issued under the Merchant Shipping (Medical
Examination) Regulations or other evidence to satisfy the Director as to
the state of the rating's health and eyesight: and

(b)a Steering Certificate or series of certificates showing thattrhe rating has
taken turns at the wheel in steering a ship (other than under instruction)
for not less than 10 hours in total.
1985 ed. cap.281 e5 1985 ed cap.281 e6 L.N. 184/84 L.N. 122/85. L.N. 310/85. L.N. 343/85. Citation. Interpretation. (Cap. 281, sub. leg.) (cap. 135.) (Cap. 135, sub. leg.) Application. Obligation on employer and master. Power to issue certificates. First Schedule. Second Schedule. Third Schedule. L.N. 310/85. First Schedule. Offences by employers and masters. False pretences and supply of false information. Fees. Fourth Schedule. L.N. 343/85. L.N. 122/85.

Abstract

L.N. 184/84 L.N. 122/85. L.N. 310/85. L.N. 343/85. Citation. Interpretation. (Cap. 281, sub. leg.) (cap. 135.) (Cap. 135, sub. leg.) Application. Obligation on employer and master. Power to issue certificates. First Schedule. Second Schedule. Third Schedule. L.N. 310/85. First Schedule. Offences by employers and masters. False pretences and supply of false information. Fees. Fourth Schedule. L.N. 343/85. L.N. 122/85.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3087

Edition

1964

Volume

v18

Subsequent Cap No.

281

Number of Pages

6
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:15:14 +0800
<![CDATA[MERCHANT SHIPPING (ENGINE ROOM WATCH RATINGS) REGULATIONS]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3086

Title

MERCHANT SHIPPING (ENGINE ROOM WATCH RATINGS) REGULATIONS

Description






MERCHANT SHIPPING (ENGINE ROOM WATCH RATINGS)
REGULATIONS


(Cap. 281, sections 5, 6A and 114)

[6 July 1984.]

1. These regulations may be cited as the Merchant Shipping
(Engine Room Watch Ratings) Regulations.

2. In these regulations, unless the context otherwise requires

'Convention' means the International Convention on Standards of
Training, Certification and Watchkeeping for Seafarers, 1978;

,,employer' means the person for the time being employing a master;

---EngineRoom Watch Rating Certificate- means a certificate issued
under regulation 5;

fishing vessel- means

(a)avessel for the time being employed in sea fishing by way of
trade; or

(b) a Government research fishing vessel,

---pleasurecraft' means a vessel primarily used for sport or recreation;

---qualifiedengine room watch rating' means a rating who holds a valid
qualifying document;

'qualified engineer officer' means an officer who is qualified for the
purposes of regulation 6 of the Merchant Shipping (Certification
of Officers) Regulations;

',qualifying document' means either an Engine Room Watch Rating
Certificate or, in the case of a rating who is a national of a country
which is a party to the Convention, a document issued to its
nationals by the appropriate authority of such country under
provisions equivalent to these regulations for the purposes of the
Convention;

'rating' means a member of the ship's crew other than the master or a
qualified engineer officer;

'registered power' means the brake or shaft power specified in the
ship's certificate of registry, that is to say, the total continuous
rated brake or shaft power of all the propulsion engines,
irrespective of whether some of the power may be diverted from
the propulsion shafts, whether or not all of the power is normally
used;

'sea service' means service at sea on board a sea-going ship, (whether
or not a ship to, which these regulations apply);





'sea-going ship' ship' means a ship other than one which navigates exclusively
in inland water or in areas where port regulations apply;

'Seamen's Recruiting Office' means the Seamen's Recruiting Office established
under section 4(1) of the Merchant Shipping (Recruiting of Seamen)
Ordinance;

-Service Record Book' means a service record book issued under the Merchant
Shipping (Recruiting of Seamen) (Service Record Books) Regulations.

3. (1) These regulations apply to all sea-going ships registered in Hong
Kong having registered power of 750 kilowatts or more:

Provided that these regulations shall. not apply to

(a) fishing vessels. or

(b) pleasure craft not engaged in trade.

(2) The Director of Marine may exempt from all _or ai,_. provisions of
these regulations any ship or class of ships.

4. (1) It shall be the duty of every employer to ensure that an\ ship for
which lie employs the master and to which these regulations apply carries such
qualified engine room watch ratings as are necessary to enable the master and
chief engineer officer to comply with the requirements of paragraph (2).

(2) Neither the master nor the chief engineer officer of any ship to which
these regulations apply shall permit a member of the ship's crew who is not a
qualified engineer officer or a qualified engine room watch rating, to form part of
an engine room watch or to perform duties for which he is not qualified as part
of that watch unless that member's duties while on watch are of an unskilled
nature:

Provided that nothing in this regulation shall prohibit the participation of
additional members of the ship's crew In engine room watchkeeping duties as
part of their training under the supervision of' a qualified engineer officer or
qualified engine room watch rating

C,

5. (1 The Director. if satisfied as to the matters set out in the First
Schedule in respect of a rating shall. upon application by the rating and
payment of the prescribed fee. issue an Engine Room Watch Rating Certificate
in the form set out in the Second Schedule:

Provided that if the rating cannot satisfy the Director that he has adequate
knowledge of the safe operation of a ship's boilers and an ability, to maintain
correct water levels and steam pressures, the certificate shall be expressed to
exclude a boiler watch. If the rating





subsequently satisfies the Director that he has such knowledge and
ability a substitute certificate, expressed to include a boiler watch. may
be issued by the Director, upon payment of the prescribed fee, and the
original destroyed.

(2) If a person to whom an Engine Room Watch Certificate has
been issued proves to the satisfaction of the Director that the certificate
has been lost or destroyed, the Director shall. upon payment of the
prescribed fee (if any), issue a copy of the certificate, certified as such.
which shall have the same effect as the certificate originally issued.

(3) The Director of Marine may, by notice in the Gazette. amend the
First Schedule in relation to the qualifications for the issue of an Engine
Room Watch Rating Certificate.

6. (1) An employer who contravenes regulation 4(1) commits an
offence and is liable to a fine of 550,000 and to imprisonment for 2
years.

(2) A master or chief engineer officer who contravenes regulation
4(2) commits an offence and is liable to a fine of $10,000 and to
imprisonment for 2 years.

7. (1) Any person who in connexion with an application for or the
issue of an Engine Room Watch Rating Certificate. a substitute
certificate under the proviso to regulation 5(1 or a copy, of a certificate
under regulation 5(2)

(a) makes a false pretence; or

(b) supplies false information,

knowing it to be false or not believing it to be true. commits an offence
and is liable to a fine of $50,000 and to imprisonment for 2 years.

(2) Where any person is convicted of an offence under paragraph
(1) or of a conspiracy to commit such an offence or of a conspiracy to
defraud in relation to a document mentioned in paragraph (1), the
Director may cancel or suspend for any period any such document held
by such person.

8. The fees prescribed in the Third Schedule shall be payable in
respect of the matters specified in relation thereto in that Schedule.

FIRST SCHEDULE P

[reg. 5.1

QUALIFICATIONS FOR ISSUE OF AN ENGINE Room WATCH RATING CERTIFICATE

1. To qualify for an Engine Room Watch Rating Certificate a rating must-
(a) have attained the age of 17 years; and
(b) either be registered with the Seamen's Recruiting Office or have been
granted a dispensation from such requirement in writing by the Director of





Marine. The grant of such dispensation may be made subject to such
conditions as to the rating's existing qualifications as the Director may
think fit.

2. The qualifications for an Engine Room Watch Rating Certificate shall be
that the rating either

(a)has completed 1 year's sea service in the engine department as a rating
forming part of an engine room watch within the 5 years preceding the
entry into force of these regulations; or

(b)has completed not less than 6 months' sea service in the engine
department and received training approved by the Director in

(i) basic principles of fire-fighting, first aid, personal survival
techniques, avoidance of health hazards and personal safety;

(ii) engine room watchkeeping procedures sufficient to enable a rating
to carry out a watch routine appropriate to his duties in a safe manner
under the general direction of the engineer officer in charge, of a watch;

(iii) safe working practices relating to the duties of an engine room
watch rating;

(iv) the technical terms used in machinery spaces and the names of all
relevant machinery and equipment:

(v) basic environmental protection procedures:

(vi) the use of the appropriate internal communications systems of a
vessel.'

(vii) the use of escape routes from the machinery, spaces of a vessel:

(viii) the use of engine room alarm systems including the distinction
between the various alarms with special reference to fire-extinguishing
gas alarms; and

(ix) the location and use of fire-fighting equipment in the machinery
spaces of a vessel.

In either, event the rating must satisfy the Director that he has the ability to
understand and carry out orders and to make himself understood in English in
matters relevant to the duties of an engine room watch rating.

2A. If the rating is the holder of a Navigational Watch Rating Certificate
issued under regulation 5 of the Merchant Shipping (Navigational Watch Ratings)
Regulations

(a)where the rating has completed 3 months* sea service ice entirely in the
engine department, the Director may remit the remaining 3 months of
the 6 months* sea service specified in paragraph 2(b)~

(b)the 6 months' sea service specified in paragraph 2(b) may be performed in
a general purpose capacity being mixed service partly in the deck
department and partly in the engine department: and

(c)the rating will be required to receive training only in respect of the
matters specified in paragraph 2(b)(ii), (iii), (ii.), (v). (vi). ii). (viii) and (ix).

3. An applicant for an Engine Room Watch Rating Certificate must pi
pidouce a valid medical certificate issued under the Merchant Shipping (Medical
Examination) Regulations or other evidence to satisfy the Director as to the state
of the rating's health and eyesight.







SECOND SCHEDULE [reg. 5.]

MERCHANT SHIPPING (ENGINE Room WATCH RATINGS) REGULATIONS

HONG KONG

ENGINE Room WATCH RATING CERTIFICATE





Hong Kong Certificate

Crest .Number

Name in Full

English Chinese

Date of Place of'
Birth Birth ....space for
photograph
....photograph
Service Record
Book Number

L

This is to certify that the above-named is duly qualified in accordance with
the provisions of the First Schedule to the Merchant Shipping (Engine Room
Watch Ratings) Regulations to perform the duties of a rating forming part of an
engine room watch. *including a boiler watch.

..........

for Director of Marine

..............

Signature of the holder

of the certificate

Office Date Stamp

Delete as pp,.p,,ate.

THIRD SCHEDULE [reg. 8.]

FEES

1.................................For issue of an Engine Room Watch Rating Certificate 100.00
2.................................For issue of a copy of an Engine Room Watch Rating Certificate,
except where the loss or destruction of the original certificate was
occasioned by the wreck or loss of the ship or by a fire on board ship.
in which case no fee shall be payable 75.00
3.................................For issue of a substitute certificate under the proviso to regulation 5(1) 75.00
L.N. 183/84. L.N. 121/85. L.N. 311/85. L.N. 342/85. Citation. Interpretation. (Cap. 281, sub. leg.) (Cap. 135.) (Cap. 135, sub. leg.) Application. Obligation on employer, master and chief engineer officer. Power to issue certificates. First Schedule. Second Schedule. L.N. 311/85. First Schedule. Offences by employers, masters and chief engineer officers. False pretences and supply of false information. Fees. Third Schedule. L.N. 342/85. L.N. 121/85.

Abstract

L.N. 183/84. L.N. 121/85. L.N. 311/85. L.N. 342/85. Citation. Interpretation. (Cap. 281, sub. leg.) (Cap. 135.) (Cap. 135, sub. leg.) Application. Obligation on employer, master and chief engineer officer. Power to issue certificates. First Schedule. Second Schedule. L.N. 311/85. First Schedule. Offences by employers, masters and chief engineer officers. False pretences and supply of false information. Fees. Third Schedule. L.N. 342/85. L.N. 121/85.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3086

Edition

1964

Volume

v18

Subsequent Cap No.

281

Number of Pages

5
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:15:13 +0800
<![CDATA[MERCHANT SHIPPING (CERTIFICATION AND WATCHKEEPING) REGULATIONS]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3085

Title

MERCHANT SHIPPING (CERTIFICATION AND WATCHKEEPING) REGULATIONS

Description






MERCHANT SHIPPING (CERTIFICATION AND
WATCHKEEPING) REGULATIONS

(Cap. 281, sections 5, 6A and 114)

[6 July 1984.]

1. These requlations may be cited as the Merchant Shipping
(Certification and Watchkeeping) Regulations.

2. In these regulations. unless the context otherwise requires--

-authorized person' means a person authorized by the Director for the
purposes of these regulations;

---CertificationRegulations- means the Merchant Shipping (Certification
of Officers) Regulations;

of survey- means a court of survey appointed under section 74
of the Merchant Shipping (Safety) Ordinance;

'Director'* means the Director of Marine;

.,employer' means the person for the time being employing a master.,

---fishingvessel- means

(a)a vessel for the time being employed in sea fishing by way of
trade; or

(b) a Government research fishing vessel.

-hazardous cargo' means cargo that is or may become explosive,
flammable, toxic, a threat to health or liable to pollute the
environment;

-pleasure craft' means a vessel primarily used for sport or recreation;

'qualified officer' means an officer who is qualified in accordance with
the provisions of regulation 9;

'sea-going ship' means a ship other than one which navigates
exclusively in inland waters or in areas where port regulations
apply.

3. (1) These regulations apply to-

(a) all sea-going ships registered in Hong Kong; and

MERCHA
NT

L
R

(b)all sea-going ships registered outside Hong Kong when they
are in the waters of Hong Kong:

Provided that these regulations shall not apply to

(i) fishing vessels; or (ii) pleasure craft
not engaged in trade.





(2) The Director may exempt from all or any provisions of these
regulations any ship or class of ships.

4. The master of any ship to which these regulations apply

shall

(a)ensure that the watchkeeping arrangements for the ship are at
all times adequate for maintaining safe navigational and
engineering watches having regard to the matters set out in
the First and Second Schedules; and

(b)give directions to the deck watchkeeping officers responsible
for navigating the ship safely during their periods of

cl

duty; having regard to the matters set out in the First
Schedule.

5. The chief engineer officer of any ship p to which these
regulations apply shall

(a)ensure that the engineering watchkeeping arrangements for
the ship are at all times adequate for maintaining a safe watch,
having regard to the matters set out in the Second

c

Schedule; and

(b)when deciding the composition of the watch, take into
account the principles set out in the Second Schedule.

6. The master of any ship to which these regulations apply shall,
notwithstanding that it is safely moored or safely anchored under
normal circumstances in port. arrange for an appropriate and effective
watch to be maintained for the purposes of safety, having regard to the
specified principles and operational guidance set out in the First and
Second Schedules.

7. The master of any ship to which these regulations apply and
which is carrying hazardous cargo shall, notwithstanding that the ship
is safely moored or safely anchored under normal circumstances in port,
in addition to any watchkeeping arrangements required under
regulation 6, ensure

(a)if the hazardous cargo is in bulk, that there are readily
available on board a sufficient number of qualified officers and
other seamen to maintain a safe deck watch and safe
engineering watch; or

(b)if the hazardous cargo is not in bulk, that in organizing safe
watchkeeping arrangements he takes full account of the
nature, quantity. packing and stowage of the hazardous cargo
and of any special conditions on board. afloat and ashore.





8. It shall be the duty of every employer of a master on a ship to
which these regulations apply to ensure that the ship carries sufficient
qualified officers to enable the master and chief engineer officer to
perform their respective duties under these regulations.

9. (1) For the purposes of these regulations an officer shall be
qualified if he is either

(a)the holder of a certificate of competency or of service which is
in force in relation to him and is appropriate to the description
of ship concerned and to the capacity in which he is serving in
that ship; or

(b)qualified in accordance with the conditions of any exemption
for the time being in force granted under regulation 3(2) of the
Certification Regulations in relation to the ship or class of
ships in which he is serving.

(2) In this regulation. 'certificate of competency or of service
means

(a)a certificate of competency or of service as a deck officer or
marine engineer officer issued under the Certification
Regulations.

(b)a certificate of competency or of service which under the
Certification Regulations is equivalent to a certificate of
competency or of service issued under those regulations:

(c)if the ship in question is registered outside Hong Kong, a
certificate of competency or of service issued to its nationals
by the appropriate authority of the country in which the ship
is registered. or treated by that authority as equivalent to
such a certificate.

10. (1) An authorized person may ins inspect any ship to which
these regulations apply for the purpose of verifying whether

(a)all officers and other seamen serving on board who are
required by these regulations to do so hold a valid certificate;

(b)if the ship is the subject of an exemption under these
regulations or is one of a class of ships so exempted, that any
conditions of such exemption have been complied with.

(2) If any of the following has occurred in the waters of Hong
Kong

(a)a ship has been involved in a collision. grounding or
stranding;

(b)there has been a discharge of any substance from a ship
when underway, at anchor or at a berth, contrary to the laws
of Hong Kong; or





(e)a ship has been manoeuvred in an erratic or unsafe manner or has not
followed navigational course markers or traffic separation schemes.

and if by reason of such occurrence an authorized person has grounds for
believing that the standards of watchkeeping prescribed by these regulations are
not being maintained, the authorized person may inspect the ship in order to
assess the ability of the officers and other seamen serving on board to maintain
those standards.

11. If an authorized person finds on an inspection carried out under
regulation 10

(a)that any officer who is required under these regulations to hold a
certificate of competency or of service. does riot hold such a
certificate:

(b)that the conditions of any exemption granted under these regulations
to the ship or to the class of ships to which it belongs have not been
complied with:

(c)that the navigational or engineering watch arrangements on the ship
do not conform to the requirements specified for the ship by the
appropriate authority of the country in which which the ship is
registered:

(d)that there is an absence on a watch of any person qualified to
operate equipment essential to safe navigation: or

(e)that the master is unable to provide adequately rested persons for
the first watch at the commencement of a voyage and for subsequent
relieving watches.

he shall notify in writing the master of the ship and. in the case of a ship
registered outside Hong Kong the nearest maritime. consular or diplomatic
representative of the country in which the ship is registered

12. (1 If an authorized person finds on an inspection carried out under
regulation 10

(a)that the master or chief engineer officer. or any officer in charge of a
navigational or engineering watch. is riot qualified in accordance with
regulation 9: or

(b).that the navigational or engineering watch arrangements for the ship
do not conform to the requirements laid down for the ship by the
appropriate authority of the country in which the ship is registered.

and if these deficiencies are not corrected within a reasonable time after
notification thereof under regulation 11. then the authorized person may cause
the ship to be detained until those deficiencies have been corrected to an extent
sufficient to remove any danger to persons, property or the environment.





1984 Ed.] Merchant Shipping (Certification and[CAP. 281 C 5
Watchkeeping) Regulations
[Subsidiary]
(2) The authorized person shall not in exercise of his powers
under this regulation unreasonably delay or detain the ship.
(3) If on the application of the owner, agent or master of a
ship detained under this regulation a court of survey is satisfied that
the ship has been unreasonably detained or delayed. the Crown shall
be liable to pay to the owner of the ship---
(a) his costs of and incidental to the detention or delay of the
ship, and
(b) compensation for any loss or damage sustained by him by
reason of its detention or delay.
(4) If on application made on behalf of the Crown a court of
survey is satisfied that a ship detained under this regulation was
reasonably detained the owner. agent or master of the ship shall be
liable to pay to the Crown the costs of and incidental to the
detention of the ship.
(5) The provisions of the Merchant Shipping (Court of (,,p
Survey) Regulations shall apply with necessary modifications to
any proceedings before a court of survey under this regulation. la 1011.
13. (1) An employer who contravenes regulation 8 commits Offences and and
an offence and is liable to a fine of $50,000 and to imprisonment for penalties
years.
(2) A master of a ship who contravenes regulation 4. 6 or 7.
commits an offence and is liable to a fine of $10,000 and to
imprisonment for 2 years.
(3) A chief engineer officer who contravenes regulation 5
commits an offence and is liable to a fine of $10,000 and to
imprisonment for 2 years.
(4) Any person who obstructs an authorized person in the
performance of his functions under regulation 10 or 12 commits an
offence and is liable to a fine of $10,000 and to imprisonment for
2 years.
14. The Director of Marine may by notice in the Gazette
Amendment of

amend any Schedule. Schedules.
FIRST SCHEDULE [reg. 4.]

PRINCIPLES OF WATCHKEEPING ARRANGEMENTS FOR NAVIGATIONAL WATCH

In paragraphs 1 and 5 of this Schedule in their application to a ship without a
bridge. the word ---bridge---shall be construed as meaning the position from which
the navigation of the ship is controlled.

1. Watch arrangements.

(a)The composition of the watch shall at all times be adequate and
appropriate to the prevailing circumstances and conditions and shall take
into account the need for maintaining a proper look-out.





(b)When deciding the composition of the watch on the bridge. which may
include appropriate deck ratings, the following factors. inter alia, shall be
taken into account

(i) that at no time should the bridge be left unattended;

(ii) weather conditions. visibility and whether there is daylight or
darkness:

(iii)the proximity of navigational hazards which may make it necessary
for the officer in charge of the watch to carry out additional
navigational duties:

(iv)the method of use and the operational condition of navigational aids
such as radar or electronic position- indica ii ng devices and any
other equipment affecting the safe navigation of the ship;

(v) whether the ship is fitted with automatic steering;

(vi) any unusual demands on the navigational watch that may arise as a
result of special operational circumstances

2. Fitness for duty.

The watch system shall be such that the efficiency, of watchkeeping officers
and watchkeeping ratings is not impaired by fatigue. Duties shall be so organized
that the first watch at the commencement of a voyage and the subsequent
relieving. watches are sufficiently, rested and otherwise fit for duty.

3. Navigation.

(a)The intended voyage shall be planned in advance taking into
consideration all pertinent information and any course laid down shall be
checked before the voyage commences.

(b)During the watch the course steered. position and speed shall he checked
at sufficiently, frequent intervals. using any available navigational aids i(,
ensure that the ship follows the planned course.

The officer ot' the watch shall have full knowledge of the location and
operation of all safety and navigational equipment oil board the ship and
shall he aware and take account of the operating limitations of such
equipment.

(d)The officer in charge of' a navigationa watch shall not be assigned or
undertake any duties which would interfere with the safe navigation of
the ship.

.4. Navigational equipment.

(a)The officer of the watch shall make the most effective use of all
navigational equipment at bi,, disposal.

(b)When using radar, the officer of the watch shall bear in mind the
necessity to comply at all times with the pros isions relating to the use of
radar contained in the Merchant Shipping (Distress Signals lid prevention
of Collisions) Regulations 1983.

(c) In cases of need the officer of the watch shall not hesitate to use the
helm.

engines and sound signalling apparatus.

5. Navigational duties and responsibilities.







(a) The officer in charge of the watch shall-

(i)keep watch on the bridge and in no circumstances leave it until
properly relieved:

(ii) continue to be responsible for the safe navigation of the ship. despite
the presence of the master oil the bridge. until the master informs
him specifically that he has assumed that responsibility and it is clear
that this is mutually understood:

(iii)notify the master when in any. doubt as to what action to take in the
interest of safety:

(ix,)not hand over the watch to the relieving officer if he has reason to
believe that the latter is obviously not capable of carrying out his
duties

accordingly.

effectively. in which case he shall notify the master





(b)On taking over the watch the relieving officer shall satisfy himself as to
the ship's estimated or true position. confirm its intended track. course and
speed and note any dangers to navigation expected to be encountered
during his watch.

(c)A proper record shall be kept of all movements and activities on the ship
and elsewhere during the watch relating to the navigation of the ship.

6. Look-out.

.In addition to maintaining a proper look-out for the purpose of fully.
appraising the situation and the risk of collision stranding and other dangers to
navigation the duties of the look-out shall include the detection of ships or
aircraft in distress, shipwrecked persons. wrecks and debris. In maintaining a look-
out the following shall be observed

.(a)the look-out must be able to give full attention to the keeping of a proper
look-out and no other duties shall be undertaken or assigned which could
interfere with that task:

(b)the duties of the look-out and helmsman are separate and the helmsman
shall not be considered to be the look-out while steering. except in small
ships where an unobstructed all round sic% is provided at the steering
position and there is no impairment of night vision or other impediment
to the keeping of a proper look-out. The officer in charge of the match
may he the sole look-out in daylight provided that on each such occasion

(i)the situation has been carefully assessed and it has been established
without doubt that it is safe for him to he so:

(ii) full account has been taken of' all relevant factors including, bill not
limited to

state of weather
visibility

traffic density
proximity of danger to navigation
the attention necessary when navigating ill or near traffic separation
schemes;

(iii)assistance is immediately available to be summoned to the bridge XX
hell any change in the situation so requires.

7. Navigation with pilot embarked.

Notwithstanding the duties and obligations of a pilot. his presence on board
shall not relieve the master or officer in charge of the watch from their duties and
obligations relating to the safety of the ship. The master and the pilot shall
exchange information regarding navigational procedures. local conditions and the
ship's characteristics. The master and officer of the watch shall co-operate closely.
with the pilot and maintain an accurate cheek of the ship's position and
movement.

8. Protection of the marine environment.

The master and officer in charge of the watch shall be aware of the serious
effects of operational or accidental pollution of the marine environment and shall
take all possible precautions to prevent such pollution particularly within the
framework of relevant international and port regulations.

SECOND SCHEDULE [regs. 4 5.1

PRINCIPLES OF WATCHKEEPING ARRANGEMENTS FOR ENGINE ROOM WATCH







1 Watch arrangements.

(a) The chief engineer officer of every ship is bound. in consultation with
the master, to ensure that watchkeeping arrangements are adequate to
maintain a safe watch. When deciding the composition of the match.
which may include appropriate engine room ratings, the following.
criteria. inter alia. shall be taken into account





(i) type of ship;

(ii) type and condition of the ship's machinery:

(iii)special modes of operation dictated by conditions such as weather.
ice, contaminated water, shallow water, emergency conditions, or the
need for damage containment or pollution abatement;

(i v) qualifications and experience of the watch;

(v)requirements for the safety of life. ship, cargo and port. and for
protection of the environment:

(vi) need for observance of international, national and local regulations:

(vii) need for maintaining the normal operations of the ship.

(b)Under the direction of the chief engineer officer, the engineer officer in
charge of the watch shall be responsible for the inspection, operation and
testing, as required, of all machinery and equipment under his
responsibility. The engineer officer in charge of a watch is the chief
engineer officer's representative and his primary responsibility. at all
times, shall be the safe and efficient operation and upkeep of machinery
affecting the safety of the ship.

(c)The chief engineer officer shall, in consultation with the master,
determine in advance the ship's needs during the intended voyage, taking
into consideration the requirements for fuel. water lubricants. chemicals.
expendable and other spare parts. tools. supplies and any other
requirements.

2. Operation.

(a)The engineer officer in charge of the watch shall ensure that the
established watchkeeping arrangements are maintained. Under his general
direction engine room ratings. if forming part of the watch. shall be
required to assist in the safe and efficient operation of the propulsion
machinery, and the auxiliary equipment.

(b)At the commencement ot' the engineering watch. the current operational
p parameters and condition of all machinery shall be verified. Any
machinery not functioning properly. expected to malfunction or requiring
special service. shall be noted along with any action already taken. Plans
shall be made for any further action which may be required.

(c)The engineer officer in charge of the watch shall ensure that the main
propulsion plant and auxiliary. systems are kept under constant
surveillance. inspections are made of the machinery and steering gear
spaces at suitable intervals and appropriate action is taken to remedy any
malfunction discovered.

(d)When the machinery spaces are in the manned condition. the engineer
officer in charge of the watch shall at all times be capable of readily'
operating the propulsion equipment in response to needs for changes in
direction or speed. When the machinery spaces are in the periodic
unmanned condition. the designated duty engineer officer in charge of the
watch shall be immediately available and on call to attend the machinery
spaces.

(e)All bridge orders shall be promptly executed. Changes in direction or
speed of the main propulsion unit shall be recorded except in respect of a
ship or class of ship specified as being a ship or class of ship which need
not comply with such requirement because the size and characteristics of
the ship make such recording impracticable. The engineer officer in
charge of the watch shall ensure that the main propulsion unit controls.






when in the manual mode of operation. are continuously attended under
standby or manoeuvring conditions.

The engineer officer in charge of the watch shall not be assigned or
undertake any duties which would interfere with his supervisory duty in
respect of the main propulsion system and its ancillary equipment and he
shall ensure that the main propulsion system and auxiliary equipment are
kept under constant surveillance until he is properly relieved.

(g)Due attention shall be paid to the maintenance and support of all
machinery. including mechanical. electrical. hydraulic and pneumatic
systems. their control apparatus and associated safety equipment. all
accommodation service systems equipment and the recording of stores
and spare gear usage.





(h)The chief engineer officer shall ensure that the engineer officer in charge
of the watch is informed of all preventive maintenance, damage control.
or repair operations to be performed during the watch. The engineer
officer in charge of the watch shall be responsible for the isolation. by-
passing and adjustment of all machinery under his responsibility
that is to be worked on, and shall record all work carried out.

(i)Before going off duty. the engineer officer in charge of the watch shall
ensure that all events related to the main and auxiliary machinery are
suitably recorded.

(j)To avoid any danger to the safety of the ship and its crew, the engineer
officer in charge of the watch shall notify the bridge immediately in the
event of fire, impending actions in machinery spaces that may cause
reduction in ship's speed, imminent steering failure, stoppage of the ship's
propulsion system, any alteration in the generation of electric power. or
any similar threat to safety. This notification, where possible. shall be
accomplished before changes are made in order to afford the bridge the
maximum available time to take whatever action is possible to avoid a
potential marine casualty.

(k)When the engine room is put in a standby condition, the engineer officer
in charge of the watch shall ensure that all machinery and equipment
which may be used during manoeuvring is in a state of immediate
readiness and that an adequate reserve of power is available for steering
gear and other requirements.

3. Watch requirements.

(a)Every member of the watch shall be familiar with his assigned
.%ittchkeeping duties. In addition, every member shall in relation to that
ship

(i) know the use of appropriate internal communication systems:

(ii) know the escape routes from the machinery. spaces:

(iii)know the engine room alarm-systems and be able to distinguish
between the various alarms with special reference to the fire
extinguishing gas alarm:

(iv)know the position and use of the fire-fighting equipment in the
machinery spaces.

(b)The composition of an underway watch shall. at all times. be adequate to
ensure the safe operation of all machinery affecting the operation of the
ship, in either automated or manual mode, and be appropriate to the
prevailing circumstances and conditions. To achieve this. the following
inter alia shall be taken into account

(i)the need for adequate supervision. at all times. of machinery
affecting the safe operation of the ship;

(ii) the condition and reliability of any remotely operated propulsion
and steering equipment and their controls. the location of such
controls and the procedures involved in placing them in a manual
mode of operation in the event of breakdown or emergency;

(iii) the location and method of operation of fixed fire detection, fire
extinction or fire con tainment devices and apparatus;

(iv)the method of use and the operational condition of auxiliary,
standby and emergency equipment affecting the safe navigation,
mooring or docking operations of the ship;







(v)steps and procedures necessary to maintain the condition of
machinery installations in order to ensure their efficient operation
during all modes of ship operation;

(vi)any other demands on the watch which may arise as a result of
special operating circumstances.

(c.)At an unsheltered anchorage the chief engineer officer shall consult with
the master whether or not to maintain an underway watch.

4. Fitness for duty.

The watch system shall be such that the efficiency of the watch is not
impaired by fatigue. Duties shall be so organized by the chief engineer officer that
the first watch at the commencement of a voyage and the subsequent relieving
watches are sufficiently rested and otherwise fit for duty.





CAP. 2811Merchant Shipping (Certification and [1984 Ed.
Watchkeeping) Regulations

5. Protection of the marine environment.

All engineer officers and engine room ratings shall be aware of the serious-
effects of operational or accidental pollution of the marine environment and shall
take all possible precautions to prevent such pollution. particularly, within the
framework of relevant international and port regulations.
L.N. 182/84. Citation. Interpretation. (Cap. 281. Sub. leg.) (cap. 369.) Application. Duty of master. First Schedule. Second Schedule. First Schedule. Duty of chief engineer officer. Second Schedule. Watchkeeping arrangements in port. Schedule. Watchkeeping arrangements in port for ships carrying hazardous cargo. Manning of certificates. Qualifications of officers. Inspection. Procedure to be adopted when inspection reveals deficiencies. Power to detain. (Cap. 281, sub. leg.) Offences and penalties. Amendment of Schedules.

Abstract

L.N. 182/84. Citation. Interpretation. (Cap. 281. Sub. leg.) (cap. 369.) Application. Duty of master. First Schedule. Second Schedule. First Schedule. Duty of chief engineer officer. Second Schedule. Watchkeeping arrangements in port. Schedule. Watchkeeping arrangements in port for ships carrying hazardous cargo. Manning of certificates. Qualifications of officers. Inspection. Procedure to be adopted when inspection reveals deficiencies. Power to detain. (Cap. 281, sub. leg.) Offences and penalties. Amendment of Schedules.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3085

Edition

1964

Volume

v18

Subsequent Cap No.

281

Number of Pages

10
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:15:12 +0800
<![CDATA[MERCHANT SHIPPING (COURT OF SURVEY) REGULATIONS]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3084

Title

MERCHANT SHIPPING (COURT OF SURVEY) REGULATIONS

Description






MERCHANT SHIPPING (COURT OF SURVEY)
REGULATIONS.

ARRANGEMENT OF REGULATIONS.
Regulation. Page

1. Citation ................................... ... ... ... ... ... B2

2. Filing of notice of appeal .............. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 2

3.....................Proceedings for constituting court ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 2

4. Summoning of court ................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 2

5.....................Notice to complainant of hearing ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 2

6...................Forwarding copy of report ... ... .... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 2

7............Time of hearing ............... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 2

8. Parties to proceedings .................. ... ... ... ... ... ... B 2
9. Parties by permission ................... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 2

10...........................Calling of witness by Governor's representative ... ... ... ... ... B 2

11....................Calling of witness by complainant ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 3

12. Cafling of witness by appeUant ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 3

13.............Witnesses in reply ............. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 3
14.............Addresses of parties ..... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 3

15...........Adjournment ................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 3
16...........Delivery of decision ....... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 3

17. Release or detention of vessel and report ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 3

18.......Forms ............................. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 3
19.......Fees ........................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 3

First Schedule. Forms ........................... ... ... ... .... ... ... B 3

Second Schedule. [Revoked]....................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 5





MERCHANT SHIPPING (COURT OF SURVEY)
REGULATIONS.

(Cap. 281, sections 29 and 60).

[30th October, 1953.]

1. These regulations may be cited as the Merchant Shipping (Court
of Survey) Regulations.

2. Where the owner or master of a ship, hereinafter called the
appellant, desires to appeal to the court of survey, he shall file with the
Director of Marine a notice in the form of Form 1 in the First Schedule.

3. Immediately on the filing of the notice of appeal the
Director shall inform the Governor, and if the ship is a foreign
ship the Director shall give notice to the consular officer for the
state to which the ship belongs and such consular officer may
nominate one person to act as a member of the court of survey
whose name shall be submitted to the Governor at the same time.

4. When the Governor has issued his warrant constituting the
court, the person appointed to be the president of the court, hereinafter
referred to as the president, shall summon the court in the form of Form
2 in the First Schedule.

5. If the survey has been made on the complaint of any person,
hereinafter called the complainant, the president shall send to him notice
of the time and place appointed for the hearing.

6. Previous to the hearing the Governor shall forward to the
president, to be produced as evidence at the hearing, an official copy of
the report of the surveyor.

7. The court shall if practicable be summoned to hear the appeal on
a day not later than fourteen days from the filing of the notice of appeal.

8. The Governor and the appellant shall be parties to the
proceedings.

9. Any other person may by permission of the president of the
court be made a party to the proceedings.

10. At the hearing the person representing the Governor shall first
call his witnesses and, having done so, shall state in writing what order
he requires the court to make.





11. The complainant, if he has appeared, shall then call his
witnesses and, having done so, shall state in writing what order
he requires the court to make.

12. The appellant shall then call his witnesses and, having
done so, shall state in writing what order he requires the court
to make.

13. After the appellant has examined all his witnesses, the
person representing the Governor and the complainant may, on
cause shown to the satisfaction of the court, call further witnesses
in reply.

14. After all the witnesses have been examined, the court
shall first hear the appellant, then the complainant (if any), and
afterwards the person representing the Governor.

15. The president may adjourn the court from time to time
and from place to place as may be most convenient.

16. The president shall deliver the decision of the court in
writing and the same may be sent or delivered to the respective
parties, and it shall not be necessary to hold a court merely for
the purpose of giving the decision.

17. As soon as possible after the court has come to its de-
cision the court shall issue an order for the release or detention
(either finally or on condition) of the vessel, in the form of Form 3
in the First Schedule and the president shall report to the
Governor in the form of Form 4 in the First Schedule.

18. The forms in the First Schedule are prescribed for use
under these regulations.

19. The appropriate fees prescribed in the Merchant Shipping
(Fees) Regulations shall be payable in respect of any proceedings
before a court of survey.

FIRST SCHEDULE. [reg. 18.]
FORM 1. [reg. 2.]
NOTICE OF APPEAL.
In the matter of the ship
To the Director of Marine of Hong Kong.
Take notice that 1, (name and address) the master (or managing owner
of shares) of the ship of the part of
do appeal-

(1) From the report of the surveyor appointed by
the Governor to survey the said ship; or





(2) From a declaration given by 1
Assistant Director of Marine (Ship Surveys) (or from the refusal
of Assistant Director of Marine (Ship
Surveys), to give a declaration), under the provisions of section 29
of the Merchant Shipping Ordinance; or

(3) From the refusal of the
Immigration Officer, to give a certificate under the Chinese
Passengers Act 1855, or under the Asiatic Emigration Ordinance;
or

(4)From the refusal of the Director of Marine to give a clearance under
section 45 of the Merchant Shipping Ordinance.

The address at which all notices and documents may be served by post or
otherwise on me is

Dated this day of 19
(To be signed by the appellant).

FORM 2. [reg. 4.1
SUMMONS TO COURT.

The Court of Survey for Hong Kong.

In the matter of an appeal by

from the report ofthe surveyor appointed by
the Governor to survey the
(or as the case may be).
In pursuance of the Merchant Shipping Ordinance, I hereby summon

you to attend as
on this appeal, at a.m. on the day of 19
A copy of the notice of appeal is attached.
Dated at Victoria, Hong Kong, this day of 19
Magistrate and President of the
Court.
1 will attend as summoned.
(Signature of person summoned).

FORM 3. [reg. 17.1
ORDER OF COURT FOR RELEASE OR DETENTION OF SHIP.

The Court of Survey for Hong Kong.

In the matter of an appeal by
from the report of the surveyor appointed
by the Governor to survey the
(or as the case may be).
We do order

the said ship to be released (or detained finally or conditionally upon

Given under our hands at Hong Kong,
this day of 19

Members of the Court of Survey.





FORM 4. [reg. 17.1

REPORT OF MEMBERS OF COURT.

The Court of Survey for Hong Kong.

In the matter of an appeal by
from the report of the surveyor appointed by
the Governor to survey the
(or as the case may be).
We do report
that having heard this appeal, we did order the said ship to be released
(or detained finally or conditionally upon
for the reasons set forth in the annexed statement.

We are also of opinion that the costs of this appeal should be paid by
the appellant (or by the Government), or (that all parties shall pay their own
costs).

Dated this day of 19

Members of the Court of Survey.

SECOND SCHEDULE.

[Deleted, L.N. 861651
G.N.A. 114/53. L.N. 86/65. Citation. Filling of notice of appeal. Form 1. Proceedings for constituting court. Summoning of court. Form 2. Notice to complainant of hearing. Forwarding copy of report. Time of hearing. Parties to proceedings. Parties by permission. Calling of witness by Governor's representative. Calling of witness by complainant. Calling of witness by appellant. Witnesses in reply. Addresses of parties. Adjournment. Delivery of decision. Release or detention of vessel and report. Forms 3 and 4. Forms First Schedule. Fees. L.N. 86/65. (Cap. 281, sub. leg.) (Cap. 281.) (18 & 19 Vict. C. 104.) (Cap. 79.) (Cap. 281.) (Cap. 281.)

Abstract

G.N.A. 114/53. L.N. 86/65. Citation. Filling of notice of appeal. Form 1. Proceedings for constituting court. Summoning of court. Form 2. Notice to complainant of hearing. Forwarding copy of report. Time of hearing. Parties to proceedings. Parties by permission. Calling of witness by Governor's representative. Calling of witness by complainant. Calling of witness by appellant. Witnesses in reply. Addresses of parties. Adjournment. Delivery of decision. Release or detention of vessel and report. Forms 3 and 4. Forms First Schedule. Fees. L.N. 86/65. (Cap. 281, sub. leg.) (Cap. 281.) (18 & 19 Vict. C. 104.) (Cap. 79.) (Cap. 281.) (Cap. 281.)

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3084

Edition

1964

Volume

v18

Subsequent Cap No.

281

Number of Pages

5
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:15:11 +0800
<![CDATA[MERCHANT SHIPPING (CERTIFICATION OF OFFICERS) REGULATIONS]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3083

Title

MERCHANT SHIPPING (CERTIFICATION OF OFFICERS) REGULATIONS

Description

1981 ed cap.281 A1 1981 ed cap.281 A2 MERCHANT SHIPPING (CERTIFICATION OF OFFICERS)
REGULATIONS

(Cap. 281, sections 5 and 6A)

[1 September 1981]

PART I

PRELIMINARY

1. These regulations may be cited as the Merchant Shipping (Certification of Officers)
Regulations.

2. (1) In these regulations, unless the context otherwise requires -

'dynamically supported ship' means a ship that is operable on or above water and the weight
of which or, a significant part thereof, is balanced in one mode of operation by other than
hydrostatic forces;

'GRT' in relation to a ship, means its gross register tonnage and the gross tonnage of a
ship having alternative gross tonnages shall be taken to be the larger of those tonnages;

'foreign-going ship' means a ship engaged on a voyage not confined to river trade limits;

'Merchant Shipping (Certification of Deck Officers) Regulations 1980' means those
regulations made by the Secretary of State;

'Merchant Shipping (Certification of Marine Engineer Officers) Regulations 1980' means those
regulations made by the Secretary of State;

'passenger ship' means a ship carrying more than 12 passengers;

'proper officer' means a consular officer appointed by Her Majesty's Government of the
United Kingdom and, in relation to a port in a country outside the United Kingdom which is
not a foreign country, the public officer exercising, in that port, supervision over the
engagement and discharge of seamen;

'registered power' means the brake or shaft power specified in the ship's certificate of
registry;

'ship' means, except in regulation 3, a ship to which these regulations apply.

(2)(a) In these regulations, references to a certificate of a numbered class are references
to a certificate of the class which bears the number as mentioned in Parts II and III. (b) In these regulations, in references to ' a class appropriate to
the station', the class appropriate to a particular station
shall be determined according to the following list -

Appropriate class Station

Deck Officer Department -
Class 1 Master
Class 2 First Mate
Class 3 Second Mate
Class 4 Third Mate

Marine Engineer Officer Department -
Class 1 Chief Engineer
Class 2 Second Engineer
Class 3 Third Engineer
Class 4 Fourth Engineer

Provided that -

(i) nothing in these regulations shall prohibit an officer
who holds a certificate of a particular class from manning a
station lower in the list in his department than that
appropriate to that class;

(ii) in the case of a ship mentioned in items 4 and 3 of
the table in regulation 13(1), an engineer officer holding a
Class 4 certificate may man a statio as Third Engineer;

(iii) in the case of a ship mentioned in item 5 of the table
in regulation 13(1), and engineer officer holding a Class 2
certificate may man a station as Chief Engineer and an
engineer officer holding a Class 3 certificate may man a
station as Second Engineer;

(iv) nothing in these regulations shall authorize an
officer to man a station in a ship in respect of which he is
not qualified by the terms of his certificate; and

(v) no class of certificate relating to river trade shall be
an appropriate class to man any station in a ship proceed-
ing on a voyage not confined to river trade limits.

3. (1) These regulations apply to -

(a) all ships that are registered by the Registrar of British ships
appointed to act in the Colony under the Merchant Ship-
ping Acts; except those vessels to which Part IV of the
Shipping and Port Control Ordinance applies; and

(b) all other ships, being passenger ships, carrying passengers
to or from the Colony from or to a place outside the
Colony.

(2) The Director may permit exemptions from all or any
provisions of these regulations in respect of any case or class of case.




PART II

CERTIFICATION OF DECK
OFFICERS

4. (1) For the purposes of these regulations, a deck officer
shall be qualified -

(a) if he holds a certificate of competency as a deck officer
issued under these regulations or a certificate which is to be
treated as equivalent to such a certificate under regulation
5; and

(b) such certificate is in force in relation to a class appropriate
to the station held by him in the ship.

(2) (a) A general certificate of competency issued by the
Director shall be of one of the following classes -
Certificate of Competency (Deck Officer) Class 1
(Master Mariner)
Certificate of Competency (Deck Officer) Class 2
Certificate of Competency (Deck Officer) Class 3
Certificate of Competency (Deck Officer) Class 4

(b) A certificate of competency of a class mentioned in the list
in this paragraph shal be of a higher class than a certificate
of a class mentioned after it in that list.

(3) (a) A river trade certificate of competency issued by the
Director shall be of one of the following classes-
Certificate of Competency (Deck Officer) (River
Trade) Class 1
Certificate of Competency (Deck Officer) (River
Trade) Class 2
Certificate of Competency (Deck Officer) (River
Trade) Class 3

(b) A river trade certificate of competency of a class mentioned
in the list in this paragraph shall be of a higher class than a
certificate of a class mentioned after it in that list.

(4) Any certificate issued to a deck officer may be issued
subject to any qualifications or limitations endorsed theron.

5. (1) Certificates of competency and of service issued under
or recognized by the Merchant Shipping (Certification of Deck
Officers) Regulations 1980, which have an equivalent under these
regulations, shall be equivalent to certificates of competency or
of service of the same class or description issued under these
regulations.




(2) Certificates of competency, other than those issued under these
regulations, which are specified by the Secretary of State under
regulation 5(1) of the Merchant Shipping (Certification of Deck Officers)
Regulations 1980 shall be evidence of the attainment of a standard of
competency required for the issue of a certificate under these
regulations of the same class or description.

(3) A certificate of competency as Master, First Mate and
Second Mate of a foreign-going ship obtained under section 6 of the
Ordinance before 1 September 1981 shall be equivalent, respectively,
to a Certificate of Competency (Deck Officer) Class 1 (Master
Mariner), a Certificate of Competency (Deck Officer) Class 2 and a
Certificate of Competency (Deck Officer)Class 3, issued under these
regulations.

(4) A certificate of service (Deck Officer) as Third Mate of a
foreign-going ship granted by the Director shall be equivalent to a
Certificate of Competency (Deck Officer) Class 4 issued under these
regulations.

(5) A certificate of service as master of a foreign-going ship
granted under section 99 of the principal Act shall be equivalent
to a certificate of competency issued under these regulations as
it is treated as equivalent to a certificate of competency issued
under the Merchant Shipping (Certification of Deck Officers)
Regulations 1980.

(6) A certificate of service (Deck Officer) (River Trade) Class 3
granted by the Director shall be equivalent to a Certificate of
Competency (Deck Officer)(Rive Trade) Class 3 issued under these
regulations.

PART III

CERTIFICATION OF ENGINEER OFFICERS

6. (1) For the purposes of these regulations, an engineer
officer shall be qualified -

(a) if he holds a certificate of competency as an engineer officer
issued under these regulations or a certificate which is
treated as equivalent to such a certificate under regulation
7; and

(b) such certificate is in force in relation to a class appropriate
to the station held by him in the ship.

(2) (a) A general certificate of competency issued by the
Director shall be of one of the following classes-
Certificate of Competency (Marine Engineer Officer)
Class 1
Certificate of Competency (Marine Engineer Officer)
Class 2




Certificate of Competency (Marine Engineer Officer)
Class 3

Certificate of Competency (Marine Engineer Officer)
Class 4.

(b) Certificates in Class 3 shall not be issued in respect of steam-
powered machinery.

(c) A certificate of competency of a class mentioned in the list
in this paragraph shall be of a higher class than a certificate
of a class mentioned after it in that list.

(3) (a) A river trade certificate of competency issued by the
Director shall be of one of the following classes -
Certificate of Competency (Marine Engineer Officer)
(River Trade) Class 1
Certificate of Competency (Marine Engineer Officer)
(River Trade) Class 2
Certificate of Competency (Marine Engineer Officer)
(River Trade) Class 3.
and shall not be issued in respect of steam-powered
machinery.

(b) A river trade certificate of competency of a class in the list
in this paragraph shall be of a higher class than a certificate
of a class mentioned after it in that list.

(4) Any certificate issued to a marine engineer officer may be
issued subject to any qualifications or limitations endorsed thereon.

7. (1) Certificates of competency and of service issued under
or recognized by the Merchant Shipping (Certification of Marine
Engineer Officers) Regulations 1980, which have an equivalent
under these regulations, shall be equivalent to certificates of com-
pantency or of service of the same class or description issued under
these regulations.

(2) Certificates of competency, other than those issued under
these regulations, which are specified by the Secretary of State under
regulation 6(3) of the Merchant Shipping (Certification of Marine
Engineer Officers) Regulations 1980 shall be evidence of the attain-
ment of a standard of competency required for the issue of a
certificate under these regulations of the same class or description.

(3) A certificate of competency as First Class Engineer and
Second Class Engineer obtained under section 6 of the Ordinance
before 1 September 1981 shall be equivalent, respectively, to a
Certificate of Competency (Marine Engineer Officer) Class 1 and a
Certificate of Competency (Marine Engineer Officer) Class 2 issued
under these regulations.




(4) Certificates of service as Marine Engineer Officer Class 3 or 4 of
a foreign-going ship granted by the Director shall be equivalent,
respectively, to Certificates of Competency as Marine Engineer Officer
Class 3 or Class 4.

(5) A certificate of service as First Class Engineer or Second
Class Engineer granted under section 99 of the principal Act shall be
equivalent to a certificate of competency issued under these regula-
tions as it is treated as equivalent to a certificate of competency
issued under the Merchant Shipping (Certificate of Marine Engi-
neer Officer) Regulations 1980.

(6) A certificate of service (Marine Engineer Officer) (River
Trade) Class 3 granted by the Director shall be equivalent to a
Certificate of Competency (Marine Engineer Officer)(River Trade)
Class 3 issued under these regulations.

PART IV

GENERAL STANDARDS AND CONDITIONS

8. (1) The Director may make rules prescribing-

(a) the standards of competency to be attained and the condi-
tions to be satisfied by a person or class of persons to
qualify for certificates of competency or a certificate of
competency of particular class under these regulations;

(b) the standards of competency to be attained and the condi-
tions to be satisfied by a person or class of persons seeking
endorsements to their certificates to qualify them in respect
of particular ships, particular classes of ships, or ships
carrying particular cargoes or particular classes of cargoes;

(c) the conditions to be established by a person seeking an
extension of the validity of his certificate; and

(d) the manner in which the attainment of any such standards
or the satisfaction of any such conditions is to be
established.

(2) The Director may publish the rules made under paragraph
(1) in such manner as he thinks fit and shall, on payment of the
appropriate fee, provide a copy of the rule to any person.

(3) Notwithstanding anything contained in these regulations
or the rules made under paragraph (1), the Director shall not issue
any certificate unless he is satisfied that the applicant is a fit person
to be a holder of the certificate and to act competently in the
capacity to which it relates.




PART V

SPECIAL CONDITIONS

9. (1) Subject to regulation 8 and rules made thereunder, the
conditons to be established by a person who applies for a Certificate
of Service (Deck Officer) as Third Mate of a foreign-going ship shall
be-

(a) that he has served as a watchkeeping deck officer of a
foreign-going ship for a period of not less than 3 years
falling in the period of 6 years immediately preceding 1
September 1981;

(b) that at least 12 months of the 3 years' service mentioned in
paragraph (a) was served as Third Mate in foreign-going
ship registered in the United Kingdom or registered by the
Registrar of British Ships appointed to act in the Colony
under the Merchant Shipping Acts; and

(c) that he produces such evidence as the Director may
require-
(i) of service in accordance with paragraphs (a) and
(b); and
(ii) that his conduct during such service and during the
last 12 months of service in a watchkeeping capcity was
satisfactory;

Provided that the Director may, where he is satisfied that there
has been substantial compliance with the conditions, issue a
certificate.

(2) Subject to regulation 8 and the rule made thereunder, the
conditions to be established by a person who applies for a Certificate
of Service (Deck Officer)(River Trade) Class 3 shall be-

(a) that while holiding a certificate of competency as Master
issued under the Shipping and Port Control Ordinance, he
has served as Master of a dynamically supported ship,
being a passenger ship, engaged on voyages within river
trade limits for a period of not less than 1 year duing the 3
years immediately preceding 1 September 1981; and

(b) that he produces such evidence as the Director may
require-

(i) that his conduct during such service was satisfac-
tory; and

(ii) that he has satisfactorily completed such training as
the Director may specify;

Provided that the Director may, where he is satisfied that there
has been substantial compliance with the conditions, issue a
certificate. 10. (1) Subject to regulation 8 and the rules made thereunder,
the conditions to be established by a person who applies for a
Certificate of Service as Marine Engineer Officer Class 3 of a
foreign-going ship shall be-

(a) that he has served as watchkeeping engineer officer of a
foreign-going ship for a period of not less than 3 years
falling in the period of 6 years immediately preceding 1
September 1981;

(b) that at least 12 months of the 3 years' service mentioned i
paragraph (a) was served as Third Engineer in foreign-
going ships registered in the United Kingdom or registered
by the Registrar of British Ships appointed to act in the
Colony under the Merchant Shipping Acts; and

(c) that he produces such evidence as the Director may
require-

(i) of service in accordance with paragraphs (a) and (b);
and
(ii) that his conduct during such service and during the
last 12 months of service in a watchkeeping capacity was
satisfactory:

Provided that the Director may, where he is satisfied that there
has been substantial compliance with the conditions, issue a
certificate.

(2) Subject to regulation 8 and the rules made thereunder, the
conditions to be established by a person who applies for a Certificate
of Service as Marine Engineer Officer Class 4 of a foreign-going ship
shall be-

(a) that he has served as watchkeeping engineer officer of a
foreign-going ship for a period of not less than 3 years
falling in the period of 6 years immediately preceding 1
September 1981;

(b) that at least 12 months of the 3 years' service mentioned in
paragraph (a) was served as Fourth Engineer in foreign-
going ships registered in the United Kingdom or registered
by the Registrar of British Ships appointed to act in the
Colony under the Merchant Shipping Acts; and

(c) that he produces such evidence as the Director may
require-

(i) of service in accordance with paragraphs (a) and (b);
and
(ii) that his conduct during such service and during the
last 12 months of service in a watchkeeping capacity was
satisfactory:

Provided that the Director may, where he is satisfied that there
has been substantial compliance with the conditions, issue a
certificate.
(3) Subject to regulation 8 and the rules made thereunder, the
conditions to be established by a person who applies for a Certifcate
of Service (Marine Engineer Officer)(River Trade) Class 3 shall be-

(a) that while holding a certificate of competency as engineer
issued under the Shipping and Port Control Ordinance, he
has served as engineer of a dynamically supported ship,
being a passenger ship, engaged on voyages within river
trade limits for a period of not less than 1 year during the 3
years immediately preceding 1 September 1981; and

(b) that he provides such evidence as the Director may
require-

(i) that his conduct during such service was satis-
factory; and

(ii) that he has satisfactorily completed such training as
the Director may specify:

Provided that the Director may, where he is satisfied that there
has been substantial compliance with the conditions, issue a
certificate.

PART VI

GENERAL PROVISIONS RELATING TO CERTIFICATES

11. (1) Certificates of compentency and certificates of service
shall be issued in duplicate, on payment of the appropriate fee (if
any). The original shall be delivered to the person entitled to the
certificate and the duplicate shall be retained by the Director.

(2) Any certificate may be issued by the Director in respect of
a limited period of time and such certificate shal be invalid on the
expiry of that period of time unless the holder has obtained an
extension of its validity.

(3) A record of all certificates of competency and certificates of
services issued under these regulations and of the suspension, cancel-
lation or alteration of, and any other matters affecting, certificates
shall be kept in such manner as the Director may require.

(4) Where the holder of a certificate of competency of a
particular class issued under these regulations is issued with a
certificate of a higher class, he shall surrender the certificate of the
lower class to the Director.

12. If a person proves to the satisfaction of the Director that he
has lost a certificate issued to him, the Director shall, upon payment
of a reasonable fee if the Director is not satisfied the loss was without
fault on the part of such person, issue a certified copy of the
certificate to which the person appears to be entitled.
PART VII

MANNING OF SHIPS BY OFFICERS

13. (1) Subject to regulation 14, a ship of the description
mentioned in column 1 of the following table shall be manned, when
it proceeds to sea, by at least the number of qualified deck officers of
the classes mentioned in column 2 and at least the number of
qualified marine engineer officers of the classes mentioned in column
3 of the table.

TABLE

Column 1 Column 2 Column 3
Description of ships Deck Officer Marine Engineer Officer

Ships not voyaging only Class Class Class Class Class Class Class Class
within river trade limits. 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4

1. Any passengers ships. 1 1 1 1

2. Ships, other than passenger 1 1 1 1
ships, of 1 600 GRT or more.

3. Ships, other than passenger 1 1 1
ship, of under 1 600 GRT.

4. Any ships of 3 000 kilwatts 1 1 2
registered power of more.

5. Any ships of 350 kilowatts 1 1 2
or more but under 3 000 kilowatts
registered power.

Ship voyaging only within river
trade limits.

6. Any passenger ships 1 1 1

7. Any passenger ships
(a) of 3 000 kilowatts registered 1 1 2
power or more;
(b) of under 3 000 kilowatts 1 1 1
registered power.

(2) Deck Officers manning dynamically supported ships,
being passenger ships, shall, in addition to holding the appropriate
certificates of competency, satisfy such conditions as to training or
otherwise as the Director may specify.

(3) Dynamically support ships, being passenger ships, shall,
when operating between sunset and sunrise, be manned by such
additional deck officers as the Director may specify.

(4) In respect of ships 350 kilowatts or more but under
3 000 kilowatts registered power, not voyaging within river trade
limits, the Class 2 certicicate mentioned in the table in paragraph (1)
shall be valid only if the Director is satisfied that the officer is
competent to man such a ship as Chief Engineer and has endorsed
the certificate to that effect.

(5) Engineer Officers manning dynamically supported ships,
being passenger ships, shall, in addition to holding the appropriate
certificates of competency, satisfy such conditions as to training or
otherwise as the Director may specify.
14. There shall be no contravention of regulation 13 where, by
reason of illness, absence or other unforessable happening, a ship
proceeds to sea, other than on a voyage within river trade limits,
manned by 1 less than the required number of deck officer, or 1 less
than the required number of engineer officers or 1 less than the
required number of officers in both departments:

Provided that this section shall not apply unless-

(a) all reasonable steps are taken to man the ship as required
by these regulations; and

(b) the proper officer is notified of the facts before the ship
proceeds and such notification is entered in the ship's log;
and

(c) the Master is satisfied it is safe to proceed and enters a
certificate to that effect in the ship's log; and

(d) the ship does not continue to be so undermanned for a
period exceeding 28 days.

15. (1) The Director may make rules prescribing any addi-
tional requirements as to the number of officers and the qualifica-
tions of such officers when they are manning particular ships,
particular classes of ships or ships carrying particular cargoes or
particular classes of cargoes.

(2) The Director may publish the rules made under paragraph
(1) in such manner as he thinks fit and shall, on payment of the
appropriate fee, provide a copy of the rules to any person.

PART VIII

WATCHKEEPING REQUIREMENTS

16. (1) An officer shall not man a station in a ship unless he
holds a certificate a class appropriate to the station:

Provided that if-

(a) an officer dies or is incapacitated while the ship is at sea; or
(b) a ship proceeds to sea in the circumstances mentioned in
regulation 14,

and there is no other officer who holds a certificate of a class
appropriate to the station, the officer first mentioned may man that
station for a period not exceeding 28 days.

(2) The master of a ship shall not permit any officer to man a
station except as permitted by paragraph (1).

(3) The owner of a ship shall not permit any officer to man a
station except as permitted by paragraph (1).
PART IX

GENERAL

17. (1) Any person who, in connexion with an applicaion for
or the issue of a certificate competency or a certificate of service or
in connexion with the endorsement, or extension of the validity, of a
certificate of competency or certificate of service-

(a) makes a false pretence; or-

(b) supplies false information,

knowing it to be false or not believing it to be commits an
offence and is liable to a fine of $50,000 and to imprisonment for 2
years.

(2) Any person who-

(a) allows any other person to use a certificate of competency
or service to which that other person is not entitled; or

(b) falsely pretends to be entitled to a certificate of competency
or of service.

commits an offence and is liable to a fine of $50,000 or to imprison-
ment for 2 years.

(3) Where any person is convicted of an offence under para-
graph (1) or (2) or of a conspiracy to commit such an offence or of a
conspiracy to defraud in relatio to a certificate of competency or a
certifiate of service, the Director may cancel, or suspend for any
period, the certificate of competency or certificate of service held by
such person.

(4) The owner and master of any ship who authorizes or
permits the ship to proceed to sea in contravention of regulation 13,
as read with any rules made by the Director under regulation 15,
whether or not the ship so proceeds, commits an offence and is
liable-

(a) on conviction on indicment, to a fine of $100,000 and to
imprisonment for 2 years; or

(b) on summary convition, to a fine of $10,000 and to
imprisonment for 2 years.

(5) Any person who contravenes regulation 16 commits an
offence and is liable-

(a) on conviction on indictment, to a fine of $100,000 and to
imprisonment for 2 years; or

(b) on summary conviction, to a fine of $10,000 and to
imprisonment for 2 years. L.N. 268/81. L.N. 293/81. L.N. 369/81. Citation. Interpretation. (S. 1. 1980/2026.) (S. 1. 1980/2025.) L.N. 369/81. L.N. 369/81. Application. L.N. 369/81. (Cap. 313.) Qualified deck officer and classes of certificates. Certificates equivalent to a certificate of competency or service. (S.I. 1980 2026.) (S.I. 1980/2026.) (1984 c. 60) (S.I. 1980/2026.) Qualified engineer officers and classes of certificates. Certificates equivalent to certificates of competency or service. (S.I. 1980 2025.) (S.I. 1980 2025.) (S.I. 1980/2025) General standards and conditions for the issue of certificates. Conditions relating to certain Certificates of Service (Deck Officer). (Cap. 313.) Conditions relating to certain Certificates of Service (Marine Engineer Officer). (Cap. 313.) Form, validity, record and surrender of certificates. Loss of certificates. Manning of ship. L.N. 293/81. Proceeding to sea with less than the required number of deck officers. Additional requirements in respect of certain ships. Officers to act only in a capacity for which certificated. Offences and penalties.

Abstract

L.N. 268/81. L.N. 293/81. L.N. 369/81. Citation. Interpretation. (S. 1. 1980/2026.) (S. 1. 1980/2025.) L.N. 369/81. L.N. 369/81. Application. L.N. 369/81. (Cap. 313.) Qualified deck officer and classes of certificates. Certificates equivalent to a certificate of competency or service. (S.I. 1980 2026.) (S.I. 1980/2026.) (1984 c. 60) (S.I. 1980/2026.) Qualified engineer officers and classes of certificates. Certificates equivalent to certificates of competency or service. (S.I. 1980 2025.) (S.I. 1980 2025.) (S.I. 1980/2025) General standards and conditions for the issue of certificates. Conditions relating to certain Certificates of Service (Deck Officer). (Cap. 313.) Conditions relating to certain Certificates of Service (Marine Engineer Officer). (Cap. 313.) Form, validity, record and surrender of certificates. Loss of certificates. Manning of ship. L.N. 293/81. Proceeding to sea with less than the required number of deck officers. Additional requirements in respect of certain ships. Officers to act only in a capacity for which certificated. Offences and penalties.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3083

Edition

1964

Volume

v18

Subsequent Cap No.

281

Number of Pages

14
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:15:11 +0800
<![CDATA[MERCHANT SHIPPING ORDINANCE]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3082

Title

MERCHANT SHIPPING ORDINANCE

Description






LAWS OF HONG KONG

MERCHANT SHIPPING ORDINANCE

CHAPTER 281





CHAPTER 281

MERCHANT SHIPPING ORDINANCE

ARRANGEMENT OF SECTIONS

Section ..................................Page

1. Short title............................. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 4
2. Interpretation.......................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 4

PART 1

REGISTRATION AND LICENSING OF SHIPS

3. Certificate or licence required by all ships trading in Colony ... ... ... ... 6

PART 11

4. [Repealcd] ............................. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 7

5. Scale of certificated officers and other seamen ... ... ... .... ... ... 7

5A............Rating as A.B . ............. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 8

5B. Certificates as A.B. granted in other parts of Commonwealth ... ... ... ... 9

6. Certificates of competency ............. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 9

6A. Standards of competency of officers and other seamen ... ... ... ... ... 10

7. Forgery, etc. of certificate .............. ... ... . ... ... ... ... ... 11

8. Certain exemptions ..................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 12

PART 111

ENGAGEMENT AND DISCHARGE OF CREW

9. Mercantile Marine Office ............... ... .... ... ... ... ... ... ... 12

10.......................Agreement to be made with seamen ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 12
11.......................Fees upon engagement and discharge ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 13

12. Procedure upon discharge, and provision for seamen left behind or remaining in

Colony . . . ..................... ... ... ... ... ... ... 13

13. Protection from process ............... ... ... ... ... ... ... 14

14. Relief of distressed seamen belonging to ship registered in the Colony ... ... 14

14A.................Removal of discharged seamen ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 15

PART IV

DESERTION AND OTHER OFFENCES

15. Apprehension and detention of seamen who desert, etc. ... ... ... ... ... 15

16................Offence against discipline ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 17

PART V

HEALTH AND ACCOMMODATION, AND PROPERTY OF DECEASED SEAMEN







17. Ship to carry medicines, medical stores, etc., in accordance with scale ... ... 19

18.......................Regulations as to crew accommodation ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 19
19.......................Penalty on master for filthy condition of ship ... ... ... .... ... ... 21

20..............Medical inspection ........ ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 21

21....................Death or desertion to be reported ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 21

22. Property of deceased seamen to be delivered to Director ... ... ... ... ... 21





Section Page

PART VI

SURVEY OF PASSENGER AND OTHER SHIPS AND CERTIFICATES THEREOF

23-34. [Repealed] ............................ ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 22

34A. Forfeiture of ships .................. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 221

34B. Determination of applications for forfeiture ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 231

34C. Claims for return of forfeited ships .... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 24
34D. Expiry of sections 34A, 34B and 34C .. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 25

35-37. [Repealed] ............................ ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 25

PART 11

Repealed

PART VIII

MARINE COURTS AND COURTS OF SURVEY

50A...........Interpretation .................. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 25
51............Preliminary inquiry ............. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 25

52................................Governor may appont marine court; constitution, etc. ... ... ... 25

53.............................Enumeration of casualties, causes for inquiry, etc. ... ... ... ... ... 26

54...........................Penalty for refusing to attend as a witness, etc. ... ... ... ... ... ... 27
55...........................Grounds for cancellation or suspension of certificate ... ... ... ... ... 27

56.......................Provisions for re-hearing and appeal ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 28

57................Further powers of court ..... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 29

58.......................Regulations as to procedure, fees, etc . ... . 1 . ... ... ... ... ... 29

59-60. [Repealed].............................. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 30

PARTS IX, X and XI

[Repealed]

PART XII

TRAWLERS

91. Interpretation..................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 30

92...........................Certificates of competency as trawling masters ... ... ... ... ... ... 30

93. Voyages without certificated officers ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 31

A R PART VII 1

[Repealed

94.....................Regulations applicable to trawlers ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 31

94A.............................Certificates of competency for trawling masters, etc . ... ... ... ... ... 32







95..................................Application of other provisions of the Ordinance to trawlers ... ... ... 33

PARTS XIII and XIV

[Repealed]





Section Page

PART XIVA

COMPULSORY INSURANCE FOR PLEASEURE VESSELS
107B................................. ... ... ... ... ... ... 34

107C. Obligation on users of pleasure vessels to be insured against third party risks 34

107D. Requirements in respect of policies ..... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 34

107E. Certain conditions to policies to be of no effect ... ... ... ... ... ... 35

107F. Duty of insurers to satisfy judgments against persons insured in respect of third

party risks .............................. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 35

107G. Bankruptcy, etc., of insured persons not to affect certain claims by third parties 37

107H. Avoidance of restrictions on scope of policies covering third party risks ... 37

107I. Duty of person against whom claims are made to give information as to insurance 38

107J.......................Requirements as to production of policy ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 38

107K............Records of insurance .......... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 38
107L............Termination of policy ......... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 39

107M. Production of proof of insurance on application for pleaseure vessel licence or on
production of licence following transfer of ownership of pleasure vessel

107N. Offences and penalties .................. ... ... ... ... .1 . ... ... 39

PART XV

DETENTION OF SHIP IN CERTAIN EVENTS

108......................Power to detain ship in certain cases ... ... ... ... . ... ... 39

109......................Penalty for taking detained ship to sea ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 40

110. Notice to be given to nearest consular officer where proceedings taken in respect of

a foreign ship ........................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 40

PART XVI

EVIDENCE, REGULATIONS AND FEES

ill.........[Repealed] ........................ ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 40

112. Use of official log and articles of agreement as evidence ... ... ... ... ... 40

113.............Service of documents .......... ... ... .. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 41

114.................Regulations. General powers ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 41

115........................Payment of remuneration to certain persons ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 42

116.........[Repealed] ........................ ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 43

PART XVII

APPLICATION, EXEMPTIONS AND CONSEQUENTIAL PROVISIONS

117..........................Modified application of Merchant Shipping Acts ... ... ... ... ... ... 43







118....................Dispensing power and exemption ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 43
119. Regulations 44

120. Validation ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... . ... ... 44





CHAPTER 281

MERCHANT SHIPPING

To consolidate and amend the law relating to merchant shipping, to remove
anomalies and out-moded provisions therefrom, and 1 incorportate
therein amendments consequential upon the application to the
Colony of the Merchant Shipping (Safety Convention) Act 1949.



[30 October 1953.]

1. This Ordinance may be cited as the Merchant Shipping Ordinance.

2. In this Ordinance, unless the context otherwise requires

,,accepted Safety Convention certificate' has the meaning assigned to it by section
14 of the Merchant Shipping (Safety Convention Act 1949; (Added, 37 of
1959, s. 2)

'crew' means seamen and apprentices; (Added, 54 of 1982, s. 2)

'crew accommodation' includes sleeping rooms, mess rooms, sanitary
accommodation, hospital accommodation, recreation
accommodation, store rooms and catering accommodation provided for
the use of crew but does not include any accommodation which is also
used by or provided for the use of passengers; (Added, 54 of 1982,
s. 2)

'Director' means the Director of Marine and includes any person deputed or
authorized by the Director to execute any power or perform any duty
vested in or imposed upon him hereunder;

'international collision regulations' means the regulations made under section
418 of the principal Act;

'junk includes lorcha and any vessel of Chinese or other Asiatic build,
construction or rig whether such vessel is of a sea going type or
not and whether mechanically propelled or not;





Iorcha' includes any vessel

(a)of European build and construction, but of Chinese or other
Asiatic rig; or

(b)of Chinese or other Asiatic build and construction, but of
European rig;

'master' includes every person (except a pilot) having command or
charge of any ship;

'Merchant Shipping Acts' means the Merchant Shipping Acts 1894 to
1979, and any enactment of the United Kindgom Parliament
amending the same or in replacement thereof and includes all
regulations made thereunder; (Amended, 47 of 1979, s. 2)

'Minister' means the Minister of Transport of the United Kingdom and
includes the Board of Trade and any other body or person who
carries out or has carried out functions similar to those carried out
by the Minister of Transport under the Merchant Shipping Acts;

'officer' means the holder of of a certificate of competency or of
service issued under the Merchant Shipping (Certification of
Officers) Regulations; (Added.62 of 1981, s. 2. Amended, 30 of 1984, s.3.)

'passenger' means any person carried in a vessel except
(Amended, 76 of 1978, s. 81)

(a)a person employed or engaged in any capacity on board the
vessel on the business of the vessel;

(b)a person on board the vessel either in pursuance of the
obligation laid upon the master to carry shipwrecked,
distressed or other persons, or by reason of any
circumstances that neither the master nor the owner could
have prevented or forestalled; and

(c) a child under 1 year of age;

'Port Health Officer' includes the Director of Medical and Health Services and
any officer for the time being performing the duties of
Port Health Officer;

'port of the Colony' and 'port' where by the context a port out of
the Colony is not indicated, mean a place declared to be such
under the Shipping and Port Control Ordinance; (Amended, 76 of 1978, s.81)

'principal Act' means the Merchant Shipping Act 1894;

'river trade limits' means

(a)the waters in the vicinity of the colony within the following
boundaries

(i) to the East, meridian 114 30' East;

(ii) to the South, parallel 22' 09' North;







(iii) to the West, meridian 113' 31' East; and





(b)all inland waterways in the provinces of Kwangtung and
Kwangsi on the mainland of China to which access can be
obtained by water from the area defined in paragraph (a);
(Replaced, 17 of 1965, s. 2)

'Safety Convention country' and 'Safety Convention ship' bear the
meanings attributed in section 36 of the Merchant Shipping (Safety
Convention) Act 1949, to the expressions 'country to which the
Safety Convention applies' and 'Safety Convention ship'
respectively; and the expression 'non-Convention country' means
a country to which such Safety Convention does not apply;
(Replaced, 37 of 1959, s. 2)

'seaman' includes every person (except masters, pilots, and
apprentices duly indentured and registered) employed or engaged
in any capacity on board any ship;

ship' (except where section 50A applies) includes any description of
vessel used in navigation not propelled by oars but excludes junks
and lorchas whether mechanically propelled or not: (Amended, 64 of
1980, s. 2)

Provided that a mechanically propelled junk or lorcha shall
not be deemed by this provision to be excluded from the definition
of ship for the purposes of the international collision regulations;

steamer' or 'steamship' includes any vessel propelled by steam, and
subject to any modification that may be prescribed by regulation
shall include a vessel propelled by electricity or other mechanical
power;

'tons' and 'tonnage' mean tons and tonnage as calculated according
to British measurement of registered tonnage;

,'vessel' includes

(a)any ship or boat or junk or any other description of vessel
used in navigation; and

(b)any floating dry dock, floating workshop or floating
restaurant. (Replaced, 35 c?f 1975, s. 2)

PART I

REGISTRATION AND LICENSING OF SHIPS

3. (1) Every ship trading outwards from the Colony or trading or being used for any other
commercial purpose in the waters of the Colony must be provided with -

(a) a certificate of registry in conformity with the Merchant Shipping Acts; or

(b) a certificate of foreign registry or other document similar or equivalent to that
required in the case of a British ship; Provided that in the case of any such ship which is not required to be provided with
a certificate referred to in paragraph (a) or which is not provided with a certificate
referred to in paragraph (b) it shall be sufficient if such ship is provided with a licence
granted in accordance with regulations made under Part IV of the Shipping and Port Control
Ordinance. (Replaced, 17 of 1965, s.3. Amended, 76 of 1978, s.81)

(2) Every register or certificate authorized or required by this section, may be proved
either by the production of the original, or by a copy thereof purporting to be certified
under the hand of the Registrar of Shipping, or Registrar of British ships appointed to act
in the Colony under the Merchant Shipping Act, or other person who may happen to have charge
of the original, which certified copy he is hereby required to furnish to every person
applying at a reasonable time for the same and paying therefor such fee as shall be
prescribed by regulations. Every document when so proved shall be received as prima facie
evidence of all matters therein recited, stated or appearing.

PART II

COMPETENCY OF MASTERS AND CREW AND CERTIFICATES THEREOF

4. [Repealed, 62 of 1981, s.3.]

5. (1) The Governor in Council may make regulations for all or any of the following matters-

(a) the number of officers and other seamen required to man ships, including different
provisions in respect of particular ships, or classes of ships, and ships carrying
particular cargoes, or particular classes of cargoes, or proceeding on particular voyages,
or particular classes of voyages; (Amended, 30 of 1984, s.3)

(b) the qualifications, experience and any other qualities required of officers and other
seamen manning ships; (Amended, 30 of 1984, s.3)

(c) the number of officers and other seamen with different qualifications, experience or any
other qualities required to man ships, including different provisions in respect of
particular ships, or particular classes of ships, and ships carrying particular voyages or
particular classes of voyages; (Amended, 30 of 1984, s.3)

(d) the power of the Director to grant exemptions from the application of the regulations in
respect of any case or class of case;




(e)the qualifications, experience and other qualities required of officers
and other seamen acting in particular stations in ships; (Amended, 30
of 1984, s. 3 and L.N. 100184)

(f)the circumstances in which, and the conditions under which, ships
may proceed on a voyage without a particular number of officers or
other seamen or a particular class of officers or other seamen;
(Amended, 30 of 1984, s. 3)

(g)the circumstances in which, and the conditions under which, an officer
or other seaman may act in a station in a ship in respect of which he
is not qualified; (Amended, 30 of 1984, s. 3)

(h)the power of the Director to make rules relating to the manning of
ships;

(i)the making of false pretences, the supplying of false information, the
improper use of cerificates or the contravention of specified
provisions of any regulation made under this subsection to be an
offence and to provide penalties for any such offence not exceeding a
fine of $100,000 and imprisonment for 2 years; and

(j)generally, provisions in respect of the manning of ships by officers
and other seamen. (Replaced, 62 of 1981, s. 4. Amended, 30 of 1984,
s. 3)

(2) [Deleted, 76 of 1978, s. 811

(3) The master of a ship, on signing the agreement with the crew before
the Superintendent of the Mercantile Marine Office shall produce to him the
certificates of competency or of service which the master, officers and other
seamen on the ship are required to hold under any regulations or rules
made under this section (Amended, 62 of 1981, s. 4 and 30 of 1984, s. 3)

(4)-(6) [Deleted, 62 of 1981, s. 4]

(Amended, 17 of 1965, s. 4 and 73 of 1974, s. 12)

5A. (1) A seaman engaged to be entered in any Birtish h ship registered in
Hong Kong shall not be rated as A.B. (that is to say, an able bodied seaman)
unless he is the holder of a certificate of competency.

(2) The Superintendent of the Mercantile Marine Office or other officer
authorized by him before whom a seaman is engaged to be entered in any British
ship registered in Hong Kong shall refuse to enter the seaman as A.B. on the
agreement with the crew unless the seaman produces a certificate of competency
or such other proof that he is the holder of such a certificate as may appear to
the Superintendent or other officer authorized by him to be satisfactory.

(3) In this section 'certificate of competency' means a certificate of
competency as A. B.-

(a) granted in accordance with rules made under section 6; or





(b)having, by virtue of an order under section 5B, the same
effect as if so granted.

(4) Section 126 of the principal Act and section 58 of the
Merchant Shipping Act 1906 shall cease to have effect in relation to
any seaman for the time being engaged in a B~ ship registered in
Hong Kong.
(Added, 53 of 1978, s. 2)

5B. Where provision is made by the law of any part of the
Commonwealth, other than Hong Kong, for the grant of certificates
of competency as A.B., and the Director reports to the Governor
that he is satisfied that the conditions under which such a certificate
is granted require standards of competency not lower than those
required for the grant of a certificate of competency as A.B. under
rules made under section 6, the Governor may by order published in
the Gazette direct that the certificates granted in that part of the
Commonwealth shall have the same effect for the purposes of this
section and sections 5A and 6 as if they had been granted under such
rules.
(Added, 53 of 1978, s. 2)

6. (1) The Director shall cause examinations to be conducted
in respect of persons in the mercantile marine who wish to obtain
certificates of competency as seamen, other than officers, of the
prescribed classes, and shall appoint examiners for that purpose.
Every such appointment shall be notified in the Gazette. (Amend-
ed, 62 of 198 1, s. 5)

(2) The Director of Marine may make rules prescribing or
providing for-

(a)classes of seamen, other than officers, for the purposes of
subsection (1); (Amended, 62 of 1981, s. 5)

(b)the standards of competency to be attained and other
conditions to be satisfied (subject to any exceptions allowed
by or under the rules) by candidates for any examination
conducted under subsection (1);

(C)the procedure for and the method of conducting any such
examinations;

(d)the subjects to be taken at any such examination or the
manner in which those subject are to be specified;

(e) fees and forms in relation to any such examination; and

the method of granting certificates of competency and
copies of such certificates.

(2A) Rules made under subsection (2) in respect of the grant of
certificates of competency as A.B. shall direct that no such certificate
shall be granted to any person unless-





(a)he has reached such minimum age as may be prescribed; and

(b)he has performed such qualifying service at sea as may be
prescribed; and

(c) he has passed such examination as may be prescribed:

Provided that such rules may authorize the grant of such a
certificate to any person, notwithstanding that he has not complied with
the conditions aforesaid, if he shows, in such manner as may be
prescribed, that he was serving as A.B., or in an equivalent or superior
deck rating, on the date on which the rules came into force, or has so
served at any time before that date. (Added, 53 of 1978, s. 3)

(3) The Director may publish any rules made under subsection (2)
in such manner as he thinks fit, and shall, on payment of the
appropriate charge, provide a copy of the rules to any person who
applies to him in that behalf.

(4) The grant of a certificate of competency shall be subject to
production of evidence of experience and ability to the satisfaction of
the Director, and the Director may refuse to accept an application for
examination unless such evidence is first produced. (Amended, 62 of
198 1, s. 5)

(5) [Deleted, 62 of 1981, s. 51

(Amended, 73 of 1974, s. 2)

6A. (1) The Governor in Council may make regulations for all or
any of the following matters

(a) the classes of officers and of other seamen in the mercantile
marine;

(b)the classes of certificates of competency or of services
required in respect of each class of officer or of other seaman;

(c) the standards of competency to be attained and other
conditions to be satisfied to qualify an officer or other

vie
seaman for the grant of any particular class of certificate

(d)examinations as a test, or part of a test, for the grant of any
particular class of certificate

(e)the method of granting certificates and the issue of certificate
and copies of certificates by the Director;

m) M

the recognition of other qualifications as equivalent to
certificates By the Director;

issued by

(g)the additional training, experience and other qualifications
required for officers and other seamen manning particular
ships, or particular classes of ships, or ships carrying
particular cargoes, or particular classes of cargoes, or
proceeding on particular voyages, or particular classes of
voyages;







(h)the endorsement of certificates with any particular
qualification or limitation;



(i) the suspension and cancellation of certificates;.,

(j)the power of the Director to make rules in respect of the
standards of competency to be attained and other conditions to
be satisfied to qualify an officer or any other seaman for the
grant of a particular class of certificate the manner in which such
attainment and satisfaction is to be

established and the publication of the rules;

(k) the making of false pretences, the supplying of false
information, the improper use of certificates or the travention
of specified provisions of any regulation made
under this subsection to be an offence and to provide
penalties for any such offence not exceeding a fine of
$100,000 and imprisonment for 2 years; and

(1)generally, provisions in respect of the qualifications and other
qualities of officers and other seamen in the mercantile marine.
(Amended, 30 of 1984, s. 4)

(2) The Director shall conduct the examinations prescribed by the
regulations made under subsection (1) and, for that purpose, subject to
such regulations- (Amended, 30 of 1984, s. 4)

(a)shall appoint examiners and notify the appointments in the
Gazette; and

(b) may make rules for all or any of the following matters-

(i) the conditions to be satisfied by candidates to make
themselves eligible to sit the examinations;

(ii) the procedure for the conduct of examinations;

(iii) the subjects and syllabi in respect of the examinations.

(3) The Director may publish the rules made under subsection (2)
in such manner as he thinks fit and shall, on payment of the appropriate
fee,- provide a copy of the rules to any person.



(4) The grant of a certificate of competency or of services shall be
subject to production of evidence of sobriety, experience, -ability and
general good conduct on board ship to the satisfaction of the Director
and the Director may refuse to accept an application for examination
unless such evidence is first produced.

(Added, 62 of 1981, s. 6)

7. (1) Any person who

(a)makes, assists in making or procures to be made any false
representation for the purpose of procuring, either for himself
or for any other person, a certificate of competency; or





(b)fraudulently uses a certificate or copy of a certificate of
competency which has been forged, altered, cancelled or
suspended or to which he is not entitled; or

(c)fraudulently lends his certificate of competency or allows it to
be used by any other person,

shall be guilty of an offence and shall be liable on conviction to a fine of
$50,000 and to imprisonment for 2 years. (Amended, 17 of 1965, s. 5 and 73
of 1974, s. 12)

(2) In this section, 'certificate of competency' means a certificate
of competency or of service other than one issued under the
regulations made under section 6A. (Added, 62 of 1981, s. 7)

(3) Where a person is convicted of an offence under subsection (1)
or of a conspiracy to commit such an offence or of a conspiracy to
defraud in relation to a certificate of competency, the Director may
cancel, or suspend for any period, the certificate of competency held by
such person. (Added, 62 of 1981, s. 7)

8. Nothing in the previous sections or in any other enactment shall be deemed to
prevent the employment, as master or officer of any grade in a British ship, of the subject
of any such foreign state as may be specified by the Governor in Council, if the Governor
shall have granted such person a written authority to act in such capacity.

PART III

ENGAGEMENT AND DISCHARGE OF CREW

9. (1) The Governor may appoint a place to be called the Mercantile Marine office at which
place shall be conducted all the business within the Colony connected with the engagement
and discharge of seaman on board British ships and foreign ships whose flag is not
represented by a consular officer resident in the Colony such ships being in the waters of
the Colony. The Director shall be the Superintendent of the Mercantile Marine Office.

(2) No seaman shall, except with the sanction of the Director, be engaged to do duty on
board a British ship, or any foreign ship whose flag is not represented by a consular officer
resident in the Colony, elsewhere than at the Mercantile Marine Office. The Superintendent
shall require the production of a certificate of discharge from such seaman's last ship, and
failing production such seaman shall be bound to give a satisfactory explanation to the
Director of the cause of such non-production.

10. (1) The master of every British ship, and of every foreign ship whose flag is not
represented by a consular officer resident in the Colony, shall enter into an agreement with
every seaman whom he engages in the Colony and carries to sea as one of his crew, in the
form and manner provided by the Merchant Shipping Acts:




Provided that

(a)such agreement may be made for a voyage or, if the voyages
of the ship average less than 6 months in duration, may be
made to extend over 2 or more voyages, and an agreement so
made to extend over 2 or more voyages shall be referred to as a
running agreement; and

(b) a running agreement shall not be for a longer period than
6 months or the first arrival of the ship at her port of destination in the Colony after
her port of destination in the Colony after the expiration of that period, or the discharge
of cargo consequent on that arrival.

(2) The master of any such ship who carries any seaman to sea
without entering into an agreement with him in accordance with this
section shall be guilty of an offence and shall be liable on conviction to
a fine of $10,000 and to imprisonment for 6 months. (Amended, 17 of 1965,
s. 6 and 73 of 1974, s. 12)

11. (1) The Governor in Council may by regulation prescribe the
fees which shall be payable upon all engagements and discharges.

(2) The Superintendent shall cause a scale of such fees together
with a copy of this section, to be conspicuously exhibited in the
Mercantile Marine Office, and may require the payment of such fees
before proceeding with any engagement or discharge.

(3) The master of a ship engaging or discharging any seaman at
the Mercantile Marine Office shall pay to the Superintendent the whole
of the requisite fees.



12. (1) No master shall discharge in the Colony any seaman
from any ship, British or foreign without the sanction of the
Director or of the consular officer, if any, representing the nation to
which such ship belongs, and unless due provision is made for the
subsistence and maintenance of such seaman. to the satisfaction of
the Director in the case a of a British ship or of a foreign ship whose
flag is not represented in the colony by a consular officer or to the
satisfaction of such consular officer in the case of a foreign ship
whose flag is so represented, and any master who discharges a
seaman in contravention of this subsection shall be guilty of an
offence and shall be liable on conviction to a fine of $10,000 and to
imprisonment for 6 months: (Amended, 17 of 1965, s. 7 and 73 of
1974, s. 12)

Provided that no such provision shall be necessary in respect of
any seaman who was engaged in the Colony or any seaman who being a native of Hong Kong
or South China is discharged in accordance with the terms of his agreement.

Any seaman who wilfully or negligently remains in the Colony after the
departure of his ship shall be guilty of an offence and shall be liable on
conviction to a fine of $5,000 and to imprisonment for 3 months.
(Amended, 17 of 1965, s. 7 and 73 of 1974, s. 12)





(3) No seaman shall except with the sanction of the Director be
discharged from British ship, or any foreign ship whose flag is not
represented by a consular officer resident in the Colony elsewhere
than at the Mercantile Marine Office.

(4) Whenever any seaman is disch eda at the Mercantile Marine
Office from any ship within the Colony the master of such ship shall
give to such seaman at the time of such discharge a written certificate
of discharge, specifying the time and nature of service, and the time of
discharge of such seaman, signed by himself, and shall give him a true
account in writing of his wages and of all deductions therefrom.

(5) Any master or any other person belonging to any British ship
who wrongfully forces on shore an lea leaves behind, or otherwise
wilfully and wrongfully leaves behind in the Colony any seaman or
apprentice belonging to such ship before the completion of the voyage
for which such seaman or apprentice was engaged, shall be guilty of an
offence and shall be liable on conviction to a fine of $10,000 and to
imprisonment for 6 months. (Amended, 17 of 1965, s. 7 and 73 of 1974, s. 12)

(6) Where a master or other person is convicted of an offence
against subsection (5), the court may, in addition to any penalty it may
impose in respect of the offence, order the offender to pay any costs
incurred by the Hong Kong Government in transporting the seaman or
apprentice in respect of whom the offence was committed to any place
outside Hong Kong; and the amount so ordered to be paid may be
recovered in the same manner as a fine. (Added, 73 of 1974, s. 12)

13. No seaman who has been actually shipped on board any
vessel in compliance with this Ordinance shall, during the time for
which he is then shipped, be liable to be arrested on civil process,
unless the debt or demand exceeds the sum of $500:

Provided that by the term 'seaman' in this subsection shall be
meant only a person who has, within the space of 6 months previously,
served on board a ship for wages as a seaman, and that the protection
from arrest hereby granted shall not be held to extend to any person
not coming within such definition, or in any case to masters, mates or
engineers.

14. (1) All expenses incurred under the provisions of the
Merchant Shipping Acts in the relief of distressed seamen who, at
the time of such relief being granted, have last served in a ship
registered in the Colony, and all expenses incurred in the United
Kingdom in relieving and returning to the Colony all distressed
seamen who last served in such ship, shall be borne by the revenue of
the Colony.

(2) The Governor may order the payment out of the general 9
revenue of all expenses incurred in the Colony for the relief of such
seamen as aforesaid under the provisions of the said Acts or of any
regulations in that behalf which may be made by the Governor in
Council.





(3) The Governor may order the repayment out of the general
revenue of all sums expended under the provisons of the said Acts by
the United Kingdom Government or by the Shipwrecked Mariners
Society or by the Government of any country of the Commonwealth, or
by any British consular officer in any foreign country, in and about the
relief of such seamen as aforesaid, and such sums shall be refunded in
such manner as the Governor may think fit or as a Secretary of State
may direct.

14A. (1) Except with the permission of the master of the ship, no
seaman who has been lawfully discharged from his ship shall be or
remain on board the ship.

(2) Any seaman who, having been lawfully discharged from his
ship, does not leave the ship on being requested so to do by the
master may be removed from the ship by an authorized officer.

(3) In this section 'authorized officer' means any police officer of
the rank of inspector or above and any officer of the Marine
Department of the rank of Assistant Marine Officer or above.

(Added, 9 of 1973, s. 2)

PART IV

DESERTION AND OTHER OFFENCES

15. (1) If any seaman or apprentice belonging to the crew of
any British ship deserts therefrom or absents himself from his duty
while the ship is within the waters of the Colony, it shall be lawful
for any police officer, or for the master or person in charge of the
ship, or for any one specially deputed by such master or person in
charge, to arrest such seaman or apprentice without warrant and
convey him before a magistrate, and in case such seaman or
apprentice refuses to return to his duty on board the ship or does not
give a sufficient reason for such refusal, the magistrate may order
such seaman or apprentice to be put forcibly on board the ship or
to be confined in any prison or other place of security within the
Colony, for any period until he can be put on board the ship when
the ship leaves the port or until he is demanded by the master of the
ship:

Provided that the said period of confinement shall not in the
absence of such departure or demand exceed 3 months.

(2) If any seaman or apprentice deserts when within the waters
of the Colony from a merchant ship belonging to a subject of any
foreign country to which an Order in Council has declared that
section 238 of the principal Act shall apply, any court, justice, or
officer who would have had cognizance of the matter if the seaman
or apprentice had deserted from a British ship shall on the applica-
tion of a consular officer of the foreign country aid in apprehending
the deserter, and for that purpose may on information given upon
oath issue a warrant for his apprehension, and on proof of the





desertion order him to be conveyed on board his ship or delivered to the
master or mate of his ship, or to the owner of the ship or his agent to be
so conveyed, and any such warrant or order may be executed
accordingly. Any person who harbours or secretes any deserter liable to
be apprehended under this subsection, knowing or having reason to
believe that he has deserted, shall be guilty of an offence and shall be
liable on conviction to a fine of $10,000 and to imprisonment for 6
months. (Amended, 17 of 1965 s. 8 and 73 of 1974, s. 12)

(3) A magistrate, on complaint of the master of any British
ship to the effect that he has reasonable cause to believe that any seaman
who has deserted while such ship is within the waters of the Colony is
harboured, secreted or concealed, or suspected to be harboured,
secreted or concealed, on board any other ship, boat or other vessel or
in any house or place whatsoever, may issue a warrant directing a police
officer to search such ship, boat or other vessel, or such house or place,
and to lodge such seaman in any police station, and any such seaman shall with all
convenient speed be brought before a magistrate to be dealt with as is
hereinbefore directed.

(4) Any person who-

(a)harbours, conceals, employs or retains, or assists in
harbouring, concealing, employing or retaining, any seaman
belonging to the crew of any British ship who has deserted
therefrom or otherwise absconded or absented himself from
duty while such ship is within the waters of the Colony, knowing
such seaman to have deserted, absconded or absented
himself from duty; or

(b)causes, induces or persuades, or attempts to cause, induce or
persuade, any such seaman in any manner whatsoever to
violate or to attempt to violate any agreement which he may
have entered into to serve on board any such ship; or

(c)knowingly connives at the desertion, absconding or absence
from duty of any such seaman,

shall be guilty of an offence and shall be liable on conviction to a fine of
$10,000 and to imprisonment for 6 months. (Amended, 17 of 1965, s. 8 and
73 of 1974, s. 12)

(5) The Director before granting a port clearance to any ship may, if
he has reasonable grounds for believing that any deserter is concealed
on board such ship, proceed on board thereof. and then and there
require the master to institute due and diligent search for such deserter,
and further if he deems it necessary require the master to make a
statutory declaration that to the best of his knowledge and belief after
due and diligent search no such deserter is concealed within or about
his ship. (Amended, 17 of 1965, s. 8 and 73 of 1974,s. 12)





(6) Any master of a ship who refuses to comply, or unnecessarily
delays compliance, with any requirement made under subsection (5)
shall be guilty of an offence and shall be liable on conviction to a fine
of $10,000 and to imprisonment for 6 months. (Added, 73 of 1974, s. 12)

(7) Any master of a ship who makes a statutory declaration under
subsection (5) containing a statement which to his knowledge is false
or misleading as to a material particular, shall be guilty of an offence
and shall be liable on conviction to a fine of $50,000 and to
imprisonment for 2 years. (Added, 73 of 1974, s. 12)

16. (1) Subject to subsection (IB), any seaman or apprentice
lawfully engaged on a ship who, in Hong Kong

(a) deserts his ship;

(b)neglects, or refuses without reasonable cause, to join the ship
or to proceed to sea on the ship, or is absent without leave
from the ship at any time within 24 hours before the ship is
due to sail from Hong Kong, either at the commencement or
during the course of a voyage;

(e)is absent at any time without leave and without sufficient
reason from the ship or from his duties in connexion with the
ship;

(d)quits the ship without leave after the ship's arrival in Hong
Kong and before the ship has taken up a safe berth;

(e)wilfully disobeys any lawful command of a superior officer of
the ship;

wilfully continues to disobey the lawful commands of a
superior officer of the ship or to neglect to perform his duties
in connexion with the ship;

(g)assaults the master, or any mate or certificated engineer, of
the ship;

(h) combines with any of the crew of the ship to-

(i) disobey the lawful commands of any of the ship's
superior officers;

(ii) neglect his duties in connexion with the ship; or

(iii) impede the navigation of the ship or the progress of
the voyage of the ship;

(i) wilfully damages the ship; or

(j)embezzles or wilfully damages any of the ship's stores or
cargo,

shall be guilty of an offence. (Replaced, 73 of 1974, s. 12)

(IA) A person who commits an offence against subsection (1)
shall be liable on conviction





(a) in the case of an offence against subsection (1)(a)-

(i) to imprisonment for 3 months;

(ii) to forfeit all or any part of the effects which he has left
on board the ship and the wages (if any) which are due to him
at the time of his desertion; and

(iii) to make good any excess of wages which have been
properly paid by the owner or master of the ship to any
substitute engaged in his place at a rate higher than that
stipulated to be paid to him under his contract of service;

(b)in the case of an offence against subsection (1)(b) or (e) (not
being an offence which is also an offence against subsection
(1)(a))

(i) to imprisonment for 10 weeks; and

(ii) to forfeit out of his wages a sum not exceeding 2 days'
pay and, in addition for every 24 hours' absence, either a sum
not exceeding 6 days' pay or the expenses properly incurred
in employing a substitute, whichever is the smaller amount;

(c)in the case of an offence against subsection (1)(d), to forfeit
out of his wages 1 month's pay;

(d) in the case of an offence against subsection (1)(e)-

(i) to imprisonment for 1 month; and

(ii) to forfeit out of his wages 2 days' pay;

(e) in the case of an offence against subsection (1)(f)-

(i) to imprisonment for 3 months; and

(ii) to forfeit, for every 24 hours continuance of the
disobedience or neglect, either a sum not exceeding 6 days'
pay or the expenses properly incurred in employing a
substitute, whichever is the smaller amount;

in the case of an offence against subsection (1)(g), (h), (i) or
(j), to imprisonment for 3 months. (Added, 73 of 1974, s. 12)

(IB) For the purposes of this section

(a)subsection (1)(a), (b), (c), (d) and (j) do not apply to seamen
or apprentices from any foreign ship; and

(b)if a seaman or apprentice from a foreign ship is charged with
any other offence against that subsection and there is
resident in Hong Kong a consular officer of the country or
territory to which the ship belongs, the magistrate shall only
deal with the case if

(i) he is requested in writing by the consular officer to do
so; and

(ii) the consular officer undertakes in writing that the
seaman or apprentice will not become a charge on the
finances of Hong Kong in consequence of being so dealt

with.(Added, 73 of 1974, s. 12)





(2) All expenses incidental to the apprehension and confinement of
any seaman or apprentice under this section shall be payable by the
master of the ship to which such seaman or apprentice belongs and be
recoverable from him as a debt due to the Crown. The subsistence
money for every such seaman or apprentice confined in prison shall be
paid in advance to the Commissioner of Correctional Services, and in
default of such payment the Commissioner of Correctional Services may
release such seaman or apprentice: (Amended, 13 of 1966, Schedule and
L.N. 30182)

Provided that every seaman or apprentice imprisoned under this
section may by direction of the committing magistrate be sent on board
his ship or may be placed at the disposal of the consular officer at
whose request he dealt with the case on the written application of such
officer either on or before the expiration of his term of imprisonment.

PART V

HEALTH AND ACCOMMODATION, AND
PROPERTY OF
DECEASED SEAMEN

17. (1) The owner agent or master of every British ship
navigating between the Colony any place out of the same shall
cause to be kept on board such ship a supply of medicines and
medical stores, in accordance with the scale appropriate to such ship
as laid down in the published scales of medicines and medical stores
issued by the Minister, and a copy of the book or books so issued
containing instructions for dispensing the same, and also a sufficient
quantity of anti-scorbutics to be served out to the crew of proper
quality and in accordance with the requirements of the Merchant
Shipping Acts.

(2) The owner, agent or master of any such ship who wilfully
refuses or neglects to provide and keep on board such medicines,
medical stores, books of instructions and anti-scorbutics as are by this
section required shall be guilty of an offence and shall be liable on
conviction to a fine of $10,000 and to imprisonment for 6 months.
(Amended, 17 of 1965, s. 9 and 73 of 1974, s. 12)

(3) It shall be the duty of the Port Health Officer to inspect the
medicines, medical stores. and anti-scorbutics of any British ship
navigating between the Colony and any place out of the same, and if
such articles are deficient in quantity or quality or are placed in
improper containers he shall give notice to the master of the ship and to
the Director who shall before granting a clearance to such ship require a
certificate from the Port Health Officer that the default has been
remedied, and if such certificate is not produced the ship shall be
detained until the certificate is produced.

18. (1) The Governor in Council may make regulations with respect
to the crew accommodation to be provided in ships registered in Hong
Kong.





(2) Without prejudice to the generality of subsection (1),
regulations made under this section may, in particular

(a)prescribe the minimum space per man which must be provided
by way of sleeping accommodation for crew and the maximum
number of persons by whom a specified part of such sleeping
accommodation may be used;

(b)regulate the position in the ship in which the crew
accommodation or any part thereof may be located and the
standards to be observed in the construction, equipment and
furnishing of any such accommodation;

(c)require the submission to a surveyor of ships of plans and
specifications of any works proposed to be carried out for the
purpose of the provision or alteration of crew accommodation
and authorize the surveyor to inspect any such works; and

(d)provide for the maintenance and repair of crew
accommodation and prohibit or restrict the use of any such
accommodation for purposes other than those for which it is
designed.

(3) The Director may exempt any ship or class of ships from any
requirement of any regulation made or deemed to be made under this
section, either absolutely or subject to such conditions as he may think
fit.

(4) For the purposes of this section and without prejudice to the
generality of the powers contained in this section, the Merchant
Shipping (Crew Accommodation) Regulations 1978 made under the
Merchant Shipping Act 1970 and any regulations amending or
replacing such regulations shall, unless varied by or repugnant to the
crew accommodation regulations made under this section, be deemed
to be the crew accommodation regulations made under this section.

(5) Any regulations made under this section may provide that a
contravention of specified provisions thereof shall be an offence and
may prescribe penalties therefor not exceeding $10,000.

(6) Where the regulations referred to in subsection (4) are deemed
to be the new accommodation regulations made under this section and
any such regulation is contravened in relation to a ship, the owner and
master of the ship shall be guilty of an offence and shall be liable on
conviction to a fine of $10,000.

(7) Where in the regulations referred to in subsection (4) any
power is conferred on or any duty is to be performed by the Secretary
of State, the power or duty shall, in relation to Hong Kong, be exercised
or performed by the Governor or any person authorized by him.

(8) This section shall be in addition to and shall not derogate from
section 75 of the Interpretation and General Clauses Ordinance.
(Replaced, 54 of 1982, s. 3)





19. If any ship carring passengers is found on arrival in the Colony to
be in a filthy and insanitary condition, the master of the ship shall be
guilty of an offence and shall be liable on conviction to a fine of $20,000
and to imprisonment for 12 months. It shall be the duty of the Port
Health Officer to inspect every such ship on its arrival in order to
ascertain the sanitary condition thereof.

(Amended, 17 of 1965, s. 10 and 73 of 1974, s. 12)

20. The master of any ship before shipping any seaman may
require that such seaman shall be inspected by a registered medical
practitioner.

21. (1) In the event of the death of any of the crew, passengers
or other persons on board any ship in the waters of the Colony, or of
the desertion of any of the crew of any British ship or of any foreign
whose flag is not represented by a consular officer resident in the Colony
or in in the event of the death of any of the crew, passengers or
persons on board any ship in the course of a voyage to the Colony,
the master of such ship shall forthwith or on the arrival of the ship
in the Colony as the case may be report the same to the Director.
(Amended, 17 of 1965, s. 11 and 73 of 1974, s. 12)

(2) Any master of a ship who fails to comply with subsection (1)
shall be guilty of an offence and shall be liable on conviction to a fine
of $5,000. (Added, 73 of 1974, s. 12)

22. (1) If a seaman or apprentice to the sea service dies in Hong
Kong and is at the time of his death entitled to claim from the master or
owner of a ship in which he has served any effects or unpaid wages,
the master or owner shall pay and deliver or account for such property
to the Director.

(2) Where any property of a deceased seaman or apprentice comes
into the hands of the Director, the Director, after deducting for expenses
incurred in respect of that seaman or apprentice or of his property such
sum as he thinks proper to allow, shall subject to the provisions of this
Ordinance deal with the residue as follows

(a)if the property exceeds in value $5,000 he shall pay and deliver
the residue to the legal personal representative of the
deceased; or (Amended, 17 of 1965, s. 12)

(b)if the property does not exceed in value $5,000, the Director
may as he thinks fit either pay or deliver the residue to any
claimant who is proved to his satisfaction to be the widow or a
child of the deceased or to be entitled to the personalty of the
deceased either under his will (if any) or any statute of
distribution or otherwise, or to be a person entitled to take out
representation, although no such representation has been
taken out, and shall be thereby discharged from all further
liability in respect of the residue so paid or delivered; or
(Amended, 17 of 1965, s. 12)





(c)he may, if he thinks fit, require representation to be taken out,
and pay and deliver the residue to the legal personal
representative of the deceased; or

(d)where it appears to the Director that any person to whom any
money or other property of a deceased seaman may be paid
or delivered as aforesaid is resident in a foreign state, he may
pay or deliver the money or property to a consular officer of
that state on behalf of that person.

(3) Any person to whom any such residue is paid or delivered
under subsection (2) shall apply the same in due course of
administration.

PART VI

SURVEY OF PASSENGER AND OTHER SHIPS
AND
CERTIFICATES THEREOF

23-34. [Repealed, 63 of 1981, s. 124]

34A. (1) Where the owner or master of a ship has committed an
ofrence under section 38 of the Merchant Shipping (Safety) Ordinance,
the ship shall be liable to forfeiture, whether or not the owner or master
is convicted in respect of such offence. (Amended, 63 of 1981, s. 124)

(2) With the approval of the Attorney General, the Director may
seize and detain any ship which appears to him to be liable to forfeiture
under subsection (1), and within 21 days of any such seizure the
Director shall serve notice of seizure on the owner of the ship:

Provided that where there is more than one owner of a ship it shall
be sufficient for the purposes of this subsection to give notice to one
of the owners.

(3) A notice under subsection (2) shall be deemed to have been
duly served if

(a) it is delivered to the person on whom it is to be served;

(b)it is sent by registered post addressed to such person at the
place of residence or business of such person, if any, known
to the Director; or

(c)where it cannot be served in accordance with paragraph (a)
or (b), the notice is exhibited in the Marine Department in a
place to which the public have access for a period of not less
than 7 days commencing within 21 days of the seizure of the
ship.

(4) Within 7 days after the service under subsection (2) of a notice
of seizure, notice of the seizure of the ship shall be





(a)published in the Gazette and in 1 newspaper published in
Hong Kong in the English language and in 1 newspaper so
published in the Chinese language; and

(b)in the case of a foreign ship, served on the consular officer (if
any) for the state to which the ship belongs.

(5) Where a notice of seizure has been served under subsection
(2), any person who has a claim (hereinafter referred to as the claimant)
may within 30 days after

(a)the date of the notice, if it was served under subsection
(3)(a) or (b); or

(b)the first day on which the notice was exhibited, if it was
served under subsection (3)(c),

give notice in writing to the Director that he claims that the ship is not
liable to forfeiture.

(6) If, on the expiry of the appropriate period of time specified in
subsection (5) for the giving of a notice of claim, no such notice has
been given in writing to the Director, the ship shall be forfeited
forthwith to the Crown.

(7) A person has a claim for the purposes of this section and
section 34B if

(a) he is the owner of the ship or the agent of the (b) he was in possession of the ship at the time it was seized.
(Added, 1 of 1979, s. 3)

34B. (1) Where a notice of claim is given under section 34A(5), the
Director shall apply to a magistrate for the forfeiture of the ship and
shall state in the application the name and address of the claimant as
specified in the notice of claim.

(2) When any such application is made to a magistrate, the
magistrate shall issue a summons in the prescribed form to the claimant,
requiring him to appear before a magistrate on the hearing of the
application, and shall cause a copy of the summons to be served on the
Director.

(3) If, on the hearing of an application under this section-

(a)neither the claimant nor any other person appears before the
magistrate to make a claim and the magistrate is satisfied that
the summons was duly served; or

(b)neither the claimant nor any other person satisfies the
magistrate that he has a claim,

and the magistrate is satisfied that the ship is liable to forfeiture, the
magistrate shall order that the ship be forfeited to the Crown.





(4) If, on the hearing of an application under this section-

(a) a person satisfies the magistrate that he has a claim; and

(b) the magistrate is satisfied that the ship is liable to forfeiture,

the magistrate may order that the ship be-
(i) forfeited to the Crown; or

(ii) delivered to the owner thereof or his agent.

(5) If, on the hearing of an application under this section, the
magistrate is not satisfied that the ship is liable to forfeiture, he shall
order that it be delivered to the owner thereof or his agent.

(6) On the hearing of an application under this section, a certified
true copy of the record of the proceedings, including the decision of the
court, in any proceedings in respect of the offence under section 38 of
the Merchant Shipping (Safety) Ordinance or section 90(1) of the
Criminal Procedure Ordinance shall be admissible in evidence.
(Amended, 63 of 1981, s. 124)

(7) Subject to the provisions of this Ordinance, an application
under this section shall be deemed for the purposes of the Magistrates
Ordinance to be a complaint to which section 8 of that Ordinance
applies.

(Added, 1 of 1979, s. 3)

34C. (1) The owner of any ship forfeited to the Crown under
section 34A or section 34B or his agent may within 6 weeks after

(a) the ship was forfeited to the Crown; or

(b)the determination of any appeal against the order for its
forfeiture,

give notice in writing to the Director of his intention to submit to the
Governor a moral claim in respect of the forfeited ship.

(2) Where the owner of a forfeited ship has given notice in writing
to the Director under subsection (1) and has submitted a moral claim to
the Governor by lodging it with the Chief Secretary within 1 month from
the date of such notice, the Governor may

(a)order the return of the forfeited ship to the owner or his
agent; or

(b)direct that the claim be referred to the Governor in Council.

(3) The Governor in Council, on considering a claim referred to him
under subsection (2), may

(a)order the return of the forfeited ship to the owner or his
agent;or

(b) reject the claim.

(Added, 1 of 1979, s. 3)





34D. Sections 34A, 34B and 34C shall expire on 31 December 1985
unless the Legislative Council by resolution otherwise determines.

(Added, 1 of 1979, s. 3. Extended, L.N. 286179; L.N. 316180;
L.N. 374181; L.N. 393182; L.N. 369183 and L.N. 383184)

35-37. [Repealed, 63 of 1981, s. 124]

PART VII

[Repealed 63 of 1981, s. 124]

PART VIII

MARINE COURTS AND COURTS OF SURVEY

50A. In this Part, unless the context otherwise requires---

'certificate' and 'certificate of competency' include a local certificate
of competency issued tinder, Part IV of the Shipping and Port
Control Ordinance; (Anended 36 of 1986, s. 8)

',ship' includes every description of vessel used in navigation.

(Added, 64 of 1980, s. 3)

51. (1) Where a shipping casualty has occurred a preliminary
inquiry may be held respecting the casualty by any person appointed
for the purpose by the Director of Marine.

(2) For the purpose of any such inquiry, the person holding the
same shall have the powers given by the Merchant Shipping Acts to
inspectors appointed by the Minister.

(3) After the conclusion of such inquiry the person holding. the
same shall forward a report thereof to the Governor. without delay and,
in any event, not later than 1 month after such conclusion.

(Added, 44 of 1954, s. 2)

52. (1) The Governor may whenever occasion may arise in the
circumstances detailed in section 53(2) (whether a preliminary
inquiry under section 51 has been held or not) by warrant under
his hand and the seal of the Colony, appoint a court (which shall
be called the marine court) to make investigations as to casualties
affecting ships, or to inquire into charges of incompetency or
misconduct on the part of masters, mates or engineers of ships.
(Amended, 42 of 1956, s. 2 and 37 of 1959, s. 9)

(2) Such court shall consist of a judge, district judge or magistrate
and shall hold its investigation or inquiry with the assistance of 2 or
more assessors who shall be appointed by the Governor and shall be
masters of the British mercantile marine or persons of nautical,
engineering or other special skill or knowledge:





Provided that where any investigation or inquiry involves or
appears likely to involve any question as to the cancellation or
suspension of the certificate of a master, mate or engineer the court shall
be assisted by not less than 2 assessors having experience in the British
mercantile marine. (Replaced, 37 of 1959, s. 9. Amended, 76 of 1978, s.
81)

(3) The assessors appointed to such court shall be remunerated at
a rate which shall take account of the amount of work and time occupied
by them upon the business of the court and such remuneration shall be
determined by the Governor either generally from time to time or
specifically in any particular case:

Provided that nothing in this subsection shall be construed to
authorize the payment of remuneration to any person employed full time
in any office of emolument under the Crown. (Replaced, 17 of 1965, s.
25)

53. (1) For the purpose of an investigation under this Part, a
casualty shall be deemed to occur

(a) when on or near the coasts of the Colony any British ship is
lost, abandoned or materially damaged;

(b) when on or near the coasts of the Colony any British ship
has been stranded or damaged, and any witness is found in
the Colony;

(c) when on or near the coasts of the Colony any British ship
causes loss or material damage to any other ship;

(d) when any loss of life ensures by reason of any casualty
happening to or on board any British ship on or near the
coasts of the Colony;

(e) when in any place any such loss, abandonment, material
damage or casualty as above-mentioned has occurred, and
any witness is found in the Colony;

(f) when in any place any British ship has been stranded or
damaged, and any witness is found in the Colony; and

(g) when any British ship has been lost or is supposed to have
been lost, and any evidence is obtainable in the Colony as
to the circumstances in which such ship proceeded to sea or
was last heard of.

(2) In any of the following cases -

(a) where a casualty occurs to a British ship on or near the
coasts of teh Colony or to a British ship in the course of a
voyage to the Colony;

(b) where a casualty occurs in any part of the world to a ship
registered in the Colony;

(c) where some of the crew of a British ship to which a
casualty has occurred, and who are competent witnesses to
the facts, are found in the Colony;




(d) where the incompetency or misconduct has occured on
board in a British ship on or near the coasts of the Colony, or
on board a British ship in the course of a voyage to the
Colony;

(e) where the incompetency or misconduct has occurred on
board a ship registered in the Colony; and

(f) where the master, mate or engineer of a British ship who is
charged with incompetency or misconduct on board that
ship is found in the Colony;

such court may make investigation respecting such casualty and may
hear and inquire into any such charge of incompetency or misconduct,
and for such purposes the court shall have the same jurisdiction over
the matter in question as if it had occurred within its ordinary
jurisdiction, but subject to all provisions, restrictions and conditions
which would have been applicable if it had so occurred. Such court
shall also have the powers given by the Merchant Shipping Acts to
inspectors appointed by the Minister as well as all the powers of a
magistrate acting as a court of summary jurisdiction.

(3) An inquiry shall not be held into any matter which has once
been the subject of an investigation or inquiry other than a preliminary
inquiry under section 51, and has been reported on by a competent
court or tribunal in any part of the Commonwealth, or in respect of
which the certificate of a master, mate or engineer has been cancelled or
suspended by a naval court. (Amended, 42 of 1956, s. 3)

(4) Where an investigation or inquiry has been commenced in the
United Kingdom with reference to any matter, an inquiry with reference
to the same matter shall not be held under this Part.

54. Any person who refuses to attend as a witness before any
person or court having the powers given by the Merchant Shipping
Acts to inspectors appointed by the Minister, after having been
required in the exercise of any such power to do so, or refuses or
neglects to make any answer, or to give any return, or to produce any
document in his possession, or to make or subscribe any declarations
required by any such person or court in the exercise of any such power,
shall be guilty of an offence and shall be liable on conviction to a fine of
$5,000.

(Added, 44 of 1954, s. 3. Amended, 73 of 1974, s. 12)

55. (1) The certificate of a master, mate or engineer may be
cancelled or suspended

(a)if the court finds that loss or abandonment of, or serious
damage to, any ship, or loss of life, has been caused by his
wrongful act or default; or

(b)if the court finds that he is incompetent, or that he has been
guilty of any gross act of misconduct, drunkenness or
tyranny, or that, in a case of collision, he has failed to render
such assistance or give such information as is required by the
Merchant Shipping Acts.





(1A) In this section, evidence that a master, mate, or engineer, is
incompetent may include evidence that he fails to comply with the
standards of competency and other conditions prescribed to qualify a
person for the certificate held by him. (Added, 62 of 1981, s. 8)

(2) Where any case before any such court as aforesaid involves a
question as to the cancellation or suspension of a certificate, the court
shall at the conclusion of the case or as soon afterwards as possible
state in open court the decision to which it has come with respect to the
cancellation or-suspension thereof.

(3) Any master, mate or engineer whose certificate is suspended
or cancelled in pursuance of this Ordinance shall, on the demand of the
court, deliver his certificate to the court, or if it is not demanded by the
court deliver it to the Governor or as he directs, and in default he shall
be guilty of an offence and shall be liable on conviction to a fine of
$5,000. (Amended, 17 of 1965, s. 26 and 73 of 19 74, s. 12)

(4) The court shall in all cases send a full report on the case with
the evidence to the Governor, and shall also if it determines to cancel or
suspend any certificate send the certificate cancelled or suspended to
the Governor or other authority by whom the certificate was granted.
(Amended, 17 of 1965, s. 26)

(5) A certificate shall not be cancelled or suspended by a court
under this Part unless a copy of the report, or a statement of the case on
which the investigation or inquiry has been ordered, has been furnished
before the commencement of the investigation or inquiry to the holder
of the certificate.

56. (1) The Governor may, in any case where under this Part -;an
investigation as to a casualty affecting a ship or an inquiry into the
conduct of a holder of a certificate of competency has been held, ,order
the case to be re-heard either generally or as to any part thereof, either
by the court by which it was heard in the first instance or by a marine
court appointed under this Part or by a judge sitting in admiralty
jurisdiction, and shall do so- (Amended, 47of 1985, s. 2)

(a)if new and important evidence which could not be produced
at the investigation or inquiry has been discovered; or

(b)if for any other reason there has in his opinion been ground
for suspecting that a miscarriage of justice has occurred.
(Amended, 64 of 1980, s. 4)

(2) Where an application under subsection (1) for a re-hearing is
not made or is refused, and where an application under section 478(6) of
the principal Act for a re-hearing of any inquiry under this Part is not
made or is refused, an appeal shall lie from any order or finding of the
court or tribunal holding the inquiry to the High Court:





Provided that an appeal under this section shall not lie

(a)in any case, other than an investigation under section
53(2)(e), in which an appeal to the High Court of England
under section 478 of the principal Act or under section 66 of
the Merchant Shipping Act 1906, is competent; or

(byfrom an order or finding affecting the certificate of a master,
mate or engineer if that certificate has not been granted by a
country within the Commonwealth under the Merchant
Shipping Acts.

(3) Subject to the provisions of any regulations relating thereto
made under section 58, an appeal to the High Court under this section
shall be to 1 judge or to the Court of Appeal as the Chief Justice may
decide and shall be subject to any rules of court made under the
Supreme Court Ordinance. (Replaced, 37 of 1959, s. 10)

(4) The provisions of this section shall apply to any investigation
or inquiry referred to in subsection (1) whether held before or after the
commencement* of the Merchant Shipping (Amendment) Ordinance
1985. (Added, 47 of 1985, s. 2)

57. (1) A marine court shall have the following further powers

(a)it may remove the master of any ship if that removal is shewn
to the satisfaction of the court by evidence on oath to be
necessary. Such removal may be made upon the application of
any owner of the ship or his agent, or of the consignee of the
ship, or of any certificated mate, or of one-third or more of the
crew of the ship;

(b) it may appoint a new master instead of the one removed:

Provided that where the owner, agent or consignee of
the ship is within the jurisdiction of the marine court, such an
appointment shall not be made without the consent of that
owner, agent or consignee;

(c)it may make such order as- it thinks fit respecting the costs of
the investigation or any part thereof, and such order shall be
enforced by the court in the same way as an order for costs
under the Magistrates Ordinance.

(2) [Deleted, 17 of 1965, s. 271

58. (1) The Governor in Council may by regulation prescribe and
provide for carrying into effect the enactments relating to formal
investigations into casualties and inquiries into charges of
incompetency or misconduct and to the re-hearing of or appeal from any
such investigation or inquiry, and in particular, with respect to the
procedure, the parties, the persons allowed to appear, the notice to such
parties and persons or to persons affected, and the amount

and application of fees.(Amended, 37 of 1959, s. 10)





(2) For the purposes of this Part, a marine court shall have all the powers
of a magistrate sitting under the Magistrates Ordinance.

(3) Every formal investigation or inquiry shall be conducted in such a
manner that, if a charge is made against any person, he shall have an
opportunity of making a defence. (Amended, 37 of 1959, S. 11)

59-60. [Repealed, 63 of 1981, s. 124]

PARTS IX, X and XI

[Repealed, 76 of 1978, s. 81]

PART XII

TRAWLERS

91. In this Part

'trawler' means any mechanically propelled vessel of non-primitive
design and build of whatever tonnage, which engages in fishing
operations for profit upon the high seas with nets, lines or
trawls and which operates from the Colony as a Hong Kong
registered British ship, but excludes any sailing or merchancially
propelled fishing boat, junk or dinghy licensed under regulations
made under section 105;

'voyage' means a fishing trip commencing with a departure from a port for the
purpose of fishing, and ending with the first return to a port thereafter
upon the conclusion of the trip when one of such ports is within the Colony

Provided that a return due to distress only shall not be deemed to be
a return if it is followed by a resumption of the trip.

92. (1) The holder of a certificate of competency as a trawling master
which is not endorsed with the word 'LIMITED' may, subject to the
provisions of this Part, command a trawler on any voyage.

(2) The holder of a certificate of competency as a trawling master which is
endorsed with the word 'LIMITED' may command a trawler for the purpose
only of fishing in an area bounded on the North by the parallel of 25 degrees
North, on the South by the parallel of 15 degrees North and on the East by the
meridian of 122 degrees East.

(3) The Director may, on the application of a person holding a certificate
of competency as a trawling master which is endorsed with the word
'LIMITED', exempt such person from the restriction

specified in subsection (2).(Amended, L.N. 262185)





(4) The holder of a certificate of competency as a trawling
master, whether or not the certificate is endorsed with the word
'LIMITED', shall, in so far as he does not contravene the provi-
sions of this section, be a duly certificated trawling master and the
holder of a Board of Trade certificate of competency as skipper (full)
or skipper (limited) shall be deemed to be a duly certificated trawling
master subject to such conditions and limitations as the Director
may specify in any particular case.
(Replaced, 63 of 1970, s. 2)

93. (1) Subject to section 92, a trawler shall not commence
any voyage unless such vessel is provided with at least a duly
certificated trawling master and trawler engineer and the master
for the time being of any trawler contravening the provisions of
this subsection shall be guilty of an offence and shall be liable on
conviction to a fine of $50,000 and to imprisonment for 2 years.
(Amended, 63 of 1970, s. 3 and 73 of 1974, s. 12)

(2) Any person who-

(a) having been engaged as a trawling master-
(i) goes to sea in command of a trawler without being
entitled to do so under section 92; or
(ii) uses the trawler of which he is in command for the
purpose of fishing in waters in contravention of section 92;

(b)having been engaged as a trawling engineer, goes to sea on
a trawler without holding a certificate of competency as a
trawling engineer;

(e)employs any person to act as a trawling master in com-
mand of a trawler without ascertaining that such person is
entitled to do so under section 92; or

(d)employs any person to act as a trawling engineer on a
trawler without ascertaining that such person holds a
certificate of competency as a trawling engineer,

shall be guilty of an offence and shall be liable on conviction to a fine
of $20,000 and to imprisonment for 12 months. (Replaced, 63 of
1970, s. 3. Amended, 73 of 1974, s. 12)

94. (1) Without prejudice to the generality of other powers to
make regulations conferred by this Ordinance, and without preju-
dice to the application of regulations made under such other powers
except so far as they are inconsistent with regulations made under
this section, the Governor in Council may by regulation control,
prescribe or provide for-

(a)the registry and conditions of sale and mortgage of trawl-
ers, and the keeping of a trawler register and issuance of
identification letters and numbers to such vessel;





(b)the forms, period and conditions of agreement of crew, of
reports of crew and of statements of change of crew, of wage
accounts and certificates of discharge of crew, of records and
reports of death, injuries, ill-treatment or punishment of crew
and of every casualty to a trawler;

(c)maintenance of discipline on board trawlers and also for the
prevention of disorder and confusion;

(d)the maintaining of a register of trawling masters and trawling
engineers; (Replaced, 73 of 1974, s. 4)

(e) duties and obligations of the owners, agents, masters, masters
for the time being, engineers and crew of trawlers and the
institution of inquiries into disputes between the above
persons, and of inquiries into deaths, injuries, illtreatment or
punishment of crew;

(f) adequate means for preventing, by force if necessary, any
trawlers fr. m leaving, or attempting to leave the waters of the
Colony or any port thereof in contravention of this Ordinance
or of any regulations made thereunder;

(g)examination, approval of suitability and annual or periodic
surveys of trawlers, including hulls, machinery and
equipment, for the purpose of certifying in such form as may
be prescribed that such vessels are fit for their intended
service;

(h)scale of manning suitable for the intended service of trawlers
to ensure that trawlers are not over nor undermanned, and to
ensure that trawlers are not carrying passengers, save that the
Director may permit experts or observers to be signed on as
members of the crew for Specific purposes or duties;

(i)regulation of entry of boys under 16 years of age into the sea-
fishing service, and prescribing of forms of indenture and
agreements with such boys and their enforcement; and

(j)fees in respect of registration, permits, clearances, certificates,
surveys and other documents or services relating to trawlers
not otherwise provided for under this Ordinance.

(2) The Director may exempt any trawler from the provisions of any
regulation made hereunder if he is satisfied that compliance therewith is
either impracticable or unreasonable.

94A. (1) The Director shall cause examinations to be held in respect
of persons who wish to obtain certificates of competency as trawling
masters or trawling engineers, and shall appoint examiners for that
purpose. Every such appointment shall be notified in the Gazette.

(2) The Director of Marine may make rules prescribing or providing
for





(a)the standards of competency to be attained and other
conditions to be satisfied (subject to any exceptions allowed
by or under the rules) by candidates for any examination
conducted under subsection (1);

(b)the procedure for and the method of conducting any such
examination;

(c) the subjects to be taken at any such examination for the
manner in which those subjects are to be specified;

(d) fees and forms in relation to any such examination; and

(e)the method of granting certificates of competency and copies
of such certificates.

(3) The Director may publish any rules made under subsection (2)
in such manner as he thinks fit, and shall, on payment of the appropriate
charge, provide a copy of the rules to any person who applies to him in
that behalf.

(Added, 73 of 1974, s. 5)

95. (1) Every trawling master, owner and agent shall comply with

(a)section 3(1)(a) as if the trawler were a ship trading in or from
the waters of the the Colony

(b)Part 111 as to all matters relating to the engagement and
discharge of crew;

(c)Part V as to the provision of medicines and medical stores on
the appropriate scale as if the trawler were proceeding to a
place outside the Colony ;

(d)Part VII and the rules and' regulations for vessels of the types
to which such Part applies made by the Minister under section
427 of the principal Act, as amended by section 2 of the
Merchant Shipping (Safety Convention) Act 1949:

Provided that the Director may in individual cases by
notice in writing permit such relaxations of such rules and
regulations as are deemed necessary by him.

(2) Any seaman lawfully engaged to serve in any trawler either on
a voyage agreement or on a running agreement, and any apprentice or
boy lawfully indentured in the sea-fishing service, shall be subject to
the provisions of Part IV relating to desertion and other offences In
addition, for the offence od smuggling, that is to say for any act of
smuggling of which any member of a crew is convicted

Part
applies

t/
app
rrin

~a the g
erm re
dee

and which causes loss or damage to the master or owner or agent, he
shall be liable to forfeit a sum sufficient to reimburse that loss or
damage.







(3) A master of a trawler shall be liable to punishment for the
offences of desertion, absence without leave, wrongfully quitting the
vessel, wilful damage, and smuggling, as if he were a seaman.





PARTS XIII and XIV
[Repealed, 76 of 1978, s. 81]

PART XIVA
COMPULSORY INSURANCE FOR PLEASURE VESSELS

107B. In this Part, unless the context otherwise requires -

'authorized insurer' means any of the following -

(a) an insurer authorized under the Insurances Companies
Ordinance to carry on insurance business of the nature
specified in class 12 in Part 3 of the First Schedule to that
Ordinance;

(b) an association of underwriters approved by the Governor
in Council under section 6 of that Ordinance;

(c) the society of underwriters known in the United Kingdon
as Llyod's; (Replaced, 6 of 1983, s.60)

'owner' in relation to a pleasure vessel, includes the person who is
deemed to be the owner thereof by virtue of the Merchant
under the Merchant Shipping (Pleasure Vessels) Regulations.

'pleasure vessel' means any launch, yacht, inflatable vessel, junk,
lorcha or other vessel which in licensed or liable to be licensed
under the Merchant shipping (Pleasure Vessels) Regulations.

107C. (1) No owner of a pleasure vessel may use, or cause or
permit any other person to use, that pleasure vessel in the waters of
the Colony unless there is in force in relation to the user of the vessel
by such owner or that other perons, as the case may be, such policy
of insurance as complies with section 107D.

(2) If a person contravenes subsection (1) he commits an
offence and is liable to a fine of $10,000 and to imprisonment for 12
months.

107D. (1) For the purposes section 107C(1) a policy of
insurance must be a policy which -

(a) is issued by an authorized insurer; and

(b) insures such person, persons or classes of persons as may
be specified in the policy in respect of any liability which
may be incurred by him or them in respect of the death of
or bodily injury to any person caused by or arising out of
the use of the pleasure vessel in the waters of the Colony:

Provided that such a policy shall not be required to
cover -
(i) liability in respect of the death arising out of and in
the course of his employment of a person in the employment of
a person insured by the policy or bodily injury substained by
such a person arising out of and in the course of his
employment; or





(ii) any contractual liability; or

(iii) any liability in respect of any one accident or series of
accidents arising out of the same event exceeding $600,000

(2) Notwithstanding anything in any law, an authorized insurer issuing a
policy of insurance under this section shall be liable to indemnify the persons
or classes of persons specified in the policy in respect of any liability which
the policy purports to cover in the case of those persons or classes of persons.

is)

107E. (1) Subject to subsection (2) any condition in a policy issued or given
for the purposes of section 107C providing that no liability shall arise under the
policy or that any liability so arising shall cease, in the event of some specified
thing being done or omitted to be done after the happening of the event giving
rise to a claim under the policy, shall be of no effect in connexion with such
claims as are mentioned in section 107D(1)(b).

(2) Nothing in this section shall be taken to render void any provisions in
a policy requiring the person insured to repay to the insurer any sums which
the latter may have become liable to pay under the policy and which have been
applied to the satisfaction of the claims of third parties.

107F. (1) If, after a policy has been effected, judgment in respect of any such
liability as is required to be covered by such policy under section 107D(1)(b)
(being a liability covered by the terms of the policy) is obtained against any
person insured by the policy, then, notwithstanding that the authorized insurer
may be entitled to avoid or cancel, or may have avoided or cancelled, the policy,
the authorized insurer shall, subject to this section, pay to the persons entitled
to the benefit of the judgment any sum payable thereunder in respect of the
liability, including any amount payable in respect of costs and any sum payable
in respect of interest on that sum by virtue of any law relating to interest on
judgments:

Provided that where the liability covered by the policy is limited
as provided by paragraph (iii) of the proviso to section 107D(1)(b)
the authorized insurer shall not be required to pay any sum in excess
of $600,000

(2) No sum shall be payable by an authorized insurer under
subsection (1)-

(a)in respect of any judgment, unless before or within 7 days after the
commencement of the proceedings in which the judgment was given,
the authorized insurer had notice of the bringing of the proceedings;
or

(b)in respect of any judgment, so long as execution thereon is stayed
pending an appeal; or





(c)in connexion with any liability, if before the happening of the
event which was the cause of the death or bodily injury giving
rise to the liability the policy was cancelled by mutual consent
or by virtue of any provision contained therein, and either

(i) before the happening of the said event the policy was
surrendered to the authorized insurer, or the person in whose
favour the policy was issued made a statutory declaration
stating that the policy had been lost or destroyed; or

(ii) after the happening of the said event, but before the
expiration of a period of 14 days from the taking effect of the
cancellation of the policy, the policy was surrendered to the
authorized insurer, or the person in whose favour the policy
was issued made such a statutory declaration as aforesaid.

(3) No sum shall be payable by an authorized insurer under this
section if, in an action commenced before, or within 3 months after, the
commencement of the proceedings in which the judgement was given,
he has obtained a declaration that, apart from any provision contained
in the policy, he is entitled to avoid it on the ground that it was
obtained by the non-disclosure of a material fact, or by a representation
of fact which was false in some material particular, or, if he has avoided
the policy on that ground, that he was entitled so to do apart from any
provision contained in it:

Provided that an authorized insurer who has obtained such a
declaration as aforesaid in an action shall not thereby become entitled
to the benefit of this subsection as respects any judgement obtained in
proceedings commenced before the commencement of that action,
unless before or within 7 days after the commencement of that action he
has given notice thereof to the person who is the plaintiff in the said
proceedings specifying the non-disclosure or false representation on
which he proposes to rely, and any person to whom notice of such an
action is so given shall be entitled, if he thinks fit, to be made a party
thereto.

(4) If the amount which an authorized insurer becomes liable under
this section to pay in respect of a liability of a person insured by a
policy exceeds the amount for which he would, apart from this section,
be liable under the policy in respect of that liability, he shall be entitled
to recover the excess from that person.

(5) In this section, the expression 'material' means of such a
nature as to influence the judgment of a prudent insurer in determining
whether he will take the risk, and, if so, at what premium and on what
conditions; and the expression 'liability covered by the terms of the
policy' means a liability which is covered by the policy or which would
be so covered but for the fact that the insurer is entitled to avoid or
cancel, or has avoided or cancelled, the policy.

G)





107G. Where a policy of insurance has been issued under section
107D in favour of any person, the happening in relation to any person
insured by the policy of any such event as is mentioned in subsection
(1) or (2) of section 2 of the Third Parties (Rights against Insurers)
Ordinance shall, notwithstanding anything in that Ordinance, not affect
any such liability of that person as is required to be covered by a policy
under section 107D(1)(b) but nothing in this section shall affect any
rights against the authorized insurer conferred by that Ordinance on the
person to whom the liability was incurred.



107H. (1) Where a policy of insurance has been issued under
section 107D in favour of any person, so much of the policy as purports
to restrict the insurance of the persons insured thereby by reference to
any of the following matters

(a)the age or physical or mental condition of persons in charge of
the pleasure vessel; or

(b) the condition of the vessel; or

(c) the number of persons that the vessel carries; or

(d)the times at which or the areas within which the vessel is used;
or

(e) the horsepower or value of the vessel's engine; or

the carrying on the vessel of any particular apparatus; or

(g)the carrying on the vessel of any particular means of
identification other -than any means of identification required
to be carried by or under this Ordinance or any regulations
made hereunder,

shall, as respect such liabilities as are required to be covered by a
policy under section 107D(1)(b) be of no effect:

Provided that nothing in this section shall require an authorized
insurer to pay any sum in respect of the liability of any person
otherwise than in or towards the discharge of that liability, and any sum
paid by an authorized insurer in or towards the discharge of any liability
of any person which is covered by the policy by virtue only of this
section shall be recoverable by the insurer from that person.

(2) Where a person uses, or causes or permits any person to
use, a pleasure vessel in the waters of the Colony in such circumstances
that under section 107C there is required to be in force in
relation to his use of it such a policy of insurance in respect of third
party risks as complies with the requirements of this Part, then if
any other person is carried aboard the vessel while the user is so
using it, any antecedent agreement or understanding between them
(whether intended to be legally binding or not) shall be no effect
so far as it purports or might be held -

(a) to negative or restrict any such liability of the user in respect
of persons carried in or upon the vessel as is required by
section 107D(1)(b) to be covered by a policy of insurance; or





(b)to impose any conditions with respect to the enforcement of any
such liability of the user,

and the fact that a person so carried has willingly accepted as his the risk of
negligence on the part of the user shall not be treated as negativing any such
liability of the user.

(3) For the purposes of subsection (2)-

(a)references to a person being carried aboard a pleasure vessel include
references to a person boarding or disembarking from, the vessel; and

(b)the reference to any antecedent agreement is to one made at any time
before the liability arose.

107I. (1) Any person against whom a claim is made in respect of any such
liability as is required to be covered by a policy under section 107D(1)(b) shall,
on demand by or on behalf of the person making the claim, state whether or riot
he Was insured in respect of that liability by any policy having effect for the
purpose of this Part, or would have been so insured if the authorized insurer
had not avoided or cancelled the policy, and, if he was or would have been so
insured, give particulars with respect to that policy.

(2) If, without reasonable excuse, any person fails to comply with
subsection (1), or wilfully makes any false statement in reply to any such
demand, he commits an offence and is liable to a fine of $1,000 and to
imprisonment for 3 months.



107J. The owner of a pleasure vessel which is being used in the waters of the
Colony, or any person so using a pleasure vessel, shall, on being so required by
any police officer, the Director or any officer authorized by the Director,
produce his policy of insurance, and if he fail to do so he commits an offence and
is liable to a fine of $1,000 and to imprisonment for 3 months:

Provided that, if the owner of the pleasure vessel or the person using it
within 5 days after the date on which the production of the policy of insurance
was so required, produces the policy of insurance or satisfactory evidence that
a policy has been effected, in person at such place as may have been specified
by him at the time the production of the policy was required, he shall not be
convicted under this section of the offence of failing to produce the policy.

107K. (1) Every authorized insurer by whom a policy is issued for the
purposes of this Part shall keep a record of the following particulars relative
thereto

(a)the full name and address of the person to whom the policy is
issued;

(b)the description of the type of the pleasure vessel to which the
policy relates and, where known, the name and licence number of the
vessel;

(c)the date on which the policy comes into force and the date on which
it expires;





(d)the conditions subject to which the persons or classes of persons
specified in the policy will be indemnified,

and every such record shall be preserved for 1 year from the date of expiry of
the policy.

(2) Every authorized insurer by whom records are required to be kept
under subsection (1) shall, without charge, furnish to the Director or the
Commissioner of Police on request any particulars thereof.

107L. Where to the knowledge of an authorized insurer a policy issued by
him for the purposes of this Part ceases to be effective without the consent of
the person to whom it was issued otherwise than by effluxion of time or by
reason of his death, the insurer shall forthwith notify the Director and the-
Commissioner of Police of the date on which the policy ceased to be effective.

107M. (1) Any person

(a) applying for a pleasure vessel licence under regulation 3 of
the Merchant Shipping (Pleasure Vessels) Regulations;

(b) producing a pleasure vessel licence to the Director for
endorsement following a transfer of ownership to him
under regulation 6 of the Merchant Shipping (Pleasure
Vessels) Regulations,

shall, upon such application or production, produce to the Director
any necessary policy of insurance, or such other documentary proof
as shall be sufficient to indicate that -

(i) on the date when such pleasure vessel licence takes effect
there will be in operation; or

(ii) in the case of a transfer of ownership there is in operation,

such policy of insurance in respect of third party risks as is required
under section 107C.

(2) The Director shall not issue a pleasure vessel licence to any
appliant who fails to comply with subsection (1).

107N. Any authorized insurer who contravenes section 107K or
107L commits an offence and is liable to a fine of $1,000 and to
imprisonment for 3 months.
(Part XIV A added, 65 of 1978, s.2)

PART XV

DENTENTION OF SHIP IN CERTAIN EVENTS

108. Where under this Ordinance it is enacted that, under
certain conditions, a ship shall not leave the waters of or any port of
the Colony, the Director may under such conditions detain the ship
until he is satisfied that the provisions of the law have been fulfilled.




109. (1) Where under this Ordinance a ship is authorized or ordered
to be detained, if the ship, after such detention or after service on the
master of any notice of or order for such detention, proceeds or
attempts to proceed to sea before having been released by competent
authority, the master of the ship, and also the owner or agent, and any
person who sends the ship to sea, if such owner, agent or person is
party or privy to the offence, shall be guilty of an offence and shall be
liable on conviction to a fine of $50,000 and to imprisonment for 2 years.
(Amended, 73 of 1974, s. 12)

(2) Where a ship proceeds to sea in contravention of subsection
(1) whilst having on board a public officer who is acting in the execution
of his duty, the master and owner of the ship

(a)in addition to any penalty to which he may be liable under
subsection (1), shall each be guilty of an offence against this
subsection and shall each be liable on conviction to
imprisonment for 6 months and to a fine of $20,000 and an
additional fine of $1,000 for each day during the period from
the date on which the ship proceeded to sea until the date on
which the officer is returned to Hong Kong or, if he does not
return directly to Hong Kong. would have returned if he had
travelled by the quickest practicable route; and

(b)shall be jointly and severally liable to pay all expenses
incidental to the taking of the officer to sea and to securing
his return to Hong Kong,

and all such expenses may be recovered in the same manner as a fine.
(Replaced, 73 of 1974, s. 12)

110. Where any foreign ship is detained under the Merchant
Shipping (Safety and Load Line Conventions) Act 1932, or under the
Merchant Shi in Safet Convention) Act 1949, as such have been
extended to the Colony, and where any proceedings are taken under either
such Acts against the master or owner of any such ship, notice shall
forthwith be given to the nearest consular officer for the country to
which the ship belongs, and such notice shall specify the grounds on
which the ship has been detained or the proceedings have been taken.

PART XVI

EVIDENCE, REGULATIONS AND FEES

111. [Repealed, 5 of 1971, s. 13]

112. -In any proceeding in court against any person for a breach of
the provisions of this Ordinance, all entries in the official log and the
articles of agreement shall be received in evidence subject to all just
exceptions.





1986 Ed.] Merchant Shipping [CAP. 281 41

113. (1) Where, for the purposes of this Ordinance, any docu-
ment is to be served on any person, that-document may be served-

(a) in any case by delivering a copy thereof personally to the
person to be served, or by leaving the same at his last place
of abode; and

(b) if the document is to be served on the master of a ship,
where there is one, or on a person belonging to a ship, by
leaving the same for him on board that ship with the
person being or appearing to be in charge or command of
the ship;

(c) if the document is to be served on the master of a ship,
where there is no master and the ship is the Colony on
the managing owner of the ship, or if there is no managing
owner on some agent of the owner residing in the Colony,
or where no such agent is known or can be found by
affixing a copy thereof to the mast of the ship.

(2) Any person who obstructs the service under this Ordinance
of a document on the master of a ship shall be guilty of an offence
and shall be liable on conviction to a fine of $5,000.

(3) Any owner, agent or master of a ship who is party or privy
to an offence against subsection (2) shall be guilty of an offence and
shall be liable on conviction to a fine of $50,000 and to imprison-
ment for 2 years.
(Amended, 73 of 1974, s. 12)
114. (1) In addition to the powers hereinbefore given the Regulations.
Governor in Council may by regulation control, prescribe or provide General powers.
for- (Amended, L.N. 100184)

(a) prohibiting, restricting or regulating in any manner what-
soever the embarkation or landing of persons or things on
or from vessels of all kinds including the ships of war of
any foreign nation;

(b) forms to be used for the purpose of this Ordinance or of
regulations under the Ordinance;

(c) fees to be paid in respect of registration or the grant of
certificates, clearances, licences, permits and other docu-
ments, or the performance of services or surveys or grant
of facilites under this Ordinance;(Amended, 17 of 1965,
s. 61 and 52 of 1977, s. 3)

(d) fees to be paid whenever either by or under this Ordinance
or otherwise the official signature of the Director to any
certificate, authorization, consent, licence, permit or ex-
emption, or to any alteration, transfer or renewal thereof.
addition thereto or endorsement thereon, is requested or
required, or whenever a search of the registers of his
department is granted;(Added, 37 of 1959, s. 19)
CAP. 2811 Merchant Shipping (1986 Ed.

(2) Any regulations made under this Ordinance may prescribe offences in respect of contraventions of those regulations, and may provide for the imposition in respect of any such offence of a fine not exceeding $50,000 and of imprisonment for a period not exceeding 2 years. (Replaced, 73 of 1974, s. 12)

(3) Any regulations made under this Ordinance may

(a) make different provisions for different circumstances and ,provide for a particular case or class of cases;

(b) be made so as to apply only in such circumstances as are prescribed by the regulations;

(c) -provide in respect of any provision thereof that the Director of Marine may amend that provision by notice in the Gazette; and

(d) provide that in such cases as are prescribed by the regulations a ship shall be liable to be detained or delayed by such person as may be prescribed by the regulations. (Added, 30 of 1984, s. 5)

(4) Any fees prescribed under this Ordinance, or by virtue of section 35 of the Shipping and Port Control Ordinance

(a) may be fixed at levels which provide for the recovery of expenditure incurred or likely to be incurred by the Government or other authority in relation generally to the administration, regulation and control of ports, vessels and navigation in the waters of Hong Kong, and shall not be limited by reference to the amount of administrative or other costs incurred or likely to be incurred in the provision of any particular service, facility or matter; and

(b) may, without prejudice to the generality of paragraph (a), be fixed at different amounts in relation to different sizes of vessel, whether measured by tonnage, length or otherwise, or in relation to different classes, types or descriptions of service, facility, licence or vessel. (Added, 25 of 1986, s.3)

115. (1) There may be paid out of the revenue to any officer or person appointed under this Ordinance, or to any member of a marine court or court of survey, or to any assessor, such remuneration as this Ordinance directs, or in so far as this Ordinance does not extend as the Governor may direct.

(2) There may be paid out of the revenue all costs and compensation payable by the Governor or the Government in pursuance of this Ordinance.

(3) The fees prescribed by the Governor in Council are hereby declared to be payable to the Director, and the same and all other





fees payable under this Ordinance may be recovered in the District
Court as a civil debt. (Amended, 17 of 1965, s. 62 and 35 of 1969, Schedule)

116. [Repealed, 76 of 1978, s. 811

PART XVII

APPLICATION, EXEMPTIONS AND CONSEQUENTIAL
PROVISIONS

117. (1) Such of the provisions of the Merchant Shipping Acts
as apply to the Colony and are inconsistent with the provisions of
this Ordinance are hereby repealed so far as they relate to ships
registered in the Colony. But in all other respects the provisions of
the said Acts shall be deemed to be in force in the Colony, so far as
they are applicable thereto, and to extend, so far as they can be
extended, to all ships registered in Colony and to the owners,
master and crews of such ships:

Provided however that the provisions of the Merchant Shipping
(Safety and Load Line Conventions) Act 1932, and of the Merchant
Shipping (Safety Convention) Act 1949, shall extend to the Colony
and to ships registered therein and their owners, masters and crews
only to the extent that the same shall have been extended to the
Colony by Order of Her Majesty in Council.

(2) Any misdemeanor or other offence under any of the said Acts
or under this Ordinance may be prosecuted, heard and determined
summarily by any magistrate in accordance with the provisions of the
Magistrates Ordinance. (Amended, 63 of 1970, s. 5)

118. (1) The Governor may, if he thinks fit, and upon such
conditions (if any) as he thinks fit to impose, exempt any vessel from
any specified requirement contained in, or prescribed in pursuance of,
this Ordinance, or dispense with the observance of any such
requirement in the case of any vessel, if he is satisfied that that
requirement has been substantially complied with in the case of that
vessel, or that compliance with the requirement is unnecessary in the
circumstances of the case, and that the action taken or provision made
as respects the subject matter of the requirement in the case of the
vessel is as effective as, or more effective than actual compliance with
the requirements:

Provided that the Chief Secretary shall in the month of January in
each year lay before Legislative Council a special report stating the
cases in which the Governor has exercised his powers under this
subsection during the preceding year, and the grounds upon which
action has been taken in each case. (Amended, 17 of 1957, s. 3)

(2) This Ordinance shall not, except where otherwise specially
provided, apply to Her Majesty's ships of war or to the ships of war of
any foreign nation. (Amended, 17 of 1965, s. 63 and 76 of 1978, S.81)





119. (1) Without prejudice to the general application of sec-
tion 36(1) of the Interpretation and General Clauses Ordinance, the
enactments, instruments, and regulations made or prescribed by or
under any enactment repealed by this Ordinance shall remain in
force so far as they are not inconsistent with the provisions hereof
and until they shall have been expressly repealed or shall have been
replaced by rules and regulations made under the provisions of this
Ordinance. (Amended, 17 of 1965, s. 65)
(2) [Deleted, 17 of 1965, s. 651

120. For the avoidance of doubt, it is declared that the Shipping
and Port Control (Fees) Ordinance 1986 shall apply in relation to
any port dues or other fees or charges specified in regulations made
before its commencement*, and not revoked prior thereto, as it
applies in relation to port dues and other fees and charges prescribed
thereafter.
(25 of 1986, s. 4, incorporated)
Originally 14 of 1953. 44 of 1954. 42 of 1956. 17 of 1957. 37 of 1959. 17 of 1965. 13 of 1966. 35 of 1969. 63 of 1970. 5 of 1971. 10 of 1971. 9 of 1973. 73 of 1974. 35 of 1975. 52 of 1977. 53 of 1978. 65 of 1978. 76 of 1978. 76 of 1978. 1 of 1979. 47 of 1979. L.N. 286/79. L.N. 316/80. 64 of 1980. 62 of 1981. 63 of 1981. L.N. 374/81. 54 of 1982. L.N. 393/82. L.N. 30/82. 6 of 1983. L.N. 100/84. 30 of 1984. 47 of 1985. L.N. 262/85. 25 of 1986. 36 of 1986. G.N.A. 141/53. Short title. Interpretation. [cf. pr. Act, s. 742] (1949 c. 43.) Pr. Act. S. 742. (Cap. 281, sub. Leg.) 1949 c. 43, s. 26. (Cap. 313.) (1894 c. 60.) Pr. Act, s. 742. Certificate or licence required by all ships trading in Colony. (Cap. 313.) Scale of certificated officers and other seamen. Pr. Act, s. 92. [cf. Pr. Act, s. 103.] Rating as A.B. [cf. 1948, c. 44 s. 5(1), (5) & (6).] Certificates as A.B. granted in other parts of Commonwealth. [cf. 1948, c. 44 s. 5(4).] Certificates of competency. [cf. Pr. Act, s. 94, & 1914 c. 42.] [cf. 1948, c. 44 s. 5(2).] Standards of competency of officers and other seamen. Forgery, etc. of certificate. Pr. Act, s. 104. Certain exemptions. Mercantile Marine Office. Agreement to be made with seamen. [cf. Pr. Act, s. 113.] Fees upon engagement and discharge. Procedure upon discharge, and provision for seamen left behind or remaining in Colony. Protection from process. Relief of distressed seamen belonging to ship registered in the Colony. Removal of discharged seamen. Apprehension and detention of seamen who desert, etc. Offences against discipline. Ship to carry medicines, medical stores, etc., in accordance with scale. Pr, Act, s. 202. Regulations as to crew accommodation. [cf. 1970 c. 36, s. 20.] (S.I. 1978/795.) (Cap. 1.) Penalty on master for filthy condition of ship. Medical inspection. Death or desertion to be reported. Property of deceased seamen to be delivered to Director. Pr. Act, ss. 175 and 176. Forfeiture of ships. (Cap. 369.) Determination of applications of forfeiture. (Cap. 369.) (Cap. 221.) (Cap. 227.) Claims for return of forfeited ships. Expiry of sections 34A, 34B and 34C. Interpretation. (Cap. 313.) Preliminary inquiry. Pr. Act, s. 465. Governor may appoint marine court; constitution, etc. Pr. Act, s. 478. Enumeration of casualties, causes for inquiry, etc. Pr. Act, s. 464. Pr. Act, s. 478. [cf. Pr. Act, s. 729.] Penalty for refusing to attend as a witness, etc. [cf. Pr. Act, s. 729(3).] Grounds for cancellation or suspension of certificate. Pr. Act, s. 470(1). [cf. pr. Act, s. 422.] Pr. Act, s. 470(2). Pr. Act, s. 470(3). Pro. Act, s. 470 (4). Provisions for re-hearing and appeal. [cf. Pr. Act, s. 478.] (1906 c. 48.) (Cap. 4.) (47 of 1985.) [*26.7.85.] Further powers of court. (Cap. 277.) Regulations as to procedure, fees, etc. (Cap. 227.) Interpretation. Certificates of competency as trawling masters. Voyages without certificated officers. Regulations applicable to trawlers. Certificates of competency for trawling masters, etc. Application of other provisions of the Ordinance to trawlers. (1949 c. 43.) Pr. Act, s. 376(1)(i). Interpretation. (Cap. 41.) (Cap. 281, sub. leg.) Obligation on users of pleasure vessels to be insured against third party risks. Requirements in respect of policies. Certain conditions to policies to be of no effect. Duty of insurers to satisfy judgments against persons insured in respect of third party risks. Bankruptcy, etc., of insured persons not to affect certain claims by third parties. (Cap. 273.) Avoidance of restrictions on scope of policies covering third party risks. Duty of person against whom claims are made to give information as to insurance. Requirements as to production of policy. Records of insurance. Termination of policy Production of proof of insurance on application for pleasure vessel licence or on production of licence following transfer of ownership of pleasure vessel. (Cap. 281, sub. leg.) Offences and penalties. Power to detain ship in certain cases. [cf. pr. Act, & 692(3).] Penalty for taking detained ship to sea. [cf. Pr. Act, s. 692(1).] Notice to be given to nearest consular officer where proceedings taken in respect of a foreign slip. 1932 c, 9 s. 69 & 1949 c. 43 & 35. Use of official log and articles of agreement as evidence. [cf. pr. Act, s. 239(6).] Service of documents [cf. Pr. Act, s. 696(1).] Regulations General powers. (Cap. 313.) Payment of remuneration to certain persons. Modified application of Merchant Shipping Acts. [cf. Pr. Act, ss. 264 & 735.] (1932 c. 9.) (1949 c. 43.) [cf. 1932 c. 9, s. 72.] (Cap. 227.) Dispensing power and exemption. [1906 c. 48 s. 78.] regulations. (Cap. 1.) Validation. (25 of 1986.) [*16.5.86.]

Abstract

Originally 14 of 1953. 44 of 1954. 42 of 1956. 17 of 1957. 37 of 1959. 17 of 1965. 13 of 1966. 35 of 1969. 63 of 1970. 5 of 1971. 10 of 1971. 9 of 1973. 73 of 1974. 35 of 1975. 52 of 1977. 53 of 1978. 65 of 1978. 76 of 1978. 76 of 1978. 1 of 1979. 47 of 1979. L.N. 286/79. L.N. 316/80. 64 of 1980. 62 of 1981. 63 of 1981. L.N. 374/81. 54 of 1982. L.N. 393/82. L.N. 30/82. 6 of 1983. L.N. 100/84. 30 of 1984. 47 of 1985. L.N. 262/85. 25 of 1986. 36 of 1986. G.N.A. 141/53. Short title. Interpretation. [cf. pr. Act, s. 742] (1949 c. 43.) Pr. Act. S. 742. (Cap. 281, sub. Leg.) 1949 c. 43, s. 26. (Cap. 313.) (1894 c. 60.) Pr. Act, s. 742. Certificate or licence required by all ships trading in Colony. (Cap. 313.) Scale of certificated officers and other seamen. Pr. Act, s. 92. [cf. Pr. Act, s. 103.] Rating as A.B. [cf. 1948, c. 44 s. 5(1), (5) & (6).] Certificates as A.B. granted in other parts of Commonwealth. [cf. 1948, c. 44 s. 5(4).] Certificates of competency. [cf. Pr. Act, s. 94, & 1914 c. 42.] [cf. 1948, c. 44 s. 5(2).] Standards of competency of officers and other seamen. Forgery, etc. of certificate. Pr. Act, s. 104. Certain exemptions. Mercantile Marine Office. Agreement to be made with seamen. [cf. Pr. Act, s. 113.] Fees upon engagement and discharge. Procedure upon discharge, and provision for seamen left behind or remaining in Colony. Protection from process. Relief of distressed seamen belonging to ship registered in the Colony. Removal of discharged seamen. Apprehension and detention of seamen who desert, etc. Offences against discipline. Ship to carry medicines, medical stores, etc., in accordance with scale. Pr, Act, s. 202. Regulations as to crew accommodation. [cf. 1970 c. 36, s. 20.] (S.I. 1978/795.) (Cap. 1.) Penalty on master for filthy condition of ship. Medical inspection. Death or desertion to be reported. Property of deceased seamen to be delivered to Director. Pr. Act, ss. 175 and 176. Forfeiture of ships. (Cap. 369.) Determination of applications of forfeiture. (Cap. 369.) (Cap. 221.) (Cap. 227.) Claims for return of forfeited ships. Expiry of sections 34A, 34B and 34C. Interpretation. (Cap. 313.) Preliminary inquiry. Pr. Act, s. 465. Governor may appoint marine court; constitution, etc. Pr. Act, s. 478. Enumeration of casualties, causes for inquiry, etc. Pr. Act, s. 464. Pr. Act, s. 478. [cf. Pr. Act, s. 729.] Penalty for refusing to attend as a witness, etc. [cf. Pr. Act, s. 729(3).] Grounds for cancellation or suspension of certificate. Pr. Act, s. 470(1). [cf. pr. Act, s. 422.] Pr. Act, s. 470(2). Pr. Act, s. 470(3). Pro. Act, s. 470 (4). Provisions for re-hearing and appeal. [cf. Pr. Act, s. 478.] (1906 c. 48.) (Cap. 4.) (47 of 1985.) [*26.7.85.] Further powers of court. (Cap. 277.) Regulations as to procedure, fees, etc. (Cap. 227.) Interpretation. Certificates of competency as trawling masters. Voyages without certificated officers. Regulations applicable to trawlers. Certificates of competency for trawling masters, etc. Application of other provisions of the Ordinance to trawlers. (1949 c. 43.) Pr. Act, s. 376(1)(i). Interpretation. (Cap. 41.) (Cap. 281, sub. leg.) Obligation on users of pleasure vessels to be insured against third party risks. Requirements in respect of policies. Certain conditions to policies to be of no effect. Duty of insurers to satisfy judgments against persons insured in respect of third party risks. Bankruptcy, etc., of insured persons not to affect certain claims by third parties. (Cap. 273.) Avoidance of restrictions on scope of policies covering third party risks. Duty of person against whom claims are made to give information as to insurance. Requirements as to production of policy. Records of insurance. Termination of policy Production of proof of insurance on application for pleasure vessel licence or on production of licence following transfer of ownership of pleasure vessel. (Cap. 281, sub. leg.) Offences and penalties. Power to detain ship in certain cases. [cf. pr. Act, & 692(3).] Penalty for taking detained ship to sea. [cf. Pr. Act, s. 692(1).] Notice to be given to nearest consular officer where proceedings taken in respect of a foreign slip. 1932 c, 9 s. 69 & 1949 c. 43 & 35. Use of official log and articles of agreement as evidence. [cf. pr. Act, s. 239(6).] Service of documents [cf. Pr. Act, s. 696(1).] Regulations General powers. (Cap. 313.) Payment of remuneration to certain persons. Modified application of Merchant Shipping Acts. [cf. Pr. Act, ss. 264 & 735.] (1932 c. 9.) (1949 c. 43.) [cf. 1932 c. 9, s. 72.] (Cap. 227.) Dispensing power and exemption. [1906 c. 48 s. 78.] regulations. (Cap. 1.) Validation. (25 of 1986.) [*16.5.86.]

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3082

Edition

1964

Volume

v18

Subsequent Cap No.

281

Number of Pages

45
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:15:10 +0800
<![CDATA[TRAINING CENTRE (CONSOLIDATION) DECLARATION]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3081

Title

TRAINING CENTRE (CONSOLIDATION) DECLARATION

Description






TRAINING CENTRE (CONSOLIDATION) DECLARATION

(Cap. 280, section 3)

[13 March 1953.]

1. This declaration may be cited as the Training Centre
(Consolidation) Declaration.

2. It is hereby declared that the places and buildings specified in
the Schedule shall be used for the purposes of a training centre.

SCHEDULE

1. [Deleted, L.N. 133/73]

2.The place and buildings hitherto known as Cape Collinson Training Centre,
which shall be known as Cape Collinson Correctional Institution.

3. Tai Lam Centre for Women.

4.The site and buildings situated at Lai King Hill, Tsuen Wan, adjacent to the
Lai Chi Kok Service Reservoir, which shall be known as the Lai King Training
Centre.

5.The site and buildings situated at the junction of Shek 0 Road and Cape
Collinson Road at the place known as Dragon's Back, and hitherto known as
Tai Tam Gap Prison, which shall be known as the Tai Tam Gap Correctional
Institution.

6. [Deleted, L.N. 34/78]

7. [Deleted, L.N. 236/78]

8. The site and buildings situated at Clear Water Bay Road, Pik Uk, Hang Hau,
Sai Kung adjacent to Pik Uk Prison, which shall be known as the Pik Uk
Correctional Institution.
G.N.A. 57/53. G.N.A. 45/58. L.N. 73/64. L.N. 153/69. L.N. 166/69. L.N. 94/72. L.N. 103/72. L.N. 143/72. L.N. 163/72. L.N. 83/73. L.N. 111/73. L.N. 132/73. L.N. 133/73. L.N. 52/74. L.N. 106/74. L.N. 287/75. L.N. 281/76. L.N. 34/78. L.N. 227/78. L.N. 236/78. L.N. 169/79. L.N. 82/80. Citation. Declaration of training centre. L.N. 82/80. L.N. 281/76. L.N. 227/78. L.N. 169/79. L.N. 287/75.

Abstract

G.N.A. 57/53. G.N.A. 45/58. L.N. 73/64. L.N. 153/69. L.N. 166/69. L.N. 94/72. L.N. 103/72. L.N. 143/72. L.N. 163/72. L.N. 83/73. L.N. 111/73. L.N. 132/73. L.N. 133/73. L.N. 52/74. L.N. 106/74. L.N. 287/75. L.N. 281/76. L.N. 34/78. L.N. 227/78. L.N. 236/78. L.N. 169/79. L.N. 82/80. Citation. Declaration of training centre. L.N. 82/80. L.N. 281/76. L.N. 227/78. L.N. 169/79. L.N. 287/75.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3081

Edition

1964

Volume

v17

Subsequent Cap No.

280

Number of Pages

1
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:15:09 +0800
<![CDATA[TRAINING CENTRES REGULATIONS]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3080

Title

TRAINING CENTRES REGULATIONS

Description

TRAINING CENTRES REGULATIONS

ARRANGEMENT OF REGULATIONS

Regulation Page

1. Citation A2
2. Interpretation A2
3. Adminstration of training centres A2
4. Reception A2
5. Medical examinations A2
6. Keeping of records A2
7. Appointment of a board to make recommendations for inmate's discharge A2
8. Removal of unsuitable inmates to prison A3
9. Notice of supervision A3
10. Diet A3
11. Food A3
12. Occupational training A3
13. Religious instruction A3
14. Classes A3
15. Library A3
16. Classification A3
17. Grades A4
18. Leave of absence A4
19. Disciplinary offences A4
20. Investigation of offences, and awards, by officer-in-charge A4
20A. Duties of officer-in-charge and medical officer at caning A5
21. Report A5
22. Inmate may be kept apart pending adjudication of offence A5
23. Inmate given opportunity to defend against allegation of an offence A5
24. Forms A5
Schedule. Forms A6




TRAINING CENTRES REGULATIONS

(Cap. 280, section 10)

[6th March, 1953.1

1. These regulations may be cited as the Training Centres
Regulations.

2. In these regulations, unless the context otherwise requires

'Superintendent' means an officer appointed by the Commissioner to
assist him in the supervision of training centres;

'officer-in-charge' means an officer, not below the rank of Chief Officer,
appointed by the Commissioner to be in charge of a training centre;

'officer' means any officer employed by or in the Prisons Department;

'inmate' means a person detained or ordered to be detained under the
provisions of the Ordinance.

3. (1) Subject to the orders and directions of the Governor, the
Commissioner shall have the general charge and superintendence of all
training centres, and shall be assisted in their supervision by a
Superintendent.

(2) The Commissioner shall appoint for each training centre a fit
and proper person to be officer-in-charge thereof, and such other
officers as may be necessary.

4. The Commissioner shall, upon the delivery to him of a detention
order, cause to be made all necessary arrangements for the reception of
the person named therein.

5. Every inmate shall, on the day of his admission or as soon as
possible thereafter, be separately examined by the medical officer.

6. Every inmate shall, as soon as possible after his admission, be
seen by the Superintendent who shall cause the fullest personal
particulars obtainable to be entered in the inmate's record.

7. (1) The Commissioner shall appoint for each training centre a
board consisting of the Superintendent, the officer-incharge and such
other officers as he may select, to keep under review the progress of
each inmate throughout the period of his detention and to make
recommendations touching his discharge.

(2) The board shall cause each inmate to be brought before it
during the 6th month after the date of his sentence, and his case shall
thereafter be reviewed by the board at monthly intervals.





8. (1) If the Superintendent considers an inmate to be unrsuitable
for training in a training centre, he shall cause such inmate to be brought
before the board.

(2) The board shall examine the record of such inmate and afford
him every opportunity of showing cause why he should remain in the
training centre before it recommends to the Commissioner that the
inmate be removed to prison under section 7(2) of the Ordinance.

9. A person who is subjected to supervision after discharge from a
training centre shall be given a notice of supervision in the prescribed
form, and such notice shall be read to him and fully explained by the
Superintendent.

10. Every inmate shall be supplied with food in accordance with
scales of diet approved by the Governor in Council.

11. No inmate shall receive or have in his possession any food
other than that authorized except

(a) with the authority of the Superintendent; or

(b)with the authority of the medical officer, if a variation of diet is
desirable on medical grounds.

12. (1) Every inmate, unless excused by the medical officer on
medical grounds, shall from the beginning of his sentence be employed
on suitable work calculated to assist him in earning his livelihood on
discharge.

(2) No inmate shall be employed on any work unless he has been
certified by the medical officer to be fit for work of that description.

(3) An inmate, upon his release from a training centre, may receive
a cash grant in accordance with an earnings scheme approved by the
Commissioner.

13. Appropriate religious instruction shall, if practicable, be
provided for all inmates.

14. Provision shall be made for educational classes for the benefit
of all inmates.

15. A library of books for the use of inmates shall be provided in
each training centre, and every inmate shall be allowed to exchange
books as often as may be possible.

16. The Commissioner shall classify all inmates, having regard to
their character, previous history and other relevant circumstances and
shall arrange for each inmate to receive his training at the training centre
which is, in the opinion of the Commissioner, most suitable.





17. Inmates shall be divided into such grades as the Commissioner
may approve, and the privileges of each grade shall be arranged by the
Commissioner.

18. (1) The Commissioner may grant any inmate leave of absence
from a training centre for a period not exceeding 48 hours
at any one time. Any inmate granted leave of absence shall be given a
pass in writing under the hand of the Commissioner setting out the
period during which the inmate is permitted to be absent from the
training centre and the address at which the inmate is to reside during
his leave.

(2) Any inmate who without due cause does not return to the
training centre at or before the expiration of the period for which he has
been granted leave shall be deemed to have absconded from the training
centre and shall be liable to be punished in the manner prescribed by
regulation 20.

19. An inmate who commits any of the offences enumerated in rule
61 of the Prison Rules as applied by section 8 of the Ordinance shall be
guilty of a disciplinary offence.

20. (1) Every offence against discipline shall be reported forthwith
and the officer-in-charge shall investigate every report of such an
offence not later than the following day, unless that day is a Sunday or a
public holiday.

(2) If upon investigation the officer-in-charge considers that the
offence is proved, he shall make one or more of the following awards

(a) caution;

(b)deprivation of privileges for a period not exceeding 1 month;

(c) delaying promotion to a higher grade;

(d) stopping letters and visits for a period not exceeding 3
months;

(e) diet for a period not exceeding 7 days, in accordance with scale
of restricted diet approved by the Governor in
Council;

(f) deduction from earnings of the cost of any Government
property lost or wilfully damaged;

(g) in the case of a male inmate, caning, which shall not exceed 12
strokes.

(3) For the purposes of paragraph (2), 'privileges' shall be taken to
include association, games and entertainments, and participation in an
earnings scheme.





(4) An inmate may appeal to the Commissioner against an award
made by the officer-in-charge under paragraph (2), within 48 hours after
the making of the award, by giving notice in writing to the officer-in-
charge, who shall forthwith notify the Commissioner and stay execution
of the award pending the determination of the appeal.

(5) The Commissioner may confirm, vary or reverse the award
against which the appeal is made or may substitute therefor any other
award which the officer-in-charge was competent to make under
paragraph (2).

(6) Rule 64(1) of the Prison Rules shall not apply in relation to an
award of caning made under paragraph (2).

20A. (1) The officer-in-charge and the medical officer shall
attend on every occasion when a caning, awarded under regulation
20(2)(g), is inflicted.

(2) The medical officer shall make such recommendations for
preventing injury to the health an inmate undergoing such caning
as he may deem necessary and the officer-in-charge shall carry them
into effect.

(3) At any time during the infliction of such caning the medical
officer may, if he deems it necessary in order to prevent injury to the
health of the inmate, recommend that further caning shall not be
inflicted whereupon the officer-in-charge shall remit the remainder
of the caning.

(4) The officer-in-charge shall enter in his journal the hour at
which such canig was inflicted, the number of strokes inflicted, and
any orders which he may have given as to remission.

21. No report against an inmate shall be dealt with by an officer of
the training centre except the officer-in-charge.

22. When an inmate has been reported for an offence the officer-in-
charge may order him to be kept apart from other inmates, pending
adjudication.

23. An inmate shall, before a report is dealt with, be informed of the
offence for which he has been reported and shall be given an
opportunity of hearing the facts alleged against him and of being heard
in his defence.

24. The forms in the Schedule shall be used for the purposes of the
Ordinance and in the cases to which they relate.
1974 ed cap 280 A6 1974 ed cap 280 A7 1974 ed cap 280 A8 5 of 1953, Schedule. G.N.A. 40/54. G.N.A. 3/55. G.N.A. 13/56. L.N. 53/63. L.N. 25/74. Citation. Interpretation. L.N. 25/74. Administration of training centres. Reception. Medical examinations. Keeping of records. Appointment of a board to make recommendations for inmate's discharge. L.N. 25/74. Removal of unsuitable inmates to prison. Notice of supervision. Form 2. Diet. Food. Occupational training. L.N. 25/74. Religious instruction. Classes. Library. Classification. Grades. Leave of absence. G.N.A. 40/54. Disciplinary offences. L.N. 25/74. (Cap. 234, sub. leg.) Investigation of offences, and award, by officer-in-charge. L.N. 25/74. G.N.A. 13/56. L.N. 25/74. L.N. 25/74. L.N. 25/74. Duties of officer-in-charge and medical officer at caning. L.N. 25/74. Report. L.N. 25/74. Inmate may be kept apart pending adjudication of offence. L.N. 25/74. Inmate given opportunity to defend against allegation of an offence. Forms. Schedule. G.N.A. 3/55. L.N. 25/74. G.N.A. 3/55. G.N.A. 3/55.

Abstract

5 of 1953, Schedule. G.N.A. 40/54. G.N.A. 3/55. G.N.A. 13/56. L.N. 53/63. L.N. 25/74. Citation. Interpretation. L.N. 25/74. Administration of training centres. Reception. Medical examinations. Keeping of records. Appointment of a board to make recommendations for inmate's discharge. L.N. 25/74. Removal of unsuitable inmates to prison. Notice of supervision. Form 2. Diet. Food. Occupational training. L.N. 25/74. Religious instruction. Classes. Library. Classification. Grades. Leave of absence. G.N.A. 40/54. Disciplinary offences. L.N. 25/74. (Cap. 234, sub. leg.) Investigation of offences, and award, by officer-in-charge. L.N. 25/74. G.N.A. 13/56. L.N. 25/74. L.N. 25/74. L.N. 25/74. Duties of officer-in-charge and medical officer at caning. L.N. 25/74. Report. L.N. 25/74. Inmate may be kept apart pending adjudication of offence. L.N. 25/74. Inmate given opportunity to defend against allegation of an offence. Forms. Schedule. G.N.A. 3/55. L.N. 25/74. G.N.A. 3/55. G.N.A. 3/55.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3080

Edition

1964

Volume

v17

Subsequent Cap No.

280

Number of Pages

8
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:15:08 +0800
<![CDATA[TRAINING CENTRES ORDINANCE]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3079

Title

TRAINING CENTRES ORDINANCE

Description






LAWS OF HONG KONG

TRAINING CENTRES ORDINANCE

CHAPTER 280





CHAPTER 280

TRAINING CENTRES ORDINANCE

ARRANGEMENT OF SECTIONS

Section

1. Short title
2. Interpretation
3. Provision of training centres
4. Sentence of detention in a training centre

4A. Remand or committal to custody in a training centre ................................

5. Supervision .............................................

5A. Effect of imprisonment or further sentence of detention ............................

6. Provisions as to arrest and further detention of persons unlawfully at large
7. Transfers from prison to training centre and vice versa
8. Application of Prisons Ordinance, Mental Health Ordinance, and Evidence

Ordinance ....................................................................................................

9. Detention orders

10. Regulations .....................................................................................................

Page
2 2
2 2
3 3
4 5
5

6
6
7





CHAPTER 280

TRAINING CENTRES

Toprovide for the establishment of training centres for the training and
reformation of offenders who have attained the age of 14 years and have not
attained the age of 21 years, and for purposes connected with the matters
aforesaid.

(Amended, 52 of 1954, s. 2)

[6 March 1953]

Originally 5 of 1953 -52 of 1954,7 of 1956,26 of 1968,55 of 1971,4 of 1974,92 of 1975,63 of
1978,

,m,

L.N. 30182,44 of 1987,14 of 1988 's 7

Short title

1. This Ordinance may be cited as the Training Centres Ordinance.

Interpretation

2. In this Ordinance, unless the context otherwise requires-

'Commissioner' means the Commissioner of Correctional Services of the Colony or
a Deputy Commissioner; (Replaced, 7 of 1956, s. 2. Amended, L.N. 30182)

'court' means the High Court or the District Court or a permanent or special
magistrate; (Amended, 92 of 1975, s. 59)

'functions' includes powers and duties;

'judge' includes a judge of the District Court.

Provision of training centres

3. (1) The Secretary for Security may establish institutions, hereinafter referred
to as training centres

(a)for the training and reformation of offenders who have attained the age of
14 years and have not attained the age of 21 years; and

(b)to which persons who have attained the age of 14 years and have not
attained the age of 21 years may be remanded or committed under section
4A(I). (Replaced, 26 of 1968, s. 2)

(2) The Secretary for Security may declare that such places and buildings as he
may deem fit shall be used for the purposes of a training centre, and any such
declaration shall be published in the Gazette.

(Amended, 63 of 1978, s. 2)

Sentence of detention in a training centre

4. (1) Where a person is convicted of an offence punishable with imprisonment,
then if on the day of his conviction he is in the opinion of the





court not less than 14 but under 21 years of age, and the court is satisfied that it is in
the interest of the community and that having regard to his character and previous
conduct, and to the circumstances of the offence, it is expedient for his reformation
and for the prevention of crime that he should undergo a period of training in a
training centre, the court may, in lieu of any other sentence, pass a sentence of
detention in a training centre. (Amended, 52 of 1954, s. 2)

(2) A person sentenced to detention shall be detained in a training centre for
such period, not extending beyond 3 years from the date of his sentence, as the
Commissioner may determine, and shall then be released:

Provided that the Commissioner shall not release any such person before the
expiration of 6 months from the date of his sentence, unless required to do so by
direction of the Governor. (Amended, 4 of 1974, s. 2)

(3) Before a sentence of detention is passed, the court shall consider any report
or representations made by or on behalf of the Commissioner on the offender's
physical and mental condition and his suitability for such sentence; and if the court
is the District Court or a magistrate and has not received such a report or
representations, it shall after conviction remand the offender into the custody of the
Commissioner for such a period or periods, not exceeding 3 weeks in the case of any
single period, as the court thinks necessary to enable the report or representations
to be made.

[cf. U.K. 1948 c. 58, s. 20 (1) & (7) and 2nd Sch.]

Remand or committal to custody in a training centre

4A. (1) A court on remanding or committing for trial a person who in the
opinion of the court has attained the age of 14 years and has not attained the age of
21 years and who is not released on bail shall, instead of committing him to prison,
commit him to custody in a training centre, there to be detained for the period for
which he is remanded or until he is thence delivered in due course of law:

Provided that it shall not be obligatory on the court so to commit him if the
court certifies that he is of so unruly a character that he cannot be safely so
committed or that he is otherwise unsuitable for committal to custody in a training
centre. (Amended, 4 of 1974, s. 3)

(2) A commitment under this section may be varied or, in the case of a person
who proves to be of so unruly a character that he cannot be safely detained in such
custody, or to be otherwise unsuitable for committal to custody in a training centre,
revoked by any court, and if it is so revoked the person may be committed to prison.
(Amended, 4 of 1974, s. 3)

(3) Nothing in subsection (1) shall affect the power of a juvenile court to
remand a child or young person to custody in a place of detention as provided by
section 7(1) of the Juvenile Offenders Ordinance (Cap. 226).

(Added, 26 of 1968, s. 3)
[cf. U.K. 1908 c. 67, s. 971

Supervision

5. (1) A person after his release from a training centre and until the expiration of
3 years from the date of his release may be subjected to supervision





by such society or person as may be specified in a notice to be given him by the
Commissioner on his release, and shall, while under supervision, comply with such
requirements, including requirements as to residence, as may be so specified:
(Amended, 4of 1974,s. 4and44 of 1987, s. 5)

Provided that the Commissioner may at any time modify or cancel any of the
said requirements or order that a person who is under supervision as aforesaid shall
cease to be under supervision.

(1A) A person who fails to comply with any requirement for the time being
specified in a notice given to him under subsection (1) shall be guilty of an offence
and shall be liable on conviction to a fine of $5,000 and to imprisonment for 12
months. (Added, 4 of 1974, s. 4)

(2) If the Commissioner is satisfied that a person under supervision has failed
to comply with any requirement for the time being specified in the notice given to
him under subsection (1), the Commissioner may by order recall such person to a
training centre, and thereupon such person shall be liable to be detained in a
training centre until the expiration of 3 years from the date of his sentence, or the
expiration of 6 months from the date of his being taken into custody under the order,
whichever is the later, and, if at large, such person shall be deemed to be unlawfully
at large:

Provided that

(a)any such order shall, at the expiration of 3 years from the date he is first
released, cease to have effect unless the person to whom it relates is then
in custody thereunder; and

(b)

the Commissioner may at any time release a person who is detained in a
training centre under this subsection; and the foregoing provisions of this
section shall apply in the case of a person so released as they apply in the
case of a person released under section 4(2).

(Amended, 4 of 1974, s. 4)

Effect of imprisonment or further sentence of detention

SA. (1) If a person in respect of whom a sentence of detention in a training
centre, or a supervision notice or order of recall under section 5, is in force is
sentenced to imprisonment

(a)for a term of 2 years or less and the sentence of imprisonment is not
suspended, the sentence of detention, supervision notice or order of recall
shall be suspended until the expiration of his term of imprisonment;
(Amended, 63 of 1978, s. 3)

(b)for a term of more than 2 years or a new sentence of detention in a training
centre is passed on him, the first-mentioned sentence of detention in a
training centre, or the supervision notice or order of recall, as the case
may be, shall cease to have effect.

(2) A sentence of detention in a training centre, or a supervision notice or order
of recall under section 5, passed on, given to or made against any person on whom
a suspended sentence of imprisonment has been passed (whether passed, given or
made before or after the suspended sentence was passed) shall,





if that suspended sentence is ordered to take effect, be suspended until the
expiration of his term of imprisonment. (Added, 63 of 1978, s. 3)

(Added, 4 of 1974, s. 5)

Provisions as to arrest and further detention of persons unlawfully at large

6. (1) Any person sentenced to detention who is or is deemed to be unlawfully
at large may be arrested by any police officer without warrant and taken to the place
in which he is required by law to be detained.

(1A) Any person in respect of whom a supervision notice has been made under
section 5 and against whom an order of recall has been made under subsection (2) of
that section who is or is deemed to be unlawfully at large may be arrested without
warrant by any officer of the Correctional Services Department specified in that
supervision notice, or such other officer of that Department as the Commissioner
may substitute for the officer so specified by a modification of the requirements of
that notice, and taken to the place in which he is required by law to be detained.
(Added, 14 of 1988, s. 2)

(2) Where any person sentenced to detention is unlawfully at large at any time
during the period for which he is liable to be detained in pursuance of the sentence,
then unless the Governor otherwise directs no account shall be taken in calculating
the period for which he is liable to be so detained of any time during which he was
absent from the training centre:

Provided that

(a)this subsection shall not apply to any period during which any such
person as aforesaid is detained in prison pursuant to the sentence of any
court; and

(b)nothing contained in this subsection shall be construed as extending the
period during which a person sentenced to detention is liable to
supervision under section 5.

. Transfers from prison to training centre and vice versa

7. (1) If the Governor is satisfied that a person serving a sentence of
imprisonment is under 21 years of age and might with advantage be detained in a
training centre, he may, after consultation where practicable with the judge or
magistrate who passed the sentence, authorize the Commissioner to transfer such
person to a training centre; and the provisions of this Ordinance shall thereupon
apply to such person as if he had on the date of the transfer been sentenced to
detention in a training centre: (Amended, 52 of 1954, s. 2)

Provided that if on that date the unexpired term of his sentence is less than 3
years, those provisions shall apply to him as if he had been sentenced to detention
in a training centre 3 years before the expiration of that term.

(2) If a person in respect of whom a sentence of detention in a training centre is
in force is reported to the Governor by the Commissioner to be incorrigible, or to be
exercising a bad influence on the other inmates of the training centre, the Governor
may commute the unexpired part of the term for which the said person is then liable
to be detained in a training centre to such





term of imprisonment as the Governor may determine, not exceeding the said
unexpired part or the term to which the said person was liable for the offence of
which he was convicted, whichever be the less; and for the purpose of this
Ordinance, the said person shall be treated as if he had been sentenced to
imprisonment for the term so determined by the Governor. (Amended, 4 of 1974,s.6)

[cf. U.K. 1948 c. 58, s. 591

Application of Prisons Ordinance, Mental Health Ordinance, and Evidence
Ordinance

8. (1) Subject to any regulations made under section 10 of this Ordinance, the
provisions of

(a)sections 9 to 12 inclusive, section 16, sections 17 to 21 inclusive and
section 23 of the Prisons Ordinance (Cap. 234);

(b) the Prison Rules (Cap. 234, sub. leg.); and

(c) sections 55 and 56 of the Mental Health Ordinance (Cap. 136),

shall apply to training centres and to the staff thereof and to persons sentenced to
detention therein under section 4(1) or committed thereto under section 4A(I) in like
manner as if the persons so detained were prisoners and a training centre were a
prison, and such provisions shall be read with such verbal alterations and
modifications not affecting their substance as are necessary to render the same
conveniently applicable: (Amended, 7 of 1956, s. 3; 26 of 1968, s. 4 and 4 of 1974, s.
7)

Provided that

(a)in the event of conflict between the provisions of this Ordinance and the
provisions of the Prisons Ordinance or the Mental Health Ordinance the
provisions of this Ordinance shall prevail;

(b)a person committed under section 4A(I) shall be treated as a prisoner
awaiting trial.

(Replaced, 26 of 1968, s. 4)

(2) [Repealed, 4 of 1974, s. 7]

(3) Section 81 of the Evidence Ordinance (Cap. 8) shall apply to persons
detained in a training centre by virtue of this Ordinance in like manner as if they
were prisoners.

(4) In any enactment enacted prior to the commencement of this Ordinance, the
term 'prison' shall be deemed to include a training centre and the term 'prisoner' to
include a person detained in a training centre: (Amended, 55 of 1971, s. 66)

Provided that this subsection shall have no application if its application would
lead to conflict between such enactment and any provision of this Ordinance or any
regulation made under section 10.

Detention orders

9. (1) Where a court passes a sentence of detention in a training centre upon
any person, it shall make an order in writing under the seal of the court in the
prescribed form.





(2) The court shall cause such order to be delivered with the person to whom it
relates to the Commissioner, and such order shall be sufficient authority for the
detention of such person in accordance with the provisions of this Ordinance.

Regulations

10. The Governor in Council may be regulation provide for- IS

(a) the regulation and management of training centres;

(b)the treatment, employment, discipline, control and welfare of the persons
detained therein;

(c)the appointment of visiting justices and visiting committees and the
functions of such justices and committees;

(d)forms to be used for the purposes of this Ordinance and any regulations
made thereunder;

(e)the modification in relation to training centres or persons detained therein
of any enactment which by virtue of section 8 would apply to training
centres or persons detained therein, or that any such enactment shall
cease to apply to training centres or persons detained therein; and

(f) the better carrying into effect of the provisions of this Ordinance.

Abstract



Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3079

Edition

1964

Volume

v17

Subsequent Cap No.

280

Number of Pages

8
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:15:07 +0800
<![CDATA[SUBSIDIZED SCHOOLS PROVIDENT FUND RULES]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3078

Title

SUBSIDIZED SCHOOLS PROVIDENT FUND RULES

Description






SUBSIDIZED SCHOOLS PROVIDENT FUND RULES

Rule

1. Citation

2..............Interpretation . ...

3. Establishment of the Fund

4..............Objects of the Fund ...
5..............Control of the Fund ...
6..............Meetings of the Board ...
7..............Contributors ...

8. Contributions
9. Government's donation
10. Investments
11. Reserve fund

12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.

ARRANGEMENT OF RULES

Credits to contributors' accounts
Benefits ... ... ... ... ... ...
Payments out ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ...
Transfer of teachers from subsidized schools to grant schools and vice versa
Accounts ... ...
Reports on working of Fund ...
Determination of disputes ... ...

Page
D 2 D
2 D 3
D 4 D
4 D 5
D 5 D
7 D 8
D 8 D
9 D
10 D 11
D 13 D
14 D
14 D
15 D 15





SUBSIDIZED SCHOOLS PROVIDENT FUND RULES

(Cap. 279, section 85)*

[29 September 1961.1

1. These rules may be cited as the Subsidized Schools Provident
Fund Rules.

2. In these rules, unless the context otherwise requires

'Board' means the board of control established in accordance with the
provisions of rule 5;

'code of aid for primary schools' means the code under the terms of
which the Government gives subsidies to certain primary schools;

'code of aid for secondary schools' means the code under the terms of
which the Government gives subsidies to certain secondary
schools;

'continuous contributory service', in relation to a teacher, means any
period of service during which the teacher makes continuous
contributions to a provident or super-annuation fund approved by
the Director for the purposes of these rules, including continuous
contributions to the Fund maintained in accordance with these
rules; and includes

(a)study leave, sick leave or maternity leave approved by the
Director; and

(b)subject to rule 15, any service at 2 or more subsidized schools,
or at 1 or more subsidized schools and at 1 or more grant
schools, either without a break in teaching service on
appointment to one such school after ceasing to be employed
at another such school, or with such a break if the break has
been approved by the Director;

'contract', in relation to a contributor, means a fixed term contract
under which the contributor is employed;

'contributor' means a person who contributes to the Fund;

'donation' means the Government donation referred to in rule 9;

'Fund' means the provident fund established in accordance with the
provisions of rule 3;

'Grant Code' and 'grant school' have the meanings ascribed thereto in
the Grant Schools Provident Fund Rules;

These rules were made under section 53 of the repealed Education Ordinance
(Cap. 279, 1964 Ed.) and, by virtue of section 36(1) of the Interpretation and
General Clauses Ordinance, continue to have the like effect as if they had been
made under section 85 of the new Education Ordinance (enacted in 1971).







'Grant Schools Provident Fund' means the provident fund maintained
in accordance with the provisions of the Grant Schools Provident
Fund Rules;

'secretary' means the person for the time being appointed in
accordance with rule 5 to be secretary to the Board;

'subsidized school' means-

(a)

(b)

any secondary school which receives subsidies in accordance
with the code of aid for secondary schools and

(i) was, before 1 April 1973, in receipt of subsidies in
accordance with the Subsidy Code; or

(ii) was not, before that date, in receipt of subsidies under
the Subsidy Code or of grants under the Grant Code;

any primary school which receives subsidies in accordance
with the code of aid for primary schools and

(i) was, before 1 April 1975, in receipt of subsidies in
accordance with the Subsidy Code; or

(ii) was not, before that date, in receipt of subsidies under
the Subsidy Code or of grants under the Grant Code; and

(c)any special school which receives subsidies in accordance
with the Subsidy Code;

'Subsidy Code' means

(a)in relation to secondary schools, the code under the terms of
which, before 1 April 1973, the Government gave subsidies
to certain secondary schools;

(b)in relation to primary schools, the code under the terms of
which, before 1 April 1975, the Government gave subsidies
to certain primary schools; and

(c)in relation to special schools, the code under the terms of
which, the Government gives subsidies to certain special
schools;

'Subsidized Primary Schools Council' means that body of persons

composed of representatives of the subsidized primary schools
appointed by the Director;

'Subsidized Secondary Schools Council' means that body of per

sons composed of representatives of the subsidized secondary
schools recognized by the Director;

'treasurer' means the person for the time being appointed in

accordance with rule 5 to be treasurer of the Fund.

(1) There shall be established a fund to be known as the
'Subsidized Schools Provident Fund' which shall consist of







(a) the contributions of contributors as provided in rule 8;

(b) donations from Government as provided in rule 9;





(e)dividends or interest accruing from investments or deposits
of the accumulated capital of the Fund; and

(d)any voluntary subscriptions, legacies or other moneys or
benefits bequeathed or donated to the Fund.

(2) For the purposes of the Fund the financial year shall be deemed
to run from 1 September in any year until 31 August next following.

4. The object of the Fund is to provide, subject to the provisions of
these rules, for payments to be made upon resignation, retirement,
dismissal or termination of contract to teachers employed in subsidized
schools or to their estates in case of death.

5. (1) The Fund shall be controlled, subject to the provisions of
these rules, by a board of control consisting of the following members

(a)a Chairman, who shall be the Chairman of the Subsidized
Primary Schools Council;

(b)a Vice-Chairman, who shall be appointed by the Subsidized
Secondary Schools Council;

(c) the Director or his representative;

(d)the Director of Accounting Services or his representative;
and

9 additional members who shall be contributors, of whom

(i) 6 shall be appointed by the Subsidized Primary Schools
Council; and

(ii) 3 shall be appointed by the Subsidized Secondary
Schools Council.

(2) The Vice-Chairman and the 9 additional members of the Board
appointed under paragraph (1) shall be appointed for 'Such terms of
office, not exceeding 2 years, as the Subsidized Primary Schools Council
or the Subsidized Secondary Schools Council, as the case may be, may
determine, and shall

(a)be subject to dismissal from office at any time by the direction
of the Subsidized Primary Schools Council or the Subsidized
Secondary Schools Council, as the case may be; and

(b)be eligible for re-appointment to office on the expiration of
any term of office.

(3) The Board shall from time to time, as appears to it expedient,
elect from among its members 1 member to act as secretary for such
period as the Board may require.







(4) The Director of Accounting Services shall appoint a treasurer of
the Fund who shall not sit as a member of the Board unless so directed
by the Director of Accounting Services to represent him on the Board.

(5) The cost of the administration of the Fund shall be a charge on
the general revenue of the Colony

Provident that the Financial Secretary may diret that an
annual supervision fee, to be determined by him, shall be charged
against the income of the Fund and paid into the general revenue of
the Colony.

6. (1) Subject to paragraph (1A), the Board shall meet at such times
and in such places as the Chairman may determine.

(1A) An annual general meeting of the members of the Board

quorum.

shall be held not later than 31 August in each year.

(2) At any meeting of the Board 7 members shall constitute a

(3) The validity of any proceedings of the Board shall not be
affected by any vacancy among the members thereof or by any defect in
the appointment of any member thereto.

(4) All questions coming or arising before any meeting of the Board
shall be determined by a majority of the members present and voting
thereon.

(5) The Chairman, or Vice-Chairman in the absence of the Chairman,
shall preside at any meeting of the Board and shall have an original vote
and also, if upon any question the votes shall be equally divided, a
casting vote.

(6) The proceedings at any meeting of the Board shall be recorded
in the form of minutes maintained by the secretary and entered in a book
maintained by the Board for that purpose.

(7) The Board may make standing orders for regulating the
procedure to be adopted at its meetings or otherwise in connexion with
the conduct of its business.

7. (1) Subject to paragraph (1A), every teacher approved for the
purposes of the Subsidy Code or the code of aid for secondary or
primary schools and employed in a subsidized school (including any
such teacher while on probation) shall be required to contribute to the
Fund in the manner provided in rule 8, except

(a) any teacher employed on a temporary basis;

(b)any teacher in receipt of salary based on a salary scale
applicable to unqualified teachers:

Provided that any such teacher may at his option
contribute to the Fund;





(c)any teacher who is in continuous contributory service
otherwise than by reason of contributing to the Grant Schools
Provident Fund:

Provided that any such teacher may at his option
contribute to the Fund;

(d)any teacher who, being first appointed to a subsidized school
before 1 September 1980, was over the age of 50 years upon
such appointment, or who, upon his first appointment to a
subsidized school on or after 1 September 1980, was or is over
the age of 55 years:

Provided that-

(i) the provisions of this sub-paragraph shall not apply in
the case of any such teacher who, at the time of first
appointment to d subsidized school, is in continuous
contributory service by reason of making contribution to the
Grant Schools Provident Fund; and

(ii) any such teacher who, at the time of first appointment to
a subsidized school, is in continuous contributory service
otherwise than by reason of making contribution to the Grant
Schools Provident Fund, may at his option contribute to the
Fund;

(e)any teacher who is a member of a religious order, convent or
missionary body:

Provided that any such teacher may at his option
contribute to the Fund;

any teacher employed on a part time basis:

Provided that, subject to the approval of the Director,
any such teacher may at his option contribute to the Fund.

(1A) Any teacher in a subsidized school who was not more than 55
years of age on 1 September 1980 may, if he is not a contributor, at his
option contribute to the Fund.

(2) Subject to paragraphs (2A) and (2B), any option exercised
pursuant to the provisions of paragraph (1) may be exercised at any
time, but shall

(a) be irrevocable; and

(b) not be exercised with retrospective effect otherwise than-

(i) to the date of first appointment in a subsidized school, or

(ii) for a period of 3 months, whichever is the less.

(2A) An option to contribute to the Fund by a teacher to whom
paragraph (1)(d) applies (other than a teacher first appointed to a
subsidized school on or after 24 June 1982) or by a teacher to whom
paragraph (1A0 applies

(a) shall be irrevocable; and





(b)if exercised not later than 3 months after 24 June 1982, may be
retrospective to the date of his first appointment to a
subsidized school, or to such other date after such first
appointment, as the teacher may specify in the option, but in
any event shall not be retrospective to a date earlier than 1
September 1980.

(2B) Where an option has been exercised by a teacher before 24
June 1982 and by virtue of paragraph (2)(b)(ii) such option is
retrospective to a date after the date of his first appointment to a
subsidized school, the teacher may exercise an additional option, not
later than 3 months after 24 June 1982, to contribute to the Fund from
the date of his first appointment to a subsidized school or from 1
September 1980, whichever is the later.

(3) Any question arising as to whether, for the purposes of
paragraph (1), a teacher is employed on a temporary basis shall be
determined by the Director whose decision shall be final.

8. (1) Contribution to the Fund shall be at the rate of 5 per cent of
the contributor's basic salary, including any allowances approved for
that purpose by the Director, and, except with the consent of the
Director, shall only be payable in respect of periods during which the
contributor draws his basic salary.

(2) Subject to paragraph (2A), contributions shall be deducted from
each contributor's salary monthly by the supervisor of the school who
shall within 7 days thereafter pay to the treasurer the amount of such
deduction.

(2A) Where an option to contribute to the Fund is exercised with
retrospective effect under rule 7(2A) or (2B) any contributions payable
by a contributor in respect of the retrospective period shall be deducted,
in such instalments as the Director may determine, from the salary of the
contributor monthly by the supervisor who shall within 7 days
thereafter pay to the treasurer the amount of such deduction.

(3) It shall be the duty of the supervisor of every subsidized school
to maintain a separate account for each contributor employed in the
school and every such account shall specify

(a) all contributions paid thereto;

(b) all donations made by Government thereto; and

(c)such other credits as may from time to time be communicated
to the supervisor by the treasurer.

(4) The total of each contributor's account as maintained by the
supervisor shall be reconciled annually with the treasurer.

(5) On application to the supervisor, every contributor shall be
entitled to inspect at any reasonable time the account standing in his
name.





9. (1) For each contribution by a contributor, Government shall pay
to the Fund a sum referred to in these rules as a Government donation.

(2) A Government donation shall be paid to the Fund each month
when the contribution by a contributor becomes payable, or, in the case
of any contribution payable under rule 8(2A), when the contribution by
a contributor is deducted from his salary, and shall be an amount equal
to the following percentage of the contributor's basic salary, including
any allowance approved for that purpose by the Director

(a)5 per cent, if his continuous contributory service is less than
10 years;

(b)10 per cent, if his continuous contributory service is not less
than 10 years but less than 15 years;

(c)15 per cent, if his continuous contributory service is not less
than 15 years.

(3) A Government donation paid in respect of a contributor shall be
forthwith credited to his account by the supervisor and by the treasurer.

(4) In the calculation of continuous contributory service for the
purposes of this rule, where a contributor commenced his service on a
day in a month other than the first day of that month, he shall be deemed
to have commenced his service on the first day of that month.

(5) With respect to contributions made at any time by a contributor
during the period beginning on 1 September 1980 and ending
immediately before the commencement* of the Subsidized Schools
Provident Fund (Amendment) Rules 1982, the Government shall pay to
the Fund a sum equal to the difference between the aggregate amount of
the donations payable by the Government to the Fund in respect of
those contributions during that period under the provisions of this rule
then in force and the aggregate amount of the donations which would
have been so payable in respect of those contributions under this rule if
those Rules had been in force during that period; and the account of
each such contributor kept in respect of that period shall be adjusted
and credited accordingly in respect of each of his contributions made in
that period.

10. (1) All sums considered by the Board to be surplus to the
normal cash requirements of the Fund may at the direction of the
Board -

(a) be invested in such securities or deposited in such manner
in the Colony by the treasurer as the Financial Secretary
may from time to time approve for that purpose, or

(b) be remitted to the Crown Agents for investment in such
securities or deposit in such manner as the Secretary of
State may from time to time approve for that purpose,




be-

and the dividends or interest accruing from such investments or
deposits shall be credited to the Fund.

(2) Such realization of the capital of the Fund as the Board
may from time to time consider necessary shall be effected by the
Crown Agents or the treasurer, as the case may be.

(3) Requests to the Crown Agents shall be made through the
medium of the Director of Accounting Services who shall, annually
and whenever requested by the treasurer or an auditor of the Fund,
obtain from the Crown Agents a statement of the investments
showing the nominal value and the middle market price for the time
being of any securities held together with the amount of any
deposits.

11. (1) A reserve fund shall be maintained, to which shall

(a) credited each year-
(i) the proceeds of any realization upon sale or matu-
rity of any security during the year in so far as such
proceeds exceed the cost price to the Fund of such security;
(ii) the net amount of any Government donation,
including any dividend earned thereby, standing to the
credit of any contributor to whom, under rule 13, such
donation is not payable, and
(iii) such proportion of the income derived from invest-
ments and deposits as the Board may think fit; and

(b) debited each year-
(i) any loss incurred upon sale or maturity during the
year of any security having regard to the cost price to the
Fund of such security; and
(ii) such outgoings or losses incurred by the Fund as the
Governor may in special circumstances authorize or direct
in writing.

(2) Where in any year the credit balance of the reserve fund,
after crediting all the items specified in paragraph (1)(a), is less than
the total of all the debits specified in paragraph (1)(b), an amount
representing such difference shall be debited to the income and
expenditure account and credited to the reserve fund.

(3) Wherein any year, after crediting and debiting all the items
specified in paragraph (1), there is a credit balance in the reserve
fund, such -proportion as may be required to meet the 5 per cent
dividend, guaranteed under rule 12(1), shall be debited to the reserve
fund and credited to the income and expenditure account.

(4) Where in any year, after crediting and debiting all the items
specified in paragraphs (1) and (3), the credit balance of the reserve
fund exceeds the aggregate of an amount equal to 5 per cent of the
credit balance of the contributors' accounts as at 31 August and the
total amount of any outstanding Government loans made under





rule 12(2), any such excess may, at the discretion of the Board, be
credited to the contributors' accounts under rule 12(5).

(5) When in any year the Financial Secretary determines under rule
12(4) that any Government loan made under rule 12(2) shall be repaid,
either in whole or in part, then

(a)if the credit balance of the reserve fund exceeds the amount of
the loan to be repaid, that amount shall be debited to the
reserve fund and credited to the dividend deficiency account;
and

(b)if the credit balance of the reserve fund is less than the
amount of the loan to be repaid, an amount representing such
difference shall be debited to the income and expenditure
account and credited to the reserve fund.

(6) In this rule and in rule 12, 'income and expenditure account'
means the account maintained for receiving the credits of income from
investments and income other than of a capital nature, and the debits of
expenses other than of a capital nature, relating to the operation of the
Fund and for determining the surplus or deficit resulting from the
operation.

12. (1) At each annual general meeting of the Board, the Board shall
declare to the account of each contributor a credit of 5 per cent of each
such account as at the previous 31 August, hereinafter referred to as the
guaranteed dividend, out of the sum comprised of the following

(a)the income of the Fund after providing for any expenses and
for the amount, if any, credited to the reserve fund under rule
11 (1)(a)(iii);

(b)any amount debited to the income and expenditure account
under rule 11(2);

(c)any amount credited to the income and expenditure account
under rule 11 (3);

(d)any amount credited to the income and expenditure account,
being the amount of the transfer to the debit of the dividend
deficiency account, of the balance of the guaranteed dividend
which cannot be met from the income and expenditure account
and which is underwritten by the Government by way of a
loan made under paragraph (2).

(2) Where in any year the guaranteed dividend cannot be met
under paragraphs (1)(a), (1)(b) and (1)(c), the Financial Secretary may
direct that a sum, sufficient to cover the debit of the dividend deficiency
account under paragraph (1)(d), to be paid out of the general revenue
and referred to in these rules as a Government loan, shall be paid to the
Fund.

(3) A Government loan made under paragraph (2) shall not bear
interest against the Fund and shall be a charge against the reserve fund.





(4) A Government loan made under paragraph (2) shall be repaid
out of the Fund at such time and in such instalments as the Financial
Secretary may determine.

(5) Subject to paragraph (6), the Board may, at its annual general
meeting, declare a supplementary dividend, subject to the approval of
the Governor, by way of a percentage of the account of each contributor
as at the previous 31 August, to be credited to each account from the
excess available under rule 11(4).

(6) No supplementary dividend shall be declared if any
Government loan made under paragraph (2) has not been repaid.

(7) In this rule, 'dividend deficiency accounC means the account to
which the balance of the guaranteed dividend that cannot be met from
the income and expenditure account and the reserve fund is debited.

13. (1) Whenever a contributor ceases to be employed as a teacher
in a subsidized school for any of the following reasons

(a) after 10 years continuous contributory service-

(i) he is compulsorily retired, or dismissed or his contract is
terminated (on completion or otherwise), other than where he
is compulsorily retired, or dismissed, or his contract is
terminated, on account of professional misconduct or being
convicted of an offence; or

(ii) he retires voluntarily, resigns or terminates his contract
(on completion or otherwise), other than where he retires
voluntarily, resigns, or terminates his contract, in order to
avoid compulsory retirement, dismissal, or termination of his
contract, on account of professional misconduct or being
convicted of an offence;

(b)on the ground of ill health, certified by a Government medical
board as constituting reasonable ground for cessation of his
employment;

(c) upon a school ceasing to be a subsidized school;

(d)

death,

then, subject to paragraph (3), his account shall be closed and, in
accordance with rule 14, the amount standing to the credit of his
account at the date of the cessation of his employment, including all
Government donations and all dividends that have been declared up to
and including that date, shall be paid to him or to his personal
representative.

(2) Without prejudice to paragraph (1)(b), (c) and (d), whenever a
contributor ceases to be employed as a teacher in a subsidized school
after 5 years but less than 10 years continuous contributory service for
the reason that

(a)he is compulsorily retired, or dismissed or his contract is
terminated (on completion or otherwise), other than where





he is compulsorily retired or dismissed, or his contract is
terminated, on account of professional misconduct or
being convicted of an offence; or

(b)he retires voluntarily, resigns or terminates his contract
(on completion or otherwise), other than where he retires
voluntarily, resigns, or terminates his contract, in order
to avoid compulsory retirement, dismissal, or termination
of his contract, on account of professional misconduct or
being convicted of an offence,

then, subject to paragraph (3), his account shall be closed and, in
accordance with rule 14, the payment due to him as a contributor
shall be an amount equal to that contributed by him up to the date
of cessation of his employment and all dividends that have been
declared on that contribution plus an amount equal to the following
percentage of all Government donations and all dividends that have
been declared on such donations-
(i)50 per cent, if his continuous contributory service is less
than 6 years;
(ii)60 per cent, if his continuous contributory service is not
less than 6 years but less than 7 years;
(iii)70 per cent, if his continuous contributory service is not
less than 7 years but less than 8 years;
(iv)80 per cent, if his continuous contributory service is not
less than 8 years but less than 9 years;
(v) 90 per cent, if his continuous contributory service is not
less than 9 years but less than 10 years.

(2A) Without prejudice to paragraph (1)(b), (c) and (d), when-
ever a contributor ceases to be employed as a teacher in a subsidized
school-

(a) after less than 5 years continuous contributory service; or

(b)for any of the following reasons, (regardless of the length
of his continuous contributory service) namely, that-
(i) he is compulsorily retired, or dismissed or his
contract is terminated (on completion or otherwise), on
account of professional misconduct or being convicted of
an offence; or
(ii) he retires voluntarily, resigns, or terminates his
contract (on completion or otherwise), in order to avoid
compulsory retirement, dismissal, or termination of his
contract, on account of professional misconduct or being
convicted of an offence,

then, subject to paragraph (3), his account shall be closed and, in
accordance with rule 14, an amount equal to that contributed by
him up to the date of the cessation of his employment, plus such
dividends as have been declared on that contribution, shall be paid
to him.





(3) On the application of a contributor who has ceased to make the
contributions required under rule 8, the Director may, except

(a)where, after 10 years continuous contributory service, the
contributor is compulsorily retired; or

(b) in any case to which paragraph (2A)(b) applies,

direct, subject to such terms and conditions as he thinks fit, that the
contributor's account be kept open, but in that event the period during
which the contributor's account is kept open pursuant to this paragraph
shall not be taken into account as continuous contributory service.

(4) In the calculation of continuous contributory service for the
purposes of this rule, where a contributor commenced his service on a
day in a month other than the first day of that month, he shall be
deemed to have commenced his service on the first day of that month.

(5) A contributor who, at any time during the period beginning on 1
September 1980 and ending immediately before the commencement* of
the Subsidized Schools Provident Fund (Amendment) Rules 1982,
ceased to be employed as a teacher in a subsidized school and became
entitled to be paid an amount ('the former benefit') under the
provisions of this rule in force at that time, shall be entitled to be paid
out of the Fund, in addition to the former benefit, an amount equal to the
difference between the former benefit and the amount which would have
been payable to him under this rule if those Rules had been in force at
that time.



14. (1) Payments due to contributors in accordance with these rules
shall be certified by the secretary and by the treasurer; and cheques
drawn in respect thereof, and in respect of any other disbursements from
the Fund, shall be signed by the Chairman of the Board and by the
treasurer or, if the Chairman is absent from the Colony or for other
reason is unable to sign, by the Vice-Chairman and by the treasurer.

(2) Where a contributor's account has been closed in accordance
with rule 13, no dividend shall be carried thereto in accordance with rule
12, and if after notice has been published in the Gazette no lawful claim
is made within 3 years after the date on which the account was closed,
the amount standing to the credit of the account shall be transferred to
the credit of the reserve fund.

(3) Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (2), the amount of
any dividend declared in accordance with the provisions of rule 12 in
respect of an account which was closed at or after the end of any
financial year and before the next following annual general meeting of
the Board shall be paid to the person entitled to payment of the sum
standing to the credit of such account.





15. (1) In any case in which a teacher employed in a sub-
sidized school after the commencement of these rules terminates
his employment in such subsidized school and commences employ-
ment in a grant school, without break in teaching service otherwise
than such break as the Director may approve, such teacher shall
have the option, on application to the Board, of-

(a)having his account closed in accordance with the pro-
visions of rule 13 and receiving payment in accordance
with the provisions of rule 14; or

(b)having his account kept open in accordance with the
provisions of rule 13(3); or

(c)having his account transferred to the Grant Schools
Provident Fund.

(2) In any case in which after the commencement of these rules
a contributory teacher's employment in a grant school is terminated
and his account in the Grant Schools Provident Fund is transferred
to the Subsidized Schools Provident Fund, the treasurer shall open a
contributor's account in the Subsidized Schools Provident Fund in
such teacher's name and shall credit thereto the account so trans-
ferred; and such teacher shall for all purposes thereafter be deemed
to have been a contributor to the Subsidized Schools Provident
Fund with effect from the commencement of his continuous con-
tributory service within the meaning of the Grant Schools Provident
Fund Rules.

(3) For the purpose of this rule, the expression 'without break
in teaching service' means continuity of teaching employment in
either a subsidized school or a grant school, as the case may be,
subject only to change of employment from one such school to
another such school in the course of an unbroken academic year's
teaching service.

16. (1) The treasurer shall, with the assistance of such persons
as the Director of Accounting Services may require, cause proper
accounts to be kept of all transactions of the Fund including a
separate account for each contributor, and shall cause to be pre-
pared for every period of 12 months ending 31 August in each year a
statement of the accounts of the Fund, which statement shall include
an income and expenditure account and a balance sheet and shall be
signed by the Chairman and the treasurer.

(2) The accounts of the Fund and the signed statement of the
accounts shall be audited by an auditor appointed by the Governor
who shall certify the statement subject to such report, if any, as he
may think fit.

(3) A copy of the signed and audited statement of accounts
together with the auditor's report, if any, shall be placed before the
Board at the annual general meeting of the Board next following the





expiration of the period covered by such statement and shall
thereafter be submitted to the Chief Secretary for the information of
the Governor.

17. Notwithstanding any of the provisions of rule 16, whenever so
required by the Governor the Board shall submit to him through the
Chief Secretary a report upon the operation of the Fund and an audited
statement of the accounts of the Fund.

18. Any dispute arising under these rules shall be determined by
the Board:

Provided that any person who considers himself aggrieved by any
decision of the Board may within 30 days after receipt by him of notice
of such decision appeal by way of petition to the Governor whose
decision shall be final.
G.N.A. 117/61. L.N. 35/66. L.N. 44/68. L.N. 88/76. L.N. 226/76. L.N. 240/82. L.N. 304/82. Citation. Interpretation. L.N. 88/76. (Cap. 279, sub. leg.) Establishment of the Fund. Objects of the Fund. L.N. 88/76. Control of the Fund. L.N. 88/76. Meetings of the Board. L.N. 88/76. Contributors. L.N. 88/76. L.N. 240/82. L.N. 304/82. L.N. 240/82. L.N. 240/82. L.N. 240/82. L.N. 240/82. L.N. 240/82. Contributions. L.N. 88/76. L.N. 240/82. L.N. 240/82. Government's donation. L.N. 240/82. (L.N. 240/82.) [*24.6.82.] Investments. Reserve fund. L.N. 240/82. Credits to contributors' accounts. L.N. 240/82. Benefits. L.N. 88/76. L.N. 240/82. L.N. 240/82. L.N. 240/82. L.N. 240/82. L.N. 240/82. (L.N. 240/82.) [*24.6.82.] Payments out. L.N. 240/82. L.N. 240/82. Transfer of teachers from subsidized schools to grant schools and vice versa. (Cap. 279, sub. leg.) Accounts. L.N. 226/76. Reports on working of Fund. L.N. 226/76. Determination of disputes.

Abstract

G.N.A. 117/61. L.N. 35/66. L.N. 44/68. L.N. 88/76. L.N. 226/76. L.N. 240/82. L.N. 304/82. Citation. Interpretation. L.N. 88/76. (Cap. 279, sub. leg.) Establishment of the Fund. Objects of the Fund. L.N. 88/76. Control of the Fund. L.N. 88/76. Meetings of the Board. L.N. 88/76. Contributors. L.N. 88/76. L.N. 240/82. L.N. 304/82. L.N. 240/82. L.N. 240/82. L.N. 240/82. L.N. 240/82. L.N. 240/82. Contributions. L.N. 88/76. L.N. 240/82. L.N. 240/82. Government's donation. L.N. 240/82. (L.N. 240/82.) [*24.6.82.] Investments. Reserve fund. L.N. 240/82. Credits to contributors' accounts. L.N. 240/82. Benefits. L.N. 88/76. L.N. 240/82. L.N. 240/82. L.N. 240/82. L.N. 240/82. L.N. 240/82. (L.N. 240/82.) [*24.6.82.] Payments out. L.N. 240/82. L.N. 240/82. Transfer of teachers from subsidized schools to grant schools and vice versa. (Cap. 279, sub. leg.) Accounts. L.N. 226/76. Reports on working of Fund. L.N. 226/76. Determination of disputes.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3078

Edition

1964

Volume

v17

Subsequent Cap No.

279

Number of Pages

15
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:15:07 +0800
<![CDATA[GRANT SCHOOLS PROVIDENT FUND RULES]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3077

Title

GRANT SCHOOLS PROVIDENT FUND RULES

Description






GRANT SCHOOLS PROVIDENT FUND RULES

ARRANGEMENT OF RULES

Rule

1. Citation
2. Interpretation
3. Object of rules
4. Board of control
5. Appointment of secretary and his duties
6. Appointment of treasurer and his duties

7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.

Contributors ... ...
Contributions ...
Government's donation
Investment ... ...
Reserve fund ... ...
Credits to contributors' accounts
Benefits ... ... ... ...
Payments out ... ... ...
Accounts ... ... ... ...
Reports on working of fund
Decision of doubtful cases
Transfer of teachers from grant schools to subsidized schools and vice versa





GRANT SCHOOLS PROVIDENT FUND RULES

(Cap. 279, section 85)*

[19 December 1952

.1

1. These rules may be cited as the Grant Schools Provident Fund
Rules.

2. In these rules, unless the context otherwise requires

,code of aid for secondary schools' means the code under the terms of
which the Government gives subsidies to certain secondary
schools;

,continuous contributory service', in relation to a teacher, means any
period of service during which the teacher makes continuous
contributions to a provident or super-annuation fund approved by
the Director for the purposes of these rules, including continuous
contributions to the fund maintained in accordance with these
rules; and includes

(a)study leave, sick leave or maternity leave approved by the
Director; and

(b)subject to rule 18, any service at 2 or more grant schools. or at
1 or more grant schools and at 1 or more subsidized schools,
either without a break in teaching service on appointment to
one such school after ceasing to be employed at another such
school, or with such a break if the break has been approved
by the Director;

,contract', in relation to a contributor, means a fixed term contract
under which the contributor is employed;

'contributor' means a person who contributes compulsorily to the fund
or who has exercised an option to contribute to the fund;

'Grant Code' means the code under the terms of which, before 1 April
1973, the Government gave grants in aid to certain secondary
schools;

'grant school' means any secondary school which receives subsidies
in accordance with the code of aid for secondary schools and
which was, before 1 April 1973, in receipt of grants in accordance
with the Grant Code;

'Grant Schools Council means that body of persons composed of
representatives of the grant schools and for the time being known
as the Grant Schools Council;

These rules were made under section 53 of the repealed Education Ordinance
(Cap. 279. 1964 Ed.) and, by virtue of section 36(1) of the Interpretation and
General Clauses Ordinance, continue to have the like effect as if they had been
made under section 85 of the new Education Ordinance (enacted in 1971).







'fund' and 'board' mean respectively the provident fund and board of
control established under these rules;

'secretary' means the secretary appointed in accordance with the
provisions of rule 5;

'subsidized school' has the meaning ascribed thereto in the Subsidized
Schools Provident Fund Rules;

'Subsidized Schools Provident Fund' means the provident fund
maintained in accordance with the Subsidized Schools Provident
Fund Rules;

'treasurer' means the treasurer appointed in accordance with the
provisions of rule 6.

3. The object of these rules is the maintenance and management of
the contributory fund which since 1 September 1945 has provided for
payments in the case of the resignation, retirement, dismissal,
termination of contract or death of teachers in grant schools. Rights and
liabilities and procedure in respect of such fund shall hereafter be
entirely governed by these rules.

4. (1) The complete administration and control of the fund, subject
to these rules, shall be vested in a board of control composed of a
chairman who shall be nominated and replaced whenever it appears to
be desirable by the Grant Schools Council. the Director or his
representative, the Director of Accounting Services or his
representative, and 8 additional members who shall themselves be
contributors.

(2) There shall be a vice chairman who shall be nominated by the
Grant Schools Council out of the 8 additional contributory members and
replaced whenever it appears desirable.

(3) The 8 additional members shall be nominated as follows-

(a)

2 shall be nominated jointly by contributors who are members
of the staff of Roman Catholic boys schools in Hong Kong;

(b)2 shall be nominated jointly by contributors who are members
of the staff of Roman Catholic girls schools in Hong Kong;

(e)2 shall be nominated jointly by contributors who are members
of the staff of the Diocesan Boys' School, the Diocesan Girls'
School, St. Paul's Co-educational College, St. Paul's College,
and St. Mark's School;

(d)1 shall be nominated jointly by contributors who are members
of the staff of Ying Wa College, Ying Wa Girls' School, and
the Methodist College;

(e)1 shall be nominated jointly by contributors who are members
of the staff of St. Stephen's Girls' College and Heep Yunn
School.





(4) The 8 additional members shall serve until the end of the annual
general meeting of the board held in the month of January 1962, and
thereafter until the end of each alternate annual general meeting of the
board when such members shall cease to serve but shall be eligible for
renomination:

Provided that if such a member ceases to be a contributor or is
unable or unwilling to Let, or resigns, or is absent for more than 3
months from the Colony,a contributor may be nominated as a
member in similar manner in his place.

(5) 5 members of the board shall form a quorum and the chairman or
in his absence the vice chairman shall have a casting vote.

(6) The board shall regulate its own procedure and in the absence
of the chairman and the vice chairman a temporary chair~ man shall be
elected from amongst the members of the board.

(7) An annual general meeting of the members of the board shall be
held not later than 31 August in each year.

(8) The validity of any proceedings of the board shall not be
affected by any vacancy among the members thereof or by any defect in
the appointment of any member thereto.

(9) All questions coming or arising before any meeting of the board
shall be determined by a majority of the members present and voting
thereon.

5. (1) The board shall as necessary elect from amongst its members
a secretary who shall summon such meetings as may be required by the
board, of which he shall give at least 7 days notice with an agenda for
discussion.

(2) The secretary shall maintain minutes of each meeting and a
record of the members of the board from time to time.

6. (1) A treasurer of the fund shall be appointed by the Director of
Accounting Services who may if and whenever the Director of
Accounting Services thinks fit also act as his representative on the
board under rule 4.

(2) The cost of the administration of the fund shall be a charge on
the general revenue of the Colony.

Provided that the Financial Secretary may direct that an annual
supervision fee, to be determined by him, shall be charged against the
income of the fund and paid into the general revenue of the
Colony.

7. (1) Subject to paragraph (1A) every teacher approved for the
purposes of the Grant Code or the code of aid for secondary schools
(including any such teacher while on probation) shall be required to
contribute to the fund in the manner provided in rule 8, except--





(a) any teacher employed on a temporary basis;

(b)any teacher in receipt of salary based on a salary scale
applicable to unqualified teachers:

Provided that any such teacher may at his option
contribute to the fund;

(c)any teacher who is in continuous contributory service
otherwise than by reason of contributing to the Subsidized
Schools Provident Fund:

Provided that any such teacher may at his option
contribute to the fund;

(d)any teacher who, being first appointed to a grant school
before 1 September 1980, was over the age of 50 years upon
such appointment, or who, upon his first appointment to a
grant school on or after 1 September 1980, was or is over the
age of 55 years:

Provided that

(i) the provisions of this paragraph shall not apply in the
case of any such teacher who, at the time of first appointment
to a grant school, is in continuous contributory service by
reason of making contribution to the Subsidized Schools
Provident Fund; and

(ii) any such teacher who, at the time of first appointment to
a grant school, is in continuous contributory service
otherwise than by reason of making contribution to the
Subsidized Schools Provident Fund, may at his option
contribute to the fund;

(e)

any teacher who is a member of a religious order, convent or
missionary body:

Provided that any such teacher may at his option
contribute to the fund;

any teacher employed on a part time basis:

Provided that, subject to the approval of the Director,
any such teacher may at his option contribute to the fund.

(1A) Any teacher in a grant school who was not more than 55
years of age on 1 September 1980 may, if he is not a contributor, at his
option contribute to the fund.

(2) Subject to paragraphs (2A) and (2B), any option exercised
pursuant to the provisions of paragraph (1) may be exercised at any
time, but shall

(a) be irrevocable; and

(b) not be exercised with retrospective effect otherwise than-

(i) to the date of first appointment in a grant school, or

(ii) for a period of 3 months, whichever is the less.





(2A) An option to contribute to the fund by a teacher to whom
paragraph (1)(d) applies (other than a teacher first appointed to a grant
school on or after 24 June 1982) or by a teacher to whom paragraph (1A)
applies

(a) shall be irrevocable; and

(b) if exercised not later than 3 months after 24 June 1982,

may be retrospective to the date of his first appointment
to a grant school, or to such other date after such first
appointment, as the teacher may specify in the option, but
in any event shall not be retrospective to a date earlier
than 1 September 1980.

(2B) Where an option has been exercised by a teacher before 24
June 1982 and by virtue of paragraph (2)(b)(ii) such option is
retrospective to a date after the date of his first appointment to a grant
school, the teacher may exercise an additional option, not later than 3
months after 24 June 1982. to contribute to the fund from the date of his
first appointment to a grant school or from 1 September 1980, whichever
is the later.

(3) Any question arising as to whether, for the purpose of
paragraph (1), a teacher is employed on a temporary basis shall be
determined by the Director whose decision shall be final.

8. (1) Contribution to the fund shall be at the rate of 5 per cent of
the contributor's basic salary, including any allowances approved for
that purpose by the Director, and, except with the consent of the
Director, shall be payable only in respect of periods during which the
contributor draws his basic salary.

(2) Subject to paragraph (2A), the contributions shall be deducted
from salaries monthly by each supervisor who shall within 7 days
thereafter pay to the treasurer the amount of such deduction.

(2A) Where an option to contribute to the fund is exercised with
retrospective effect under rule 7(2A) or (2B), any contributions payable
by a contributor in respect of the retrospective period shall be
deducted, in such instalments as the Director may determine, from the
salary of the contributor monthly by the supervisor who shall within 7
days thereafter pay to the treasurer the amount of such deduction.

(3) It shall be the duty of the supervisor to maintain an
independent complete account for each contributor in his school which
shall specify

(a) contributions paid;

(b) donations made by Government in accordance with rule 9;

(c)such further credits and debits for the previous year as shall
have been notified to him by the treasurer.





(4) The total of each such account shall be reconciled annually
with the treasurer, and the detail shall be available for inspection by the
contributor.

9. (1) For each contribution by a contributor, Government shall pay
to the fund a sum referred to in these rules as a Government donation.

(2) A Government donation shall be paid to the fund each month
when the contribution by a contributor becomes payable, or, in the case
of any contribution payable under rule 8(2A), when the contribution by
a contributor is deducted from his salary, and shall be an amount equal
to the following percentage of the contributor's basic salary, including
any allowance approved for that purpose by the Director

(a)5 per cent, if his continuous contributory service is less than
10 years;

(b)10 per cent. if his continuous contributory service is not less
than 10 years but less than 15 years;

(c)15 per cent. if his continuous contributory service is not less
than 15 years.

(3) A Government donation paid in respect of a contributor shall be
forthwith credited to his account by the supervisor and by the treasurer.

(4) In the calculation of continuous contributory service for the
purposes of this rule, where a contributor commenced his service on a
day in a month other than the first day of that month, he shall be
deemed to have commenced his service on the first day of that month.

(5) With respect to contributions made at any time by a contributor
during the period beginning on 1 September 1980 and ending
immediately before the commencement* of the Grant Schools Provident
Fund (Amendment) Rules 1982, the Government shall pay to the fund a
sum equal to the difference between the aggregate amount of the
donations payable by the Government to the fund in respect of those
contributions during that period under the provisions of this rule then in
force and the aggregate amount of the donations which would have
been so payable in respect of those contributions under this rule if those
Rules had been in force during that period; and the account of each
such contributor kept in respect of that period shall be adjusted and
credited accordingly in respect of each of his contributions made in that
period.



10. (1) All sums considered by the board to be surplus to the
normal cash requirement of the fund may at the direction of the board-

(a) be invested in such securities or deposited in such manner
in the Colony by the treasurer as the Financial Secretary
may from time to time approve for that purpose, or

10. All sums considered by the board to be surplus to
the normal cash requirements of the fund may at the
direction of the board be invested or deposited by
(b) be remitted to the Crown Agents for investment in such
securities or deposit in such manner as the Secretary of
State may from time to time approve for that purpose.

and the dividends or interest accruing from such investments or
deposits shall be credited to the account of the fund.

(2) Such realization of the capital of the fund as the board may
from time to time consider necessary shall be effected by the Crown
Agents or by the treasurer as the case may be.

(3) Requests to the Crown Agents shall be made through the
medium of the Director of Accounting Services who shall annually
and whenever requested by the treasurer or auditor obtain from the
Crown Agents a statement of investments showing the nominal
value and middle market price of the securities held together with
the amount of any deposits.

11. (1) A reserve fund shall be maintained. to which shall
be-
(a) credited each year
(i) the proceeds of any realization upon sale or maturity of
any security during the year in so far as such proceeds exceed
the cost price to the fund of such security;

(ii) the net amount of any Government donation, including
any dividend earned thereby, standing to the credit of any
contributor to whom, under rule 13, such donation is not
payable; and

(iii) such proportion of the income derived from
investments and deposits as the board may think fit; and

(b) debited each year

(i) any loss incurred upon sale or maturity during the year
of any security having regard to the cost price to the fund of
such security; and

(ii) such outgoings or losses incurred by the fund as the
Governor may in special circumstances authorize or direct in
writing.

(2) Where in any year the credit balance of the reserve fund, after
crediting all the items specified in paragraph (1)(a), is less than the total
of all the debits specified in paragraph (1)(b), an amount representing
such difference shall be debited to the income and expenditure account
and credited to the reserve fund.

(3) Where in any year, after crediting and debiting all the items
specified in paragraph (1), there is a credit balance in the reserve fund,
such proportion as may be required to meet the 5 per cent dividend,
guaranteed under rule 12(1), shall be debited to the reserve fund and
credited to the income and expenditure account.

(4) Where in any year, after crediting and debiting all the items
specified in paragraphs (1) and (3), the credit balance of the reserve fund
exceeds the aggregate of an amount equal to 5 per cent of the credit
balance of the contributors' accounts as at 31 August and the





total amount of any outstanding Government loans made under rule
12(2), any such excess may, at the discretion of the board, be credited to
the contributors' accounts under rule 12(5).

(5) When in any year the Financial Secretary determines under rule
12(4) that any Government loan made under rule 12(2) shall be repaid,
either in whole or in part, then

(a)if the credit balance of the reserve fund exceeds the amount of
the loan to be repaid, that amount shall be debited to the
reserve fund and credited to the dividend deficiency
account;and

(b)if the credit balance of the reserve fund is less than the
amount of the loan to be repaid, an amount representing such
difference shall be debited to the income and expenditure
account and credited to the reserve fund.

(6) In this rule and in rule 12, -income and expenditure accounC
means the account maintained for receiving the credits of income from
investments and income other than of a capital nature, and the debits of
expenses other than of a capital nature, relating to the operation of the
fund and for determining the surplus or deficit resulting from the
operation.

12. (1) At each annual general meeting of the board, the board shall
declare to the account of each contributor a credit of 5 per cent of each
such account as at the previous 31 August. hereinafter referred to as the
guaranteed dividend, out of the sum comprised of the following

(a)the income of the fund after providing for any expenses and
for the amount, if any, credited to the reserve fund under rule
11 (1)(a)(iii);

(b)any amount debited to the income and expenditure account
under rule 11(2);

(c)any amount credited to the income and expenditure account
under rule 11(3);

(d)any amount credited to the income and expenditure account,
being the amount of the transfer to the debit of the dividend
deficiency account, of the balance of the guaranteed dividend
which cannot be met from the income and expenditure account
and which is underwritten by the Government by way of a
loan made under paragraph (2).

(2) Where in any year the guaranteed dividend cannot be met under
paragraphs (1)(a), (1)(b) and the Financial Secretary may direct that a
sum, sufficient to cover the debit of the dividend deficiency account
under paragraph (1)(d), to be paid out of the general revenue and
referred to in these rules as a Government loan, shall be paid to the fund.

(3) A Government loan made under paragraph (2) shall not bear
interest against the fund and shall be a charge against the reserve fund.





(4) A Government loan made under paragraph (2) shall be
repaid out of the fund at such time and in such instalments as the
Financial Secretary may determine.
(5) Subject to paragraph (6), the board may, at its annual
general meeting. declare a supplementary dividend, subject to the
approval of the Governor, by way of a percentage of the account of
each contributor as at the previous 31 August, to be credited to each
account from the excess available under rule 11(4).
(6) No supplementary dividend shall be declared if any
Government loan made under paragraph (2) has not been repaid.
(7) In this rule, 'dividend deficiency account' means the
account to which the balance of the guaranteed dividend that cannot
be met from the income and expenditure account and the reserve
fund is debited.

13. (1) Whenever a contributor ceases to be employed as a
teacher in a grant school for any of the following reasons-
(a) after 10 years continuous contributory service-
(i) he is compulsorily retired, or dismissed or his con-
tract is terminated (on completion or otherwise), other
than where he is compulsorily retired or dismissed, or his
contract is terminated, on account of professional miscon-
duct or being convicted of an offence. or
(ii) he retires voluntarily, resigns or terminates his
contract (on completion or otherwise), other than where
he retires voluntarily, resigns, or terminates his contract,
in order to avoid compulsory retirement, dismissal, or
termination of his contract, on account of professional
misconduct or being convicted of an offence;
(b)on the ground of ill health, certified by a Government
medical board as constituting reasonable ground for cessa-
tion of his employment;
(c) removal of a school from the list of grant schools;
(d) death,
then, subject to paragraph (3), his account shall be closed and, in
accordance with rule 14, the amount standing to the credit of his
account at the date of the cessation of his employment, including all
Government donations and all dividends that have been declared up
to and including that date, shall be paid to him or to his personal
representative.
(2) Without prejudice to paragraph (1)(b), (c) and (d), when-
ever a contributor ceases to be employed as a teacher in a grant
school after 5 years but less than 10 years continuous contributory
service for the reason that-
(a)he is compulsorily retired. or dismissed or his contract is
terminated (on completion or otherwise). other than where
he is compulsorily retired or dismissed, or his contract is
terminated, on account of professional misconduct or
being convicted of an offence; or





(b)he retires voluntarily, resigns or terminates his contract (on
completion or otherwise), other than where he retires
voluntarily, resigns, or terminates his contract, in order to
avoid compulsory retirement, dismissal, or termination of his
contract, on account of professional misconduct or being
convicted of an offence,

then, subject to paragraph (3), his account shall be closed and, in
accordance with rule 14, the payment due to him as a contributor shall be
an amount equal to that contributed by him up to the date of cessation
of his employment and all dividends that have been declared on that
contribution plus an amount equal to the following percentage of all
Government donations and all dividends that have been declared on
such donations

(i)50 per cent, if his continuous contributory service is less than
6 years;

(ii) 60 per cent, if his continuous contributory service is not less
than 6 years but less than 7 years;

(iii)70 per cent, if his continuous contributory service is not less
than 7 years but less than 8 years;

(iv)80 per cepil, if his continuous contributory service is not less
than 8 years but less than 9 years;

(v) 90 per cent, if his continuous contributory, service is not less
than 9 years but less than 10 years.

(2A) Without prejudice to paragraph (1)(b), (c.) and (cl), whenever
a contributor ceases to be employed as a teacher in a grant school

(a) after less than 5 years continuous contributory service, or

(b)

for any of the following reasons, (regardless of the length of
his continuous contributory service) namely, that

(i) he is compulsorily retired. or dismissed or his contract is
terminated (on completion or otherwise). on account of
professional misconduct or being convicted of an offence; or

(ii) he retires voluntarily, resigns, or terminates his contract
(on completion or otherwise), in order to avoid compulsory
retirement, dismissal. or termination of his contract, on account
of professional misconduct or being convicted of an offence,

then. subject to paragraph (3), his account shall be closed and, in
accordance with rule 14, an amount equal to that contributed by him up
to the date of the cessation of his employment. plus such dividends as
have been declared on that contribution. shall be paid to him.

(3) On the application of a contributor who has ceased to make the
contributions required under rule 8. the Director may, except--





(a)where, after 10 years continuous contributory service, the
contributor is compulsorily retired; or

(b) in any case to which paragraph (2A)(b) applies,

direct, subject to such terms and conditions as he thinks fit, that the
contributor's account be kept open, but in that event -the period during
which the contributor's account is kept open pursuant to this paragraph
shall not be taken into account as continuous contributory service.

(4) In the calculation of continuous contributory service for the
purposes of this rule, where a contributor commenced his service on a
day in a month other than the first day of that month, he shall be
deemed to have commenced his service on the first day of that month.

(5) A contributor who, at any time during the period beginning on 1
September 1980 and ending immediately before the commencement* of
the Grant Schools Provident Fund (Amendment) Rules 1982, ceased to
be employed as a teacher in a grant school and became entitled to be
paid an amount ('the former benefit') under the provisions of this rule in
force at that time, shall be entitled to be paid out of the fund, in addition
to the former benefit, an amount equal to the difference between the
former benefit and the amount which would have been payable to him
under this rule if those Rules had been in force at that time.

c

14. (1) Payments due to contributors under these rules shall be
certified by the secretary and treasurer, and cheques in respect thereof
and in respect of all disbursements by the fund shall be signed by the
chairman and treasurer or, in the event of the chairman being absent
from the Colony or for any reason unable to sign cheques, by the
vice chairman and the treasurer.

(2) Where a contributor's account has been closed under rule 13,
no dividend shall be carried thereto under rule 12, and if after notice has
been published in the Gazette no lawful claim is made within 3 years from
the date on which the account was closed. the amount standing to the
credit of the account shall be transferred to the credit of the reserve
fund.

(3) Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (2), the amount of
any dividend, declared in accordance with the provisions of rule 12, in
respect of an account which was closed in accordance with the
provisions of rule 13 on or after 31 August in any year and before the
next following annual general meeting of the board, shall be paid to the
person entitled to payment of the sum standing to the credit of such
account.

15. (1) The treasurer shall cause proper accounts to be kept of all
transactions of the fund and shall cause to be prepared for every period
of 12 months ending 31 August in each year a statement of the accounts
of the fund, which statement shall include an income and expenditure
account and a balance sheet and shall be signed by the chairman and
the treasurer.





(2) The accounts of the fund and the signed statement of the
accounts shall be audited by an auditor appointed by the Governor who
shall certify the statement subject to such report. if any, as he may think
fit.

(3) A copy of the signed and audited statement of accounts
together with the auditor's report, if any, shall be placed before the
board at the annual general meeting of the board next following the
expiration of the period covered by such statement, and thereafter
be submitted to the Chief Secretary for the information of the
Governor.

16. Without prejudice to rule 15, the board shall, whenever required
by the Governor to do so, submit to him through the Chief Secretary a
report on the operation of the fund and an audited statement of the
accounts of the fund.

17. In any case of doubt as to the interpretation or application of
these rules the decision of the Governor shall be final.

18. (1) In any case in which a teacher employed in any grant school
after the commencement of these rules terminates his employment in
such grant school and commences employment in a subsidized school,
without break in teaching service otherwise than such break as the
Director may approve. such teacher shall have the option, on
application to the board, of

(a)having his account closed in accordance with rule 13 and
receiving payment in accordance with rule 14, or

(b)having his account kept open in accordance with rule 13(3);
or

(c)having his account transferred to the Subsidized Schools
Provident Fund.

(2) In any case after the commencement of these rules in which a
contributory teacher's employment in a subsidized school is terminated
and his account in the Subsidized Schools Provident Fund is transferred
to the Grant Schools Provident Fund the treasurer shall open a
contributor's account in the Grant Schools Provident Fund in such
teacher's name and shall credit thereto the account so transferred; and
such teacher shall for all purposes thereafter be deemed to have been a
contributor to the Grant Schools Provident Fund with effect from the
commencement of his continuous contributory service within the
meaning of the Subsidized Schools Provident Fund Rules.

(3) For the purpose of this rule, the expression 'without break in
teaching service' means continuity of teaching employment in either a
grant school or a subsidized school, as the case may be, subject only to
change of employment from one such school to another such school in
the course of an unbroken academic year's teaching service.
33 of 1952. Third Schedule. G.N.A. 85/55. 39 of 1961. G.N.A. 116/61. 43 of 1962. L.N. 24/66. L.N. 87/76. L.N. 226/76. L.N. 239/82. Citation. Interpretation. L.N. 87/76. G.N.A. 116/61. (Cap. 279, sub. leg.) Object of rules. G.N.A. 116/61. L.N. 87/76. Board of control. G.N.A. 85/55. G.N.A. 116/61. L.N. 87/76. G.N.A. 116/61. G.N.A. 85/55. G.N.A. 85/55. L.N. 87/76. Appointment of secretary and his duties. G.N.A. 116/61. Appointment of treasurer and his duties. G.N.A. 116/61. Contributors. G.N.A. 116/61. L.N. 87/76. L.N. 239/82. L.N. 239/82. L.N. 239/82. L.N. 239/82. L.N. 239/82. L.N. 239/82. Contributions. L.N. 87/76. G.N.A. 116/61. L.N. 239/82. L.N. 239/82. Government's donation. L.N. 239/82. (L.N. 239/82.) [*24.6.82] Investment. G.N.A. 116/61. G.N.A. 116/61. Reserve fund. L.N. 239/82. Credits to contributors' accounts. L.N. 239/82. Benefits. L.N. 87/76. L.N. 239/82. L.N. 239/82. L.N. 239/82. L.N. 239/82. L.N. 239/82. (L.N. 239/82.) [*24.6.82] Payments out. G.N.A. 85/55. L.N. 239/82. 39 of 1961, s. 3. L.N. 239/82. Accounts. G.N.A. 116/61. L.N. 226/76. Reports on working of fund. L.N. 87/76. L.N. 226/76. Decision of doubtful cases. Transfer of teachers from grant schools to subsidized schools and vice versa. G.N.A. 116/61. (Cap. 279, sub. leg.)

Abstract

33 of 1952. Third Schedule. G.N.A. 85/55. 39 of 1961. G.N.A. 116/61. 43 of 1962. L.N. 24/66. L.N. 87/76. L.N. 226/76. L.N. 239/82. Citation. Interpretation. L.N. 87/76. G.N.A. 116/61. (Cap. 279, sub. leg.) Object of rules. G.N.A. 116/61. L.N. 87/76. Board of control. G.N.A. 85/55. G.N.A. 116/61. L.N. 87/76. G.N.A. 116/61. G.N.A. 85/55. G.N.A. 85/55. L.N. 87/76. Appointment of secretary and his duties. G.N.A. 116/61. Appointment of treasurer and his duties. G.N.A. 116/61. Contributors. G.N.A. 116/61. L.N. 87/76. L.N. 239/82. L.N. 239/82. L.N. 239/82. L.N. 239/82. L.N. 239/82. L.N. 239/82. Contributions. L.N. 87/76. G.N.A. 116/61. L.N. 239/82. L.N. 239/82. Government's donation. L.N. 239/82. (L.N. 239/82.) [*24.6.82] Investment. G.N.A. 116/61. G.N.A. 116/61. Reserve fund. L.N. 239/82. Credits to contributors' accounts. L.N. 239/82. Benefits. L.N. 87/76. L.N. 239/82. L.N. 239/82. L.N. 239/82. L.N. 239/82. L.N. 239/82. (L.N. 239/82.) [*24.6.82] Payments out. G.N.A. 85/55. L.N. 239/82. 39 of 1961, s. 3. L.N. 239/82. Accounts. G.N.A. 116/61. L.N. 226/76. Reports on working of fund. L.N. 87/76. L.N. 226/76. Decision of doubtful cases. Transfer of teachers from grant schools to subsidized schools and vice versa. G.N.A. 116/61. (Cap. 279, sub. leg.)

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3077

Edition

1964

Volume

v17

Subsequent Cap No.

279

Number of Pages

13
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:15:06 +0800
<![CDATA[EDUCATION (EXEMPTION) ORDER]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3076

Title

EDUCATION (EXEMPTION) ORDER

Description








EDUCATION (EXEMPTION) ORDER.

(Cap. 279, section 9(3)*.

[6th September, 1963.]

1. This Order may be cited as the Education (Exemption) Order.

2. Every school which is carried on in any vessel shall be exempt
from the provisions of section 11(b)(ii) of the Education Ordinance and
of Part 11 of the Education Regulations, other than regulation 5,
regulation 9(1) and (2) and regulation 10, so long as such school
complies with the conditions set forth in the Schedule hereto.

SCHEDULE.

1. Every vessel used as a school must be

(a) licensed by the Director of Marine;

(b) seaworthy to the satisfaction of the Director of Marine;

(e)provided with such life-saving and fire-fighting appliances as are
required by any enactment;

(d)provided with such lights and sound signals and anchors as the
Director of Marine may consider necessary; and

(e)provided with such watertight sub-divisions, exits and gangways as
the Director of Marine may consider necessary to provide adequately
for the safety of persons in the vessel.

2. Every such vessel and every part thereof and all equipment installed therein
shall at all times be maintained and kept in good order to the satisfaction of the
Director of Marine.

3. No person in excess of such number as shall be prescribed by the Director of
Marine may be permitted to be on or in such vessel at any time.

4. When pupils are on board such vessel for the purposes of the school there
shall be at all times on board the vessel and on duty therein at least one teacher.

This Order was made under section 6(2) of the repealed Education Ordinance
(Cap. 279, 1964 Ed.) and, by virtue of section 36(1) of the Interpretation and
General Clauses Ordinance, continue to have the like effect as if it had been
made under section 9(3) of the new Education Ordinance (enacted in 1971 and
Cap. 279 in this edition).
L.N. 108/63. L.N. 106/71. Citation. Exemption from compliance. L.N. 106/71. (Cap. 279.) (Cap. 279, sub. leg.)

Abstract

L.N. 108/63. L.N. 106/71. Citation. Exemption from compliance. L.N. 106/71. (Cap. 279.) (Cap. 279, sub. leg.)

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3076

Edition

1964

Volume

v17

Subsequent Cap No.

279

Number of Pages

1
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:15:05 +0800
<![CDATA[EDUCATION REGULATIONS]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3075

Title

EDUCATION REGULATIONS

Description






Education Regulation

ARRANGEMENT OF REGULATIONS

1. Citation

2. Interpretation

ON REGULATIONS

ENT OF REGULATIONS

PART I

PRELIMINARY

PART II

SCHOOL PREMISES AND STRUCTURAL
REQUIREMENTS

3. Supervisor to furnish plan of school premises
4. Precautions for health and safety
5. Repair
6. Schools not to be over godowns, shops, etc. .
7. Maximum height of schools .
8. Minimum height of parapets and window openings
9. Ventilation and lighting
10.Structural alterations

........ ... ...

PART III

SCHOOL IN PREMISES NOT DESIGNED AND CONSTRUCTED
FOR
THE PURPOSES OF A SCHOOL

11. Application of Part III A8
12. Restriction on assembly of pupils A8

13. Restriction on gymnastics A8


14. Restriction on furniture to be in any classroom ... . ... ... ... A 8

Periodic inspection of premises ............ ... ... ... ... A 8

PART IV

ROOF PLAYGROUNDS

16. Approval for roof playgrounds ........ ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 9

17. Structural requirements .............. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 9

18. Pupils using roof playgrounds to be under supervision ............... A10
19. Numbers of pupils allowed on a roof playground ... ... ... ... ... ... A 10

20. Limitation of activities on roof playgrounds ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 10





Regulation

PART V

SCHOOL WORKSHOPS AND SCIENCE
LABORATORIES

21. Safety precautions ...

22. Consent for installation
22A. Appointment of teacher in charge of workshop
22B. Duties of teacher in charge of workshop
23. Plan of layout
24.
25.
26.
27.
28.
29.
30.
31.
32.
33.

Limit on number of pupils
Master switches ... ...
Maintenance and suitability
Presence of teacher ...
Number of pupils ...
Workshops ... ... ...
Lighting ...
Storage of poisons and dangerous substance ...
Appointment of teacher in charge of laboratory or store
room
Duties of teacher in charge of laboratory or store room

PART VI

FIRE PRECAUTIONS

34.
35.

36.
37.
38.
39.

Fire officers may inspect school premises
Fire officers may inspect buildings in neighbourhood of schools if fire risk
suspected ... ... ... ... ... ...
Reports thereon ... ... ... ... ... ...
Notice requiring safety equipment against fire
Fire drills, exits ...
Extinguishers ...

PART VII

HEALTH AND SANITATION

40.
41.
42. Recreation for pupils

42A..........................Activity and rest at full-day kindergarten schools ...







43. Latrines, etc . ... ...

44. Improvements to sanitation
45. Water supply

Page

A 10 A
10 * 10
* 10 *
10 A
11 A
11 A
11 A
11 A
11 A
11 A
11 A
11 A
11 A
11

A 12

* 12 *
12 * 12
* 12 *
12

Floor space .......................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 12

Blackboards to be adequately illuminated... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 13
..................A 13
..................A 13
..................A 14
..................A 14
..................A 14





Regulation



46. Ablutions ...
46A. Meals at full-day kindergarten schools ...
47. Refreshment places ... ... ...
48. Cleaning and colour washing ...
49. Furniture and equipment ... ...
50. Print in text-books ... ...
51. Smoking and spitting
52. Medical examination of pupils
53. Infectious diseases
54. Medical examination of teachers, pupils and employee
55. First aid ... ... ... ... ... ...
56. Boarding schools ... ...
57. Medical examination in boarding schools

........ ... ...

PART VIII

DISCIPLINE

58. Corporal punishment of girls prohibited

59. Corporal punishment of boys ... ...

PARTIX

FEES AND COLLECTIONS



60. Fees and collections
61. Fees other than inclusive fee prohibited ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 18

62. Method of payment .................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 18
63. Formal receipts ...................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 18

64. Accounts ................................... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 18

65. Approval for change in fee ................. ... ... ... ... ... ... A 18

66. Prohibition of collections without permission of Director ... ... ... ... A 18

67. Duty to exhibit certificate ............. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 19

PART X

EDUCATIONAL REQUIREMENTS FOR REGISTERED AND
PERMITTED
TEACHERS, PRINCIPALS AND TEACHERS OF ENGLISH

68. Qualifications for registered teachers

69. Qualifications for permitted teachers

......................................A 19
......................................A 19
70. Qualifications for permitted teachers teaching English ... ... ... ... ... A 19





Regulation



PART XI

PUPILS'
ASSOCIATIONS

Page

71. Register of pupils' associations ..... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 19

72. Pupils' associations to be registered ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 1 A 20

73. Approval of pupils' associations, entry in register and power of Director to

impose conditions ....................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 20

74. Removal of pupils' associations from register ... ... ... ... ... ... A 20

PART XII

SCHOOL MANAGEMENT COMMITTEES AND
SUPERVISORS

75. Constitution of school management committees ... ...
76. Majority vote in certain cases ...
77. Appointment of teachers ... ...
78. Salaries of teachers

PART XIII

HOLIDAYS

79.Notice of school holidays...
80. Restriction on holidays ...
81. Director may disapprove
82.... Director may require grant of holiday
83... List of holidays to be posted

PART XIV

GENERAL



84. School name to be displayed ...
85. Restriction on locking of entrances to and exits from schools
86. Identification of rooms ...
87. Maximum number of pupils






88. Size of classes ... ... ...
89. Hours of instruction ... ...
89A. Period of attendance at nursery schools ... ...
90. Attendance registers ... ... ... ... ... ...
91.Equipment and educational facilities ... ...


92. Syllabus and time-table subject to approval of Director
93. Permission required for school for teachers




Regulation

94. Information to be given concerning school and pupils A24

95. Non-resident pupils . ..... ... ... ... A24

96. Expulsion and suspension of pupils ... ... .. A25

97. Expelled or suspended pupil not to enter school premises without permission A25

98. Political propaganda and symbols A25

99. Unauthorized persons on school premises and use of school premises for
unauthorized purpose A25

99A...............Business or trading operations ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A26

100......................Copy of Ordinance and regulations ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 27

101.........Offences ....................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 27
102.........Penalties ...................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 27

103.......Forms ....................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 27

First Schedule. Latrines and Urinals in School Premises

Second Schedule. Qualifications for Teachers ... ...

Third Schedule. Forms...







EDUCATION REGULATIONS

(Cap. 279, section 84)

PART I

PRELIMINARY

[30 September 1971.]

1. These regulations may be cited as the Education Regulations.

2. In these regulations, unless the context otherwise requires

'boarding school' means a school in connexion with which hostels,
dormitories or other rooms or premises are provided for the
housing or lodging of some or all of the pupils of that school out of
school hours, whether such hostels, dormitories, or other rooms or
premises are in or part of the same building or group of buildings as
the classrooms or not;

'boarders' means the pupils of a boarding school for whom housing or
lodging accommodation is provided;

'classroom' means any room used for teaching purposes;

'dangerous substance' means any substance which is dangerous to a
person or which may be dangerous to a person if not handled or
otherwise dealt with under the supervision of a responsible
teacher;

'dormitory' means any room provided as sleeping accommodation for
boarders;

'full-day kindergarten education' means kindergarten education
received by a pupil at a school for a substantial period beginning
before and ending after 1 p.m. on any day that he attends the
school;

'infectious disease' has the same meaning as in the Quarantine and
Prevention of Disease Ordinance;

'school workshop' means any place in school premises in which
instruction is given in the use of tools or machinery or where tools
or machines are used for the repair, adjustment or manufacture of
articles, or for training students for any trade or commercial
occupation;

'science laboratory' means any place in school premises in which
practical experiments or demonstrations in science subjects are
carried out and includes any place where instruction is given in
domestic science or homecraft.





PART II

SCHOOL PREMISES AND STRUCTURAL REQUIREMENTS

3. The supervisor of every school shall on demand supply the
Director with a plan or diagram, with dimensions, of the school premises.

4. In all school buildings, the design, the construction, the fire
resistance of the elements of the structure and the properties of the
materials, shall be such that the health and safety of the occupants, and
in particular their safe escape in the event of fire, shall be reasonably
assured.

5. All school premises shall at all times be kept in a satisfactory
state of repair.

6.

No school premises or any part thereof shall be situated-

(a) over any godown; or

(b)

over any shop, store or factory unless the Director is satisfied
that situation over such shop, store or factory would not
constitute a danger or hazard or would not be detrimental to
the health or well-being of the pupils.

7. No part of any school premises, except the parapet wall round a
roof playground, shall be situated at a height of more than 24 m above
ground level:

Provided that the Director, with the advice of the Director of Fire
Services, may by notice in writing authorize that any part of such
premises be situated at such height greater than 24 m as may be
specified in the notice.

8. The height of all parapets and window openings shall, unless
such parapet or window opening is satisfactorily guarded by bars, be at
least 1.1 m measured from the level of the floor immediately adjoining
and where such bars are installed in openings giving access to areas to
be occupied by teachers or pupils the bars shall be so installed as to be
readily removable by the Fire Services in emergency.

9. (1) All school premises shall be adequately ventilated and
lighted.

(2) No cubicle or partition which obstructs the free passage of light
or air shall be erected in any classroom.

(3) The ceiling of every classroom shall

(a)in premises designed and constructed for the purposes of a
school, be not less than 3 m above the floor level of such
classroom;





(b)in premises not designed and constructed for the purposes of
a school, be not less than 2.75 m above the floor level of such
classroom.

10. Except with the consent in writing of the Director there shall not
be made

(a) any structural alterations to the school premises;

(b)any alteration to the latrine accommodation or the sanitary
arrangements of any school or in the ventilation or lighting of
a classroom;

(c) any subdivision of a classroom.

PART 111

SCHOOL IN PREMISES NOT DESIGNED AND
CONSTRUCTED
FOR THE PURPOSES OF A SCHOOL

11. This Part applies to every school premises of which are, in the
opinion of the competent authority for the purposes of section 12 of the
Ordinance, unsuitable for the purposes of a school having regard to the
loading for which they were designed and constructed.

12. No assembly of pupils, other than of the pupils permitted under
these regulations to be in a classroom, shall be permitted to take place
in any school premises to which this Part applies

(a)in any room, except a room on the lowest floor of the
permises; or

(b) on the roof of the premises.

13. No gymnastics or other form of physical education shall be
permitted to take place in any such school premises

(a)in any room, except a room on the lowest floor of the
premises; or

(b) on the roof of the premises.

14. Save with the permission of the Director, no classroom in any
such school premises, except a classroom on the lowest floor of the
premises, shall contain any furniture of any kind whatsoever, other than
desks, tables, chairs and blackboards, unless the floors in the premises
are strengthened, to the satisfaction of the Director of Buildings and
Lands, to carry the load imposed by any other furniture.

15. (1) The supervisor of any such school shall, at intervals
not exceeding 3 years in the case of premises of reinforced concrete
construction and at intervals not exceeding 12 months in the case
of premises with timber floors, cause the premises to be inspected by
an authorized architcet in order to determine whether the premises
are in sound struchural condition.





(2)(a) Where, upon any inspection under paragraph (1), the
authorized architect is satisfied that the premises are in sound
structural condition, he shall deliver to the supervisor of the
school a certificate, in writing, that he is so, satisfied.

(b) The supervisor shall deliver such certificate to the Director.

(3) Where, upon any such inspection, the authorized architect is
not satisfied that the premises are in sound structural condition, he
shall, in writing, report the fact to the Director and shall notify the
supervisor of the school thereof.

PART IV

ROOF
PLAYGROUNDS

16. No roof, verandah or balcony shall be used for physical
education or recreational purposes without the written approval of the
Director.

17. (1) Roof playgrounds shall satisfy the following structural
requirements

(a)the roof shall be situated on premises constructed of
reinforced cement concrete;

(b)there shall be a minimum of 2 suitable staircases, leading from
the roof to a satisfactory open air exit at ground level, each
staircase being of a minimum width of 1.05 m and being fitted
with continuous handrails on both sides;

(c)at the head of each staircase there shall be landings leading to
the roof, each landing being of width equal to the width of the
staircase and of a minimum depth of 1.5 m;

(d)the external walls surrounding the playground shall be
continued upwards so as to form a continuous parapet wall
around the playground of a height of not less than 1.1 m.
Above such parapet wall there shall be a continuous chain
link or similar metal fence fixed to the inner vertical side, or to
the innermost edge of the upper surface, of the parapet wall.
The total height of the parapet wall and the metal fence shall
be not less than 2.5 m and the metal fence shall be so installed
as to provide ready access to the playground by the Fire
Services in emergency.

(2) No roof, verandah or balcony shall be deemed to be suitable for
use as a playground unless a certificate of stability shall have been
given by an authorized architect that the roof is suitable for such use.
Such certificate shall specify the maximum number of pupils who may be
allowed to use the playground at any one time.





18. No pupil shall be allowed on any roof playground,
verandah or balcony unless under the direct supervision of a teacher.

19. (1) There shall not be more than 60 pupils upon any
roof playground under the charge of one teacher at any one time.

(2) The total number of pupils allowed on any roof play-
ground, verandah or balcony at any one time shall not be greater
than one for every 2 m 2 of superficial area.

(3) A certificate by an inspector of schools that he has
examined the authorized architect's certificate stating the maximum
number of pupils allowed upon any approved roof playground,
verandah or balcony shall be exhibited in a conspicuous place
on the school premises.

20. If any roof playground, verandah or balcony is used in
contravention of these regulations, the Director may by notice in
writing addressed to the supervisor prohibit the use thereof until
such time as he may specify in such notice.

PART V

SCHOOL WORKSHOPS AND SCIENCE LABORATORIES

21. (1) The supervisor shall ensure that all necessary safety
precautions are adopted in school workshops and science laboratories
and shall modify or extend those precautions as the Director may
require.

(2) The supervisor and principal shall ensure that no instruc-
tion is given in the use of tools or the operation of machines or
in science experiments except by a responsible teacher.

22. No machinery or machine tools shall be installed or used
in a school workshop except in accordance with the written consent
of the Director.

22A. The principal of every school shall appoint a teacher to
be in charge of every workshop in the school in which any machinery
or machine tool is installed or used.

22B. Without prejudice to regulation 21, a teacher who is
appointed under regulation 22A shall be responsible for ensuring
that all necessary safety precautions are adopted in every workshop
of which he is appointed to be in charge.

23. Wherever it is desired to install any machinery or machine
tools in a school workshop the supervisor shall submit to the
Director a plan of the proposed layout of the workshop.





24. The Director may limit the number of pupils who may at any one
time receive instruction in any school workshop or science laboratory.

25. In any school workshop in which machinery is installed there
shall also be installed remote control switches whereby the teacher may
stop all machines.

26. All machinery, machine tools, hand tools and other equipment
in a school workshop or science laboratory shall be suitable for the
courses and shall be maintained in proper working order.

27. No pupil shall be permitted to enter any school workshop or
science laboratory unless a teacher is present.

28. Not more than 20 pupils may be taught in a school workshop at
the same time by any one teacher without the approval of the Director.

29. Every school workshop in which power machinery is installed
shall contain windows on opposite sides of the workshop and the total
area of such windows shall be not less than 1/8th of the floor space of
the workshop.

30. Machines and work-benches shall be in such positions that
they are adequately lighted.

31. No poisonous or dangerous substance shall be kept without the
permission of the Director in any place in school premises except in a
science laboratory or a store room that has been approved in writing for
such purpose by the Director.

32. The principal of every school shall appoint a teacher to be in
charge of every science laboratory and store room which has been
approved by the Director under regulation 3 1.

33. A teacher who is appointed under regulation 32 to be in charge
of a science laboratory or a store room shall

(a)cause every poisonous substance and dangerous substance
in such laboratory or store room

(i) to be kept in a proper container clearly marked with the
name of the substance, and with the word 'Dangerous' or
any word or words of similar meanings; and

(ii) to be stored in a locked room or cupboard, except when
the substance is being used for the purpose of a lawful
experiment in practical science which is carried out under the
control of a teacher; and

(b)keep the key to such locked room or cupboard in his control.





PART VI

FIRE PRECAUTIONS

34. (1) Any officer of the Fire Services Department may at all
reasonable times enter and inspect any school premises.

(2) No person shall obstruct an officer of the Fire Services
Department in the exercise of his powers under paragraph (1).

35. (1) Any officer of the Fire Services Department may at all
reasonable times enter and inspect

(a) any premises in or in part of which a school is operated;

(b) any premises in the neighbourhood of any school premises,

if it appears to such officer that a risk of fire to the school premises may
arise in such other premises.

(2) No person shall obstruct an officer of the Fire Services
Department in the exercise of his powers under paragraph (1).

36. Officers of the Fire Services Department shall report to the
Director on the fire precautions available and may make recommendation
as to any further precaution necessary to preclude danger from fire.

37. The Director may by notice in writing require the installation of
any apparatus or equipment necessary as a safeguard against fire or the
implementation of any other steps recommended by the officers of the
Fire Services Department and within a period to be specified in such
notice the management committee shall comply therewith.

38. (1) The principal of every school shall draw up a practical
scheme for the evacuation of the school premises in case of fire, shall
ensure that fire drill including the use of all exits from the school
premises is carried out by the teachers and pupils at least once in every
month, and shall keep a written record of all such drills in a school log
book. The written record shall record the time taken to evacuate the
school premises during the monthly fire drill.

(2) The principal of every school shall ensure that exits from all
classrooms and the school premises are free from obstruction at all
times.

39. The principal of every school shall ensure that all fire
extinguishers in the school premises are kept in good condition and re-
charged annually.

PART VII

HEALTH AND SANITATION

40. (1) If the premises of a school-

(a)were designed and constructed for the purposes of a school;
or





(b)not having been so designed and constructed, are in the
opinion of the competent authority for the purposes of section
12 of the Ordinance nevertheless suitable for the purposes of
a school having regard to the loading for which they were
designed and constructed,

every classroom in the school premises shall have-

(i)a floor space at least 1.5 m in width for the use of the teacher,
extending along the whole length of the wall in front of the
pupils; and

(ii)an area of floor space of not less than 0.9 m' for each pupil in
the classroom.

(2) If the premises of a school were not designed and constructed
for the purposes of a school and are not, in the opinion of the competent
authority for the purposes of section 12 of the Ordinance, suitable for
the purposes of a school having regard to the loading for which they
were designed and constructed, every classroom in the school premises
shall have

(b)

a floor space at least 1.5 m in width for the use of the teacher,
extending along the whole length of the wall in front of the
pupils in the classroom;

if the classroom is to be used by pupils undergoing
kindergarten or primary education, an area of floor space of
not less than 0.9 m2 for each pupil; and

(c)if the classroom is to be used by pupils undergoing
secondary or post-secondary education or any other
educational course, an area of not less than 1.1 m2 for each
pupil.

(3) In calculating the area of floor space which is required for each
pupil under paragraph (1)(ii) or under paragraph (2)(b) or (c)

(a)the floor space required for the use of the teacher under
paragraph (1)(i) or under paragraph (2)(a); and

(b)any area which appears to the Director to be unsuitable for
any reason,

shall be excluded.

41. All classrooms and the blackboards therein shall be adequately
illuminated and the blackboards shall be so placed as to cause the least
eyestrain to the pupils and shall not have a surface that reflects light.

42. Every school shall provide adequate, open-air recreation to the
satisfaction of the Director for its pupils.

42A. At every full-day kindergarten school there shall be provided
for the pupils to the satisfaction of the Director opportunities for
periods of indoor and outdoor activity and periods of rest.







43. (1) Every school shall be provided with latrine accommodation
and sanitary arrangements of a type approved by the Director, which
shall conform with the requirements of the First Schedule.

(2) Every room used for latrine accommodation shall

(a)

be provided with an opening or openings into the external air
having a total area of at least 1/10th of the area of the floor of
the room;

(b) at all times be kept in a clean and sanitary condition; (c)
(d)

not be used for any other purposes;

have its floor and its walls to a height of not less than 1 m
rendered in cement, mortar or other suitable impervious
material.

(3) In any school premises in which water closets are installed no
other type of latrine accommodation shall be used.

(4) In every latrine not fitted with a flush system
(a)
(b)

(5) In the premises of every co-educational school separate latrines
and adequately screened approaches thereto shall be provided for each
sex.

every pan shall have a capacity of at least 14 litres; and every
urinal vessel shall have a capacity of at least 18 litres.

44. The supervisor shall carry out such alterations and
improvements to the sanitary arrangements in the school premises as
may be required by the Director by notice in writing within a period
specified in such notice.

45. An adequate and wholesome supply of water shall be provided
in the premises of every school.

46. (1) The premises of every school shall be equipped with
adequate washing facilities for pupils and teachers.

(2) Every school in premises designed and constructed for the
purposes of a school and providing secondary education shall, in
addition, be equipped with adequate changing rooms and bathing
facilities for the pupils and teachers concerned in such education, and
such facilities shall be situated in close proximity to any gymnasium or
other space used for physical education by such school.

46A. (1) At every school providing full-day kindergarten education
there shall be provided for each pupil undergoing that education at least
one meal a day.

(2) All meals and refreshments provided for pupils at a fullday
kindergarten school shall be properly prepared in accordance with
dietary scales approved by the Director.





(3) The menu of the meals to be provided shall be prepared in
advance and be available at all times for inspection by the Director or
any inspector of schools.

47. Every shop, canteen, dining-room, kitchen or other place on the
school premises where food or drink is prepared, provided or consumed
shall be maintained in a clean and hygienic condition.

48. (1) All school premises shall be maintained in a clean and
sanitary condition.

(2) The supervisor shall, if so required in writing by the Director,
cause the whole or any part of the school premises to be suitably colour-
washed or repainted.

49. All schools shall be provided with adequate and suitable
furniture and equipment.

50. Text-books used in schools shall contain print of such a type
and size as is calculated not to strain the eyes of pupils.

51. (1) No smoking shall be permitted in any classroom during
school hours.

(2) Spitting is prohibited on school premises.

52. (1) The principal of a school shall at the request of a medical
officer of schools or a school nurse permit the medical officer or nurse to
examine the person and clothing of any pupil upon the school premises.

(2) If on such examination a medical officer of schools is of the
opinion that the person or clothing of any pupil is infected with vermin
or is in a foul or filthy condition, he may require the supervisor to
exclude scuh pupil from the school forthwith until such time as the
person and clothing of the pupil have been cleansed to the satisfaction
of a medical officer of schools.

53. (1) If a medical officer of schools certifies that any teacher,
pupil, or employee should be excluded from school by reason of
suffering or having recently suffered from any infectious disease or by
reason of having been in contact with or living in the same house as a
person suffering from an infectious disease, the supervisor shall, if so
required in writing by the medical officer in charge of the school health
services, cause such teacher, pupil, or employee to be excluded from
school for such period as shall seem necessary.

(2) The principal shall immediately report to a medical officer of
schools any suspected or known case of infectious disease amongst
teachers, pupils or employees of a school, or when he suspects or
knows that any such person has been in contact with a case of
infectious disease.





54. (1) The Director may require any person employed in a school
as well as any teacher to submit to medical examination.

(2) The Director shall have power to require every teacher to
submit to an X-Ray examination by a government radiologist once every
year and may issue directions to teachers accordingly.

(3) The Director may require any pupil to submit to a medical
examination.

55. (1) There shall be provided in the premises of every school at
least one first aid box.

(2) At least 2 teachers in every school shall be trained in
administering first aid.

(3) First aid boxes must be fitted outside and adjacent to all science
laboratories and school workshops. All science teachers, workshop
instructors and their assistants must be familiar with the contents and
their use.

(4) First aid boxes shall be maintained fully equipped at all times.

(5) The Director may require the provision of a suitable room for
medical inspection and first aid in the premises of any school which has
more than 100 pupils.

56. (1) In the premises of every boarding school a superficial
dormitory area of at least 3.25 M2 shall be provided for each boarder.

(1A) The ceiling of a dormitory in a boarding school shall be

(a)in the case of a detached or semi-detached building, not less
than 2.5 m above the floor; or

(b) in any other case, not less than 2.75 m above the floor:

Provided that there shall be not less than 2.3 m measured from the
floor to the underside of any beam.

(2) In every boarding school, at least one suitable room shall be set
aside to be used solely as a sanatorium or sick room.

(3) No dormitory shall be in a tenement-house.

(4) In the premises of every boarding school-

(a) the dormitory accommodation;

(b) the washing and bathing arrangements;

(c) the messing and kitchen accommodation;

(d)the latrine accommodation and sanitary arrangements; and

(e) the area provided for open-air recreation,

shall be of adequate standard and properly maintained to the
satisfaction of the Director.





(5) The latrine accommodation of every boarding school shall
consist of water closets or of water closets and.urinals connected to a
flush system.

(6) The supervisor of every boarding school shall, if so required by
the Director in writing, appoint a matron to be in charge

of the boarders.


57. (1) The supervisor of every boarding school shall ensure
that every boarder is medically examined at least once in every 6
months.
(2) The examination shall be conducted by a registered med-
ical practitioner, who shall report in writing to the supervisor on the
general health of the boarders. The report shall also give the names
of any of the boarders whose state of health is such as to demand
special treatment and shall briefly state the nature of the treatment
required.
(3) A copy of such report shall be transmitted forthwith by the
supervisor to the Director.

PART VIII

DISCIPLINE

58. No teacher shall administer corporal punishment to a female
pupil.

59. (1) No teacher shall administer corporal punishment to a male
pupil except

(a) with a light cane; and

(b)on the palms of the hands or on the buttocks over the
clothing.

(2) Where there is more than one teacher in a school, no teacher
shall administer corporal punishment to a male pupil unless

(a) the teacher is the principal; or

(b)the principal has authorized the teacher to administer such
punishment.

PART IX

FEES AND
COLLECTIONS

60. (1) The supervisor of every school shall submit to the Director
when required by him particulars of the inclusive fee.

(2) Upon receipt of such particulars the Director shall cause the
name of the supervisor, the name and address of the school, and the
particulars of the inclusive fee to be published in the Gazette.





61. (1) Subject to regulation 99A and to paragraph (2), no
supervisor, manager or teacher shall charge or accept payment of any
money or any school fees whatsoever other than the inclusive feest~s
published in the Gazette:

Provided that additional charges, moneys or fees may be charged if
previously approved by the Director in writing and if such approval is
displayed upon the school notice board or at some other public place in
the school premises.

(2) A supervisor or manager may in any particular case grant a
remission of the whole or any part of the inclusive fees published in the
Gazette, provided that such remission is permitted under a scheme of
fee remission approved by the Director.

62. Unless otherwise permitted in writing by the Director, the
inclusive fee shall be collected either

(a)in 12 equal monthly payments to be made at the beginning of
each of the months September to August inclusive; or

(b)in 10 equal instalments payable on or after the first school day
of each of the months September to June inclusive:

Provided that supervisors may if they wish require pupils to
register for the new school year by paying their September instalment
not earlier than 1 August.

63. The payment of every sum of money by or on behalf of a pupil
to a supervisor, manager or teacher shall be forthwith acknowledged in
writing by such supervisor, manager or teacher on a proper form of
receipt.

64. The supervisor of every school shall-

(a) keep proper accounts;

(b)make the accounts and any vouchers relating to the accounts
available at all reasonable times for inspection by the Director
or any inspector of schools; and

(c)retain the accounts and vouchers for a period of not less than
7 years.

65. No change in the inclusive fee shall be made without the
written approval of the Director.

66. (1) No person shall in any school premises

(a) appeal to any pupils of a school for subscriptions; or

(b) make any collection among any pupils of a school,

without the permission in writing of the Director.

(2) No manager or teacher of a school shall in any way whatsoever





(a)appeal to any pupils of a school for subscriptions or permit
any appeal to be made to or among any pupils of a school for
subscriptions; or

(b)make any collection among any pupils of a school or permit
any collection to be made by or among any pupils of a school,

without the permission in writing of the Director.

67. In the premises of every school there shall be kept
conspicuously exhibited a certificate, signed by the Director, setting out
the inclusive fee for every class in the school. There shall be included in
such certificate the following in both English and Chinese

'Unless otherwise permitted in writing by the Director Of
Education, no supervisor, manager or teacher shall charge or
acceptpayment of any money or any school fees whatsoever other
than the inclusive fee as above stated.



PART X

EDUCATIONAL REQUIREMENTS FOR REGISTERED AND PERMITTED
TEACHERS, PRINCIPALS AND TEACHERS OF ENGLISH

68. The qualifications for a registered teacher shall be the
qualifications specified in Part I of the Second Schedule.

69. The qualifications for a permitted teacher, other than a teacher
to whom regulation 70 applies, shall be the qualifications specified in
Part II of the Second Schedule.

70. The qualifications for a permitted teacher teaching English shall
be the qualifications specified in Part III of the Second Schedule.


PART XI

PUPILS' ASSOCIATIONS

71. The Director shall keep a register of pupils' associations
(hereinafter referred to in this Part as the register).





72. (1) No person shall-

(a) be a member of, or

(b) in any way promote or participate in the activities of, or

(e) in any way assist or encourage,

any pupils' association which is not entered on the register under
regulation 73 or in respect of which any condition imposed under
regulation 73 has been contravened.

(2) If any pupil of a school contravenes paragraph (1), the
principal and every teacher of the school shall be guilty of an offence
unless he satisfies the court-

(a)where the association is not entered on the register under
regulation 73, that he did not know and had no reasonable
means of knowing of the existence of the association or
that as soon as he knew of its existence he reported that
fact to the Director; or

(b)where the association has contravened any condition
imposed under regulation 73, that he did not know and had
no reasonable means of knowing that the association had
contravened such condition or that as soon as he knew that
the association had contravened such condition he
reported that fact to the Director.

73. (1) If any pupils' association desires to be entered in the
register, the supervisor and principal of the school concerned shall
first apply to the Director for his approval of the association.

(2) Where, upon any such application, the Director approves
the association, he shall enter the name of the association in the
register on such conditions, if any, as he may think fit to impose.

74. (1) The Director may, in his discretion, remove the name
of any pupils' association from the register, at any time.

(2) Where, under paragraph (1), he removes the name of any
pupils' association from the register, the Director shall notify the
supervisor and principal of the school concerned.

PART XII

SCHOOL MANAGEMENT COMMITTEES AND SUPERVISORS

75. (1) The Director may, by notice in writing to the super-
visor, require the managers of any school to prepare, execute and
submit to him for his approval a written constitution in accordance
with which the school shall be managed, and within a time to be
specified in such notice the supervisor shall comply therewith.





(2) Every such constitution shall, unless the Director otherwise
directs--

(a)define the powers and duties of the managers, make adequate
provision for the meetings of the managers, the voting and
procedure at such meetings, the keeping of minutes and
records thereof and any quorum which may be required;

(b)define the powers and duties of the supervisor and of each
other manager and of the principal;

(c)provide for the holding and administration of the property of
the school, the collection, banking and administration of its
revenue and the keeping and audit of accounts; and

(d)provide for such other matters in relation to the management
of the school and the administration of the property and
revenues of the school as the Director may specify in such
notice.

(3) The Director may require by notice to the supervisor any such
constitution to be altered or amended, in such manner as he may
specify, and such constitution shall be altered or amended accordingly
by the managers.

(4) Every such constitution when approved by the Director shall be
binding upon the school and the managers and teachers thereof and
shall not be altered or amended without the prior approval in writing of
the Director.

76. The appointment and dismissal of any member of the teaching
staff of any school shall be determined by a majority vote of all the
members of the management committee of that school.

77. The supervisor shall be responsible for issuing to all teachers
letters of appointment which shall set out

(a) conditions of service;

(b) salary scale; and

(c) conditions of termination of appointment.

78. The supervisor shall be responsible for ensuring that the
salaries of all teachers are paid in full when due.

PART XIII

HOLIDAYS

79. The supervisor shall send to the Director before 15 August in
each year notice of all holidays it is intended to give in the coming
school year, including any special holidays given in honour of any
particular event, and of all dates on which the usual work of the school
will be suspended.





80. No holidays shall be given and the usual work of a school
shall not be suspended except on a date mentioned in the notice
given under regulation 79 or with the permission of the Director.

81. The Director may by notice in writing to the supervisor
forbid the granting of a holiday on any specified day and the
supervisor and principal shall thereupon ensure that the usual work
of the school is continued on that day.

82. The Director may by notice in writing to the supervisor of
any school require that a holiday shall be given on any day specified
in such notice and the supervisor shall ensure that such holiday is
given accordingly.

83. (1) The supervisor of a school shall inform the principal

(a)all holidays of which the supervisor has given the Director
notice as required under regulation 79;

(b)any notice, received from the Director under regulation 81
forbidding the granting of a holiday on any specified day;
and

(c)any notice received from the Director requiring that a
holiday shall be given on any specified day.

(2) The principal of a school shall cause to be posted at all
times in a conspicuous place in the school premises a list specifying
every holiday which is to be given in the current school year in
accordance with this Part.

(3) Every list required to be posted under paragraph (2) shall
be signed by the principal and countersigned by the supervisor.

PART XIV

GENERAL

84. (1) At or near the entrance to the premises of every
school there shall be prominently displayed a board or other form
of notice bearing in conspicuous lettering the registered name of
the school.

(2) (No name except the registered name of a school shall be-

(a) displayed on the school premises; or

(b) used by the school,

as being the name of the school.





85. Except with the permission of the Director, no entrance to or exit
from any school premises shall be locked at any time when any pupil
who does not reside in the school premises is in the school premises.

86. At the entrance to every classroom there shall be a board or
sign bearing an identification number or letter for such room.

87. In every classroom there shall be kept exhibited in a prominent
place a notice specifying the maximum number of pupils permitted in
that room, and no more than such maximum number shall be permitted in
that room.

88. Not more than 45 pupils shall be taught at one time by one
teacher, except in special cases with the permission of the Director.

89. (1) No instruction shall be given by any school after 9.30 p.m.
except with the permission of the Director.

(2) No instruction shall be given by any school during such hours
as may be specified by the Director in respect of that school by notice
in writing to the supervisor.

89A. No pupil undergoing nursery education shall attend at a
school for that purpose for any period other than a period beginning
and ending either before or after 1 p.m. on any day that he attends the
school.

90. A separate attendance register in a form approved by the
Director shall be kept for each class.

91. (1) All schools shall be provided with adequate apparatus,
equipment, teaching materials and general facilities.

(2) The Director may give directions in writing to the supervisor of
any school providing nursery, kindergarten, primary, secondary or post-
secondary education or any other educational course that the school
shall be provided with any such apparatus, equipment, teaching
materials or general facilities as may be specified by the Director in such
directions.

92. (1) No instruction may be given by any school except in
accordance with a syllabus approved by the Director.

(2) The supervisor of every school shall submit to the Director
whenever so required by the Director the syllabus of instruction of each
class for his approval.

(3) The Director may give directions in writing to the supervisor of
any school as to the instruction which shall be or shall not be included
in any such syllabus.





(4) Unless with the express permission of the Director in writing,
military training by schools is prohibited.

(5) The Director may y order prohibit-

(a)the presence of any specified document in school premises;
and

(b) the use of any specified

(6) No person shall use any document for instruction in a class
in any school unless particulars of the title, author and publisher of
document and such other particulars of the document as the
Director may require have been furnished to the Director not less
than 14 days
previously.

(7) The Director may give a direction in writing to the super-
visor or to the principal of a school that a copy of any doucment
particulars of which have been furnished to the Director in accord-
ance with the provisions of paragraph (6) shall be deposited with the
Director within such period as may be specified in the direction.

(8) The Director may give a direction in writing to the supervisor
and to the principal of a school that from such date as may be specified
in the direction a document specified in the direction shall not be used for
instructionIn any class in the school or in such class in the school as
may be specified in the direction.

(9) No person shall use any document in contravention of an order -
made under paragraph (5) or of a direction given under paragraph (8).

(10) The Director may give directions in writing to the super-
visor of any school in respect of the preparation of the time-table of
work of any class and may require any supervisor to submit for his
approval any such time-table.

(11) The time-table of each class shall be displayed in the
classroom.

(12) The supervisor shall inform the Director of any change in the
hours of school work.

93. No school shall provide courses of training for teachers except with
the written permission of the Governor.


94. The supervisor shall submit to the Director, whenever required
by the Director, such information concerning the school or pupils
thereof as may be required by the Director.







95. (1) The Director may direct that no pupil or pupils other than a
pupil or pupils residing on the school premises shall be on the school
premises during such periods of time as the Director may specify.





(2) No pupil to whom a direction under paragraph (1) applies shall
be on the school premises at any time during any period specified by
the Director in such direction.

96. (1) If in the opinion of the Director the behaviour of any pupil is
undesirable or improper or contrary to the good of the school or the
other pupils, 01r if ally pupil lia, ticipates in piumbsions, prOpa~ OF PE) Cal
aQt4Y1ties or in any dispat@ b&tweefl--an employer- and his employees
or- in any-disorderty-asseTnbiy, he may, in his absolute discretion,
require the supervisor and principal to expel such pupil from the school
or to suspend him for such time and under such conditions as the
Director may specify.

(2) Nothing in paragraph (1) shall prejudice the right of a principal
or supervisor to expel or suspend a pupil from the school.

97. (1) No pupil who has been expelled from a school under
regulation 96(1) shall enter or remain in the school premises without the
permission of the Director.

(2) No pupil who has been suspended from a school under
regulation 96(1) shall enter or remain in the school premises

(a) during the period of his suspension; or

(b) in contravention of the conditions of his suspension,

without the permission of the Director.

98. (1) No instruction, education, entertainment, recreation or
propaganda or activityl of any kind which, in the opinion of the Director,
is in any way of a political or partly political nature and prejudicial to
the public interest or the welfare of the pupils or of education generally
or contrary to the approved syllabus, shall be permitted upon any
school premises or upon the occasion of any school activity.

(2) No salutes, songs, dances, slogans, uniforms, flags, documents
or symbols which in the opinion of the Director, are in any
way of a political or partly political nature shall be used, displayed
or worn, as the case may be, upon any school premises or upon the
occasion of any school activity except with the permission of the
Director and in accordance with such conditions as he may see fit to
impose.

99. (1) No person shall be allowed on school premises at any time
for the purpose of traching, examining or taking any part in the conduct
of the school or classroom activities, or making any educational
inspection or investigation, unless such person has received the written
approval of the Director or is permitted there under the provisions of the
Ordinance.

Y_





(2) Subject to regulation 99A, no activity shall be allowed on
any school premises other than the ordinary activities of a school
without the permission of the
Director and in accordance with such conditions as he may see fit to
impose.

(3) No classes may be held nor any tuition given on school
premises during holiday, or out of normal school hours, without the
prior permission in writing of the Director.

99A. (1) No supervisor, manager or management committee of a
school in receipt of public funds shall, without the prior permission in
writing of the Director

(a)operate or permit to operate on school premises any business
or trading undertaking; or

(b)enter into any business or trading arrangement, directly or
indirectly, with any person for the supply of food, drinks,
books, stationery, uniforms or any other thing that is required
by such school to be possessed or used by pupils of the
school.

(2) Where permission has been granted for the purposes of
paragraph (1), the supervisor of the school shall

within 4 months after the end of the financial year of the
school, or such extended period as may be permitted by the
Director, furnish to the Director an annual audited statement
of accounts of every such business or trading undertaking, or
business or trading arrangement; and

(b)furnish together with such statement of accounts a statement
indicating how the profits have been applied or are intended
to be applied.

(3) No supervisor, manager or management committee of a school
in receipt of public funds shall apply the profits for any purpose not
directly benefiting the pupils of the school without the prior permission
in writing of the Director.

(4) For the purposes of this regulation-

'profits' means any profits or net income arising from a business or
trading undertaking, or a business or trading arrangement, referred
to in paragraph (1);

',school in receipt of public funds' means

(a)any school that receives financial assistance under the code
of aid for primary schools, the code of aid for secondary
schools or the code of aid for primary special schools and
special classes, or the code of aid for secondary special
schools and special classes; or

(b)any school that is operated by the English Schools
Foundation.





100. A copy of the Ordinance and these regulations shall be kept in
an accessible place in the premises of every school and shall be readily
available to all school staff for reference.

101. (1) Any person who contravenes regulation 18, 19(1) or (2), 31,
34(2), 35(2), 66(1), 72(1), 85, 88, 89(1), 92(1), (6) or (9) or
99(1) or (3)
shall be guilty of an offence.

(2) Any registered manager of a school who contravenes
regulation 61, 63 or 66(2) shall be guilty of an offence.

(3) If regulation 10, 22, 37, 62, 65, 84(1) or (2) or 93 is contravened in
respect of any school, the registered managers of the school shall each
be guilty of an offence.

(4) Any supervisor of a school who contravenes regulation 21(1) or
(2), 53(1), 61, 63, 64, 77, 79, 81, 82, 83(1) or (3), 92(2) or (12) or 99A(2)
shall be guilty of an offence.

(5) Any principal of a school who contravenes regulation 21(2), 32,
38, 39, 52(1), 53(2) or 83(2) or (3) shall be guilty of an offence.

(6) If regulation 16, 19(3), 31, 34(2), 46A, 47, 48(1), 67, 80, 85,
87, 88, 89, 89A, 90, 92(1) (4) (6) or (9), 95(2) or. 99(2) er (3) is
contravened in respect of any school, the supervisor and principal of

the school shall each be guilty of an offence.

(6A) Any supervisor or manager who, or any person who is a
member of a management committee which, contravenes regulation
99A(I) or (3) shall be guilty of an offence.

(7) Any teacher who contravenes regulation 33, 58, 59, 61, 63 or
66(2) shall be guilty of an offence.

(8) Any pupil of a school who contravenes regulation 95(2) or 97
shall be guilty of an offence.

(9) If a person is charged with an offence by reason of being a
member of a management committee which has contravened regulation
99A(I) or (3), it shall be a defence to the charge if he proves that

(a)the other members of the management committee contravened
the regulation without his knowledge or consent; or

(b)he took all reasonable steps to prevent the other members of
the management committee from contravening the regulation.

102. Any person who is guilty of an offence under these regulations
shall be liable upon conviction to a fine of 55,000 and to imprisonment
for one year.

103. The forms in the Third Schedule are prescribed for the
purposes of the Ordinance.







FIRST SCHEDULE

LATRINES AND URINALS IN SCHOOL PREMISES OTHER THAN
BOARDING SCHOOL PREMISES

[reg. 41]

1. For latrines and urinals connected to a flush system the requirements shall

(a) For boys

One pan and 2 urinals for every 30 pupils. Where urinals are not provided

one pan shall be provided for every 20 pupils.

(b) For girls

One pan for every 20 pupils.

2. For latrines and urinals not connected to a flush system the requirements
shall be

(a) For boys

One pan and 2 urinals for every 30 pupils.

(b) For girls

One pan for every 20 pupils.

LATRINES AND URINALS IN BOARDING SCHOOL
PREMISES

1 For latrines and urinals connected to a flush system the requirements shall

(a) For boys-

One pan and one urinal for every 15 boarders.

(b) For girls-

One pan for every 15 boarders.

a trough not less than 450 Intn long.

SECOND SCHEDULE

PART I

QUALIFICATIONS FOR A REGISTERED
TEACHER

[reg. 68.]

(1)An approved degree of either the University of Hong Kong, or of The
Chinese University of Hong Kong, together with an approved teacher's
diploma, certificate, or like qualification to teach;

(2)a degree in education of either the University of Hong Kong or of The
Chinese University of Hong Kong;

(3)an approved degree of either the University of Hong Kong, or of The Chinese






University of Hong Kong, and 3 years approved teaching experience;

(4) a teacher's certificate issued by the Hong Kong Government;





(5)a Hong Kong Government Normal School certificate and 5 years approved
teaching experience;

(6)a Hong Kong Government Evening Institute teacher's certificate and 5 years
approved teaching experience;

(7) a certificate of status as 'Qualified Teacher' issued by the Hong Kong
Education

an approved course of training and

Department to a teacher who has complete passed a written and
practical test, and approved teaching experience;

(8)any other educational training and experience which in the opinion of the
Director is equivalent to the qualifications specified in paragraph (1), (2), (3),
(4),

(5), (6) or (7); or
(9) (a)10 years approved teaching experience and one or more Hong Kong
Certificates of Education with an aggregate of 5 separate subjects at Grade
E or a higher grade, including

(i)English Language in the Hong Kong Certificate of Education
(English), or of a standard which in the opinion of the Director is
equivalent to Grade E or a higher grade in that Certificate; or

(ii) Chinese Language;

(b)10 years approved teaching experience and one or more Hong Kong
Certificates of Education with an aggregate of 4 separate subjects, 2 of
which are at Grade C or a higher grade and the other 2 of which are at
Grade E or a higher grade, including

(i)English Language in the Hong Kong Certificate of Education
(English), or of a standard which in the opinion of the Director is
equivalent to Grade E or a higher grade in that Certificate; or

(ii) Chinese Language;

(c)10 years approved teaching experience and any educational training
which in the opinion of the Director is equivalent to the other
qualifications specified in sub-paragraph (a) or (b); or

(d)10 years approved teaching experience and a Hong Kong English School
Certificate, a Hong Kong Chinese School Certificate, or a Hong Kong
School Certificate.

For the purposes of this Part

(a) 'approved' means approved by the Director;

(b)a subject is not separate from another subject by reason only that
instruction in the first subject is given in a different language to that in
which instruction in the second subject is given.

PART II

QUALIFICATION FOR A PERMITTED TEACHER, OTHER
THAN A TEACHER
WHO IS PERMITTED TO TEACH ENGLISH

[reg. 69.]


(1)The qualifications (other than 10 years approved teaching experience)
specified in paragraph (9)(a), (b) or (d) of Part I; or

(2)any other educational training or practical experience which in the opinion of
the Director is equivalent to the qualifications specified in paragraph (1).





PART III

QUALIFICATIONS FOR A PERMITTED TEACHER WHO IS
PERMITTED TO TEACH ENGLISH

[reg. 70.]

The qualifications specified in paragraph (1) or (2) of Part II and

(1) Grade E or higher grade in English Language in the Hong Kong Certificate of

Education (English) Examination;

(2) a pass in English Language in the Hong Kong English School Certificate, the

Hong Kong Chinese School Certificate, or the Hong Kong School Certificate; or

(3) a knowledge of English of a standard which in the opinion of the Director is

equivalent to Grade E in English Language in the Hong Kong Certificate of Education
(English).


THIRD SCHEDULE

FORMS

FORM I

EDUCATION ORDINANCE
(Chapter 279)

APPLICATION FOR REGISTRATION OF A SCHOOL

Address for correspondence .....................

The Director of Education,
Education Department, Hong
Kong.

1. I, (Mr./Mrs./Miss):

(Name in English) ........................................................................................

[reg. 103.]

[s. 11]

Telephone Number ..................................

Date.........................................................

(Name in Chinese)
.......................................................................

(Residential Address) ...................................................................................
(Approval Number) .....................................................................................

being approved under section 24(1) of the Education Ordinance to be a manager, request you to
register the undermentioned school.

2. Particulars of school-

(a) Proposed registered name of school







(in English) ..................................................................................................
(in Chinese) ..................................................................................................

(b) Description of school, i.e. (i) day school; (ii) evening
school; or iii) correspondence
course.

(c) Method of operation, i.e. (i) one sessional; or (ii)
two sessional.

(d) Type of pupils, i.e. (i) male; (ii)
female; or iii)
combined.

(e) Type of education, i.e.

(i) kindergarten; (ii) primary; iii)
secondary; iv) post secondary; or
(v) other educational course.





(f) Premises in which school is to be operated

(g) Name and address of landlord of premises in which school is to be operated

.(i) ....of

(ii)
(iii)
(iv)

(h) Name and address of tenant of premises in which school is to be operated

.(i) ....of

(ii)
(iii)

(iv)

(i) Inclusive fee per pupil per year (to be collected in 10 or 12 instalments

......... made up as follows-



3. I attach applications from the following approved managers for
registration as managers of the school

(a) Name (Mr./Mrs./Miss):

(in English) ...................................
(in Chinese)
..................................................................................................
Approval Number .......................................................................................

(b) Name (Mr./Mrs./Miss):

(in English)
..................................................................................................
(in Chinese)
..................................................................................................
Approval Number .......................................................................................

(e) Name (Mr./Mrs./Miss):

(in English) ................................................................
(in Chinese)
..................................................................
Approval Number .......................................................

(d) Name (Mr./Mrs./Miss):

(in English)
..................................................................................................
(in Chinese)
..................................................................................................
Approval Number .......................................................................................

(e) Name (Mr./Mrs./Miss):

(in English)
..................................................................................................

(in Chinese)
.........................................................

Approval Number .......................................................................................

4. I recommend Mn/Mrs/Miss ..............................................

to be the supervisor of the school.









school-

5 It is proposed that the following registered teachers will be
employed in the



6. I attach applications for permission to employ the following persons in the
school as permitted teachers


7. I attach-

(a) the proposed syllabus for each class of the school; and

(b) the weekly time table for each class of the school.

8. I attach 3 copies of a plan/diagram (specifying dimensions) of the premises
in which the school is to be operated.

9. I attach the certificates and notices required under section 1 1(b)(ii) of the
Ordinance.

10. The contents of this application are true and complete to the best of my
knowledge and belief.

(Signed)
....................................................
NOTE 1:The person recommended should be one of the applicants for
registration as managers of the school.
NOTE 2:Delete if the premises in which the school is to be operated are
designed and constructed for the purposes of a school.

WARNING

1 Attention is drawn to the provisions of the Education Ordinance and
particularly to

(a) Section 14-
'The Director may refuse to register a school if it appears to him-

(n)that in or in connexion with the application for registration any
statement has been made or information has been furnished which is
false in any material particular or by reason of the omission of any
material particular;'; and

(b) Section 87(1)-

'Any person who

(k)in or in connexion with any application under this Ordinance makes
any statement or furnishes any information, whether such statement
or information be verbal or written, which is false in any material
particular and which he knows or reasonably ought to know is false in
such particular,

shall be guilty of an offence and shall be liable on conviction to a fine of
$25,000 and to imprisonment for 2 years.'.





2. Registration or provisional registration of a school does not release the
owners or managers or any other person from compliance with any requirement of
the Buildings Ordinance or any other Ordinance relating to the school, nor does it
in any way affect or modify any agreement or covenant relating to any premises in
which the school is to be operated.






1986 Ed.] Education Regulations






FORM 2

EDUCATION ORDINANCE
(Chapter 279)

(Registration Number

CERTIFICATE OF REGISTRATION OF A
SCHOOL

[s. 18(1).]

1. I certify that the undermentioned school is registered under section 13 of
the Education Ordinance

Registered name of school: (in English)
.....................................................

(in Chinese)....................................................





2. The premises in which the school may be operated are-

as more particularly shown and described on Plan No . ....
......................................... deposited with and approved by me.

Hong Kong . ................

WARNING

.................

Director Education

Registration of a school does not release the owners or managers or any other
persons from compliance with any requirement of the Buildings Ordinance or any
other Ordinance relating to the school, nor does it in any way affect or modify any
agreement or covenant relating to any premises in which the school is operated.

..................



FORM 3

EDUCATION ORDINANCE
(Chapter 279)

(Provisional Registration Number ..............

CERTIFICATE OF PROVISIONAL REGISTRATION OF A SCHOOL

[s. 18(1).]

1. I certify that the undermentioned school is registered provisionally under
section 15 of the Education Ordinance

Registered name of school:
(in English)
..........................................................................................................
(in Chinese) ......................................










2. The premises in which the school may be operated are

...............

as more particularly shown and described on Plan No .
.............................................. deposited with and approved by me.

3. This certificate is valid only until the

...................... day of

Hong Kong . .....19

..............

Director of Education

WARNING

Provisional registration of a school does not release the owners or managers or
any other person from compliance with any requirement of the Buildings
Ordinance or any other Ordinance relating to the school, nor does it in ally way
affect or modify any agreement or covenant relating to any premises in which the
school is operated.






FORM 4

EDUCATION ORDINANCE
(Chapter 279)

APPLICATION FOR APPROVAL TO BE A
MANAGER

[s. 23.]

Address for correspondence .....................

Signed full face
photograph of applicant
to be affixed here

The Director of Education,
Education Department, Hong
Kong.

Telephone Number

Date.........................................................

1 I forward the following particulars of myself and request you to approve me to be a manager.

2. Particulars

(a) Name (Mr./Mrs./Miss):

(in English) ..................................................................................................
(in Chinese) ..................................................................................................

(b)
(c) Residential Address ....
(d) Identity Card Number

(e) Date of birth ...............
(f) Place of birth ...............................................................................................
(g) Particulars of education ...............................................................................
(h) Experience in or knowledge of educational matters .....................................

(i) Occupation .............................................................................................
(j) Other relevant information .....................................................................

3. 1 affix above a signed full face photograph of myself and attach 2 signed copies of such
photograph to this application.

4. The following persons who are/are not aware of the statements made on this form may be
referred to as regards my character and suitability to be a manager

(a) Name (Mr./Mrs./Miss)

Address ........................................................................................................
Occupation ..................................................................................................

(b) Name (Mr./Mrs./Miss)

Address ........................................................................................................

Occupation..................................................................................................















5. The contents of this application are true and complete to the best of my
knowledge and belief.

(Signed) ....................................................
NOTE 1:If the applicant has been convicted of a criminal offence affecting his
character, or has been refused previously approval to be a manager,
registration as a manager or teacher, or a permit to teach as a
permitted teacher, or has had his approval to be a manager withdrawn
or his registration as a manager or teacher or his permit to teach as a
permitted teacher cancelled, the full circumstances of such matter
must be disclosed.
NOTE 2:2 referees are required. They must be persons of standing, e.g.
members of the Executive or Legislative Council, Justices of the
Peace, barristersat-law, solicitors, ministers of religion, chartered or
incorporated accountants, persons on the list of special jurors,
registered teachers, doctors or dentists, etc., and must have known the
applicant well for at least 3 years.

WARNING

Attention is drawn to the provisions of the Education Ordinance and
particularly to


(a) Section 25-
'The Director may refuse to approve an applicant to be a manager if it
appears to him that the applicant-
(h) in making or in connexion with any application-
(i) for approval to be a manager;
(ii) for registration of a school;

(iii) for registration as a manager or a teacher; or (iv) to
employ a person as a permitted teacher in a school,

has made any statement or furnished any information which is false in
any material particular or by reason of the omission of any material
particular.'; and
(b) Section 87(1)-
'Any person who-
(k)in or in connexion with any application under this Ordinance makes
any statement or furnishes any information, whether such statement
or
information be verbal or written, which is false in any material
particular and which he knows or reasonably ought to know is false in
such particular,
shall be guilty of an offence and shall be liable on conviction to a fine of
$25,000 and to imprisonment for 2 years.'.






1986 Ed.] Education Regulations






FORM 5

EDUCATION ORDINANCE
(Chapter 279)

CERTIFICATE OF APPROVAL TO BE A
MANAGER

(Approval Number .

[s. 24(2).]

I certify that ...................whose

photograph is affixed hereto, is approved under section 24(1) of the Education
Ordinance to be a manager.

Photograph
of approved
manager

Hong Kong . .........................

RWRIn .......................................

...........

Director of Education

........ 19






FORM 6

EDUCATION ORDINANCE
(Chapter 279)

APPLICATION FOR REGISTRATION AS A MANAGER OF A SCHOOL

Address for correspondence
.....................

Signed full face
photograph of applicant
to be affixed here

The Director of
Education, Education
Department, Hong Kong.

[s. 28.]

Telephone Number
..................................

Date

1. I, being approved under section 24(1) of the Education Ordinance to be a
manager, forward the following particulars of myself, and request you to register
me as a manager of the under-mentioned school.

2. Particulars

(a) Name (Mr./Mrs./Miss):

(in English)
...................
(in Chinese)
...................
(b) Residential Address ......
(c) Approval Number ........

(d) Name of school of which I wish to become a registered manager

(e) Address of school
........................................................................................
(f) Special interest (if any) which I have in the school
......................................

3. I am registered as a manager of the following other schools:

(i) .......................

(ii)
.............................................................................................
.........................

4. I affix above a signed full face photograph of myself and attach 2 signed
copies of such photograph to this application.

5. The contents of this application are true and complete to the best of my
knowledge and belief.

(Signed) ......

ENDORSEMENT







The above-mentioned applicant is acceptable to us as a registered manager of
the school/proposed school referred to in the application.

Date ..........(Signed)
Date ..........(Signed)
Date ..........(Signed)

Date......................................................... (Signed)
..............................................................





NOTE 1:The endorsement should be signed by a majority of the management
committee in the case of a school which is registered, or by a majority
of the proposed registered managers if the school is not registered.

WARNING

Attention is drawn to the provisions of the Education Ordinance and
particularly to



(a) Section 30(1)-
'The Director may refuse to register an applicant as a manager of a school
if-

(d)it appears to the Director that in making or in connexion with any
application

(i) for approval to be a manager; (ii) for registration of a school; (iii) for
registration as a manager or a teacher; or (iv) to employ a person as a
permitted teacher in a school, the applicant has made any statement or
furnished any information which is false in any material particular or by
reason of the omission of any material particular.'; and (b) Section 87(1)

'Any person who-

(k)in or in connexion with any application under this Ordinance makes
any statement or furnishes any information, whether such statement
or information be verbal or written, which is false in any material
particular and which he knows or reasonably ought to know is false in
such particular,

shall be guilty of an offence and shall be liable on conviction to a fine of

525,000 and to imprisonment for 2
years.'.






1986 Ed.] Education Regulations




FORM 7

EDUCATION ORDINANCE
(Chapter 279)

CERTIFICATE OF REGISTRATION AS A MANAGER OF A
SCHOOL

[s. 29(2).]

I certify that
........................................................................................................ whose
photograph is affixed hereto, is registered under section 29(1) of the Education
Ordinance as a manager of the following school

(a) Registered name of school:

(in English) ...............................................

(in Chinese) ..............................................

(b) Address of school ........................................................................................

Photograph
of registered
manager

Hong Kong . ...19

..............

Director of Education





FORM 8

EDUCATION ORDINANCE
(Chapter 279)

APPLICATION FOR REGISTRATION AS A TEACHER

Address for correspondence .....

Signed full face
photograph of applicant
to be affixed here

The Director of Education,
Education Department, Hong
Kong.

[s. 44.]

Telephone Number
..................................

1 I forward the following particulars of myself and request you to register me as a teacher.

2. Particulars-

(a) Name (Mr./Mrs./Miss):

(b) (c) Marital status: Married/Single

(d) (i) Maiden name
........................................................................................
(ii) Husband's name
...................................................................................
(e) Residential address
......................................................................................

(f) Identity Card Number
......................................

(g) Date of birth
............................................................................................
....
(h) Place of birth
............................................................................................
...

(i) Places of education:



(j) Educational qualifications (degrees, diplomas, certificates) .........................

Date of leaving
(month and year)

(k) Details of occupations, other than teaching, since completion of







education................................
........................................................................










(1) Details of all teaching experience:


(m) Other relevant information
..........................................................................

Classes
taught

Subjects
taught

3. The following persons who arelare not aware of the statements made on
this

form may be referred to as regards my character:

(a).................Name (Mr.1Mrs./Miss) .......

Address
........................................................................................................

Occupation ........................................................

(b).................Name (Mr./Mrs./Miss) .......................................................
Address ..................

Occupation
4. I affix above a signed full face photograph of myself and attach 2 signed

copies of such photograph to this application.

5. I attach

(a) a medical certificate as to my health; and

(b) my educational certificates.

6. The contents of this application are true and complete to the best

of my knowledge and belieL

(Signed) ....................................................
NOTE 1:To be completed only if the applicant is a married, divorced or
widowed woman.
NO TE 2:If the applicant has been convicted of a criminal offence affecting his
character, or has been refused previously approval to be a manager,
registration as a manager or teacher, or a permit to teach as a
permitted teacher, or has had his approval to be a manager withdrawn
of his registration as a manager or teacher or his permit to teach as a
permitted teacher cancelled, the full circumstances of such matter
must be disclosed.






NOTE 3:2 referees are required. They must be persons of standing, e.g.
members of the Executive or Legislative Council, Justices of the
Peace, barristersat-law, solicitors, ministers of religion, chartered or
incorporated accountants, persons on the list of special jurors,
registered teachers, doctors or dentists, etc., and must have known the
applicant well for at least 3 years.
NOTE 4:If educational certificates are not available at the date of the
application, paragraph 5(b) may be deleted. However the applicant
may be required to produce any such certificates at a later date for
inspection.







WARNING

Attention is drawn to the provisions of the Education Ordinance and
particularly

(a) Section 46-

'The Director may refuse to register an applicant as a teacher if it
appears to him that the applicant

(g) in making or in connexion with any application-

(i) for approval to be a manager;

(ii) for registration as a manager or a teacher; or

(iii) to employ a person as a permitted teacher in a school,

has made any statement or furnished any information which is false
in any material particular or by reason of the omission of any
material particular.'; and

(b) Section 87(1)-

'Any person who-

(k)in or in connexion with any application under this Ordinance makes
any statement or furnishes any information, whether such statement
or information be verbal or written, which is false in any material
particular and which he knows or reasonably ought to know is false in
such particular,

shall be guilty of an offence and shall be liable on conviction to a fine of
$25,000 and to imprisonment for 2 years.'.





1986 Ed.] Education Regulations




FORM 9

EDUCATION ORDINANCE
(Chapter 279)

CERTIFICATE OF REGISTRATION AS A TEACHER

(Registration Number ........

[s. 45(2).]

....................

I certify that
........................................................................................................

whose photograph is affixed hereto, is registered as a teacher under section 45(1)
of the Education Ordinance.

Photograph
of registered
teacher

Hong Kong . ..19

..................
Director of Education





FORM 10

EDUCATION ORDINANCE
(Chapter 279)

APPLICATION FOR PERMISSION To EMPLOY AN UNREGISTERED TEACHER

PART I

[s. 49(2).]

(To be completed by the supervisor of the school in which it is desired to employ a person as a
permitted teacher or, in the case of a proposed school, by the applicant for registration of the school.)

The Director of Education,
Education Department, Hong
Kong.

1 I request permission to employ-

Name (Mr./ Mrs./ Miss):

(in English)
.........................................
(in Chinese)
.........................................

Address for correspondence (see NOTE 1)

Telephone Number

Date..............................................
...........

as a permitted teacher in the .....School.

2. Proposed subjects to be taught
by such person:


Proposed classes to be taken by such
person:

(i)
(ii)
(iii)





3. Proposed monthly salary of such person: ....................................................

4. In my opinion, there is no suitable registered teacher available for
employment as a teacher in the school.

5. The particulars relating to such person and set out in Part 11 of this form
are true and complete to the best of my knowledge and belief.

(Signed)

PART II

Signed full face
photograph of proposed
teacher to be affixed here

..............................................

(Supervisor, or
applicantfor registration
ofschool)

(To be completed by the person to be employed as a
permitted teacher.)

1 I, the person referred to in Part 1 of this form, forward the following
particulars of myself

(a) Name (Mr./ Mrs./ Miss):
(in English)
..................................................................................................
(in Chinese)
..................................................................................................

Aliases .....................

(b)

(C)

(d)...............Identity Card Number
.............................................................

(e) Marital status: Married/Single
(i) Maiden name ........................................................................................
(ii) Husband's name ...................................................................................

(g) Date of birth

(h)


Residential Address ...........................................

Place of birth
...............................................................................................

Places of education:



(j) Educational qualifications (degrees, diplomas, certificates) .........................







(k) Details of occupations other than teaching, since completion of educa-

tion:

(1) Details of all teaching experience:


(m) Other relevant information
..........................................................................

Date of
leaving
(month
and year)

Classes Subject
taught taught

2. The following persons who are/are not aware of the statements made on
this form may be referred to as regards my character:

(a) Name (Mr/ Mrs./ Miss)
................................................................................

Address
........................................................................................................
Occupation ...................

(b)Name (Mr./Mrs./Miss). Address ......................... Occupation
.....................

3. I affix above a signed full face photograph of myself and attach 3 signed
copies of such photograph to this form.

4. I attach

(a) a medical certificate as to my health; and

(b) my educational certificates.

5. I am aware that if a permit to teach is issued in respect of the above
application, it will apply only to the school specified in paragraph I of Part I of
this form.

6. The contents of this Part of this form are true and complete to the best of
my knowledge and belief.

Date ..............................................

(Signed)
...............................................
..... (Proposed permitted
teacher)
NOTE 1:If the school is already registered, this should be the address of the
school.
NOTE 2:To be completed only if the applicant is a married, divorced or
widowed woman.






NOTE 3:Ifthe person completing Part II has been convicted of a criminal
offence affecting his character, or has been refused previously
approval to be a manager, registration as a manager or teacher, or
permit to teach as a permitted teacher, or has had his approval to be a
manager withdrawn or his registration as a manager or teacher or
permit to teach as a permitted teacher cancelled, the full
circumstances of such matter must be disclosed.
NOTE 4:2 referees are required. They must be persons of standing, e.g.
members of the Executive or Legislative Council, Justices of the
Peace, barristersat-law, solicitors, ministers of religion, chartered or
incorporated accountants, persons on the list of special jurors,
registered teachers, doctors or dentists, etc., and must have known the
applicant well for at least 3 years.







NO TE 5:If educational certificates are not available at the date of the
application, paragraph 4(b) of Part 11 of the form may be deleted.
However the person signing Part 11 may be required to produce any
such certificates at a later date for inspection.

WARNING

Attention is drawn to the provisions of the Education Ordinance and
particularly to

(a) Section 51-

'The Director may refuse to issue a permit to teach under subsection (1)
of section 50 in respect of any person

(d)if it appears to the Director that the applicant or the person in
respect of whom the application is made has, in making or in
connexion with any application

(i) for approval to be a manager;

(ii) for registration as a manager or a teacher; or

(iii) to employ a person as a permitted teacher in a school,

made any statement or furnished any information which is false in
any material particular or by reason of the omission of any material
particular.'; and

(b) Section 87(1)-

'Any person who

(k)in or in connexion with any application under this Ordinance makes
any statement or furnishes any information, whether such statement
or information be verbal or written, which is false in any material
particular and which he knows or reasonably ought to know is false in
such particular,

shall be guilty of an offence and shall be liable on conviction to a fine of
S25,000 and to imprisonment for 2 years.'.





1986 Ed.] Education Regulations



1986 Ed.] Education Regulations




FORM II

EDUCATION ORDINANCE
(Chapter 279)

APPLICATION FOR PERMISSION To EMPLOY AN UNREGISTERED TEACHER
WHO HAS PREVIOUSLY BEEN EMPLOYED AS A PERMITTED TEACHER

[s. 49(2).]

(To be completed by the supervisor of the school in which it is desired to employ a person as a
permitted teacher or, in the case of a proposed school, by the applicant for registration of the school.)

Address for correspondence (see

Signed full face
photograph of proposed
teacher to be affixed here

The Director of Education,
Education Department, Hong
Kong.

1. I request permission to employ-

NOTE 1) ..................................................

Telephone Number ..................................

Date ............................

Name known to Education Department:
(Mr./Mrs./Miss)

(in English) .............................................................................
(in Chinese) ............................................................................
Residential address ........................................................................

Permitted Teacher Reference Number ........................................... as a
permitted teacher in the ..........................

2. Proposed subjects to be taught
by such person:

(i) ............................................
(ii) ............................................

(iii)

........ School.

Proposed classes to be taken by such
person:

3. Proposed monthly salary of such person: ....................

4. In my opinion, there is no suitable registered teacher available for employment as a teacher in
the school.





5. I affix above a signed photograph of ...........................................................
and attach 2 signed copies of such photograph to this form.

(Signed) ...................................................

(Supervisor, or applicant
for registration of
school)
NOTE 1 If the school is already registered, this should be the address of the
school.

NOTE 2: The photographs should be of the person in respect of whom the
permit
to teach is sought, and should be signed by such person.

WARNING

Attention is drawn to the provisions of the Education Ordinance and in

particular to-

(a) Section 51
'The Director may refuse to issue a permit to teach under subsection (1)
of section 50 in respect of any person

(d)if it appears to the Director that the applicant or the person in
respect of whom the application is made has, in making or in
connexion with any application

(i) for approval to be a manager; or

(ii) for registration as a manager or a teacher; or

(iii) to employ a person as a permitted teacher in a school,

made any statement or furnished any information which is false in
any material particular or by reason of the omission of any material
particular.'; and

(b) Section 87(1)-

'Any person who

(k)in or in connexion with any application under this Ordinance makes
any statement or furnishes any information, whether such statement
or information be verbal or written, which is false in any material
particular and which he knows or reasonably ought to know is false in
such particular,

shall be guilty of an offence and shall be liable on conviction to a fine of
$25,000 and to imprisonment for 2 years.'.





The Supervisor,

FORM 12

EDUCATION ORDINANCE
(Chapter 279)

PERMIT To EMPLOY AN UNREGISTERED TEACHER

(Permitted Teacher Reference Number

.... School.

(Copy to .............. the permitted teacher)

[s. 50(1).]

........................






1 I hereby give permission to you to employ (Mr./Mrs./Miss) .......................

whose photograph is affixed hereto, as a permitted teacher in the
..............................

........................ school
only.

2. This permit is issued subject to the following conditions

Photograph
of permitted
teacher

Hong Kong . ...19

Director of Education










FORM 13
[s. 74.]
EDUCATION
ORDINANCE

(Chapter 279)

SCHOOL ATTENDANCE ORDER

Whereas you . ..................... of
the parent of...................
appear
to be withholding the child from attending primary school/ secondary school
without any reasonable excuse.

You are hereby required to cause the child within 14 days from the date of this
order to attend the following school

(Insert full name and address of school)

..............
..............

Director of Education

Hong Kong . ...19

In this order the expression 'parent', in relation to the child, includes a guardian and the person having the actual
custody of the child.

NOTE.. If you wish to apply for a review of this order you may apply in person

or in writing to the Secretary, Board of Review (address:
...........................

..........
..........

within in 14 days of the date of this
order.







LAWS OF HONG KONG

EDUCATION ORDINANCE

CHAPTER 279

(SUBSIDIARY LEGISLATION)





SUBSIDIARY LEGISLATION

1. Education Regulations . ... ... ...
2. Education (Exemption) Order ... ... ...
3. Grant Schools Provident Fund Rules ...
4. Subsidized Schools Provident Fund Rules

Page Edition

A 1 1986
B 1 1971

1982
1982





Regulation

1. Citation

Interpretation

EDUCATION REGULATIONS

ARRANGEMENT OF REGULATIONS

PART 1

PRELIMINAR
Y

PART 11

SCHOOL PREMISES AND STRUCTURAL
REQUIREMENTS

Supervisor to furnish plan of school premises
Precautions for health and safety . ... ...
Repair... .. ... ... ... ... ... ... ...
Schools not to be over godowns shops, etc.
Maximum height of schools ... ...
Minimum height of parapets and window openings
Ventilation and lighting ...
Structural alterations ...

PART 111

SCHOOL IN PREMISES NOT DESIGNED AND
CONSTRUCTED FOR
THE PURPOSES OF A SCHOOL

Page

A 7
A 7
A 7
A 7
A 7
A 7
A 7
A 8

it................Application of Part 111 ....... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 8

12....................Restriction on assembly of pupils ... ... ... ... ... ... .. ... ... A 8

13..................Restriction on gymnastics 1 . ... ... ... ... ... 1. A 8

14...........................Restriction on furniture to be in any classroom .. ... ... ... ... ... A 8

is....................Periodic inspection of premises ... ... ... ... A 8

PART IV

ROOF
PLAYGROUNDS

16.......................Approval for roof playgrounds . ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 9

17................Structural requirements ....... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 9







18...............................Pupils using roof playgrounds to be under supervision ... ... A 10

19. Numbers of pupils allowed on a roof playground ... ... ... ... ... ... A 10
20. Limitation of activities on roof playgrounds ... ... ... ... ... A 10







Regulation

PART V

SCHOOL WORKSHOPS AND SCIENCE
LABORATORIES

21. Safety precautions
22. Consent for installation
22A_ Appointment of teacher in charge of workshop
22B. Duties of teacher in charge of workshop

23. Plan of layout ......... ... ... ... ...

24. Limit on number of pupils ... ... ...

25. Master switches ........ ... ... ... ...

26. Maintenance and suitability ... ... ...

27. Presence of teacher .... ... ... ... ...
28. Number of pupils .... ... ... ... ...

29. Workshops .............. ... ... ... ...
30. Lighting ............ ... ... ... ...

31. Storage of poisons and dangerous substance
32. Appointment of teacher in charge of laboratory or store room ...

33. Duties of teacher in charge of laboratory or store room ... ...

PART VI

FIRE PRECAUTIONS

34.
35.

36.
37.
38.
39.

Fire officers may inspect school premises
Fire officers may inspect buildings in neighbourhood of schools if fire risk
suspected ...
Reports thereon ...
Notice requiring safety equipment against fire
Fire drills, exits ...
Extinguishers ...

PART VII

HEALTH AND SANITATION

40. Floor space
41. Blackboards to be adequately illuminated

42. Recreation for pupils ...

42A. Activity and rest at full-day kindergarten schools

43. Latrines, etc . .......... ... ... ... ... ...

44. Improvements to sanitation






45. Water supply

Page

A 10
A10
A 10
A 10
A10
A 11
A 11
A 11
A 11
A 11
A 11
A 11
A 11
A 11
A 11

A 12

* 12

* 12

A 12
A 12
A 12

A 12 *
13

* 13

* 13

* 14

* 14

* 14





Regulation Page
46. Ablutions ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 14
46A. Meals at full-day kindergarten schools ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 14
47. Refreshment places ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 15
48. Cleaning and colour washing ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 15
49. Furniture and equipment ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 15
so. Print in text-books ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 15
51. Smoking and spitting ... .. 1 ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 15
52. Medical examination of pupils ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 15
53. Infectious diseases ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A15
54. Medical examination of teachers, pupils and employees ... ... ... ... ... A 16
55. First aid ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 16
56. Boarding schools ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 16
57. Medical examination in boarding schools ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 17

PART VIII

DISCIPLINE

58. Corporal punishment of girls prohibited ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 17

59. Corporal punishment of boys .............. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 17

PART IX

FEES AND COLLECTIONS

60.
61.
62.
63.
64.
65.
66.
67.

Fees and collections ...
Fees other than inclusive fee prohibited ... ...
Method of payment ... ... ... ...
Formal receipts ... ... ... ... ...
Accounts ... ... ... ... ... ...
Approval for change in fee ... ...
Prohibition of collections without permission of Director
...
Duty to exhibit certificate...

PART X

EDUCATIONAL REQUIREMENTS FOR REGISTERED AND
PERMITTED
TEACHERS, PRINCIPALS AND TEACHERS OF ENGLISH

68. Qualifications for registered teachers
69. Qualifications for permitted teachers
70. Qualifications for permitted teachers teaching English


* 17

* 18

A 18
A 18
A 18
A 18






A 18
A 19

* 19

* 19

* 19





Regulation

71.
72.
73.

74.

PART XI

PUPILS'
ASSOCIATIONS

Register of pupils' associations ... Pupils' associations to be registered
Approval of pupils' associations, entry in register and power of Director to
impose conditions ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... Removal of pupils'
associations from register

PART XII

SCHOOL MANAGEMENT COMMITTEES AND
SUPERVISORS

Page

* 19 *
20

* 20
* 20

75. Constitution of school management committees ... ... ... ... ... ... A 20

76. Majority vote in certain cases ........ ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 21

77. Appointment of teachers ..................... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 21

78. Salaries of teachers .................. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 21

PART XIII

HOLIDAYS

79. Notice of school holidays ............. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 21
80. Restriction on holidays ..................... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 22
81. Director may disapprove ..................... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 22

82. Director may require grant of holiday .... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 22

83. List of holidays to be posted ......... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 22

PART XIV

GENERAL

84.
85.
86.
87.
88.
89.
89A......................Period of attendance at nursery schools ...

90. Attendance registers ... ... ... ... ...







91. Equipment and educational facilities ...

92. Syllabus and time-table subject to approval of Director
93. Pernission required

School name to be displayed ...
Restriction on locking of entrances to and exits from schools
Identification of rooms ...
Maximum number of pupils
Size of classes ...
Hours of instruction ...

A 22
A 23
A 23
A 23
A 23
A 23
A 23
A23
A 23
A 23
A 24





Regulatio
n 94.
95. 96.
97. 98.
99.

99A.
100.
101.
102.
103.



First Schedule................Latrines and Urinals in School Premises ... ... ... ... ... ... A 28

Second Schedule. Qualifications for Teachers ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 28

Third Schedule. Forms ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 30



Information to be given concerning school and pupils ...
Non-resident pupils ... ... ... ... ... ... ...
Expulsion and suspension of pupils ... ... ...

Expelled or suspended pupil not to enter school premises without permission ...
Polltical propanda and symbols ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ...
unauthorizedpersons on school premises and use of school premises for
unauthdried purposes ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ...

Business or trading operations ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ...

Copy of Ordinance and regulations..... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ...

Offences
Penalties
Forms...

Page

* 24

* 24

* 25

* 25

A25

* 25

* 26

A 27
* 27

A 27
* 27





i 1

EDUCATION REGULATIONS

(Cap. 279, section 84)

PART 1

PRELIMINARY

[30 September 1971.1

1. These regulations may be cited as the Education Regulations.

2. In these regulations, unless the context otherwise requires

'boarding school' means a school in connexion with which hostels,
dormitories or other rooms or premises are provided for the
housing or lodging of some or all of the pupils of that school out of
school hours, whether such hostels, dormitories, or other rooms or
premises are in or part of the same building or group of buildings as
the classrooms or not;

'boarders' means the pupils of a boarding school for whom housing or
lodging accommodation is provided;

'classroom' means any room used for teaching purposes;

'dangerous substance' means any substance which is dangerous to a
person or which may be dangerous to a person if not handled or
otherwise dealt with under the supervision of a responsible
teacher;

'dormitory' means any room provided as sleeping accommodation for
boarders;

'full-day kindergarten education' means kindergarten education
received by a pupil at a school for a substantial period beginning
before and ending after 1 p.m. on any day that he attends the
school;

'infectious disease' has the same meaning as in the Quarantine and
Prevention of Disease Ordinance;

'school workshop' means any place in school premises in which
instruction is given in the use of tools or machinery or where tools
or machines are used for the repair, adjustment or manufacture of
articles, or for training students for any trade or commercial
occupation;

',science laboratory' means any place in school premises in which
practical experiments or demonstrations in science subjects are
carried out and includes any place where instruction is given in
domestic science or homecraft.





PART 11

SCHOOL PREMISES AND STRUCTURAL
REQUIREMENTS

3. The supervisor of every school shall on demand supply the
Director with a plan or diagram, with dimensions, of the school premises.

4. In all school buildings, the design, the construction, the fire
resistance of the elements of the structure and the properties of the
materials, shall be such that the health and safety of the occupants, and
in particular their safe escape in the event of fire, shall be reasonably
assured.

5. All school premises shall at all times be kept in a satisfactory
state of repair.

6. No school premises or any part thereof shall be situated-

(a) over any godown; or

(b)over any shop, store or factory unless the Director is satisfied
that situation over such shop, store or factory would not
constitute a danger or hazard or would not be detrimental to
the health or well-being of the pupils.

7. No part of any school premises, except the parapet wall round a
roof playground, shall be situated at a height of more than 24 m above
ground level:

Provided that the Director, with the advice of the Director of Fire
Services, may by notice in writing authorize that any part of such
premises be situated at such height greater than 24 m as may be
specified in the notice.

8. The height of all parapets and window openings shall, unless
such parapet or window opening is satisfactorily guarded by bars, be at
least 1.1 m measured from the level of the floor immediately adjoining
and where such bars are installed in openings giving access to areas to
be occupied by teachers or pupils the bars shall be so installed as to be
readily removable by the Fire Services in emergency.

9. (1) All school premises shall be adequately ventilated and
lighted.

(2) No cubicle or partition which obstructs the free passage of light
or air shall be erected in any classroom.

(3) The ceiling of every classroom shall

(a)in premises designed and constructed for the purposes of a
school, be not less than 3 m above the floor level of such
classroom;





(b)in premises not designed and constructed for the purposes of
a school, be not less than 2.75 m above the floor level of such
classroom.

10. Except with the consent in writing of the Director there shall not
be made

(a) any structural alterations to the school premises;

(b)any alteration to the latrine accommodation or the sanitary
arrangements of any school or in the ventilation or lighting of
a classroom;

(c) any subdivision of a classroom.

PART 111

SCHOOL IN PREMISES NOT DESIGNED AND
CONSTRUCTED
FOR THE PURPOSES OF A SCHOOL

11. This Part applies to every school premises of which are, in the
opinion of the competent authority for the purposes of section 12 of the
Ordinance, unsuitable for the purposes of a school having regard to the
loading for which they were designed and constructed.

12. No assembly of pupils, other than of the pupils permitted under
these regulations to be in a classroom, shall be permitted to take place in
any school premises to which this Part applies

(a)in any room, except a room on the lowest floor of the
permises; or

(b) on the roof of the premises.

13. No gymnastics or other form of physical education shall be
permitted to take place in any such school premises

(a)in any room, except a room on the lowest floor of the
premises; or

(b) on the roof of the premises.

14. Save with the permission of the Director, no classroom in any
such school premises, except a classroom on the lowest floor of the
premises, shall contain any furniture of any kind whatsoever, other than
desks, tables, chairs and blackboards, unless the floors in the premises
are strengthened, to the satisfaction of the Director of Buildings and
Lands, to carry the load imposed by any other furniture.

15. (1) The supervisor of any such school shall, at intervals
not exceeding 3 years in the case of premises of reinforced concrete
construction and at intervals not exceeding 12 months in the case
of premises with timber floors, cause the premises to be inspected by
15
an authorized arehitet i in order to determine whether the premises

are in sound structural condition.





(2) (a) Where, upon any inspection under paragraph (1), the

CM

authorized architect is satisfied that the premises are in sound
structural condition, he shall deliver to the supervisor of the
school a certificate, in writing, that he is so satisfied.

(b) The supervisor shall deliver such certificate to the Director.

(3) Where, upon any such inspection, the authorized arehitect is not
satisfied that the premises are in sound structural condition, he shall, in
writing, report the fact to the Director and shall notify the supervisor of the
school thereof.

PART IV

ROOF
PLAYGROUNDS

16. No roof, verandah or balcony shall be used for physical
education or recreational purposes without the written approval of the
Director.

17. (1) Roof playgrounds shall satisfy the following structural
requirements

(a)the roof shall be situated on premises constructed of
reinforced cement concrete;

(b)there shall be a minimum of 2 suitable staircases, leading from
the roof to a satisfactory open air exit at ground level, each
staircase being of a minimum width of 1.05 m and being fitted
with continuous handrails on both sides;

(c)at the head of each staircase there shall be landings leading to
the roof, each landing being of width equal to the width of the
staircase and of a minimum depth of 1.5 m;

(d)the external walls surrounding the playground shall be
continued upwards so as to form a continuous parapet wall
around the playground of a height of not less than 1.1 m.
Above such parapet wall there shall be a continuous chain
link or similar metal fence fixed to the inner vertical side, or to
the innermost edge of the upper surface, of the parapet wall.
The total height of the parapet wall and the metal fence shall
be not less than 2.5 m and the metal fence shall be so installed
as to provide ready access to the playground by the Fire
Services in emergency.

(2) No roof, verandah or balcony shall be deemed to be suitable for
use as a playground unless a certificate of stability shall have been
given by an authorized architect that the roof is suitable for such use.
Such certificate shall specify the maximum number of pupils who may be
allowed to use the playground at any one time.





18. No pupil shall be allowed on any roof playground,
verandah or balcony unless under the direct supervision of a teacher.

19. (1) There shall not be more than 60 pupils upon any
roof playground under the charge of one teacher at any one time.

(2) The total number of pupils allowed on any roof play-
ground, verandah or balcony at any one time shall not be greater
than one for every 2 m 2 of superficial area.

(3) A certificate by an inspector of schools that he has
examined the authorized architect's certificate stating the maximum
number of pupils allowed upon any approved roof playground,
verandah or balcony shall be exhibited in a conspicuous place
on the school premises.

20. If any roof playground, verandah or balcony is used in
contravention of these regulations, the Director may by notice in
writing addressed to the supervisor prohibit the use thereof until
such time as he may specify in such notice.

PART V

SCHOOL WORKSHOPS AND SCIENCE LABORATORIES

21. (1) The supervisor shall ensure that all necessary safety
precautions are adopted in school workshops and science laboratories
and shall modify or extend those precautions as the Director may
require.

(2) The supervisor and principal shall ensure that no instruc-
tion is given in the use of tools or the operation of machines or
in science experiments except by a responsible teacher.

22. No machinery or machine tools shall be installed or used
in a school workshop except in accordance with the written consent
of the Director.

22A. The principal of every school shall appoint a teacher to
be in charge of every workshop in the school in which any machinery
or machine tool is installed or used.

22B. Without prejudice to regulation 21, a teacher who is
appointed under regulation 22A shall be responsible for ensuring
that all necessary safety precautions are adopted in every workshop
of which he is appointed to be in charge.

23. Wherever it is desired to install any machinery or machine
tools in a school workshop the supervisor shall submit to the
Director a plan of the proposed layout of the workshop.





24. The Director may limit the number of pupils who may at any
one time receive instruction in any school workshop or science
laboratory.

25. In any school workshop in which machinery is installed there
shall also be installed remote control switches whereby the teacher may
stop all machines.

26. All machinery, machine tools, hand tools and other equipment
in a school workshop or science laboratory shall be suitable for the
courses and shall be maintained in proper working order.

27. No pupil shall be permitted to enter any school workshop or
science laboratory unless a teacher is present.

28. Not more than 20 pupils may be taught in a school workshop at
the same time by any one teacher without the approval of the Director.

29. Every school workshop in which power machinery is installed
shall contain windows on opposite sides of the workshop and the total
area of such windows shall be not less than 1/8th of the floor space of
the workshop.

30. Machines and work-benches shall be in such positions that
they are adequately lighted.

31. No poisonous or dangerous substance shall be kept without
the permission of the Director in any place in school premises except in
a science laboratory or a store room that has been approved in writing
for such purpose by the Director.

32. The principal of every school shall appoint a teacher to be in
charge of every science laboratory and store room which has been
approved by the Director under regulation 3 1.

33. A teacher who is appointed under regulation 32 to be in charge
of a science laboratory or a store room shall

(a)cause every poisonous substance and dangerous substance
in such laboratory or store room

(i) to be kept in a proper container clearly marked with the
name of the substance, and with the word 'Dangerous' or
any word or words of similar meanings; and

(ii) to be stored in a locked room or cupboard, except when
the substance is being used for the purpose of a lawful
experiment in practical science which is carried out under the
control of a teacher; and

(b)keep the key to such locked room or cupboard in his control.





PART VI

FIRE
PRECAUTIONS

34. (1) Any officer of the Fire Services Department may at all
reasonable times enter and inspect any school premises.

(2) No person shall obstruct an officer of the Fire Services
Department in the exercise of his powers under paragraph (1).

35. (1) Any officer of the Fire Services Department may at all
reasonable times enter and inspect

(a) any premises in or in part of which a school is operated;

(b) any premises in the neighbourhood of any school premises,

if it appears to such officer that a risk of fire to the school premises may
arise in such other premises.

(2) No person shall obstruct an officer of the Fire Services
Department in the exercise of his powers under paragraph (1).

36. Officers of the Fire Services Department shall report to the
Director on the fire precautions available and may make recommendation
as to any further precaution necessary to preclude danger from fire.

37. The Director may by notice in writing require the installation of
any apparatus or equipment necessary as a safeguard against fire or the
implementation of any other steps recommended by the officers of the
Fire Services Department and within a period to be specified in such
notice the management committee shall comply therewith.

38. (1) The principal of every school shall draw up a practical
scheme for the evacuation of the school premises in case of fire, shall
ensure that fire drill including the use of all exits from the school
premises is carried out by the teachers and pupils at least once in every
month, and shall keep a written record of all such drills in a school log
book. The written record shall record the time taken to evacuate the
school premises during the monthly fire drill.

(2) The principal of every school shall ensure that exits from all
classrooms and the school premises are free from obstruction at all
times.

39. The principal of every school shall ensure that all fire
extinguishers in the school premises are kept in good condition and re-
charged annually.

PART VII

HEALTH AND
SANITATION

40. (1) If the premises of a school-

(a)were designed and constructed for the purposes of a school;
or





(b)not having been so designed and constructed, are in the
opinion of the competent authority for the purposes of
section 12 of the Ordinance nevertheless suitable for the
purposes of a school having regard to the loading for
which they were designed and constructed,

every classroom in the school premises shall have-
(i) a floor space at least 1.5 m in width for the use of the
teacher, extending along the whole length of the wall in
front of the pupils; and
(ii) an area of floor space of not less than 0.9 m' for each pupil
in the classroom.

(2) If the premises of a school were not designed and con-
structed for the purposes of a school and are not, in the opinion of
the competent authority for the purposes of section 12 of the
Ordinance, suitable for the purposes of a school having regard to the
loading for which they were designed and constructed, every class-
room in the school premises shall have-

(a)a floor space at least 1.5 m in width for the use of the
teacher, extending along the whole length of the wall in
front of the pupils in the classroom;

(b)if the classroom is to be used by pupils undergoing kinder-
garten or primary education, an area of floor space of not
less than 0.9 m' for each pupil; and

(c)if the classroom is to be used by pupils undergoing second-
ary or post-secondary education or any other educational
course, an area of not less than 1. 1 m' for each pupil.

(3) In calculating the area of floor space which is required for
each pupil under paragraph (1)(ii) or under paragraph (2)(b) or (c)-

(a)the floor space required for the use of the teacher under
paragraph (1)(i) or under paragraph (2)(a); and

(b)any area which appears to the Director to be unsuitable for
any reason,

shall be excluded.

41. All classrooms and the blackboards therein shall be
adequately illuminated and the blackboards shall be so placed as to
cause the least eyestrain to the pupils and shall not have a surface
that reflects light.

42. Every school shall provide adequate, open-air recreation
to the satisfaction of the Director for its pupils.

42A. At every full-day kindergarten school there shall be pro-
vided for the pupils to the satisfaction of the Director opportunities
for periods of indoor and outdoor activity and periods of rest.





43. (1) Every school shall be provided with latrine accommodation
and sanitary arrangements of a type approved by the Director, which
shall conform with the requirements of the First Schedule.

(2) Every room used for latrine accommodation shall

(a)

be provided with an opening or openings into the external air
having a total area of at least 1 1 0th of the area of the floor
of the room;

(b) at all times be kept in a clean and sanitary condition; (c)
(d)

not be used for any other purposes;

have its floor and its walls to a height of not less than 1 m
rendered in cement, mortar or other suitable impervious
material.

(3) In any school premises in which water closets are installed no
other type of latrine accommodation shall be used.

(4) In every latrine not fitted with a flush system

(a) every pan shall have a capacity of at least 14 litres; and

(b) every urinal vessel shall have a capacity of at least 18 litres.

(5) In the premises of every co-educational school separate latrines
and adequately screened approaches thereto shall be provided for each
sex.

44. The supervisor shall carry out such alterations and
improvements to the sanitary arrangements in the school premises as
may be required by the Director by notice in writing within a period
specified in such notice.

45. An adequate and wholesome supply of water shall be provided
in the premises of every school.

46. (1) The premises of every school shall be equipped with
adequate washing facilities for pupils and teachers.

(2) Every school in premises designed and constructed for the
purposes of a school and providing secondary education shall, in
addition, be equipped with adequate changing rooms and bathing
facilities for the pupils and teachers concerned in such education, and
such facilities shall be situated in close proximity to any gymnasium or
other space used for physical education by such school.

46A. (1) At every school providing full-day kindergarten education
there shall be provided for each pupil undergoing that education at least
one meal a day.

(2) All meals and refreshments provided for pupils at a fullday
kindergarten school shall be properly prepared in accordance with
dietary scales approved by the Director.





(3) The menu of the meals to be provided shall be prepared in
advance and be available at all times for inspection by the Director
or any inspector of schools.

47. Every shop, canteen, dining-room, kitchen or other place
on the school premises where food or drink is prepared, provided or
consumed shall be maintained in a clean and hygienic condition.

48. (1) All school premises shall be maintained in a clean and
sanitary condition.

(2) The supervisor shall, if so required in writing by the
Director, cause the whole or any part of the school premises to be
suitably colour-washed or repainted.

49. All schools shall be provided with adequate and suitable
furniture and equipment.

50. Text-books used in schools shall contain print of such a
type and size as is calculated not to strain the eyes of pupils.

51. (1) No smoking shall be permitted in any classroom
during school hours.

(2) Spitting is prohibited on school premises.

52. (1) The principal of a school shall at the request of a
medical officer of schools or a school nurse permit the medical officer
or nurse to examine the person and clothing of any pupil upon the
school premises.

(2) If on such examination a medical officer of schools is of
the opinion that the person or clothing of any pupil is infected
with vermin or is in a foul or filthy condition, he may require the
supervisor to exclude scuh pupil from the school forthwith until such
time as the person and clothing of the pupil have been cleansed to
the satisfaction of a medical officer of schools.

53. (1) If a medical officer of schools certifies that any teacher,
pupil, or employee should be excluded from school by reason of
suffering or having recently suffered from any infectious disease or
by reason of having been in contact with or living in the same house
as a person suffering from an infectious disease, the supervisor shall,
if so required in writing by the medical officer in charge of the school
health services, cause such teacher, pupil, or employee to be excluded
from school for such period as shall seem necessary.

(2) The principal shall immediately report to a medical officer
of schools any suspected or known case of infectious disease
amongst teachers, pupils or employees of a school, or when he
suspects or knows that any such person has been in contact with a
case of infectious disease.





54. (1) The Director may require any person employed in a school
as well as any teacher to submit to medical examination.

(2) The Director shall have power to require every teacher to
submit to an X-Ray examination by a government radiologist once every
year and may issue directions to teachers accordingly.

(3) The Director may require any pupil to submit to a medical
examination.

55. (1) There shall be provided in the premises of every school at
least one first aid box.

(2) At least 2 teachers in every school shall be trained in
administering first aid.

(3) First aid boxes must be fitted outside and adjacent to all science
laboratories and school workshops. All science teachers, workshop
instructors and their assistants must be familiar with the contents and
their use.

(4) First aid boxes shall be maintained fully equipped at all times.

(5) The Director may require the provision of a suitable room for
medical inspection and first aid in the premises of any school which has
more than 100 pupils.

56. (1) In the premises of every boarding school a superficial
dormitory area of at least 3.25 m' shall be provided for each boarder.

(1A) The ceiling of a dormitory in a boarding school shall be

(a)in the case of a detached or semi-detached building, not less
than 2.5 m above the floor; or

(b) in any other case, not less than 2.75 m above the floor:

Provided that there shall be not less than 2.3 m measured from the
floor to the underside of any beam.

(2) In every boarding school, at least one suitable room shall be set
aside to be used solely as a sanatorium or sick room.

(3) No dormitory shall be in a tenement-house.

(4) In the premises of every boarding school-

(a) the dormitory accommodation;

(b) the washing and bathing arrangements;

(c) the messing and kitchen accommodation;

(d)the latrine accommodation and sanitary arrangements; and

(e) the area provided for open-air recreation,

shall be of adequate standard and properly maintained to the
satisfaction of the Director.





(5) The latrine accommodation of every boarding school shall
consist of water closets or of water closets and urinals connected to a
flush system.

(6) The supervisor of every boarding school shall, if so
required by the Director in writing, appoint a matron to be in charge
of the boarders.

57. (1) The supervisor of every boarding school shall ensure
that every boarder is medically examined at least once in every 6
months.

(2) The examination shall be conducted by a registered med-
ical practitioner, who shall report in writing to the supervisor on the
general health of the boarders. The report shall also give the names
of any of the boarders whose state of health is such as to demand
special treatment and shall briefly state the nature of the treatment
required.

(3) A copy of such report shall be transmitted forthwith by the
supervisor to the Director.

PART VIII

DISCIPLINE

58. No teacher shall administer corporal punishment to a female
pupil.

59. (1) No teacher shall administer corporal punishment to a male
pupil except

(a) with a light cane; and

(b)on the palms of the hands or on the buttocks over the
clothing.

(2) Where there is more than one teacher in a school, no teacher
shall administer corporal punishment to a male pupil unless

(a) the teacher is the principal; or







(b)the principal has authorized the teacher to administer such
punishment.

PART IX

FEES AND
COLLECTIONS

60. (1) The supervisor of every school shall submit to the Director
when required by him particulars of the inclusive fee.

(2) Upon receipt of such particulars the Director shall cause the
name of the supervisor, the name and address of the school, and the
particulars of the inclusive fee to be published in the Gazette.







61. (1) Subject to regulation 99A and to paragraph (2), no
supervisor, manager or teacher shall charge or accept payment of any
money. or any school fees whatsoever other than the inclusive fees as
published in the Gazette:

Provided that additional charges, moneys or fees may be charged if
previously approved by the Director in writing and if such approval is
displayed upon the school notice board or at some other public place in
the school premises.

(2) A supervisor or manager may in any particular case grant a
remission of the whole or any part of the inclusive fees published in the
Gazette, provided that such remission is permitted under a scheme of
fee remission approved by the Director.

62. Unless otherwise permitted in writing by the Director, the
inclusive fee shall be collected either

(a)in 12 equal monthly payments to be made at the beginning of
each of the months September to August inclusive; or

(b)in 10 equal instalments payable on or after the first school day
of each of the months September to June inclusive:

Provided that supervisors may if they wish require pupils to
register for the new school year by paying their September instalment
not earlier than 1 August.

63. The payment of every sum of money by or on behalf of a pupil
to a supervisor, manager or teacher shall be forthwith acknowledged in
writing by such supervisor, manager or teacher on a proper form of
receipt.

64. The supervisor of every school shall-

(a) keep proper accounts;

(b)make the accounts and any vouchers relating to the accounts
available at all reasonable times for inspection by the Director
or any inspector of schools; and

(c)retain the accounts and vouchers for a period of not less than
7 years.

65. No change in the inclusive fee shall be made without the written
approval of the Director.

66. (1) No person shall in any school premises

(a) appeal to any pupils of a school for subscriptions;

(b) make any collection among any pupils of a school

without the permission in writing of the Director.

(2) No manager or teacher of a school shall in any way whatsoever





(a)appeal to any pupils of a school for subscriptions or permit
any appeal to be made to or among any pupils of a school for
subscriptions; or

(b)make any collection among any pupils of a school or permit
any collection to be made by or among any pupils of a school,

without the permission in writing of the Director.

67. In the premises of every school there shall be kept
conspicuously exhibited a certificate, signed by the Director, setting out
the inclusive fee for every class in the school. There shall be included in
such certificate the following in both English and Chinese

'Unless otherwise permitted in writing by the Director Of
Education, no supervisor, manager or teacher shall charge or
accept payment of any money or any school fees whatsoever other
than the inclusive fee as above stated.

PART X

EDUCATIONAL REQUIREMENTS FOR REGISTERED AND PERMITTED
TEACHERS, PRINCIPALS AND TEACHERS OF ENGLISH

68. The qualifications for a registered teacher shall he the
qualifications specified in Part 1 of the Second Schedule.

69. The qualifications for a permitted teacher, other than a
teacher to whom regulation 70 applies, shall be the qualifications
specified in Part 11 of the Second Schedule.

70. The qualifications for a permitted teacher teaching English shall
be the qualifications specified in Part 111 of the Second Schedule.

PART XI

PUPILS' ASSOCIATIONS

71. The Director shall keep a register of pupils' associations
(hereinafter referred to in this Part as the register).





72. (1) No person shall-

(a) be a member of; or

(b) in any way promote or participate in the activities of, or

(c) in any way assist or encourage,

any pupils' association which is not entered on the register under
regulation 73 or in respect of which any condition imposed under
regulation 73 has been contravened.

(2) if any pupil of a school contravenes paragraph (1), the
principal and every teacher of the school shall be guilty of an offence
unless he satisfies the court-

(a)where the association is not entered on the register under
regulation 73, that he did not know and had no reasonable
means of knowing of the existence of the association or
that as soon as he knew of its existence he reported that
fact to the Director; or

(b)where the association has contravened any condition
imposed under regulation 73, that he did not know and had
no reasonable means of knowing that the association had
contravened such condition or that as soon as he knew that
the association had contravened such condition he
reported that fact to the Director.

73. (1) If any pupils' association desires to be entered in the
register, the supervisor and principal of the school concerned shall
first apply to the Director for his approval of the association.

(2) Where, upon any such application, the Director approves
the association, he shall enter the name of the association in the
register on such conditions, if any, as he may think fit to impose.

74. (1) The Director may, in his discretion, remove the name
of any pupils' association from the register, at any time.

(2) Where, under paragraph (1), he removes the name of any
pupils' association from the register, the Director shall notify the
supervisor and principal of the school concerned.

PART XII

SCHOOL MANAGEMENT COMMITTEES AND SUPERVISORS

75. (1) The Director may, by notice in writing to the super-
visor, require the managers of any school to prepare, execute and
submit to him for his approval a written constitution in accordance
with which the school shall be managed, and within a time to be
specified in such notice the supervisor shall comply therewith.





(2) Every such constitution shall, unless the Director otherwise
directs

(a)define the powers and duties of the managers, make adequate
provision for the meetings of the managers, the voting and
procedure at such meetings, the keeping of minutes and
records thereof and any quorum which may be required;

(b)define the powers and duties of the supervisor and of each
other manager and of the principal;

(c)provide for the holding and administration of the property of
the school, the collection, banking and administration of its
revenue and the keeping and audit of accounts; and

(d)provide for such other matters in relation to the management
of the school and the administration of the property and
revenues of the school as the Director may specify in such
notice.

(3) The Director may require by notice to the supervisor any such
constitution to be altered or amended, in such manner as he may
specify, and such constitution shall be altered or amended accordingly
by the managers.

(4) Every such constitution when approved by the Director shall be
binding upon the school and the managers and teachers thereof and
shall not be altered or amended without the prior approval in writing of
the Director.

76. The appointment and dismissal of any member of the teaching
staff of any school shall be determined by a majority vote of all the
members of the management committee of that school.

77. The supervisor shall be responsible for issuing to all teachers
letters of appointment which shall set out

(a) conditions of service;

(b) salary scale; and

(c) conditions of termination of appointment.

78. The supervisor shall be responsible for ensuring that the
salaries of all teachers are paid in full when due.

PART XIII

HOLIDAYS

79. The supervisor shall send to the Director before 15 August in
each year notice of all holidays it is intended to give in the coming
school year, including any special holidays given in honour of any
particular event, and of all dates on which the usual work of the school
will be suspended.





of-

80. No holidays shall be given and the usual work of a school
shall not be suspended except on a date mentioned in the notice
given under regulation 79 or with the permission of the Director.

81. The Director may by notice in writing to the supervisor
forbid the granting of a holiday on any specified day and the
supervisor and principal shall thereupon ensure that the usual work
of the school is continued on that day.

82. The Director may by notice in writing to the supervisor of
any school require that a holiday shall be given on any day specified
in such notice and the supervisor shall ensure that such holiday is
given accordingly.

83. (1) The supervisor of a school shall inform the principal

(a)all holidays of which the supervisor has given the Director
notice as required under regulation 79;

(b)any notice received from the Director under regulation 81
forbidding the granting of a holiday on any specified day;
and

(c)any notice received from the Director requiring that a
holiday shall be given on any specified day.

(2) The principal of a school shall cause to be posted at all
times in a conspicuous place in the school premises a list specifying
every holiday which is to be given in the current school year in
accordance with this Part.

(3) Every list required to be posted under paragraph (2) shall
be signed by the principal and countersigned by the supervisor.

PART XIV

GENERAL

84. (1) At or near the entrance to the premises of every
school there shall be prominently displayed a board or other form
of notice bearing in conspicuous lettering the registered name of
the school.

(2) (No name except the registered name of a school shall be-

(a) displayed on the school premises; or

(b) used by the school,

as being the name of the school.





85. Except with the permission of the Director, no entrance to or exit
from any school premises shall be locked at any time when any pupil
who does not reside in the school premises is in the school premises.

86. At the entrance to every classroom there shall be a board or
sign bearing an identification number or letter for such room.

87. In every classroom there shall be kept exhibited in a prominent
place a notice specifying the maximum number of pupils permitted in
that room, and no more than such maximum number shall be permitted in
that room.

88. Not more than 45 pupils shall be taught at one time by one
teacher except in special cases with the permission of the Director.

89. (1) No instruction shall be given by any school after 9.30 p.m.
except with the permission of the Director.

(2) No instruction shall be given by any school during such hours
as may be specified by the Director in respect of that school by notice
in writing to the supervisor.

89A. No pupil undergoing nursery education shall attend at a
school for that purpose for any period other than a period beginning
and ending either before or after 1 p.m. on any day that he attends the
school.

90. A separate attendance register in a form approved by the
Director shall be kept for each class.

91. (1) All schools shall be provided with adequate apparatus,
equipment, teaching materials and general facilities.

(2) The Director may give directions in writing to the supervisor of
any school providing nursery, kindergarten, primary, secondary or post-
secondary education or any other educational course that the school
shall be provided with any such apparatus, equipment, teaching
materials or general facilities as may be specified by the Director in such
directions.

92. (1) No instruction may be given by any school except in
accordance with a syllabus approved by the Director.

(2) The supervisor of every school shall submit to the Director
whenever so required by the Director the syllabus of instruction of each
class for his approval.

(3) The Director may give directions in writing to the supervisor of
any school as to the instruction which shall be or shall not be included
in any such syllabus.
(4) Unless with the express permission of the Director in
writing, military training by schools is prohibited.

(5) The Director may by order prohibit -

(a) the presence of any specified document in school premises;
and

(b) the use of any specified document by schools.

(6) No person shall use any document for instruction in a class
in any school unless particulars of the title, author and publisher of
the document and such other particulars of the document as the
Director may require have been furnished to the Director not less
than 14 days previously.

(7) The Director may give a direction in writing to the super-
visor or to the principal of a school that a copy of any document
particulars or which have been furnished to the Director in accord-
ance with the provisions of paragraph (6) shall be deposited with the
Director within such period as may be specified in the direction.

(8) The Director may give a direction in writing to the super-
visor and to the principal of a school that from such date as may be
specified in the direction a document specified in the direction shall
not be used for instruction in any class in the school or in such class
in the school as may be specified in the direction.

(9) No person shall use any document in contravention of an
order made under paragraph (5) or of a direction given under
paragraph (8).

(10) The Director may give directions in writing to the super-
visor of any school in respect of the preparation of the time-table of
work of any class and require any supervisor to submit for his
approval any such time-table.

(11) The time-table of each class shall be displayed in the
classroom.

(12) The supervisor shall inform the Director of any change in
the hours of school work.

93. No school shall provide courses of training for teachers
except with the written permission of the Governor.

94. The supervisor shall submit to the Director, whenever required
by the Director, such information concerning the school or pupils
thereof as may be required by the Director.

95. (1) The Director may direct that no pupil or pupils other than a
pupil or pupils residing on the school premises shall be on the school
premises during such periods of time as the Director may specify.





(2) No pupil to whom a direction under paragraph (1) applies shall
be on the school premises at any time during any period specified by
the Director in such direction.

96. (1) If in the opinion of the Director the behaviour of any
pupil is undersiable or improper or contrary to the good of the
school or the other pupils, or if any pupil participates in processions,
propaganda or political activities or in any dispute between an
employer and his employees or in any disorderly assembly, he may,
in his absolute discretion, rquire the supervisor and principal to
expel such pupil from the school or to suspend him for such time and
under such conditions as the Director may specify.

(2) Nothing in paragraph (1) shall prejudice the right of a principal
or supervisor to expel or suspend a pupil from the school.

97. (1) No pupil who has been expelled from a school under
regulation 96(1) shall enter or remain in the school premises without the
permission of the Director.

(2) No pupil who has been suspended from a school under
regulation 96(1) shall enter or remain in the school premises

(a) during the period of his suspension; or

(b) in contravention of the conditions of his suspension,

without the permission of the Director.

98. (1) No instruction, education, entertainment, recreation
or propaganda or activity of any kind which, in the opinion of the
Director, is in any way of a political or partly political nature and
prejudicial to the public interest or the welfare of the pupils or of
education generally or contrary to the approved syllabus, shall be
premitted upon any school premises or upon the occasion of any
school activity.

(2) No salutes, songs, dances, slogans, uniforms, flags, documents
or symbols which, in the opinion of the Director, are in any
way of a political or partly political nature shall be used, displayed
or worn, as the case may be, upon any school premises or upon the
occasion of any school activity except with the premission of the
Director and in accordance with such conditions as he may see fit to
impose.

99. (1) No person shall be allowed on school premises at any
time for the purpose of teaching examining or taking any part in the
conduct of the school or classroom activities, or making any
educatinal inspection or investigation, unless such person has
received the written approval of the Director or is permitted there
under the provisions of the Ordinance.





(2) Subject to regulation 99A, no activity shall be allowed on
any school premises other than the ordinary activities of a school
without the permission of the Director and in accordance with
such conditions as he may see fit to impose.

(3) No classes may be held nor any tuition given on school
premises during holidays, or out of normal school hours, without
the prior permission in writing of the Director.

99A. (1) No supervisor, manager or management committee
of a school in receipt of public funds shall, without the prior
permission in writing of the Director-

(a)operate or permit to operate on school premises any
business or trading undertaking; or

(b)enter into any business or trading arrangement, directly or
indirectly, with any person for the supply of food, drinks,
books, stationery, uniforms or any other thing that is
required by such school to be possessed or used by pupils
of the school.

(2) Where permission has been granted for the purposes of
paragraph (1), the supervisor of the school shall-

(a)within 4 months after the end of the financial year of the
school, or such extended period as may be permitted by the
Director, furnish to the Director an annual audited state-
ment of accounts of every such business or trading under-
taking, or business or trading arrangement; and

(b)furnish together with such statement of accounts a state-
ment indicating how the profits have been applied or are
intended to be applied.

(3) No supervisor, manager or management committee of a
school in receipt of public funds shall apply the profits for any
purpose not directly benefiting the pupils of the school without the
prior permission in writing of the Director.

(4) For the purposes of this regulation-

'profits' means any profits or net income arising from a business or
trading undertaking, or a business or trading arrangement,
referred to in paragraph (1);

'school in receipt of public funds- means-

(a)any school that receives financial assistance under the code
of aid for primary schools, the code of aid for secondary
schools or the code of aid for primary special schools and
special classes, or the code of aid for secondary special
schools and special classes; or

(b)any school that is operated by the English Schools
Foundation.





100. A copy of the Ordinance and these regulations shall be kept in
an accessible place in the premises of every school and shall be readily
available to all school staff for reference.

101. (1) Any person who contravenes regulation 18, 19(1) or (2), 31,
34(2), 35(2), 66(1), 72(1), 85, 88, 89(1), 92(1), (6) or (9) or
99(1) or shall be guilty of an offence.

(2) Any registered manager of a school who contravenes
regulation 61, 63 or 66(2) shall be guilty of an offence.

(3) If regulation 10, 22, 37, 62, 65, 84(1) or (2) or 93 is contravened in
respect of any school, the registered managers of the school shall each
be guilty of an offence.

(4) Any supervisor of a school who contravenes regulation 21(1) or
(2), 53(1), 61, 63, 64, 77, 79, 81, 82, 83(1) or (3), 92(2) or (12) or 99A(2)
shall be guilty of an offence.

(5) Any principal of a school who contravenes regulation 21(2), 32,
38., 39, 52(1), 53(2) or 83(2) or (3) shall be guilty of an offence.

(6) If regulation 16, 19(3), 31, 34(2), 46A, 47, 48(1), 67, 80, 85,
87, 88, 89 89A 90 92(1), (4), (6) or (9), 95(2) or 99(2) or (3) is
contravened in respect of any' school the supervisor and principal the
school shall each be guilty of an offence.

(6A) Any supervisor or manager who, or any person who is a
member of a management committee which, contravenes regulation
99A(1) or (3) shall be guilty of an offence.

(7) Any teacher who contravenes regulation 33, 58, 59, 61, 63 or
66(2) shall be guilty of an offence.

(8) Any pupil of a school who contravenes regulation 95(2) or 97
shall be guilty of an offence.

(9) If a person is charged with an offence by reason of being a
member of a management committee which has contravened regulation
99A(1) or (3), it shall be a defence to the charge if he proves that

(a)the other members of the management committee contravened
the regulation without his knowledge or consent; or

(b)he took all reasonable steps to prevent the other members of
the management committee from contravening the regulation.

102. Any person who is guilty of an offence under these regulations
shall be liable upon conviction to a fine of $5,000 and to imprisonment
for one year.

103. The forms in the Third Schedule are prescribed for the purposes
of the Ordinance.







be-

FIRST SCHEDULE

LATRINES AND URINALS IN SCHOOL PREMISES
OTHER THAN
BOARDING SCHOOL PREMISES

[reg. 43.1

1 For latrines and urinals connected to a flush system the requirements shall

(a) For boys

One pan and 2 urinals for every 30 pupils. Where urinals are not provided

one pan shall be provided for every 20 pupils.

(b) For girls

One pan for every 20 pupils.

2. For latrines and urinals not connected to a flush system the requirements
shall be

(a) For boys

One pan and 2 urinals for every 30 pupils.

(b) For girls

One pan for every 20 pupils.

LATRINES AND URINALS IN BOARDING SCHOOL
PREMISES

be-

1 For latrines and urinals connected to a flush system the requirements shall

(a) For boys-

One pan and one urinal for every 15 boarders.

(b) For girls-

One pan for every 15 boarders.

a trough not less than 450 mm long.

SECOND SCHEDULE

PART 1

QUALIFICATIONS FOR A REGISTERED
TEACHER

[reg. 68.1

(1)An approved degree of either the University of Hong Kong, or of The
Chinese University of Hong Kong, together with an approved teacher's
diploma, certificate, or like qualification to teach;

(2)a degree in education of either the University of Hong Kong or of The






Chinese University of Hong Kong;

(3)an approved degree of either the University of Hong Kong, or of The Chinese
University of Hong Kong, and 3 years approved teaching experience;

(4) a teacher's certificate issued by the Hong Kong Government;





(5)a Hong Kong Government Normal School certificate and 5 years approved
teaching experience;

(6)a Hong Kong Government Evening Institute teacher's certificate and 5 years
approved teaching experience;

(7)a certificate of status as 'Qualified Teacher issued by the Hong Kong
Education Department to a teacher who has completed an approved course of
training and passed a written and practical test, and approved teaching
experience;

(8)any other educational training and experience which in the opinion of the
Director is equivalent to the qualifications specified in paragraph (1), (2), (3),
(4), (5), (6) or (7); or (9) (a)10 years approved teaching experience and one or more Hong Kong
Certificates of Education with an aggregate of 5 separate subjects at Grade
E or a higher grade, including

(i)English Language in the Hong Kong Certificate of Education (Eng
lish), or of a standard which in the opinion of the Director is
equivalent to Grade E or a higher grade in that Certificate; or

(ii) Chinese Language;

(b)10 years approved teaching experience and one or more Hong Kong
Certificates of Education with an aggregate of 4 separate subjects, 2 of
which are at Grade C or a higher grade and the other 2 of which are at
Grade E or a higher grade, including

(i)English Language in the Hong Kong Certificate of Education
(English), or of a standard which in the opinion of the Director is
equivalent to Grade E or a higher grade in that Certificate; or

(ii) Chinese Language;

(c)10 years approved teaching experience and any educational training
which in the opinion of the Director is equivalent to the other
qualifications specified in sub-paragraph (a) or (b); or

(d)10 years approved teaching experience and a Hong Kong English School
Certificate, a Hong Kong Chinese School Certificate, or a Hong Kong
School Certificate.

For the purposes of this Part

(a) 'approved' means approved by the Director;

(b)a subject is not separate from another subject by reason only that
instruction in the first subject is given in a different language to that in
which instruction in the second subject is given.

PART II

QUALIFICATION FOR A PERMITTED TEACHER, OTHER THAN A TEACHER
WHO IS PERMITTED TO TEACH ENGLISH

[reg. 69.]

(1)The qualifications (other than 10 years approved teaching experience)
specified in paragraph (9)(a), (b) or (d) of Part I; or

(2)any other educational training or practical experience which in the opinion of
the Director is equivalent to the qualifications specified in paragraph (1).





PART Ill

QUALIFICATIONS FOR A PERMITTED TEACHER WHO IS
PERMITTED TO TEACH ENGLISH

The qualifications specified in paragraph (1) or (2) of Part II and

(1) Grade E or higher grade in English Language in the Hong Kong Certificate of

Education (English) Examination;

(2) a pass in English Language in the Hong Kong English School Certificate, the

Hong Kong Chinese School Certificate, or the Hong Kong School Certificate; or

(3) a knowledge of English of a standard which in the opinion of the Director is

equivalent to Grade E in English Language in the Hong Kong Certificate of Education
(English).

[reg. 70.1



THIRD SCHEDULE

FORMS

FORM 1

EDUCATION ORDINANCE
(Chapter 279)

APPLICATION FOR REGISTRATION OF A SCHOOL

Address for correspondence .....................

Telephone Number ..................................

Date.........................................................

The Director of Education,
Education Department, Hong
Kong.

1. 1, (Mr./Mrs./Miss):

(Name in English) ........................................................................................

[reg. 103.1

[s. 11.1

(Name in Chinese) .......................................................................................
(Residential Address) ...................................................................................
(Approval Number) .....................................................................................

being approved under section 24(1) of the Education Ordinance to be a manager, request you to
register the undermentioned school.

2. Particulars of school-

(a) Proposed registered name of school

(in English)






.................................................................................................. (in
Chinese) ..................................................................................................

(b) Description of school, i.e.

(c) Method of operation, i.e.

(d) Type of pupils, i.e.

(e) Type of education, i.e.

(i) day school; (ii) evening
school; or iii) correspondence
course.

(i) one sessional; or (ii)
two sessional.

(i) male; (ii)
female; or iii)
combined.

(i) kindergarten; (ii) primary; iii)
secondary; iv) post secondary; or
(v) other educational course.





(f) Premises in which school is to be operated

(g) Name and address of landlord of premises in which school is to be operated

(i) ..1.111.1 ...of

(h) Name and address of tenant of premises in which school is to be operated

(i) Inclusive fee per pupil per year (to be collected in 10 or 12 instalments)

........... 1 made up as
follows-

Kinder- Primary Secondary Post

garten Post
Secondary

Other
Courses

Tuition fee
1 per
instalm
ent

Incidentals
per
instalm
ent

3. 1 attach applications from the following approved managers for
registration as managers of the school

(a) Name (Mr./Mrs./Miss):

(in English)
..................................................................................................

(in Chinese)
..................................................................................................

Approval Number
.......................................................................................

(b) Name (Mr./Mrs./Miss):

(in English)
..................................................................................................

(in Chinese)
..................................................................................................

Approval Number
.......................................................................................

(c) Name (Mr,/Mrs./Miss):

(in English)
..................................................................................................

(in Chinese)
..................................................................................................

Approval Number






.......................................................................................

(d) Name (Mr./Mrs./Miss):

(in English)
..................................................................................................

(in Chinese)
..................................................................................................

Approval Number
.......................................................................................

(e) Name (Mr./Mrs./Miss):

(in English)
..................................................................................................

(in Chinese) ...

Approval Number ...

4. 1 recommend Mr./Mrs./Miss .......................................................................
to be the supervisor of the school.










school-

5. It is proposed that the following registered teachers will be employed in the

Name (Mr./Mrs./Miss)

in English

in Chinese

Residential
Address

Registration
Number

Proposed
monthly
salary

6. 1 attach applications for permission to employ the following persons in the
school as permitted teachers

Name (Mr./Mrs./Miss)

in English in Chinese

7. 1 attach

(a) the proposed syllabus for each class of the school; and

(b) the weekly time table for each class of the school.

8. 1 attach 3 copies of a plan/diagram (specifying dimensions) of the premises
in which the school is to be operated.

9. 1 attach the certificates and notices required under section 1 11(b)(ii) of the
Ordinance.

10. The contents of this application are true and complete to the best of my
knowledge and belief.

(Signed) ....................................................
NOTE 1:The person recommended should be one of the applicants for
registration as managers of the school.
NOTE 2:Delete if the premises in which the school is to be operated are designed
and constructed for the purposes of a school.

WARNING

1. Attention is drawn to the provisions of the Education Ordinance and
particularly to

(a) Section 14-
'The Director may refuse to register a school if it appears to him-

(n)that in or in connexion with the application for registration any
statement has been made or information has been furnished which is
false in any material particular or by reason of the omission of any
material particular;'; and

(b) Section 87(1)-







'Any person who

(k)in or in connexion with any application under this Ordinance makes
any statement or furnishes any information, whether such statement
or information be verbal or written, which is false in any material
particular and which he knows or reasonably ought to know is false in
such particular,

shall be guilty of an offence and shall be liable on conviction to a fine of
525,000 and to imprisonment for 2 years.'.





2. Registration or provisional registration of a school does not release the
owners or managers or any other person from compliance with any requirement of
the Buildings Ordinance or any other Ordinance relating to the school, nor does it in
any way affect or modify any agreement or covenant relating to any premises in which
the school is to be operated.
1986 ED CAP 279 A34




FORM 2

EDUCATION ORDINANCE
(Chapter 279)

(Registration Number

[s. 18(1).]

CERTIFICATE OF REGISTRATION OF A SCHOOL

1. 1 certify that the undermentioned school is registered under section 13 of
the Education Ordinance

Registered name of school:

(in English)
............................................................... (in
Chinese) ..........................................................





2. The premises in which the school may be operated are-

(i)......................................

(ii)
......................................................................................................................
(iii)
......................................................................................................................
(iv)
......................................................................................................................

as more particularly shown and described on Plan No .
.............................................. deposited with and approved by me.

. ..........

Hong Kong .
...................................... 19

Director of Education

WARNING

Registration of a school does not release the owners or managers or any other
persons from compliance with any requirement of the Buildings Ordinance or any
other Ordinance relating to the school, nor does it in any way affect or modify any
agreement or covenant relating to any premises in which the school is operated.

..........

--- ...............9 . .A .iii 1 t' k,'



t lf- 11 c i 1 W

FORM 3

EDUCATION ORDINANCE
(Chapter 279)

(Provisional Registration Number ...............

CERTIFICATE OF PROVISIONAL REGISTRATION OF A
SCHOOL

[s. 18(1).]

1. 1 certify that the undermentioned school is registered provisionally under
section 15 of the Education Ordinance

Registered name of school:
(in English)
..........................................................................................................

(inChinese).........................................................................................................









2. The premises in which the school may be operated are

(i)

(ii)
(iii)

(iv)

as more particularly shown and described on Plan No .
.............................................. deposited with and approved by me.

3. This certificate is valid only until the day of

......

Director of Education

Hong Kong . ....................................

19 .....................

WARNING

Provisional registration of a school does not release the owners or managers
or any other person from compliance with any requirement of the Buildings
Ordinance or any other Ordinance relating to the school, nor does it in any way
affect or modify any agreement or covenant relating to any premises in which the
school is operated.







FORM 4

EDUCATION ORDINANCE
(Chapter 279)

APPLICATION FOR APPROVAL TO BE A MANAGER

Address for correspondence .....................

Signed full face
photograph of applicant
to be affixed here

The Director of Education,
Education Department,
Hong Kong.

[s. 23.1

Telephone Number ..................................

1. 1 forward the following particulars of myself and request you to approve me
to be a manager.

2. Particulars-

(a) Name (Mr./Mrs./Miss):
(in English) ..................................................................................................
(in Chinese) ..................................................................................................
(b) Aliases .........................................................................................................
(c) Residential Address .....................................................................................
(d) Identity Card Number .................................................................................
(e) Date of birth ................................................................................................
(f) Place of birth ...............................................
(g) Particulars of education ...............................................................................
(h) Experience in or knowledge of educational matters .....................................

(i) Occupation ..................................................................................................
(j) Other relevant information ..........................................................................

3. 1 affix above a signed full face photograph of myself and attach 2 signed
copies of such photograph to this application.

4. The following persons who are/are not aware of the statements made on this
form may be referred to as regards my character and suitability to be a manager-
(a) Name (Mr./Mrs./Miss)
Address ........................................................................................................
Occupation ..................................................................................................
(b) Name (Mr./Mrs./Miss)
Address ........................................................................................................
Occupation..................................................................................................





5. The contents of this application are true and complete to the best of my
knowledge and belief.

(Signed) ....................................................
NOTE 1:If the applicant has been convicted of a criminal offence affecting his
character, or has been refused previously approval to be a manager,
registration as a manager or teacher, or a permit to teach as a
permitted teacher, or has had his approval to be a manager withdrawn
or his registration as a manager or teacher or his permit to teach as a
permitted teacher cancelled, the full circumstances of such matter
must be disclosed.
NOTE 2:2 referees are required. They must be persons of standing, e.g.
members of the Executive or Legislative Council, Justices of the
Peace, barristersat-law, solicitors, ministers of religion, chartered or
incorporated accountants, persons on the list of special jurors,
registered teachers, doctors or dentists, etc., and must have known the
applicant well for at least 3 years.

WARNING

Attention is drawn to the provisions of the Education Ordinance and
particularly to

(a) Section
'The Director may refuse to approve an applicant to be a manager if it
appears to him that the applicant

(h) in making or in connexion with any application-

(i) for approval to be a manager;

(ii) for registration of a school;

(iii) for registration as a manager or a teacher; or

(iv) to employ a person as a permitted teacher in a school,

has made any statement or furnished any information which is false
in any material particular or by reason of the omission of any
material particular.'; and

(b) Section 87(1)-

'Any person who-

(k)in or in connexion with any application under this Ordinance makes
any statement or furnishes any information, whether such statement
or information be verbal or written, which is false in any material
particular and which he knows or reasonably ought to know is false in
such particular,

shall be guilty of an offence and shall be liable on conviction to a fine of
$25,000 and to imprisonment for 2 years.'.
1986 ED CAP 279 A40




FORM 5

EDUCATION ORDINANCE
(Chapter 279)

CERTIFICATE OF APPROVAL TO BE A
MANAGER

(Approval Number .

1 certify that

[s. 24(2).]

.......................... whose

photograph is affixed hereto, is approved under section 24(1) of the Education
Ordinance to be a manager.

Photograph
of approved
manager

Hong Kong . ...19

................

Director of Education





FORM 6

EDUCATION ORDINANCE
(Chapter 279)

APPLICATION FOR REGISTRATION AS A MANAGER OF A SCHOOL

Signed full face
photograph of applicant
to be affixed here

The Director of Education,
Education Department, Hong
Kong.

[s. 28.1

Address for correspondence .....................

Telephone Number

Date.........................................................

1. 1, being approved under section 24(1) of the Education Ordinance to be a manager, forward
the following particulars of myself, and request you to register me as a manager of the under-
mentioned school.

2. Particulars

(a) Name (Mr./Mrs./Miss):

(in English) .................................................................................................. (in
Chinese) .................................................................................................. (b)
Residential Address ..................................................................................... (c)
Approval Number .......................................................................................

(d) Name of school of which 1 wish to become a registered manager

.................................

(e) Address of school ........................................................................................
(f) Special interest (if any) which 1 have in the school ......................................

3. 1 am registered as a manager of the following other schools:

4. 1 affix above a signed full face photograph of myself and attach 2 signed copies of such
photograph to this application.

5. The contents of this application are true and complete to the best of my knowledge and belief.

(Signed) ....................................................

ENDORSEMENT

The above-mentioned applicant is acceptable to us as a registered manager of the
school/proposed school referred to in the application.

Date ..........(Signed)
Date ..........(Signed)
Date ..........(Signed)

Date......................................................... (Signed)
..............................................................












NOTE 1:The endorsement should be signed by a majority of the management
committee in the case of a school which is registered, or by a majority
of the proposed registered managers if the school is not registered.

WARNING

Attention is drawn to the provisions of the Education Ordinance and
particularly to

(a) Section 30(1)-
'The Director may refuse to register an applicant as a manager of a school
if-

(d)it appears to the Director that in making or in connexion with any
application

(i) for approval to be a manager;
(ii) for registration of a school;
(iii) for registration as a manager or a teacher; or
(iv) to employ a person as a permitted teacher in a
school,

the applicant has made any statement or furnished any information
which is false in any material particular or by reason of the omission
of any material particular.'; and

(b) Section 87(1)-
'Any person who-

(k)in or in connexion with any application under this Ordinance makes
any statement or furnishes any information, whether such statement
or information be verbal or written, which is false in any material
particular and which he knows or reasonably ought to know is false in
such particular,

shall be guilty of an offence and shall be liable on conviction to a fine of

$25,000 and to imprisonment for 2
years.'.
1986 ED CAP 279 A44




FORM 7

EDUCATION ORDINANCE
(Chapter 279)

CERTIFICATE OF REGISTRATION AS A MANAGER OF A SCHOOL

[s. 29(2).]

I certify that .... .........................................................................
1

whose photograph is affixed hereto, is registered under section 29(1) of the
Education
Ordinance as a manager of the following school-

(a) Registered name of school:

(in English) ...............................................

(b) Address of school........................................................................................
Photograph
of registered
manager

Hong Kong . ...19

...................................
Director of Education







FORM 8

EDUCATION ORDINANCE
(Chapter 279)

APPLICATION FOR REGISTRATION AS A TEACHER

Address for correspondence .....................

Signed full face
photograph of applicant
to be affixed here

The Director of Education,
Education Department, Hong
Kong.

[s. 44.1

Telephone Number ..................................

1 I forward the following particulars of myself and request you to register me as a teacher.

2. Particulars

(a) Name (Mr./Mrs./Miss):

(in English)
.................................................................................................. (in
Chinese) ..................................................................................................

(b)
(c)
(d)

Marital status: Married/Single

(i) Maiden name ........................................................................................
(ii) Husband's name ...................................................................................

(e) Residential address ......................................................................................
(f) Identity Card Number .................................................................................
(g) Date of birth ................................................................................................
(h) Place of birth ...............................................................................................

(i) Places of education:

Name of schools Date of entry

and universities (month and year)

Date of leaving
(month and year)

(i)

(ii)

(iii)

(j) Educational qualifications (degrees, diplomas, certificates) .........................

(k) Details of occupations, other than teaching, since completion of

education.....................................................................................................















(1) Details of all teaching experience:

School

Date of Date of
commence- leaving
ment (month (month
and year) and year)

Classes
taught

Subjects
taught

(m) Other relevant information
..........................................................................

3. The following persons who are/are not aware of the statements made on
this

form may be referred to as regards my character:

(a) Name (Mr./Mrs./Miss)

Address
........................................................................................................

Occupation
..................................................................................................

(b) Name (Mr./Mrs./Miss)

Address
........................................................................................................

Occupation
..................................................................................................

4. 1 affix above a signed full face photograph of myself and attach 2 signed

copies of such photograph to this application.

5. 1 attach

(a) a medical certificate as to my health; and

(b) my educational certificates.

6. The contents of this application are true and complete to the best

of my knowledge and belief.

(Signed) ....................................................
NOTE 1:To be completed only if the applicant is a married, divorced or
widowed woman.
NOTE 2:If the applicant has been convicted of a criminal offence affecting his
character, or has been refused previously approval to be a manager,
registration as a manager or teacher, or a permit to teach as a
permitted

teacher, or has had his approval to be a manager withdrawn of his
registration as a manager or teacher or his permit to teach as a






permitted teacher cancelled, the full circumstances of such matter
must be disclosed.
NOTE3:2 referees are required. They must be persons of standing, e.g.
members of the Executive or Legislative Council, Justices of the
Peace, barristersat-law, solicitors, ministers of religion, chartered or
incorporated accountants, persons on the list of special jurors,
registered teachers, doctors or dentists, etc., and must have known the
applicant well for at least 3 years.
NOTE 4:If educational certificates are not available at the date of the
application, paragraph 5(b) may be deleted. However the applicant
may be required to produce any such certificates at a later date for
inspection.







WARNING

Attention is drawn to the provisions of the Education Ordinance and
particularly

(a) Section 46-

'The Director may refuse to register an applicant as a teacher if it
appears to him that the applicant

(g) in making or in connexion with any application-

(i) for approval to be a manager;

(ii) for registration as a manager or a teacher; or

(iii) to employ a person as a permitted teacher in a school,

has made any statement or furnished any information which is false
in any material particular or by reason of the omission of any
material particular.'; and

(b) Section 87(1)-

'Any person who-

(k)in or in connexion with any application under this Ordinance makes
any statement or furnishes any information, whether such statement
or information be verbal or written, which is false in any material
particular and which he knows or reasonably ought to know is false in
such particular,

shall be guilty of an offence and shall be liable on conviction to a fine of
$25,000 and to imprisonment for 2 years.'.
1986 ED CAP 279 A49




FORM 9

EDUCATION ORDINANCE
(Chapter 279)

CERTIFICATE OF REGISTRATION AS A
TEACRER

[s. 45(2).]

(Registration Number

I certify that

whose photograph is affixed hereto, is registered as a teacher under section 45(1) of
the Education Ordinance.

Photograph
of registered
teacher

Hong Kong . ..19

........................................................

Director of Education







FORM 10

EDUCATION ORDINANCE
(Chapter 279)

APPLICATION FOR PERMISSION To EMPLOY AN UNREGISTERED TEACHER

PART I

[s. 49(2).]

(To be completed by the supervisor of the school in which it is desired to employ a person as a
permitted teacher or, in the case of a proposed school, by the applicant for registration of the school.)

Address for correspondence (see NOTE 1)

The Director of Education,
Education Department, Hong
Kong.

1 I request permission to employ-

Name (Mr./ Mrs./ Miss):

(inEnglish)..................................................................................................

Telephone Number ..................................

Date........... ..............................................

(in Chinese) ..................................................................................................

as a permitted teacher in the .....School.

2. Proposed subjects to be taught
by such person:

(i) .............................................
(ii) ............................................

(iii)............................................

Proposed classes to be taken by such
person:







3. Proposed monthly salary of such person: ....................................................

4. In my opinioD, there is no suitable registered teacher available for
employment as a teacher in the school.

5. The particulars relating to such person and set out in Part II of this form
are true and complete to the best of my knowledge and belief.

(Signed) .....

PARTH

(To be completed by the person to be employed as a
permitted teacher.)

Signed full face
photograph of proposed
teacher to be affixed here

(Supervisor, or applicantfor
registration of school)

1.1, the person referred to in Part 1 of this form, forward the
following particulars of myself-
(a) Name (Mr./Mrs./Miss):
(in English) ....................

(in Chinese~ ...

(c) Residential Address .....................................................................................
(d) Identity Card Number .................................................................................
(e) Marital status: Married/Single

(i) Maiden name ........................................................................................ (ii)
Husband's name ................................................................................... (g)
Date of birth ................................................................................................
(h) Place of birth
............................................................................................... (i) Places of
education:

Name of schools
and universities

(i)

(ii)

(iii)

Date of entry
(month and year)

(j) Educational qualifications (degrees. diplomas, certificates) .........................

Date of leaving
(month and year)








(k)Details of occupations other than teaching, since completion of
education
...........................................................................................................

.. ..... .......................

(1) Details of all teaching experience:

School

Date of Date of
commence- leaving Classes
ment (month (month taught
and year) and year)

(m) Other relevant information ........................

Subject
taught

2. The following persons who are/are not aware of the statements made on
this form may be referred to as regards my character:

(a) Name (Mr./Mrs.11.Miss)
................................................................................

Address
........................................................................................................

Occupation ......................................................................

(b) Name (Mr./ Mrs.1 Miss) ....................................................

Address ............................................................................

3. 1 affix above a signed full face photograph of myself and attach 3 signed
copies of such photograph to this form.

4. 1 attach-

(a) a medical certificate as to my heilth; and

(b) my educational certificates.

5. 1 am aware that if a permit to teach is issued in respect of the above
application, it will apply only to the school specified in paragraph 1 of Part 1 of
this form.

6. The contents of this Part of this form are true and complete to the best of
my knowledge and belief.

Date .............(Signed)

. .........................
........................

(Proposed permitted teacher)
NOTE L.If the school is already registered, this should be the address of the
school.
NOTE 2:To be completed only if the applicant is a married, divorced or
widowed woman.
NOTE 3:If the person completing Part 11 has been convicted of a criminal






offence affecting his character, or has been refused previously
approval to be a manager, registration as a manager or teacher, or
permit to teach as a permitted teacher, or has had his approval to be a
manager withdrawn or his registration as a manager or teacher or
permit to teach as a permitted teacher cancelled, the full
circumstances of such matter must be disclosed.
NOTE 4..2 referees are required. They must be persons of standing, e.g.
members of the Executive or Legislative Council, Justices of the
Peace, barristersat-law, solicitors, ministers of religion, chartered or
incorporated accountants, persons on the list of special jurors,
registered teachers, doctors or dentists, etc., and must have known the
applicant well for at least 3 years.






NOTE 5:If educational certificates are not available at the date of the
application, paragraph 4(b) of Part II of the form may be deleted.
However the person signing Part II may be required to produce any
such certificates at a later date for inspection.

WARNING

ularly to---

Attention is drawn to the provisions of the Education Ordinance and partic-

(a) Section 51-
'The Director may refuse to issue a permit to teach under subsection (1) of
section 50 in respect of an), person-

(d)if it appears to the Director that the applicant or the person in
respect of whom the application is made has, in making or in
connexion with any application

(i) for approval to be a manager; (ii) for registration as a
manager or a teacher; or (iii) to employ a person as a
permitted teacher in a school,

made any statement or furnished any information which is false in any
material particular or by reason of the omission of any material particular.';
and (b) Section 87(1)

'Any person who-

(k)in or in connexion with any application under this Ordinance makes
any statement or furnishes any information, whether such statement
or information be verbal or written, which is false in any material
particular and which he knows or reasonably ought to know is false in
such particular,

shall be guilty of an offence and shall be liable on conviction to a fine of

$25,000 and to imprisonment for 2
years.'.
1986 ED CAP 279 A 55 1986 ED CAP 279 a56




FORM 11

EDUCATION ORDINANCE
(Chapter 279)

APPLICATION FOR PERMISSION To EMPLOY All UNREGISTERE1_)
TEACHER
WHO HAS PREVIOUSLY BEEN EMPLOYED AS A PERMITTED TEACHER

[s. 49(2)-1

(To be completed by the supervisor of the school in which it is desired to employ a person as a
permitted teacher or, in the case of a proposed school, by the applicant for registration of the school.)

Address for correspondence (see

Signed full face
photograph of proposed
teacher to be affixed here

The Director of Education,
Education Department, Hong
Kong.

1. 1 request permission to employ-

NOTE 1) ..........

Telephone Number ..................................

Date....................................................

Name known to Education Department:
(Mr.1Mrs./Miss)

(in English) ...........................................................................................
(in Chinese) ..........................................................................................

Residential address ......................................................

Permitted Teacher Reference Number .........................................................

as a permitted teacher in the ...School.

2. Proposed subjects to be taught
by such person:

(i) ............................................
(ii) ............................................

(iii)............................................

Proposed classes to be taken by such
person:

............................

3. Proposed monthly salary of such person: ....................................................

4. In my opinion, there is no suitable registered teacher available for employment as a teacher in
the school.





5. 1 affix above a signed photograph of ...........................................................
and attach 2 signed copies of such photograph to this form.

(Signed) ...................................................

(Supervisor, or
applicantfor registration
ofsehool)
NOTE 1:If the school is already registered, this should be the address of the
school.

NOTE 2: The photographs should be of the person in respect of whom the
permit
to teach is sought, and should be signed by such person.

WA RNING

Attention is drawn to the provisions of the Education Ordinance and in
particular to

(a) Section 51-

'The Director may refuse to issue a permit to teach under subsection (1)
of section 50 in respect of any person

(d)if it appears to the Director that the applicant or the person in
respect of whom the application is made has, in making or in
connexion with any application

(i) for approval to be a manager; or

(ii) for registration as a manager or a teacher; or

(iii) to employ a person as a permitted teacher in a school,

made any statement or furnished any information which is false in
any material particular or by reason of the omission of any material
particular.'; and

(b) Section 87(1)-

'Any person who

(k)in or in connexion with any application under this Ordinance makes
any statement or furnishes any information, whether such statement
or information be verbal or written, which is false in any material
particular and which he knows or reasonably ought to know is false in
such particular,

shall be guilty of an offence and shall be liable on conviction to a fine of
$25,000 and to imprisonment for 2 years.'.





[s. 50(1).]

The Supervisor,

FORM 12

EDUCATION ORDINANCE
(Chapter 279)

PERMIT To EMPLOY AN UNREGISTERED
TEACHER

(Permitted Teacher Reference Number

................................ School.
(Copy to ......................... the permitted teacher)





1 1 hereby give permission to you to employ (Mr./Mrs./Miss) .......................

whose photograph is affixed hereto, as a permitted teacher in the
..............................

.................. school only.

2. This permit is issued subject to the following conditions

Photograph
of permitted
teacher

Hong Kong . .......

.....19

.................

Director of Education




1986 ED CAP 279 a61 L.N. 104/71. L.N. 115/71. L.N. 57/74. L.N. 122/74. L.N. 62/77. 34 of 1979. L.N. 213/80. L.N. 160/81. L.N. 76/82. L.N. 237/82. L.N. 192/83. L.N. 94/86. L.N. 117/71. Citation. Interpretation. L.N. 237/82. (Cap. 141.) Supervisor to furnish plan of school premises. Precautions for health and safety. Repair. Schools go downs, shops, etc. Maximum height of schools. L.N. 62/77. Minimum height of parapets and window openings. L.N. 62/77. Ventilation and lighting. L.N. 62/77. Structural alterations. Application of Part III. Restriction on assembly of pupils. Restriction on gymnastics. Restriction on furniture to be in any classroom. L.N. 76/82. L.N. 94/86. Periodic inspection of premises. Approval for roof playgrounds. Structural requirements L.N. 62/77. Pupils using roof playgrounds to be under supervision. Numbers of pupils allowed on a roof playground. L.N. 62/77. Limitation of activities on roof playgrounds. Safety precautions. Consent for installation. Appointment of teach in charge of workshop. L.N. 237/82. Duties of teacher in charge of workshop. L.N. 237/82. Plan of layout. Limit on number of pupils. Master switches. Maintenance and suitability. Presence of teacher. Number of pupils. Workshops. Lighting. Storage of poisons and dangerous substance. Appointment of teacher in charge of laboratory or store room. Duties of teacher in charge of laboratory or store room. Fire officers may inspect school premises. Fire officers may inspect buildings in neighborhood of schools if fire risk suspected. Reports thereon. Notice requiring safety equipment against fire. Fire drills, exits. Extinguishers. Floor space. L.N. 62/77. Blackboards to be adequately illuminated. Recreation for pupils. Activity and rest at full-day kindergarten schools. L.N. 237/82. Latrines, etc. L.N. 62/77. First Schedule. Improvements to sanitation. Water supply. Ablutions. Meals at full-day kindergarten schools. L.N. 237/82. Refreshment places. Cleaning and colour washing. Furniture and equipment. Print in text-books. Smoking and spitting. Medical examination of pupils. Infectious diseases. L.N. 57/74. Medical examination of teachers, pupils and employees. First aid. Boarding schools. L.N. 213/80. Medical examination in boarding schools. Corporal punishment of girls prohibited. Corporal punishment of boys. Fees and collections. Fees other than inclusive fee prohibited. L.N. 213/80. L.N. 160/81. L.N. 213/80. Method of payment. Formal receipts. Accounts. L.N. 122/74. Approval for change in fee. Prohibition of collections without permission of Director. Duty to exhibit certificate. L.N. 160/81. Qualifications for registered teachers. Second Schedule. Part I. Qualifications for permitted teachers. Second Schedule. Part II. Qualifications for permitted teachers teaching English. Second Schedule. Part III. Register of pupils' associations. Pupils' associations to be registered. Approval of pupils' associations, entry in register and power of Director to impose conditions. Removal of pupils' associations from register. Constitution of school management committees. Majority vote in certain cases. Appointment of teachers. Salaries of teachers. Notice of school holidays. Restriction on holidays. Director may disapprove. Director may require grant of holiday. List of holidays to be posted. School name to be displayed. Restriction on locking of entrances to and exits from schools. Identification of rooms. Maximum number of pupils. Size of classes. Hours of instruction. L.N. 237/82. Period of attendance at nursery schools. L.N. 192/83. Attendance registers. Equipment and educational facilities. L.N. 237/82. L.N. 192/83. Syllabus and time-table subject to approval of Director. Permission required for school for teachers. Information to be given concerning school and pupils. Non-resident pupils. Expulsion and suspension of pupils. Expelled or suspended pupil not to enter school premises without permission. Political propaganda and symbols. Unauthorized persons on school premises and use of school premises for unauthorized purposes. L.N. 213/80. Business or trading operations. L.N. 213/80. Copy of Ordinance and regulations. Offences. L.N. 192/83. L.N. 213/80. L.N. 192/83. L.N. 237/82. L.N. 192/83. L.N. 213/80. L.N. 213/80. Penalties. L.N. 237/82. Forms. Third Schedules. L.N. 62/77. L.N. 122/74. L.N. 122/74. L.N. 122/74. L.N. 237/82. L.N. 213/80. Application to be completed on Form 6. See NOTE 1. Applications to be completed on Form 10 or 11, as appropriate. See NOTE 2. See NOTE 1. See NOTE 2. See NOTE 1. See NOTE 2. See NOTE 3. See NOTE 4. See NOTE 2. See NOTE 3. See NOTE 4. See NOTE 5. L.N. 104/71. L.N. 115/71. L.N. 57/74. L.N. 122/74. L.N. 62/77. 34 of 1979. L.N. 213/80. L.N. 160/81. L.N. 76/82. L.N 237/82. L.N. 192/83. L.N. 94/86. L.N. 117/71. Citation. Interpretation. L.N. 237/82. (Cap. 141) Supervisor to furnish plan of school premises. Precautions for health and safety. Repair. Schools not to be over godowns, shops, etc. Maximum height of schools. L.N. 62/77. Minimum height of parapets and window openings. L.N. 62/77. Ventilation and lighting. L.N. 62/77. Structural alterations. Application of Part III. Restriction on assembly of pupils. Restriction on gymnastics. Restriction on furniture to be in any classroom. L.N. 78/82. L.N. 94/86. Periodic inspection of premises. Approval for roof playgrounds. Structural requirements. L.N. 62/77. Pupils using roof playgrounds to be under supervision. Numbers of pupils allowed on a roof playground. L.N. 62/77. Limitation of activities on roof playgrounds. Safety precautions. Consent for installation. Appointment of teacher in charge of workshop. L.N. 237/82. Duties of teacher in charge of workshop. L.N. 237/82. Plan of layout. Limit on number pf pupils. Master switches. Maintenance and suitability. Presence of teacher. Number of pupils. Workshops. Lighting. Storage of poisons and dangerous substance. Appointemnet of teacher in charge of laboratory or store room. Duties of teacher in charge of laboratory or store room. Fire officers may inspect school premises. Fire officers may inspect buildings in neighborhood of schools if fire risk suspected. Reports thereon. Notice requiring safety equipment against fire. Fire drills, exits. Extinguishers. Floor space. L.N. 62/77. Blackboards to be adequately illuminated. Recreation for pupils. Activity and rest at full-day kindergarten schools. L.N. 237/82. Latrines, etc. L.N. 62/77. First Schedule. Improvements to sanitation. Water supply. Ablutions. Meals at full-day kindergarten schools. L.N. 237/82. Refreshment places. Cleaning and colour washing. Furniture and equipment. Print in text-books. Smoking and spitting. Medical examination of pupils. Infectious diseases. LN. 57/74. Medical examination of teachers, pupils and employees. First aid. Boarding schools. L.N. 213/80. Medical examination in boarding schools. Corporal punishment of girls prohibited. Corporal punishment of boys. Fees and collections. Fees other than inclusive fee prohibited. L.N. 213/80. L.N. 160/81. L.N. 213/80. Method of payment. Formal receipts. Accounts. L.N. 122/74. Approval for change in fee. Prohibition of collections without permission of Director. Fees other than inclusive fee prohibited. L.N. 213/80. L.N. 160/81. L.N. 213/80. Method of payment. Formal receipts. Accounts. L.N. 122/74. Approval for change in fee. Prohibition of collections without permission Director. Duty to exhibit certificate. L.N. 160/81. Qualifications for registered teachers. Second Schedule. Part I. Qualifications for permitted teachers. Second Schedule. Part II. Qualifications for permitted teachers teaching English. Second Schedule. Part III. Register of pupils' associations. Pupils' associations to be registered. Approval of pupils' associations, entry in register and power of Director to impose conditions. Removal of pupils' associations from register. Constitution of school management committees. Majority vote in certain cases. Appointment of teachers. Salaries of teachers. Notice of school holidays. Restriction on holidays. Director may disapprove. Director may require grant of holiday. List of holidays to be posted. School name to be displayed. Restriction on locking of entrances to and exits from schools. Identification of rooms. Maximum number of pupils. Size of classes. Hours of instruction. L.N. 237/82. Period of attendance at nursery schools. L.N. 192/83. Attendance registers. Equipment and educational facilities. L.N. 237/82. L.N. 192/83. Syllabus and time-table subject to approval of Director. Permission required for school for teachers. Information to be given concerning school and pupils. Non-resident pupils. Expulsion and suspension of pupils. Expelled or suspended pupil not to enter school premises without permission. Political propaganda and symbols. Unauthorized persons school premises and use of school premises for unauthorized purposes. L.N. 213/80. Business or trading operations. L.N. 213/80. Copy of Ordinance and regulations. Offences. L.N. 192/83. L.N. 213/80. L.N. 192/83. L.N. 237/82. L.N. 192/83. L.N. 213/80. L.N. 213/80. Penalties. L.N. 237/82. Forms. Third Schedule. L.N. 62/77. L.N. 122/74. L.N. 122/74. L.N. 122/74. L.N. 213/80. Application to be completed on Form 6. See NOTE 1, Applications to be completed on Form 10 or 11, as appropriate. See NOTE 2. See NOTE 1. See NOTE 2. See NOTE 1. See NOTE 2. See NOTE 3. See NOTE 4. See NOTE 2. See NOTE 3. See NOTE 4. See NOTE 5.

Abstract

L.N. 104/71. L.N. 115/71. L.N. 57/74. L.N. 122/74. L.N. 62/77. 34 of 1979. L.N. 213/80. L.N. 160/81. L.N. 76/82. L.N. 237/82. L.N. 192/83. L.N. 94/86. L.N. 117/71. Citation. Interpretation. L.N. 237/82. (Cap. 141.) Supervisor to furnish plan of school premises. Precautions for health and safety. Repair. Schools go downs, shops, etc. Maximum height of schools. L.N. 62/77. Minimum height of parapets and window openings. L.N. 62/77. Ventilation and lighting. L.N. 62/77. Structural alterations. Application of Part III. Restriction on assembly of pupils. Restriction on gymnastics. Restriction on furniture to be in any classroom. L.N. 76/82. L.N. 94/86. Periodic inspection of premises. Approval for roof playgrounds. Structural requirements L.N. 62/77. Pupils using roof playgrounds to be under supervision. Numbers of pupils allowed on a roof playground. L.N. 62/77. Limitation of activities on roof playgrounds. Safety precautions. Consent for installation. Appointment of teach in charge of workshop. L.N. 237/82. Duties of teacher in charge of workshop. L.N. 237/82. Plan of layout. Limit on number of pupils. Master switches. Maintenance and suitability. Presence of teacher. Number of pupils. Workshops. Lighting. Storage of poisons and dangerous substance. Appointment of teacher in charge of laboratory or store room. Duties of teacher in charge of laboratory or store room. Fire officers may inspect school premises. Fire officers may inspect buildings in neighborhood of schools if fire risk suspected. Reports thereon. Notice requiring safety equipment against fire. Fire drills, exits. Extinguishers. Floor space. L.N. 62/77. Blackboards to be adequately illuminated. Recreation for pupils. Activity and rest at full-day kindergarten schools. L.N. 237/82. Latrines, etc. L.N. 62/77. First Schedule. Improvements to sanitation. Water supply. Ablutions. Meals at full-day kindergarten schools. L.N. 237/82. Refreshment places. Cleaning and colour washing. Furniture and equipment. Print in text-books. Smoking and spitting. Medical examination of pupils. Infectious diseases. L.N. 57/74. Medical examination of teachers, pupils and employees. First aid. Boarding schools. L.N. 213/80. Medical examination in boarding schools. Corporal punishment of girls prohibited. Corporal punishment of boys. Fees and collections. Fees other than inclusive fee prohibited. L.N. 213/80. L.N. 160/81. L.N. 213/80. Method of payment. Formal receipts. Accounts. L.N. 122/74. Approval for change in fee. Prohibition of collections without permission of Director. Duty to exhibit certificate. L.N. 160/81. Qualifications for registered teachers. Second Schedule. Part I. Qualifications for permitted teachers. Second Schedule. Part II. Qualifications for permitted teachers teaching English. Second Schedule. Part III. Register of pupils' associations. Pupils' associations to be registered. Approval of pupils' associations, entry in register and power of Director to impose conditions. Removal of pupils' associations from register. Constitution of school management committees. Majority vote in certain cases. Appointment of teachers. Salaries of teachers. Notice of school holidays. Restriction on holidays. Director may disapprove. Director may require grant of holiday. List of holidays to be posted. School name to be displayed. Restriction on locking of entrances to and exits from schools. Identification of rooms. Maximum number of pupils. Size of classes. Hours of instruction. L.N. 237/82. Period of attendance at nursery schools. L.N. 192/83. Attendance registers. Equipment and educational facilities. L.N. 237/82. L.N. 192/83. Syllabus and time-table subject to approval of Director. Permission required for school for teachers. Information to be given concerning school and pupils. Non-resident pupils. Expulsion and suspension of pupils. Expelled or suspended pupil not to enter school premises without permission. Political propaganda and symbols. Unauthorized persons on school premises and use of school premises for unauthorized purposes. L.N. 213/80. Business or trading operations. L.N. 213/80. Copy of Ordinance and regulations. Offences. L.N. 192/83. L.N. 213/80. L.N. 192/83. L.N. 237/82. L.N. 192/83. L.N. 213/80. L.N. 213/80. Penalties. L.N. 237/82. Forms. Third Schedules. L.N. 62/77. L.N. 122/74. L.N. 122/74. L.N. 122/74. L.N. 237/82. L.N. 213/80. Application to be completed on Form 6. See NOTE 1. Applications to be completed on Form 10 or 11, as appropriate. See NOTE 2. See NOTE 1. See NOTE 2. See NOTE 1. See NOTE 2. See NOTE 3. See NOTE 4. See NOTE 2. See NOTE 3. See NOTE 4. See NOTE 5. L.N. 104/71. L.N. 115/71. L.N. 57/74. L.N. 122/74. L.N. 62/77. 34 of 1979. L.N. 213/80. L.N. 160/81. L.N. 76/82. L.N 237/82. L.N. 192/83. L.N. 94/86. L.N. 117/71. Citation. Interpretation. L.N. 237/82. (Cap. 141) Supervisor to furnish plan of school premises. Precautions for health and safety. Repair. Schools not to be over godowns, shops, etc. Maximum height of schools. L.N. 62/77. Minimum height of parapets and window openings. L.N. 62/77. Ventilation and lighting. L.N. 62/77. Structural alterations. Application of Part III. Restriction on assembly of pupils. Restriction on gymnastics. Restriction on furniture to be in any classroom. L.N. 78/82. L.N. 94/86. Periodic inspection of premises. Approval for roof playgrounds. Structural requirements. L.N. 62/77. Pupils using roof playgrounds to be under supervision. Numbers of pupils allowed on a roof playground. L.N. 62/77. Limitation of activities on roof playgrounds. Safety precautions. Consent for installation. Appointment of teacher in charge of workshop. L.N. 237/82. Duties of teacher in charge of workshop. L.N. 237/82. Plan of layout. Limit on number pf pupils. Master switches. Maintenance and suitability. Presence of teacher. Number of pupils. Workshops. Lighting. Storage of poisons and dangerous substance. Appointemnet of teacher in charge of laboratory or store room. Duties of teacher in charge of laboratory or store room. Fire officers may inspect school premises. Fire officers may inspect buildings in neighborhood of schools if fire risk suspected. Reports thereon. Notice requiring safety equipment against fire. Fire drills, exits. Extinguishers. Floor space. L.N. 62/77. Blackboards to be adequately illuminated. Recreation for pupils. Activity and rest at full-day kindergarten schools. L.N. 237/82. Latrines, etc. L.N. 62/77. First Schedule. Improvements to sanitation. Water supply. Ablutions. Meals at full-day kindergarten schools. L.N. 237/82. Refreshment places. Cleaning and colour washing. Furniture and equipment. Print in text-books. Smoking and spitting. Medical examination of pupils. Infectious diseases. LN. 57/74. Medical examination of teachers, pupils and employees. First aid. Boarding schools. L.N. 213/80. Medical examination in boarding schools. Corporal punishment of girls prohibited. Corporal punishment of boys. Fees and collections. Fees other than inclusive fee prohibited. L.N. 213/80. L.N. 160/81. L.N. 213/80. Method of payment. Formal receipts. Accounts. L.N. 122/74. Approval for change in fee. Prohibition of collections without permission of Director. Fees other than inclusive fee prohibited. L.N. 213/80. L.N. 160/81. L.N. 213/80. Method of payment. Formal receipts. Accounts. L.N. 122/74. Approval for change in fee. Prohibition of collections without permission Director. Duty to exhibit certificate. L.N. 160/81. Qualifications for registered teachers. Second Schedule. Part I. Qualifications for permitted teachers. Second Schedule. Part II. Qualifications for permitted teachers teaching English. Second Schedule. Part III. Register of pupils' associations. Pupils' associations to be registered. Approval of pupils' associations, entry in register and power of Director to impose conditions. Removal of pupils' associations from register. Constitution of school management committees. Majority vote in certain cases. Appointment of teachers. Salaries of teachers. Notice of school holidays. Restriction on holidays. Director may disapprove. Director may require grant of holiday. List of holidays to be posted. School name to be displayed. Restriction on locking of entrances to and exits from schools. Identification of rooms. Maximum number of pupils. Size of classes. Hours of instruction. L.N. 237/82. Period of attendance at nursery schools. L.N. 192/83. Attendance registers. Equipment and educational facilities. L.N. 237/82. L.N. 192/83. Syllabus and time-table subject to approval of Director. Permission required for school for teachers. Information to be given concerning school and pupils. Non-resident pupils. Expulsion and suspension of pupils. Expelled or suspended pupil not to enter school premises without permission. Political propaganda and symbols. Unauthorized persons school premises and use of school premises for unauthorized purposes. L.N. 213/80. Business or trading operations. L.N. 213/80. Copy of Ordinance and regulations. Offences. L.N. 192/83. L.N. 213/80. L.N. 192/83. L.N. 237/82. L.N. 192/83. L.N. 213/80. L.N. 213/80. Penalties. L.N. 237/82. Forms. Third Schedule. L.N. 62/77. L.N. 122/74. L.N. 122/74. L.N. 122/74. L.N. 213/80. Application to be completed on Form 6. See NOTE 1, Applications to be completed on Form 10 or 11, as appropriate. See NOTE 2. See NOTE 1. See NOTE 2. See NOTE 1. See NOTE 2. See NOTE 3. See NOTE 4. See NOTE 2. See NOTE 3. See NOTE 4. See NOTE 5.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3075

Edition

1964

Volume

v17

Subsequent Cap No.

279

Number of Pages

124
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:15:04 +0800
<![CDATA[EDUCATION ORDINANCE]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3074

Title

EDUCATION ORDINANCE

Description






LAWS OF HONG KONG

EDUCATION ORDINANCE

CHAPTER 279





CHAPTER 279

EDUCATION ORDINANCE

ARRANGEMENT OF SECTIONS

Section

PART I

PRELIMINARY

Page

1..........Short title .......... .......... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 5

2..........Application ................. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 5

3............Interpretation .... .............. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 6

4.........................Director to promote education in Hong Kong ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 8

5...................Delegation of Director's powers ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 8

6.....................Power of Governor to give directions ... ... ... ... ... 8

7................The Board of Education ....... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 8
8................Director to maintain registers ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 9

9. Exemption of schools from Ordinance ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 9

PART II

REGISTRATION AND PROVISIONAL REGISTRATION OF SCHOOLS

10...........................Schools to be registered or provisionally registered ... ... ... ... ... ... 10

11....................Application for registration of school ... ... ... . ... ... ... 10

12. Additional documents required where premises not designed and constructed as a

school ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 11

13..............Registration of school ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ...12

14.......................Grounds for refusal to register school ... ... ... ...12

15....................Provisional registration of school ... ... ... ... ...14

16. Effect on provisional registration when application for registration is determined 14

17.............................Restrictions on registration and provisional registration ... ... ... ... 14
18.............................Certificate of registration or provisional registration ... ... ... ...14

19.........................Premises in which school may be operated ... ... ... ... ... ... 14

20..............Change of premises ... ... ... ... ... ... ... . ... ...15

21.............................Changes in design or use of premises increasing fire risk ... ... ... ...15

22. Grounds for cancellation of registration or provisional registration of school 16

PART III







MANAGERS OF SCHOOLS

Approval of persons to be managers



23 Application for approval to be a manager ... ...18

24................Approval to be a manager ... ...18

25. Grounds for refusal of approval to be a manager 18
26. Grounds for withdrawal of approval to he a manager 19






Section

Registration of managers of schools

27. Managers of schools to be registered
28. Application for registration of manager

19................Registration of manager ... ...

30. Grounds for refusal to register manager
31. Grounds for cancellation of registration of manager

Management committees

Management committee to manage school
Responsibilities of management committee

Supervisors

34.......................Approval of first supervisor of school ...

35. Grounds for refusal to approve supervisor

36..................Tenure of office of supervisor ... ... ...

37. Grounds for withdrawal of approval of super\

39....................Approval of subsequent supervisors ... ...
38A...................Approval of acting supervisor ... ...

19..............Duties of supervisor ... ... ... ... ...

40. Duties of management committee in absence of supervisor

Appointed managers

41. Appointment of managers by. Director

PART IV

TEACHERS

General

42. Teachers to he registered or permitted teachers
43. Director may require medical examination of proposed teacher

Registration of leachers

44. Application for registration as a teacher

45..............Registration of teacher ... ... ...

46. Grounds for refusal to register teacher

47...........................Grounds for cancellation of registration of teacher ...

Permitted teachers

48. Circumstances in which application to employ, permitted teacher may be made
49. Application to employ permitted teacher

50............Permit to teach ... ... ... ... ..

51. Grounds for refusal to issue permit to teach






52. Grounds for cancellation of permit to teach

Page

19
19
19
20
20

21
21

21
21
21
21

22

22

1

23

24
24

24
1-4
25
25

25
26
26
16

17





Section

Page

Principals

53....................Approval of first principal of school ... ...
54....................Grounds for refusal to approve principal ...
55....................Tenure of office of principal ... ...

56. Grounds for withdrawal of approval of principal

57....................Approval of subsequent principals ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 18

58..............Functions of principal .... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ...

PART V

APPEALS

59. The Appeals Board
60. Director to serve notice of decision on person adversely affected

61....................Right of appeal to Appeals Board ...

62..............Procedure on appeal ... ... ... ... ...
63..............Witnesses and inspections ... ... ...
64..............Decision of Appeals Board ... ... ... ... ..

65. Further right of appeal to Governor in Council ...

66. Permission to operate school or to act pending appeal

PART VI

ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS AS To REGISTRATION. APPROVALS AND
PERMITS To TEACH

27

27

30
10

32

1,

67.............................Director may require interview or further information ... ... ... ... ... 33
68.............................Additional powers of Director in respect of teachers ... ... ... ... ...

69.......................Special powers of Governor in Council ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 34

'0................................Effect of closure under section 69 on managers and teachers ... ... ... ... 37

71.......................Return of invalid certificates and permits ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 37
72.......................Restrictions on entry into school premises ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 38

PART VII

POWER OF DIRECTOR TO ORDER ATTENDANCE AT
A PRIMARY OR SECONDARY SCHOOL

73.






74.
75............Board of review ...
76............Powers of board ...
77............Review by board ...

78. Enforcement of order

Interpretation of Part VII
Power of Director to order attendance at primary school or secondary school

-19
39
40
40





Section

PART VIII

INSPECTION OF
SCHOOLS

79. Appointment of inspectors

80..............Inspection of schools ...
81..............Powers of inspectors ...

82. Power of Director to direct remedial measures
83. Powers of Director to close school or give directions in cases of danger or
misconduct

PART IX

GENERAL PROVISIONS

Regulations
Rules for provident funds ...

99.......Saying ... ... ...

1(0. Transitional provisions

Page

41
41
41
42

42

84.
85.
86. Prohibition of issue of degrees or documents resembling degrees

87..............Offences and penalties ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ...

88.......Evidence .............. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ...

89. Liability, of landlord and tenant of premises in which school is unlawfully

operated ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ...

90. Powers of police officers to enter premises and remove suspected persons
91. Service of notices

PART X

[Repealed]

PART XI

SAVING AND TRANSITIONAL PROVISIONS

43
45
46
46
48







48
50

50

51
S]





CHAPTER 279

EDUCATION

To promote education in the Colony, and to consolidate and amend
the
law relating to the supervision on and control of schools and
the
teaching therein, and for purposes connected therewith.

[30 September 1971.]

PART I

PRELIMINARY


1. (1) This Ordinance may be cited as the Education

2. This Ordinance shall not apply to-

(a)the University of Hong Kong established by the University of
Hong Kong Ordinance,

(b)The Chinese University of Hong Kong established by The
Chinese University of Hong Kong Ordinance..

(c)the Hong Kong Polytechnic established by the Hong Kong
Polytechnic Ordinance; (Amended, 6 of 1982, s. 24)

(d)any post secondary college registered under the Post
Secondary Colleges Ordinance;

(e)any technical institute defined in section 2 of the Vocational
Training Council Ordinance, (Added, 6 of 1982, s. 24.
Amended, 50 of 1983, s. 34)

(f)any industrial training centre defined in section 2 of the
Vocational Training Council Ordinance; (Added, 6 of
1982,s.24)

(g)the Hong Kong Baptist College established by the Hong
Kong Baptist College Ordinance, (Added, 50 of 1983, s. 34.
Amended, 38 of 1984, s. 28)

(h)the City Polytechnic of Hong Kong established by the City
Polytechnic of Hong Kong Ordinance; m (Added, 65 of 1983,
s. 25. Amended, 38 of 1984, s. 28)

(i)The Hong Kong Academy for Performing Arts established by
The Hong Kong Academy for Performing Arts Ordinance
(Added, 38 of 1984, s. 28)

Sections 9(3), 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78 and 84 came into operation on the 3rd day
of
September 1971.(L.N. 103/71)





3. In this Ordinance, unless the context otherwise requires-

',approved manager- means a person who is approved under section
24(1) to be a manager;

'authorized architect' means a person whose name is on the register of
authorized architects kept under section 3 of the Buildings Or
Ordinance;

'Building Authority' has the same meaning as it has in section 2 of the
Buildings Ordinance,

'certificate of provisional registration' means in relation to a school
which is provisionally registered. the certificate which is issued by
the Director under section 18(1) in respect of the school,

'certificate of registration' means

(a)in relation to a school which is registered under section 13,
the certificate issued by the Director under section 18(1 in
respect of the school; and

(b)in relation to a school which is registered under either of the
repealed Ordinances. the certificate of registration issued by
the Director under such Ordinance in respect of the school;

---Director**means the Director of Education..

---document-includes any account, counterfoil, text-book. exercise book,
pamphlet, publication. newspaper. poster. drawing. sketch, film,
filmstrip slide, gramophone record, and other printed, written or
recorded matter, whether relating to school management, teaching
or recreation or to any other activity of or in connexion with a
school.

evening instruction- means any instruction the greater part of which in
any one day takes place after 6 p.m.

'functions' includes powers and duties;

'inclusive fee' means the total sum of money charged in respect of the
education of a pupil in a school;

'inspector of schools' means a person who is appointed under section
79 to be an inspector of schools, a medical officer of schools and a
health inspector of schools;

-kindergarten education' means education which is suitable for normal
pupils who have attained the age of 3 years and 8 months but not
the age of 5 years; (Amended, 61 of 1982, s.2.)

.'manage' includes administer;

'management committee' means the registered managers of a school;

,,manager' means a person who manages or takes any part in the
management of





(a) a school; or

(b) the activities of the pupils of a school;

'nursery education' means education which is suitable for normal
pupils who have attained the age of 3 years but not the age of 3
years 8 months; (Added, 38 of 1983, s. 2)

permitted teacher' means a person, not being a registered teacher,
who is permitted to be employed as a teacher in a school in
accordance with a permit to teach,

permit to teach' means a permit issued under section 50(1) or under
either of the repealed Ordinances for the employment as a teacher
in a school of a person who is not a registered teacher;

post secondary education' means education which is beyond the
stage of secondary education;

'primary education' means education which is suitable for normal
pupils who have attained the age of 5 years but not the age of 12
years;

'primary school- means a school which provides primary education;
(Added, 34 of 1979, s. 2)

'principal' means a teacher who is approved as the principal of a
school under section 53(2) or section 57(2) or under either of the
repealed Ordinances;

'provisionally registered' means provisionally registered under section
15;

'pupils' association' means an association the affairs of which are
conducted wholly or partly in any school premises and which
consists wholly or mainly of persons under the age of 21 years
who are undergoing primary or secondary education in any school
or schools;

'registered', in relation to a school, means registered under section 13
or under either of the repealed Ordinances,

registered manager' means a person who is registered as a manager of
a school under section 29(1) or under either of the repealed
Ordinances;

'registered name' means the name in which a school is registered or
provisionally registered;

'registered teacher' means a person who is registered as a teacher
under section 45(1) or under either of the repealed Ordinances;

'repealed Ordinances' means

(a) the Education Ordinance 1952; and

(b) the Education Ordinance 1913;





,.school' means an institution. organization or establishment which
provides for 20 or more persons during any one day, whether or
not at the same time, any nursery. kindergarten. primary. secondary
or post secondary education or any other educational course by
any means, including correspondence delivered by, hand or
through the postal services; (Amended, 38 of 1983,s.2)

'school premises' includes school recreation rooms, residential
facilities, playing fields and playing grounds, and any other places
used for the purposes of a school:

-secondary education' means education which is suitable for normal
pupils who have attained the age of 12 years but not the age of 19
years,

'secondary school'* means a school which provides secondary
education.. (Added, 34 of 1979. s. 2)

.Supervisor- means a registered manager who is approved as the
supervisor of a school under section 34 or section 38(2) or under
either of the repealed Ordinances.

4. (1) The Director shall be charged with the superintendence of
matters relating to education in Hong Kong.

(2) The Director shall promote the education of the people of Hong
Kong and control and direct education policy.

5. (1) The Deputy Director of Education may exercise any function
of the Director under this Ordinance.

(2) The Director may authorize any officer of the Education
Department to exercise any function of the Director under any
provision of this Ordinance other than section 9(5).

6. (1) The Governor may give to the Director and to any other
public officer, other than a judge. a district judge. or a magistrate, such
directions as he thinks fit with respect to the exercise or performance of
their respective functions under this Ordinance, either generally or in
any particular case.

(2) A person to whom a direction is given by the Governor under
subsection (1) shall, in the exercise or performance of his functions
under this Ordinance, comply with that direction.

7. (1) There shall be a Board of Education appointed in accordance
with subsection (2) which may advise the Governor on educational
matters.

(2) The Governor shall by notice in the Gazette appoint as
members of the Board such persons as he thinks fit.

(3) A member of the Board shall hold office for such period as may
be specified in such notice.





(4) The Board may regulate its procedure.

(5) Such officers of the Education Department as the Director may
nominate shall attend the meetings of the Board.

(6) The Director shall appoint an officer of the Education
Department to be the secretary to the Board.

(7) The secretary to the Board shall forward a record of every
meeting of the Board to the Director, who shall transmit a copy of the
record to the Governor together with any observations which the
Director may wish to make on such record.



8. (1) The Director shall maintain

a register of schools, in which shall be entered-

(i) the name of every registered school: and

(ii) the premises which are specified in the certificate of
registration of the school;

(b)a register of schools which are provisionally registered, in
which shall be entered

(i) the name of every school which is provisionally
registered; and

(ii) the premises which are specified in the certificate of
provisional registration of the school;

(c)a list containing the name and address of every approved
manager;

a register of managers, in which shall be entered-

(i) the name and address of every registered manager, and

(ii) the registered name and the address of every school of
which a person is a registered manager, and

(e)a register of teachers, in which shall be entered the name of
every registered teacher.

(2) Such other particulars as the Director considers necessary may
be entered in any register or list referred to in subsection (1).

9. (1) The following schools and the owners. managers. teachers
and pupils of such schools shall be exempt from this Ordinance

(a)any school entirely maintained and controlled by the
Government or by the Crown in right of Her Majesty's
Government in the United Kingdom;

(b)any school which provides education which is solely
religious; and

(c)any school which has been exempted from either of the
repealed Ordinances by notification in the Gazette and the
exemption of which has not been withdrawn.





(2) The Governor in Council may, by order published in the
Gazette, withdraw wholly or partly the exemption conferred by
subsection (1) on any school and the owners, managers, teachers or
pupils of the school.

(3) The Governor in Council may, by order published in the
Gazette, exempt from all or any of the provisions of this Ordinance

(a) any school or class or description of school. and

(b)the owners, managers, teachers or pupils of such school class
or descrip tion of school,

on such conditions, if any, as he thinks fit.

(4) An order under subsection (3) exempting a school from section
10 shall not preclude the making of an application for registration of the
school or the registration or provisional registration of the school, and if
the school is registered or provisionally registered the exemption shall
cease to have effect.

(5) The Director may, by order in writing, exempt from all or any of
the provisions of this Ordinance

(a)any school which provides education consisting only of a
series of lectures, or a course of instruction in a particular
subject or topic,

(b)any school which provides less than 10 hours of academic
instruction each week; and

(e)the owners, managers, teachers or pupils of any school
referred to in paragraph (a) or (b).

on such conditions, if any. as he thinks fit.

PART II

REGISTRATION AND PROVISIONAL REGISTRATION OF
SCHOOLS

10. (1) Every school shall be registered or provisionally registered.

(2) If a school provides evening instruction in addition to other
education, there shall be deemed to be a separate school in respect of
the evening instruction and such separate school shall also be
registered or provisionally registered.

11. An application for registration of a school shall be-

(a)made to the Director by an approved manager in the
prescribed form; and

(b) accompanied-

(i) by the documents specified in such form. and

(ii) if the school is to be operated in or in any part of any
premises which are not designed and constructed for







-the purposes of a school, by the additional documents
specified in section 12(1).

12. (1) The documents referred to in section 11(b)(ii) shall

(a)a certificate from the competent authority as to his opinion
with regard to the suitability for the purposes of a school of
the premises or the part of the premises in which the school is
to be operated, having regard to the loading for which they
are designed and constructed;

(b)a certificate from the competent authority that the premises in
or in part of which the school is to be operated do not have
structural timber floors.,

(c)a certificate from the Director of Fire Services that the use for
the purposes of a school of the premises or the part of the
premises in which the school is to be operated would not
expose the persons in the school premises to any undue risk
of fire; (Replaced, 6 of 1985, s. 2)


(ca) a certificate from the building authority that in the event
of fire in the premises in or in part of which the school is to
be operated the means of escape for all persons in the
premises (including the persons in the school premises)
would be adequate; (Added, 6 of'1985, s. 2)

(d)if the Buildings Ordinance applies to the premises in or in part
of which the school is to be operated, a notice in writing from
the Building Authority stating that he does not intend, in
exercise of the powers conferred on him by section 25 of that
Ordinance, to prohibit the use for the purposes of a school of
the premises or the part of the premises in which the school is
to be operated, and

(e) if
(i) the competent authority has certified under paragraph (a)
that in his opinion the premises or the part of the premises in
which the school is to be operated are not suitable for the
purposes of a school, having regard to the loading for which
they are designed and constructed,

(ii) the premises in or in part of which the school is to be
operated were erected prior to 1 January 1946; or

(iii) at the time of erection of the premises in or in part of
which the school is to be operated, the Buildings Ordinance
did not apply to such premises,

a certificate from an authorized architest that the premises in
or in part of which the school is to be operated are in sound
structural condition.

(2) An application to the competent authority, the Building
Authority or the Director of Fire Services for a certificate or a notice
required for the purposes of subsection (1) shall be





(a)made in such form as the Director shall specify, and
(b)accompanied by a plan, drawn to such scale and with such
number of copies as the Director shall specify, of the
premises or the part of the premises in which the school is
to be operated.
(3)The Director of Building Development where he is
the tent authority for the purposes of subsection (1)(a) and
(b) appoint any officer of the Building Development Department
to perform the functions of the competent authority under those
paragraphs. (Amended, L.N. 761/82)

(4) Nothing in this section shall affect the powers of the Building
Authority under the Buildings Ordinance.

(5) For the purposes of this section, 'competent authority' means

(a)the Housing Authority in the case of any premises or part of
any premises upon land vested in the Housing Authority or
over which the Housing Authority has control and

management; (Replaced, 23 of 1973, s. 36)
(b) [Deleted, 23 of 1973, s. 36]
(c) in any other case, the Director of Buildings
Development and any
officer of the Building Department
appointed by him under subsection (3). (Amended
L.N. 76/82)

13. On receiving an application in accordance with section 11. the
Director shall make such inquiry as he considers necessary and shall
determine the application

(a)by registering the school in respect of which the application
is made: or

(b) by refusing under section 14 to register the school.

14. (1) The Director may refuse to register a school if it appears to
him

(a)that there would be any danger to persons using the
proposed school premises, whether arising inside or outside
the premises, or that there would be a risk of any such
danger;

(b)that the proposed school premises are or are likely to be for
any reason unsuitable for use for the purposes of a school;

(c)that any provision of this Ordinance is being or will be
contravened in respect of the school;

(d) that the proposed inclusive fee is excessive having regard to
the cost of maintaining and operating the school and to the
standard of education to be provided;

(e) that the qualifications and experience of the proposed
teachers are not adequate to ensure the satisfactory
operation of the school.











that the proposed salaries of the teachers are not adequate to
ensure the satisfactory operation of the school.

that the proposed school premises or the equipment which is
to be used by the school will not allow of satisfactory tuition
in the subjects to be taught by the school,

(h)that adequate educational facilities already exist in the area in
which it is proposed to operate the school;

(i)that the composition of the proposed management committee
or of the proposed teaching staff is such that the school is
not likely to be managed satisfactorily, or is such that the
education of the pupils is not likely to be promoted in a proper
manner,

that the composition of the proposed management committee
or of the proposed teaching staff is the same or substantially
the same as that of a school which the Director has previously
refused to register. or the registration or provisional
registration of which the Director has previously cancelled;

(k) that he has previously-

(i) refused to register the school; or

(ii) cancelled the registration or provisional registration of
the school;

(1) that any part of the proposed school premises

(i) was to have been used for the purposes of a school
which the Director has previously refused to register, or

(ii) has been used for the purposes of a school the
registration or provisional registration of which the Director
has cancelled;

(m)that the school is affiliated to or connected with or in any way
controlled by a foreign government or a department of a
foreign government or an organization or group of a political
nature;

(n)that in or in connexion with the application for registration
any statement has been made or information has been
furnished which is false in any material particular or by reason
of the omission of any material particular. or

(o)that the proposed registered name of the school is unsuitable.
or is the same as or similar to

(1) the name in which another school is registered. or

(ii) the name of any school the registration of which has
been cancelled.

(2) The Director may also refuse to register a school if he refuses
under section 35(1) to approve as the first supervisor of the school the
person who is recommended to be the supervisor by the applicant for
registration of the school.





not

15. (1) At any time after an application for registration of a school is made
in accordance with section 11 and before the application is determined, the
Director may provisionally register the school for such period, not exceeding 12
months, as he thinks fit.

(2) The Director may extend the period of provisional registration of a
school for such further periods, not exceeding 12 months at one time, as he
thinks fit.

16. (1) If the Director registers a school which is provisionally registered,
the provisional registration of the school shall cease to have effect.

(2) If the Director refuses to register a school which is provisionally
registered, the provisional registration of the school shall not by reason only of
such refusal cease to have effect.

17. Notwithstanding sections 13 and 15, the Director shall

(a) register or provisionally register a school *in any name
containing the word -university- or the Chinese characters
or or

(b)without the consent of the Governor. register or provisionally
register any school which provides post secondary education.

18. (1) On registering or provisionally registering a school, the Director
shall issue to the supervisor a certificate of registration or a certificate of
provisional registration in the prescribed form and sufficient copies of the
certificate so that the certificate or a copy may be exhibited in each of the
premises specified in the certificate.

(2) Except as provided in subsection (3). section 20 and section 71. the
supervisor of a school shall cause the certificate or a copy issued by the
Director under subsection (1) to be exhibited at all times in a conspicuous place
in each of the premises specified in the certificate.

(3) If the Director extends the period of provisional registration of a
school under section 15(2), the supervisor shall within one month after the date
when he is notified of the extension deliver the certificate of provisional
registration and every copy of the certificate to the Director, who shall amend
the certificate and the copies thereof accordingly and return them to the
supervisor.

19. (1) No school shall be operated in any premises other than the
premises specified in the certificate of registration or provisional registration of
the school.

(2) No teacher in any school shall teach in any premises other than the
premises specified in the certificate of registration or provisional registration of
the school.





by-

20. (1) The supervisor of a school may apply in writing to the Director to
amend the certificate of registration or provisional registration by

(a)specifying in the certificate any additional or alternative premises; or

(b)deleting from the certificate reference to any premises or to any part
of any premises.

(2) An application under subsection (1) shall be accompanied

(a) the certificate in respect of which the application is made;

(b) every copy of the certificate issued under section 18( 1); and

(c)3 copies of a plan or diagram. specifying dimensions, of the premises
or the part of the premises to which the application relates.

(3) An application under subsection (1)(a) shall specify the names and
addresses of the landlord and the tenant of the premises or the part of the
premises to which the application relates.

(4) An application under subsection (])(a) in respect of any premises or
any part of any premises which are not designed and constructed for the
purposes of a school shall be accompanied by the certificates and the notice
specified in section 12( 1 and the pro,, provisions of section 12(2), (3), (4) and
(5) shall apply as if the application were an application for registration of a
school.

(5) On receiving an application in accordance with this section, the
Director shall make such inquiry as he considers necessary and shall determine
the application

(a)by granting the application wholly or partly, in either of which cases
he shall amend the certificate of registration or provisional
registration and the copies thereof accordingly; or

(b) by refusing to grant the application.

(6) The Director shall return to the supervisor the certificate of registration
or provisional registration and the copies thereof. amended accordingly if he
grants an application under subsection (5)(a).

21. (1) If in the opinion of the Director of Fire Services a change in

(a)the design or structure of the premises in or in any part of which a
school is operated; or

(b)the use of any part of the premises in or in any part of which a
school is operated,

is such that the persons in the school premises are exposed to any undue risk
of fire, he may deliver to the Director a notice in writing which shall either





(i)specify any provision which is his opinion should be made by the
school to eliminate the undue risk of fire; or

(ii)if the Director of Fire Services considers that no provision can he
made by the school to eliminate the undue risk of fire, state that in
his opinion no such provision can be made. (Replaced, 6 of 1985, s.
3)

(1 A) If in the opinion of the Building Authority a change in

(a)the design or structure of the premises in or in any part of which a
school is operated; or

(b)the use of any part of the premises in or in any part of which a
school is operated,

is such that in the event of fire in the premises in or in any part of which the
school is operated the means of escape for all the persons in the premises
(including the persons in the school premises) would not be adequate, he may
deliver to the Director a notice in writing which shall either

(1)specify any provision which in his opinion should be made by the
school to ensure that in the event of fire the means of escape for all
the persons in the premises (including the persons in the school
premises) will be adequate; or

(i 1)if the Building Authority considers that no provision can he made by
the school to ensure that in the event of fire the means of escape for
all the persons in the premises (including the persons in the school
premises) will be adequate, state that in his opinion no such
provision can be made. (Added 6 of 1985. s. 3)

(2) If the Director of Fire Services delivers to the Director a notice under
subsection (1) in respect of a school specifying any provision which the
Director of Fire Services considers should be made by the school, the Director
may by notice in writing served on the supervisor of the school require such
provision to be made.

(3) If the Building Authority delivers to the Director a notice under
subsection (1 A) in respect of a school specifying any provision which the
Building Authority considers should be made by the school. the Director may
by notice in writing served on the supervisor of the school require such
provision to be made. (Added, 6 of 1985, s. 3)

22. (1) The Director may cancel the registration or provisional registration
of a school

on any ground specified in section 14(1)(a), (b), (c), (d), (e), (f),
(g), (i), (1), (k), (1), (m) or (n) on which he would

have been entitled to refuse registration of a school, whether or not
such ground existed at the time when the school was registered or
provisionally registered;

if any manager of the school has committed an offence against this
Ordinance subsequent to the registration or provisional registration
of the school;





(e)if it appears to the Director that the school has ceased to exist,
or that for a continuous period of not less than one school
term the school has ceased to operate,

(d)if a direction given in a notice served under section 82(2) on
the supervisor or any other manager of the school has not
been complied with;

(e)if it appears to the Director that the management committee is
not managing the school satisfactorily, or that the education
of the pupils is not being promoted in a proper manner;

if, in the case of a school which is operated in or in any part of
any premises which, in the opinion of the competent authority
for the purposes of section 12, are unsuitable for use for the
purposes of a school having regard to the loading for which
the premises or the part of the premises are designed and
constructed, the Director has received a report from an
authorized architect that the premises in or in part of which the
school is operated are not in sound structural condition;

(g)if in respect of the school any provision specified in a notice
under section 21(2) or (3) has not been made 6 of 1985 s. 4)

(1) within 2 months of the date of service of the notice., or

(ii) before the commencement of the school term next
following the date of service of the notice,

whichever is the earlier, or within such further period as the
Director may permit;

(h)if, under section 21(1), the Director has received a notice from
the Director of Fire Services stating that, in the latter's
opinion, no provision can be made by the school to eliminate
any undue risk of fire; Replaced. 6 of' 1985, s.4)

(ha) if, under section 21(1 A), the Director has received a notice
from the Building Authority stating that, in the latter's opinion,
no provision can be made by the school to ensure that in the
event of fire in the premises in or in any part of which the
school is operated the means of escape for all the persons in
the premises (including the persons in the school premises)
will be adequate; (Added, 6 of'1985, s. 4)

(i)if the school is operated in any name other than the name in
which it is registered or provisionally registered; or

(j)if it appears to the Director that any provision of this
Ordinance is being or has been contravened in respect of the
school.

(2) The Director shall cancel the registration or provisional
registration of a school if





(a)the registration of every manager of the school is cancelled;
and

(b)no manager of the school is permitted under section 66 to
continue to act as a manager of the school.

PART 111

MANAGERS OF SCHOOLS

Approval of persons to be managers

23. An application for approval to be a manager shall be made to
the Director in the prescribed form.

24. (1) On receiving an application in accordance with section 23,
the Director shall make such inquiry as he considers necessary and
shall determine the application

(a) by approving the applicant to be a manager, or

(b)by refusing under section 25 to approve the applicant to be a
manager.

(2) On approving an applicant to be a manager under subsection
(1), the Director shall issue to the applicant a certificate of approval in
the prescribed form.

25. The Director may refuse to approve an applicant to be a
manager if it appears to him that the applicant--

(a)is not resident in Hong Kong for at least 9 months in each
year:

(b) is not a fit and proper person to be a manager;

(c)has been convicted of an offence punishable with
imprisonment;

(d)is a person in respect of whom a permit to teach has
previously been cancelled;

(e)has not established that he possesses suitable qualifications
or experience to be a manager;

(f) cannot perform satisfactorily or is unlikely to perform
satisfactorily the duties of a manager;

(g) has attained the age of 70 years, or

(h) in making or in connexion with any application for approval to
be a manager; (ii) for registration of a school;





(iii) for registration as a manager or a teacher; or

(iv) to employ a person as a permitted teacher in a school,

has made any statement or furnished any information which is
false in any material particular or by reason of the omission of
any material particular.

26. (1) The Director may withdraw his approval of a person to be a
manager

(a)on any ground specified in section 25(a), (b), (e), (d), (g) or
(h) which applies to the person, whether or not such ground
existed at the time when he was approved to be a manager;

(b) if it appears to the Director that the persori---

(i) has ceased to be a manager;

(ii) cannot perform satisfactorily or is not performing
satisfactorily the duties of a manager;

(c)if the person has been an office-bearer. as defined in section 2
of the Societies Ordinance, of any society which has had its
registration or its exemption from registration cancelled under
section 10 of that Ordinance or which has been dissolved
under section 30 of that Ordinance;

(d)if the person has contravened any provision of this
Ordinance; or

(e) if it appears to the Director that

(i) any school of which the person is registered as a
manager is not being managed satisfactorily;

(ii) in any school of which the person is registered as a
manager, the education of the pupils is not being promoted in
a proper manner.. or

(iii) any pupil of a school of which the person is registered
as a manager is not under proper supervision or control while
on the school premises.

(2) The Director shall withdraw his approval of a person to be a
manager at the written request of the person.

Registration of managers of schools

27. No person shall act as a manager of a school unless he is
registered as a manager of the school under section 29(1).

28. An application for registration as a manager of a school shall be
made to the Director by an approved manager in the prescribed form.

29. (1) On receiving an application in accordance with section 28,
the Director shall make such inquiry as he considers necessary and
shall determine the application





(a)by registering the applicant as a manager of the school in respect of
which the application is made; or

(b)by refusing under section 30 to register the applicant as a manager of
the school in respect of which the application is made.

(2) On registering an applicant as a manager of a school under subsection
(1 the Director shall issue to the applicant a certificate of registration in the
prescribed form.

30. (1) The Director may refuse to register an applicant as a manager of a
school if

(a)it appears to the Director that the applicant has not established that
he has a special interest in the school;

(b)it appears to the Director that the registration of the applicant as a
manager of the school would result in an undue proportion of the
management committee being registered by reason only of their
special interests in the school;

the school has more than 4 registered managers; or

(d)it appears to the Director that in making or in connexion with any
application

(i) for approval to be a manager;

(ii) for registration of a school;

(iii) for registration as a manager or a teacher; or

(iv0 to employ a person as a permitted teacher in a school,

the applicant has made any statement or furnished any information
which is false in any material particular or by reason of the omission
of any material particular.

(2) The Director shall refuse to register an applicant as a manager of a
school if it appears to the Director that the applicant is not acceptable as a
manager of the school to the majority of the management committee.

31. (1) The Director may cancel the registration of a manager of a school

(a)on any ground specified in section 26(1)(c) which applies to the
manager;

(b)on any ground specified in section 30(1)(d) which applies to the
manager, whether or not such ground existed at the time when he
was registered as a manager of the school; or

(c)if the manager was so registered by reason of a special interest in the
school which has subsequently ceased.

(2) The Director shall cancel the registration of a manager of a school





(a)if it appears to him that the manager is no longer acceptable as
a manager of the school to the majority of the management
committee, or

(b) at the written request of the manager.

(3) The registration of a person as a manager of a school shall be
deemed to be cancelled if, under any provision in this Ordinance, the
Director withdraws his approval of the person to be a manager.

Management committees

mittee.

32. Every school shall be managed by its management corn

33. The management committee of a school shall be responsible for
ensuring

(a) that the school is managed satisfactorily;

(b)that the education of the pupils is promoted in a proper
manner; and

(c) that this Ordinance is complied with.

Supervisors

34. Subject to section 35, the Director shall approve as the first
supervisor of a school the person who is recommended to be the
supervisor by the applicant for registration of the school.

35. (1) The Director may refuse to approve a person as the
supervisor of a school if the Director is not satisfied that the person is a
fit and proper person to be the supervisor.

(2) The Director shall not approve a person as the supervisor of a
school unless the person is a registered manager of the school.

36. The supervisor of a school shall hold office until-

(a) he ceases to be a registered manager of the school;

(b) he resigns;

(c)the Director withdraws his approval of the supervisor under
section 37; or

(d)the Director approves another registered manager of the
school as the supervisor under section 38(2).

37. The Director may withdraw his approval of the supervisor of a
school if it appears to the Director that the supervisor

(a) is no longer a fit and proper person to be the supervisor;

(b) is not performing the duties of the supervisor satisfactorily;

(c) has ceased to perform the duties of the supervisor; or





(d)is no longer acceptable as such to the majority of the
management committee.

38. (1) If in the case of any school which is registered or
provisionally registered-

(a)the Director refuses under section 35 to approve a person
who has been recommended to be the supervisor;

(b) the supervisor ceases under section 36 to hold office,

(c) there is for any other reason no supervisor;

(d)the supervisor ceases to perform the duties of the super-
visor; or

(e)the supervisor is no longer acceptable as such to the
majority of the management committee,

the management committee shall within one month recommended
for the approval of the Director another registered manager of the
school to be the supervisor.

(2) Subject to section 35, the Director shall approve as the
supervisor of the school the registered manager who is recom-
mended under subsection (1).

38A. (1) If the supervisor of any school is or is likely to be-

(a)absent from Hong Kong for a period of not less than 28
days; or

(b)unable by reason of his illness to carry out his duties for a
period of not less than 28 days,

the management committee shall recommend for the approval of
the Director another registered manager of the school to act as
supervisory during the supervisor's absence or inability to carry out
his duties.

(2) Subject to subsection (3), the Director shall approve as
the acting supervisor of the school the registered manager who is
recommended under subsection (1).

(3) The Director may refuse to approve a person as the acting
supervisor of a school if the Director is not satisfied that the person
is a fit and proper person to be the acting supervisor.

(4) Without prejudice to subsection (5), the approval under
subsection (2) shall be for such period as the Director may therein
specify.

(5) The Director may at any time and for any reason withdraw
his approval under subsection (2).

(6) Section 39 shall apply in relation to an acting supervisor
approved under subsection (2) as it applies to a supervisor.
(Added, 61 of 1982, s. 3)





39. (1) Subject to any other provision in this Ordinance, all
correspondence between a school and the Director or any public
officer concerning the management of the school shall be conducted
on behalf of the school by the supervisor.

(2) The supervisor of a school shall within 1 month after the
happening of such event give notice in writing to the Director if-

(a) any person ceases to be a manager of the school;
(b)the supervisor ceases to perform the duties of the super-
visor;

(c) the principal ceases to perform the duties of the principal;

(d)any teacher commences to teach or is employed to teach at
the school;

(e)any teacher ceases to teach or ceases to be employed to
teach at the school;

the supervisor becomes aware of a change in any part-
iculars furnished under this Ordinance with respect to any
landlord or tenant of the premises in which the school is
operated.

(3) A notice under subsection (2) shall specify-

(a)the full name and address of the person to whom the notice
relates and, if he is a registered or permitted teacher,
his registration number of permitted teacher reference
number; and

the date of the event referred to in the notice.

40. Without prejudice to section 38(1), if at any time there is
no supervisor of a school, the duties of the supervisor under this
Ordinance shall be performed by the management committee until a
supervisor is approved by the Director, and in such case any notice
which is to be served or which may be served under this Ordinance
on the supervisor may be served on any registered manager of the
school.

Appointed managers

(Amended, 61 of 1982, s. 4)

41. (1) If it appears to the Director-
(a)that a school is not being managed satisfactorily or that the
education of the pupils is not being promoted in a proper
manner;
(b)that the composition of the management committee of a
school is such that the school is not likely to be managed
satisfactorily, or is such that the education of the pupils is
not likely to be promoted in a proper manner; or

(c)that for any reason a school has no manager, (Added, 61
of 1982, s. 4)





he may appoint one or more persons to be managers of the school for
such period as he thinks fit. (Amended, 61 of 1982, s. 4)

(2) A person who is appointed by the Director under subsection
(1) to be a manager of a school

(a)shall be deemed to be approved to be a manager under
section 24(1) and to be registered as a manager of the school
under section 29(1);

(b)shall perform his functions in accordance with any directions
given to him by the Director; and

(c) may enter the school premises at all reasonable times.

(3) Notwithstanding subsections (1) and (2), no person who is
appointed by the Director under subsection (1) to be a manager of a
school shall participate in any of the profits of the school or shall be
liable for any financial obligations incurred by the management
committee in respect of the operation of the school.

PART IV

TEACHERS

General

42. (1) No person shall teach in a school unless he is-

(a) a registered teacher; or

(b) a permitted teacher.

(2) No permitted teacher shall teach in a school otherwise than in
accordance with the conditions or limitations specified in the permit to
teach issued in respect of such teacher.

43. The Director may, before registering a person as a teacher or
issuing a permit to teach in respect of any person, require such person
to undergo a medical examination.

Registration of teachers

44. An application for registration as a teacher shall be

(a) made to the Director in the prescribed form; and

(b) accompanied by the documents specified in such form.

45. (1) On receiving an application in accordance with section 44,
the Director shall make such inquiry as he considers necessary and
shall determine the application

(a) by registering the applicant as a teacher; or

(b)by refusing under section 46 to register the applicant as a
teacher.





(2) On registering an applicant as a teacher under subsection (1),
the Director shall issue to the applicant a certificate of registration in the
prescribed form.

46. The Director may refuse to register an applicant as a teacher if
it appears to him that the applicant

(a) is not a fit and proper person to be a teacher;

(b)has been convicted of an offence punishable with
imprisonment;

(c)is a person in respect of whom a permit to teach has
previously been cancelled;

(d) is medically unfit;

(e) does not possess the prescribed qualifications;

(f) has attained the age of 70 years; or

(g) in making or in connexion with any application-

(i) for approval to be a manager;

(ii) for registration as a manager or a teacher; or

(iii) to employ a person as a permitted teacher in a school,

has made any statement or furnished any information which is
false in any material particular or by reason of the omission of
any material particular.

47. The Director may cancel the registration of a teacher-

(a)on any ground specified in section 46 which applies to the
teacher, whether or not such ground existed at the time when
he was registered as a teacher;

(b) if it appears to the Director that the teacher is incompetent;

(c)

if the teacher has contravened any provision of this
Ordinance;

(d)if it appears to the Director that the teacher has behaved in
any manner which, in the opinion of the Director, constitutes
professional misconduct; or

(e)if it appears to the Director that the teacher has behaved in
any manner which, in the opinion of the Director. is prejudicial
to the maintenance of good order and discipline in the school
in which the teacher teaches.

Permitted teachers

48. An application to employ a person as a permitted teacher in a
school may only be made if the applicant is of the opinion that no
suitable registered teacher is available for employment as a teacher in
the school.





49. (1) An application to employ a person as a permitted teacher in
a school shall be made to the Director

(a)in the case of a school which is registered or provisionally
registered, by the supervisor; or

(b)in the case of a proposed school. by the applicant for
registration of the school.

(2) An application to employ a person as a permitted teacher in a
school shall be made in the prescribed form.

50. (1) On receiving an application in accordance with section 49,
the Director shall make such inquiry as he considers necessary and
shall determine the application

(a)by issuing to the supervisor of the school concerned a permit
in the prescribed form, or

(b) by refusing under section 51 to issue such a permit.

(2) A permit to teach issued under subsection (1) shall specify the
school in which the permitted teacher may be employed. and may
impose such other conditions in respect of the employment of the
permitted teacher in the school as the Director thinks fit.

(3) The Director shall. if he issues a permit to teach under
subsection (f). also issue a copy of the permit to the permitted teacher.

51. The Director may refuse to issue a permit to teach under
section 50(1) in respect of any person

(a)if in the opinion of the Director a suitable registered teacher is
available for employment as a teacher in the school
concerned;

(b)on any ground specified in section 469a0 (b). (c). (d) or (f)
which applies to the person in respect of whom the
application is made;

(c)if the person in respect of whom the application is made does
not possess the prescribed qualification; or

(d)if it appears to the Director that the applicant or the person in
respect of whom the application is made has. in making or in
connexion with any application

(i) for approval to be a manager,
(ii) for registration as a manager or a teacher; or

(iii) to employ a person as a permitted teacher in a school.

made any statement or furnished any information which is
false in any material particular or by reason of the omission of
any material particular.





52. (1) The Director may cancel a permit to teach-

(a)on any ground specified in section 51(b), (c) or (d) on which
he would have been entitled to refuse to issue a permit to
teach, whether or not such ground existed at the time when
the permit was issued; or

(b)on any ground specified in section 47(b), (c), (d) or (e) which
applies to the permitted teacher.

(2) A permit to teach shall be deemed to be cancelled-

(a)

if the permitted teacher ceases to be employed in the school
specified in the permit, or

(b)if the registration or provisional registration of the school
specified in the permit is cancelled.

Principals

53. (1) Within 1 month after the registration or provisional
registration of a school, the management committee shall recommend for
the approval of the Director a teacher of the school to be the principal.

(2) Subject to section 54, the Director shall approve as the principal
of the school the teacher who is recommended under subsection (1).

54. The Director may refuse to approve a teacher as the principal of
a school if the Director is not satisfied that the teacher is a fit and proper
person to be the principal of the school.



55. The principal of a school shall hold office until-

(a)he ceases to be registered as a teacher, or to be permitted to
teach as a permitted teacher in the school,

(b) he resigns;

(c)the Director withdraws his approval of the principal under
section 56; or

(d)the Director approves another teacher of the school as the
principal under section 57(2).

56. The Director may withdraw his approval of the principal of a
school if it appears to the Director that the principal

(a) is no longer a fit and proper person to be the principal:
(b) is not performing the duties of the principal satisfactorily,
(c) has ceased to perform the duties of the principal; or

(d)is no longer acceptable as such to the majority of the
management committee.





57. (1) If in the case of any school-

(a)the Director refuses under section 54 to approve a teacher
who has been recommended to be the principal;

(b) the principal ceased under section 55 to hold office;

(c)the principal ceases to perform the duties of the principal;
or

(d)the principal is no longer acceptable as such to the majority
of the management committee,

the management committee shall within 1 month recommend for the
approval of the Director another teacher of the school to be the
principal.

(2) Subject to section 54, the Director shall approve as the
principal of the school the teacher who is recommended under
subsection (1).

58. (1) The principal of a school shall. subject to the direc-
tions of the management committee, be responsible for the teaching
and discipline of the school and for such purposes shall have
authority over the teachers and pupils of the school.

(2) The Director may address the principal of a school on any
matter relating to the teaching and discipline in the school. and in
such case the principal shall conduct correspondence directly with
the Director.

PART V

APPEALS

59. (1) For the purposes of this Part, there shall be an
Appeals Board appointed in accordance with subsection (2).

(2) The Governor shall by notice in the Gazette appoint-
(a)

not less than 9 persons as members of the Appeals Board.
of whom at least 3 shall be registered teachers;

(b)one of the persons appointed under paragraph (a) as
chairman of the Appeals Board.

(3) A member of the Appeals Board shall hold office for such
period as may be specified in such notice.

(4) Subject to subsection (5), 5 members of the Appeals Board
shall be a quorum.

(5) The Appeals Board shall not hear or determine any appeal
concerning the registration of a teacher or the cancellation of the
registration of a teacher unless at least 3 of the members comprising
the quorum are registered teachers.





(6) The Appeals Board may-

(a)subject to any other provision in this Part, regulate its own
procedure and make standing orders for that purpose; and

(b)appoint one of its members to act as chairman if the chairman
is absent.

(7) The Appeals Board may at its request be assisted in the
conduct of an appeal by a legal officer appointed by the Attorney
General to act as legal assessor.

(8) The Governor shall appoint a person to be the secretary to the
Appeals Board.

60. (1) Subject to subsection (2), if the Director has made a decision
by exercising any power conferred on him under a provision specified in
the First Column of the Table contained in this section. he shall serve
notice in writing of his decision on the persons specified in relation
thereto in the Second Column of the Table. stating the grounds for his
decision, and shall supply to the person a copy of this Part.

TABLE

First
Section 14. Section
20(5)(b). Section
22(1). Section 25.
Section 26(1). Section
30(1). Section 31(1).
Section 35(1). Section
37. Section 46.
Section 47. Section
51. Section 52(1).
Section 54. Section
56.

Applicant. Supervisor. Supervisor. Applicant.
Approved manager concerned. Applicant.
Registered manager concerned. Person
recommended to be supervisor. Manager
ceasing to be supervisor. Applicant. Teacher
concerned. Supervisor. Supervisor.
Supervisor. Supervisor.

Second Column

(2) If an order is made under section 9(3) or (5) exempting a school
from section 10, subsection (1) of this section shall not apply in respect
of

(a)a refusal by the Director under section 30(1) to register any,
person as a manager of the school;

(b)the cancellation by the Director under section 3 1 (1) of the
registration of any manager of the school;

(c)a refusal by the Director under section 35(1) to approve any
person as the supervisor of the school;





(d)the withdrawal by the Director under section 37 of the approval of
any supervisor of the school.,

(e)a refusal by the Director under section 51 to issue a permit to teach
for the employment of any person as a permitted teacher in the
school;

the cancellation by the Director under section 52(1) of the permit to
teach of any permitted teacher who is employed to teach in the
school;

(g) a

refusal by the Director under section 54 to approve any teacher as
the principal of the school. or

(h)the withdrawal under section 56 of the approval of any principal of
the school.

61. (1) A person on whom a notice is served under section 60(1) may,
within 21 days after the service of the notice, appeal to the Appeals Board
against the decision of the Director referred to in the notice, by delivering in
duplicate to the secretary of the Appeals Board a notice of appeal in
accordance with subsection (2).

(2) Every notice of appeal shall be in writing and shall specify-

(a)the decision of the Director in respect of which the appeal is
brought: and

(b) the grounds on which the appeal is brought.

62. (1) On receiving a notice of appeal in accordance with section 61, the
secretary of the Appeals Board shall

(a)forthwith forward one copy of the notice of appeal to the Director;

(b)fix a time and place for the hearing of the appeal by the Appeals
Board; and

give the appellant and the Director not less than 14 days notice of
the time and place fixed for the hearing of the appeal.

(2) On receiving a copy of a notice of appeal under subsection (1), the
Director shall forthwith forward to the secretary of the Appeals Board a copy
of the notice which has been served on the appellant under section 60(1).

(3) At the hearing of an appeal, the appellant or his authorized
representative. and the Director or any person appointed by him for such
purpose, shall be entitled to be present and to be heard on the appeal.

(4) The hearing of an appeal may at the discretion of the Appeals Board
be open to the public or in camera, or partly open to the public and partly in
camera.





(5) If the hearing of an appeal is adjourned, no person shall be
present as a member of the Appeals Board when the hearing is resumed
unless he has been present at all previous hearings of the appeal.

(6) The Appeals Board may hear and determine an appeal in the
absence of the appellant or the Director if due notice of the hearing of
the appeal has been given to both of the parties.

(7) The onus of proving that the grounds stated by the Director
under section 60(1) for his decision are not correct, or do not justify the
decision, shall be upon the appellant.

(8) Except with the permission of the Appeals Board, neither the
appellant nor the Director may rely at the hearing of an appeal on any
grounds other than those stated by the Director in the notice served on
the appellant under section 60(1), and those specified by the appellant
in the notice of appeal.

63. (1) For the purposes of hearing an appeal. the Appeals Board
may

(a)subject to subsection (4), hear and examine witnesses on
oath;

(b)subject to subsection (4), summon any person to attend any
hearing of the Appeals Board to give evidence or produce
any document or other thing in his possession and examine
him as a witness or require him to produce any document or
other thing in his possession.,

(c) order an inspection of any premises;

(d) enter and view any premises.

(2) A summons under subsection (1) shall be in such form as the
chairman of the Appeals Board shall direct and shall be signed by the
chairman and the secretary.

(3) Subject to subsection (4), any person who-

(a)being summoned under subsection (1) to attend any hearing
of the Appeals Board to give evidence or to produce any
document or other thing in his possession. refuses or
neglects to do so; or

(b)being examined under subsection (1) as a witness by or before
the Appeals Board, refuses or neglects to answer any
question put to him by or with the concurrence of the
Appeals Board, or to produce any document or other thing in
his possession when required to do so,

shall be guilty of an offence and shall be liable on conviction to a fine of
$500 and to imprisonment for 3 months.



(4) Every person who appears as a witness before the Appeals
Board shall be entitled to the same privileges in respect of the giving of
evidence and the production of any document and other thing as he
would be entitled to if appearing as a witness in civil proceedings before
the High Court.





(5) Any person who-

(a)behaves in an insulting manner or uses any threatening or
insulting expression to or in the presence of the Appeals
Board; or

(b) wilfully disrupts the proceedings of the Appeals Board,

shall be guilty of an offence and shall be liable on conviction to a fine of
$500 and to imprisonment for 3 months.



64. (1) On the hearing of an appeal, the Appeals Board may
confirm, reverse or vary the decision of the Director appealed against,
and shall state its reasons for its decision.

(2) The secretary of the Board shall serve on the appellant and the
Director notice in writing of the decision of the Appeals Board together
with the reasons of the Board for its decision.

65. The Director or the appellant may within 14 days after being
served under section 64(2) with a notice of the decision of the Appeals
Board appeal by way of petition to the Governor in Council.

66. (1) Notwithstanding any other provision in this Ordinance. the
Director may on such conditions, if any. as he thinks fit

(a)by notice in writing to the supervisor permit a school to
continue to operate after the registration or provisional
registration of the school has been cancelled under section
22(1);

(b)by notice in writing to a manager of a school permit him to
continue to be a manager of the school after his registration
as a manager of the school has been cancelled under section
31(1). or is deemed to have been cancelled under section 31(3)
by reason of the decision of the Director to withdraw under
section 26(1) his approval of such person to be a manager;

(c)by notice in writing to a registered teacher permit him to
continue to teach after his registration as a teacher has been
cancelled under section 47; or

(d)by notice in writing to the supervisor of a school permit a
permitted teacher to continue to be employed as a teacher in
the school after the permit to teach issued in respect of such
teacher has been cancelled under section 52(1).

(2) Any permission given by the Director under subsection (1)
shall remain in force

(a) until-

(i) the expiry of the time specified in section 61(1) for the
bringing of an appeal to the Appeals Board against the
decision of the Director; and





(ii) the determination of any appeal brought under section
61 to the Appeals Board against the decision of the Director;
and

(b)if an appeal is brought under section 61 to the Appeals Board
against the decision of the Director, until

(i) the expiry of the time specified in section 65 for the
bringing of a further appeal to the Governor in Council against
the decision of the Appeals Board; and

(ii) the determination of any further appeal brought under
section 65 to the Governor in Council against the decision of
the Appeals Board; and

(c)

in special circumstances, until such later date as the Director
may specify.

PART VI

ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS AS To REGISTRATION,
APPROVALS AND PERMITS To TEACH

67. If an application is made for

(a) the registration of a school;

(b) approval to be a manager;

(c) registration as a manager or a teacher; or

(d) to employ a person as a permitted teacher in a school.

the Director may require the applicant or the proposed permitted
teacher

(i)to attend an interview with such person as the Director may
specify; or

(ii)to make any declaration or to supply any further particulars
that the Director considers necessary in connexion with the
application.

68. (1) Notwithstanding any other provision in this Ordinance, the
Director may

(a) refuse to register any person as a teacher;

(b) cancel the registration of any person as a teacher;

(c)refuse to issue a permit to teach under section 50(1) in respect
of any person; or

(d) cancel a permit to teach issued in respect of any person,

if the Director is satisfied that the environment in which the person has
received any part of his education has been such as to make the person
unsuitable as a teacher in Hong Kong.





(2) The Director shall, if he refuses under subsection (1)(a) to
register any person as a teacher, or cancels under subsection (1)(b) the
registration of any person as a teacher. serve notice in writing of his
decision on the person.

(3) The Director shall-

(a)if he refuses under subsection (1)(c) to issue a permit to teach
in respect of any person, serve notice in writing of his
decision on the supervisor of the school in which the person
was to be employed to teach; or

(b)if he cancels under subsection (1)(d) a permit to teach, serve
notice in writing of his decision on the supervisor of the
school in which the permitted teacher is employed to teach.

(4) A person on whom a notice is to be served under subsectlon
(2) or (3) may, within 21 days after the service of the notice on him,
appeal by way of petition to the Governor.

(5) On consideration of an appeal under subsection (4). the
Governor may

(a) reverse the decision of the Director; or

(b) refer the appeal to the Governor in Council.

(6) On consideration of an appeal referred to him under subsection
(5). the Governor in Council may confirm or reverse the decision of the
Director.

(7) The Director may, if he cancels under subsection (1)(b) the
registration of any teacher, or cancels under subsection (1)(d) a permit
to teach. by notice in writing to the teacher whose registration is
cancelled or to the supervisor of the school in which the permitted
teacher is employed to teach. permit the teacher to continue to teach
upon such conditions. if any. as the Director thinks fit until

(a)the expiry of the time specified in subsection (4) for the
bringing of an appeal to the Governor: and

(b)the determination of any appeal brought under subsection (4)
to the Governor.

69. (1) Notwithstanding any other provision in this Ordinance. if it
appears to the Governor in Council that it would be prejudicial to the
public interest or the welfare of pupils or of education generally
(a) that a school should be registered; (ii) a person should be
approved to be a manager, (iii) a person should be
registered as a teacher; or (iv) a person should be a
permitted teacher;





(b)that a school should continue to be registered or
provisionally registered;

(c) that a person should continue to be an approved manager;

(d) that a teacher should continue to be registered; or

(e) that a person should continue to be a permitted teacher,

the provisions of this section shall apply.

(2) The Governor in Council may cause a notice in writing. stating
that it is made under this section, to be served

(a)in any case referred to in subsection (1)(a)(i), (ii) or (iii), on the
applicant, calling on him to show cause why the application
should not be refused;

(b)in the case referred to in subsection (1)(a)(iv). on the
supervisor of the school in which the person is to be
employed to teach calling on him to show cause why the
application should not be refused,

(c)in any case referred to in subsection (1)(b), on the supervisor
of the school, calling on him to show cause why the
registration or provisional registration of the school should
not be cancelled,

(d)in the case referred to in subsection (1)(c). on the approved
manager, calling on him to show cause why his approval to be
a manager should not be withdrawn;

(e)in the case referred to in subsection (1)(d), on the registered
teacher, calling on him to show cause why his registration as
a teacher should not be cancelled; or

in the case referred to in subsection (1)(e), on the supervisor
of the school in which the permitted teacher is employed to
teach, calling on the supervisor to show cause why the permit
to teach issued in respect of the permitted teacher should not
be cancelled.

(3) The Governor in Council may-

(a)in any case referred to in subsection (1)(b), suspend the
registration or provisional registration of the school until the
determination of the proceedings under this section,

(b)in the case referred to in subsection (1)(c), suspend the
approval of the person to be a manager until the determination
of the proceedings under this section.

(c)in the case referred to in subsection (1)(d), suspend the
registration of the teacher until the determination of the
proceedings under this section, or

(d)in the case referred to in subsection (])(e), suspend the permit
to teach issued in respect of the permitted teacher until the
determination of the proceedings under this section,





by a statement to that effect in the notice served under subsection (2),
and in such case the suspension shall take effect from the date of
service of the notice and shall continue in effect until the proceedings
under this section are determined.

(4) A person whose approval to be a manager has been suspended
under subsection (3) shall, during the period of suspension, be deemed,
if he is registered as a manager of any school, to have had such
registration also suspended.

(5) A person who is served with a notice under subsection (2) shall
be entitled to appear in person, and to hear the grounds on which it is
proposed to take the course specified in the notice and to make such
representations as he wishes against the course being taken.

(6) If, after opportunity for appearance and for making
representations has been afforded under subsection (5), the Governor
in Council is satisfied

(a)in any case referred to in subsection (1)(a). that the
application should be refused;

(b)in any case referred to in subsection (1)(b), that the
registration or provisional registration of the school should
be cancelled,

(c)in the case referred to in subsection (1)(c.), that the approval
of the person to be a manager should be withdrawn;

(d)in the case referred to in subsection (1)(d), that the
registration of the teacher should be cancelled; or

(e)in the case referred to in subsection (1)(e), that the permit to
teach issued in respect of the permitted teacher should be
cancelled,

he shall order accordingly, and the order shall be put into effect by the
Director.

(7) Notwithstanding section 16(2), if the Governor in Council
orders under subsection (6) that an application for registration of a
school be refused, and at the time when such order is made the school
is already provisionally registered, the Director shall cancel the
provisional registration of the school.

(8) The Governor may suspend the operation of an order made
under subsection (6) for such period and on such conditions as he
thinks fit.

(9) If under subsection (6)-

(a) the approval of a person to be a manager is withdrawn;

(b) the registration of a person as a teacher is cancelled; or

(c)a permit to teach issued in respect of any person is cancelled,





the person shall not thereafter be approved to be a manager nor be
registered as a manager or a teacher, nor shall a permit be issued under
section 50(1) in respect of such person.

(10) The Governor may waive the provisions of subsection (9) in a
particular case on such conditions, if any, as he thinks fit.

70. (1) The Director shall, on cancelling the registration or
provisional registration of a school under section 69(6), also withdraw
his approval of every registered manager of the school.

(2) Any registered manager whose approval is withdrawn under
subsection (1) may appeal by way of petition to the Governor in Council
within 14 days of the making of the order under section 69(6) cancelling
the registration or provisional registration of the school.

(3) 1 f
(a)the approval of any person to be a manager is withdrawn
under subsection (1); or

(b)the permit to teach issued in respect of any permitted teacher
is deemed to be cancelled under section 52(2) by reason of
the cancellation of the registration or provisional registration
of a school under section 69(6),

the person shall not thereafter be approved to be a manager, nor be
registered as a manager nor shall a permit to teach be issued in respect
of such person unless an appeal under subsection (2) has been allowed
against the withdrawal of the approval or the cancellation of the
registration.

(4) The Governor may waive the provisions of subsection (3)

if-

in a particular case on such conditions, if any, as he thinks fit.

71. Notwithstanding any other provision in this Ordinance,

(a) a school ceases to be registered or provisionally registered;

(b) a person ceases to be approved to be a manager;

(c)a person ceases to be registered as a manager or a teacher; or

(d) a person ceases to be a permitted teacher,

every person who has in his possession any certificate or copy of a
certificate relating to such registration, provisional registration or
approval or, in the case referred to in paragraph (d), the permit to teach
or a copy of the permit to teach issued in respect of the permitted
teacher, shall within one month after being required to do so by the
Director deliver such document to the Director.





72. (1) If the registration or provisional registration of a
school has been cancelled under section 22 or section 69(6), or is
suspended under section 69(3), no person who has at any time been a
manager, teacher or pupil of the school shall enter or remain in any
premises-

(a) in which the school was operated,. and

(b) which are being used for the purposes of a school,

without the permission in writing of the Director.

(2) No person shall, without the permission in writing of the
Director, enter or remain in any school-

(a) if at any time-
(i) he has been refused approval to be a manager, or
having been so approved has had such approval with-
drawn;
(ii) he has been refused registration as a manager or a
teacher, or having been so registered has had his registra-
tion cancelled;
(iii) a permit to teach has been refused in respect of
such person;
(iv) he has been a permitted teacher in respect of whom
a permit to teach has been cancelled, or
(v) he has been refused approval as the supervisor or
principal of a school, or having been so approved has had
such approval withdrawn; or

(b) while-
(i) his approval to be a manager;
(ii) his registration as a teacher, or
(iii) a permit to teach issued in respect of such person. is
suspended under section 69(3).

(3) The Director may attach to any permission given under
this section such conditions as he thinks fit.

PART VII

POWER OF DIRECTOR TO ORDER ATTENDANCE AT
A PRIMARY OR SECONDARY SCHOOL
(Amended, 34 of 1979, s. 3)

73. In this Part-

'attendance order' means an order made under section 74;

'board' means the board of review established under section 75;

'parent' in relation to any child to whom section 74 applies includes
a guardian and the person having the actual custody of the
child.

(Amended, 34 of 1979, s. 4)






74. (1) Where it appears to the Director that a parent of a child is
withhold is withholding the child from attending primary school or
secondary school without any reasonable excuse, the Director may.
after making such inquiries as he considers necessary, serve upon a
parent an attendance order in the prescribed form requiring him to cause the
child to attend regularly as a pupil the primary school or secondary
school named in the attendance order. (Amended, 34 of 1979,s.5)

(2) The Director may at any time, by notice in writing served upon
a parent of the child to whom an attendance order relates

(a)vary the order by substituting another primary school or
secondary school for that named in the order, (Amended, 34 of
1979, s. 5)

(b) otherwise vary or withdraw the order,

and any variation of an attendance order shall take effect on the expiry
of the period of 14 days after the date of service of the notice i in writing





(3) This section shall-

(a)with effect from 1 September 1979 until the expiration of 31
August 1980, apply to a child who has attained the age of 6
years but not the age of 14 years;

(b)with effect from 1 September 1980, apply to a child who has
atained the age of 6 years but not the age of 15 years.. and

(c)notwithstanding paragraphs (a) and (b) not apply to a child

(i) who has completed Form III of secondary education
and whose parent can produce evidence to that effect to the
satisfaction of the Director;

(ii) who is a registered apprentice under the Apprenticeship
Ordinance; or

(iii) who is attending regularly, or is an inmate of, an
institution (other than a school) which is regarded by .the
Director as suitable for the child. (Added, 34 of 1979,s.5)

75. (1) For the purposes of this Part, there shall be a board of
review, which shall consist of not less than 5 persons appointed by the
Governor.

(2) The Governor may appoint a public officer to be the secretary
of the board.

76. (1) Subject to this Ordinance, the practice and procedure on a
review by the board shall be such as the board may determine.

(2) For the purposes of a review the board shall have the following

powers





(a) to hear and examine witnesses on oath; and

(b)to summon any person to attend any hearing of the board to
give evidence or produce any document or other thing in his
possession and to examine him as a witness or require him to
produce any document or other thing in his possession.

(3) A witness summons shall be in such form as the chairman of
the board shall direct and shall be signed by the chairman.

(4) Any person who, being summoned to attend as a witness or to
produce any document or any other thing at a hearing of the board,
refuses or neglects to do so or to answer any questions put to him by
or with the concurrence of the board shall be guilty of an offence and
shall be liable on conviction to a fine of $500 and to imprisonment for 3
months:

Provided that no person shall be bound to incriminate himself and
every witness shall in respect of any evidence given by him before the
board be entitled to the privileges to which he would be entitled if
giving evidence before a court of justice.

(5) Any person-

(a)who behaves in an insulting manner or uses any threatening
or insulting expression to or in the presence of the board; or

(b) wilfully disrupts the proceedings of the board, shall be guilty
of an offence and shall be liable on conviction to a fine of $500 and to
imprisonment for 3 months.

77. (1) A parent aggrieved by-
(a) an attendance order; or

(b) any variation of an attendance order, may within 14 days of the
date of the order or the notice in writing apply to the board for a review.

(2) An application under subsection (1) may be oral or in writing.

(3) Upon a review the board may either-
(a) confirm the attendance order or the variation; or

(b) cancel the attendance order or the variation.

(4) The decision of the board shall be final.

(5) The secretary of the board shall notify the parent of the
decision of the board.

78. Any parent who without reasonable excuse fails to comply with
an attendance order (as the same may be varied from time to time) shall
be guilty of an offence and shall be liable on conviction to a fine of $500
and to imprisonment for 3 months:





Provided that

(a)if an application for a review of an attendance order is made,
no offence shall be committed until after the secretary of the
board has notified the parent under section 77(5) of the
decision on the review;

(b)if an application for a review of any variation of an attendance
order is made, no offence shall be committed, by reason of a
failure to comply with the variation, until after the secretary of
the board has notified the parent under section 77(5) of the
decision on the review.

PART VIII

INSPECTION OF
SCHOOLS

79. The Governor may by notice in the Gazette appoint by name or
office

(a)any officer of the Education Department to be an inspector of
schools;

(b)any Government medical officer to be a medical officer of
schools; and

(c) any health inspector to be a health inspector of schools.

80. The Director and any inspector of schools may inspect any
school for the purposes of ascertaining whether this Ordinance is being
complied with and whether the school is being conducted satisfactorily.

81. The Director and any inspector of schools may, for the
purposes of section 80

(a) at all reasonable times enter the premises of any school;

(b)

enter any premises in which he has reason to suspect that an
offence against this Ordinance has been or is being
committed;

(c)require any manager or teacher of a school to produce any
book, document or other article relating to the management of
the school, or to the teaching in or any other activity of the
school, or to furnish any information relating to such
management, teaching or activity;

(d)remove for further examination any book, document or other
article which he has reason to suspect is evidence of the
commission of an offence against this Ordinance, or is
evidence of a ground for the withdrawal of the approval of
any person to be a manager, or for the cancellation of the
registration of any school, manager or teacher, or for the
cancellation of the provisional registration of any school, or
for the cancellation of any permit to teach; and





(e)do such other things as are necessary for the inspection of a
school.



82. (1) The Director may, if it appears to him that-

(a) a school is not being managed satisfactorily;

(b)the education of the pupils of a school is not being promoted
in a proper manner. or

(c)any provision of this Ordinance is being or has been
contravened in respect of a school,

by notice in writing give such directions as he thinks necessary in order
that the school will be operated satisfactorily, or that the education of
the pupils of the school will be promoted in a proper manner, or that
such provision of this Ordinance will be complied with in respect of the
school.

(2) Any notice under subsection (1)
(a)may be served on the supervisor and every other manager of
the school concerned; and

(b)may specify a period of time within which the directions shall
be complied with.

83. (1) The Director may, if it appears to him that-

(a)there is any danger or risk of danger to persons in any school
premises;

(b)the conduct of the managers. teachers or pupils of a school is
or has been unsatisfactory; or

any provision of this Ordinance is being or has been
contravened in respect of a school.

by order in writing served on any manager of the school-

(i)suspend the operation of the school in the school premises, or
any part of the school premises, for such period as he thinks
fit or until further notice.. (Amended, 47 of 1980, s. 2)

(ii)prohibit the use of any place for the purposes of a school for
such period as he thinks fit or until further notice; or

(iii) give such directions and make such requirements as he thinks
necessary.

(2) The Director may, if any direction or requirement given or made
by him under subsection (1)(iii) has not been complied with to his
satisfaction, by order in writing

(a)suspend the operation of the school in the school premises, or
any part of the school premises; or (Amended, 47 of 1980,s.2)

(b) prohibit the use of any place for the purposes of the school.





until the direction or requirement is so complied with.

(3) The Director may by order in writing close any premises of a
school which is not registered or provisionally registered.

(4) The Director may, if a school is operated in any premises which
are not specified in the certificate of registration or provisional
registration of the school, by order in writing close such premises.

(5) An order made by the Director under subsection (1)(i) or (ii) or
subsection (2), (3) or (4) shall be published in the Gazette.

(6) No person shall enter or remain in-

unless-

(a)any premises or any part of any premises in which the
operation of a school has been suspended under subsection
(1) to (2); (Replaced, 47 of 1980, s. 2)

(aa) any premises or any part of any premises which have been
closed under subsection (3) or (4); or (Added, 47 of 1980,s.2)

(b)any place the use of which for the purposes of a school has
been prohibited by the Director under subsection (1) or (2),

(i) he is a public officer acting in the course of his duty; or

(ii) the Director has given him permision in writing to do so.

PART IX

GENERAL
PROVISIONS

84. (1) The Governor in Council may make regulations providing for

(a) the structure, hygiene and sanitation of school premises;

(b)the precautions to be taken against fire or other peril likely to
endanger the lives or health of pupils. and the authorizing of
officers of the Fire Services Department to enter and inspect
school premises and premises in which schools are situate
and premises in the neighbourhood of schools.,

(c) the control of entrance to and exists from school premises:

(d)

the operation of schools in premises which, by reason of the
loading for which they were designed and constructed. are
unsuitable for the purposes of a school;

(e)the health inspection of schools and school premises and
standards of hygiene to be maintained by schools;

(f)the medical examination of teachers and pupils and standards
of medical fitness for teachers;





(g)the temporary exclusion from any school of any teacher or
pupil, and any other measures necessary or desirable to
preserve; the health and well-being of teachers and pupils;

(h) the size of school classes;

(i)

the control of instruction given by schools, including
limitations on the subjects taught and the documents which
may be upon school premises and which may be used by
schools, and the preparation and contents of the syllabus to
be used by any school or schools;

(j) the methods and hours of instruction provided by schools;

(k)

the adequacy, suitability and use of school equipment,
school laboratories and school workshops;

(l)the control of activities of managers, teachers, pupils and
other persons in schools, and of pupils' associations;

(m) the prohibition of political, subversive or tendentious activities
or propaganda in schools and amongst teachers and pupils

(n)the control of the use to which school premises may be put
and of the persons who may enter school premises;

(o) school holidays;

(P)

(q)

the constitution and duties of management committees;

the keeping of school registers, time-tables and books of
account;

(r)the amount and methods of payment of fees and other
charges made by schools and the prohibition of any further
fees and charges and of any specified fees or charges,

(s)the amounts of inclusive fees which may be charged by
schools and the notification of such fees in the Gazette and
the prohibition or restriction of variations from such fees;

(sa) the approval by the Director of any scheme of fee remission,
the remission of the whole or any part of inclusive fees and
the persons who may grant such remission; (Added, 47 of 1980,
s. 3)

(t)

(u) the duties of supervisors and principals;

(v)

general matters of school management;

the giving by supervisors to the Director of such information
concerning schools and pupils therein as may be required by
the Director;







(w)the qualifications of registered teachers and permitted
teachers, and the qualifications to be held by teachers of
various classes and subjects;

(x) the control of salaries paid to teachers;





(y)discipline in schools and methods of enforcement of
discipline, and the conduct and dress of teachers and pupils,

(z) anything which is to be prescribed under this Ordinance; and


(aa) the better carrying into effect of the provisions of this
Ordinance in relation to any matter as to which it may be
convenient to make regulations.

(2) Any regulation made under this section may-

(a)prohibit the performance of specified acts without the consent
of the Director;

(b)authorize the Director to require or prohibit the performance of
specified acts; and

(c)require specified acts to be performed to the satisfaction of
the Director.

(3) Regulations made under this section may provide that a
contravention thereof shall be an offence punishable on conviction by a
fine not exceeding $5,000 and a term of imprisonment not exceeding 2
years.

(4) The Director may by notice in writing to the supervisor of any
school waive wholly or partly the requirements of any regulation in
respect of the school.

85. (1) For the purpose of maintaining any provident fund (whether
established before or after the commencement of this Ordinance) for the
benefit of teachers employed by schools to which grants in aid or
subsidies are made by the Government, the Governor in Council may
make rules providing for

(a)the objects and method of control and management and
investment of such fund;

(b)the persons or classes of persons who shall be eligible for
membership of such fund, and the persons or classes of
persons who shall be compulsory contributors to such fund;

(c) contributions to such fund, and the method of payment;

(d)the method of dealing with any contribution which may be
made by the Government to such fund;

(e)the constitution of a reserve fund to meet fluctuations in the
value of investments, and for the allocation to a reserve fund
of any investment income of the provident fund;

the method of, conditions precedent for, and authority for
withdrawals and benefits, and the permissible amount of
withdrawals and benefits;

(g)the appointment of any trustees who may be considered
necessary, and the powers and duties of the trustees; and





(h) generally for the purpose of the maintenance of such fund.

(2) Such sums as may be necessary to meet the contributions
payable by the Government to any provident fund in accordance with
rules made under subsection (1) shall be met from moneys provided by
the Legislative Council.

(3) Subject to any rules made under subsection (1), no contribution
or donation to or dividend or interest on a dividend from a provident
fund shall be assignable or transferable or liable to be attached,
sequestered or levied upon, for or in respect of any debt or claim
whatsoever.

(Amended, 72 of 1971, s. 3)

86. No person or school shall-

(a) award a degree to a person. or

(b)issue any document which could reasonably be taken as
signifying the award of a degree to a person.

87. (1) Any person who-

(a)is an owner or a manager of or a teacher in a school which is
not registered or registered provisionally;

(b)is an owner or a manager of a school which is operated in
contravention of section 19(1).

(c) contravenes section 27; or

(d) obstructs-

(i) the Director or an inspector while the Director or
inspector is carrying out an inspection of a school.

(11) any manager appointed under section 41(1) in the
performance of his functions as a manager,

(e)is an owner or a manager of a school which is operated while
its registration or provisional registration is suspended under
section 69(3);

(f)teaches in a school while its registration or provisional
registration is suspended under section 69(3);

(g)manages a school while his registration as a manager of such
school is deemed to be suspended under section 69(4);

(h)refuses to produce any book or document or other article or
to furnish any information upon being so required under
section 81, or furnishes information which is false in a material
particular and which he knows or reasonably ought to know
is false in such particular;
(i)being a supervisor or any other manager of a school, fails to
comply with any notice served on him under section 82;

(j) contravenes section 83(6); or





(k)in or in connexion with any application under this Ordinance
makes any statement or furnishes any information, whether
such statement or information be verbal or written, which is
false in any material particular and which he knows or
reasonably ought to know is false in such particular,

shall be guilty of an offence and shall be liable on conviction to a fine of
525,000 and to imprisonment for 2 years.

(2) Any person who-

(a)is a member of any management committee which contravenes
section 38(1) or section 40;

(b)not being the supervisor of a school or a member of the
management committee of a school acting under section 40,
performs any function of the supervisor of the school,

(c)not being the principal of a school, performs any function of
the principal of the school; or

(d) contravenes section 72(1) or (2),

shall be guilty of an offence and shall be liable on conviction to a fine of
510,000 and to imprisonment for 2 years.

(3) Any person who-

(a)is an owner or manager of a school which is operated in any
name other than its registered name;

(b) contravenes section 18(2) or (3);

(c) contravenes section 19(2);

(d) contravenes section 39(2) or (3);

(e) contravenes section 42(1) or (2);

employs or permits any person to teach in a school in
contravention of section 42(1) or (2);

(g)is a member of a management committee which contravenes
section 53(1) or section 57(1);

(h)teaches in a school while his registration as a teacher is
suspended under section 69(3);

(i)being a permitted teacher, teaches in a school while the permit
to teach issued in respect of him is suspended under section
69(3);

(j)employs or permits any registered teacher whose registration
is suspended under section 69(3) to teach in a school:

(k)employs or permits any permitted teacher to teach in a school
while the permit to teach issued in respect of such teacher is
suspended under section 69(3);

(1) contravenes section 71;





(m) contravenes section 86; or

(n)is an owner or a manager of a school which contravenes
section 86,

shall be guilty of an offence and shall be liable on conviction to a fine of
$5,000 and to imprisonment for 2 years.


(4) If a registered manager of a school is charged with an offence
by reason of being a member of a management committee which has
contravened a provision of this Ordinance specified in subsection (2)(a)
or in subsection (3)(g), it shall be a defence to the charge if he proves
that

(a)the other members of the management committee contravened
such provision without his knowledge or consent; or

(b)he took all reasonable steps to prevent the other members of
the management committee from contravening such provision.

88. In any prosecution for an offence against this Ordinance-

(a)if it is proved that any equipment, materials or documents of
an educational nature or suitable for the purposes of a school
were found at any place, it shall be presumed until the
contrary is proved that a school was being operated at such
place;

(b)if it is proved that any person did any act in connexion with
the organization or operation of a school, it shall be presumed
until the contrary is proved that such person took part in the
management of such school; and

(c)if it is proved that any person was in charge of or issued
instructions to any person under 21 years of age in any
school premises, it shall be presumed until the contrary is
proved that the first-mentioned person was teaching in that
school.

89. (1) A magistrate may, if satisfied that-

(a)a school which is not registered or provisionally registered is
being operated in any premises; or

(b)a school is being operated in any premises which are not
specified in the certificate of registration or provisional
registration of the school,

order that a notice in writing of the fact shall be served on the landlord
and the tenant of the premises or, if the landlord or tenant is absent or
under disability, on his attorney or agent or the rent collector of the
landlord or, if the landlord or tenant is a corporation, on the secretary
or manager of the corporation.





(2) A magistrate may at the request of any person on whom a
notice has been served in accordance with subsection (1), make an order
terminating as from the date of the order the tenancy of the premises in
which the school is being operated, and on the making of the order the
tenancy shall cease and determine for all purposes and any tenant or
occupier (other than the landlord) may be treated as a trespasser.

(3) An order under subsection (2) shall be recognized and given
effect to in any proceeding in any court.

(4) An order under subsection (2) shall be sufficient authority to
any police officer to enter at any time between the hours of 9 a.m. and 5
p.m. by force if necessary, the premises in respect of which the order is
made and to give possession of such premises to the landlord or his
agent,

(5) The powers conferred by subsection (4) shall be in addition to
and not in derogation of any power conferred by any other enactment.

(6) If, after a notice has been served in accordance with subsection
(1) on any person

(a)a school which is not registered or provisionally registered is
operated in the premises in respect of which the notice was
given; or

(b)a school is operated in the premises in respect of which the
notice was given and such premises are not specified in the
certificate of registration or provisional registration of the
school,

the person on whom the notice has been served (and the landlord or the
tenant of the premises, if the person on whom such service is made is an
attorney, agent, rent collector, secretary or manager for and on behalf of
the landlord or tenant) shall be guilty of an offence and shall be liable
on conviction to a fine of $5,000 and to imprisonment for 2 years, unless
he proves to the satisfaction of the magistrate

(a)that a request has been made to a magistrate for an order
under subsection (2); or

(b)that he did not know and had no reasonable means of
knowing that a school was being so operated on the premises.

(7) A person shall not be guilty of an offence under subsection (6)
unless a reasonable time has elapsed, following the service of the notice
in accordance with subsection (1) on him, during which a request could
have been made to a magistrate for an order under subsection (2).

(8) In this section

'landlord' includes the holder of any lease or tenancy who has sublet
his holding or any part thereof,





'tenancy' includes any sub-tenancy:

'tenant' includes any sub-tenant.

90. (1) A magistrate may, if satisfied by information on oath that
there is reasonable ground for suspecting that section 72 or section
83(6) has been or is being contravened in respect of any premises or
place. issue a search warrant authorizing any police officer named
therein to enter at any time such premises or place and to search the
premises or place and every person found therein and to remove
therefrom any person who is or is reasonably suspected to be
contravening section 72 or section 83(6).

(2) A police officer may, if he reasonably suspects that section 72
or section 83(6) has been or is being contravened in respect of any
premises or place other than a dwellinghouse

(a)enter such premises or place without a warrant, if necessary
by force;

(b)search such premises or place and every person found
therein; and

(c)remove from such premises or place any person found therein
who is or is reasonably suspected to be contravening section
72 or section 83(6).

(3) Notwithstanding subsections (1) and (2). no person shall be
searched under this section except by a person of the same sex.

91. (1) Where provision is made in this Ordinance for the Governor
in Council or a public officer to serve a notice or to cause a notice to be
served on a person, it shall be sufficient service if the notice is served

(a)by causing it to be delivered personally to the person on
whom it is to be served;

(b)by causing it to be sent by registered post to the last known
address of the person on whom it is to be served;

(c)if the person on whom it is to be served is an owner, manager,
supervisor, principal. teacher or pupil of a school, by causing
it to be sent by registered post to any premises specified in
the certificate of registration or provisional registration of the
school, or any premises in which the school is operated; or

(d)if the person on whom the notice is to be served is an owner,
manager, supervisor, principal or teacher of a school, by
causing the notice to be posted in a conspicuous place upon
or in any premises specified in the certificate of registration or
provisional registration of the school. or any premises in
which the school is operated.

(2) Without prejudice to the provisions of subsection (1), where a
notice is to be served on a person under section 89. it shall be sufficient
service if it is served by causing the notice to be posted in a
conspicuous place upon the premises to which it relates.





PART X
[Repealed, 47 of 1980, s. 4]

PART XI

SAVING AND TRANSITIONAL
PROVISIONS

99. Notwithstanding the repeal of the Education Ordinance 1952,
any appointment which has been made under either of the repealed
Ordinances and which was in effect immediately prior to the
commencement of this Part, shall continue to have effect as if, at the
date when it was made, such appointment had been made under this
Ordinance.

100. (1) Notwithstanding the repeal of the Education Ordinance
1952 (hereinafter in this subsection referred to as the 1952 Ordinance),
any application or appeal made under the 1952 Ordinance which has not
been finally determined before the commencement of this Part shall be

(a)determined in accordance with the 1952 Ordinance as if this
Ordinance had not been enacted; and

(b)deemed to have been determined under the 1952 Ordinance
immediately prior to its repeal by this Ordinance.

(2) Notwithstanding any other provision in this Ordinance, a
person who was registered as a manager of a school under either of the
repealed Ordinances and whose registration is in effect immediately
prior to the commencement of this Part shall be deemed to have been
approved to be a manager under section 24(1) of this Ordinance on the
date on which he was so registered as a manager.
Originally 52 of 1971. 72 of 1971. 23 of 1973. 34 of 1979. 47 of 1980. L.N. 76/82. 6 of 1982. 61 of 1982. 38 of 1983. 50 of 1983. 65 of 1983. 38 of 1984. 6 of 1985. L.N. 116/71. Short title. Application. (Cap. 1053.) (Cap. 1109.) (Cap. 1075.) (Cap. 320.) (Cap. 1130.) (Cap. 1130.) (Cap. 1126.) (Cap. 1132) (Cap. 1135.) Interpretation. (Cap. 123.) (Cap. 279. 1964 Ed.) (26 of 1913.) Director to promote education in Hong Kong. Delegation of Director's powers. Power of Governor to give directions. The Board of Education. Director to maintain registers. Exemption of schools from Ordinance. Schools to be registered or provisionally registered. Application for registration of school. Additional documents required where premises not designed and constructed as a school. (Cap. 123.) Registration of school. Grounds for refusal to register school. Provisional registration of school. Effect on provisional registration when application for registration is determined. Restrictions on registration and provisional registration. Certificate of registration or provisional registration. Premises in which school may be operated. Changes in design or use of premises increasing fire risk. Grounds for cancellation of registration or provisional registration of school. Application for approval to be a manager. Approval to be a manager. Grounds for refusal of approval to be a manager. Grounds for withdrawal of approval to be a manager. (Cap. 151.) Managers of schools to be registered. Application for registration of manager. Registration of manager. Grounds for refusal to register manager. Grounds for cancellation of registration of manager. Management committee to manage school. Responsibilities of management committee. Approval of first supervisor of school. Grounds for refusal to approve supervisor. Tenure of office of supervisor. Grounds for withdrawal of approval of supervisor. Approval of subsequent supervisors. Approval of acting supervisor. Duties of supervisor. Duties of management committee in absence of supervisor. Appointment of managers by Director. Teachers to be registered or permitted teachers. Director may require medical examination of proposed teacher. Application for registration as a teacher. Registration of teacher. Grounds for refusal to register teacher. Grounds for cancellation of registration of teacher. Circumstances in which application to employ permitted teacher may be made. Application to employ permitted teacher. Permit to teach. Grounds for refusal to issue permit to teach. Grounds for cancellation of permit to teach. Approval of first principal of school. Grounds for refusal to approve principal. Tenure of office of principal. Grounds for withdrawal of approval of principal. Approval of subsequent principals. Functions of principal. The Appeal Board. Director to serve notice of decision on person adversely affected. Right of appeal to Appeals Board. Procedure on appeal. Witnesses and inspections. Decision of Appeals Board. Further right of appeal to Governor in Council. Permission to operate school or to act pending appeal. Director may require interview or further information. Additional powers of Director in respect of teachers. Special powers of Governor in Council. Effect of closure under section 69 on managers and teachers. Return of invalid certificates and permits. Restrictions on entry into school premises. Interpretation of Part VII. Power of Director to order attendance at primary school or secondary school. (Cap. 47.) Board of review. Powers of board. Review by board. Enforcement of order. Appointment of inspectors. Inspection of schools. Powers of inspectors. Power of Director to direct remedial measures. Powers of Director to close school or give directions in cases of danger or misconduct. Regulations. Rules for provident funds. Prohibition of issue of degrees or documents resembling degrees. Offences and penalties. Evidence. Liability of landlord and tenant of premises in which school in unlawfully operated. Powers of police officers to enter premises and remove suspected persons. Service of notices. Saving. (Cap. 279, 1964 Ed.) Transitional provisions. (Cap. 279, 1964 Ed.)

Abstract

Originally 52 of 1971. 72 of 1971. 23 of 1973. 34 of 1979. 47 of 1980. L.N. 76/82. 6 of 1982. 61 of 1982. 38 of 1983. 50 of 1983. 65 of 1983. 38 of 1984. 6 of 1985. L.N. 116/71. Short title. Application. (Cap. 1053.) (Cap. 1109.) (Cap. 1075.) (Cap. 320.) (Cap. 1130.) (Cap. 1130.) (Cap. 1126.) (Cap. 1132) (Cap. 1135.) Interpretation. (Cap. 123.) (Cap. 279. 1964 Ed.) (26 of 1913.) Director to promote education in Hong Kong. Delegation of Director's powers. Power of Governor to give directions. The Board of Education. Director to maintain registers. Exemption of schools from Ordinance. Schools to be registered or provisionally registered. Application for registration of school. Additional documents required where premises not designed and constructed as a school. (Cap. 123.) Registration of school. Grounds for refusal to register school. Provisional registration of school. Effect on provisional registration when application for registration is determined. Restrictions on registration and provisional registration. Certificate of registration or provisional registration. Premises in which school may be operated. Changes in design or use of premises increasing fire risk. Grounds for cancellation of registration or provisional registration of school. Application for approval to be a manager. Approval to be a manager. Grounds for refusal of approval to be a manager. Grounds for withdrawal of approval to be a manager. (Cap. 151.) Managers of schools to be registered. Application for registration of manager. Registration of manager. Grounds for refusal to register manager. Grounds for cancellation of registration of manager. Management committee to manage school. Responsibilities of management committee. Approval of first supervisor of school. Grounds for refusal to approve supervisor. Tenure of office of supervisor. Grounds for withdrawal of approval of supervisor. Approval of subsequent supervisors. Approval of acting supervisor. Duties of supervisor. Duties of management committee in absence of supervisor. Appointment of managers by Director. Teachers to be registered or permitted teachers. Director may require medical examination of proposed teacher. Application for registration as a teacher. Registration of teacher. Grounds for refusal to register teacher. Grounds for cancellation of registration of teacher. Circumstances in which application to employ permitted teacher may be made. Application to employ permitted teacher. Permit to teach. Grounds for refusal to issue permit to teach. Grounds for cancellation of permit to teach. Approval of first principal of school. Grounds for refusal to approve principal. Tenure of office of principal. Grounds for withdrawal of approval of principal. Approval of subsequent principals. Functions of principal. The Appeal Board. Director to serve notice of decision on person adversely affected. Right of appeal to Appeals Board. Procedure on appeal. Witnesses and inspections. Decision of Appeals Board. Further right of appeal to Governor in Council. Permission to operate school or to act pending appeal. Director may require interview or further information. Additional powers of Director in respect of teachers. Special powers of Governor in Council. Effect of closure under section 69 on managers and teachers. Return of invalid certificates and permits. Restrictions on entry into school premises. Interpretation of Part VII. Power of Director to order attendance at primary school or secondary school. (Cap. 47.) Board of review. Powers of board. Review by board. Enforcement of order. Appointment of inspectors. Inspection of schools. Powers of inspectors. Power of Director to direct remedial measures. Powers of Director to close school or give directions in cases of danger or misconduct. Regulations. Rules for provident funds. Prohibition of issue of degrees or documents resembling degrees. Offences and penalties. Evidence. Liability of landlord and tenant of premises in which school in unlawfully operated. Powers of police officers to enter premises and remove suspected persons. Service of notices. Saving. (Cap. 279, 1964 Ed.) Transitional provisions. (Cap. 279, 1964 Ed.)

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3074

Edition

1964

Volume

v17

Subsequent Cap No.

279

Number of Pages

52
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:15:03 +0800
<![CDATA[MEDICAL (THERAPY, EDUCATION AND RESEARCH) ORDINANCE]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3073

Title

MEDICAL (THERAPY, EDUCATION AND RESEARCH) ORDINANCE

Description






LAWS OF HONG KONG

MEDICAL (THERAPY,, EDUCATION AND RESEARCH)

ORDINANCE

CHAPTER 278





CHAPTER 278.

MEDICAL (THERAPY, EDUCATION AND RESEARCH).

To make provision for the use of parts of bodies of deceased persons for
therapeutic purposes and for purposes of medical education and
research.

[26th July, 1968.1

1. This Ordinance may be cited as the Medical (Therapy, Education
and Research) Ordinance.

2. If any person, either in writing at any time or orally in the
presence of two or more witnesses during his last illness, has expressed
a request that his body or any specified part of his body be used after
his death for therapeutic purposes or for purposes of medical education
or research, the person who has lawful possession of his body after his
death may, unless he has reason to believe that the request was
subsequently withdrawn, authorize in writing the removal from the body
of any part or, as the case may be, of the specified part, for use in
accordance with the request.

3. (1) Without prejudice to section 2, the person who has lawful
possession of the body of a deceased person who has died in a
hospital, nursing home or other similar institution, may authorize in
writing the removal of any part from the body for use for therapeutic
purposes or for purposes of medical education or research, if

(a)he has obtained the written consent of the registered next of
kin of the deceased; and

(b)having made such reasonable inquiries from the registered
next of kin as may be practicable, he has no reason to believe

(i) that the deceased had expressed an objection to his body
being so dealt with after his death, and had not withdrawn it;
or

(ii) that the surviving spouse or any surviving parent or
child of the deceased objects to the body being so dealt with.

(2) For the purposes of this section, 'registered next of kin', in
relation to a person who dies in a hospital, nursing home or other similar
institution, means the person who is recorded as the next of kin of the
deceased in any form or document made out at the time of or after the
admission of the deceased into such hospital, nursing home or other
similar institution.





4. (1) Subject to subsections (3) and (4), where an authorization has
been given in respect of the body of a deceased person under section 2
or 3, the removal and use of any part of the body in accordance with
such authorization shall be lawful.

(2) Such authorization shall not be questioned or challenged in any
court.

(3) No such removal shall be effected except by a registered medical
practitioner, who shall have satisfied himself by personal examination of
the body that life is extinct.

(4) Where a person has reason to believe that under the Coroners
Ordinance a coroner may hold an inquiry into the cause of the death of
any person or order a post-mortem examination, he shall not, except with
the consent of the coroner--

(a)give an authorization in respect of the body of that person
under section 2 or 3; or

(b) act on such an authorization given by any other person.

5. (1) No person who has been entrusted with the body of a
deceased person for the purposes of its burial or cremation shall give an
authorization under section 2 or 3.

(2) In the case of the body of a deceased person lying in a hospital,
nursing home or other similar institution, any authorization under
section 2 or 3 may be given on behalf of the person having the control
and management of the hospital, nursing home or institution by any
officer or other person designated for that purpose by the person
having such control and management.

6. Nothing in this Ordinance shall be construed as rendering
unlawful any dealing with, or with any part of, the body of a deceased
person which would have been lawful if this Ordinance had not been
enacted.
Originally 32 of 1968. Short title. Removal of parts of body or specified parts in accordance with a request. Removal of parts of body where no request and deceased dies in hospital. Authorized removal to be lawful. (Cap. 14.) Power to give authorization. Saving.

Abstract

Originally 32 of 1968. Short title. Removal of parts of body or specified parts in accordance with a request. Removal of parts of body where no request and deceased dies in hospital. Authorized removal to be lawful. (Cap. 14.) Power to give authorization. Saving.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3073

Edition

1964

Volume

v17

Subsequent Cap No.

278

Number of Pages

3
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:15:02 +0800
<![CDATA[WHOLESALE VEGETABLE MARKET (ESTABLISHMENT) NOTICE]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3072

Title

WHOLESALE VEGETABLE MARKET (ESTABLISHMENT) NOTICE

Description






WHOLESALE VEGETABLE MARKET
(ESTABLISHMENT) NOTICE

(Agricultural Products (Marketing) Regulations,
regulation 3)

[11th June, 1965.]

1. This notice may be cited as the Wholesale Vegetable Market
(Establishment) Notice.

2. N.K.I.L. 4708 Cheung Sha Wan, Kowloon, is established as a
wholesale vegetable market.
G.N. 1426/65. Citation. Establisment of market.

Abstract

G.N. 1426/65. Citation. Establisment of market.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3072

Edition

1964

Volume

v17

Subsequent Cap No.

277

Number of Pages

1
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:15:01 +0800
<![CDATA[AGRICULTURAL PRODUCTS (MARKETING) REGULATIONS]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3071

Title

AGRICULTURAL PRODUCTS (MARKETING) REGULATIONS

Description






Regulation
1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

7.

8.

9.

10.

11.

12.

AGRICULTURAL PRODUCTS (MARKETING)
REGULATIONS

ARRANGEMENT OF REGULATIONS

Citation ... ...
Interpretation ... ... ... ... ... ... ...
Establishment of wholesale vegetable markets
Restriction on movement of vegetables ... ...
Control of wholesale of vegetables ... ... ...
Refusal and cancellation of permits and conditions
Saving ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ...
Market register and registration
Person entitled to purchase at wholesale vegetable m
Sales at wholesale vegetable markets, etc.
Payment for purchase
Commission payable to the Director
Bringing of vegetables into market ...

14. Powers of market manager

Functions of the Director

16. Offences and penalties ...

Page
A2

A2

A2

A2

A3

A3

A3







A3

A4

A4

A4

A4

AS

A 5

AS

A6







AGRICULTURAL PRODUCTS (MARKETING)
REGULATIONS

(Cap. 277, section 10)

[2nd May, 1952.1

1. These regulations may be cited as the Agricultural Products
(Marketing) Regulations.

2. In these regulations, unless the context otherwise requires

collecting centre' means any place from time to time designated as
such by the Director by notice displayed in a wholesale vegetable
market;

'Kowloon Area' means Kowloon and New Kowloon;

'market register' means the register of purchasers maintained by the
market manager;

'market salesman' means the person appointed by the Director to make
sales as the agent of sellers at a wholesale vegetable market;

'New Territories Area' means the New Territories excluding New
Kowloon;

,'vegetables- includes all fresh, dried and salted vegetables and also,
when intended for human consumption, any part of any kind of the
following plants, namely, arrow head, arrow root, bamboo shoot,
chilli, chrysanthemum, cress, ginger, Indian corn, lotus, papaya
(green only), tomato, water chestnut and any condiment or
flavouring plant;

'wholesale' means sale for resale;

'wholesale vegetable market' means a market established by the
Director for the sale wholesale of vegetables.

3. The Director may by notice in the Gazette establish wholesale
vegetable markets in the Kowloon Area and in the New Territories Area.

4. No person shall remove any vegetables-

(a) from the New Territories Area; or

(b)from one place in the Kowloon Area to any other place in such
Area,

except in accordance with a permit in writing issued by or on behalf of
the Director.





5. (1) No person shall, except under and in accordance with a permit
in writing issued by or on behalf of the Director, sell vegetables
wholesale in the Kowloon Area or in the New Territories Area, except at
a wholesale vegetable market.

(2) For the avoidance of doubt, it is declared that the provisions of
the New Territories Ordinance shall apply to the sale of vegetables
wholesale under a permit in writing issued by or on behalf of the
Director.

6. (1) The Director may refuse to issue any permit required under
these regulations and may cancel any such permit at any time.

(2) A permit issued under these regulations by the Director shall be
subject to such conditions as the Director considers necessary for the
purpose of carrying out the objects of the Ordinance.

(3) A permit issued under these regulations on behalf of the
Director by a person authorized in that behalf by the Director shall be
subject to such conditions as the Director has approved, either
generally or in the particular case, being conditions that the Director
considers necessary for the purpose of carrying out the objects of the
Ordinance.

7. Nothing in these regulations shall be construed to prevent or
restrict within the New Territories Area or the Kowloon Area

(a) the sale retail of any vegetables by the producer thereof;

(b)the sale retail of any vegetables purchased at a wholesale
vegetable market;

(c)the movement of any vegetables purchased retail or at a
wholesale vegetable market.

8. (1) The market manager shall maintain a register to be known as
the market register of persons entitled to purchase vegetables at such
market.

(2) The market register shall be kept at the market office of every
wholesale vegetable market.

(3) The market register shall be available for inspection by any
member of the public between the hours of 10 a.m. and 4 p.m. daily,
except on Saturdays and general holidays.

(4) An applicant for registration shall furnish to the market manager
information as to his name, his business name if he carries on business
in a name other than his own, his business and private address, and if
such applicant be an employee or agent of another person in addition all
the foregoing information relating to his employer or principal.





(5) Entry upon and deletion of persons from the market
register shall be made in the discretion of the market manager,
subject to appeal to the Director.

(6) The market manager may supply an identity_ badge to
each person whose name is entered in the market register.

9. No person may purchase vegetables at a wholesale vege-
table market unless his name is included in the market register.

10. (1) All sales at a wholesale vegetable market shall be
made through the agency of a market salesman approved by the
Director.

(2) The approval of the Director under paragraph (1) may be
given subject to such terms and conditions as he thinks fit.

(3) The Director may at any time withdraw his approval under
paragraph (1) in the event of a breach by the market salesman of any
term or condition to which such approval was subject.

11. (1) Subject to the provisions of paragraph (2), no person
may remove vegetables purchased at a wholesale vegetable market
until the price thereof has been paid in cash to the market salesman
or to any person authorized by the seller to receive the same.

(2) Any purchaser at a wholesale vegetable market who has
produced guarantees to the satisfaction of the market manager
that any liabilities incurred by such purchaser will be met in default
of payment by such purchaser by the person giving such guarantees
may be granted permission by the market manager to purchase on
credit in accordance with conditions laid down from time to time
by the Director.

(3) No seller shall be required to sell his vegetables on credit.

(4) Neither the Director nor the market manager nor the
market salesman shall be liable for any loss sustained by a seller in
consequence of the grant of credit facilities by the seller to a
purchaser or his agent.

12. (1) Any person who brings vegetables into a wholesale
vegetable market shall pay commission to the Director.

(2) The commission payable under paragraph (1) shall be-
(a)the prescribed percentage of the purchase price of the
vegetables brought into the market; or
(b)the prescribed fee charged on the weight of the vegetables
brought into the market.

(3) The Director may, after consulting the Advisory Board, by
notice posted in the market declare-





(a)whether the commission payable under paragraph (1)
shall be charged in accordance with paragraph (2)(a) or
(b); or
(b)the cases in which such commission shall be charged in
accordance with paragraph (2)(a) and the cases in which
it shall be charged in accordance with paragraph (2)(b).

(4) The Director shall not change the method for the time
being declared under paragraph (3) as the method for charging the
commission payable under paragraph (1) unless he has given one
month's notice of his intention to do so.

(5) The Director may, after consulting the Advisory Board,
by notice in the Gazette prescribe-
(a)the percentage to be paid where the commission payable
under paragraph (1) is charged in accordance with
paragraph (2)(a); and
(b)the fee to be charged where the commission payable under
paragraph (1) is charged in accordance with paragraph
(2)(b).

(6) Where, in the case of any vegetables, the commission
payable under paragraph (1) will be charged in accordance with
paragraph (2)(a), the Director may transport the vegetables without
charge from a collecting centre to the wholesale vegetable market.

13. No person shall bring vegetables into a wholesale vegetable
market except at such gate as the market manager directs.

14. (1) Where he considers it expedient to do so in the
interest of the efficient operation of a wholesale vegetable market,
the market manager may direct that such vegetables as he may
specify shall not be brought into the market until he is satisfied
that they may be brought into the market without disturbing its
efficient operation.

(2)(a) The market manager may require any person to
remove, or cause to be removed, from the wholesale
vegetable market, within such period as he may specify,
any empty container which has been used for the storage
of vegetables and is in the possession or under the control
of-that person.

(b)If a requirement under sub-paragraph (a) is not complied
with, the market manager may dispose of the container
in such manner as he thinks fit.

15. Subject to the provisions of the Ordinance and of these
regulations, the Director may-





(a) on such terms and conditions as he thinks fit-

(i) provide such services as he may consider necessary or
desirable for the improvement of agriculture or of the
marketing of agricultural products; and

(ii) engage in any activity which may improve or assist in
the improvement of agriculture;

(c)

(d)

make provision for the education, health and welfare of
persons employed in agriculture and marketing and their
families and dependants;

grant loans to persons employed in agriculture upon such
terms as to capital and interest as he may think fit;

employ such persons or agents on such terms as to
remuneration or otherwise as he may determine;

(e)grant pensions, gratuities and retiring allowances to such
persons or agents or their dependants;

(f)do such other things as may be necessarily ancillary to the
proper carrying out of any of the aforesaid functions.

16. (1) Any person who contravenes regulation 4, 5(1), 9, 11 (1) or
13 shall be guilty of an offence and shall be liable to a fine of two
thousand dollars and to imprisonment for one year.

(2) Any person who-

(a)in contravention of a direction under regulation 14(1) brings
any vegetables, or causes any vegetables to be brought, into a
wholesale vegetable market; or

(b) contravenes a requirement under regulation 14(2),

shall be guilty of an offence and shall be liable to a fine of one thousand
dollars.

(3) Any person who contravenes any condition to which a permit
issued under these regulations is subject shall be guilty of an offence
and shall be liable to a fine of one thousand dollars and to imprisonment
for six months.

(4) Any person who makes any statement or furnishes any
information to the Director or a person acting on his behalf or to a
market manager under the provisions of these regulations, whether such
statement or information be verbal or in writing which is false in any
material particular and which he either knows or has reason to believe is
false, shall be guilty of an offence and shall be liable to a fine of two
thousand dollars and imprisonment for one year.

(5) In any proceedings under these regulations the burden of
proving that any vegetables have been purchased at a wholesale
vegetable market shall lie upon the person accused.


11 of 1952. Schedule. G.N.A. 100/62. L.N. 126/69. L.N. 144/73. Citation. L.N. 126/69. Interpretation. G.N.A. 100/62. G.N.A. 100/62. G.N.A. 100/62. Establishment of wholesale vegetable markets. L.N. 144/73. Restriction on movement of vegetables. G.N.A. 100/62. Control of wholesale of vegetables. G.N.A. 100/62. (Cap. 97.) Refusal and cancellation of permits and conditions. G.N.A. 100/62. L.N. 144/73. Saving. G.N.A. 100/62. Market register and registration. Person entitled to purchase at wholesale vegetable market. Sales at wholesale vegetable markets, etc. L.N. 126/69. Payment for purchase. L.N. 126/69. Commission payable to the Director. L.N. 126/69. Bringing of vegetables into market. L.N. 126/69. Powers of market manager. L.N. 126/69. Functions of the Director. G.N.A. 100/62. L.N. 126/69. Offences and penaltjies. G.N.A. 100/62. L.N. 126/69. G.N.A. 100/62. G.N.A. 100/62.

Abstract

11 of 1952. Schedule. G.N.A. 100/62. L.N. 126/69. L.N. 144/73. Citation. L.N. 126/69. Interpretation. G.N.A. 100/62. G.N.A. 100/62. G.N.A. 100/62. Establishment of wholesale vegetable markets. L.N. 144/73. Restriction on movement of vegetables. G.N.A. 100/62. Control of wholesale of vegetables. G.N.A. 100/62. (Cap. 97.) Refusal and cancellation of permits and conditions. G.N.A. 100/62. L.N. 144/73. Saving. G.N.A. 100/62. Market register and registration. Person entitled to purchase at wholesale vegetable market. Sales at wholesale vegetable markets, etc. L.N. 126/69. Payment for purchase. L.N. 126/69. Commission payable to the Director. L.N. 126/69. Bringing of vegetables into market. L.N. 126/69. Powers of market manager. L.N. 126/69. Functions of the Director. G.N.A. 100/62. L.N. 126/69. Offences and penaltjies. G.N.A. 100/62. L.N. 126/69. G.N.A. 100/62. G.N.A. 100/62.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3071

Edition

1964

Volume

v17

Subsequent Cap No.

277

Number of Pages

6
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:15:01 +0800
<![CDATA[AGRICULTURAL PRODUCTS (MARKETING) ORDINANCE]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3070

Title

AGRICULTURAL PRODUCTS (MARKETING) ORDINANCE

Description






LAWS OF HONG KONG

AGRICULTURAL PRODUCTS (MARKETING) ORDINANCE

CHAPTER 277





CHAPTER 277

AGRICULTURAL PRODUCTS MARKETING) ORDINANCE

ARRANGEMENT OF SECTIONS

Borrowing powers ...
Financial control and investments
Accounts ... ... ... ...
Establishment and vesting of fund
Objects of the fund
Cost of administering the fund ...
Investment ...
Accounts ... ...
Establishment of Advisory Committee
Regulations ...
Powers of search, seizure and arrest ...
Sale and forfeiture of goods seized ...

section
1. 2.
3.

4. Seal, style and acts of Director

5. Power to acquire and dispose of property ...

5A. Director to be subject to Governor's directions

6.................Marketing Advisory Board ...

7.
8.
9.
9A.
9B.
9C.
9D.
9E.
9F.
10.
11.
12.

Short title
Interpretation ... ...
Appointment of Director of Marketing, market manager and senior manager

Page 2
2 2
3 3
4 4
4 4
5 5
5

6

............................... ... ... ... ... ... 6

6
6
7
8
9



















CHAPTER 277

AGRICULTURAL PRODUCTS MARKETING)

To provide for the improvement of agriculture, the marketing of
agricultural products, to encourage co-operative markets and for
purposes connected therewith. (Amended, 18 of 1969, s. 2)

[2nd May, 1952.1

1. This Ordinance may be cited as the Agricultural Products
(Marketing) Ordinance.

2. In this Ordinance, unless the context otherwise requires

'Advisory Board' means the persons appointed to form a Marketing
Advisory Board;

'agricultural product includes any product of agriculture or horticulture
and any article of food or drink wholly or partly manufactured or
derived from any such products, and fleeces and the skins of
animals;

'Committee' means the Agricultural Products Scholarship Fund
Advisory Committee established by section 9F; (Added, 13 of
1978, s. 2)

'Director' means the officer appointed as Director of Marketing;

'fund' means the Agricultural Products Scholarship Fund established
by section 9A; (Added, 13 of 1978, s. 2)

'market manager' means a person appointed by the Director under
section 3(2) to be manager of a wholesale vegetable market;
(Added, 51 of 1973, s. 2)

'producer' means in relation to any product the person who produces
an agricultural product and any other person who employs such a
person;

'regulated product' means any product the marketing of which is
regulated under this Ordinance whether produced within the
Colony or otherwise;

'senior manager' means any person appointed as such by the Director
under section 3(2); (Added, 51 of 1973, S. 2)

'trustee' means the Director as trustee of the fund. (Added, 13 of 1978,
s. 2)

3. (1) The Governor may appoint, by name or office, an officer to be
Director of Marketing.

(2) The Director may appoint any person to be the manager of a
wholesale vegetable market and may also appoint any person to be a
senior manager.

(Amended, 51 of 1973, s. 3)





4. (1) The Director shall be known by the name of the Director of
Marketing, and may for all purposes be described by that name.
(Amended, 18 of 1957, Third Schedule)

(2) The Director shall have an official seal, which shall be officially
and judicially noticed, and shall be authenticated by the signature of the
Director or of any person authorized by the Director to act in that behalf.

(3) For the purpose of acquiring and holding property, the Director
for the time being shall be a corporation sole, and all property vested in
the Director shall be held is trust, subject to sections 9A and 9B, for the
Government for the purposes of his office. (Amended, 13 of 1978, s. 3)

(4) Upon and by virtue of the appointment of any person to be
Director, the benefit of all deeds, contracts, bonds, securities or things
in action vested in his predecessor at the time of his predecessor
ceasing to hold office shall be transferred to and vested in and enure to
the benefit of the person so appointed, in the same manner as if he had
been contracted with instead of his predecessor, and as if his name had
been inserted in all such deeds, contracts, bonds or securities instead of
the name of his predecessor. (Amended, 35 of 1962, s. 2)

(5) For the purpose of contracts entered into prior to the
commencement of this Ordinance by or on behalf of any person who has
been exercising functions analogous to those of the Director at the time
of entering into the said contract, such contracts shall be deemed to
have been lawfully entered into by the Director and for the purpose of
subsection (4) shall be deemed to have been entered into by the
predecessor of the Director.

(6) If any question arises as to who is or was at any time the
Director or whether a person has been exercising functions analogous to
those of the Director prior to the commencement of this Ordinance, a
certificate under the hand of the Secretary for Economic Services shall
be conclusive evidence for all purposes whatsoever as to who is or was
the Director or whether a person has been exercising such functions.
(Amended, L.N. 265178)

5. (1) The Director in his corporate capacity shall have power to
acquire, accept leases of, purchase, take, hold and enjoy any lands,
buildings, messuages or tenements of what nature or kind soever and
wheresoever situate, and also to purchase, acquire and possess goods
and chattels of what nature and kind soever.

(2) The Director in his corporate capacity shall further have power
by deed under his seal to grant. sell, convey, assign, surrender,
exchange, partition, yield up, demise, reassign, transfer or otherwise
dispose of any lands, buildings, messuage or other goods and chattels
whatsoever, which are for the time being vested in or belonging to the
Director.





5A. (1) The Governor may give such directions as he thinks fit,
either generally or in any particular case, with respect to the exercise or
performance by the Director, or any person acting on his behalf, of any
powers, functions or duties under this Ordinance.

(2) The Director and any person acting on his behalf shall in the
exercise or performance of any powers, functions or duties under this
Ordinance comply with any directions given by the Governor under
subsection (1).

(Added, 51 of 1973, s. 4)

6. (1) There shall be a Marketing Advisory Board which shall be a
consultative body for advising the Governor upon any matters referred
to it by the Governor or the Director.

(2) The Advisory Board shall consist of the Director and such other
members as are appointed by the Governor by notice in the Gazette.
(Amended, 35 of 1962, s. 3 and 51 of 1973, s. 5)

(3) The Director shall be ex officio the Chairman of the Advisory
Board, but in the event of his absence from any meeting the members
present shall appoint any other of its members as Chairman.

(4) A member appointed by the Governor shall hold office for one
year and may be re-appointed from time to time at the pleasure of the
Governor. (Amended, 35 of 1962, s. 3)

(5) Three members of the Advisory Board shall form a quorum.

(6) The Director shall appoint a public officer to be the secretary to
the Advisory Board. (Replaced, 51 of 1973, s. 5)

of

7. With the consent of the Governor in Council, the Director may,
for any of the purposes of this Ordinance, borrow money in such manner
and upon such security as he may consider expedient. (Replaced, 35 of
1962, s. 4)

8. (1) The Director shall prepare and submit annually to the
Governor for his approval estimates of income and expenditure in
respect of the next succeeding year and shall not, except with the prior
approval of the Governor, incur any expenditure in excess of that
specified in the estimates as approved by the Governor:

Provided that nothing in this subsection shall be construed to
prevent the Director from incurring and making provision for reasonable
day to day expenses pending the approval of the annual estimates.

(2) All moneys received, including any moneys borrowed, by the
Director shall he brought to account and shall be administered by the
Director for the purposes of this Ordinance, and any moneys so
brought to account may be invested by him in such securities or





deposited in such manner in the Colony as the Financial Secretary may
from time to time approved for that purpose.

(Added, 35 of 1962, s. 4)

9. (1) The Director shall cause proper accounts to be kept of all
transactions and shall cause to be prepared for every period of 12
months ending the 31st March in each year a statement of the accounts
of the fund, which statement shall include an income and expenditure
account and balance sheet and shall be signed by the Director.

(2) The accounts and the signed statement of the accounts shall be
audited by an auditor, appointed from time to time by the Governor, who
shall certify the statement subject to such report, if any, as he may think
fit.

(3) A copy of the signed and audited statement of accounts
together with the auditor's report, if any, and a report by the Director on
the administration of the fund during the period covered by the audited
accounts shall be laid upon the table of the Legislative Council not later
than the 31st October next following the end of such period or so soon
thereafter as the Governor, in his absolute discretion, may allow.
(Amended, 13 of 1978, s. 4)

(Added, 35 of 1962, s. 4)

9A. (1) There is hereby established a trust fund, to be known as the
Agricultural Products Scholarship Fund, which is vested in the Director
as trustee.

(2) The trustee shall hold the fund upon the trusts and subject to
the provisions contained in this section and sections 9B, 9C, 9D and 9E.

(3) The fund shall consist of-

(a)the sum of $1,000,000 which shall be appropriated for that
purpose by the Director from moneys received by him under
this Ordinance; and

(b) such further moneys and assets as may be-

(i) donated, subscribed or bequeathed to, and accepted by
the trustee; or

(ii) otherwise acquired by the trustee.

(Added, 13 of 1978, s. 5)

9B. The trustee shall apply the fund for the following objects-

(a)the provision of scholarships, grants and loans for the
education and training of persons who are employed in
agriculture and agricultural product marketing industries in
Hong Kong and their families and dependants; and

(b)the provision of scholarships, grants and loans for the
education and training of persons who wish to enter the
agriculture and agricultural product marketing industries in
Hong Kong.

(Added, 13 of 1978, s. 5)





9C. (1) The cost of the administration of the fund and costs
incurred by the Committee in the discharge of its functions under this
Part, other than any audit fee paid under section 9E which shall be a
charge on the fund, shall be paid from moneys, other than the fund,
received by the Director under this Ordinance.

(2) The Financial Secretary may direct that an annual supervision
fee to be determined by him shall be charged against the income of the
fund and paid into the general revenue of Hong Kong.

(Added, 13 of 1978, s. 5)

9D. The trustee may invest any of the moneys of the fund in
investments of any kind whether such investments are permitted for the
investment of trust funds or not, subject, in the case of investments
which are not so permitted, to the prior approval of the Financial
Secretary.

(Added, 13 of 1978, s. 5)

9E. (1) The trustee shall cause proper accounts to be kept of all
transactions and shall cause to be prepared for every period of 12
months ending the 31st March in each year a statement of the accounts
of the fund, which statement shall include an income and expenditure
account and balance sheet and shall be signed by the trustee.

(2) The accounts and the signed statement of the accounts shall be
audited by an auditor, appointed from time to time by the Governor, who
shall certify the statement subject to such report, if any, as he may think
fit.

(3) A copy of the signed and audited statement of accounts
together with the auditor's report, if any, and a report by the trustee on
the administration of the fund during the period covered by the audited
accounts shall be laid upon the table of the Legislative Council not later
than the 31st October next following the end of such period or so soon
thereafter as the Governor may in his discretion allow.

(Added, 13 of 1978, s. 5)

9F. (1) There shall be established a committee to be known as the
Agricultural Products Scholarship Fund Advisory Committee.

(2) The Committee shall advise the trustee on all matters
whatsoever touching the administration of the fund and the attainment
of the objects thereof.

(3) The Committee shall consist of-

(a) the trustee;

(b)3 other members of the Marketing Advisory Board to be
elected annually by the said Board;

(c)2 public officers and 2 members of the public to be appointed
by the Governor.





(4) The trustee shall be ex officio the chairman of the Com-
mittee, but in the event of his absence from any meeting the members
present shall appoint any other of its members as chairman.
(5) Four members of the Committee shall form a quorum.
(6) The trustee shall appoint a public officer to be the secretary
to the Committee.

(7) The Committee may regulate its own procedure.
(Added, 13 of 1978, s. 5)

10. (1) The Governor in Council may make regulations-
(a)empowering the Director to buy agricultural products and
to sell, grade, pack, store, adapt for sale, process, insure,
advertise and transport such products;
(b)requiring producers of agricultural products to sell such
products or any kind, variety or grade of any agricultural
product as may be prescribed only to or through the
agency of the Director and at a particular place and
enabling the Director to establish and regulate the con-
duct of markets and collecting centres for this purpose;
(Amended, 35 of 1962, s. 5)
(c)controlling the landing and transport of agricultural
products and the import of such products into the Colony;
(d) empowering the Director-
(i) to provide such services as he considers necessary
or desirable for the improvement of agriculture or of the
marketing of agricultural products;
(ii) to engage in any activity which may improve or
assist in the improvement of agriculture; (Replaced, 18
of 1969, s. 3)
(e)enabling the Director to advance money on any agricul-
tural products received by his agents for disposal and to
lend money to producers for the purposes of such business;
(f)empowering the Director to use funds under his control
for the improvement of agriculture, including the standard
of marketing of agricultural products, the encouragement
of co-operation in agriculture and the education, health
and welfare of persons employed in agriculture and
agricultural product marketing and their families and
dependants; (Amended, 35 of 1962, s. 5; 18 of 1969, s. 3
and 13 of 1978, s. 6)
(g)generally for the purposes not inconsistent with the pro-
visions of the Ordinance for which funds under the control
of the Director may be used;
(h)requiring producers and persons purchasing from or
through the agency of the Director to furnish to the
Director such estimates, returns or other information
relating to products regulated under this Ordinance as the
Director considers necessary;





(i)prescribing the fee payable to the Director on the grant or
renewal of any permit granted under the regulations; (Replaced,
18 of 1969, s. 3)

(j)providing for payment to the Director of a commission in
respect of vegetables brought into a wholesale vegetable
market, which shall be a percentage of the purchase price or a
fee charged on the weight of the vegetables, and empowering
the Director, after consulting the Advisory Board

(i) to declare in the case of any vegetables and any
wholesale vegetable market whether the commission shall be
such percentage or such fee; and

(ii) to prescribe such percentage and fee; (Replaced, 18 of
1969, s. 3)

(k) prescribing forms; (Added, 18 of 1969, s. 3)

(1)empowering the Director to co-operate with any other person
in doing or authorizing any other person to do anything which
the Director is empowered to do by virtue of this section;

the management and control of markets established by the
Director and the conduct of persons therein; (Added, 18 of
1969, s. 3)

(n)generally carrying into effect the provisions of this Ordinance
and of any regulations made thereunder.

(2) Any regulation made under this Ordinance may provide that a
contravention thereof shall be an offence and that a person guilty of
such offence shall be liable on summary conviction to a fine of $2,000
and to imprisonment for 1 year. Any such regulation may provide that
the burden of proving whether agricultural products are for sale,
wholesale or not, or that they have been purchased retail or at a
wholesale market shall lie upon the person accused.

11. (1) The Director, any police officer, or any senior manager or
market manager authorized in writing by the Director in that behalf,
either generally or in any particular case, may, without warrant, if he has
reason to believe that any offence against this Ordinance has been
committed- (Amended, 51 of 1973, s. 6)

(a)stop, board and search any vessel or vehicle which he has
reason to believe was or is being used in connexion with the
commission of such offence;

(b)seize and retain any regulated product (and any container
thereof) in respect of which he has reason to believe such
offence has been committed, and may for the purpose of
effecting such seizure require the person for the time being in
charge of the vessel or vehicle, if any, in or on which such
product is being transported to take the same to such port,
market or police station as may in the circumstances







be expedient and may there detain such vessel or vehicle until
such time as he is able to cause the articles seized to be
transferred therefrom;

(c)arrest and forthwith take or cause to be taken to a police
station any person whom he has reason to believe to have
committed such offence.

(2) Whenever the seizure of any regulated product is lawful under
this Ordinance, it shall be lawful to seize and retain any book or
document which appears to contain evidence relating to such product.

(3) Any person who resists or obstructs any person in the exercise
of any of the powers conferred by this section shall be guilty of an
offence and shall be liable on summary conviction to a fine of $500 and
to imprisonment for 3 months.

(4) A notification of any authorization made under subsection (1)
shall be published in the Gazette.

(Replaced, 35 of 1962, s. 6)

12. (1) Where a magistrate is satisfied that an offence against this
Ordinance has been committed in respect of any regulated product
seized under section 11, whether or not any person has been convicted
in respect of such offence, the magistrate may, upon application by the
Director, order such product, together with any containers seized
therewith, to be forfeited to the Crown.

(2) Notwithstanding anything contained in subsection (1), where
any regulated product seized under section 11 is of a perishable nature,
the Director may cause such product to he disposed of prior to
application being made under subsection (1) for forfeiture thereof, and if
in any such case the magistrate who hears the application for forfeiture
is not satisfied that an offence against this Ordinance has been
committed in respect of the regulated product, he shall order the
proceeds, if any, arising out of the disposal thereof to be paid to such
person as in his opinion is the owner of the product.

(3) Nothing in this section shall be construed to prevent the
Director, in his discretion, releasing any regulated product or any
container thereof seized under section 11 to any person appearing to
him to be the owner thereof before an order for forfeiture is made, in
which case no order for the forfeiture thereof shall be made.

(4) For the purposes of subsection (2), 'proceeds' means the
proceeds of sale in a wholesale vegetable market less any fees or
commission payable under the regulations. (Added, 18 of 1969, s.4)

(Replaced, 35 of 1962, s. 6)
Originally 11 of 1952. 18 of 1957. 35 of 1962. 18 of 1969. 51 of 1973. 13 of 1978. L.N. 165/78. Short title. Interpretation. 1931 c. 42, s. 18. Appointment of Director of Marketing, marker manager and senior manager. Seal, style and acts of Director. [cf. 1919 c. 21, s. 7.] Power to acquire and dispose of property. Director to be subject to Governor's directions. Marketing Advisory Board. Borrowing powers. Financial control and investments. Accounts. Establishment and vesting of fund. Objects of the fund. Cost of administering the fund. Investment. Accounts. Establishment of Advisory Committee. Regulations. Powers of search, seizure and arrest. Sale and forfeiture of goods seized.

Abstract

Originally 11 of 1952. 18 of 1957. 35 of 1962. 18 of 1969. 51 of 1973. 13 of 1978. L.N. 165/78. Short title. Interpretation. 1931 c. 42, s. 18. Appointment of Director of Marketing, marker manager and senior manager. Seal, style and acts of Director. [cf. 1919 c. 21, s. 7.] Power to acquire and dispose of property. Director to be subject to Governor's directions. Marketing Advisory Board. Borrowing powers. Financial control and investments. Accounts. Establishment and vesting of fund. Objects of the fund. Cost of administering the fund. Investment. Accounts. Establishment of Advisory Committee. Regulations. Powers of search, seizure and arrest. Sale and forfeiture of goods seized.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3070

Edition

1964

Volume

v17

Subsequent Cap No.

277

Number of Pages

10
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:15:00 +0800
<![CDATA[RESOLUTION OF LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3069

Title

RESOLUTION OF LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL

Description






RESOLUTION OF THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL

Resolution made and passed by the Legislative Council under
section 26 of the Mass Transit Railway (Land Resumption and Related
Provisions) Ordinance on the 27th July 1977.

RESLOVED that the rate of interest payable on compensation shall
be the lowest rate paid from time to time by members of the
Exchange Banks Association on time deposits.
L.N. 182/77.

Abstract

L.N. 182/77.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3069

Edition

1964

Volume

v17

Subsequent Cap No.

276

Number of Pages

1
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:14:59 +0800
<![CDATA[MASS TRANSIT RAILWAY (LAND RESUMPTION AND RELATED PROVISIONS) ORDINANCE]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3068

Title

MASS TRANSIT RAILWAY (LAND RESUMPTION AND RELATED PROVISIONS) ORDINANCE

Description






LAWS OF HONG KONG

MASS TRANSIT RAILWAY (LAND RESUMPTION

AND RELATED PROVISIONS) ORDINANCE

CHAPTER 276





CHAPTER 276

MASS TRANSIT RAILWAV (LAND RESUMPTION AND
RELATED PROVISIONS) ORDINANCE

ARRANGEMENT OF SECTIONS

Section Page

PART 1
PRELIMINARY

1..........Short title ....... .....
2..........interpretation ...... .............. ... ... ... ... ... ... 3

PART 11
RESUMPTION OF F LA LAND A\ D( R CREATION OF BASEMENTS
ME \IS OR R RIGHTS

3............................Preparation and promulgation of plans and maps ... ... ... ... ... ... 4

4.......................GOVERNOR may order resumption of land ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 5

5...................Notices of resumption of land ... ... . ... ... ... ... ... ... 6

6. Governor may order creation of casements or rights ... ... ... ... ... ... 6

7.......................Notices of creation of easements or rights ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 7

8................Resumption (if part of land ... ... . ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 8
9................Power of entry ............ ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 9

PART 111
FURTHER POWERS OF CROWN FOR PURPOSES PURPOSES
OF THE RAILWAY

10. Closure or substantial alteration of streets and other public works ... ... ... 9

11.......................Notices of orders made under section 10 ... ... ... ... ... ... ...
9

12.............................Preventive and remedial works on land and buildings ... ... ... ... ... 10

13............Utility services ................ ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 11

14.......................Removal of projections or obstructions ... ... ... .. ... ... ... ... 11

15.............................Control of building plans and commencement of m work ... ... ... ... ... 12

16.........Obstruction ........................ ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 13

PART IV
RIGHTS TO COMPENSATION AND CLAIMS CLAIMS
PROCEDURE RE

17.......................No remedy except under this Ordinance ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 13

18...........Compensation ..................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 14

19..............Claims out of time ............ ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 14

20. Compensation disproportionate to the value of land ... ... ... ... ... ... 14

21............Claims procedure ................ ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 15
22............Claims by minors etc . .......... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 17







23. Settlement after reference to Lands Tribunal ... ... ... ... ... ... 17





section .......................Page
PART V
ASSESSMENT AND AWARD OF COMPENSATION

24. Jurisdiction of Lands Tribunal .......... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 18

25. Payment to mortgagees ...................... ... ... ... ... ... ... 18
26. Interest on compensation ................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 19

27. Compensation payable out of general revenue ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 19

28. Surrender of title documents ............... ... ... ... 1 ... ... ... 19

PART VI
MISCELLANEOUS
29. Delegation by the Director of Engineering Development ... ... ... ... ... 19

30. Service ice of documents .... ............ ... ... ... 111 ... ... ... ... 19

31. Certain statements to be conclusive evidence ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 20
32. Disposal of lands and easements or rights ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 20

33. Certificates of values ........ ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 20

34. Certain Ordinances not to apply ........ ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 20

First Schedule .......................1. ... 1 . ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 21

Second Schedule........................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 25





CHAPTER 276

MASS TRANSIT RAILWAY
(LAND RESUMPTION AND RELATED PROVISIONS)

To provide for the resumption of land, creation of easements or rights
and the exercise of other powers by the Crown in aid of the
construction and operation of a Mass Transit Railway Railway
and to
make provisions as to compensation for losses caused by the
exercise of such powers.

[23 August 1974.]

PART I

PRELIMINARY
1. This Ordinance may be cited as the Mass Transit Railway
(Land Resumption and Related Provisions) Ordinance.
2. In this Ordinance, unless the context otherwise requires---

-application- means an application to the Lands Tribunal under section 8(2),
19(2) or 33;

authorized means public officer authorized by the Direc-
tor of Engineering Development under section 29. (Aniended,
L.N. 76/82)

'Building Authority- and 'building works- have the same meanings as in the
Buildings Ordinance;

'claim' means a claim for compensation under section 18:

'claimant' means a person who has made a claim for compensation.

'Director- means the Director of Engineering Development and any authorized officer
but 'Director of Engineering Development' does
not include an authorized officer., (Aniended, L.N. 76/82)

'land' includes and may, where the context so requires, have any one or more of
the following meanings separately--

(a) land lying wholly beneath the surface;

(b)the whole or part of any building or other erection or fixture on land;

(c)where an undivided share of a leasehold interest in land has
appurtenant to it rights to the exclusive use and occupation of a
building or part thereof on such land. such share in the land and all
rights appurtenant thereto;

(d) any other estate, right, share or interest in land:

'mortgage' means a mortgage or charge registered in the Land Office;





-railway- means the railway known as the Mass Transit Railway including any
extension intended to be constructed in pursuance of the transport policy
of the Government; (Amended, 12 of' 1981, s. 2)

-railway area' means the land delineated as such in plans and maps prepared
pursuant to section 3(1) or 3(3);

---stages1 to 6 and stage 8 of the railway- means that part of the railway
between Sutherland Street in the Western District and Wan Tsui Road in
the Eastern District of the Island of Hong Kong and Tso Kun Tam, Tsuen
Wan or the junction of King Yip Street and Kwun Tong Road;
(Aniended, 66 of 1978, s. 2 and 12 of 1981, s. 2)

street- includes any public bridge and every highway, street, road, lane,
footway, square, court, alley, passage or tunnel, whether a thoroughfare or
not. which is over on or under unleased Crown land;

---TheFinancial Secretary Incorporated- means the corporation sole created by
the Financial Secretary Incorporation Ordinance. (Amended, L.N.
180/85)

PART II

RESUMPTION of LAND AND CREATION OF EASEMENTS OR RIGHTS



3. (1) The Director of Engineering Development shall cause

plans and maps to be prepared in such detail and with such markings
and endorsements thereon as are sufficient to delineate the railway
area, being that area within which land may be resumed or ease-
ments in under or over land may be created pursuant to this
Ordinance for the purposes of and incidental to the railway.

(2) A copy of every plan and map prepared for the
of subsection ( 1 ) and signed by the Director of Engineering Development
shall be deposited in the Land Office and shall be available for
inspection by the public free of charge at such offices of the
Government, during the hours offices offices are normally open
to the public, as the Director of Engineering Development thinks fit.

(3) Any plan or map prepared for the purposes of subsection
(1) and any marking or endorsement on any such plan or map may
be amended and any plan or map may be replaced by a substitute
plan or map but the Director of Engineering Development shall as
soon as possible cause to be likewise amended, or replaced with the
substitute, every copy referred to in subsection (2) and certify the
amendment or substitution in such manner as he thinks sufficient.

(4) The Director of Engineering Development shall within 21
days of the deposit of a copy of a plan or map in the Land Office or
of any amendment to such copy or the deposit of a substitute plan or
map cause a notice of such deposit or amendment to be published in
the Gazette in Chinese and English containing-





(a)a general description of the plan or map or of the nature and extent of
the amendment or substitution; and

(b)particulars of the places and times at which a copy of the plan or
map, or details of the amendment or a copy of the substitute plan or
map may be inspected by the public in conformity with subsection
(2).

(5) No person shall have a right of objection to the delineation of land in any
plan or map prepared for the purposes of subsection (1) or to any amendment
thereto or substitute plan or map prepared under subsection (3) and the fact that
land is therein delineated as being within the railway area shall for all purposes be
conclusive evidence that it may be required to be resumed or that easements in
under or over it may need to be created for the purposes of

incidental to the railway.
(Amended, L.N. 76/82)

4. (1) The Governor may by order direct that any land within the railway
area shall be resumed for the purposes of and incidental to the railway.

(2) An order made under subsection (1) shall specify the period of notice
to be given under section 5(2) which period shall--

(a)run from the day on which notice of resumption is affixed to the land
under that section and in no case expire earlier than 1 month from that
day; and

(b)prevail over any other period of notice of resumption (whether
shorter or longer) provided for by the Crown lease under which the
land is held.

(3) Upon the expiration of the period of notice specified in the order the
land described therein shall--

(a)where it is an undivided share in land, vest in The Financial Secretary
Incorporated together with such rights to the use and occupation of
any building or part thereof as may be appurtenant to the ownership
of that share; and (Amended, L.N. 180/85)

(b) in all other cases, revert to the Crown,

but in either case the land shall vest or revert without any conveyance and free
of all mortgages, charges, claims, estates. rights or Interests of any kind.

(4) The ownership of any apparatus belonging to an owner or supplier of
gas, electricity, water or telecommunication services and situated in, under or
over any land shall not be altered by reason only of the vesting or reversion of
that land under subsection (3).

(5) The Land Officer shall, as soon as practicable after land has vested in
The Financial Secretary Incorporated or reverted to the Crown under subsection
(3), cause such vesting or reversion to be noted in the register of the land kept in
the Land Office. (Amended, L.N. 180/85)





(6) Upon the vesting under subsection (3)(a) of an undivided share
in land in The Financial Secretary Incorporated such share, together
with any part of a building the exclusive use and occupation of which is
appurtenant to ownership of such share, shall be deemed to be unleased
land for the purposes of section 6 of the Crown Land Ordinance.
(Amentled, L.N. 180185)

5. (1) Notice of resumption by order made under section 4(1) shall
be given in accordance with this section to every person having any
estate. right, share or interest in the land affected by the order.

(2) Every person referred to in subsection (1) shall be deemed to
receive notice of an order under section 4(1) if the Director

(a)causes a notice of resumption conforming to subsection (3)
and in both Chinese and English to be

(i) affixed to some conspicuous part of the land or, in a case
where only land lying wholly beneath the surface is to be
resumed by the order, the surface thereof or any building
thereon; and

(10 published once in the Gazette; and

(b)makes a copy, of the order and. where appropriate a plan of
the )and available for inspection by the public free of charge at
such offices of the Government, during the hours when those
offices are normally open to the public, as the Director thinks
fit.

(3) A notice of resumption shall-

(a)describe the land to be resumed and state that an order has
been made under section 4(1) in respect thereof.

(b)state where and at what times a copy of the order and, where
appropriate. a plan of the land may be inspected in pursuance
of subsection (2)(b),

(c) state the day on which the notice was affixed to the land;

(d)state the period of notice specified by the Governor under
section 4(2);

(e)declare that upon the expiry of that period the land described
in the notice shall by virtue of section 4(3) revert to the Crown
or vest in The Financial Secretary Incorporated, as the case
may require, for the purposes of the railway, and (Anren(led,
L.N. 180/85)

state that any person entitled to compensation under this
Ordinance may serve a written claim upon the Director.

6. (1) The Governor may by order direct that easements or other
permanent rights in, under or over land in the railway area and rights of
temporary occupation of land in the railway area shall be created in
favour of the Crown for the purposes of and incidental to

the railway. Replaced, 60 of* 1983, s. 2)





(2) An order under subsection (1) shall specify the period of notice to be
given under section 7(3) which period shall run from the day on which notice of
creation of an easement or right is affixed to the land under that subsection and
shall in no case expire earlier than 1 month from that day. (Amended, 60
of1983, s. 2)

(3) An order made under subsection (1) may contain such consequential
and incidental provisions as appear to the Governor to be necessary or
expedient for the purposes of the order including in particular provisions for
authorizing persons to enter upon land or buildings in accordance with
subsection (5) for the purpose of carrying out, installing, maintaining or
removing any works, structures or apparatus.

(4) Upon the expiry of the period specified pursuant to subsection (2) the
easement or right shall be created in favour of the Crown and the benefits and
obligations thereof and of all consequential and incidental provisions made under
subsection (3) shall be of full force and effect against all persons having any
estate, right, share or interest in the land without any consent, grant or
conveyance. (Aniended, 60 of 1983, s. 2)

(5) No person shall. in the exercise of any power of entry referred to in
subsection (3), enter upon any land which is occupied without giving to the
occupier at least 14 days' notice of his intention so to do unless

(a)the Director is of the opinion that an emergency exists which
necessitates immediate entry; or

(b)the entry is required for the purpose of inspecting any works,
structure or apparatus or carrying out any routine maintenance
thereon.

(6) Notice under subsection (5) may be given to and shall be deemed to
have been received by an occupier if a written notice is affixed to a conspicuous
part of the land to be entered.

(7) The ownership of any thing shall not be altered by reason only that it
is placed in or under or affixed to any land in exercise of the rights and powers
arising from or incidental to an easement or right created under this section.
(Aniended, 60 of 1983, s. 2)

(8) The Land Officer shall as soon as practicable after an easement or right
has been created in favour of the Crown under subsection (4) cause the creation
of such easement or right to be noted in the register of the land affected thereby
kept in the Land Office. (Amended, 60 qf* 1983, s. 2)

7. (1) Notice of creation of an easement or right by order made under
section 6(1) shall be given in accordance with this section to every person
having any estate, right. share or interest in the land affected by the order.

(2) Every person referred to in subsection (1) shall be deemed to receive
notice of an order under section 6(1) if the Director





(a)causes a notice of creation of an easement or right conforming
to subsection (3) and in both Chinese and English to be

(i) affixed to some conspicuous part of the land in. under or
over which the easement or right is to be created or, in a case
where only land tying wholly beneath the surface is affected
by the order, the surface thereof or any building thereon; and

(ii) published once in the Gazette; and

(b)makes a copy of the order and, where appropriate, a plan of the
easement or right available for inspection by the public free of
charge at such offices of the Government. during the hours
when those offices are normally open to the public as the
Director thinks fit.

(3) A notice of creation of an easement or right shall-

(a)describe the land and the easement or right and state that an
order creating the easement or right has been made under
section 6(1);

(b)state where and at what times a copy of the order and a plan of
the easement or right may be inspected in pursuance of
subsection (2)(b),

(c) state the day on which the notice was affixed to the )and,.

(d)state the period of notice specified by, the Governor under
section 6(2);

(e)declare that upon the expiry of that period the easement or
right described In the notice shall by virtue of section 6(4) be
created in favour of the Crown for the purposes of the railway;
and

state that any person entitled to compensation under this
Ordinance may serve a written claim upon the Director.

(Amended, 60 of'1983, s. 3)

8. (1) If it is established to the satisfaction of the Governor that any
land is, on the day on which it is resumed under section 4(3), reasonably
necessary to the use and enjoyment of contiguous or adjacent land so
that such contiguous or adjacent land cannot by itself be put to any
profitable use, the Governor may make an order under section 4(1) in
respect of the contiguous or adjacent land whether or not it is within the
railway area.

(2) Any person aggrieved by a decision of the Governor under
subsection (1) that at the date of resumption any land is not reasonably
necessary to the use and enjoyment of contiguous or adjacent land may
apply to the Lands Tribunal to review such decision.

(3) Upon an application under subsection (2) the Lands Tribunal
may direct that an order be made under section 4(1) by the Governor in
respect of the contiguous or adjacent land whether or not it is within the
railway area.





9. Where in respect of any land notice has been published in the Gazetie
in accordance with section 5(2)(a)(ii) or 7(2)(a)(ii) but the land has not yet
reverted to the Crown or vested in The Financial Secretary Incorporated by
virtue of section 4(3) or the easement or right has not yet been created by virtue
of section 6(4), the Director, or any person acting under his authority, may
without giving notice to the owner or occupier enter upon that land and any
adjoining land within the railway area at all reasonable times for the purpose of

(a) surveying and taking levels of such first-mentioned land;

(b) setting out the line of any works; or

(c) inspecting any apparatus referred to in section 13.

(Amended, 60 of 1983, s. 4 and L.N. 180/85)

PART III

FURTHER POWERS of CROWN FOR PURPOSES OF THE RAILWAY

10. (1) The Governor may, for the purposes of the construction.
operation, maintenance or improvement of the railway, by order

(a)authorize the closure or substantial alteration of a street or part
thereof either permanently or for an indefinite period:

(b)authorize the temporary closure or temporary substantial alteration
of any street or part thereof,

(c.)authorize the reclamation of, or other works of a public nature over
and upon, Crown foreshore or seabed;

(d)declare that, or the extent to which, and the time at, or duration for
which, any public or private right in, upon. under or over any street.
Crown foreshore or seabed shall be extinguished, modified or
restricted.

(2) For the purpose of subsections (1)(a) and (1)(b) the
decision of the Director of Engineering Development whether or

not an alteration of a street is substantial or the closure or alteration
of a street is temporary, permanent or indefinite shall be final.
(Amended, L.N. 76/82)

(3) Where an order is made under subsection (1) every public and private
right in, upon, under or over the street. Crown foreshore or seabed affected by
the order shall be extinguished, modified or restricted according to the
provisions in that behalf made in the order.

11. (1) Notice of an order made under section 10(1)(a) or 10(1)(c)in
respect of any street, foreshore or seabed shall be given in accordance with
subsection (2) to every person having any estate, right, share or interest in the
land affected by the order.

(2) Every person referred to in subsection (1) shall be deemed to receive
notice of an order under section 10(1)(a) or 10(1)(c) if the





Director not later than 1 month before any thing is done under the
authority of the order

(a)causes a notice conforming to subsection (3) and in both
Chinese and English to be

(i) posted in a conspicuous position in or near the street,
the foreshore or foreshore adjoining the seabed: and

(ii) published once in the Gazette;

(b)makes a copy of the order and a plan of the affected area of
street, foreshore or seabed available for inspection by the
public free of charge at such offices of the Government, during
the hours when those offices are normally open to the public,
as the Director thinks fit.

(3) The notice referred to in subsection (1) shall-

(a)state that an order has been made under section 10( 1)(a) or
10(1 )(c) and describe the area of street, foreshore or seabed
affected thereby and the manner in which it will be affected;

(b) describe briefly any works to be carried out,

(c)state where and at what times a copy of the order and a plan of
the affected area of street. foreshore or seabed may be
inspected pursuant to subsection (2)(b); and

(d)state that any person entitled to compensation under this
Ordinance may serve a written claim upon the Director.

12. (1) The Director, or any person acting under his authority, may
enter any land or building situate wholly or partly within the railway area
or wholly or partly within 70 metres thereof in order to carry out any
inspection or survey which is reasonably necessary for the purposes of
the railway, including an inspection or survey to ascertain the condition
of such land or building prior to the construction of the railway, and may
also enter any such land or building and carry out all reasonably
necessary work of a preventive or remedial nature. (Replaced, 47 of
1975, s. 2)

(2) No person shall, for the purposes of subsection (1), enter any
land or building which is occupied without giving to the owner and the
occupier at least 14 days' notice of his intention so to do unless

(a)the Director is of the opinion that an emergency exists which
necessitates immediate entry; or

(b)the entry is required only for the purpose of an inspection or
survey.

(3) A notice of entry referred to in subsection (2)-

(a)shall describe the purpose of the entry and the nature of any
work to be carriedbut; and





(b)shall be deemed to be given to and received by an owner or occupier
if a written notice is affixed to a conspicuous part of the land or
building to be entered.

(4) In subsection (1) 'work of a preventive or remedial naturemeans the
underpinning or strengthening of any land or building and other work thereon
intended to render it reasonably safe or to repair or detect damage caused in the
course of the construction or operation of the railway. (Amended, 47 of'1975, s.
2)

(5) The decision of the Director that any work is of a preventive or
remedial nature or that such work or any inspection or survey is reasonably
necessary shall be final.

(6) The Director, or any person acting under his authority, may as
occasion may require enter and resurvey any land or building in respect of which
any of the powers contained in subsection (1) have been exercised and may in
relation to that land or building exercise such powers as often as occasion may
require. (Aniended, L.N. 377/81)

13. (1) The Director may serve notice on the owner or supplier of any gas,
electricity, water or telecommunication services to alter the course or position
of any wire. line, cable. pipe, tube, casing, duct, post or other apparatus which
belongs to or is maintained by that owner or supplier and to repair any street
surface thereby disturbed if in the opinion of the Director such alteration is
required for the purposes of the construction, operation, maintenance or
improvement of the railway.

(2) A notice under subsection (1) shall-

(a)specify the apparatus to which the notice applies and set out the
Director's requirements as to the alteration of its course or position
and the repair of any street surface;

(b)stipulate the period within which such work shall be carried out; and

(c)be served upon the owner or supplier not later than 1 month before
the commencement of that period.

14. (1) The Director may give notice to the owner of any building in the
railway area requiring him to remove any object or structure described in the
notice which is attached to or projects from the building if in the opinion of the
Director the removal of the object or structure is required for the purposes of
the construction of the railway.

(2) A notice under subsection (1) may be given to the owner of a building
and shall be deemed to have been received by him if it is affixed to some
conspicuous part of the building to or from which the object or structure is
attached or projects.

(3) A notice under subsection (1) shall-





(a) describe the object or structure to be removed;

(b)stipulate the period within which the work of removal shall
be carried out;

(c)be given to the owner of the building not later than 14 days
before the commencement of that period; and

(d)state that any person entitled to compensation under this
Ordinance may serve a written claim upon the Director.

(4) If the owner of the building does not comply with a notice
given to him under subsection (1) any public officer authorized in
that behalf by the Director may enter the building and the land
surrounding it, together with such other persons as he thinks
necessary, and remove the object or structure described in the notice
or cause it to be removed by those other persons.

(5) An object or structure removed under subsection (4) shall,
whether or not it was erected or maintained in contravention of any
Ordinance, be forfeited to the Crown free from the rights of any
person and may be disposed of as the Director thinks fit.

(6) In this section---owner-means the person holding the land
direct from the Crown under a Crown lease.

15. (1) Notwithstanding the Buildings Ordinance, in any case
where he is of the opinion that any building works or the commence-
ment of any building works would be incompatible with any works
or proposed or likely works for the construction, maintenance or
improvement of the railway or with the operation thereof, the
Building Authority may to such extent as is necessary to avoid such
incompatibility -

(a)refuse to give his approval to any plan or to consent to the
commencement of the building works;

(b)withdraw any approval which he has or is deemed to have
given to any plan or any consent to the commencement of
the building works;

(c)in the case of piling works. excavation works or founda-
tion works-
(i) require the amendment of any plan showing such
works; or
(ii) impose conditions on the giving of approval of plans
showing such works or consent to commence such works.

(2) The carrying out of any building works-

(a)contrary to any refusal, or following a withdrawal, of
approval or consent under subsection (1)(a) or (1)(b); or

(b) otherwise than in accordance with any plan amended
under subsection or condition imposed under
subsection





shall, for the purposes of section 23 of the Buildings Ordinance, be deemed to
constitute a contravention of that Ordinance.

(3) Where the Building Authority refuses under subsection (1)(a) to give
his approval to any plan because he is of the opinion that the building works
shown thereon would be incompatible with works or proposed or likely works
for the construction of stages 1 to 6 and stage 8 of the railway the owner of the
land on which such building works were to be carried out may, by notice in
writing to the Director, require that the land be resumed under this Ordinance.
(Amended, 66 of 1978, s. 3 and 12 of 1981, s. 3)

(4) Where notice is given under subsection (3) the Governor shall, unless
the notice is withdrawn, make an order under section 4(1) in respect of the land
not more than 1 month after receipt of the notice by the Director, and the period
of notice specified in the order shall be 1 month.

(5) In subsection (3) 'owner' means the person holding the land direct
from the Crown under a Crown lease.

16. Any person who wilfully obstructs any person lawfully exercising or
performing any power duty or function arising under section 5(2)(a)(i),
7(2)(a)(i), 9, 11(2)(a)(i). 12(1). 12(6). 14(2) or 14(4) or lawfully exercising any
power consequential or incidental to an easement or right created pursuant to
section 6 shall be guilty of an offence and shall be liable on conviction to a fine
of $5,000 and to imprisonment for 1 year.

(Amended, 60 of'1983, s. 5)

PART IV

RIGHTS TO COMPENSATION AND CLAIMS PROCEDURE

17. No action, claim or proceedings shall lie or be brought against the
Crown or any other person

(a)to restrain the doing of anything which is authorized by or under this
Ordinance or to compel the doing of anything which may be omitted
to be done thereunder; or

(b) to recover damages, compensation or costs for---

(i) damage or disturbance to or loss of or in the value of any land,
chattel. trade or business,

(ii) personal disturbance or inconvenience,

(iii) extinguishment, modification or restriction of rights;

(iv) the costs of effecting or complying with any requirement or
condition imposed by the Director,

which is authorized by or under this Ordinance or arises from any
act or omission so authorized, except in pursuance of one of the
rights to compensation provided for in section 18.





18. (1) The rights to compensation referred to in section 17 are the
rights to claim from the Crown for the items of loss damage or cost set
out in the first column of Part 1 of the First Schedule a sum assessed on
the basis specified opposite thereto in the second column thereof and
with regard to the provisions of Part 11 of the First Schedule, subject to

(a)the claim being served on the Director within the appropriate
period specified in the fourth column of Part 1 of the First
Schedule; and

(b) the other provisions of this Ordinance.

(2) Every person who is described in the third column of Part 1 of
the First Schedule shall have the right to claim compensation for the item
of loss damage or cost set out opposite thereto in the first column to the
extent of the loss damage or cost suffered or incurred by him as
assessed pursuant to this Ordinance.

19. (1) Subject to this section, if a claim for an item of loss damage
or cost is not served on the Director before the expiration of the period
specified in the fourth column of Part 1 of the First Schedule in respect
of that item, the right to claim compensation therefor shall be barred.

(2) The period referred to in subsection (1) may, upon application
made to the Lands Tribunal either before or after the expiry of that
period, be extended in accordance with this section.

(3) Notice of an application under subsection (2) shall be given to
the Director by the applicant.

(4) The Lands Tribunal may extend the period within which a claim
must be served upon the Director if it considers that the delay in serving
the claim was occasioned by mistake of fact or mistake of any matter of
law (other than the relevant provision in the fourth column of Part 1 of
the First Schedule) or by any other reasonable cause or that the Crown
is not materially prejudiced in the conduct of its case or otherwise by
the delay.

(5) An extension may be granted by the Lands Tribunal under
subsection (4), with or without conditions for such period as it thinks fit
but not in any case exceeding 6 years from the time when the right to
compensation first arose.

20. (1) Where it appears to the Governor that compensation for any
loss or damage under item 6 of Part 1 of the First Schedule is or may be
disproportionate to the value of the building to which the compensation
relates, he may make an order under section 4(1) in respect of that land
or part thereof notwithstanding that it is not in the railway area.

(2) Upon the vesting in The Financial Secretary Incorporated or
the reversion to the Crown of land or part thereof pursuant to an





order authorized by subsection (1), compensation shall be assessed under item 1
of Part 1 of the First Schedule, and under item 3 if applicable, and any other
right to compensation under this Ordinance shall lapse. (Amended, L.N. 180/85)

(3) Where a right to claim compensation under this Ordinance has lapsed
by operation of subsection (2), the person to whom that right belonged
pursuant to section 18(2), shall be entitled to include in his claim for
compensation under item 1 of Part I of the First Schedule, and to receive from
the Crown, an amount to cover such costs and expenses as he has reasonably
incurred in connection with a claim to enforce the right which has lapsed.

21. (1) Any person who claims to be entitled to compensation under this
Ordinance shall serve upon the Director a written claim setting out such of the
following particulars as are applicable to his claim--

(a)the name of the claimant, and his address for service of notices;

(b)a full description of the land to which the clairn relates including any
covenants easements or restrictions afTecting the same,

(c)the nature of the claimant's interest in the land including in the case
of a sub-lessee or sub-tenant his landlord's name and address and
details of the sub-lease or tenancy:

(d)details of any mortgage. including the principal still owing and name
and address of the mortgagee,

(e)if the claimant has sublet the land or any part thereof. the name and
address of each tenant and details of his lease or tenancy;

particulars of the claim showing----

(i) under which item the claim is made: and

(ii) how the amount claimed under any item is calculated.

(2) The Director shall in writing acknowledge receipt and the date of
receipt of every claim served on him under subsection (1).

(3) If a claimant amends his claim before proceedings are commenced with
the Lands Tribunal and the Director considers the amendment to be substantial,
the Director may, within 14 days of the receipt of the amended claim, notify the
claimant that he elects to treat the claim, for the purposes of this section. as if it
were a new claim served under subsection (1) on the date on which the
amendment was received by the Director, and this section shall app;ly
accordingly.

(4) The Director may by notice in writing to the claimant request him to
furnish further particulars of and in support of his





claim or any item thereof and if any such particulars are not furnished to the
Director within a period of 28 days from the date of the notice. or m within such
further period as the Director may in writing allow, the claim or the item thereof
concerning which the particulars are requested shall be deemed to be rejected and
subsection (5) shall not apply thereto.

(5) The Director shall within 3 months of the service of a claim on him or,
if he has requested further particulars under subsection (4) within 3 months of
the day on which they are furnished in accordance with that subsection, notify
the claimant in writing that he-

(a) admits the entire claim; or

(b) rejects the entire claim, or

(c) admits a specified part or parts and rejects the remainder,

and in every case shall briefly state his reasons for rejection so that the claimant
is adequately informed of those reasons.

(6) Where the Director has rejected a claim or any part thereof under
subsection (5) or where a claim or any part thereof is deemed to have been
rejected-under subsection (4) the Director may--

(a)by notice in writing offer to the claimant such sum including costs as
the Crown is willing to pay in full and final settlement of the claim or
any part thereof as the case may be;

(b)commence proceedings with the Lands Tribunal, to have the claim or
any part thereof heard and determined by it in accordance with this
Ordinance.

(c)commence such proceedings with the Lands Tribunal where any
offer under paragraph (a) is refused by the claimant.

(6A) In relation to any claim under item 6 of Part 1 of the First Schedule--

(a) subsections (4), (5) and (6) shall not apply;

(b)the Director may by notice in writing to the claimant request him to
furnish further particulars of and in support of his claim or any item
thereof within a period of 28 days from the date of the notice, or
within such further period as the Director may in writing allow,

(c)prior to the commencement of proceedings with the Lands Tribunal
the Director may by notice in writing offer to the claimant such sum
(inclusive or exclusive of costs) as the Crown is willing to pay in full
and final settlement of the claim or any part thereof, as the case may
be. (Added, 66 of 1978, s. 4)





(7) If at the expiration of 4 months from the receipt of a claim by the
Director it has not been settled by agreement, either the claimant or the
Director may commence proceedings with the Lands Tribunal to have
the claim, or so much thereof as is still then in dispute, heard and
determined by it in accordance with this Ordinance.

(8) In any case where the claimant has failed to supply further
particulars required by the Director in accordance with subsection (4) or
(6A)(b) the Lands Tribunal may on the hearing of the claim consider the
merits of the Director's request for further particulars, and the claimant's
failure to supply them and may, if it thinks fit- (Amended, 66 of 1978, s.
4)

(a)order the claimant to furnish some or all of such particulars;
and

(b)adjourn the hearing until the order is complied with and the
particulars are considered by the Director; and

(c)make such further order as it thinks fit as to the costs of either
party occasioned by the Director's request for and the
claimant's failure to supply the further particulars.

22. A claim may be brought on behalf of a minor by his guardian or
guardians, or any of them, and on behalf of a mentally defective person
by the person empowered by law to administer his assets.

23. (1) At any time after proceedings have been commenced with
the Lands Tribunal but before compensation is finally assessed the
Director may make an offer in writing of the kind described in section
21(6)(a) or 21(6A)(c) or the claimant may by notice to the Director offer a
sum (inclusive or exclusive of costs) which he is willing to accept in full
and final settlement of his claim or any rejected part thereof.

(2) Where an offer made by the Director pursuant to section
21(6)(a) or 2 1 (6A)(c) or by the Director or the claimant pursuant to
subsection (1) is not accepted by the other party no part of the contents
thereof which relates to any part of a claim before the Lands Tribunal
shall be disclosed to that Tribunal until the amount of compensation for
that part is assessed by it but a copy of the offer enclosed in a sealed
envelope may be lodged with the registrar of the Lands Tribunal and
opened by it after it has made its assessment.

(3) Where the Director has made any offer pursuant to section
21(6)(a) or 21(6A)(c) which is refused by the claimant or either party has
made any offer pursuant to subsection (1) which is refused by the other
and the compensation including costs (if any) assessed by the Lands
Tribunal does not exceed the amount of compensation including costs
(if any) comprised in the offer. the Lands Tribunal shall, unless for
special reasons it thinks it proper not to do so, order the party who
refused the.offer to bear his own costs and to pay the





costs of the other party in so far as the costs of either party are incurred
after the making of the offer.

(Amended, 66 of 1978, s. 5)

PART V

ASSESSMENT AND AWARD OF
COMPENSATION

24. (1) The Lands Tribunal shall have jurisdiction to hear and
determine in accordance with this Ordinance

(a)all claims for compensation which the Director or the claimant
may refer to it under section 21(6) or (7); and

(b) applications provided for by sections 8(2), 19(2) and 33.

(2) The Lands Tribunal shall also have jurisdiction to award
compensation or any part thereof to a claimant if at the time of the award
it has no notice or intimation of any dispute as to his entitlement but the
making of any such award shall not affect the entitlement to receive
compensation under this Ordinance of any other person who may
thereafter be held by a court of competent jurisdiction to have a better
title to the compensation or any part thereof than the person to whom it
was awarded.

(3) An award of compensation under subsection (2) shall not in
any way affect the entitlement of a mortgagee to be paid compensation
in accordance with section 25.

(1) Subject to subsection (2) a mortgagee of land which reverts
to the Crown or vests in The Financial Secretary Incorporated under this
Ordinance shall, in so far as he has priority as against any other
mortgagee, be entitled to be paid so much of any compensation as is
required to discharge his mortgage debt including any interest thereon.
(Ainended, L.N. 1801185)

(2) If compensation is payable under this Ordinance otherwise than
for land resumed or if the land to which compensation relates is part
only of the mortgage security a mortgagee shall, in so far as he has
priority as against any other mortgagee, be entitled to be paid so much
of the compensation as is necessary to reduce his mortgage debt to an
amount which is adequately secured by the land or the remaining land
as the case may be.

(3) The payment of compensation, as required by subsections (1)
and (2), shall be made in accordance with the written agreement of the
claimant and every mortgagee of the land or failing such agreement in
accordance with an order of the High Court under subsection (4).

(4) The claimant or any mortgagee may apply to the High Court for
an order as to the payment of unpaid compensation and on any such
application the Court may make such order as it thinks just and equitable
having regard to the requirements of subsections (1) and (2).





26. The Lands Tribunal may direct that interest be paid on
compensation (but not on costs) from such date and for such period as
it thinks fit, at the rate paid from time to time by members of The Hong
Kong Association of Banks on deposits at 7 days' call or at such other
rate as may be determined by resolution of the Legislative Council.

(Amended, 76 of 1980, s. 24)

27. All compensation (including interest thereon) and all costs

(a) agreed to he paid to the claimant by the Director, or

(b) awarded by the Lands Tribunal against the Crown,

shall be paid out of the general revenue of the Colony within 3 months
of the agreement or award. unless there is a dispute as to the person
entitled to such compensation.

28. The Director may require any claimant to whom compen- is
payable for land resumed under this Ordinance to surrender his
documents of title to the Director as a condition of payment being made.

PART VI

MISCELLANEOUS

29 ( 1 ) Subject to subsection (2), the Director of Engineering

Development may in writing authorize any public officer either
generally or in any particular case to exercise or perform any of
the powers, functions and duties conferred or imposed upon him by
this Ordinance where the power, function or duty is expressed as
being conferred or imposed on the Director but not where it is
expressed expressed as being conferred or imposed on the Director of Engineer-
ing Development.

(2) For the purposes of any provision of this Ordinance

appearing in the first first colcolumn of the Second Schedule, the
Director of Engineering Development
shall not under subsection (1) authorize a
public officer below the rank specified opposite thereto in the second
column.

(3) The Director of Engineering Development may in writing
authorize any person, who is not a public officer, either generally or In
any particular case, to exercise any of the powers and functions
conferred on him by section 21(4) or 21(6A)(b) if he is satisfied that such
person is qualified to exercise such powers and functions. (Added, 66 of
1978, s. 6)

(Aniended, L.N. 76/82)

30. Without prejudice to any other provision of this Ordinance,
any notice or other document required or authorized to be given to or
served on any person for the purposes of this Ordinance or any
proceedings thereunder before the Lands Tribunal may be





personally given to or served on that person or may be sent to him
by registered post.

31. Where it is stated-

(a)in any order under section 4(1), 6(1) or 10(1) respectively
that-
(i) the resumption of land;
(ii) the creation of an easement or right; or (Amended,
60 of 1983, s. 6)
(iii) the closure, alteration or work,

is ordered or authorized for the purposes of or incidental
to the railway or the construction, operation, maintenance
or improvement thereof, or
(b)in a notice under section 12, 13, or 14 that the entry or the
work therein described or required to be carried out is, in
the opinion of the Director, necessary or required for the
construction, operation, maintenance or improvement of
the railway,

then such statement shall be accepted by all courts, tribunals and
persons as conclusive evidence of the truth of the fact so stated.

32. Any land resumed or easement or right created under this
Ordinance and any land which becomes vested in The Financial
Secretary Incorporated may be used in such manner as the Crown or
The Financial Secretary Incorporated thinks fit and may be disposed
of to any person by any means and on any terms whatsoever.
(Amended, 60 of 1983, s. 7 and L.N. 180185)

33. The Lands Tribunal may, on the application of any person,
certify the amount of any settlement of compensation agreed between
that person and the Director under this Ordinance or the amount of the
price of land being sold by that person to the Crown for the purposes of
or incidental to the railway and any amount so certified by the Lands
Tribunal shall be deemed to be the best settlement or sale price (as the
case may be) which could reasonably be obtained.

34. (1) Except to the extent that provision is otherwise made
in Part 1 of the First Schedule-

(a)the Crown Lands Resumption Ordinance shall not apply
to the resumption of any land ordered under section 4 nor
to any claim for or determination, award or payment of
compensation for such resumption; and

(b)the Roads (Works, Use and Compensation) Ordinance
and the Foreshore and Sea-bed (Reclamations) Ordinance
shall not apply to an order made under section 10(1) nor to
the implementation or effects thereof. (Amended, 37 of
1982, s. 41 and 63 of 1985, s. 21)
(2) [Deleted, 73 of 1982, s. 391





FIRST SCHEDULE [s. 18]

PART I

Losses for which Basis on which Persons who may Period within which
compensation compensation is claim compensation the claim must be
may be claimed to be assessed for their served on the
respective losses Director


1. The loss of land As if the claim were made Any person m who would Before the expiration of 1
resumed resumed under under the Crown Lands he entitled to claim com- year from the date of
section 4, Resumption Ordinance pensation for land resumption
for land resumed under resumed under the Crown row it
that Ordinance. Land, Resumption Ordin-
ance it- the land had been
resumed thereunder
2. The loss-
(a) or value of land (a) The mount by (a)Any person owning (a) Before the expiration of
caused by the which the open a compensatable 1 year from the date on
creation or an market value of the interest in the kind which the easement or
easement or right land is reduced on on the date on which right is created under
in. under or over the date on which the the easement or section 6(4)
that land pursuant easement or right is right is created
to section 6. created under under section 6(4)


(b) due to (b) A disturbance (b) same as in item 2(d). (b) Same as in item, 2(a)
disturbance payment
resulting from the
creation of an
easement or right
under section 6. ( Amended 60 of 1983, s. 8)
3. The loss of value of On the basis provided for Any person who would Before the expiration of
land, no part of by the Crown land be entitled to claim 1 year from the date of
which is resumed Resumption Ordinance compensation under resumption of the adjacent
due to the extinction for the extinction of any the Crown land or contiguous land
of any right or right or rasement caused Resumption Ordinance
easement upon the by resumption under that for the extinction of any
resumption of Ordinance by resumption under that
adjacent or Ordinance if the adjacent
contiguous land or contiguous land had
been resumed thereunder

4. The pecuniary loss The amount of any The ounwe or occupier of before the expiration of 1
or damage caused or pecuniary loss or damage the property. Replaced year from
likely to be caused to any property held 37 of 1982, s. 41
by the closure or under a Crown lease. (a) the closure of the street
substantial alteration Provided that in the or part thereof in the
of a street or part case of a temporary case of a street or part
of a street under closure or temporary of a street permanently
section 10 substantial alteration closed
(Amended 68 of 1976, s. 2) that closure or alteration (B) the re-opening of the
continues for a period street or part thereof in
exceeding 6 months the case of a street or
(Replaced 37 of 1982, s. 41) part of a street tem-
porarily closed or closed
for an indelinite period

(c) the completion of the substantial alteration of the street or part thereof
in the case of a permanent alteration of a street or part of a street
(d) the reinstatment of the street or part thereof in the case of temporary substatial
alteration of a street or part of a street or a substantial alteration of a street for
an indefinite period (Replaced 68 of 1976, s. 3.)

5. Loss sustained by The amount which might Any person in whom the Before the expiration of 1
the extinguishment fairly and reasonably be private right was vested year from the date of
modification or assessed as the pecuniary at the date of extinguish extinguishment modifica-
restriction of any loss of the claimant ment modification or tion or restriction provided
private right over restriction provided for for under section 10(1)(d)
Crown foreshore under section 10(1)(d)
or seabed under section 10






Losses for which Basis on which Persons who may Period within which
compensation compensation is claim compensation the claim must be
may be claimed to be assessed for their served on the
respective losses director


(a) Structural dam- (a) (i) The amount (a) Any person owning (a) Before the expiration of
age to any build- which is or might a compensatable 6 year, from the date of
ing resulting from be. fairly and interest in the the opening for public
the construction reasonably incurred damaged building traffic of that portion of
or operation of in repairing the the railway from which
the railway damage damage the damage is alleged to
have resulted
(ii)The amount
by which the open
Market value of the
land is or would be.
reduce as a result
of the manner in
which it is necessary
to repair the damage,

(b) The loss due (b) A disturbance (b) Same as in item 6(a) (b) Same as in item 6(a).
to disturbance payment
resulting from
structural damage
mentioned in item
6(a),
7 (a) Damage to any (a) (ii) The amount (a) Any person owning (a) Before the expiration
land or building which is or might a compensatable of 1 year from the date
resulting from be. fairly and interest in the of completion of the
the exercise or reasonably incurred damaged building work carried out under
any power contain- in repairing the section 12 from which
ed in section 12. damage the damage or loss ,
alleged to have resulted
(ii) The amount
by which the open
Market value of the land is or would be.
reduced as a result of the manner
which it is necessary to repair the damage

(b) The loss due (b) A disturbance (b) Same as in item 7(a). (b) Same as in item 7(a),
to disturbance payment.
resulting from the
exercise of any
power contained
in section 12.
8. The cost of altering The cost which is fairly The person oil whom the Before the expiration of 1
the course or and reasonably incurred notice under section 13 is year from the completion of
position of any in effecting such served. the alteration and repair.
apparatus and of alteration and repair.
repairing any street
surface pursuant to
a notice served ed by
the Director under
section 13.

9. (a) The loss of value (a) The amount by (a) any person owning (a) Before the expiration of
or a building which the open a compensatable 1 year from the date of
caused by the market value of the interest in the removal.
removal under land is reduced. building of the date
section 14. of any of removal of the
object or structure object or structure.
which was erected
and maintained
without the
contravention of
any Ordinance.
(b) The cost of a (b)The cost incurred in (b) any person who (b) Same as in item, 9(a).
removal referred moving the obtect or incurs the cost.
to in item 9(a). structure and making
good that part of the
building from which
it is, removal

(c) The cost of (c) The cost incurred In (c) any person who (c) Before the expiration
reinstating an so doing incurs the cost of 1 year from the date
object or structure of reinstatement or
described in item replacement.
(a) above or of replacing the same
with a similar object or structure






Losses for which basis on which Persons who may period within which
compensation compensation is claim compensation the claim must be
may be claimed to be assessed for their served on the
respective losses director

(d) The loss sustained (d) The amount which (d) Any person owning (d) Before the expiration of
by the forfeiture might fairly and a share or interest 1 year from the date of
under section 14(5) reasonably be in the object or removal.
of an object or estimated as the loss structure on the
structure which of the claimant. date on which it is
was erected and removed under
maintained without section 14(4).
the contravention
of any Ordinance
and is not to
be reinstated or
replaced with a
similar object or
structure at the
expense of the
Crown under item
(c) above.

10. The loss sustained The amount which might the owner of the land before the expiration of 1
on account of the fairly and reasonably be affected by the year from the date of
withdrawal of any estimated as the loss of withdrawal of approval withdrawal
approval or consent the claimant in respect or consent
by the Building of-
Authority under
section 15, (a) the reduction of
the open market
value or land:
(b) materials plant
and equipment:
(c) professional fees
and expenses
actually paid or
legally payable.
on account of the withdrawal of approval
or consent.

11. The loss sustained The amount by which the The owner of the land. Before the expiration of 1
on account or the open market value of the year from the date of the
refusal by the land is reduced on refusal
Building Authority account of the refusal.
under section 15(1)(a)
to consent to the
commencement of
building works.
because the Building
Authority is of the
opinion that the
building works
would be
incompatible with
works or proposed
or likely works for
the construction of
stages 1 to 6 and
stage 8 of the
railway (Amended,
66 of 1978. s. 7 and
12 of 1981. s. 4)

12. The cost sustained Any additional cost The owner of the land on Before the expiration of 1
complying with a incurred in carrying out which the building works year from the completion of
plan amended. or a building works which is are carried out the building
condition imposed. attributable solely to
under section compliance with the
15(1)(c), in a case amendment required. or
where the plan shows condition imposed. under
piling works. section 15(1)(c)
excavation works or
foundation works. to
avoid incompatibility
of such works with
works or proposed
ot likely works for
the construction of
stages 1 to 6 and
stage 8 of the
railway (amended
66 of 1978.s. 7 and
12 of 1981, s. 4)





PART 11

1. The provisions in this Part shall, where applicable, have effect for the
purpose of assessing compensation under Part 1 of this Schedule and shall

(a)be in addition to such of the provisions of the Crown Lands Resumption
Ordinance as apply, by virtue of Part 1, to the assessment of
compensation; and (Amended, 37 of 1982, s, 41 )

(h)prevail over any provision referred lo in sub-paragraph (a) which is
inconsistent or in conflict with a provision in this Part.

2. In Part I-

.1compensatable interesC means the estate or interest of

(a)a person having an unexpired term in land (including any further term
which could be obtained as of right) of not less than 1 month or a tenancy
or sub-tenancy terminable (where by virtue of an Ordinance or otherwise)
by either party by not less than 1 month's notice;

(b) a mortgagee in possession,

(c)the holder of a valid and subsisting option to purchase an interest referred
to in (a) or (d);

(d)a purchaser under an agreement for sale and purchase to whom the benefit
of an interest referred to in (a) or (c) has already passed;

of resumption- means the day on which land reverts to the Crown or vests in
The Financial Secretary Incorporated under section 4(3); (Amended, L.N.
180,;85)

-disturbance- means the displacement of a person from land and the interruption of
or interference with trade or business. whether such displacement. interruption
or interference is temporary or permanent:

payment' means a sum equal to--

(a)the financial loss naturally and reasonably resulting from the displacement
of a person from land: and

(b)in the case of disturbance of a trade or business on any land, the financial
loss naturally and reasonably resulting from the disturbance of that trade
or business;

market value' means the amount which the land if sold in the open market
by a willing seller might reasonably be expected to realize.

3. In the assessment of compensation no account shall be taken of any
increase or decrease in the value of land to which. or to the building 'Aorks on
which. the compensation relates which is attributable to- -

(a) the delineation thereof under section 3 as part of the railway area; or

(b)the construction or operation of the railway, including any damage
forwhich compensation would have been payable but for the operation of
section 20(2).

4. [DelcIcti, 37 ~)1'1982, s. 411

5. Compensation may be refused or reduced in respect of any building or part
thereof which has been constructed or modified or on which building works have
been carried out so as to amount to a contravention of the Buildings Ordinance
being a contravention within the meaning of that Ordinance.







6. The compensation assessed under item 6 or 7 of Part 1 of this Schedule
shall be reduced to such extent as the Lands Tribunal thinks just and equitable
having regard to the share in the responsibility for the loss or damage not
attributable to and connected with the railway.

7. Where a sign adiertising any business. product. service or actility is removed
under section 14(4), nothine in item 9(d) of Part 1 of this Schedule shafl he
construed as conferring upon any person a righl to compensation for the loss of
any benefit which might have accrued to hirri from the advertising of that business.
product, service or activity ifthe sign had not been removed.





8. If compensation under item 2. 3. 4, 5. 6. 7. 9 10 or 11 of Part I of this
Schedule has been paid in respect of the reduction of ~alue ofland and such land or
part thereof is subsequently resumed by the Crown under thisOrdinance or any
other enabling power, then notwithstanding paragraph 3 ot' this Part of this
Schedule or any other provision of law to the same or similar eftct, the amount of
that reduction in value shall be taken into account to reduce the compensation for
the resumption of that land to the extent that it was taken into account in the
assessment of compensation for the reduction in value thereof.

9. Where under this Ordinance a claim for compensation may be made by a
mortgagee in possession

(a)such claim may include compensation in respect of the whole interest
which comprises the mortgage sceurity; and

(h)compensation received by a mortgagee in possession shall he applied by
him as if it were proceeds of sate of the mortgage security.

10. For the avoidance of doubt it is declared that 'here an interest in land has
been resumed under section 4, the assessment of compensation under items 1 and 3
of Part I of this Schedule shall not be afrected by the fact that power to resume
that interest is not conferred by the Crown Lands Resumption Ordinance.

11. Compensation shall be payable under item 12 of Part 1 of this Schedule
only to the extent that the carrying out of building works in accordance with a
plan amended, or condition imposed, under section 15( 1 )(c) does not increase the
open market value of the land on which the building works are carried out.

12. Where land is resumed following a notice given by, the owner under section
15(3), no account shall be taken, in the assessment of compensation therefor. of
the refusal of approval of a plan which led to the giving of such notice.

SECOND SCHEDULE

AUTHORIZATION OF PUBLIC
OFFICERS OFFICERS

Section public officer
6(5)
12(2)
12(5) Chief Building Surveyor.

12(6)

13(1)
14(1)

14(4) Chief Building Surveyor.
14(5)
21(3)
21(4)
21(5) Chief Estate Surveyor.
21(6)
21(7)

28 Chief Estate Surveyor or an Assistant Registrar General.
Originally 66 of 1974. 47 of 1975. 68 of 1976. L.N. 182/77. 66 of 1978. 76 of 1980. 12 of 1981. L.N. 377/81. L.N. 76/82. 37 of 1982. 73 of 1982. 60 of 1983. L.N. 180/85. 63 of 1985. Short title. Interpretation. (Cap. 123.) (Cap. 1015.) Preparation and promulgation of plans and maps. Governor may order resumption of land. (Cap. 28.) Notices of resumption of land. Governor may order creation of casements or rights. Notices of creation of easements or rights. Resumption of part of land. Power of entry. Closure or substantial alteration of streets and other public works. Preventive and remedial works on land and buildings. Utility services. Removal of projection or obstructions. Control of building plans and commencement of work. (Cap. 123.) (Cap. 123.) Obstruction. No remedy except under this Ordinance. Compensation. First Schedule. Claims out of time. First Schedule. Compensation disproportionate to the value of land. First Schedule. Claims procedure. Claims by minors etc. Settlement after reference to Lands Tribunal. Jurisdiction of Lands Tribunal. Payment to mortgagees. Interest on compensation. Compensation payable out of general revenue. Surrender of title documents. Delegation by the Director of Engineering Development. Second Schedule. Service of document. Certain statements to be conclusive evidence. Disposal of lands and easements or rights. Certificates of values. Certain Ordinances not to apply. (Cap. 124.) (Cap. 370.) (Cap. 127.) General effect of this Part (Cap. 124.) Definitions applicable to Part I. No account of increase or decrease in value attributable to the railway. Refusal or reduction where Buildings Ordinance contravened. (Cap. 123.) Compensation where damage results only party from the railway. No compensation under item 9(d) for loss of advertising. Set off where compensation paid for loss of value and land later resumed. Claim by a mortgagee in possession. Avoidance of doubt. (Cap. 124.) Limitation on compensation payable under item 12. Refusal of approval of plan in assessment of compensation.

Abstract

Originally 66 of 1974. 47 of 1975. 68 of 1976. L.N. 182/77. 66 of 1978. 76 of 1980. 12 of 1981. L.N. 377/81. L.N. 76/82. 37 of 1982. 73 of 1982. 60 of 1983. L.N. 180/85. 63 of 1985. Short title. Interpretation. (Cap. 123.) (Cap. 1015.) Preparation and promulgation of plans and maps. Governor may order resumption of land. (Cap. 28.) Notices of resumption of land. Governor may order creation of casements or rights. Notices of creation of easements or rights. Resumption of part of land. Power of entry. Closure or substantial alteration of streets and other public works. Preventive and remedial works on land and buildings. Utility services. Removal of projection or obstructions. Control of building plans and commencement of work. (Cap. 123.) (Cap. 123.) Obstruction. No remedy except under this Ordinance. Compensation. First Schedule. Claims out of time. First Schedule. Compensation disproportionate to the value of land. First Schedule. Claims procedure. Claims by minors etc. Settlement after reference to Lands Tribunal. Jurisdiction of Lands Tribunal. Payment to mortgagees. Interest on compensation. Compensation payable out of general revenue. Surrender of title documents. Delegation by the Director of Engineering Development. Second Schedule. Service of document. Certain statements to be conclusive evidence. Disposal of lands and easements or rights. Certificates of values. Certain Ordinances not to apply. (Cap. 124.) (Cap. 370.) (Cap. 127.) General effect of this Part (Cap. 124.) Definitions applicable to Part I. No account of increase or decrease in value attributable to the railway. Refusal or reduction where Buildings Ordinance contravened. (Cap. 123.) Compensation where damage results only party from the railway. No compensation under item 9(d) for loss of advertising. Set off where compensation paid for loss of value and land later resumed. Claim by a mortgagee in possession. Avoidance of doubt. (Cap. 124.) Limitation on compensation payable under item 12. Refusal of approval of plan in assessment of compensation.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3068

Edition

1964

Volume

v17

Subsequent Cap No.

276

Number of Pages

26
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:14:58 +0800
<![CDATA[VENEREAL DISEASE ORDINANCE]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3067

Title

VENEREAL DISEASE ORDINANCE

Description






LAWS OF HONG KONG

VENEREAL DISEASE ORDINANCE

CHAPTER 275





CHAPTER 275
VENEREAL DISEASE

To control the spreading of venereal disease.

[11 January 19521

Originally 1 of 1952 R. Ed. 1964, L.N. 76 of
1989

1. Short title

This Ordinance may be cited as the Venereal Disease Ordinance.

2. Interpretation

In this Ordinance, unless the context otherwise requires-

'clearance certificate' means a certificate in writing given by a medical practitioner
certifying that a contact is not, at the date of the certificate, suffering from a
venereal disease in a communicable form;

'contact' means a person upon whom an examination notice has been served;

'Deputy Director' means the officer appointed to be Deputy Director of Health and
also includes any medical officer appointed by the Director of Health to act on
behalf of the Deputy Director of Health for the purpose of this Ordinance;
(Replaced L.N. 76 of 1989)

examination notice' means a notice by the Deputy Director requiring a person to
attend for and submit to a medical examination;
'medical practitioner' means a person who is(a) a Government medical officer; (b) a
medical officer of Her Majesty's navy, army or air force; (e) a registered
medical practitioner;

'transfer notice' means a notice given by a contact of intention to transfer to
another medical practitioner;

'treatment' includes any periodical or other medical examination;

'treatment notice' means a notice by a medical practitioner requiring a contact to
attend for and submit to further examination and treatment;

,'venereal disease' means gonorrhoea, syphilis, soft sore or chancre, lympho
granuloma or such other disease as the Governor in Council may declare by
notification in the Gazette to be venereal disease for the purposes of this
Ordinance.





3.Duty of medical practitioner to report
suspected source of infection

Any medical practitioner who receives from a patient, found by him to be
suffering from a venereal disease, information as to a person from whom the patient
suspects that the disease was contracted shall, unless having regard to the time at
which sexual relations between the parties are alleged to have taken place and any
other information before him, such practitioner is of opinion that there is no
reasonable cause to believe that the disease was so contracted, send a report in
Form 1 in the Schedule setting out particulars as to the patient and the disease from
which the patient is suffering and as to the person from whom it is suspected that
the disease was contracted, to the Deputy Director of Health, Department of Health.
(AmendedL.N. 76of 1989)

4.Duty of Deputy Director to require contact to attend
for and submit to medical examination

(1) If it appears to the Deputy Director that any person specified in a report as
aforesaid is a person from whom 2 or more patients suspect that they have
contracted a venereal disease, the Deputy Director, shall, unless it appears to him
that there is no reasonable cause to believe that the disease was so contracted,
serve on that person an examination notice in Form 2 in the Schedule

(a)stating that according to information received in pursuance of section
3 there is reason to believe that that person may require treatment in
respect of venereal disease; and

(b)requiring that person to attend for and submit to, medical examination
by a medical practitioner within such period as may be specified in
the notice.

(2) Upon service upon any person of an examination notice that person shall
forthwith specify to the Deputy Director or to the person by whom such notice is
served the medical practitioner upon whom he intends to attend for medical
examination.

5.Examination of contact. Duty of medical practitioner to
issue clearance certificate or treatment notice

A medical practitioner by whom any person is examined in pursuance of the
requirements of an examination notice shall either send to the Deputy Director a
clearance certificate in Form 3 in the Schedule in respect of the contact or serve upon
that person a treatment notice in Form 4 in the Schedule requiring the contact to
attend for and submit to further examination and treatment in accordance with such
directions as may be from time to time given by him or by such other medical
practitioner as may be, for the time being,





named in the notice, and to continue to do so until a clearance certificate has been
furnished in respect of the contact to the Deputy Director:

Provided that, at any time before a clearance certificate is given in respect of
any contact, the contact may send to the medical practitioner or to the Deputy
Director a transfer notice of the intention of the contact to transfer to some other
medical practitioner. and thereupon the treatment notice shall have efrect as if the
name of the medical practitioner was therein substituted for that of the medical
practitioner formerly named therein.

6. Transfer notices

(1) A transfer notice shall specify the name and address of the medical
practitioner to whom the contact proposes to transfer, and, in the event of any
change or proposed change in the address of the contact, shall also specify the new
address of the contact.

(2) A contact by whom a transfer notice is given shall within 7 days after giving
the notice attend for and submit to medical examination by the medical practitioner
named in the notice.

7. Supply of certificate to he free of charge

Medical practitioners shall furnish free of charge any certificates required for
the purposes of this Ordinance.

8. Service of notice to be personal

Any examination notice and any treatment notice shall be served upon the
person on whom it is required to be served personally, except in any case in which
service by post is authorized by the Deputy Director on being satisfied that all
reasonable steps to effect personal service have been taken.

9. Power to amend the Schedule

The Governor in Council may amend the forms in the Schedule and may add
further forms.

10. Application of law of defamation

If a patient found by a medical practitioner to be suffering from a venereal
disease gives to him information as to a person from whom the patient suspects that
the disease was contracted, such information shall be deemed for the purposes of
the law relating to defamation to have been communicated in pursuance of a
statutory duty.





11. Offences and penalty

Any

(a)patient found by a medical practitioner to be suffering from venereal
disease who furnishes to such practitioner information which such
patient knows or has reasonable cause to believe to be false in a
material particular or recklessly makes any statement which is false in a
material particular; or

(b) contact who contravenes the provisions of a treatment notice; or

(c)contact who, having given a transfer notice fails within 7 days after
giving such notice to attend for and submit to medical examination by
the medical practitioner named in such notice; or

(d)contact who contravenes the provisions of section 4(2) or who fails to
attend for and submit to medical examination within the time prescribed
for such examination in the examination notice by the medical
practitioner whom he has specified as the medical practitioner upon
whom he intends to attend for medical examination,

shall be guilty of an offence and shall be liable to a fine of $1,000 and to
imprisonment for 6 months.

12. Restriction upon prosecution

A prosecution for an ofrence shall not be instituted except by or with the
consent of the Attorney General.

SCHEDULE

FORM 1 [s. 3]

VENEREAL DISEASE
ORDINANCE
(Chapter 275)
Report to Deputy Director of Health by Medical Practitioner To:
Deputy Director of Health, Department of Health.

In pursuance of section 3 of the Venereal Disease Ordinance (Cap. 275), I

....................................(insert name of medical practitioner) hereby give notice

of the following particulars, namely:-

(1) Name of patient ....................................
(2) Name of disease .....................................................

(3) Name or description of person
from whom it is suspected that
the disease was contracted .....................................................................................

.....................

(4) Address of such person, or, if
unknown, full description of place
where disease was contracted ......................................................................................

.......................

Dated this day of ,19




(Signed) .............................................
......... Medical Practitioner





FORM 2 [s. 4]

VENEREAL DISEASE ORDINANCE
(Chapter 275)

Examination Notice

To:

According to information received in pursuance of section 3 of the Venereal Disease
Ordinance (Cap. 275), I, the Deputy Director of Health have reason to believe that you may
require treatment in respect of venereal disease.

I therefore, in pursuance of section 4 of the said Ordinance, give you notice that you are
required to attend for, and submit to medical examination within days of the
day of 19 by a medical practitioner. Medical examination under this heading will be made free
of charge if undergone in a government social hygiene clinic.

FORM 3 [s. 5]

VENEREAL DISEASE ORDINANCE
(Chapter 275)

Clearance Certificate
To: Deputy Director of Health, Department of Health.

....................................................................................................................................
.......
..... (medical practitioner) hereby certify that I have this day examined (insert name of contact)

........ and I am of opinion that:

(a) the said ......is not, at the date hereof, suffiering from a

venereal disease in a communicable form;

รน (b) the said ......does not require any further treatment.

Strike out whichever is not applicable.

Dated this day of ,19

(Signed)
.............................................
......... Medical Practitioner

Note:The contact may be informed by the medical practitioner of the contents of the certificate but it should not be handed to the
contact.

FORM 4 Is. 5]

VENEREAL DISEASE ORDINANCE
(Chapter 275)

Treatment Notice

To:

in pursuance of section 5 of the Venereal Disease Ordinance (Cap. 275), I hereby give you
notice to attend for and submit to further examination and treatment of
.......................................... in accordance with direction given by
................................................................................................ and to continue to do so, until a
clearance certificate in respect of yourself has been issued.







Dated this day of ,19

(Signed) ......................................................
Medical Practitioner

(Schedule amended L.N. 76 of1989)

Abstract



Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3067

Edition

1964

Volume

v17

Subsequent Cap No.

275

Number of Pages

6
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:14:57 +0800